« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to i18n/book/ar.po
- browse files at revision 561
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 561
- Committer: Launchpad Translations on behalf of openerp-community
- Date: 2014-08-11 06:06:55 UTC
- Revision ID: launchpad_translations_on_behalf_of_openerp-community-20140811060655-tgwwyr53udn1mzql
Launchpad automatic translations update.
- files added:
- i18n/book/ar.po
added
removed
i18n/book/ar.po
1
# Arabic translation for openobject-doc
2
# Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the openobject-doc package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2014.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: openobject-doc\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-24 18:34+0000\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-10 11:16+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
13
"Language-Team: Arabic <ar@li.org>\n"
14
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
15
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
16
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
17
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-08-11 06:06+0000\n"
18
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 17156)\n"
19
20
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:4
21
msgid "Foreword"
22
msgstr ""
23
24
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:6
25
msgid ""
26
"Information Systems have played an increasingly visible role over the past "
27
"several years in improving the competitiveness of business. More than just "
28
"tools for handling repetitive tasks, they're used to guide and advance all "
29
"of a company's' daily activities. Integrated management software is today "
30
"very often a key source of significant competitive advantage."
31
msgstr ""
32
33
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:12
34
msgid ""
35
"The standard response to a need for responsiveness, reliability, and rapidly "
36
"increasing expectations is to create an organization based on departments "
37
"with a clear linear structure, integrated around your operating processes. "
38
"To increase efficiency amongst salespeople, accountants, logistics staff and "
39
"everyone else you should have a common understanding of your problems."
40
msgstr ""
41
42
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:18
43
msgid ""
44
"For this you need a common language for shared references, policies and "
45
"communication. An ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) system makes the ideal "
46
"platform for this common reference point."
47
msgstr ""
48
49
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:23
50
msgid "Open Source software at the service of management"
51
msgstr ""
52
53
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:25
54
msgid ""
55
"Risks and integration costs are important barriers to all the advantages you "
56
"gain from such systems. That's why, today, few small- and medium-sized "
57
"companies use ERP. In addition, the larger ERP vendors such as SAP, "
58
"Microsoft and Oracle haven't been able to reconcile the power and "
59
"comprehensive cover of an ERP system with the simplicity and flexibility "
60
"wanted by the users. But this is exactly what small and medium enterprises "
61
"are looking for."
62
msgstr ""
63
64
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:32
65
msgid ""
66
"The development processes of open source software, and the new business "
67
"models adopted by their developers, provide a new way of resolving such "
68
"problems of cost and quality for this kind of enterprise software."
69
msgstr ""
70
71
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:36
72
msgid ""
73
"To make an ERP system fully available to small and medium enterprises, cost "
74
"reduction is the first priority. Open source software makes it possible to "
75
"greatly reduce development costs by aggressive reuse of open source software "
76
"libraries; to eliminate intermediaries (the distributors), with all of their "
77
"expensive sales overhead; to cut out selling costs by free publication of "
78
"the software; and to considerably reduce the marketing overhead."
79
msgstr ""
80
81
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:45
82
msgid ""
83
"Since there is open interaction among thousands of contributors and partners "
84
"working on the same project, the quality of the resulting software benefits "
85
"greatly from the scrutiny. And you can't be everything at once: accountant, "
86
"software developer, salesperson, ISO 9001 quality professional, specialist "
87
"in agricultural products, expert in the customs and habits of pharmaceutical "
88
"vendors, just as a start."
89
msgstr ""
90
91
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:52
92
msgid ""
93
"Faced with these wide-ranging requirements, what could be better than a "
94
"world network of partners and contributors? Everyone adds their own "
95
"contribution according to their professional competence. Throughout this "
96
"book you'll see that the results exceed any reasonable expectations when "
97
"such work is well organized."
98
msgstr ""
99
100
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:58
101
msgid ""
102
"But the real challenge of development is to make this solution simple and "
103
"flexible, as well as complete. And to reach this level of quality you need a "
104
"leader and co-ordinator who can organize all of these activities. So the "
105
"development team of Tiny ERP, today called Open ERP, is responsible for most "
106
"of the organization, synchronization and coherence of the software."
107
msgstr ""
108
109
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:65
110
msgid "And Open ERP offers great performance in all these areas!"
111
msgstr ""
112
113
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:68
114
msgid "The Open ERP Solution"
115
msgstr ""
116
117
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:70
118
msgid ""
119
"Because of its modularity, collaborative developments in Open ERP have been "
120
"cleanly integrated, enabling any company to choose from a large list of "
121
"available functions. As with most open source software, accessibility, "
122
"flexibility, and simplicity are important keywords for development. "
123
"Experience has shown that there's no need to train users for several months "
124
"on the system, because they can just download it and use it directly."
125
msgstr ""
126
127
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:77
128
msgid ""
129
"So you'll find the modules for all types of needs, allowing your company to "
130
"build its customized system by simply grouping and configuring the most "
131
"suitable modules. Hundreds of modules are available."
132
msgstr ""
133
134
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:79
135
msgid ""
136
"They range from specific modules like the EDI interface for agricultural "
137
"products, which has been used to interface with Match and Leclerc stores, up "
138
"to the generic demonstration automation module for ordering sandwiches, "
139
"which can take care of the eating preferences of your staff."
140
msgstr ""
141
142
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:86
143
msgid ""
144
"The results are rather impressive. Open ERP (once called Tiny ERP when it "
145
"started out) is management software that is downloaded more than any other "
146
"in the world, with over 600 downloads per day. It's available today in 18 "
147
"languages and has a world network of partners and contributors. More than "
148
"800 developers participate in the projects on the collaborative development "
149
"system of Tiny Forge."
150
msgstr ""
151
152
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:92
153
msgid ""
154
"To our knowledge, OpenERP is the only management system which is routinely "
155
"used not only by big companies but also by very small companies and "
156
"independent companies. This diversity is an illustration of the software's "
157
"flexibility: a rather elegant coordination between people's functional "
158
"expectations of the software and great simplicity in its use."
159
msgstr ""
160
161
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:93
162
msgid ""
163
"And this diversity is also found in the various sectors and trades which use "
164
"the software, including agricultural products, textiles, public auctions, "
165
"IT, and trade associations."
166
msgstr ""
167
168
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:100
169
msgid ""
170
"Lastly, such software has arisen from the blend of high code quality, well-"
171
"judged architecture and use of free technologies. In fact, you may be "
172
"surprised (if you're an IT person) to find that the download size of OpenERP "
173
"is only around 6 MB. When that's expanded during installation its size is "
174
"mostly attributable to all the official translations that are packaged with "
175
"it, not the operating code. We've moved a long way from the days when the "
176
"only people who could be expected to benefit from ERP were the owners of a "
177
"widget factory on some remote industrial estate."
178
msgstr ""
179
180
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:105
181
msgid "Why this book?"
182
msgstr ""
183
184
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:111
185
msgid ""
186
"Many books set out to tell readers about the management of enterprise, and "
187
"equally many aim to instruct the reader in the use of a piece of specialized "
188
"software. We're not aiming to add to those lists because our approach is "
189
"intended to be different."
190
msgstr ""
191
192
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:115
193
msgid ""
194
"Having restructured and reorganized many businesses, we wanted our "
195
"management experience to generate a work that is both instructive and "
196
"practical. It was important for us not to write a manual about OpenERP, but "
197
"instead a work that deals with advanced management techniques realized "
198
"through these IT tools. You'll see what management practices might be "
199
"useful, what's possible, and then how you could achieve that in OpenERP."
200
msgstr ""
201
202
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:121
203
msgid ""
204
"It's this that we'll consider OpenERP for: not as an end in itself but just "
205
"the tool you use to put an advanced management system into place."
206
msgstr ""
207
208
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:125
209
msgid "Who's it for?"
210
msgstr ""
211
212
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:127
213
msgid ""
214
"Written by two CEOs who have been successful with new technologies, this "
215
"book is aimed at directors and managers who have an ambition to improve the "
216
"performance of their whole company's management team. They're likely already "
217
"to have significant responsibilities and possess the influence to get things "
218
"done in their company."
219
msgstr ""
220
221
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:132
222
msgid ""
223
"It's likely that most readers will come from small- and medium-sized "
224
"enterprises (up to a few hundred staff), and independent companies, because "
225
"of the breadth of functions that need to be analyzed and involved in change. "
226
"The same principles also apply to larger companies, however."
227
msgstr ""
228
229
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:133
230
msgid "Structure of this book"
231
msgstr ""
232
233
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:139
234
msgid ""
235
"Part One, :ref:`part1-steps`, starts with the installation of OpenERP. If "
236
"you have already installed OpenERP you can directly take your first steps on "
237
"a guided tour in the :ref:`ch-guided` chapter. If you're already familiar "
238
"with OpenERP or Tiny ERP you can use the :ref:`ch-real` chapter to find out "
239
"how to create a new workflow from scratch in an empty database with nothing "
240
"to distract you. Or you can skip directly to the :ref:`ch-crm` chapter in "
241
"the :ref:`part2-crm` part, to start with details of OpenERP's functional "
242
"modules."
243
msgstr ""
244
245
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:145
246
msgid ""
247
"Part Two, :ref:`part2-crm`, deals with Supplier and Customer Relationship "
248
"Management (SRM & CRM). You'll find the elements necessary for managing an "
249
"efficient sales department there, and automating tasks to monitor "
250
"performance."
251
msgstr ""
252
253
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:145
254
msgid ""
255
"Part Three, :ref:`part-genacct`, is devoted to general accounting and its "
256
"key role in the management of the whole enterprise."
257
msgstr ""
258
259
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:152
260
msgid ""
261
"Part Four, :ref:`part-ops`, handles all the operational functions of "
262
"enterprise management: Human Resources for managing projects, through "
263
"financial analyses supplied by analytic (or cost) accounts. You'll see how "
264
"using OpenERP can help you to optimize your leadership of an enterprise."
265
msgstr ""
266
267
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:157
268
msgid ""
269
"Part Five, :ref:`part-phys`, describes the physical movement of Stocks and "
270
"their Manufacture (the transformation or products and services into other "
271
"products)."
272
msgstr ""
273
274
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:156
275
msgid ""
276
"Part Six, :ref:`part-trade`, deals with Purchasing and Selling goods and "
277
"services."
278
msgstr ""
279
280
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:162
281
msgid ""
282
"Part Seven, :ref:`part-qual`, is focused on the Process description and "
283
"Documentation handling that OpenERP manages."
284
msgstr ""
285
286
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:165
287
msgid ""
288
"Finally Part Eight, :ref:`part-config`, structured in two chapters, explains "
289
"first how to administer and configure Open ERP then provides a methodology "
290
"for implementing OpenERP in the enterprise."
291
msgstr ""
292
293
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:164
294
msgid "*About the authors*"
295
msgstr ""
296
297
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:166
298
msgid "**Fabien Pinckaers**"
299
msgstr ""
300
301
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:168
302
msgid ""
303
"Fabien Pinckaers was only eighteen years old when he started his first "
304
"company. Today, over ten years later, he has founded and managed several new "
305
"technology companies, all based on Free / Open Source software."
306
msgstr ""
307
308
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:172
309
msgid ""
310
"He originated Tiny ERP, now OpenERP, and is the director of two companies "
311
"including Tiny sprl, the editor of OpenERP. In three years he has grown the "
312
"Tiny group from one to sixty-five employees without loans or external fund-"
313
"raising, and while making a profit."
314
msgstr ""
315
316
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:177
317
msgid ""
318
"He has also developed several large scale projects, such as Auction-in-"
319
"Europe.com, which become the leader in the art market in Belgium. Even today "
320
"people sell more art works there than on ebay.be."
321
msgstr ""
322
323
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:181
324
msgid ""
325
"He is also the founder of the LUG (Linux User Group) of Louvain-la-Neuve, "
326
"and of several free projects like OpenReport, OpenStuff and Tiny Report. "
327
"Educated as a civil engineer (polytechnic), he has won several IT prizes in "
328
"Europe such as Wired and l'Inscene."
329
msgstr ""
330
331
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:186
332
msgid ""
333
"A fierce defender of free software in the enterprise, he is in constant "
334
"demand as a conference speaker and he is the author of numerous articles "
335
"dealing with free software in the management of the enterprise."
336
msgstr ""
337
338
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:194
339
msgid "**Geoff Gardiner**"
340
msgstr ""
341
342
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:196
343
msgid ""
344
"Geoff has held posts as director of services and of IT systems for "
345
"international companies and in manufacturing. He was Senior Industrial "
346
"Research Fellow at Cambridge University's Institute for Manufacturing where "
347
"he focused on innovation processes."
348
msgstr ""
349
350
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:203
351
msgid ""
352
"He founded Seath Solutions Ltd (http://www.seathsolutions.com/) to provide "
353
"services in the use of Open Source software, particularly Open ERP, for "
354
"business management."
355
msgstr ""
356
357
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:206
358
msgid ""
359
"Author of articles and books focusing on the processes and technology of "
360
"innovation, Geoff is also an active contributor to the Open ERP project. He "
361
"holds an MBA from Cranfield School of Management and an MA in Engineering "
362
"and Electrical Sciences from Trinity Hall, Cambridge. He is a member of the "
363
"Institution of Engineering and Technology and of the Society of Authors."
364
msgstr ""
365
366
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:210
367
msgid ""
368
"Having observed, suffered, and led process implementation projects in "
369
"various organizations, he has many thoughts to share on the successful "
370
"adoption of an effective management automation tool."
371
msgstr ""
372
373
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:238
374
msgid "Dedication"
375
msgstr ""
376
377
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:240
378
msgid "*From Geoff Gardiner*"
379
msgstr ""
380
381
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:221
382
msgid ""
383
"My gratitude goes to my co-author, Fabien Pinckaers, for his vision and "
384
"tenacity in developing Tiny ERP and OpenERP, and the team at Tiny for its "
385
"excellent work on this."
386
msgstr ""
387
388
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:245
389
msgid ""
390
"OpenERP relies on a philosophy of Open Source and on the technologies that "
391
"have been developed and tuned over the years by numerous talented people. "
392
"Their efforts are greatly appreciated."
393
msgstr ""
394
395
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:249
396
msgid ""
397
"Thanks also to my family for their encouragement, their tolerance and their "
398
"constant presence."
399
msgstr ""
400
401
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:259
402
msgid "*From Fabien Pinckaers*"
403
msgstr ""
404
405
#: ../../source/book/0/index.rst:232
406
msgid ""
407
"I address my thanks to all of the team at Tiny for their hard work in "
408
"preparing, translating and re-reading the book in its various forms. My "
409
"particular thanks to Laurence Henrion and my family for supporting me "
410
"throughout all this effort."
411
msgstr ""
412
413
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:6
414
msgid "The architecture of Open ERP"
415
msgstr ""
416
417
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:8
418
msgid "To access Open ERP you can:"
419
msgstr ""
420
421
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:10
422
msgid "use a web browser pointed at the OpenERP client-web server, or"
423
msgstr ""
424
425
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:12
426
msgid ""
427
"use an application client (the GTK client) installed on each computer."
428
msgstr ""
429
430
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:14
431
msgid ""
432
"The two methods of access give very similar facilities, and you can use both "
433
"on the same server at the same time. It's best to use the web browser if the "
434
"Open ERP server is some distance away (such as on another continent) because "
435
"it's more tolerant of time delays between the two than the GTK client is. "
436
"The web client is also easier to maintain, because it's generally already "
437
"installed on users' computers."
438
msgstr ""
439
440
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:21
441
msgid ""
442
"Conversely you'd be better off with the application client (called the GTK "
443
"client because of the technology it's built with) if you're using a local "
444
"server (such as in the same building). In this case the GTK client will be "
445
"more responsive, so more satisfying to use."
446
msgstr ""
447
448
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:30
449
msgid "Web client and GTK client"
450
msgstr ""
451
452
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:32
453
msgid ""
454
"There is little functional difference between the two Open ERP clients - the "
455
"web client and the GTK client at present (since early versions of 5.0). In "
456
"earlier versions, the web client had fractionally greater functionality."
457
msgstr ""
458
459
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:36
460
msgid ""
461
"When you're changing the structure of your OpenERP installation (adding and "
462
"removing modules, perhaps changing labels) you'll find the web client to be "
463
"irritating because of its use of **caching**."
464
msgstr ""
465
466
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:40
467
msgid ""
468
"Caching speeds it all up by keeping a copy of data somewhere between the "
469
"server and your client, which is usually good. But you may have made changes "
470
"to your installation that you cannot immediately see in your browser. Many "
471
"apparent faults are caused by this! The workaround is to use the GTK client "
472
"during development and implementation where possible."
473
msgstr ""
474
475
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:46
476
msgid ""
477
"The Tiny company will continue to support two clients for the foreseeable "
478
"future, so you can use whichever client you prefer."
479
msgstr ""
480
481
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:49
482
msgid "An Open ERP system is formed from three main components:"
483
msgstr ""
484
485
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:51
486
msgid ""
487
"the PostgreSQL database server, which contains all of the databases, each of "
488
"which contains all data and most elements of the Open ERP system "
489
"configuration,"
490
msgstr ""
491
492
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:54
493
msgid ""
494
"the Open ERP application server, which contains all of the enterprise logic "
495
"and ensures that Open ERP runs optimally,"
496
msgstr ""
497
498
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:57
499
msgid ""
500
"the web server, a separate application called the Open Object client-web, "
501
"which enables you to connect to Open ERP from standard web browsers and is "
502
"not needed when you connect using a GTK client."
503
msgstr ""
504
505
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:0
506
msgid "*The architecture of OpenERP*"
507
msgstr ""
508
509
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:67
510
msgid "Terminology: client-web – server or client?"
511
msgstr ""
512
513
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:39
514
msgid ""
515
"The client-web component can be thought of as a server or a client depending "
516
"on your viewpoint."
517
msgstr ""
518
519
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:72
520
msgid ""
521
"It acts as a web server to an end user connecting from a web browser, but it "
522
"also acts as a client to the Open ERP application server just as a GTK "
523
"application client does."
524
msgstr ""
525
526
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:45
527
msgid ""
528
"So in this book its context will determine whether the client-web component "
529
"is referred to as a server or a client."
530
msgstr ""
531
532
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:48
533
msgid "eTiny"
534
msgstr ""
535
536
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:84
537
msgid ""
538
"The web application used to be known as “eTiny”. Its name changed to “client-"
539
"web” as Tiny ERP was renamed to OpenERP, but its characteristics have "
540
"generally stayed the same."
541
msgstr ""
542
543
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:54
544
msgid "PostgreSQL, the relational and object database management system."
545
msgstr ""
546
547
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:93
548
msgid ""
549
"It's a free and open-source high-performance system that compares well with "
550
"other database management systems such as MySQL and FirebirdSQL (both free), "
551
"Sybase, DB2 and Microsoft SQL Server (all proprietary). It runs on all types "
552
"of Operating System, from Unix/Linux to the various releases of Windows, via "
553
"Mac OS X, Solaris, SunOS and BSD."
554
msgstr ""
555
556
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:99
557
msgid ""
558
"These three components can be installed on the same server or can be "
559
"distributed onto separate computer servers if performance considerations "
560
"require it."
561
msgstr ""
562
563
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:103
564
msgid ""
565
"If you choose to run only with GTK clients you won't need the third "
566
"component – the client-web server – at all. In this case Open ERP's GTK "
567
"client must be installed on the workstation of each Open ERP user in the "
568
"company."
569
msgstr ""
570
571
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:2
572
msgid "architecture"
573
msgstr ""
574
575
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:2
576
msgid "OpenERP"
577
msgstr ""
578
579
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:16
580
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:16
581
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:421
582
msgid "client"
583
msgstr ""
584
585
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:16
586
msgid "web (thin) and GTK (thick)"
587
msgstr ""
588
589
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:16
590
msgid "caching"
591
msgstr ""
592
593
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:48
594
msgid "client-web"
595
msgstr ""
596
597
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_architecture.rst:51
598
msgid "PostgreSQL"
599
msgstr ""
600
601
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:9
602
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:2
603
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:40
604
msgid "Database creation"
605
msgstr ""
606
607
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:11
608
msgid ""
609
"Use the technique outlined in this section to create a new database, \\ "
610
"``openerp_ch01``\\ . This database will contain the demonstration data "
611
"provided with OpenERP and a large proportion of the core Open ERP "
612
"functionality. You'll need to know your super administrator password for "
613
"this – or you'll have to find somebody who does have it to create this seed "
614
"database."
615
msgstr ""
616
617
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:20
618
msgid "The super-administrator password"
619
msgstr ""
620
621
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:22
622
msgid ""
623
"Anyone who knows the super-administrator password has complete access to the "
624
"data on the server – able to read, change and delete any of the data in any "
625
"of the databases there."
626
msgstr ""
627
628
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:25
629
msgid ""
630
"After first installation, the password is ``admin``. This is the hard-coded "
631
"default, and is used if there is no accessible server configuration file. If "
632
"your system has been set up so that the server configuration file can be "
633
"written to by the server then you can change the password through the "
634
"client. Or you could deliberately make the configuration file read-only so "
635
"that there is no prospect of changing it from the client. Either way, a "
636
"server systems administrator can change it if you forget it."
637
msgstr ""
638
639
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:32
640
msgid ""
641
"So if your system is set u to allow it, you can change the superadmin "
642
"password through the GTK client from the menu :menuselection:`File --> "
643
"Databases --> Administrator Password`, or through the web client by logging "
644
"out (click the :guilabel:`Logout` link), clicking :guilabel:`Databases` on "
645
"the login screen, and then clicking the :guilabel:`Password` button on the "
646
"Management screen."
647
msgstr ""
648
649
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:35
650
msgid ""
651
"The location of the server configuration file is typically defined by "
652
"starting the server with the ``--config`` command line option."
653
msgstr ""
654
655
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:0
656
msgid "*Changing the super-administrator password through the web client*"
657
msgstr ""
658
659
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:49
660
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:515
661
msgid "Creating the database"
662
msgstr ""
663
664
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:51
665
msgid ""
666
"If you're using the GTK client, choose :menuselection:`Files --> Databases --"
667
"> New database` in the menu at the top left. Enter the super-administrator "
668
"password, then the name of the new database you're creating."
669
msgstr ""
670
671
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:0
672
msgid "*Creating a new database through the GTK client*"
673
msgstr ""
674
675
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:61
676
msgid ""
677
"If you're using the web client, click :guilabel:`Databases` on the login "
678
"screen, then :guilabel:`Create` on the database management page. Enter the "
679
"super-administrator password, and the name of the new database you're "
680
"creating."
681
msgstr ""
682
683
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:65
684
msgid ""
685
"In both cases you'll see a checkbox that determines whether you load "
686
"demonstration data or not. The consequences of checking this box or not "
687
"affect the **whole use** of this database."
688
msgstr ""
689
690
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:68
691
msgid ""
692
"In both cases you'll also see that you can choose the Administrator "
693
"password. This makes your database quite secure because you can ensure that "
694
"it is unique from the outset. (In fact many people find it hard to resist "
695
"``admin`` as their password!)"
696
msgstr ""
697
698
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:68
699
msgid "Database openerp_ch01"
700
msgstr ""
701
702
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:78
703
msgid ""
704
"Wait for the message showing that the database has been successfully "
705
"created, along with the user accounts and passwords (\\ ``admin/XXXX``\\ "
706
"and \\ ``demo/demo``\\ ). Now you've created this seed database you can "
707
"extend it without having to know the super-administrator password."
708
msgstr ""
709
710
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:83
711
msgid "User Access"
712
msgstr ""
713
714
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:85
715
msgid ""
716
"The combination of username/password is specific to a single database. If "
717
"you have administrative rights to a database you can modify all users."
718
msgstr ""
719
720
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:96
721
msgid ""
722
"Alternatively you can install the :mod:`users_ldap` module, which manages "
723
"the authentication of users in LDAP (the Lightweight Directory Access "
724
"Protocol, a standard system), and connect it to several Open ERP databases. "
725
"Using this, many databases can share the same user account details."
726
msgstr ""
727
728
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:100
729
msgid "Failure to create a database"
730
msgstr ""
731
732
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:102
733
msgid ""
734
"How do you know if you've successfully created your new database? You're "
735
"told if the database creation has been unsuccessful. If you have entered a "
736
"database name using prohibited characters (or no name, or too short a name) "
737
"you will be alerted by the dialog box :guilabel:`Bad database name!` "
738
"explaining how to correct the error. If you've entered the wrong super-"
739
"administrator password or a name already in use (some names can be reserved "
740
"without your knowledge), you'll be alerted by the dialog box "
741
":guilabel:`Error during database creation!`."
742
msgstr ""
743
744
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:110
745
msgid ""
746
"Connect to the database \\ ``openerp_ch01``\\ that you just created, using "
747
"the default administrator account."
748
msgstr ""
749
750
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:113
751
msgid ""
752
"If this is the first time you've connected to this database you'll be asked "
753
"a series of questions to define the database parameters:"
754
msgstr ""
755
756
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:116
757
msgid ""
758
":guilabel:`Select a profile` : select \\ ``Minimal Profile``\\ and click "
759
":guilabel:`Next`."
760
msgstr ""
761
762
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:118
763
msgid ""
764
":guilabel:`Company Details` : replace the proposed default of \\ ``Tiny "
765
"sprl``\\ by your own company name, complete as much of your address as you "
766
"like, and add some lines about your company, such as a slogan and any "
767
"statutory requirements, to the header and footer fields. Click "
768
":guilabel:`Next`."
769
msgstr ""
770
771
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:123
772
msgid ""
773
":guilabel:`Summary` : check the information and go back to make any "
774
"modifications you need before installation. Then click :guilabel:`Install`."
775
msgstr ""
776
777
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:126
778
msgid ":guilabel:`Installation Completed` : click :guilabel:`Ok`."
779
msgstr ""
780
781
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:128
782
msgid ""
783
"Once configuration is complete you're connected to your Open ERP system. Its "
784
"functionality is very limited because you've selected a minimal "
785
"installation, but this is sufficient to demonstrate that your installation "
786
"is working."
787
msgstr ""
788
789
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:0
790
msgid "*Defining your company during initial database configuration*"
791
msgstr ""
792
793
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:142
794
msgid "Managing databases"
795
msgstr ""
796
797
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:144
798
msgid ""
799
"As a super-administrator you've not only got rights to create new databases, "
800
"but also to:"
801
msgstr ""
802
803
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:118
804
msgid "delete databases,"
805
msgstr ""
806
807
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:116
808
msgid "backup databases,"
809
msgstr ""
810
811
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:120
812
msgid "restore databases."
813
msgstr ""
814
815
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:152
816
msgid ""
817
"All of these operations can be carried out from the menu "
818
":menuselection:`File --> Databases... --> Backup databases` in the GTK "
819
"client, or from the :guilabel:`Database` button in the web client's "
820
":guilabel:`Login` screen."
821
msgstr ""
822
823
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:159
824
msgid "Duplicating a database"
825
msgstr ""
826
827
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:161
828
msgid "To duplicate a database you can:"
829
msgstr ""
830
831
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:159
832
msgid "make a backup file on your PC from this database."
833
msgstr ""
834
835
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:165
836
msgid ""
837
"restore this database from the backup file on your PC, giving it a new name "
838
"as you do so."
839
msgstr ""
840
841
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:163
842
msgid ""
843
"This can be a useful way of making a test database from a production "
844
"database. You can try out the operation of a new configuration, new modules, "
845
"or just the import of new data."
846
msgstr ""
847
848
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:173
849
msgid ""
850
"A system administrator can configure Open ERP to restrict access to some of "
851
"these database functions so that your security is enhanced in normal "
852
"production use."
853
msgstr ""
854
855
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:176
856
msgid ""
857
"You are now ready to use databases from your installation to familiarize "
858
"yourself with the administration and use of Open ERP."
859
msgstr ""
860
861
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:180
862
msgid "New Open ERP functionality"
863
msgstr ""
864
865
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:182
866
msgid ""
867
"The database you've created and managed so far is based on the core Open ERP "
868
"functionality that you installed. The core system is installed in the file "
869
"system of your Open ERP application server, but only installed into an "
870
"Open ERP database as you require it, as is described in the next chapter, "
871
":ref:`ch-guided`."
872
msgstr ""
873
874
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:186
875
msgid ""
876
"What if want to update what's there, or extend what's there with additional "
877
"modules?"
878
msgstr ""
879
880
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:188
881
msgid ""
882
"To update what you have, you'd install a new instance of Open ERP using the "
883
"same techniques as described earlier in this section, :ref:`sect-dbcreate`."
884
msgstr ""
885
886
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:191
887
msgid ""
888
"To extend what you have, you'd install new modules in the ``addons`` "
889
"directory of your current Open ERP installation. There are several ways of "
890
"doing that."
891
msgstr ""
892
893
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:197
894
msgid ""
895
"In both cases you'll need briefly to be a \\ ``root``\\ user or \\ "
896
"``Administrator``\\ of your Open ERP application server."
897
msgstr ""
898
899
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:201
900
msgid "Extending Open ERP"
901
msgstr ""
902
903
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:203
904
msgid ""
905
"To extend Open ERP you'll need to copy modules into the \\ ``addons``\\ "
906
"directory. That's in your server's \\ ``openerp-server``\\ directory "
907
"(which differs between Windows, Mac and some of the various Linux "
908
"distributions and not available at all in the Windows all-in-one installer)."
909
msgstr ""
910
911
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:211
912
msgid ""
913
"If you look there you'll see existing modules such as :mod:`product` and "
914
":mod:`purchase`. A module can be provided in the form of files within a "
915
"directory or a a zip-format file containing that same directory structure."
916
msgstr ""
917
918
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:211
919
msgid ""
920
"You can add modules in two main ways – through the server, or through the "
921
"client."
922
msgstr ""
923
924
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:220
925
msgid ""
926
"To add new modules through the server is a conventional systems "
927
"administration task. As \\ ``root``\\ user or other suitable user, you'd put "
928
"the module in the \\ ``addons``\\ directory and change its permissions to "
929
"match those of the other modules."
930
msgstr ""
931
932
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:224
933
msgid ""
934
"To add new modules through the client you must first change the permissions "
935
"of the \\ ``addons``\\ directory of the server, so that it is writable by "
936
"the server. That will enable you to install Open ERP modules using the "
937
"Open ERP client (a task ultimately carried out on the application server by "
938
"the server software)."
939
msgstr ""
940
941
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:232
942
msgid "Changing permissions"
943
msgstr ""
944
945
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:234
946
msgid ""
947
"A very simple way of changing permissions on the Linux system you're using "
948
"to develop an Open ERP application is to execute the command sudo chmod 777 "
949
"<path_to_addons> (where <path_to_addons> is the full path to the addons "
950
"directory, a location like /usr/lib/python2.5/site-packages/openerp- "
951
"server/addons)."
952
msgstr ""
953
954
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:239
955
msgid ""
956
"Any user of Open ERP who has access to the relevant administration menus can "
957
"then upload any new functionality, so you'd certainly disable this "
958
"capability for production use. You'll see examples of this uploading as you "
959
"make your way through this book."
960
msgstr ""
961
962
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:2
963
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:2
964
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:106
965
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:125
966
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:133
967
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:141
968
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:152
969
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:495
970
msgid "database"
971
msgstr ""
972
973
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:2
974
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:74
975
msgid "create"
976
msgstr ""
977
978
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:16
979
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:16
980
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:77
981
msgid "password"
982
msgstr ""
983
984
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:16
985
msgid "super-administrator"
986
msgstr ""
987
988
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:16
989
msgid "superadmin"
990
msgstr ""
991
992
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:70
993
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:436
994
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:165
995
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
996
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:62
997
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:47
998
msgid "account"
999
msgstr ""
1000
1001
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:70
1002
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:77
1003
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:145
1004
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:172
1005
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:172
1006
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:172
1007
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:47
1008
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:1
1009
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:60
1010
msgid "user"
1011
msgstr ""
1012
1013
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:77
1014
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:77
1015
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:166
1016
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:172
1017
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:47
1018
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:1
1019
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:92
1020
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:158
1021
msgid "access"
1022
msgstr ""
1023
1024
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:77
1025
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:77
1026
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:30
1027
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:27
1028
msgid "LDAP"
1029
msgstr ""
1030
1031
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:77
1032
msgid "username"
1033
msgstr ""
1034
1035
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:88
1036
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:203
1037
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:203
1038
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:2
1039
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:18
1040
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:40
1041
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:69
1042
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:107
1043
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:132
1044
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:173
1045
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:173
1046
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:207
1047
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:212
1048
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:217
1049
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:222
1050
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:228
1051
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:353
1052
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:165
1053
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:245
1054
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
1055
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
1056
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
1057
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
1058
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
1059
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/channel.rst:7
1060
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:445
1061
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:521
1062
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:24
1063
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:91
1064
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:386
1065
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:62
1066
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:181
1067
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:112
1068
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:65
1069
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:65
1070
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:59
1071
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_hire_new_people.rst:12
1072
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:120
1073
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:137
1074
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:88
1075
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:291
1076
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:99
1077
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:134
1078
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:217
1079
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:11
1080
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:19
1081
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:47
1082
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:67
1083
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:25
1084
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:374
1085
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:384
1086
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:22
1087
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:53
1088
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:22
1089
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:5
1090
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:5
1091
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:5
1092
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:16
1093
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:35
1094
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:47
1095
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:97
1096
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:8
1097
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:35
1098
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:62
1099
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:23
1100
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:42
1101
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:84
1102
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:93
1103
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:93
1104
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:241
1105
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:255
1106
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:319
1107
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
1108
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
1109
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
1110
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
1111
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
1112
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:36
1113
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:36
1114
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:7
1115
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:15
1116
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:287
1117
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:19
1118
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:28
1119
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:39
1120
msgid "module"
1121
msgstr ""
1122
1123
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:88
1124
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:15
1125
msgid "users_ldap"
1126
msgstr ""
1127
1128
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:106
1129
msgid "manage"
1130
msgstr ""
1131
1132
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:152
1133
msgid "duplicate"
1134
msgstr ""
1135
1136
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:190
1137
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:213
1138
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:82
1139
msgid "system"
1140
msgstr ""
1141
1142
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:190
1143
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:68
1144
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:125
1145
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:10
1146
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:157
1147
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:82
1148
msgid "administrator"
1149
msgstr ""
1150
1151
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:203
1152
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:300
1153
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:300
1154
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
1155
msgid "product"
1156
msgstr ""
1157
1158
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:203
1159
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:401
1160
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
1161
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:23
1162
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:248
1163
msgid "purchase"
1164
msgstr ""
1165
1166
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:213
1167
msgid "administration"
1168
msgstr ""
1169
1170
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:225
1171
msgid "filesystem"
1172
msgstr ""
1173
1174
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:225
1175
msgid "permissions"
1176
msgstr ""
1177
1178
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:3
1179
msgid "The installation of Open ERP"
1180
msgstr ""
1181
1182
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:5
1183
msgid ""
1184
"Whether you're from a small company investigating how Open ERP works, or on "
1185
"the IT staff of a larger organization and have been asked to assess "
1186
"Open ERP's capabilities, your first requirement is to install it or to find "
1187
"a working installation."
1188
msgstr ""
1189
1190
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:9
1191
msgid ""
1192
"The table below summarizes the various installation methods that will be "
1193
"described in the following sections."
1194
msgstr ""
1195
1196
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1197
msgid "Method"
1198
msgstr ""
1199
1200
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1201
msgid "Average Time"
1202
msgstr ""
1203
1204
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1205
msgid "Level of Complexity"
1206
msgstr ""
1207
1208
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1209
msgid "Notes"
1210
msgstr ""
1211
1212
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1213
msgid "All-in-one Windows Installer"
1214
msgstr ""
1215
1216
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1217
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1218
msgid "A few minutes"
1219
msgstr ""
1220
1221
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1222
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1223
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1224
msgid "Simple"
1225
msgstr ""
1226
1227
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1228
msgid ""
1229
"Very useful for quick evaluations because it installs all of the components "
1230
"pre-configured on one computer (using the GTK client)."
1231
msgstr ""
1232
1233
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1234
msgid "Independent installation on Windows"
1235
msgstr ""
1236
1237
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1238
msgid "Half an hour"
1239
msgstr ""
1240
1241
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1242
msgid "Medium"
1243
msgstr ""
1244
1245
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1246
msgid ""
1247
"Enables you to install the components on different computers. Can be put "
1248
"into production use."
1249
msgstr ""
1250
1251
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1252
msgid "Ubuntu Linux packages"
1253
msgstr ""
1254
1255
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1256
msgid "Simple and quick but the Ubuntu packages aren't always up to date."
1257
msgstr ""
1258
1259
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1260
msgid "From source, for all Linux systems"
1261
msgstr ""
1262
1263
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1264
msgid "More than half an hour"
1265
msgstr ""
1266
1267
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1268
msgid "Medium to slightly difficult"
1269
msgstr ""
1270
1271
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:1
1272
msgid ""
1273
"This is the method recommended for production environments because it's easy "
1274
"to keep it up to date."
1275
msgstr ""
1276
1277
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:21
1278
msgid ""
1279
"Each time a new release of Open ERP is made, Tiny supplies a complete "
1280
"Windows auto-installer for it. This contains all of the components you need "
1281
"– the PostgreSQL database server, the Open ERP application server and the "
1282
"GTK application client."
1283
msgstr ""
1284
1285
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:25
1286
msgid ""
1287
"This auto-installer enables you to install the whole system in just a few "
1288
"mouse-clicks. The initial configuration is set up during installation, "
1289
"making it possible to start using it very quickly as long as you don't want "
1290
"to change the underlying code. It's aimed at the installation of everything "
1291
"on a single PC, but you can later connect GTK clients from other PCs, Macs "
1292
"and Linux boxes to it as well."
1293
msgstr ""
1294
1295
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:31
1296
msgid ""
1297
"The first step is to download the Open ERP installer. At this stage you must "
1298
"choose which version to install – the stable version or the development "
1299
"version. If you're planning to put it straight into production you're "
1300
"strongly advised to choose the stable version."
1301
msgstr ""
1302
1303
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:38
1304
msgid "Stable versions and development versions"
1305
msgstr ""
1306
1307
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:40
1308
msgid ""
1309
"Open ERP development proceeds on two parallel tracks: stable versions and "
1310
"development versions."
1311
msgstr ""
1312
1313
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:42
1314
msgid ""
1315
"New functionality is integrated into the development branch. This branch is "
1316
"more advanced than the stable branch, but it can contain undiscovered and "
1317
"unfixed faults. A new development release is made every month or so, and "
1318
"Tiny have made the code repository available so you can download the very "
1319
"latest revisions if you want."
1320
msgstr ""
1321
1322
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:47
1323
msgid ""
1324
"The stable branch is designed for production environments. Releases of new "
1325
"functionality there are made only about once a year after a long period of "
1326
"testing and validation. Only fault fixes are released through the year on "
1327
"the stable branch."
1328
msgstr ""
1329
1330
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:54
1331
msgid "To download the version of Open ERP for Windows, follow these steps:"
1332
msgstr ""
1333
1334
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:57
1335
msgid "Navigate to the site http://openerp.com."
1336
msgstr ""
1337
1338
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:58
1339
msgid ""
1340
"Click :menuselection:`Downloads` on the menu at the left then, under "
1341
":guilabel:`Windows Installers`, :menuselection:`All in One`."
1342
msgstr ""
1343
1344
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:61
1345
msgid ""
1346
"This brings up the demonstration version Windows installer, currently "
1347
":program:`openerp-allinone-setup-5.0.0-3`."
1348
msgstr ""
1349
1350
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:64
1351
msgid ""
1352
"Save the file on your PC - it's quite a substantial size because it "
1353
"downloads everything including the PostgreSQL database system, so will take "
1354
"some time."
1355
msgstr ""
1356
1357
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:70
1358
msgid ""
1359
"To install Open ERP and its database you must be signed in as an "
1360
"Administrator on your PC. Double- click the installer file to install it and "
1361
"accept the default parameters on each dialog box as you go."
1362
msgstr ""
1363
1364
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:73
1365
msgid ""
1366
"If you had previously tried to install the all-in-one version of Open ERP, "
1367
"you have to uninstall that first because various elements of a previous "
1368
"installation could interfere with your new installation. Make sure that all "
1369
"Tiny ERP, OpenERP and PostgreSQL applications are removed: you're likely to "
1370
"have to restart your PC to finish removing all traces of them."
1371
msgstr ""
1372
1373
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:78
1374
msgid ""
1375
"The Open ERP client can be opened, ready to use the Open ERP system, once "
1376
"you have completed the all--in-one installation. The next step consists of "
1377
"setting up the database, and is covered in the final section of this chapter "
1378
":ref:`sect-creatingdb`."
1379
msgstr ""
1380
1381
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:88
1382
msgid ""
1383
"System administrators can have very good reasons for wanting to install the "
1384
"various components of a Windows installation separately. For example, your "
1385
"company may not support the version of PostgreSQL or Python that's installed "
1386
"automatically, or you may already have PostgreSQL installed on the server "
1387
"you're using, or you may want to install the database server, application "
1388
"server and web server on separate hardware units."
1389
msgstr ""
1390
1391
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:94
1392
msgid ""
1393
"For this situation you can get separate installers for the Open ERP server "
1394
"and client from the same location as the all-in-one auto-installer. You'll "
1395
"also have to download and install a suitable version of PostgreSQL "
1396
"independently."
1397
msgstr ""
1398
1399
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:98
1400
msgid ""
1401
"You must install PostgreSQL before the Open ERP server, and you must also "
1402
"set it up with a user and password so that the Open ERP server can connect "
1403
"to it. Tiny's web-based documentation gives full and current details."
1404
msgstr ""
1405
1406
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:103
1407
msgid "Connecting users on other PCs to the Open ERP server"
1408
msgstr ""
1409
1410
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:105
1411
msgid ""
1412
"To connect other computers to the Open ERP server you must set the server up "
1413
"so that it's visible to the other PCs, and install a GTK client on each of "
1414
"the those PCs:"
1415
msgstr ""
1416
1417
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:108
1418
msgid ""
1419
"Make your Open ERP server visible to other PCs by opening the Windows "
1420
"Firewall in the Control Panel, then asking the firewall to make an exception "
1421
"of the Open ERP server. In the :guilabel:`Exceptions` tab of Windows "
1422
"Firewall click on :guilabel:`Add a program...` and choose "
1423
":guilabel:`Open ERP Server` in the list provided. This step enables other "
1424
"computers to see the Open ERP application on this server."
1425
msgstr ""
1426
1427
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:114
1428
msgid ""
1429
"Install the Open ERP client (:program:`openerp-client-5.X.exe`), which you "
1430
"can download in the same way as you downloaded the other Open ERP software, "
1431
"onto the other PCs."
1432
msgstr ""
1433
1434
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:117
1435
msgid "Version matching"
1436
msgstr ""
1437
1438
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:119
1439
msgid ""
1440
"You must make sure that the version of the client matches that of the "
1441
"server. The version number is given as part of the name of the downloaded "
1442
"file. Although it's possible that some different revisions of client and "
1443
"server will function together, there's no certainty about that."
1444
msgstr ""
1445
1446
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:126
1447
msgid ""
1448
"To run the client installer on every other PC you'll need to have "
1449
"administrator rights there. The installation is automated, so you just need "
1450
"to guide it through its different installation steps."
1451
msgstr ""
1452
1453
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:129
1454
msgid ""
1455
"To test your installation, start by connecting through the Open ERP client "
1456
"on the server machine while you're still logged in as administrator."
1457
msgstr ""
1458
1459
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:133
1460
msgid "Why sign in as a PC Administrator?"
1461
msgstr ""
1462
1463
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:134
1464
msgid ""
1465
"You'd not usually be signed on as a PC administrator when you're just "
1466
"running the Open ERP client, but if there have been problems in the "
1467
"installation it's easier to remain as an administrator after the "
1468
"installation so that you can make any necessary fixes than to switch user as "
1469
"you alternate between roles as a tester and a software installer."
1470
msgstr ""
1471
1472
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:139
1473
msgid ""
1474
"Start the GTK client on the server through the Windows Start menu there. The "
1475
"main client window appears, identifying the server you're connected to "
1476
"(which is \\ ``localhost``\\ – your own server PC – by default). If the "
1477
"message :guilabel:`No database found, you must create one` appears then "
1478
"you've **successfully connected** to an Open ERP server containing, as yet, "
1479
"no databases."
1480
msgstr ""
1481
1482
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:0
1483
msgid "*Dialog box on connecting a GTK client to a new Open ERP server*"
1484
msgstr ""
1485
1486
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:156
1487
msgid "Connection modes"
1488
msgstr ""
1489
1490
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:158
1491
msgid ""
1492
"In its default configuration at the time of writing, the Open ERP client "
1493
"connects to port 8069 on the server using the XML-RPC protocol (from Linux) "
1494
"or port 8070 using the NET-RPC protocol instead (from Windows). You can use "
1495
"either protocol from either operating system. NET-RPC is quite a bit "
1496
"quicker, although you may not notice that on the GTK client in normal use. "
1497
"OpenERP can run XML-RPC, but not NET-RPC, as a secure connection."
1498
msgstr ""
1499
1500
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:166
1501
msgid "Resolving errors with a Windows installation"
1502
msgstr ""
1503
1504
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:168
1505
msgid ""
1506
"If you can't get OpenERP to work after installing your Windows system you'll "
1507
"find some ideas for resolving this below:"
1508
msgstr ""
1509
1510
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:171
1511
msgid ""
1512
"Is the Open ERP Server working? Signed in to the server as an administrator, "
1513
"stop and restart the service using :guilabel:`Stop Service` and "
1514
":guilabel:`Start Service` from the menu :menuselection:`Start --> Programs --"
1515
"> OpenERP Server` ."
1516
msgstr ""
1517
1518
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:175
1519
msgid ""
1520
"Is the Open ERP Server set up correctly? Signed in to the server as "
1521
"Administrator, open the file \\ ``openerp-server.conf``\\ in \\ ``C:\\"
1522
"Program Files\\OpenERP AllInOne``\\ and check its content. This file is "
1523
"generated during installation with information derived from the database. If "
1524
"you see something strange it's best to entirely reinstall the server from "
1525
"the demonstration installer rather than try to work out what's happening."
1526
msgstr ""
1527
1528
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:188
1529
msgid ""
1530
"Is your PostgreSQL running? Signed in as administrator, select "
1531
":guilabel:`Stop Service` from the menu :menuselection:`Start --> Programs --"
1532
"> PostgreSQL`. If, after a couple of seconds, you can read :guilabel:`The "
1533
"PostgreSQL4OpenERP service has stopped` then you can be reasonably sure that "
1534
"the database server was working. Restart PostgreSQL."
1535
msgstr ""
1536
1537
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:193
1538
msgid ""
1539
"Is the database accessible? Still in the PostgreSQL menu, start the pgAdmin "
1540
"III application which you can use to explore the database. Double-click on "
1541
"the \\ ``PostgreSQL4OpenERP``\\ connection. You can find the password in "
1542
"the OpenERP server configuration file. If the database server is accessible "
1543
"you'll be able to see some information about the empty database. If it's not "
1544
"then an error message will appear."
1545
msgstr ""
1546
1547
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:201
1548
msgid ""
1549
"Are your client programs correctly installed? If your Open ERP GTK clients "
1550
"haven't started then the swiftest approach is to reinstall them."
1551
msgstr ""
1552
1553
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:199
1554
msgid ""
1555
"Can remote client computers see the server computer at all? Check this by "
1556
"opening a command prompt window (enter \\ ``cmd``\\ in the window "
1557
":menuselection:`Start --> Run...` ) and enter \\ ``ping <address of "
1558
"server>``\\ there (where \\ ``<address of server>``\\ represents the IP "
1559
"address of the server). The server should respond with a reply."
1560
msgstr ""
1561
1562
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:204
1563
msgid ""
1564
"Have you changed any of the server's parameters? At this point in the "
1565
"installation the port number of the server must be 8069 using the protocol "
1566
"XML-RPC."
1567
msgstr ""
1568
1569
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:212
1570
msgid ""
1571
"Is there anything else in the server's history that can help you identify "
1572
"the problem? Open the file \\ ``openerp-server.log``\\ in \\ ``C:\\"
1573
"Program Files\\OpenERP AllInOne``\\ (which you can only do when the server "
1574
"is stopped) and scan through the history for ideas. If something looks "
1575
"strange there, contributors to the Open ERP forums can often help identify "
1576
"the reason."
1577
msgstr ""
1578
1579
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:217
1580
msgid "Installation on Linux (Ubuntu)"
1581
msgstr ""
1582
1583
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:224
1584
msgid ""
1585
"This section guides you through installing the Open ERP server and client on "
1586
"Ubuntu, one of the most popular Linux distributions. It assumes that you're "
1587
"using a recent release of Desktop Ubuntu with its graphical user interface "
1588
"on a desktop or laptop PC."
1589
msgstr ""
1590
1591
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:228
1592
msgid "Other Linux distributions"
1593
msgstr ""
1594
1595
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:225
1596
msgid ""
1597
"Installation on other distributions of Linux is fairly similar to "
1598
"installation on Ubuntu. Read this section of the book so that you understand "
1599
"the principles, then use the online documentation and the forums for your "
1600
"specific needs on another distribution."
1601
msgstr ""
1602
1603
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:234
1604
msgid ""
1605
"For information about installation on other distributions, visit the "
1606
"documentation section by following :menuselection:`Product --> "
1607
"Documentation` on http://www.openerp.com. Detailed instructions are given "
1608
"there for different distributions and releases, and you should also check if "
1609
"there are more up to date instructions for the Ubuntu distribution as well."
1610
msgstr ""
1611
1612
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:244
1613
msgid "Technical procedure: Initial installation and configuration"
1614
msgstr ""
1615
1616
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:246
1617
msgid "Upgrade of Ubuntu packages and installation of openerp and pgadmin::"
1618
msgstr ""
1619
1620
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:254
1621
msgid ""
1622
"To avoid having some of the labels untranslated in the GTK client, install "
1623
"the language-pack-gnome-YOURLANG-base package. The following command "
1624
"installs the spanish language pack::"
1625
msgstr ""
1626
1627
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:258
1628
msgid "Postgres Database configuration::"
1629
msgstr ""
1630
1631
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:258
1632
msgid "Replace the following line::"
1633
msgstr ""
1634
1635
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:263
1636
msgid "with::"
1637
msgstr ""
1638
1639
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:268
1640
msgid "Restart Postgres::"
1641
msgstr ""
1642
1643
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:274
1644
msgid ""
1645
"The following two commands will avoid problems with /etc/init.d/openerp-web "
1646
"INIT script::"
1647
msgstr ""
1648
1649
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:280
1650
msgid ""
1651
"Create a user account called openerp with password “openerp” and with "
1652
"privileges to create Postgres databases::"
1653
msgstr ""
1654
1655
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:296
1656
msgid "Quit from user postgres::"
1657
msgstr ""
1658
1659
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:302
1660
msgid "Edit OpenERP configuration file::"
1661
msgstr ""
1662
1663
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:306
1664
msgid ""
1665
"Replace the following two lines (we don’t force to use a specific database "
1666
"and we add the required password to gain access to postgres)::"
1667
msgstr ""
1668
1669
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:318
1670
msgid ""
1671
"Troubles with Python releases: Python 2.6 is not yet supported by OpenERP "
1672
"5.0, but it is the default Python release on Ubuntu 9.0.4. We need to launch "
1673
"OpenERP 5.0 with Python 2.5 or earlier. There’s also a problem with python-"
1674
"xml package in Ubuntu so we will reinstall it."
1675
msgstr ""
1676
1677
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:320
1678
msgid "Python 2.5 setting up::"
1679
msgstr ""
1680
1681
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:324
1682
msgid "Reinstall python-xml::"
1683
msgstr ""
1684
1685
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:334
1686
msgid "Make the following symbolic link::"
1687
msgstr ""
1688
1689
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:338
1690
msgid "Force openerp-server to be launched with Python2.5::"
1691
msgstr ""
1692
1693
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:351
1694
msgid "with"
1695
msgstr ""
1696
1697
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:314
1698
msgid "We can now restart openerp-server::"
1699
msgstr ""
1700
1701
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:320
1702
msgid "Check out the logs::"
1703
msgstr ""
1704
1705
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:324
1706
msgid ""
1707
"OpenERP is now up and running, connected to Postgres database on port 5432 "
1708
"and listening on ports 8069 and 8070"
1709
msgstr ""
1710
1711
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:411
1712
msgid ""
1713
"Start the OpenERP GTK client by clicking its icon in the "
1714
":menuselection:`Applications` menu, or by opening a terminal window and "
1715
"typing \\ ``tinyerp-client``\\ . The OpenERP login dialog box should open "
1716
"and show the message :guilabel:`No database found you must create one!`."
1717
msgstr ""
1718
1719
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:415
1720
msgid ""
1721
"Although this installation method is simple and therefore an attractive "
1722
"option, it's better to install Open ERP using a version downloaded from "
1723
"http://openerp.com. The downloaded revision is likely to be far more up to "
1724
"date than that available from a Linux distribution."
1725
msgstr ""
1726
1727
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:419
1728
msgid "Package versions"
1729
msgstr ""
1730
1731
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:421
1732
msgid ""
1733
"Maintaining packages is a process of development, testing and publication "
1734
"that takes time. The releases in Open ERP (or Tiny ERP) packages are "
1735
"therefore not always the latest available. Check the version number from the "
1736
"information on the website before installing a package. If only the third "
1737
"digit group differs (for example 5.0.1 instead of 5.0.2) then you may decide "
1738
"to install it because the differences may be minor – fault fixes rather than "
1739
"functionality changes between the package and the latest version."
1740
msgstr ""
1741
1742
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:430
1743
msgid "Manual installation of the Open ERP server"
1744
msgstr ""
1745
1746
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:432
1747
msgid ""
1748
"In this section you'll see how to install Open ERP by downloading it from "
1749
"the site http://openerp.com, and how to install the libraries and packages "
1750
"that Open ERP depends on, onto a desktop version of Ubuntu. Here's a summary "
1751
"of the procedure:"
1752
msgstr ""
1753
1754
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:373
1755
msgid "Navigate to the page http://openerp.com with your web browser,"
1756
msgstr ""
1757
1758
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:438
1759
msgid "Click :menuselection:`Downloads` on the left menu,"
1760
msgstr ""
1761
1762
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:440
1763
msgid ""
1764
"Download the client and server files from the *Sources (Linux)* section into "
1765
"your home directory (or some other location if you've defined a different "
1766
"download area)."
1767
msgstr ""
1768
1769
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:443
1770
msgid ""
1771
"To download the PostgreSQL database and all of the other dependencies for "
1772
"Open ERP from packages:"
1773
msgstr ""
1774
1775
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:382
1776
msgid ""
1777
"Start Synaptic Package Manager, and enter the root password as required."
1778
msgstr ""
1779
1780
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:447
1781
msgid ""
1782
"Check that the repositories \\ ``main``\\ \\ ``universe``\\ and \\ "
1783
"``restricted``\\ are enabled."
1784
msgstr ""
1785
1786
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:449
1787
msgid ""
1788
"Search for a recent version of PostgreSQL (such as \\ ``postgresql-8.3``\\ "
1789
"then select it for installation along with its dependencies."
1790
msgstr ""
1791
1792
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:452
1793
msgid ""
1794
"Select all of OpenERP's dependences, an up-to-date list of which should be "
1795
"found in the installation documents on Tiny's website, then click "
1796
":guilabel:`Update Now` to install them."
1797
msgstr ""
1798
1799
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:459
1800
msgid "Python programming language"
1801
msgstr ""
1802
1803
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:461
1804
msgid ""
1805
"Python is the programming language that's been used to develop Open ERP. "
1806
"It's a dynamic, non-typed language that is object-oriented, procedural and "
1807
"functional. It comes with numerous libraries that provide interfaces to "
1808
"other languages and has the great advantage that it can be learnt in only a "
1809
"few days. It's the language of choice for large parts of NASA's, Google's "
1810
"and many other enterprises' code."
1811
msgstr ""
1812
1813
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:404
1814
msgid "For more information on Python, explore http://www.python.org."
1815
msgstr ""
1816
1817
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:406
1818
msgid ""
1819
"Once all these dependencies and the database are installed, install the "
1820
"server itself using the instructions on the website."
1821
msgstr ""
1822
1823
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:472
1824
msgid ""
1825
"Open a terminal window to start the server with the command \\ ``sudo -i -u "
1826
"postgres openerp-server``\\ , which should result in a series of log "
1827
"messages as the server starts up. If the server is correctly installed, the "
1828
"message :guilabel:`[...] waiting for connections...` should show within 30 "
1829
"seconds or so, which indicates that the server is waiting for a client to "
1830
"connect to it."
1831
msgstr ""
1832
1833
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:0
1834
msgid "*OpenERP startup log in the console*"
1835
msgstr ""
1836
1837
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:488
1838
msgid "Manual installation of Open ERP GTK clients"
1839
msgstr ""
1840
1841
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:490
1842
msgid ""
1843
"To install an Open ERP GTK client, follow the steps outline on the website "
1844
"installation document for your particular operating system."
1845
msgstr ""
1846
1847
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:493
1848
msgid "Survey: Don't Cancel!"
1849
msgstr ""
1850
1851
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:495
1852
msgid ""
1853
"When you start the GTK client for the first time, a dialog box appears "
1854
"asking for various details that are intended to help the Tiny company assess "
1855
"the prospective user base for its software."
1856
msgstr ""
1857
1858
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:498
1859
msgid ""
1860
"If you click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button, the window goes away – but "
1861
"Open ERP will ask the same questions again next time you start the client. "
1862
"It's best to click :guilabel:`OK`, even if you choose to enter no data, to "
1863
"prevent that window reappearing next time."
1864
msgstr ""
1865
1866
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:0
1867
msgid "*OpenERP client at startup*"
1868
msgstr ""
1869
1870
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:508
1871
msgid ""
1872
"Open a terminal window to start the client using the command openerp-client. "
1873
"When you start the client on the same Linux PC as the server you'll find "
1874
"that the default connection parameters will just work without needing any "
1875
"change. The message :guilabel:`No database found, you must create one!` "
1876
"shows you that the connection to the server has been successful and you need "
1877
"to create a database on the server."
1878
msgstr ""
1879
1880
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:471
1881
msgid ""
1882
"You can connect other GTK clients over the network to your Linux server. "
1883
"Before you leave your server, make sure you know its network address – "
1884
"either by its name (such as \\ ``mycomputer.mycompany.net``\\ ) or its IP "
1885
"address (such as \\ ``192.168.0.123``\\ )."
1886
msgstr ""
1887
1888
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:524
1889
msgid "Different networks"
1890
msgstr ""
1891
1892
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:526
1893
msgid ""
1894
"Communications between an Open ERP client and server are based on standard "
1895
"protocols. You can connect Windows clients to a Linux server, or vice versa, "
1896
"without problems. It's the same for Mac versions of Open ERP – you can "
1897
"connect Windows and Linux clients and servers to them."
1898
msgstr ""
1899
1900
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:530
1901
msgid ""
1902
"To install an Open ERP client on a computer under Linux, repeat the "
1903
"procedure shown earlier in this section. You can connect different clients "
1904
"to the Open ERP server by modifying the connection parameters on each "
1905
"client. To do that, click the :guilabel:`Change` button on the connection "
1906
"dialog and set the following field as needed:"
1907
msgstr ""
1908
1909
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:480
1910
msgid ""
1911
":guilabel:`Server` : \\ ``name``\\ or \\ ``IP address``\\ of the server "
1912
"over the network,"
1913
msgstr ""
1914
1915
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:491
1916
msgid ""
1917
":guilabel:`Port` : the port, whose default is \\ ``8069``\\ or \\ "
1918
"``8070``\\ ,"
1919
msgstr ""
1920
1921
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:493
1922
msgid ""
1923
":guilabel:`Connection protocol` : \\ ``XML-RPC``\\ or \\ ``NET-RPC``\\ ."
1924
msgstr ""
1925
1926
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:0
1927
msgid "*Dialog box for defining connection parameters to the server*"
1928
msgstr ""
1929
1930
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:548
1931
msgid ""
1932
"It's possible to connect the server to the client using a secure protocol to "
1933
"prevent other network users from listening in, but the installation "
1934
"described here is for direct unencrypted connection."
1935
msgstr ""
1936
1937
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:552
1938
msgid ""
1939
"If your Linux server is protected by a firewall you'll have to provide "
1940
"access to port"
1941
msgstr ""
1942
1943
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:552
1944
msgid ""
1945
"\\ ``8069``\\ or \\ ``8070``\\ for users on other computers with Open ERP "
1946
"GTK clients."
1947
msgstr ""
1948
1949
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:559
1950
msgid "Installation of an OpenERP web server"
1951
msgstr ""
1952
1953
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:561
1954
msgid ""
1955
"Just as you installed a GTK client on a Linux server, you can also install "
1956
"the OpenERP client-web server. You can install it from sources after "
1957
"installing its dependencies from packages as you did with the Open ERP "
1958
"server, but Tiny have provided a simpler way to do this for eTiny – using a "
1959
"system known as ez_setup."
1960
msgstr ""
1961
1962
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:567
1963
msgid ""
1964
"Before proceeding, confirm that your Open ERP installation is functioning "
1965
"correctly with a GTK client. If it's not you'll need to go back now and fix "
1966
"it, because you need to be able to use it fully for the next stages."
1967
msgstr ""
1968
1969
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:437
1970
msgid ""
1971
"To install client-web follow the up-to-date instructions in the installation "
1972
"document on the website."
1973
msgstr ""
1974
1975
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:574
1976
msgid "Ez tool"
1977
msgstr ""
1978
1979
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:530
1980
msgid ""
1981
"Ez is the packaging system used by Python. It enables the installation of "
1982
"programs as required just like the packages used by a Linux distribution. "
1983
"The software is downloaded across the network and installed on your computer "
1984
"by ez_install."
1985
msgstr ""
1986
1987
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:534
1988
msgid ""
1989
":program:`ez_setup` is a small program that installs ez_install "
1990
"automatically."
1991
msgstr ""
1992
1993
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:582
1994
msgid ""
1995
"The OpenERP Web server connects to the Open ERP server in the same way as an "
1996
"Open ERP client using the NET-RPC protocol. Its default setup corresponds to "
1997
"that of the Open ERP server you've just installed, so should connect "
1998
"directly at startup."
1999
msgstr ""
2000
2001
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:586
2002
msgid ""
2003
"At the same console as you've just been using, go to the Openerp web "
2004
"directory by typing :command:`cd openerp-web-5.X`."
2005
msgstr ""
2006
2007
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:589
2008
msgid ""
2009
"At a terminal window type :command:`start-openerp-web` to start the OpenERP "
2010
"Web server."
2011
msgstr ""
2012
2013
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:0
2014
msgid "*OpenERP web client at startup*"
2015
msgstr ""
2016
2017
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:599
2018
msgid ""
2019
"You can verify the installation by opening a web browser on the server and "
2020
"navigating to http://localhost:8080 to connect to eTiny as shown in the "
2021
"figure :ref:`fig-webwel`. You can also test this from another computer "
2022
"connected to the same network if you know the name or IP address of the "
2023
"server over the network – your browser should be set to "
2024
"http://<server_address>:8080 for this."
2025
msgstr ""
2026
2027
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:606
2028
msgid "Verifying your Linux installation"
2029
msgstr ""
2030
2031
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:611
2032
msgid ""
2033
"You've used default parameters so far during the installation of the various "
2034
"components. If you've had problems, or you just want to set this up "
2035
"differently, the following points provide some indicators about how you can "
2036
"set your installation up."
2037
msgstr ""
2038
2039
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:508
2040
msgid "**psql** and **pgAdmin** tools"
2041
msgstr ""
2042
2043
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:617
2044
msgid ""
2045
"psql is a simple client, executed from the command line, that's delivered "
2046
"with PostgreSQL. It enables you to execute SQL commands on your Open ERP "
2047
"database."
2048
msgstr ""
2049
2050
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:513
2051
msgid ""
2052
"If you prefer a graphical utility to manipulate your database directly you "
2053
"can install pgAdmin III (it is commonly installed automatically with "
2054
"PostgreSQL on a windowing system, but can also be found at \\ "
2055
"``http://www.pgadmin.org/`` \\ )."
2056
msgstr ""
2057
2058
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:519
2059
msgid ""
2060
"The PostgreSQL database starts automatically and listens locally on port "
2061
"5432 as standard: check this by entering \\ ``sudo netstat -anpt``\\ at a "
2062
"terminal to see if port 5432 is visible there."
2063
msgstr ""
2064
2065
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:522
2066
msgid ""
2067
"The database system has a default role of \\ ``postgres``\\ accessible by "
2068
"running under the Linux postgres user: check this by entering \\ ``sudo su "
2069
"postgres -c psql``\\ at a terminal to see the psql startup message – then "
2070
"type \\ ``\\q``\\ to quit the program."
2071
msgstr ""
2072
2073
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:631
2074
msgid ""
2075
"Start the Open ERP server from the postgres user (which enables it to access "
2076
"the PostgreSQL database) by typing \\ ``sudo su postgres -c tinyerp-"
2077
"server.``\\"
2078
msgstr ""
2079
2080
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:634
2081
msgid ""
2082
"If you try to start the Open ERP server from a terminal but get the message "
2083
"``socket.error: (98, 'Address already in use')`` then you might be trying to "
2084
"start Open ERP while an instance of Open ERP is already running and using "
2085
"the sockets that you've defined (by default 8069 and 8070). If that's a "
2086
"surprise to you then you may be coming up against a previous installation of "
2087
"Open ERP or Tiny ERP, or something else using one or both of those ports."
2088
msgstr ""
2089
2090
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:640
2091
msgid ""
2092
"Type \\ ``sudo netstat -anpt``\\ to discover what is running there, and "
2093
"record the PID. You can check that the PID orresponds to a program you can "
2094
"dispense with by typing \\ ``ps aux | grep <PID>``\\ and you can then stop "
2095
"the program from running by typing \\ ``sudo kill <PID>``\\ . You need "
2096
"additional measures to stop it from restarting when you restart the server."
2097
msgstr ""
2098
2099
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:646
2100
msgid ""
2101
"The Open ERP server has a large number of configuration options. You can see "
2102
"what they are by starting the server with the argument \\ ``–help``\\ By "
2103
"efault the server configuration is stored in the file \\ ``.terp_serverrc``\\"
2104
" in the user's home directory (and for the postgres user that directory is "
2105
"\\ ``/var/lib/postgresql``\\ ."
2106
msgstr ""
2107
2108
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:651
2109
msgid ""
2110
"You can delete the configuration file to be quite sure that the Open ERP "
2111
"server is starting with just the default options. It is quite common for an "
2112
"upgraded system to behave badly because a new version server cannot work "
2113
"with options from a previous version. When the server starts without a "
2114
"configuration file it will write a new one once there is something non-"
2115
"default to write to it – it will operate using defaults until then."
2116
msgstr ""
2117
2118
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:657
2119
msgid ""
2120
"To verify that the system works, without becoming entangled in firewall "
2121
"problems, you can start the Open ERP client from a second terminal window on "
2122
"the server computer (which doesn't pass through the firewall). Connect using "
2123
"the XML-RPC protocol on port 8069 or NET-RPC on port 8070. The server can "
2124
"use both ports simultaneously. The window displays the log file when the "
2125
"client is started this way."
2126
msgstr ""
2127
2128
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:579
2129
msgid ""
2130
"The client setup is stored in the file \\ ``.terprc``\\ in the user's home "
2131
"directory. Since a GTK client can be started by any user, each user would "
2132
"have their setup defined in a configuration file in their own home directory."
2133
msgstr ""
2134
2135
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:667
2136
msgid ""
2137
"You can delete the configuration file to be quite sure that the Open ERP "
2138
"client is starting with just the default options. When the client starts "
2139
"without a configuration file it will write a new one for itself."
2140
msgstr ""
2141
2142
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:671
2143
msgid ""
2144
"The web server uses the NET-RPC protocol. If a GTK client works but the web "
2145
"server doesn't then the problem is either with the NET-RPC port or with the "
2146
"web server itself, and not with the Open ERP server."
2147
msgstr ""
2148
2149
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:674
2150
msgid "One server for several companies"
2151
msgstr ""
2152
2153
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:676
2154
msgid ""
2155
"You can start several Open ERP application servers on one physical computer "
2156
"server by using different ports. If you have defined multiple database roles "
2157
"in PostgreSQL, each connected through an Open ERP instance to a different "
2158
"port, you can simultaneously serve many companies from one physical server "
2159
"at one time."
2160
msgstr ""
2161
2162
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:36
2163
msgid "stable versions"
2164
msgstr ""
2165
2166
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:52
2167
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:68
2168
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:83
2169
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:213
2170
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:421
2171
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:492
2172
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:492
2173
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:95
2174
msgid "installation"
2175
msgstr ""
2176
2177
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:52
2178
msgid "Windows (all-in-one)"
2179
msgstr ""
2180
2181
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:83
2182
msgid "Windows (independent)"
2183
msgstr ""
2184
2185
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:145
2186
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:145
2187
msgid "protocol"
2188
msgstr ""
2189
2190
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:145
2191
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:145
2192
msgid "XML-RPC"
2193
msgstr ""
2194
2195
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:145
2196
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:145
2197
msgid "NET-RPC"
2198
msgstr ""
2199
2200
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:213
2201
msgid "Linux (Ubuntu)"
2202
msgstr ""
2203
2204
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:393
2205
msgid "Python"
2206
msgstr ""
2207
2208
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:426
2209
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:421
2210
msgid "GTK"
2211
msgstr ""
2212
2213
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:421
2214
msgid "GTK client"
2215
msgstr ""
2216
2217
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:466
2218
msgid "port (network)"
2219
msgstr ""
2220
2221
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:492
2222
msgid "eTiny web server"
2223
msgstr ""
2224
2225
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:492
2226
msgid "OpenERP client-web server"
2227
msgstr ""
2228
2229
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_install.rst:501
2230
msgid "pgAdmin III"
2231
msgstr ""
2232
2233
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:11
2234
msgid "Installation and Initial Setup"
2235
msgstr ""
2236
2237
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:13
2238
msgid ""
2239
"*Installing Open ERP under Windows or Linux for familiarization use should "
2240
"take you only half an hour or so and needs only a couple of operations.*"
2241
msgstr ""
2242
2243
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:16
2244
msgid ""
2245
"*The first operation is installation of the application and database server "
2246
"on a server PC (that's a Windows or Linux or Macintosh computer).*"
2247
msgstr ""
2248
2249
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:19
2250
msgid ""
2251
"*You've a choice of approaches for the second operation: either install a "
2252
"web server (most probably on the original server PC) to use with standard "
2253
"web clients that can be found on anybody's PC, or install application "
2254
"clients on each intended user's PC.*"
2255
msgstr ""
2256
2257
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:23
2258
msgid ""
2259
"When you first install Open ERP you'll set up a database containing a little "
2260
"functionality and some demonstration data to test the installation."
2261
msgstr ""
2262
2263
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:29
2264
msgid "Renaming from Tiny ERP to Open ERP"
2265
msgstr ""
2266
2267
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:31
2268
msgid ""
2269
"Tiny ERP was renamed to Open ERP early in 2008 so somebody who's already "
2270
"used Tiny ERP should be equally at home with Open ERP. The two names refer "
2271
"to the same software, so there's no functional difference between versions "
2272
"4.2.X of Open ERP and 4.2.X of Tiny ERP. This book applies to versions of "
2273
"Open ERP from 5.0.0 onwards, with references to earlier versions from time "
2274
"to time."
2275
msgstr ""
2276
2277
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:40
2278
msgid "The SaaS, or “on-demand”, offer"
2279
msgstr ""
2280
2281
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:42
2282
msgid ""
2283
"SaaS (Software as a Service) is delivered by a hosting supplier and paid in "
2284
"the form of a monthly subscription that includes hardware (servers), system "
2285
"maintenance, provision of hosting services, and support."
2286
msgstr ""
2287
2288
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:46
2289
msgid ""
2290
"You can get a month's free trial on Tiny's http://ondemand.openerp.com, "
2291
"which enables you to get started quickly without incurring costs for "
2292
"integration or for buying computer systems. Many of Tiny's partner companies "
2293
"will access this, and some may offer their own similar service."
2294
msgstr ""
2295
2296
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:51
2297
msgid ""
2298
"This service should be particularly useful to small companies that just want "
2299
"to get going quickly and at low cost. It gives them immediate access to an "
2300
"integrated management system that's been built on the type of enterprise "
2301
"architecture used in banks and other large organizations. Open ERP is that "
2302
"system, and is described in detail throughout this book."
2303
msgstr ""
2304
2305
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:58
2306
msgid ""
2307
"Whether you want to test Open ERP or to put it into full production, you "
2308
"have at least two starting points:"
2309
msgstr ""
2310
2311
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:61
2312
msgid ""
2313
"evaluate it on line at http://www.openerp.com and ask Tiny for an SaaS trial "
2314
"hosted at http://ondemand.openerp.com, or the equivalent service at any of "
2315
"Tiny's partner companies,"
2316
msgstr ""
2317
2318
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:64
2319
msgid ""
2320
"install it on your own computers to test it in your company's systems "
2321
"environment."
2322
msgstr ""
2323
2324
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:66
2325
msgid ""
2326
"There are some differences between installing Open ERP on Windows and on "
2327
"Linux systems, but once installed, it gives the same functions from both so "
2328
"you won't generally be able to tell which type of server you're using."
2329
msgstr ""
2330
2331
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:72
2332
msgid "Linux, Windows, Mac"
2333
msgstr ""
2334
2335
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:72
2336
msgid ""
2337
"Although this book deals only with installation on Windows and Linux "
2338
"systems, the same versions are also available for the Macintosh on the "
2339
"official website of Open ERP."
2340
msgstr ""
2341
2342
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:75
2343
msgid "Web sites for Open ERP"
2344
msgstr ""
2345
2346
#: ../../source/book/1/1_0_Subscribe_Start/index.rst:22
2347
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:79
2348
msgid "Main Site: http://www.openerp.com,"
2349
msgstr ""
2350
2351
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:79
2352
msgid "SaaS or “on-demand” Site: http://ondemand.openerp.com,"
2353
msgstr ""
2354
2355
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:83
2356
msgid "Documentation Site: http://doc.openerp.com/,"
2357
msgstr ""
2358
2359
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:85
2360
msgid ""
2361
"Community discussion forum where you can often receive informed assistance: "
2362
"http://www.openobject.com/forum."
2363
msgstr ""
2364
2365
#: ../../source/book/1/1_0_Subscribe_Start/index.rst:30
2366
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:88
2367
msgid "Current documentation"
2368
msgstr ""
2369
2370
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:88
2371
msgid ""
2372
"The procedure for installing Open ERP and its web server are sure to change "
2373
"and improve with each new version, so you should always check each release's "
2374
"documentation – both packaged with the release and on the website – for "
2375
"exact installation procedures."
2376
msgstr ""
2377
2378
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:92
2379
msgid ""
2380
"Once you've completed this installation, create and set up a database to "
2381
"confirm that your Open ERP installation is working. You can follow these "
2382
"early chapters in this part of the book to achieve this."
2383
msgstr ""
2384
2385
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:2
2386
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:34
2387
msgid "Installation"
2388
msgstr ""
2389
2390
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:2
2391
msgid "Initial Setup"
2392
msgstr ""
2393
2394
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:2
2395
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:145
2396
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
2397
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
2398
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
2399
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
2400
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
2401
msgid "configuration"
2402
msgstr ""
2403
2404
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:2
2405
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
2406
msgid "setup"
2407
msgstr ""
2408
2409
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:26
2410
msgid "Tiny ERP"
2411
msgstr ""
2412
2413
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/index.rst:37
2414
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:41
2415
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:44
2416
msgid "SaaS"
2417
msgstr ""
2418
2419
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:2
2420
msgid "To connect to Open ERP"
2421
msgstr ""
2422
2423
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:4
2424
msgid ""
2425
"Since this is the first time you've connected to it you'll have to go "
2426
"through the Setup wizard in steps:"
2427
msgstr ""
2428
2429
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:7
2430
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:86
2431
msgid ""
2432
":guilabel:`Select a profile` : select ``Minimal Profile`` and click "
2433
":guilabel:`Next`."
2434
msgstr ""
2435
2436
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:9
2437
msgid ""
2438
"At the :guilabel:`Define Main Company` step you should select your own "
2439
":guilabel:`Company Name` and :guilabel:`Currency`, and address details on "
2440
"the first tab :guilabel:`General Information`; and add more details on the "
2441
"second tab :guilabel:`Report Information` including a logo, if you have one, "
2442
"that appears on reports. Click :guilabel:`Next`."
2443
msgstr ""
2444
2445
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:14
2446
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:94
2447
msgid ""
2448
"At the :guilabel:`Summary` page you can go back to change details if you "
2449
"need. Click the :guilabel:`Install` button."
2450
msgstr ""
2451
2452
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:17
2453
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:97
2454
msgid ""
2455
"Finally, at the :guilabel:`Installation done` page, click :guilabel:`Start "
2456
"Configuration`."
2457
msgstr ""
2458
2459
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:19
2460
msgid ""
2461
"Configuration consists of a set of wizards that help you through options for "
2462
"the installed modules. Hardly anything is installed so this is a very simple "
2463
"process at the moment."
2464
msgstr ""
2465
2466
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:22
2467
msgid ""
2468
"At the first screen click :guilabel:`Continue` to go into the first wizard. "
2469
"Choose :guilabel:`View Mode` : :guilabel:`Simplified Interface` and then "
2470
"click :guilabel:`Set` to save it."
2471
msgstr ""
2472
2473
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:26
2474
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:115
2475
msgid ""
2476
"Click :guilabel:`Skip Step` to step over the next wizard, which would enable "
2477
"you to add other users."
2478
msgstr ""
2479
2480
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:28
2481
msgid ""
2482
"You've now reached the end of the configuration so click "
2483
":guilabel:`Continue` to start using the system as the Administrator."
2484
msgstr ""
2485
2486
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:34
2487
msgid ""
2488
"Once you're displaying the main menu you're able to see the following screen "
2489
"items, as shown in screenshot :ref:`fig-oech2-main`:"
2490
msgstr ""
2491
2492
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:37
2493
msgid ""
2494
"the :guilabel:`Preferences` toolbar to the top right, showing the user name, "
2495
"links to the :guilabel:`Home` page, :guilabel:`Preferences`, "
2496
":guilabel:`About` and :guilabel:`Logout`,"
2497
msgstr ""
2498
2499
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:40
2500
msgid ""
2501
"just below you'll find information about the :guilabel:`Request` system,"
2502
msgstr ""
2503
2504
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:42
2505
msgid "links to the :guilabel:`MAIN MENU` and the :guilabel:`SHORTCUTS`,"
2506
msgstr ""
2507
2508
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:44
2509
msgid ""
2510
"information about copyright and the database you're logged into at the "
2511
"bottom of the page,"
2512
msgstr ""
2513
2514
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:46
2515
msgid ""
2516
"the main contents of the window with by the menu toolbar to the left: links "
2517
"generally line up on the right but there are none to show at the moment."
2518
msgstr ""
2519
2520
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:0
2521
msgid "*The Main Menu of the openerp_ch02 database*"
2522
msgstr ""
2523
2524
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:57
2525
msgid "Two menus are available on the left:"
2526
msgstr ""
2527
2528
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:59
2529
msgid ":menuselection:`Partners`,"
2530
msgstr ""
2531
2532
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:61
2533
msgid ":menuselection:`Administration`."
2534
msgstr ""
2535
2536
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:67
2537
msgid "Preferences toolbar"
2538
msgstr ""
2539
2540
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:69
2541
msgid ""
2542
"When you're connected to Open ERP the Preferences toolbar indicates which "
2543
"user you're connected as. So it should currently be showing "
2544
":guilabel:`Welcome Administrator` (unless you logged in as another user and "
2545
"it's reflecting the name of that user instead)."
2546
msgstr ""
2547
2548
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:73
2549
msgid ""
2550
"You'll find a link to the :guilabel:`Home` page to its right. This takes you "
2551
"to either the dashboard or the available menus, depending on the user "
2552
"configuration. In the case of the \\ ``openerp_ch02``\\ database so far the "
2553
"Home page is the Main Menu. But in general each user of the system is "
2554
"presented with a dashboard that's designed to show performance indicators "
2555
"and urgent documents that are most useful to someone of the user's position "
2556
"in the company. You'll see how to assign dashboards to different users in a "
2557
"later chapter, :ref:`ch-config`."
2558
msgstr ""
2559
2560
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:83
2561
msgid "Multi-nationals and time zones"
2562
msgstr ""
2563
2564
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:50
2565
msgid ""
2566
"If you have users in different countries, they can configure their own "
2567
"timezone. Timestamp displays are then adjusted by reference to the user's "
2568
"own localization setting."
2569
msgstr ""
2570
2571
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:88
2572
msgid ""
2573
"So if you have a team in India and a team in England, the times will "
2574
"automatically be converted. If an Indian employee sets her working hours "
2575
"from 9 to 6 that will be converted and saved in the server's timezone. When "
2576
"the English users want to set up a meeting with an Indian user, the Indian "
2577
"user's available time will be converted to English time."
2578
msgstr ""
2579
2580
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:93
2581
msgid ""
2582
"The next element in the Toolbar is a link to :guilabel:`Preferences`. By "
2583
"clicking that link you reach a page where the current user can set their "
2584
"password, a timezone, a working language, and a signature:"
2585
msgstr ""
2586
2587
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:97
2588
msgid ""
2589
"The :guilabel:`Password` field gives the user the opportunity to change "
2590
"their own password. You should take steps (perhaps written policies) to "
2591
"prevent users making these too trivial."
2592
msgstr ""
2593
2594
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:100
2595
msgid ""
2596
"The :guilabel:`Language` field enables the user's working language to be "
2597
"changed. But first the system must be loaded with other languages for the "
2598
"user to be able to choose an alternative, which is described in the next "
2599
"subsection of this chapter. This is a mandatory field, although might "
2600
"initially be set as blank."
2601
msgstr ""
2602
2603
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:105
2604
msgid ""
2605
"The :guilabel:`Timezone` setting indicates the user's location to Open ERP. "
2606
"This can be different from that of the server. All of the dates in the "
2607
"system are converted to the user's timezone automatically."
2608
msgstr ""
2609
2610
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:83
2611
msgid ""
2612
"The :guilabel:`Signature` field gives the user a place for the signature "
2613
"attached to messages sent from within OpenERP."
2614
msgstr ""
2615
2616
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:112
2617
msgid ""
2618
"The :guilabel:`About` link gives information about the development of the "
2619
"Open ERP software and various links to other information."
2620
msgstr ""
2621
2622
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:115
2623
msgid ""
2624
"The :guilabel:`Logout` link enables you to logout and return to the original "
2625
"login page. You can then login to another database, or to the same database "
2626
"as another user. This page also gives you access to the super-administrator "
2627
"functions for managing databases on this server."
2628
msgstr ""
2629
2630
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:119
2631
msgid ""
2632
"The :guilabel:`Requests` link sits just below this toolbar. It is only "
2633
"visible if you're logged into a database. If your database is new it will "
2634
"say :guilabel:`No request`. You can click on that link to look at requests "
2635
"that have been sent to you at any time."
2636
msgstr ""
2637
2638
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:127
2639
msgid "Installing a new language"
2640
msgstr ""
2641
2642
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:101
2643
msgid ""
2644
"Each user of the system can work in his or her own language. More than "
2645
"twenty languages are currently available besides English. Users select their "
2646
"working language using the Preferences link. You can also assign a language "
2647
"to a partner (customer or supplier), in which case all the documents sent to "
2648
"that partner will be automatically translated into that language."
2649
msgstr ""
2650
2651
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:134
2652
msgid "More information about languages"
2653
msgstr ""
2654
2655
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:136
2656
msgid ""
2657
"The base version of Open ERP is translated into the following languages: "
2658
"English, German, Chinese, Spanish, Italian, Hungarian, Dutch, Portuguese, "
2659
"Romanian, Swedish and Czech."
2660
msgstr ""
2661
2662
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:111
2663
msgid ""
2664
"But other languages are also available: Arabic, Afghan, Austrian, Bulgarian, "
2665
"Indonesian, Finnish, Thai, Turkish and Vietnamese.."
2666
msgstr ""
2667
2668
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:142
2669
msgid ""
2670
"As administrator you can install a new main working language into the system."
2671
msgstr ""
2672
2673
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:145
2674
msgid ""
2675
"Select :menuselection:`Administration` in the Menu Toolbar and click "
2676
":menuselection:`Translations --> Load an Official Translation` in the main "
2677
"menu window,"
2678
msgstr ""
2679
2680
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:147
2681
msgid ""
2682
"Select the language to install, \\ ``French``\\ for example, and click on "
2683
":guilabel:`Start Installation`,"
2684
msgstr ""
2685
2686
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:150
2687
msgid ""
2688
"When the message :guilabel:`Installation done` appears in the "
2689
":guilabel:`Language file loaded` window, click :guilabel:`OK` to return to "
2690
"the menu. (Your system will actually need the French locale loaded to be "
2691
"able to do this, so you may not be successful here.)"
2692
msgstr ""
2693
2694
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:154
2695
msgid ""
2696
"To see the effects of this installation change the preferences of your user "
2697
"to change the working language (you may first need to ensure that you have "
2698
"explicitly selected English as your language, rather than keep the default, "
2699
"before you're given the French option). The main menu is immediately "
2700
"translated in the selected language. If you're using the GTK client you'll "
2701
"first have to close the menu then open a new main menu to start seeing "
2702
"things in the new language."
2703
msgstr ""
2704
2705
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:161
2706
msgid "Navigating the menu"
2707
msgstr ""
2708
2709
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:163
2710
msgid ""
2711
"From this point in the book navigation from the main menu is written as a "
2712
"series of menu entries connected by the :menuselection:`-->` character. "
2713
"Instead of seeing “ Select Administration in the Menu toolbar then click "
2714
"Translations > Load an Official Translation ” you'll just get “ use menu "
2715
":menuselection:`Administration --> Translations --> Load an Official "
2716
"Translation` ”."
2717
msgstr ""
2718
2719
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:171
2720
msgid "Requests as a mechanism for internal communication"
2721
msgstr ""
2722
2723
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:173
2724
msgid ""
2725
"Requests are a powerful communication mechanism between users of the system. "
2726
"They're also used by Open ERP itself to send system messages to users."
2727
msgstr ""
2728
2729
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:180
2730
msgid "They have distinct advantages over traditional emails:"
2731
msgstr ""
2732
2733
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:178
2734
msgid "requests are linked to other Open ERP documents,"
2735
msgstr ""
2736
2737
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:184
2738
msgid "an event's history is attached to the request,"
2739
msgstr ""
2740
2741
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:182
2742
msgid "you can monitor events effectively from the messages they've sent."
2743
msgstr ""
2744
2745
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:184
2746
msgid ""
2747
"Open ERP uses this mechanism to inform users about certain system events. "
2748
"For example if there's a problem concerning the procurement of a product a "
2749
"request is sent by Open ERP to the production manager."
2750
msgstr ""
2751
2752
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:192
2753
msgid "Send a request to get an understanding of its functionality:"
2754
msgstr ""
2755
2756
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:190
2757
msgid ""
2758
"Click on the :guilabel:`Requests` link that should currently be showing "
2759
":guilabel:`No Requests`. This opens a window that lists all of your waiting "
2760
"requests."
2761
msgstr ""
2762
2763
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:197
2764
msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create and send a new request."
2765
msgstr ""
2766
2767
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:199
2768
msgid ""
2769
"Complete the subject of the request, such as \\ ``How are things?``\\ then "
2770
"give a description of the enquiry in the field."
2771
msgstr ""
2772
2773
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:198
2774
msgid ""
2775
"Click the :guilabel:`Search` button to the right of the :guilabel:`To` field "
2776
"and select :guilabel:`Administrator` in the window that opens (that's the "
2777
"user that you're already connected as)."
2778
msgstr ""
2779
2780
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:206
2781
msgid ""
2782
"You can then link this request to other system documents using the "
2783
":guilabel:`References` field, which could, for example, be a partner or a "
2784
"quotation or a disputed invoice."
2785
msgstr ""
2786
2787
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:205
2788
msgid ""
2789
"Click :guilabel:`Send` to send the request to the intended recipient – "
2790
"that's yourself in this case. Then click :guilabel:`MAIN MENU` to return to "
2791
"the original screen."
2792
msgstr ""
2793
2794
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:0
2795
msgid "*Creating a new request*"
2796
msgstr ""
2797
2798
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:218
2799
msgid "To check your requests:"
2800
msgstr ""
2801
2802
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:216
2803
msgid ""
2804
"Click on the link to the right of the :guilabel:`Requests` label to open a "
2805
"list of your requests. (It's possible that you'll still see the statement "
2806
":guilabel:`No Requests` because this information is updated periodically "
2807
"rather than instantly.) The list of requests then opens and you can see the "
2808
"requests you've been sent there."
2809
msgstr ""
2810
2811
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:221
2812
msgid ""
2813
"Click the :guilabel:`Edit` icon, represented by a pencil, at the right hand "
2814
"end of the request line. That opens the request in edit mode."
2815
msgstr ""
2816
2817
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:224
2818
msgid ""
2819
"You can then click the :guilabel:`Reply` button and make your response in "
2820
"the :guilabel:`Request` field that appears in place of the original message."
2821
msgstr ""
2822
2823
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:230
2824
msgid ""
2825
"Click :guilabel:`Send` to save your response and send it to the original "
2826
"sender."
2827
msgstr ""
2828
2829
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:229
2830
msgid "Requests vs. email"
2831
msgstr ""
2832
2833
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:231
2834
msgid ""
2835
"The advantage of an Open ERP request compared with a set of emails about one "
2836
"thread of discussion is that a request contains all of the conversation in "
2837
"one place. You can easily monitor a whole discussion with the appropriate "
2838
"documents attached, and quickly review a list of incomplete discussions with "
2839
"the history within each request."
2840
msgstr ""
2841
2842
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:236
2843
msgid "Look at the request and its history, then close it."
2844
msgstr ""
2845
2846
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:238
2847
msgid ""
2848
"Click on the :guilabel:`History` tab in the :guilabel:`Request` form to see "
2849
"the original request and all of the responses. By clicking on each line you "
2850
"could get more information on each element."
2851
msgstr ""
2852
2853
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:242
2854
msgid ""
2855
"Return to the first tab, :guilabel:`Request` and click :guilabel:`End of "
2856
"Request` to set it to \\ ``closed``\\. This then appears greyed out."
2857
msgstr ""
2858
2859
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:245
2860
msgid ""
2861
"The request is no longer active. It's not visible to searches and won't "
2862
"appear in your list of waiting requests."
2863
msgstr ""
2864
2865
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:248
2866
msgid "Trigger dates"
2867
msgstr ""
2868
2869
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:250
2870
msgid ""
2871
"You can send a request with a future date. This request won't appear in the "
2872
"recipient's waiting list until the indicated date. This mechanism is very "
2873
"useful for setting up alerts before an important event."
2874
msgstr ""
2875
2876
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:149
2877
msgid "Configuring Users"
2878
msgstr ""
2879
2880
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:260
2881
msgid ""
2882
"The database you created contains minimal functionality but can be extended "
2883
"to include all of the potential functionality available to Open ERP. About "
2884
"the only functions actually available in this minimal database are Partners "
2885
"and Currencies – and these only because the definition of your main company "
2886
"required this. And because you chose to include demonstration data, both "
2887
"Partners and Currencies were installed with some samples."
2888
msgstr ""
2889
2890
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:269
2891
msgid ""
2892
"Because you logged in as Administrator, you have all the access you need to "
2893
"configure users. Click :menuselection:`Administration --> Users --> Users` "
2894
"to display the list of users defined in the system. A second user, \\ ``Demo "
2895
"User``\\ , is also present in the system as part of the demonstration data. "
2896
"Click the \\ ``Demo User``\\ name to open a non-editable form on that user."
2897
msgstr ""
2898
2899
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:274
2900
msgid ""
2901
"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to see that the demo user is a member of "
2902
"only the ``Employee`` group, has no roles and is subject to no specialized "
2903
"rules. The \\ ``admin``\\ user is different, as you can see if you follow "
2904
"the same sequence to review the its definition. It's a member of the \\ "
2905
"``admin``\\ group, which gives it more advanced rights to configure new "
2906
"users."
2907
msgstr ""
2908
2909
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:285
2910
msgid "Roles, Groups and Users"
2911
msgstr ""
2912
2913
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:179
2914
msgid ""
2915
"Users and groups provide the structure for specifying access rights to "
2916
"different documents. Their setup answers the question “Who has access to "
2917
"what?”"
2918
msgstr ""
2919
2920
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:290
2921
msgid ""
2922
"Roles are used in business processes for permitting or blocking certain "
2923
"steps in the workflow of a given document. For example you can assign the "
2924
"role of approving an invoice. Roles answer the question “Who should do what?”"
2925
msgstr ""
2926
2927
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:294
2928
msgid ""
2929
"Click :menuselection:`Administration --> Users --> Groups` below the main "
2930
"menu to open the list of groups defined in the system. If you open the form "
2931
"view of the \\ ``admin``\\ group by clicking its name in the list, the "
2932
"first tab give you the list of all the users who belong to this group."
2933
msgstr ""
2934
2935
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:298
2936
msgid ""
2937
"Click the Security tab and it gives you details of the access rights for "
2938
"that group. These are detailed later in :ref:`ch-config`, but you can "
2939
"already see there further up in the window, the list of menus reserved for "
2940
"the admin group. By convention, the \\ ``admin``\\ in Open ERP has rights "
2941
"of access to the :menuselection:`Configuration` menu in each section. So \\ "
2942
"``Partners / Configuration``\\ is found in the list of access rights but \\"
2943
" ``Partners``\\ isn't found there because it's accessible to all users."
2944
msgstr ""
2945
2946
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:194
2947
msgid ""
2948
"You can create some new users to integrate them into the system. Assign them "
2949
"to predefined groups to grant them certain access rights. Then try their "
2950
"access rights when you login as these users. Management defines these access "
2951
"rights as described in :ref:`ch-config`."
2952
msgstr ""
2953
2954
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:309
2955
msgid "Changes to default access rights"
2956
msgstr ""
2957
2958
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:200
2959
msgid ""
2960
"New versions of OpenERP differ from earlier versions of OpenERP and Tiny ERP "
2961
"in this area: many groups have been predefined and access to many of the "
2962
"menus and objects are keyed to these groups by default. This is quite a "
2963
"contrast to the rather liberal approach in 4.2.2 and before, where access "
2964
"rights could be defined but were not activated by default."
2965
msgstr ""
2966
2967
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:321
2968
msgid "Managing partners"
2969
msgstr ""
2970
2971
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:323
2972
msgid ""
2973
"In Open ERP, a partner represents an entity that you do business with. That "
2974
"can be a prospect, a customer, a supplier, or even an employee of your "
2975
"company."
2976
msgstr ""
2977
2978
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:327
2979
msgid "List of partners"
2980
msgstr ""
2981
2982
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:329
2983
msgid ""
2984
"Click :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners` in the main menu to open the "
2985
"list of partners. Then click the name of the first partner to get hold of "
2986
"the details – a form appears with several tabs on it:"
2987
msgstr ""
2988
2989
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:333
2990
msgid ""
2991
"the :guilabel:`General` tab contains the main information about the company, "
2992
"such as its corporate name, its primary language, your different contacts at "
2993
"that partner and the categories it belongs to."
2994
msgstr ""
2995
2996
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:337
2997
msgid ""
2998
"the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchases` tab contains information that's slightly "
2999
"less immediate."
3000
msgstr ""
3001
3002
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:339
3003
msgid ""
3004
"the :menuselection:`History` tab contains the history of all the events that "
3005
"the partner has been involved in. These events are created automatically by "
3006
"different system documents: invoices, orders, support requests and so on, "
3007
"from a list that can be configured in the system. These give you a rapid "
3008
"view of the partner's history on a single screen."
3009
msgstr ""
3010
3011
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:264
3012
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:44
3013
msgid "the :menuselection:`Notes` tab is an area for free text notes."
3014
msgstr ""
3015
3016
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:347
3017
msgid ""
3018
"To the right of the form is a list of Reports, Actions and Links related to "
3019
"a partner. Click some of them to get a feel for their use."
3020
msgstr ""
3021
3022
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:0
3023
msgid "*Partner form*"
3024
msgstr ""
3025
3026
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:248
3027
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:259
3028
msgid "Partner Categories"
3029
msgstr ""
3030
3031
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:250
3032
msgid ""
3033
"Partner Categories enable you to segment different partners according to "
3034
"their relation with you (client, prospect, supplier, and so on). A partner "
3035
"can belong to several categories – for example it may be both a customer and "
3036
"supplier at the same time."
3037
msgstr ""
3038
3039
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:365
3040
msgid ""
3041
"But there are also Customer, Supplier and Rental checkboxes on the partner "
3042
"form, which are different. These checkboxes are designed to enable OpenERP "
3043
"to quickly select what should appear on some of the system drop-down "
3044
"selection boxes. They, too, need to be set correctly."
3045
msgstr ""
3046
3047
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:372
3048
msgid ""
3049
"You can list your partners by category using the menu "
3050
":menuselection:`Partners --> Partners by category` . This opens a "
3051
"hierarchical structure of categories where each category can be divided into "
3052
"sub-categories. Click a category to obtain a list of partners in that "
3053
"category. For example, click all of the partners in the category "
3054
":menuselection:`Supplier` or :menuselection:`Supplier --> Components "
3055
"Supplier`. You'll see that if a company is in a subcategory (such as "
3056
":guilabel:`Components Supplier` ) then it will also show up when you click "
3057
"the parent category (such as :guilabel:`Supplier`)."
3058
msgstr ""
3059
3060
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:0
3061
msgid ""
3062
"*Categories of partner in a hierarchical structure, for example Customer, "
3063
"Prospect, Supplier*"
3064
msgstr ""
3065
3066
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:386
3067
msgid ""
3068
"The administrator can define new categories. So you'll create a new category "
3069
"and link it to a partner:"
3070
msgstr ""
3071
3072
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:389
3073
msgid ""
3074
"Use :menuselection:`Partners --> Configuration --> Partner Categories` to "
3075
"reach a list of the same categories as above but in a list view rather than "
3076
"a hierarchical tree structure."
3077
msgstr ""
3078
3079
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:306
3080
msgid ""
3081
"Click :guilabel:`New` to open an empty form for creating a new category"
3082
msgstr ""
3083
3084
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:394
3085
msgid ""
3086
"Enter \\ ``My Prospects``\\ in the field :guilabel:`Name of Category`. Then "
3087
"click on the :guilabel:`Search` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Parent "
3088
"Category` field and select \\ ``Prospect``\\ in the list that appears."
3089
msgstr ""
3090
3091
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:282
3092
msgid "Then save your new category using the :guilabel:`Save` button."
3093
msgstr ""
3094
3095
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:286
3096
msgid "Required Fields"
3097
msgstr ""
3098
3099
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:402
3100
msgid ""
3101
"Fields colored blue are required. If you try to save the form while any of "
3102
"these fields are empty the field turns red to indicate that there's a "
3103
"problem. It's impossible to save the form until you've completed every "
3104
"required field."
3105
msgstr ""
3106
3107
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:406
3108
msgid ""
3109
"You can review your new category structure using :menuselection:`Partners --"
3110
"> Partners by category`. You should see the new structure of \\ ``Prospects "
3111
"/ My Prospects``\\ there."
3112
msgstr ""
3113
3114
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:0
3115
msgid "*Creating a new partner category*"
3116
msgstr ""
3117
3118
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:415
3119
msgid ""
3120
"To create a new partner and link it to this new category open a new partner "
3121
"form to modify it."
3122
msgstr ""
3123
3124
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:417
3125
msgid ""
3126
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, type \\ ``New Partner``\\ into the "
3127
":guilabel:`Name` field."
3128
msgstr ""
3129
3130
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:419
3131
msgid ""
3132
"Then click on the search icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Categories` "
3133
"field and select your new category from the list that appears: \\ ``Prospect "
3134
"/ My Prospects``\\"
3135
msgstr ""
3136
3137
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:422
3138
msgid ""
3139
"Then save your partner by clicking :guilabel:`Save` The partner now belongs "
3140
"in the category \\ ``Prospect / My prospects.``\\"
3141
msgstr ""
3142
3143
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:425
3144
msgid ""
3145
"Monitor your modification in the menu :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners "
3146
"by category`. Select the category :guilabel:`My Prospect`. The list of "
3147
"partners opens and you'll find your new partner there in that list."
3148
msgstr ""
3149
3150
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:429
3151
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:6
3152
msgid "Searching for documents"
3153
msgstr ""
3154
3155
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:431
3156
msgid ""
3157
"If you need to search through a long list of partners it's best to use the "
3158
"available search criteria rather than scroll through the whole partner list. "
3159
"It's a habit that'll save you a lot of time in the long run as you search "
3160
"for all kinds of documents."
3161
msgstr ""
3162
3163
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:435
3164
msgid "Example Categories of partners"
3165
msgstr ""
3166
3167
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:355
3168
msgid ""
3169
"A partner can be assigned to several categories. These enable you to create "
3170
"alternative classifications as necessary, usually in a hierarchical form."
3171
msgstr ""
3172
3173
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:311
3174
msgid "Here are some structures that are often used:"
3175
msgstr ""
3176
3177
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:313
3178
msgid "geographical locations,"
3179
msgstr ""
3180
3181
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:315
3182
msgid "interest in certain product lines,"
3183
msgstr ""
3184
3185
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:317
3186
msgid "subscriptions to newsletters,"
3187
msgstr ""
3188
3189
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:319
3190
msgid "type of industry."
3191
msgstr ""
3192
3193
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:32
3194
msgid "Preferences"
3195
msgstr ""
3196
3197
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:45
3198
msgid "timezone"
3199
msgstr ""
3200
3201
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:95
3202
msgid "language"
3203
msgstr ""
3204
3205
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:130
3206
msgid "requests"
3207
msgstr ""
3208
3209
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:172
3210
msgid "role"
3211
msgstr ""
3212
3213
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:172
3214
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:60
3215
msgid "group"
3216
msgstr ""
3217
3218
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:206
3219
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:245
3220
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:61
3221
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:83
3222
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:233
3223
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:233
3224
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:233
3225
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:167
3226
msgid "partner"
3227
msgstr ""
3228
3229
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:206
3230
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/account_asset.rst:2
3231
msgid "managing"
3232
msgstr ""
3233
3234
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:245
3235
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:233
3236
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:300
3237
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:167
3238
msgid "category"
3239
msgstr ""
3240
3241
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:4
3242
msgid ""
3243
"Use the technique outlined in :ref:`ch-inst` to create a new database, \\ "
3244
"``openerp_ch02``\\ . This database will contain the demonstration data "
3245
"provided with OpenERP and a large proportion of the core Open ERP "
3246
"functionality. You'll need to know your super administrator password for "
3247
"this – or you'll have to find somebody who does have it to create this seed "
3248
"database."
3249
msgstr ""
3250
3251
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:9
3252
msgid ""
3253
"Start the database creation process from the :guilabel:`Welcome` page by "
3254
"clicking :guilabel:`Databases` and then completing the following fields on "
3255
"the :guilabel:`Create new database` form:"
3256
msgstr ""
3257
3258
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:12
3259
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:52
3260
msgid ""
3261
":guilabel:`Super admin password` : by default it's \\ ``admin``\\ , if you "
3262
"or your system administrator haven't changed it,"
3263
msgstr ""
3264
3265
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:15
3266
msgid ":guilabel:`New database name` : \\ ``openerp_ch02``\\ ,"
3267
msgstr ""
3268
3269
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:17
3270
msgid ":guilabel:`Load Demonstration data` checkbox: \\ ``checked``\\ ,"
3271
msgstr ""
3272
3273
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:19
3274
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:59
3275
msgid ":guilabel:`Default Language` : \\ ``English``\\ ,"
3276
msgstr ""
3277
3278
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:21
3279
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:61
3280
msgid ""
3281
":guilabel:`Administrator password` : \\ ``admin``\\ (because it's easiest "
3282
"to remember at this stage, but obviously completely insecure),"
3283
msgstr ""
3284
3285
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_db_create.rst:23
3286
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:63
3287
msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm password` : \\ ``admin``\\ ."
3288
msgstr ""
3289
3290
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:6
3291
msgid "Installing new functionality"
3292
msgstr ""
3293
3294
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:8
3295
msgid ""
3296
"All of Open ERP's functionality is contained in its many and various "
3297
"modules. Many of these, the core modules, are automatically loaded during "
3298
"the initial installation of the system and can be updated online later. "
3299
"Although they're mostly not installed in your database at the outset, "
3300
"they're available on your computer for immediate installation. Additional "
3301
"modules can also be loaded online from the official Open ERP site "
3302
"http://openerp.com. These modules are inactive when they're loaded into the "
3303
"system, and can then be installed in a separate step."
3304
msgstr ""
3305
3306
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:15
3307
msgid ""
3308
"You'll start by checking if there are any updates available online that "
3309
"apply to your initial installation. Then you'll install a CRM module to "
3310
"complete your existing database."
3311
msgstr ""
3312
3313
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:22
3314
msgid "Updating the Modules list"
3315
msgstr ""
3316
3317
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:24
3318
msgid ""
3319
"Click :menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> Update "
3320
"Modules List` to start the updating tool. The :guilabel:`Scan for new "
3321
"modules` window opens showing the addresses that Open ERP will look in for "
3322
"downloading new modules (known as the repositories), and updating existing "
3323
"ones."
3324
msgstr ""
3325
3326
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:29
3327
msgid "Remote module repositories"
3328
msgstr ""
3329
3330
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:31
3331
msgid ""
3332
"If the repository list doesn't reflect your needs then you can edit it from "
3333
":menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> Repository List`. "
3334
"There you can link to new repositories by adding their URLs and disable "
3335
"listed ones by unchecking their :guilabel:`Active` checkbox. If you're not "
3336
"connected to the Internet then you probably want to disable anything there."
3337
msgstr ""
3338
3339
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:37
3340
msgid ""
3341
"Your Open ERP installation must be configured with its ``addons`` directory "
3342
"as writable for you to be able to download anything at all. If it hasn't "
3343
"been, then you may need the assistance of a systems administrator to change "
3344
"your server's settings so that you can install new modules."
3345
msgstr ""
3346
3347
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:41
3348
msgid ""
3349
"Click :guilabel:`Check New Modules` to start the download from the specified "
3350
"locations. When it's complete you'll see a :guilabel:`New Modules` window "
3351
"indicating how many new modules were downloaded and how many existing "
3352
"modules were updated. Click :guilabel:`OK` to return to the updated list."
3353
msgstr ""
3354
3355
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:45
3356
msgid ""
3357
"It won't matter in this chapter if you can't download anything, but some of "
3358
"the later chapters refer to modules that aren't part of the core "
3359
"installation and have to be obtained from a remote repository."
3360
msgstr ""
3361
3362
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:33
3363
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:38
3364
msgid "Modules"
3365
msgstr ""
3366
3367
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:51
3368
msgid ""
3369
"All the modules available on your computer can be found in the addons "
3370
"directory of your Open ERP server. Each module there is represented by a "
3371
"directory carrying the name of the module or by a file with the module name "
3372
"and .zip appended to it. The file is in ZIP archive format and replicates "
3373
"the directory structure of unzipped modules."
3374
msgstr ""
3375
3376
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:40
3377
msgid "Searching through the whole list"
3378
msgstr ""
3379
3380
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:42
3381
msgid ""
3382
"The list of modules shows only the first available modules. In the web "
3383
"client you can search or follow the First / Previous / Next / Last links to "
3384
"get to any point in the whole list, and you can change the number of entries "
3385
"listed by clicking the row number indicators between :guilabel:`Previous` "
3386
"and :guilabel:`Next` and selecting a different number from the default of 20."
3387
msgstr ""
3388
3389
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:64
3390
msgid ""
3391
"If you use the GTK client you can search, as you would with the web client, "
3392
"or use the + icon to the top left of the window to change the number of "
3393
"entries returned by the search from its default limit of 80, or its default "
3394
"offset of 0 (starting at the first entry) in the whole list."
3395
msgstr ""
3396
3397
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:73
3398
msgid "Installing a module"
3399
msgstr ""
3400
3401
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:78
3402
msgid ""
3403
"You'll now install a module named :mod:`product`, which will enable you to "
3404
"manage the company's products. This is part of the core installation, so you "
3405
"don't need to load anything to make this work, but isn't installed in the "
3406
"Minimal Profile."
3407
msgstr ""
3408
3409
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:82
3410
msgid ""
3411
"Open the list of uninstalled modules from :menuselection:`Administration --> "
3412
"Modules Management --> Modules --> Uninstalled modules`. Search for the "
3413
"module by entering the name :mod:`product` in the search screen then "
3414
"clicking it in the list that appears below it to open it. The form that "
3415
"describes the module gives you useful information such as its version "
3416
"number, its status and a review of its functionality. Click "
3417
":guilabel:`Schedule for Installation` and the status of the module changes "
3418
"to :guilabel:`To be installed`."
3419
msgstr ""
3420
3421
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:0
3422
msgid "*Installation of the product module*"
3423
msgstr ""
3424
3425
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:90
3426
msgid "Technical Guide"
3427
msgstr ""
3428
3429
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:99
3430
msgid ""
3431
"If you select a module in any of the module lists by clicking on a module "
3432
"line and then on :guilabel:`Technical Guide` at the top right of the window, "
3433
"Open ERP produces a technical report on that module. It's helpful only if "
3434
"the module is installed, so the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> "
3435
"Modules Management --> Modules --> Installed Modules` produces the most "
3436
"fruitful list."
3437
msgstr ""
3438
3439
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:105
3440
msgid ""
3441
"This report comprises a list of all the objects and all the fields along "
3442
"with their descriptions. The report adapts to your system and reflects any "
3443
"modifications you've made and all the other modules you've installed."
3444
msgstr ""
3445
3446
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:109
3447
msgid ""
3448
"Click :guilabel:`Apply Scheduled Upgrades` then :guilabel:`Start Upgrade` on "
3449
"the :guilabel:`System Upgrade` form that appears. Close the window when the "
3450
"operation has completed. Return to the main menu you'll see the new menu "
3451
":menuselection:`Products` has become available."
3452
msgstr ""
3453
3454
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:113
3455
msgid "Refreshing the menu in the GTK client"
3456
msgstr ""
3457
3458
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:115
3459
msgid ""
3460
"After an update in the GTK client you'll have to open a new menu to refresh "
3461
"the content – otherwise you won't see the new menu item. To do that use the "
3462
"window menu :menuselection:`Form --> Refresh/Cancel`."
3463
msgstr ""
3464
3465
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:120
3466
msgid "Installing a module with its dependencies"
3467
msgstr ""
3468
3469
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:125
3470
msgid ""
3471
"Now install the CRM module (Customer Relationship Management) using the same "
3472
"process as before. Start from :menuselection:`Administration --> Modules "
3473
"Management --> Modules --> Uninstalled modules`."
3474
msgstr ""
3475
3476
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:128
3477
msgid ""
3478
"Get the list of modules to install, and search for the :mod:`crm` module in "
3479
"that list."
3480
msgstr ""
3481
3482
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:126
3483
msgid ""
3484
"Schedule the module for installation by clicking :guilabel:`Schedule for "
3485
"Installation`."
3486
msgstr ""
3487
3488
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:117
3489
msgid "Do the same for :mod:`account`."
3490
msgstr ""
3491
3492
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:130
3493
msgid ""
3494
"Click :guilabel:`Apply Scheduled Upgrades` on the action toolbar to the "
3495
"right."
3496
msgstr ""
3497
3498
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:136
3499
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Start Upgrade` to install both modules."
3500
msgstr ""
3501
3502
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:138
3503
msgid ""
3504
"After a wait, when the installation is complete, click :guilabel:`Start "
3505
"Configuration`."
3506
msgstr ""
3507
3508
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:140
3509
msgid ""
3510
"Accept the defaults for accounts setup and select ``None`` for the chart of "
3511
"accounts."
3512
msgstr ""
3513
3514
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:142
3515
msgid ""
3516
"You'll see details of all the features installed by the modules on a new "
3517
":guilabel:`Features` tab on the module form."
3518
msgstr ""
3519
3520
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:145
3521
msgid ""
3522
"When you return to the main menu you'll find the new customer relationship "
3523
"management menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM`. You'll also see all the "
3524
"accounting functions that are now available in the :menuselection:`Financial "
3525
"Management` menu."
3526
msgstr ""
3527
3528
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:149
3529
msgid ""
3530
"There is no particular relationship between the modules installed and the "
3531
"menus added. Most of the core modules add complete menus but some also add "
3532
"submenus to menus already in the system. Other modules add menus and "
3533
"submenus as they need. Modules can also add additional fields to existing "
3534
"forms, or simply additional demonstration data or some settings specific to "
3535
"a given requirement."
3536
msgstr ""
3537
3538
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:158
3539
msgid "Dependencies between modules"
3540
msgstr ""
3541
3542
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:160
3543
msgid ""
3544
"The module form shows two tabs before it's installed. The first tab gives "
3545
"basic information about the module and the second gives a list of modules "
3546
"that this module depends on. So when you install a module, Open ERP "
3547
"automatically selects all the necessary dependencies to install this module."
3548
msgstr ""
3549
3550
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:165
3551
msgid ""
3552
"That's also how you develop the profile modules: they simply define a list "
3553
"of modules that you want in your profile as a set of dependencies."
3554
msgstr ""
3555
3556
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:168
3557
msgid ""
3558
"Although you can install a module and all its dependencies at once, you "
3559
"can't remove them in one fell swoop – you'd have to uninstall module by "
3560
"module. Uninstalling is more complex than installing because you have to "
3561
"handle existing system data."
3562
msgstr ""
3563
3564
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:172
3565
msgid "Uninstalling modules"
3566
msgstr ""
3567
3568
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:174
3569
msgid ""
3570
"Although it works quite well, uninstalling modules isn't perfect in "
3571
"Open ERP. It's not guaranteed to return the system exactly to the state it "
3572
"was in before installation."
3573
msgstr ""
3574
3575
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:177
3576
msgid ""
3577
"So it's recommended that you make a backup of the database before installing "
3578
"your new modules so that you can test the new modules and decide whether "
3579
"they're suitable or not. If they're not then you can return to your backup. "
3580
"If they are, then you'll probably still reinstall the modules on your backup "
3581
"so that you don't have to delete all your test data."
3582
msgstr ""
3583
3584
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:182
3585
msgid ""
3586
"If you wanted to uninstall you would use the menu "
3587
":menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> Modules --> "
3588
"Installed Modules` and then uninstall them in the inverse order of their "
3589
"dependencies: ``crm``, ``account``, ``product``."
3590
msgstr ""
3591
3592
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:187
3593
msgid "Installing additional functionality"
3594
msgstr ""
3595
3596
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:189
3597
msgid ""
3598
"To discover the full range of Open ERP's possibilities you can install many "
3599
"additional modules. Installing them with their demonstration data provides a "
3600
"convenient way of exploring the whole core system. When you build on the \\ "
3601
"``openerp_ch02``\\ database you'll automatically include demonstration "
3602
"data because you checked the :guilabel:`Load Demonstration Data` checkbox "
3603
"when you originally created the database."
3604
msgstr ""
3605
3606
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:199
3607
msgid ""
3608
"Click :menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> Modules --> "
3609
"Uninstalled modules` to give you an overview of all of the modules available "
3610
"for installation."
3611
msgstr ""
3612
3613
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:202
3614
msgid ""
3615
"To test several modules you won't have to install them all one by one. You "
3616
"can use the dependencies between modules to load several at once. For "
3617
"example, try loading the following modules:"
3618
msgstr ""
3619
3620
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:208
3621
msgid ":mod:`profile_accounting`,"
3622
msgstr ""
3623
3624
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:210
3625
msgid ":mod:`profile_crm`,"
3626
msgstr ""
3627
3628
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:212
3629
msgid ":mod:`profile_manufacturing`,"
3630
msgstr ""
3631
3632
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:214
3633
msgid ":mod:`profile_service`."
3634
msgstr ""
3635
3636
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:216
3637
msgid ""
3638
"To find these quickly, enter the word \\ ``profile``\\ in the "
3639
":guilabel:`Name` field of the search form and click :guilabel:`Filter` to "
3640
"search for the relevant modules. Then install them one by one or all at once."
3641
msgstr ""
3642
3643
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:220
3644
msgid ""
3645
"As you update you'll see thirty or so modules to be installed. Move on from "
3646
"the :guilabel:`System upgrade done` form by clicking :guilabel:`Start "
3647
"configuration` and then accepting the default crm configuration and picking "
3648
"configuration in turn."
3649
msgstr ""
3650
3651
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:224
3652
msgid ""
3653
"Finally install the additional modules :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` and "
3654
":guilabel:`Document Management` when you're offered that configuration "
3655
"option. Don't install any more - you now have quite a fully-loaded system to "
3656
"look at."
3657
msgstr ""
3658
3659
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:228
3660
msgid ""
3661
"Click :guilabel:`Home` and you'll be returned to a dashboard, not the main "
3662
"menu you had before. To get to the main menu, use the :guilabel:`MAIN MENU` "
3663
"link."
3664
msgstr ""
3665
3666
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:2
3667
msgid "new functionality"
3668
msgstr ""
3669
3670
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:18
3671
msgid "upgrading"
3672
msgstr ""
3673
3674
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:40
3675
msgid "installing"
3676
msgstr ""
3677
3678
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:122
3679
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:34
3680
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:5
3681
msgid "crm"
3682
msgstr ""
3683
3684
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:132
3685
msgid "dependencies"
3686
msgstr ""
3687
3688
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:173
3689
msgid "importing"
3690
msgstr ""
3691
3692
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:353
3693
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:9
3694
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:9
3695
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
3696
msgid "modules"
3697
msgstr ""
3698
3699
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:205
3700
msgid "profile_"
3701
msgstr ""
3702
3703
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:3
3704
msgid "Guided Tour of Open ERP"
3705
msgstr ""
3706
3707
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:5
3708
msgid ""
3709
"You'll now explore the database \\ ``openerp_ch02``\\ with these profile "
3710
"modules installed to give you an insight into the coverage of the core "
3711
"Open ERP software."
3712
msgstr ""
3713
3714
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:8
3715
msgid "Translating new modules"
3716
msgstr ""
3717
3718
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:10
3719
msgid ""
3720
"When you've installed a new module and are using additional languages to "
3721
"English you have to reload the translation file. New terms introduced in "
3722
"these modules aren't translated by default. To do this use "
3723
":menuselection:`Administration --> Translations --> Load an Official "
3724
"Translation`."
3725
msgstr ""
3726
3727
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:14
3728
msgid ""
3729
"Depending on the user you're connected as the page appears differently from "
3730
"the Main Menu that showed before. Using the installation sequence above, "
3731
"certain dashboards may be assigned as various users' home pages. They show a "
3732
"summary of the information required to start the day effectively. A project "
3733
"dashboard might contains:"
3734
msgstr ""
3735
3736
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:19
3737
msgid "a list of the next tasks to carry out,"
3738
msgstr ""
3739
3740
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:21
3741
msgid "a list of the next deadlines,"
3742
msgstr ""
3743
3744
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:23
3745
msgid "public notes about projects,"
3746
msgstr ""
3747
3748
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:25
3749
msgid "a planning chart of hours required,"
3750
msgstr ""
3751
3752
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:27
3753
msgid "the timesheet."
3754
msgstr ""
3755
3756
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:29
3757
msgid ""
3758
"Each of the lists can be reordered by clicking on the heading of a column – "
3759
"first in ascending then in descending order as you click repeatedly. To get "
3760
"more information about any particular entry click on the name in the first "
3761
"column, or if you want to show a particular panel click :guilabel:`Zoom` "
3762
"above it."
3763
msgstr ""
3764
3765
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:0
3766
msgid "*Project Dashboard*"
3767
msgstr ""
3768
3769
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:40
3770
msgid ""
3771
"Users' home pages are automatically reassigned during the creation or "
3772
"upgrading of a database. It's usual to assign a dashboard to someone's home "
3773
"page but any Open ERP screen can be assigned to the home page of any user."
3774
msgstr ""
3775
3776
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:47
3777
msgid "Creating shortcuts"
3778
msgstr ""
3779
3780
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:49
3781
msgid ""
3782
"Each user has access to many menu items throughout all of the available menu "
3783
"hierarchy. But in general an employee uses only a small part of the system's "
3784
"functions."
3785
msgstr ""
3786
3787
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:52
3788
msgid ""
3789
"So you can define shortcuts for the most-used menus. These shortcuts are "
3790
"personal for each user. To create a new shortcut open the select menu and "
3791
"click on the :guilabel:`Add` link to the far right of :guilabel:`SHORTCUTS`."
3792
msgstr ""
3793
3794
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:56
3795
msgid ""
3796
"To change or replace a link click :guilabel:`SHORTCUTS`. Open ERP then opens "
3797
"a list of editable shortcuts."
3798
msgstr ""
3799
3800
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:59
3801
msgid ""
3802
"The following sections present an overview of the main functions of "
3803
"Open ERP. Some areas are covered in more detail in the following chapters of "
3804
"this book and you'll find many other functions available in the optional "
3805
"modules. Functions are presented in the order that they appear on the main "
3806
"menu."
3807
msgstr ""
3808
3809
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:51
3810
msgid "Partners"
3811
msgstr ""
3812
3813
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:70
3814
msgid ""
3815
"To familiarize yourself with Open ERP's interface, you'll start work with "
3816
"information about partners. Clicking :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners` "
3817
"brings up a list of partners that were automatically loaded when you created "
3818
"the database with :guilabel:`Load Demonstration Data` checked."
3819
msgstr ""
3820
3821
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:78
3822
msgid "Search for a partner"
3823
msgstr ""
3824
3825
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:80
3826
msgid ""
3827
"Above the partner list you'll see a search form that enables you to quickly "
3828
"filter the partners. Two tabs are available for searching – :guilabel:`Basic "
3829
"Search` and :guilabel:`Advanced Search`. The latter simply shows more fields "
3830
"to narrow your selection."
3831
msgstr ""
3832
3833
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:84
3834
msgid ""
3835
"If you've applied no filter, the list shows every partner in the system. For "
3836
"space reasons this list shows only the first few partners. If you want to "
3837
"display other records you can search for them or navigate through the whole "
3838
"list using the :guilabel:`First`, :guilabel:`Previous`, :guilabel:`Next`, "
3839
":guilabel:`Last` arrows."
3840
msgstr ""
3841
3842
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:0
3843
msgid "*Standard partner search*"
3844
msgstr ""
3845
3846
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:94
3847
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:53
3848
msgid "List limits"
3849
msgstr ""
3850
3851
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:96
3852
msgid ""
3853
"By default the list in the GTK client shows only the first 80 records, to "
3854
"avoid overloading the network and the server."
3855
msgstr ""
3856
3857
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:99
3858
msgid ""
3859
"But you can change that limit by clicking the + icon to the left of the "
3860
"search criteria, and you can change the offset so that it starts further "
3861
"down the whole list than the first entry."
3862
msgstr ""
3863
3864
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:102
3865
msgid ""
3866
"Similarly the list in the web client shows only the first 20, 40, 60, 80 or "
3867
"100 records."
3868
msgstr ""
3869
3870
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:104
3871
msgid ""
3872
"The actual number can be switched by clicking on the number and selecting "
3873
"one of the other limits, but you can't select any other limit (so, unlike "
3874
"the GTK client you can't select hundreds or thousands)."
3875
msgstr ""
3876
3877
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:108
3878
msgid ""
3879
"If you click on the name of a partner the form view corresponding to that "
3880
"partner opens in Read-Only mode. In the list you could alternatively click "
3881
"the pencil icon to open the same form in Edit mode. Once you have a form you "
3882
"can toggle between the two modes by clicking :guilabel:`Save` or "
3883
":guilabel:`Cancel` when in Edit mode and :guilabel:`Edit` when in Read-Only "
3884
"mode."
3885
msgstr ""
3886
3887
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:113
3888
msgid ""
3889
"When you're in Read-Only mode you can navigate through the whole list you "
3890
"selected, as though you were in the List view. In Read-Only mode you can "
3891
"also click :guilabel:`Search` to see the form in List view again."
3892
msgstr ""
3893
3894
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:121
3895
msgid "Partner form"
3896
msgstr ""
3897
3898
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:89
3899
msgid ""
3900
"The partner form contains several tabs, all referring to the current record:"
3901
msgstr ""
3902
3903
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:118
3904
msgid ":guilabel:`General`,"
3905
msgstr ""
3906
3907
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:127
3908
msgid ":guilabel:`Suppliers & Customers`,"
3909
msgstr ""
3910
3911
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:124
3912
msgid ":guilabel:`History`,"
3913
msgstr ""
3914
3915
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:126
3916
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`."
3917
msgstr ""
3918
3919
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:133
3920
msgid ""
3921
"The fields in a tab aren't all of the same type – some (such as "
3922
":guilabel:`Name`) contain free text, some (such as the :guilabel:`Language`) "
3923
"enable you to select a value from a list of options, others give you a view "
3924
"of another object (such as :guilabel:`Partner Contacts` – because a partner "
3925
"can have several contacts) or a list of link to another object (such as "
3926
":guilabel:`Categories`). There are checkboxes (such as the "
3927
":guilabel:`Active` field in the :guilabel:`Suppliers & Customers` tab), "
3928
"numeric fields (such as :guilabel:`Credit Limit`) and date fields (such as "
3929
":guilabel:`Date`)."
3930
msgstr ""
3931
3932
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:140
3933
msgid ""
3934
"The :guilabel:`History` tab gives a quick overview of things that have "
3935
"happened to the partner – an overview of useful information such as orders, "
3936
"open invoices and support requests. Events are generated automatically by "
3937
"Open ERP from changes in other documents that refer to this partner."
3938
msgstr ""
3939
3940
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:144
3941
msgid ""
3942
"It's possible to add events manually, such as a note recording a phone call. "
3943
"To add a new event click :guilabel:`Create new record.` to the right of the "
3944
":guilabel:`Partner Events` field. That opens a new :guilabel:`Partner "
3945
"Events` dialog box enabling an event to be created and added to the current "
3946
"partner."
3947
msgstr ""
3948
3949
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:150
3950
msgid "Actions possible on a partner"
3951
msgstr ""
3952
3953
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:152
3954
msgid ""
3955
"To the right of the partner form is a toolbar containing a list of possible "
3956
":guilabel:`Reports` , :guilabel:`Actions`, and quick :guilabel:`Links` about "
3957
"the partner displayed in the form."
3958
msgstr ""
3959
3960
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:155
3961
msgid ""
3962
"You can generate PDF documents about the selected object (or, in list view, "
3963
"about one or more selected objects) using certain buttons in the "
3964
":guilabel:`Reports` section of the toolbar:"
3965
msgstr ""
3966
3967
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:121
3968
msgid ":guilabel:`Labels` : print address labels for the selected partners,"
3969
msgstr ""
3970
3971
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:152
3972
msgid ""
3973
"Certain actions can be started by the following buttons in the "
3974
":guilabel:`Actions` section of the toolbar:"
3975
msgstr ""
3976
3977
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:163
3978
msgid ""
3979
":guilabel:`Company Architecture` : opens a window showing the partners and "
3980
"their children in a hierarchical structure."
3981
msgstr ""
3982
3983
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:166
3984
msgid ""
3985
":guilabel:`Send SMS` : enables you to send an SMS to selected partners. This "
3986
"system uses the bulk SMS facilities of the Clickatell® company "
3987
"http://clickatell.com."
3988
msgstr ""
3989
3990
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:169
3991
msgid ""
3992
":guilabel:`Mass Mailing` : enables you to send an email to a selection of "
3993
"partners."
3994
msgstr ""
3995
3996
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:174
3997
msgid "Reports, Actions and Links in the GTK client"
3998
msgstr ""
3999
4000
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:176
4001
msgid ""
4002
"When you're viewing a form in the GTK client, the buttons to the right of "
4003
"the form are shortcuts to the same Reports, Actions and Links as described "
4004
"in the text. When you're viewing a list (such as the partner list) those "
4005
"buttons aren't available to you. Instead, you can reach Reports and Actions "
4006
"through two of the buttons in the toolbar at the top of the list – Print and "
4007
"Action."
4008
msgstr ""
4009
4010
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:181
4011
msgid ""
4012
"Partners are used throughout the Open ERP system in other documents. For "
4013
"example, the menu :menuselection:`Sales Management --> Sales Orders --> All "
4014
"Sales Orders` brings up all the Sales Orders in list view. Click the name of "
4015
"a partner rather than the order number on one of those lines and you'll get "
4016
"the Partner form rather than the Sales Order form."
4017
msgstr ""
4018
4019
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:186
4020
msgid "Right clicks and shortcuts"
4021
msgstr ""
4022
4023
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:188
4024
msgid ""
4025
"In the GTK client you don't get hyperlinks to other document types. Instead, "
4026
"you can right-click in a list view to show the linked fields (that is fields "
4027
"having a link to other forms) on that line."
4028
msgstr ""
4029
4030
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:191
4031
msgid ""
4032
"In the web client you'll see hyperlink shortcuts on several of the fields on "
4033
"a form that's in Read- Only mode, so that you can move onto the form for "
4034
"those entries. When the web form is in Edit mode, you can instead hold down "
4035
"the control button on the keyboard and right-click with the mouse button in "
4036
"the field, to get all of the linked fields in a pop-up menu just as you "
4037
"would with the GTK client."
4038
msgstr ""
4039
4040
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:197
4041
msgid ""
4042
"You can quickly try this out by going to any one of the sales orders in "
4043
":menuselection:`Sales Management --> Sales Order --> All Sales Orders` and "
4044
"seeing what you can reach from the :guilabel:`Customer` field on that sales "
4045
"order form using either the web client with the form in both read-only and "
4046
"in edit mode, or with the GTK client."
4047
msgstr ""
4048
4049
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:0
4050
msgid "*Links for a partner appear in an order form*"
4051
msgstr ""
4052
4053
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:208
4054
msgid ""
4055
"Before moving on to the next module, take a quick look into the "
4056
":menuselection:`Partners --> Configuration` menu, particularly "
4057
":menuselection:`Partner Categories` and :menuselection:`Localisation` "
4058
"menus. They contain some of the demonstration data that you installed when "
4059
"you created the database."
4060
msgstr ""
4061
4062
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:298
4063
msgid "Financial Management"
4064
msgstr ""
4065
4066
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:219
4067
msgid ""
4068
"The chapters in :ref:`part-genacct` in this book are dedicated to general "
4069
"and analytic accounting. A brief overview of the functions provided by these "
4070
"modules is given here as an introduction."
4071
msgstr ""
4072
4073
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:223
4074
msgid ""
4075
"Accounting is totally integrated into all of the company's functions, "
4076
"whether it's general, analytic, budgetary or auxiliary accounting. "
4077
"Open ERP's accounting function is double-entry and supports multiple company "
4078
"divisions and multiple companies, as well as multiple currencies and "
4079
"languages."
4080
msgstr ""
4081
4082
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:228
4083
msgid ""
4084
"Accounting that's integrated throughout all of the company's processes "
4085
"greatly simplifies the work of entering accounting data, because most of the "
4086
"entries are generated automatically while other documents are being "
4087
"processed. You can avoid entering data twice in Open ERP, which is commonly "
4088
"a source of errors and delays."
4089
msgstr ""
4090
4091
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:233
4092
msgid ""
4093
"So Open ERP's accounting isn't just for financial reporting – it's also the "
4094
"anchorpoint for many of a company's management processes. For example if one "
4095
"of your accountants puts a customer on credit hold then that will "
4096
"immediately block any other action related to that company's credit (such as "
4097
"a sale or a delivery)."
4098
msgstr ""
4099
4100
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:238
4101
msgid ""
4102
"Open ERP also provides integrated analytical accounting, which enables "
4103
"management by business activity or project and provides very detailed levels "
4104
"of analysis. You can control your operations based on business management "
4105
"needs, rather than on the charts of accounts that generally meet only "
4106
"statutory requirements."
4107
msgstr ""
4108
4109
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:525
4110
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:532
4111
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:517
4112
msgid "Dashboards"
4113
msgstr ""
4114
4115
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:249
4116
msgid ""
4117
"Dashboards give you an overview of all the information that's important to "
4118
"you on a single page. The :menuselection:`Dashboards` menu gives you access "
4119
"to predefined boards for :menuselection:`Financial Management`, "
4120
":menuselection:`Manufacturing` and :menuselection:`Project Management`."
4121
msgstr ""
4122
4123
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:255
4124
msgid ""
4125
"Unlike most other ERP systems and classic statistically-based systems, "
4126
"Open ERP can provide dashboards to all of the system's users, and not just "
4127
"to a select few such as directors and accountants."
4128
msgstr ""
4129
4130
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:259
4131
msgid ""
4132
"Users can each have their own dashboard, adapted to their needs, to enable "
4133
"them to manage their own work effectively. For example a developer using the "
4134
":guilabel:`Project Dashboard` can see such information as a list of the next "
4135
"tasks, task completion history and an analysis of the state of progress of "
4136
"the relevant projects."
4137
msgstr ""
4138
4139
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:265
4140
msgid ""
4141
"Dashboards are dynamic, which lets you navigate easily around the whole "
4142
"information base. Using the icons above a graph, for example, you can filter "
4143
"the data or zoom into the graph. You can click on any element of the list to "
4144
"get detailed statistics on the selected element."
4145
msgstr ""
4146
4147
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:269
4148
msgid "Dashboards are adaptable to the needs of each user and each company."
4149
msgstr ""
4150
4151
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:271
4152
msgid "Construction of dashboards"
4153
msgstr ""
4154
4155
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:273
4156
msgid ""
4157
"Open ERP contains a dashboard editor. It lets you construct your own "
4158
"dashboard to fit your specific needs using only a few clicks."
4159
msgstr ""
4160
4161
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:140
4162
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:30
4163
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:42
4164
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:53
4165
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:109
4166
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:120
4167
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:140
4168
msgid "Products"
4169
msgstr ""
4170
4171
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:282
4172
msgid ""
4173
"In Open ERP, product means a raw material, a stockable product, a consumable "
4174
"or a service. You can work with whole products or with templates that "
4175
"separate the definition of products and variants."
4176
msgstr ""
4177
4178
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:285
4179
msgid "For example if you sell t-shirts in different sizes and colors:"
4180
msgstr ""
4181
4182
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:147
4183
msgid ""
4184
"the product template is the “T-shirt” which contains information common to "
4185
"all sizes and all colors,"
4186
msgstr ""
4187
4188
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:150
4189
msgid ""
4190
"the variants are “Size:S” and “Color:Red”, which define the parameters for "
4191
"that size and color,"
4192
msgstr ""
4193
4194
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:293
4195
msgid ""
4196
"the final product is thus the combination of the two – t-shirt in size S and "
4197
"color Red."
4198
msgstr ""
4199
4200
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:295
4201
msgid ""
4202
"The value of this approach for some sectors is that you can just define a "
4203
"template in detail and all of its available variants briefly rather than "
4204
"every item as an entire product."
4205
msgstr ""
4206
4207
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:298
4208
msgid "*Example Product templates and variants*"
4209
msgstr ""
4210
4211
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:160
4212
msgid ""
4213
"A product can be defined as a whole or as a product template and several "
4214
"variants. The variants can be in one or several dimensions, depending on the "
4215
"installed modules."
4216
msgstr ""
4217
4218
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:163
4219
msgid ""
4220
"For example, if you work in textiles, the variants on the product template "
4221
"for “T-shirt” are:"
4222
msgstr ""
4223
4224
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:165
4225
msgid "Size (S, M, L, XL, XXL),"
4226
msgstr ""
4227
4228
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:167
4229
msgid "Colour (white, grey, black, red),"
4230
msgstr ""
4231
4232
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:169
4233
msgid "Quality of Cloth (125g/m2, 150g/m2, 160g/m2, 180g/m2),"
4234
msgstr ""
4235
4236
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:171
4237
msgid "Collar (V, Round)."
4238
msgstr ""
4239
4240
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:316
4241
msgid ""
4242
"This separation of variant types requires the optional module "
4243
":mod:`product_variant_multi`. Using it means that you can avoid an explosion "
4244
"in the number of products to manage in the database. If you take the example "
4245
"above it's easier to manage a template with 15 variants in four different "
4246
"types than 160 completely different products. This module is available in "
4247
"the ``addons-extra`` list (it had not been updated, at the time of writing, "
4248
"to work in release 5.0 of Open ERP)."
4249
msgstr ""
4250
4251
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:322
4252
msgid ""
4253
"The :menuselection:`Products` menu gives you access to the definition of "
4254
"products and their constituent templates and variants, and to price lists."
4255
msgstr ""
4256
4257
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:187
4258
msgid "Consumables"
4259
msgstr ""
4260
4261
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:330
4262
msgid ""
4263
"In Open ERP a consumable is a physical product which is treated like a "
4264
"stockable product except that stock management isn't taken into account by "
4265
"the system. You could buy it, deliver it or produce it but Open ERP will "
4266
"always assume that there's enough of it in stock. It never triggers a "
4267
"procurement exception."
4268
msgstr ""
4269
4270
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:335
4271
msgid ""
4272
"Open a product form to see the information that describes it. Several "
4273
"different types of product can be found in the demonstration data, giving "
4274
"quite a good overview of the possible options."
4275
msgstr ""
4276
4277
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:338
4278
msgid ""
4279
"Price lists (:menuselection:`Products --> Pricelists`) determine the "
4280
"purchase and selling prices and adjustments derived from the use of "
4281
"different currencies. The :menuselection:`Default Purchase Pricelist` uses "
4282
"the product's :guilabel:`Cost` field to base a Purchase price on. The "
4283
":menuselection:`Default Sale Pricelist` uses the product's :guilabel:`List "
4284
"Price` field to base a Sales price on when issuing a quote."
4285
msgstr ""
4286
4287
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:344
4288
msgid ""
4289
"Price lists are extremely flexible and enable you to put a whole price "
4290
"management policy in place. They're composed of simple rules that enable you "
4291
"to build up a rule set for most complex situations: multiple discounts, "
4292
"selling prices based on purchase prices, price reductions, promotions on "
4293
"whole product ranges and so on."
4294
msgstr ""
4295
4296
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:349
4297
msgid ""
4298
"You can find many optional modules to extend product functionality through "
4299
"the Open ERP website, such as:"
4300
msgstr ""
4301
4302
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:210
4303
msgid ""
4304
":mod:`membership` : for managing the subscriptions of members of a company,"
4305
msgstr ""
4306
4307
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:215
4308
msgid ":mod:`product_electronic` : for managing electronic products,"
4309
msgstr ""
4310
4311
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:220
4312
msgid ":mod:`product_extended` : for managing production costs,"
4313
msgstr ""
4314
4315
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:225
4316
msgid ""
4317
":mod:`product_expiry` : for agro-food products where items must be retired "
4318
"after a certain period,"
4319
msgstr ""
4320
4321
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:231
4322
msgid ":mod:`product_lot_foundry` : for managing forged metal products."
4323
msgstr ""
4324
4325
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:332
4326
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_holidays.rst:2
4327
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/index.rst:2
4328
msgid "Human Resources"
4329
msgstr ""
4330
4331
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:385
4332
msgid ""
4333
"Open ERP's Human Resources Management modules provide such functionality as:"
4334
msgstr ""
4335
4336
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:387
4337
msgid "management of staff and the holiday calendar,"
4338
msgstr ""
4339
4340
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:389
4341
msgid "management of employment contracts,"
4342
msgstr ""
4343
4344
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:391
4345
msgid "management of holiday and sickness breaks,"
4346
msgstr ""
4347
4348
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:393
4349
msgid "managing claims processes,"
4350
msgstr ""
4351
4352
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:395
4353
msgid "management of staff performance,"
4354
msgstr ""
4355
4356
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:397
4357
msgid "management of skills and competencies."
4358
msgstr ""
4359
4360
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:403
4361
msgid ""
4362
"Most of these functions are provided from optional modules whose name starts "
4363
"with \\ ``hr_``\\ rather than the core :mod:`hr` module, but they're all "
4364
"loaded into the main :menuselection:`Human Resources` menu."
4365
msgstr ""
4366
4367
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:361
4368
msgid ""
4369
"The different issues are handled in detail in the fourth part of this book "
4370
":ref:`part-ops`, dedicated to internal organization and to the management of "
4371
"a services business."
4372
msgstr ""
4373
4374
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:2
4375
msgid "Stock Management"
4376
msgstr ""
4377
4378
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:418
4379
msgid ""
4380
"The various sub-menus under :menuselection:`Stock Management` together "
4381
"provide operations you need to manage stock. You can:"
4382
msgstr ""
4383
4384
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:421
4385
msgid ""
4386
"define your warehouses and structure them around locations and layouts of "
4387
"your choosing,"
4388
msgstr ""
4389
4390
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:433
4391
msgid "manage inventory rotation and stock levels,"
4392
msgstr ""
4393
4394
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:435
4395
msgid "execute packing orders generated by the system,"
4396
msgstr ""
4397
4398
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:437
4399
msgid ""
4400
"execute deliveries with delivery notes and calculate delivery charges,"
4401
msgstr ""
4402
4403
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:439
4404
msgid "manage lots and serial numbers for traceability,"
4405
msgstr ""
4406
4407
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:441
4408
msgid "calculate theoretical stock levels and automate stock valuation,"
4409
msgstr ""
4410
4411
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:443
4412
msgid "create rules for automatic stock replenishment."
4413
msgstr ""
4414
4415
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:435
4416
msgid ""
4417
"Packing orders and deliveries are usually defined automatically by "
4418
"calculating requirements based on sales. Stores staff use picking lists "
4419
"generated by Open ERP, produced automatically in order of priority."
4420
msgstr ""
4421
4422
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:439
4423
msgid ""
4424
"Stock management is, like accounting, double-entry. So stocks don't appear "
4425
"and vanish magically within a warehouse, they just get moved from place to "
4426
"place. And, just like accounting, such a double-entry system gives you big "
4427
"advantages when you come to audit stock because each missing item has a "
4428
"counterpart somewhere."
4429
msgstr ""
4430
4431
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:444
4432
msgid ""
4433
"Most stock management software is limited to generating lists of products in "
4434
"warehouses. Because of its double-entry system Open ERP automatically "
4435
"manages customer and suppliers stocks as well, which has many advantages: "
4436
"complete traceability from supplier to customer, management of consigned "
4437
"stock, and analysis of counterpart stock moves."
4438
msgstr ""
4439
4440
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:459
4441
msgid ""
4442
"Furthermore, just like accounts, stock locations are hierarchical, so you "
4443
"can carry out analyses at various levels of detail."
4444
msgstr ""
4445
4446
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:460
4447
msgid "Customer and Supplier Relationship Management"
4448
msgstr ""
4449
4450
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:462
4451
msgid ""
4452
"Open ERP provides many tools for managing relationships with partners. These "
4453
"are available through the :menuselection:`CRM & SRM` menu."
4454
msgstr ""
4455
4456
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:249
4457
msgid ":guilabel:`CRM & SRM`"
4458
msgstr ""
4459
4460
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:251
4461
msgid ""
4462
"``CRM`` stands for Customer Relationship Management, a standard term for "
4463
"systems that manage client and customer relations. ``SRM`` stands for "
4464
"Supplier Relationship Management, and is commonly used for functions that "
4465
"manage your communications with your suppliers."
4466
msgstr ""
4467
4468
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:471
4469
msgid ""
4470
"The concept of a “case” is used to handle arbitrary different types of "
4471
"relationship, each derived from a generic method. You can use it for all "
4472
"types of communication such as order enquiries, quality problems, management "
4473
"of a call center, record tracking, support requests and job offers."
4474
msgstr ""
4475
4476
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:476
4477
msgid ""
4478
"Open ERP ensures that each case is handled effectively by the system's "
4479
"users, customers and suppliers. It can automatically reassign a case, track "
4480
"it for the new owner, send reminders by email and raise other Open ERP "
4481
"documentation and processes."
4482
msgstr ""
4483
4484
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:269
4485
msgid ""
4486
"All operations are archived, and an email gateway lets you update a case "
4487
"automatically from emails sent and received. A system of rules enables you "
4488
"to set up actions that can automatically improve your process quality by "
4489
"ensuring that open cases never escape attention."
4490
msgstr ""
4491
4492
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:484
4493
msgid ""
4494
"As well as those functions, you've got tools to improve the productivity of "
4495
"all staff in their daily work:"
4496
msgstr ""
4497
4498
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:487
4499
msgid "a document editor that interfaces with OpenOffice.org,"
4500
msgstr ""
4501
4502
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:489
4503
msgid ""
4504
"interfaces to synchronize your contacts and Outlook Calendar with Open ERP,"
4505
msgstr ""
4506
4507
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:491
4508
msgid ""
4509
"an Outlook plugin enabling you to automatically store your emails and their "
4510
"attachments in a Document Management System integrated with Open ERP,"
4511
msgstr ""
4512
4513
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:494
4514
msgid ""
4515
"a portal for your suppliers and customers that enables them to access "
4516
"certain data on your system."
4517
msgstr ""
4518
4519
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:496
4520
msgid ""
4521
"You can implement a continuous improvement policy for all of your services, "
4522
"by using some of the statistical tools in Open ERP to analyze the different "
4523
"communications with your partners. With these, you can execute a real "
4524
"improvement policy to manage your service quality."
4525
msgstr ""
4526
4527
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:291
4528
msgid ""
4529
"The management of customer relationships is detailed in the second section "
4530
"of this book (see :ref:`part2-crm`)."
4531
msgstr ""
4532
4533
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:507
4534
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:503
4535
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
4536
msgid "Purchase Management"
4537
msgstr ""
4538
4539
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:509
4540
msgid ""
4541
"Purchase management enables you to track your suppliers' price quotations "
4542
"and convert them into Purchase Orders as you require. Open ERP has several "
4543
"methods of monitoring invoices and tracking the receipt of ordered goods."
4544
msgstr ""
4545
4546
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:513
4547
msgid ""
4548
"You can handle partial deliveries in Open ERP, so you can keep track of "
4549
"items that are still to be delivered on your orders, and you can issue "
4550
"reminders automatically."
4551
msgstr ""
4552
4553
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:516
4554
msgid ""
4555
"Open ERP's replenishment management rules enable the system to generate "
4556
"draft purchase orders automatically, or you can configure it to run a lean "
4557
"process driven entirely by current production needs."
4558
msgstr ""
4559
4560
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:3
4561
msgid "Project Management"
4562
msgstr ""
4563
4564
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:523
4565
msgid ""
4566
"Open ERP's project management tools enable you to handle the definition of "
4567
"tasks and the specification of requirements for those tasks, efficient "
4568
"allocation of resources to the requirements, project planning, scheduling "
4569
"and automatic communication with partners."
4570
msgstr ""
4571
4572
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:527
4573
msgid ""
4574
"All projects are hierarchically structured. You can review all of the "
4575
"projects from the menu :menuselection:`Project Management --> All Projects`. "
4576
"To view a project's plans, select a project line and then click "
4577
":guilabel:`Print`. Then select :guilabel:`Gantt diagram` to obtain a "
4578
"graphical representation of the plan."
4579
msgstr ""
4580
4581
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:0
4582
msgid "*Project Planning*"
4583
msgstr ""
4584
4585
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:540
4586
msgid ""
4587
"You can run projects related to Services or Support, Production or "
4588
"Development – it's a universal module for all enterprise needs."
4589
msgstr ""
4590
4591
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:543
4592
msgid "Project Management is described in :ref:`ch-projects`."
4593
msgstr ""
4594
4595
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:463
4596
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:2
4597
msgid "Manufacturing"
4598
msgstr ""
4599
4600
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:552
4601
msgid ""
4602
"Open ERP's production management capabilities enable companies to plan, "
4603
"automate, and track manufacturing and product assembly. Open ERP supports "
4604
"multi-level bills of materials and lets you substitute subassemblies "
4605
"dynamically, at the time of sales ordering. You can create virtual sub- "
4606
"assemblies for reuse on several products with phantom bills of materials."
4607
msgstr ""
4608
4609
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:561
4610
msgid "BoMs, routing, workcenters"
4611
msgstr ""
4612
4613
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:563
4614
msgid ""
4615
"These documents describe the materials that make up a larger assembly. "
4616
"They're commonly called Bills of Materials or BoMs."
4617
msgstr ""
4618
4619
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:566
4620
msgid ""
4621
"They're linked to routings which list the operations needed to carry out the "
4622
"manufacture or assembly of the product."
4623
msgstr ""
4624
4625
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:569
4626
msgid ""
4627
"Each operation is carried out at a workcenter, which can be a machine, a "
4628
"tool, or a person."
4629
msgstr ""
4630
4631
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:571
4632
msgid ""
4633
"Production orders based on your company's requirements are scheduled "
4634
"automatically by the system, but you can also run the schedulers manually "
4635
"whenever you want. Orders are worked out by calculating the requirements "
4636
"from sales, through bills of materials, taking current inventory into "
4637
"account. The production schedule is also generated from the various lead "
4638
"times defined throughout, using the same route"
4639
msgstr ""
4640
4641
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:577
4642
msgid ""
4643
"The demonstration data contains a list of products and raw materials with "
4644
"various classifications and ranges. You can test the system using this data."
4645
msgstr ""
4646
4647
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:294
4648
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/index.rst:2
4649
msgid "Sales Management"
4650
msgstr ""
4651
4652
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:586
4653
msgid ""
4654
"The :menuselection:`Sales Management` menu gives you roughly the same "
4655
"functionality as the :menuselection:`Purchase Management` menu – the ability "
4656
"to create new orders and to review the existing orders in their various "
4657
"states – but there are important differences in the workflows."
4658
msgstr ""
4659
4660
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:590
4661
msgid ""
4662
"Confirmation of an order triggers delivery of the goods, and invoicing "
4663
"timing is defined by a setting in each individual order."
4664
msgstr ""
4665
4666
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:399
4667
msgid ""
4668
"Delivery charges can be managed using a grid of tariffs for different "
4669
"carriers."
4670
msgstr ""
4671
4672
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:495
4673
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/index.rst:2
4674
msgid "Document Management"
4675
msgstr ""
4676
4677
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:598
4678
msgid ""
4679
"OpenERP integrates a complete document management system that not only "
4680
"carried out the functions of a standard DMS, but also integrates with all of "
4681
"its system-generated documents such as Invoices and Quotations. What's more "
4682
"it keeps all of this synchronized."
4683
msgstr ""
4684
4685
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:604
4686
msgid "Process Management"
4687
msgstr ""
4688
4689
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:606
4690
msgid ""
4691
"Many documents have a workflow of their own, and also take part in cross-"
4692
"functional processes. Take a document that could be expected to have a "
4693
"workflow, such as a Sales Order, and then click the :guilabel:`Process` "
4694
"button above its form to see the full process."
4695
msgstr ""
4696
4697
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:0
4698
msgid "*Process for a Sales Order*"
4699
msgstr ""
4700
4701
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:616
4702
msgid ""
4703
"You can see the position of that particular document in its process, if you "
4704
"have selected a single document, by the solid bar on one of the process "
4705
"nodes. You also link to documents and menus for each of the stages."
4706
msgstr ""
4707
4708
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:620
4709
msgid ""
4710
"There is a clear distinction between a cross-functional process (that is "
4711
"currently only shown in the web client) and the detailed document workflow "
4712
"(that is shown in both the web client from a process node, and the GTK "
4713
"client from the :menuselection:`Plugins > Execute a Plugin...` menu and "
4714
"clicking either the :guilabel:`Print Workflow` or the the :guilabel:`Print "
4715
"Workflow (Complex)` option."
4716
msgstr ""
4717
4718
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:0
4719
msgid "*Workflow for a Purchase Order*"
4720
msgstr ""
4721
4722
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:584
4723
msgid ""
4724
"Alongside the document management system, the process visualization features "
4725
"make OpenERP far better for documentation than similar systems."
4726
msgstr ""
4727
4728
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:636
4729
msgid "Other functions"
4730
msgstr ""
4731
4732
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:638
4733
msgid ""
4734
"You've been through a brisk, brief overview of many of the main functional "
4735
"areas of Open ERP. Some of these – a large proportion of the core modules – "
4736
"are treated in more detail in the following chapters."
4737
msgstr ""
4738
4739
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:642
4740
msgid ""
4741
"You can use the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --"
4742
"> Modules --> Uninstalled modules` to find the remaining modules that have "
4743
"been loaded into your installation but not yet installed in your database. "
4744
"Some modules have only minor side-effects to Open ERP (such as "
4745
":mod:`base_iban`), some have quite extensive effects (such as the various "
4746
"charts of accounts), and some make fundamental additions (such as "
4747
":mod:`multi_company`)."
4748
msgstr ""
4749
4750
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:648
4751
msgid ""
4752
"But there are now more than three hundred modules available. If you've "
4753
"connected to the Internet, and if your \\ ``addons``\\ directory is "
4754
"writable as described at the beginning of this chapter, you can download new "
4755
"modules using the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management "
4756
"--> Update Modules List`."
4757
msgstr ""
4758
4759
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:602
4760
msgid ""
4761
"A brief description is available for each module, but the most thorough way "
4762
"of understanding their functionality is to install one and try it. So, "
4763
"pausing only to prepare another test database to try it out on, just "
4764
"download and install the modules that appear interesting."
4765
msgstr ""
4766
4767
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:35
4768
msgid "shortcut"
4769
msgstr ""
4770
4771
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:61
4772
msgid "search"
4773
msgstr ""
4774
4775
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:83
4776
msgid "view form"
4777
msgstr ""
4778
4779
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:130
4780
msgid "buttons"
4781
msgstr ""
4782
4783
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:130
4784
msgid "reports, actions, links"
4785
msgstr ""
4786
4787
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:298
4788
msgid "Accounting and Finance"
4789
msgstr ""
4790
4791
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:173
4792
msgid "product_variant_multi"
4793
msgstr ""
4794
4795
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:184
4796
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:139
4797
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:24
4798
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:48
4799
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:430
4800
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
4801
#: ../../source/book/multi/Logistic/config/config_product.rst:2
4802
msgid "Product"
4803
msgstr ""
4804
4805
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:184
4806
msgid "Consumable"
4807
msgstr ""
4808
4809
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:207
4810
msgid "membership"
4811
msgstr ""
4812
4813
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:212
4814
msgid "product_electronic"
4815
msgstr ""
4816
4817
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:217
4818
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:35
4819
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:319
4820
msgid "product_extended"
4821
msgstr ""
4822
4823
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:222
4824
msgid "product_expiry"
4825
msgstr ""
4826
4827
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:228
4828
msgid "product_lot_foundry"
4829
msgstr ""
4830
4831
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:332
4832
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:2
4833
msgid "HR"
4834
msgstr ""
4835
4836
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:353
4837
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
4838
msgid "hr_"
4839
msgstr ""
4840
4841
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:353
4842
msgid "hr"
4843
msgstr ""
4844
4845
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:410
4846
msgid "inventory control"
4847
msgstr ""
4848
4849
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:235
4850
msgid "CRM"
4851
msgstr ""
4852
4853
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:235
4854
msgid "Customer Relationship Management"
4855
msgstr ""
4856
4857
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:235
4858
msgid "SRM"
4859
msgstr ""
4860
4861
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:235
4862
msgid "Supplier Relationship Management"
4863
msgstr ""
4864
4865
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:463
4866
msgid "Production Management"
4867
msgstr ""
4868
4869
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:472
4870
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:296
4871
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:39
4872
msgid "bill of materials"
4873
msgstr ""
4874
4875
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:158
4876
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:186
4877
msgid "BoM"
4878
msgstr ""
4879
4880
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:9
4881
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:2
4882
msgid "Guided Tour"
4883
msgstr ""
4884
4885
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:11
4886
msgid ""
4887
"*Starting to discover Open ERP, using demonstration data supplied with the "
4888
"system, is a good way to familiarize yourself with the user interface. This "
4889
"guided tour provides you with an introduction to many of the available "
4890
"system features.*"
4891
msgstr ""
4892
4893
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:15
4894
msgid ""
4895
"You'd be forgiven a flicker of apprehension when you first sit at your "
4896
"computer to connect to Open ERP, since ERP systems are renowned for their "
4897
"complexity and for the time it takes to learn how to use them. These are, "
4898
"after all, Enterprise Resource Planning systems, capable of managing most "
4899
"elements of global enterprises, so they should be complicated, shouldn't "
4900
"they? But even if this is often the case for proprietary software, Open ERP "
4901
"is a bit of an exception in the class of management software."
4902
msgstr ""
4903
4904
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:22
4905
msgid ""
4906
"Despite its comprehensiveness, Open ERP's interface and workflow management "
4907
"facilities are quite simple and intuitive to use. For this reason Open ERP "
4908
"is one of the few software packages with reference customers in both very "
4909
"small businesses (typically requiring simplicity) and large accounts "
4910
"(typically requiring wide functional coverage)."
4911
msgstr ""
4912
4913
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:27
4914
msgid ""
4915
"A two-phase approach provides a good guide for your first steps with "
4916
"Open ERP:"
4917
msgstr ""
4918
4919
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:29
4920
msgid ""
4921
"Using a database containing demonstration data to get an overview of "
4922
"Open ERP's functionality (described in this chapter, :ref:`ch-guided`)"
4923
msgstr ""
4924
4925
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:32
4926
msgid ""
4927
"Setting up a clean database to configure and populate a limited system for "
4928
"yourself (described in the next chapter, :ref:`ch-real`)."
4929
msgstr ""
4930
4931
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/index.rst:35
4932
msgid ""
4933
"To read this chapter effectively, make sure that you have access to an "
4934
"Open ERP server. The description in this chapter assumes that you're using "
4935
"the Open ERP web client unless it states otherwise. The general "
4936
"functionality differs little from one client to the other."
4937
msgstr ""
4938
4939
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:3
4940
msgid "Database setup"
4941
msgstr ""
4942
4943
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:5
4944
msgid ""
4945
"You'll create all the elements in the database that you need to carry out "
4946
"the use case. These are specified in the functional requirements."
4947
msgstr ""
4948
4949
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:12
4950
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:2
4951
msgid "Configuring Accounts"
4952
msgstr ""
4953
4954
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:14
4955
msgid ""
4956
"You need to start off with a minimal set of accounts, and to do that you "
4957
"will need a couple of account types. You can structure your accounts into a "
4958
"chart at any time (and, in fact, you can structure them into several "
4959
"additional charts at the same time as you'll see in the chapter :ref:`ch-"
4960
"configacct`), so you don't need to be concerned unduly about structure."
4961
msgstr ""
4962
4963
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:23
4964
msgid "Account Types"
4965
msgstr ""
4966
4967
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:25
4968
msgid ""
4969
"Create account types using :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
4970
"Configuration --> Financial Accounting --> Financial Accounts --> Account "
4971
"Types` and then clicking the :guilabel:`New` button. You'll need the "
4972
"following four types, the first of which is shown in figure :ref:`fig-"
4973
"oech03accty`."
4974
msgstr ""
4975
4976
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:32
4977
msgid "Acc. Type Name"
4978
msgstr ""
4979
4980
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:32
4981
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:64
4982
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:141
4983
msgid "Code"
4984
msgstr ""
4985
4986
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
4987
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_payroll.rst:69
4988
msgid "Sequence"
4989
msgstr ""
4990
4991
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:33
4992
msgid "Sign on Reports"
4993
msgstr ""
4994
4995
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:32
4996
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:36
4997
msgid "Deferral Method"
4998
msgstr ""
4999
5000
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:33
5001
msgid "Partner Account"
5002
msgstr ""
5003
5004
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:34
5005
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:66
5006
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:66
5007
msgid "View"
5008
msgstr ""
5009
5010
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:34
5011
msgid "view"
5012
msgstr ""
5013
5014
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:35
5015
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:36
5016
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:37
5017
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:38
5018
msgid "5"
5019
msgstr ""
5020
5021
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:35
5022
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:36
5023
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:37
5024
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:38
5025
msgid "Positive"
5026
msgstr ""
5027
5028
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:34
5029
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:38
5030
msgid "None"
5031
msgstr ""
5032
5033
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:66
5034
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:69
5035
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:70
5036
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:71
5037
msgid "unchecked"
5038
msgstr ""
5039
5040
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:35
5041
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:71
5042
msgid "Income"
5043
msgstr ""
5044
5045
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:35
5046
msgid "income"
5047
msgstr ""
5048
5049
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:35
5050
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:36
5051
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:41
5052
msgid "Unreconciled"
5053
msgstr ""
5054
5055
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:36
5056
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:70
5057
msgid "Expense"
5058
msgstr ""
5059
5060
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:36
5061
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:2
5062
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:53
5063
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:97
5064
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:111
5065
msgid "expense"
5066
msgstr ""
5067
5068
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:37
5069
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:69
5070
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:69
5071
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:145
5072
msgid "Cash"
5073
msgstr ""
5074
5075
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:37
5076
msgid "cash"
5077
msgstr ""
5078
5079
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:37
5080
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:39
5081
msgid "Balance"
5082
msgstr ""
5083
5084
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:0
5085
msgid "*New Account Type*"
5086
msgstr ""
5087
5088
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:49
5089
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:73
5090
msgid "Accounts"
5091
msgstr ""
5092
5093
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:52
5094
msgid ""
5095
"Create accounts using :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration "
5096
"--> Financial Accounting --> Financial Accounts --> List of Accounts` and "
5097
"then clicking the :guilabel:`New` button."
5098
msgstr ""
5099
5100
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:56
5101
msgid ""
5102
"You need accounts to handle the purchase and sales orders that haven't yet "
5103
"been paid, two more for the receipt and shipping of goods, and one for the "
5104
"payment and receipt of funds. And one 'organizing' account that's just a "
5105
"view of the other five. So you'll need the following six accounts, one of "
5106
"which is shown in :ref:`fig-oech03accts`."
5107
msgstr ""
5108
5109
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:64
5110
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:106
5111
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:26
5112
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:48
5113
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:77
5114
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:387
5115
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:101
5116
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:115
5117
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
5118
msgid "Name"
5119
msgstr ""
5120
5121
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:64
5122
msgid "Internal Type"
5123
msgstr ""
5124
5125
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:64
5126
msgid "Parent"
5127
msgstr ""
5128
5129
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:64
5130
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:52
5131
msgid "Account Type"
5132
msgstr ""
5133
5134
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:64
5135
msgid "Reconcile"
5136
msgstr ""
5137
5138
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:66
5139
msgid "Minimal Chart"
5140
msgstr ""
5141
5142
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:66
5143
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:183
5144
msgid "0"
5145
msgstr ""
5146
5147
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:67
5148
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:67
5149
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:67
5150
msgid "Payable"
5151
msgstr ""
5152
5153
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:67
5154
msgid "AP"
5155
msgstr ""
5156
5157
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:67
5158
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:68
5159
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:69
5160
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:70
5161
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:71
5162
msgid "0 Minimal Chart"
5163
msgstr ""
5164
5165
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:67
5166
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:68
5167
msgid "checked"
5168
msgstr ""
5169
5170
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:68
5171
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:68
5172
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:68
5173
msgid "Receivable"
5174
msgstr ""
5175
5176
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:68
5177
msgid "AR"
5178
msgstr ""
5179
5180
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:69
5181
msgid "C"
5182
msgstr ""
5183
5184
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:132
5185
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:286
5186
msgid "Others"
5187
msgstr ""
5188
5189
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:70
5190
msgid "Purchases"
5191
msgstr ""
5192
5193
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:70
5194
msgid "P"
5195
msgstr ""
5196
5197
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:71
5198
msgid "Sales"
5199
msgstr ""
5200
5201
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:71
5202
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:103
5203
msgid "S"
5204
msgstr ""
5205
5206
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:0
5207
msgid "*New Account*"
5208
msgstr ""
5209
5210
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:83
5211
msgid ""
5212
"The :guilabel:`Account Type` entry is taken from the list of types that you "
5213
"just created. Although it looks a bit like a text box, it doesn't behave in "
5214
"quite the same way. A single :kbd:`Del` or :kbd:`Backspace` keystroke is all "
5215
"you need to delete the whole text, and when you type the name (or part of "
5216
"the name) you still need to associate that text with the entry by clicking "
5217
"the :guilabel:`Search` icon to the right of the field."
5218
msgstr ""
5219
5220
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:92
5221
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:298
5222
msgid "Properties"
5223
msgstr ""
5224
5225
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:95
5226
msgid ""
5227
"You now define some default properties so that you don't have to think about "
5228
"which account is used for which transaction every time you do something. The "
5229
"main new properties are the four that associate accounts payable and "
5230
"receivable to partners, and expenses and income to product categories."
5231
msgstr ""
5232
5233
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:100
5234
msgid ""
5235
"Create properties using :menuselection:`Administration --> Configuration --> "
5236
"Properties --> Default Properties` and then clicking the :guilabel:`New` "
5237
"button."
5238
msgstr ""
5239
5240
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:142
5241
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:28
5242
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:37
5243
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:206
5244
msgid "Company"
5245
msgstr ""
5246
5247
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:106
5248
msgid "Fields"
5249
msgstr ""
5250
5251
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:106
5252
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
5253
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:22
5254
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:177
5255
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:385
5256
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
5257
msgid "Value"
5258
msgstr ""
5259
5260
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:106
5261
msgid "Parent Resource"
5262
msgstr ""
5263
5264
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:108
5265
msgid "property_account_payable"
5266
msgstr ""
5267
5268
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
5269
msgid "Tiny sprl"
5270
msgstr ""
5271
5272
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:108
5273
msgid "Account Payable"
5274
msgstr ""
5275
5276
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:108
5277
msgid "(account.account) AP Payable"
5278
msgstr ""
5279
5280
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:108
5281
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:109
5282
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:110
5283
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:111
5284
msgid "(None)"
5285
msgstr ""
5286
5287
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:109
5288
msgid "property_account_receivable"
5289
msgstr ""
5290
5291
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:109
5292
msgid "Account Receivable"
5293
msgstr ""
5294
5295
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:109
5296
msgid "(account.account) AR Receivable"
5297
msgstr ""
5298
5299
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:110
5300
msgid "property_account_expense_categ"
5301
msgstr ""
5302
5303
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:110
5304
msgid "Expense Account"
5305
msgstr ""
5306
5307
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:110
5308
msgid "(account.account) P Purchases"
5309
msgstr ""
5310
5311
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:111
5312
msgid "property_account_income_categ"
5313
msgstr ""
5314
5315
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:111
5316
msgid "Income Account"
5317
msgstr ""
5318
5319
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:111
5320
msgid "(account.account) S Sales"
5321
msgstr ""
5322
5323
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:114
5324
msgid "Mistakes in configuring accounts and properties"
5325
msgstr ""
5326
5327
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:116
5328
msgid ""
5329
"It's easy to make mistakes in configuring the accounts and their properties, "
5330
"but the consequences are not immediately obvious. You'll mostly discover "
5331
"mistakes when trying to make a Purchase or Sale Order (see later, for "
5332
"example, :ref:`sect-PO`), where the accounts are required fields or, if "
5333
"you're diligent, when you set up Partners."
5334
msgstr ""
5335
5336
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:121
5337
msgid ""
5338
"If you configure them correctly at this stage then fields will be completed "
5339
"automatically and you'll never know a thing. If you don't configure all this "
5340
"correctly then you won't be able to save the order form until you have "
5341
"corrected the problem or until you manually set the accounts."
5342
msgstr ""
5343
5344
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:125
5345
msgid ""
5346
"Since this configuration is quite tedious you'd be best finding a certified "
5347
"Chart of Accounts that that has already been set up to meet your needs, if "
5348
"you can find one."
5349
msgstr ""
5350
5351
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:132
5352
msgid "Configuring Journals"
5353
msgstr ""
5354
5355
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:134
5356
msgid ""
5357
"You'll also need to configure some journals, which are used to record the "
5358
"transactions from one account to another when invoices are raised and then "
5359
"paid. Create journals from the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
5360
"Configuration --> Financial Accounting --> Financial Journals` and then "
5361
"clicking the :guilabel:`New` button."
5362
msgstr ""
5363
5364
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:141
5365
msgid "Journal Name"
5366
msgstr ""
5367
5368
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:106
5369
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:141
5370
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:48
5371
msgid "Type"
5372
msgstr ""
5373
5374
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:141
5375
msgid "Entry Sequence"
5376
msgstr ""
5377
5378
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:141
5379
msgid "Default Debit Account"
5380
msgstr ""
5381
5382
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:141
5383
msgid "Default Credit Account"
5384
msgstr ""
5385
5386
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:143
5387
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:143
5388
msgid "Purchase Journal"
5389
msgstr ""
5390
5391
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:143
5392
msgid "PUJ"
5393
msgstr ""
5394
5395
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:143
5396
msgid "Purchase"
5397
msgstr ""
5398
5399
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:144
5400
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:145
5401
msgid "Journal View"
5402
msgstr ""
5403
5404
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:143
5405
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:143
5406
msgid "P Purchases"
5407
msgstr ""
5408
5409
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:144
5410
msgid "Sale Journal"
5411
msgstr ""
5412
5413
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:144
5414
msgid "SAJ"
5415
msgstr ""
5416
5417
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:144
5418
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:227
5419
msgid "Sale"
5420
msgstr ""
5421
5422
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:144
5423
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:144
5424
msgid "S Sales"
5425
msgstr ""
5426
5427
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:145
5428
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/invoice_payment.rst:160
5429
msgid "Bank Journal"
5430
msgstr ""
5431
5432
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:145
5433
msgid "BNK"
5434
msgstr ""
5435
5436
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:147
5437
msgid "Cash Journal View"
5438
msgstr ""
5439
5440
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:145
5441
msgid "Account Journal"
5442
msgstr ""
5443
5444
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:145
5445
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:145
5446
msgid "C Cash"
5447
msgstr ""
5448
5449
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:148
5450
msgid "Mistakes in configuring journals"
5451
msgstr ""
5452
5453
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:151
5454
msgid ""
5455
"It's easy to make mistakes in configuring the journals, too, and the "
5456
"consequences are also not immediately obvious. You'll mostly discover "
5457
"mistakes when creating an invoice (which happens at different points in the "
5458
"process depending on your configuration). In this example, validating a "
5459
"Purchase Order creates a draft invoice (see later, again for example, "
5460
":ref:`sect-PO`), where a journal is required."
5461
msgstr ""
5462
5463
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:157
5464
msgid ""
5465
"As with accounts and properties, if you configure them correctly at this "
5466
"stage then the fields will be completed automatically and you'll never know "
5467
"a thing. If you don't configure all this correctly then there will be errors "
5468
"with the order form or corresponding draft invoice until you have corrected "
5469
"the problem or until you manually set the journal."
5470
msgstr ""
5471
5472
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:168
5473
msgid "Configuring the Main Company"
5474
msgstr ""
5475
5476
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:171
5477
msgid ""
5478
"Start to configure your database by renaming the :guilabel:`Main Company` "
5479
"from its default of \\ ``Tiny sprl``\\ to the name of your own company or "
5480
"(in this case) another example company. When you print standard documents "
5481
"such as quotations, orders and invoices you'll find this configuration "
5482
"information used in the document headers and footers."
5483
msgstr ""
5484
5485
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:176
5486
msgid ""
5487
"To do this, click :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners` and click the name "
5488
"of the only company there, which is \\ ``Tiny sprl``\\ . This gives you a "
5489
"read-only view form view of the company, so make it editable by clicking the "
5490
":guilabel:`Edit` button to the upper left of the form."
5491
msgstr ""
5492
5493
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:180
5494
msgid "Editable form in the web client"
5495
msgstr ""
5496
5497
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:182
5498
msgid ""
5499
"When toggling from the list view to the form view of an item, you can "
5500
"generally click its name in the list view to show a non-editable view or the "
5501
"pencil icon by the left-hand edge of the line to open it in an editable "
5502
"view. You can toggle between editable and non-editable once you're in form "
5503
"view."
5504
msgstr ""
5505
5506
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:186
5507
msgid "Change the following:"
5508
msgstr ""
5509
5510
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:188
5511
msgid ":guilabel:`Name` : \\ ``Ambitious Plumbing Enterprises``\\ ,"
5512
msgstr ""
5513
5514
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:193
5515
msgid ":guilabel:`Contact Name` : \\ ``George Turnbull``\\ ."
5516
msgstr ""
5517
5518
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:193
5519
msgid ""
5520
"Before you save this, look at the partner's accounting setup by clicking the "
5521
"fifth tab :guilabel:`Accounting`. The fields :guilabel:`Account Receivable` "
5522
"and :guilabel:`Account Payable` have account values in them that were taken "
5523
"from the account properties you just created. You don't have to accept those "
5524
"values: you can enter any suitable account you like at this stage, although "
5525
"OpenERP constrains the selection to ones that make accounting sense."
5526
msgstr ""
5527
5528
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:199
5529
msgid ""
5530
"Back at the first tab, :guilabel:`General` change any other fields you like, "
5531
"such as the address and phone numbers, then :guilabel:`Save`. This changes "
5532
"one Contact for the Partner, which is sufficient for the example."
5533
msgstr ""
5534
5535
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:203
5536
msgid ""
5537
"From the :guilabel:`MAIN MENU`, click :menuselection:`Administration --> "
5538
"Users --> Company Structure --> Companies` and edit the only entry there:"
5539
msgstr ""
5540
5541
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:205
5542
msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name` : \\ ``AmbiPlum``\\ ,"
5543
msgstr ""
5544
5545
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:207
5546
msgid ""
5547
":guilabel:`Partner` : should already show \\ ``Ambitious Plumbing "
5548
"Enterprises``\\ ,"
5549
msgstr ""
5550
5551
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:212
5552
msgid ":guilabel:`Report Header` : \\ ``Ambitious Plumbing``\\ ,"
5553
msgstr ""
5554
5555
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:214
5556
msgid ""
5557
":guilabel:`Report Footer 1` : \\ ``Best Plumbing Services, Great Prices``\\ "
5558
","
5559
msgstr ""
5560
5561
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:216
5562
msgid ""
5563
":guilabel:`Report Footer 2` : \\ ``Ambitious – our Registered Company "
5564
"Details``\\ ."
5565
msgstr ""
5566
5567
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:213
5568
msgid ""
5569
"Figure :ref:`fig-oech03co` shows the effect of this. You can also change "
5570
"various other company-wide parameters for reports and scheduling in the "
5571
"other tabs, and you can upload a company logo of a specific size for the "
5572
"reports. Click :guilabel:`Save` to store this."
5573
msgstr ""
5574
5575
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:0
5576
msgid "*Changing company details*"
5577
msgstr ""
5578
5579
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:228
5580
msgid ""
5581
"You can leave the currency at its default setting of \\ ``EUR`` \\ for this "
5582
"example. Or you can change it in this Company and the two default Pricelists "
5583
"(:menuselection:`Products --> Pricelists --> Pricelists`) if you feel "
5584
"compelled to do that."
5585
msgstr ""
5586
5587
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:228
5588
msgid "Currency"
5589
msgstr ""
5590
5591
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:234
5592
msgid ""
5593
"The examples in this book are in USD and EUR. You, the reader, could use "
5594
"your home currency (perhaps CAD, CNY, GBP, or IDR) in their place."
5595
msgstr ""
5596
5597
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:243
5598
msgid "Creating partner categories, partners and their contacts"
5599
msgstr ""
5600
5601
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:245
5602
msgid ""
5603
"You'll now create a suppliers category and a customers category. Partner "
5604
"categories are useful for organizing groups of partners but have no special "
5605
"behavior that affects partners, so you can assign them as you like. Then "
5606
"you'll define one supplier and one customer, with a contact for each."
5607
msgstr ""
5608
5609
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:249
5610
msgid ""
5611
"To do this use the menu :menuselection:`Partners --> Configuration --> "
5612
"Partner Categories` and click :guilabel:`New` to open a new form for "
5613
"defining :guilabel:`Partner Categories`. Define the two categories that "
5614
"follow by just entering their :guilabel:`Category Name` and saving them:"
5615
msgstr ""
5616
5617
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:250
5618
msgid "\\ ``Suppliers``\\ ,"
5619
msgstr ""
5620
5621
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:252
5622
msgid "\\ ``Customers``\\ ."
5623
msgstr ""
5624
5625
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:258
5626
msgid ""
5627
"Then create two partners from the menu :menuselection:`Partners --> "
5628
"Partners`. Click on the :guilabel:`New` button to open a blank form and then "
5629
"add the following data for the first partner first:"
5630
msgstr ""
5631
5632
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:258
5633
msgid ":guilabel:`Name` : \\ ``Plumbing Component Suppliers``\\ ,"
5634
msgstr ""
5635
5636
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:260
5637
msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` checkbox : \\ ``unchecked``\\ ,"
5638
msgstr ""
5639
5640
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:262
5641
msgid ":guilabel:`Supplier` checkbox : \\ ``checked``\\ ,"
5642
msgstr ""
5643
5644
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:269
5645
msgid ":guilabel:`Contact Name` : \\ ``Jean Poolley``\\ ,"
5646
msgstr ""
5647
5648
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:271
5649
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Type` : \\ ``Default``\\ ,"
5650
msgstr ""
5651
5652
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:272
5653
msgid ""
5654
"add \\ ``Suppliers``\\ to the :guilabel:`Categories` field by selecting it "
5655
"from the Search List,"
5656
msgstr ""
5657
5658
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:266
5659
msgid "then save the partner by clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button."
5660
msgstr ""
5661
5662
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:268
5663
msgid "Figure :ref:`fig-oech03part` shows the result."
5664
msgstr ""
5665
5666
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:0
5667
msgid "*New Partner Form*"
5668
msgstr ""
5669
5670
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:287
5671
msgid "Contact Types"
5672
msgstr ""
5673
5674
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:288
5675
msgid ""
5676
"If you've recorded several contacts for the same partner you can specify "
5677
"which contact is used for various documents by specifying the Address Type."
5678
msgstr ""
5679
5680
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:291
5681
msgid ""
5682
"For example the delivery address can differ from the invoice address for a "
5683
"partner. If the Address Types are correctly assigned, then Open ERP can "
5684
"automatically select the appropriate address during the creation of the "
5685
"document – an invoice is addressed to the contact that's been assigned the "
5686
"Address Type of Invoice, otherwise to the Default address."
5687
msgstr ""
5688
5689
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:278
5690
msgid ""
5691
"For the second partner, proceed just as you did for the first, with the "
5692
"following data:"
5693
msgstr ""
5694
5695
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:280
5696
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:72
5697
msgid ":guilabel:`Name` : \\ ``Smith and Offspring``\\ ,"
5698
msgstr ""
5699
5700
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:282
5701
msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` checkbox : \\ ``checked``\\ ,"
5702
msgstr ""
5703
5704
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:284
5705
msgid ":guilabel:`Supplier` checkbox : \\ ``unchecked``\\ ,"
5706
msgstr ""
5707
5708
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:305
5709
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:81
5710
msgid ":guilabel:`Contact Name` : \\ ``Stephen Smith``\\ ,"
5711
msgstr ""
5712
5713
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:306
5714
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Type` : \\ ``Default``\\ ."
5715
msgstr ""
5716
5717
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:308
5718
msgid ""
5719
"Then add \\ ``Customers``\\ in the :guilabel:`Categories` field. "
5720
":guilabel:`Save` the form. To check your work you can go to the menu "
5721
":menuselection:`Partners --> Partners --> Partners by Categories` and click "
5722
"on each category in turn to see the companies in the category."
5723
msgstr ""
5724
5725
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:294
5726
msgid "Multiple Partner Categories"
5727
msgstr ""
5728
5729
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:314
5730
msgid ""
5731
"If this partner was also a supplier then you'd add Suppliers to the "
5732
"categories as well, but there's no need to do so in this example. You can "
5733
"assign a partner to multiple categories at all levels of the hierarchy."
5734
msgstr ""
5735
5736
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:323
5737
msgid "Creating products and their categories"
5738
msgstr ""
5739
5740
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:325
5741
msgid ""
5742
"Unlike partner categories and their assigned partners, product categories do "
5743
"have an effect on the products assigned to them – and a product may belong "
5744
"to only one category. Select the menu :menuselection:`Products --> "
5745
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and click :guilabel:`New` to get an "
5746
"empty form for defining a product category."
5747
msgstr ""
5748
5749
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:330
5750
msgid ""
5751
"Enter \\ ``Radiators``\\ in the :guilabel:`Name` field. You'll see that "
5752
"other fields, specifically those in the :guilabel:`Accounting Properties` "
5753
"section, have been automatically filled in with values of accounts and "
5754
"journals. These are the values that will affect products – equivalent fields "
5755
"in a product will take on these values if they, too, are blank when their "
5756
"form is saved. Click :guilabel:`Save`."
5757
msgstr ""
5758
5759
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:336
5760
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:127
5761
msgid "Properties fields"
5762
msgstr ""
5763
5764
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:338
5765
msgid ""
5766
"Properties have a rather unusual behavior. They're defined by parameters in "
5767
"the menus in :menuselection:`Administration --> Configuration --> "
5768
"Properties`, and they update fields only when a form is saved, and only when "
5769
"the fields are empty at the time the form is saved. You can manually "
5770
"override any of these properties as you need."
5771
msgstr ""
5772
5773
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:343
5774
msgid ""
5775
"Properties fields are used all over the Open ERP system and particularly "
5776
"extensively in a multi- company environment. There, property fields in a "
5777
"partner form can be populated with different values depending on the user's "
5778
"company."
5779
msgstr ""
5780
5781
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:347
5782
msgid ""
5783
"For example the payment conditions for a partner could differ depending on "
5784
"the company from which it's addressed."
5785
msgstr ""
5786
5787
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:336
5788
msgid "UOM"
5789
msgstr ""
5790
5791
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:352
5792
msgid ""
5793
"UOM is an abbreviation for Unit of Measure. Open ERP manages multiple units "
5794
"of measure for each product: you can buy in tons and sell in kgs, for "
5795
"example. The conversion between each category is made automatically (so long "
5796
"as you have set up the conversion rate in the product form first)."
5797
msgstr ""
5798
5799
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:356
5800
msgid "Managing double units of measure"
5801
msgstr ""
5802
5803
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:358
5804
msgid ""
5805
"The whole management of stock can be carried out with double units of "
5806
"measure (UOM and UOS – for Unit of Sale). For example an agro-food company "
5807
"can stock and sell ham by piece but buy and value it by weight. There's no "
5808
"direct relationship between these two units so a weighing operation has to "
5809
"be done."
5810
msgstr ""
5811
5812
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:349
5813
msgid ""
5814
"This functionality is crucial in the agro-food industry, and can be equally "
5815
"important in fabrication, chemicals and many other industries."
5816
msgstr ""
5817
5818
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:366
5819
msgid "Now create a new product:"
5820
msgstr ""
5821
5822
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:368
5823
msgid ""
5824
"Go to the :menuselection:`Products --> Products` menu and click "
5825
":guilabel:`New`."
5826
msgstr ""
5827
5828
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:356
5829
msgid ""
5830
"Create a product – type \\ ``Titanium Alloy Radiator``\\ in the "
5831
":guilabel:`Name` field."
5832
msgstr ""
5833
5834
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:381
5835
msgid ""
5836
"Click the :guilabel:`Search` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Category` "
5837
"field to select the :guilabel:`Radiators` category."
5838
msgstr ""
5839
5840
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:375
5841
msgid ""
5842
"The :guilabel:`Product Type` field should stay as \\ ``Stockable Product``\\ "
5843
" its default value. The fields :guilabel:`Procure Method`, "
5844
":guilabel:`Supply Method`, :guilabel:`Default UOM`, and :guilabel:`Purchase "
5845
"UOM` should also stay at their default values: in fact every other field in "
5846
"this tab remains untouched."
5847
msgstr ""
5848
5849
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:386
5850
msgid ""
5851
"Click on the :guilabel:`Prices & Suppliers` tab and enter \\ ``57.50``\\ "
5852
"into the :guilabel:`Cost Price` field and \\ ``132.50``\\ into the "
5853
":guilabel:`Sale Price` field."
5854
msgstr ""
5855
5856
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:389
5857
msgid ""
5858
"Click the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, then click :guilabel:`Save` and "
5859
"observe that :guilabel:`Accounting Properties` here remain empty. When "
5860
"product transactions occur, the Income and Expense accounts that you've just "
5861
"defined in the Product Category are used by the Product unless an account is "
5862
"specified here, directly in the product, to override that."
5863
msgstr ""
5864
5865
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:395
5866
msgid ""
5867
"Once the product is saved it changes to a non-editable state. If you had "
5868
"entered data incorrectly or left a required field blank, the form would have "
5869
"stayed editable and you'd need to click from tab to tab to find a field "
5870
"colored red, with an error message below it, that would have to be correctly "
5871
"filled in."
5872
msgstr ""
5873
5874
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:404
5875
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:12
5876
msgid "Stock locations"
5877
msgstr ""
5878
5879
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:406
5880
msgid ""
5881
"Click :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Stock Locations Structure` to see "
5882
"the hierarchy of stock locations. These locations have been defined by the "
5883
"minimal default data loaded when the database was created. You'll use this "
5884
"default structure in this example."
5885
msgstr ""
5886
5887
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:398
5888
msgid ""
5889
"OpenERP has three predefined top-level location types , ``Physical "
5890
"Locations`` and ``Partner Locations`` that act as their names suggest, and "
5891
"``Virtual Locations`` that are used by OpenERP for its own purposes."
5892
msgstr ""
5893
5894
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:413
5895
msgid ""
5896
"From the :guilabel:`Main Menu` click on :menuselection:`Stock Management --> "
5897
"Configuration --> Locations` to reach a list view of the locations (not the "
5898
"tree view)."
5899
msgstr ""
5900
5901
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:416
5902
msgid ""
5903
"Click on the name of a location, such as \\ ``Physical Locations/Tiny "
5904
"SPRL``\\ to open a descriptive form view. Each location has a "
5905
":guilabel:`Location type` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location` that defines the "
5906
"hierarchical structure. An :guilabel:`Inventory Account` can also be "
5907
"assigned to a location. While you're here you should change the location's "
5908
"name to ``Ambitious Plumbing Enterprises`` , since it was named before you "
5909
"changed the company name."
5910
msgstr ""
5911
5912
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:422
5913
msgid ""
5914
"From the :menuselection:`Main Menu` click :menuselection:`Stock Management --"
5915
"> Configuration --> Warehouses` to view a list of warehouses. There's only "
5916
"the one at the moment, which should also be renamed from ``Tiny SPRL`` to "
5917
"``Ambitious Plumbing Enterprises`` ."
5918
msgstr ""
5919
5920
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:428
5921
msgid "Valuation of stock"
5922
msgstr ""
5923
5924
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:430
5925
msgid ""
5926
"If you want real-time stock valuation that tracks stock movements you must "
5927
"assign an account to each stock location. As product items are added to and "
5928
"taken from each location Open ERP generates an account entry for that "
5929
"location defined by the configuration of the product being moved – and a "
5930
"stock valuation based (in the current versions of Open ERP) on either "
5931
":guilabel:`Cost Price` or :guilabel:`Average Price`."
5932
msgstr ""
5933
5934
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:436
5935
msgid ""
5936
"For example, if you assign an account to the Supplier location you'll be "
5937
"able see the value of stock that you've taken from the supplier. Its "
5938
"contents can be valued in your accounts and it can manage inventory on "
5939
"consignment."
5940
msgstr ""
5941
5942
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:440
5943
msgid ""
5944
"A Warehouse contains an input location, a stock location and an output "
5945
"location for sold products. You can associate a warehouse with a partner to "
5946
"give the warehouse an address. That doesn't have to be your own company "
5947
"(although it can be): you can easily specify another partner who may be "
5948
"holding stock on your behalf."
5949
msgstr ""
5950
5951
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:423
5952
msgid "Location Structure"
5953
msgstr ""
5954
5955
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:425
5956
msgid ""
5957
"Each warehouse is composed of three locations :guilabel:`Location Input`, "
5958
":guilabel:`Location Output`, and :guilabel:`Location Stock`. Your available "
5959
"stock is given by the contents of the :guilabel:`Location Stock` and its "
5960
"child locations."
5961
msgstr ""
5962
5963
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:429
5964
msgid ""
5965
"So the :guilabel:`Location Input` can be placed as a child of the "
5966
":guilabel:`Location Stock`, which means that when :guilabel:`Location Stock` "
5967
"is interrogated for product quantities, it also takes account of the "
5968
"contents of the :guilabel:`Location Input`. :guilabel:`Location Input` could "
5969
"be used as a goods-in QC location. The :guilabel:`Location Output` must "
5970
"never be placed as a child of :guilabel:`Location Stock`, since items in "
5971
":guilabel:`Location Output`, which can be considered to be packed ready for "
5972
"customer shipment, should not be thought of as available for sale elsewhere."
5973
msgstr ""
5974
5975
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:461
5976
msgid ""
5977
"In the default configuration, OpenERP uses the same ``Stock`` location for "
5978
"both Input and Output because it is easier to understand when you're "
5979
"starting out."
5980
msgstr ""
5981
5982
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:469
5983
msgid "Setting up a chart of accounts"
5984
msgstr ""
5985
5986
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:471
5987
msgid ""
5988
"You can set up a chart of accounts during the creation of a database, but "
5989
"for this exercise you'll start with the minimal chart that you created (just "
5990
"a handful of required accounts without hierarchy, tax or subtotals)."
5991
msgstr ""
5992
5993
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:475
5994
msgid ""
5995
"A number of account charts have been predefined for Open ERP, some of which "
5996
"meet the needs of national authorities (the number of those created for "
5997
"Open ERP is growing as various contributors create and freely publish them). "
5998
"You can take one of those without changing it if it's suitable, or you can "
5999
"take anything as your starting point and design a complete chart of accounts "
6000
"to meet your exact needs, including accounts for inventory, asset "
6001
"depreciation, equity and taxation."
6002
msgstr ""
6003
6004
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:453
6005
msgid ""
6006
"You can also run multiple charts of accounts in parallel – so you can put "
6007
"all of your transaction accounts into several charts, with different "
6008
"arrangements for taxation and depreciation, aggregated differently for "
6009
"various needs."
6010
msgstr ""
6011
6012
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:485
6013
msgid ""
6014
"Before you can use any chart of accounts for anything you need to specify a "
6015
"Fiscal Year. This defines the different time periods available for "
6016
"accounting transactions. An initial Fiscal Year was created during the "
6017
"database setup so you don't need to do any more on this. You can also create "
6018
"Fiscal year manually from :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
6019
"Configuration --> Financial Accounting --> Periods --> Fiscal Years`"
6020
msgstr ""
6021
6022
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:490
6023
msgid ""
6024
"Click :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Charts --> Charts of "
6025
"Accounts` and then click :guilabel:`Open Charts` to open a new "
6026
":guilabel:`Account charts` form where you define exactly what you want to "
6027
"see. Click :guilabel:`Open Charts` to accept the defaults and see a "
6028
"hierarchical structure of the accounts."
6029
msgstr ""
6030
6031
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:500
6032
msgid "Make a backup of the database"
6033
msgstr ""
6034
6035
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:502
6036
msgid ""
6037
"If you know the super-administrator password, make a backup of your database "
6038
"using the procedure described at the very end of :ref:`ch-inst`. Then "
6039
"restore it to a new database: \\ ``testing``\\ ."
6040
msgstr ""
6041
6042
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:505
6043
msgid ""
6044
"This operation enables you to test the new configuration on \\ ``testing``\\ "
6045
" so that you can be sure everything works as designed. Then if the tests "
6046
"are successful you can make a new database from \\ ``openerp_ch03``\\ , "
6047
"perhaps called \\ ``live``\\ or \\ ``production``\\ , for your real work."
6048
msgstr ""
6049
6050
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:508
6051
msgid ""
6052
"From here on, connect to this new \\ ``testing``\\ database logged in as \\"
6053
" ``admin``\\ if you can. If you have to make corrections, do that on \\ "
6054
"``openerp_ch03``\\ and copy it to a new \\ ``testing``\\ database to "
6055
"continue checking it."
6056
msgstr ""
6057
6058
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:513
6059
msgid ""
6060
"Or you can just continue working with the \\ ``openerp_ch03``\\ database "
6061
"to get through this chapter. You can recreate \\ ``openerp_ch03``\\ quite "
6062
"quickly if something goes wrong and you can't recover from it but, again, "
6063
"you'd need to know your super-administrator password for that."
6064
msgstr ""
6065
6066
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:8
6067
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:401
6068
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:2
6069
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:2
6070
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:17
6071
msgid "accounts"
6072
msgstr ""
6073
6074
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:8
6075
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:128
6076
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:164
6077
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:2
6078
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:2
6079
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:1
6080
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:1
6081
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:31
6082
msgid "configuring"
6083
msgstr ""
6084
6085
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:19
6086
msgid "account types"
6087
msgstr ""
6088
6089
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:88
6090
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:118
6091
msgid "properties"
6092
msgstr ""
6093
6094
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:88
6095
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:103
6096
msgid "defining"
6097
msgstr ""
6098
6099
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:128
6100
msgid "journals"
6101
msgstr ""
6102
6103
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:164
6104
msgid "Main Company"
6105
msgstr ""
6106
6107
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:233
6108
msgid "contact"
6109
msgstr ""
6110
6111
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_install_functionality.rst:107
6112
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:421
6113
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:386
6114
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
6115
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:19
6116
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:19
6117
msgid "stock"
6118
msgstr ""
6119
6120
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:386
6121
msgid "location"
6122
msgstr ""
6123
6124
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:420
6125
msgid "location structure"
6126
msgstr ""
6127
6128
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:436
6129
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:2
6130
msgid "chart"
6131
msgstr ""
6132
6133
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:436
6134
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:2
6135
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:138
6136
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
6137
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:133
6138
msgid "chart of accounts"
6139
msgstr ""
6140
6141
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:125
6142
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:495
6143
msgid "backup"
6144
msgstr ""
6145
6146
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:3
6147
msgid "Testing a Purchase-Sale workflow"
6148
msgstr ""
6149
6150
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:5
6151
msgid ""
6152
"To familiarize yourself with the system workflow you'll test a purchase-sale "
6153
"workflow in two phases."
6154
msgstr ""
6155
6156
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:7
6157
msgid ""
6158
"The first consists of product purchase, which requires the following "
6159
"operations:"
6160
msgstr ""
6161
6162
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:9
6163
msgid ""
6164
"Place a purchase order with Plumbing Component Suppliers for 10 Titanium "
6165
"Alloy Radiators at a unit price of 56.00."
6166
msgstr ""
6167
6168
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:12
6169
msgid "Receive these products at your Goods In."
6170
msgstr ""
6171
6172
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:14
6173
msgid "Generate a purchase invoice."
6174
msgstr ""
6175
6176
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:16
6177
msgid "Pay your supplier."
6178
msgstr ""
6179
6180
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:18
6181
msgid ""
6182
"Following this, you'll sell some of these products, using this sequence:"
6183
msgstr ""
6184
6185
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:20
6186
msgid ""
6187
"Receive a sales order for 6 Titanium Alloy Radiators from Smith and Sons, "
6188
"sold at a unit price of 130.00."
6189
msgstr ""
6190
6191
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:23
6192
msgid "Despatch the products."
6193
msgstr ""
6194
6195
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:25
6196
msgid "Invoice the customer."
6197
msgstr ""
6198
6199
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:27
6200
msgid "Receive the payment."
6201
msgstr ""
6202
6203
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:32
6204
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:615
6205
msgid "Purchase Order"
6206
msgstr ""
6207
6208
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:34
6209
msgid ""
6210
"To place a Purchase Order with your supplier, use the menu "
6211
":menuselection:`Purchase Management --> New Purchase Order` for a new "
6212
"Purchase Order form."
6213
msgstr ""
6214
6215
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:37
6216
msgid "Complete the following field:"
6217
msgstr ""
6218
6219
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:39
6220
msgid ":guilabel:`Supplier` : \\ ``Plumbing Component Suppliers``\\ ."
6221
msgstr ""
6222
6223
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:41
6224
msgid ""
6225
"As you complete the :guilabel:`Supplier` field, Open ERP automatically "
6226
"completes the :guilabel:`Address` field and the :guilabel:`Price List` field "
6227
"from information it takes out of the Partner record. Then click on the "
6228
":guilabel:`Save Parent Record.` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Order "
6229
"Line` field. This automatically saves the body of the :guilabel:`Purchase "
6230
"Order`, and changes to a :guilabel:`Create New Record.` icon. Click that to "
6231
"open the :guilabel:`Purchase Order Line` window."
6232
msgstr ""
6233
6234
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:43
6235
msgid "Enter the following information"
6236
msgstr ""
6237
6238
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:50
6239
msgid ""
6240
":guilabel:`Product` : \\ ``Titanium Alloy Radiator``\\ - type in part of "
6241
"this name then press the tab key to complete it, or click the "
6242
":guilabel:`Search` icon at the end of the line to bring a search box,"
6243
msgstr ""
6244
6245
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:54
6246
msgid ""
6247
"When you've selected a product on the product line, Open ERP automatically "
6248
"completes the following fields from information it finds in the Product "
6249
"record:"
6250
msgstr ""
6251
6252
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:52
6253
msgid ":guilabel:`Product UOM` : the unit of measure for this product,"
6254
msgstr ""
6255
6256
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:54
6257
msgid ":guilabel:`Description` : the detailed description of the product,"
6258
msgstr ""
6259
6260
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:61
6261
msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled date` : based on the product lead time,"
6262
msgstr ""
6263
6264
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:63
6265
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit price` : the unit price of the product,"
6266
msgstr ""
6267
6268
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:65
6269
msgid ""
6270
":guilabel:`Analytic account` : if any account is specified then it will "
6271
"appear on the order line (it's not in this example),"
6272
msgstr ""
6273
6274
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:67
6275
msgid ""
6276
":guilabel:`Taxes` : applicable taxes defined in the partner, if specified, "
6277
"otherwise in the product, if specified (there aren't any in this example)."
6278
msgstr ""
6279
6280
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:69
6281
msgid ""
6282
"You can edit any of these fields to suit the requirements of the purchase "
6283
"order at the time of entry. Change the:"
6284
msgstr ""
6285
6286
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:72
6287
msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity` : \\ ``10``\\ ,"
6288
msgstr ""
6289
6290
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:74
6291
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit Price` to \\ ``56.00``\\ ."
6292
msgstr ""
6293
6294
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:77
6295
msgid ""
6296
"Save the order line and close the :guilabel:`Purchase Order Line` window by "
6297
"clicking the :guilabel:`Close` button. You can then confirm the whole one-"
6298
"line order by clicking :guilabel:`Save`, which makes the form non-editable."
6299
msgstr ""
6300
6301
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:81
6302
msgid ""
6303
"It's now in a state of \\ ``Request for Quotation``\\ , so click "
6304
":guilabel:`Confirm Purchase Order`, which corresponds to an approval from a "
6305
"manager or from Accounts within your own company and moves the order into \\ "
6306
"``Confirmed``\\ state. Finally click :guilabel:`Approved by Supplier` to "
6307
"indicate the supplier's acknowledgment of the order. The order becomes \\ "
6308
"``Approved``\\ ."
6309
msgstr ""
6310
6311
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:87
6312
msgid ""
6313
"If you click the :guilabel:`Delivery & Invoices` tab you'll see the delivery "
6314
":guilabel:`Destination` is your own company's ``Stock`` location and that "
6315
"the invoice was created from the order and is ``SI: PO001``. It's not "
6316
"entirely obvious at this stage, but the invoice is in a draft state so it "
6317
"can be edited and, crucially, has no accounting impact yet: it's just ready "
6318
"for your accounting group to activate it."
6319
msgstr ""
6320
6321
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:92
6322
msgid "Receiving Goods"
6323
msgstr ""
6324
6325
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:97
6326
msgid ""
6327
"After confirming the order you'd wait for the delivery of the products from "
6328
"your supplier. Typically this would be somebody in Stores, who would:"
6329
msgstr ""
6330
6331
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:100
6332
msgid ""
6333
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Incoming Products --> "
6334
"Packings to Process` using the expand/collapse icon."
6335
msgstr ""
6336
6337
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:99
6338
msgid "From the Purchase Order"
6339
msgstr ""
6340
6341
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:105
6342
msgid ""
6343
"You could have clicked the :guilabel:`Packing` link to the right of the "
6344
"Purchase Order to reach the same screen, but this would confuse the "
6345
"purchasing role with the stores role. That link is very useful during "
6346
"testing and training, however."
6347
msgstr ""
6348
6349
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:109
6350
msgid ""
6351
"When the :guilabel:`Packing` window appears, select the name of the entry in "
6352
"the list (\\ ``PACK1``\\) to display the Packing List itself – you'd "
6353
"usually do a search for the supplier name or order number in a list that was "
6354
"larger than this – then click :guilabel:`Products Received` to load the "
6355
":guilabel:`Make Packing` form."
6356
msgstr ""
6357
6358
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:114
6359
msgid ""
6360
"Click :guilabel:`Make Picking` to indicate that you're receiving the whole "
6361
"quantity of 10 units."
6362
msgstr ""
6363
6364
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:116
6365
msgid ""
6366
"At this point you've accepted 10 units into your company, in a location that "
6367
"you've already seen."
6368
msgstr ""
6369
6370
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:118
6371
msgid ""
6372
"To check actual stock levels, use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management -"
6373
"-> Stock Locations Structure`, find \\ ``Stock``\\ in the hierarchy under "
6374
":guilabel:`Physical Locations`, using the expand/collapse controls to make "
6375
"your way through the tree and click it. You'll next get a :guilabel:`View "
6376
"Stock of Products` screen, where you just click :guilabel:`Open Products` to "
6377
"select everything that the system knows."
6378
msgstr ""
6379
6380
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:124
6381
msgid ""
6382
"You'll see that :guilabel:`Products: Stock` shows everything in the \\ "
6383
"``Stock`` \\ location (and below it) with :guilabel:`Real stock` (the actual "
6384
"quantity recorded) and :guilabel:`Future stock` (the quantities expected in "
6385
"future when all receipts and despatches have been made) – both \\ ``10``\\ "
6386
"in this case."
6387
msgstr ""
6388
6389
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:129
6390
msgid ""
6391
"Alternatively you could have clicked the \\ ``Ambitious Plumbing "
6392
"Enterprises`` \\ line to highlight it (the line, not the \\ ``Ambitious "
6393
"Plumbing Enterprises`` \\ text itself), and then click the :guilabel:`Lots "
6394
"by Location` button in the :guilabel:`Reports` to the top right of the form. "
6395
"You'll see that you've now got \\ ``10``\\ pieces of \\ ``Titanium Alloy "
6396
"Radiator``\\ in the location \\ ``Stock``\\ and also in the location \\ "
6397
"``Ambitious Plumbing Enterprises`` \\ , its parent as shown in the figure "
6398
":ref:`fig-lotsbyloc`. If you explore further you'll also see you have ``-"
6399
"10``\\ pieces in the Partner Location \\ ``Suppliers``\\ ."
6400
msgstr ""
6401
6402
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:0
6403
msgid "*List of products and their stock levels*"
6404
msgstr ""
6405
6406
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:145
6407
msgid "Traceability in double-entry"
6408
msgstr ""
6409
6410
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:147
6411
msgid ""
6412
"Open ERP operates a double-entry stock transfer scheme similar to double-"
6413
"entry accounting. Because of this you can carry out various analyses of "
6414
"stock levels in your warehouse, along with the corresponding levels in "
6415
"Partner Location at your Supplier. The double-entry system, analogous to "
6416
"that of accounting, enables you to keep track of stock movements quite "
6417
"easily, and to resolve any errors that occur."
6418
msgstr ""
6419
6420
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:154
6421
msgid "Control of purchase invoices"
6422
msgstr ""
6423
6424
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:156
6425
msgid ""
6426
"When you've received an invoice from your supplier (which would usually be "
6427
"sent to your Accounts department) go to the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
6428
"Management --> Invoices --> Supplier Invoices --> Draft Supplier Invoices` "
6429
"to open a list of supplier invoices waiting for receipt. These invoices "
6430
"enable your Accounts Department to match the the price and quantities "
6431
"ordered against the price and quantities on the supplier's invoice (and "
6432
"since it's not uncommon to receive an invoice showing details more "
6433
"favourable to the supplier than those agreed at the time of purchase, this "
6434
"is a useful function)."
6435
msgstr ""
6436
6437
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:164
6438
msgid ""
6439
"In this example, you created an invoice automatically when you confirmed the "
6440
"supplier's Purchase Order. That's because the :guilabel:`Invoicing Control` "
6441
"field on the order was set to \\ ``From Order``\\ (the default option). "
6442
"Other options enable you to create invoices at the time of receiving goods "
6443
"or manually. The initial state of an invoice is \\ ``Draft``\\ ."
6444
msgstr ""
6445
6446
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:169
6447
msgid ""
6448
"Now click the invoice for your order \\ ``PO001``\\ to display its "
6449
"contents. You can compare the goods that you've recorded there with the "
6450
"invoice received from your supplier. If there's a difference it's possible "
6451
"to change the order lines to, for example, add a delivery charge. Click "
6452
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the invoice and put it into the \\ ``Open`` "
6453
"\\ state."
6454
msgstr ""
6455
6456
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:174
6457
msgid ""
6458
"Accounting entries are generated automatically once the invoice is "
6459
"validated. To see the effects on your chart of accounts, use the menu "
6460
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Charts --> Chart of Accounts` ,then "
6461
"click :guilabel:`Open Charts` at the :guilabel:`Account charts` page to see "
6462
"that you have a debit of ``560.00`` in the ``Purchases`` account and a "
6463
"credit of ``560.00`` in the ``Payable`` account."
6464
msgstr ""
6465
6466
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:181
6467
msgid "Paying the supplier"
6468
msgstr ""
6469
6470
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:183
6471
msgid ""
6472
"Select the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Invoices --> "
6473
"Supplier Invoices --> Unpaid Supplier Invoices` for a list of supplier "
6474
"invoices that haven't yet been paid. Click the ``PO001`` text itself to open "
6475
"the invoice in read-only mode. In practice you'd search for the invoice by "
6476
"order number or, more generally, for invoices nearing their payment date."
6477
msgstr ""
6478
6479
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:189
6480
msgid ""
6481
"Click :guilabel:`Pay Invoice` in the toolbar to the right of the form, which "
6482
"opens a :guilabel:`Pay invoice` window with a description of the payment. "
6483
"Type ``Pay Supplier`` in the :guilabel:`Entry Name` field, and select \\ "
6484
"``Bank Journal``\\ in the :guilabel:`Journal/Payment Mode` field. Then "
6485
"click :guilabel:`Full Payment` to the top left of the form, which carries "
6486
"out the payment action within Open ERP and returns you to the invoice. "
6487
"Although this invoice is still in the :guilabel:`Unpaid Invoices` screen, "
6488
"you can see it is actually paid because the :guilabel:`Paid/Reconciled` box "
6489
"is now checked and the :guilabel:`State` is now ``Done`` ."
6490
msgstr ""
6491
6492
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:201
6493
msgid "Payment of an invoice"
6494
msgstr ""
6495
6496
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:203
6497
msgid ""
6498
"The method described here is for companies that don't use their accounting "
6499
"system to pay bills – just to record them. If you're using the "
6500
":mod:`account` module fully other, more efficient, methods let you manage "
6501
"payments, such as entering account statements, reconciling paperwork, using "
6502
"tools for preparing payments, interfacing with banks."
6503
msgstr ""
6504
6505
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:209
6506
msgid ""
6507
"You can monitor the accounting impact of paying the invoice through the "
6508
"chart of accounts available from the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
6509
"Management --> Charts --> Chart of Accounts`. Open ERP automatically creates "
6510
"accounting entries from the payment and can reconcile the payment to the "
6511
"invoice. You now have a new transaction that has debited the ``Payable`` "
6512
"account with ``560.00`` and credited the ``Cash`` account."
6513
msgstr ""
6514
6515
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:215
6516
msgid ""
6517
"If you look in :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Reporting --> "
6518
"Journals` you'll see both accounting transactions, one in each of the "
6519
"``Purchase`` Journal and ``Bank`` Journal in ``Draft`` state."
6520
msgstr ""
6521
6522
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:187
6523
msgid "From Sales Proposal to Sales Order"
6524
msgstr ""
6525
6526
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:222
6527
msgid ""
6528
"In Open ERP, sales proposals and sales orders are managed using documents "
6529
"that are based on the same common functionality as purchase orders, so "
6530
"you'll recognize the following documents in general but see changes to their "
6531
"detail and to their workflows. To create a new sales proposal, use the menu "
6532
":menuselection:`Sales Management --> Sales Orders --> New Quotation` which "
6533
"creates a new order in a state of \\ ``Quotation``\\ , then:"
6534
msgstr ""
6535
6536
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:228
6537
msgid ""
6538
"Select the :guilabel:`Customer` \\ ``Smith and Offspring``\\ . This has the "
6539
"effect of automatically completing several other fields: :guilabel:`Ordering "
6540
"Contact`, :guilabel:`Invoice Address`, :guilabel:`Shipping Address`, and the "
6541
":guilabel:`Pricelist` \\ ``Public Pricelist``\\. They're all only defaults "
6542
"so these fields can be modified as you need."
6543
msgstr ""
6544
6545
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:233
6546
msgid ""
6547
"Click the :guilabel:`Save parent record.` icon to the right of the "
6548
":guilabel:`Sales Order Lines` field. It saves the main order form and "
6549
"becomes a new :guilabel:`Create new record.` icon. Click that to open a "
6550
":guilabel:`Sales Order Lines` window."
6551
msgstr ""
6552
6553
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:237
6554
msgid ""
6555
"Select the product \\ ``Titanium Alloy Radiator``\\ Although the "
6556
":guilabel:`Product` field isn't itself required, it's used by Open ERP to "
6557
"select the specific product so that several other fields can be "
6558
"automatically completed on the order line of the proposal, such as "
6559
":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Product UoM`, :guilabel:`Unit Price`, "
6560
":guilabel:`Procure Method`, :guilabel:`Delivery Delay`, and "
6561
":guilabel:`Taxes`."
6562
msgstr ""
6563
6564
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:243
6565
msgid ""
6566
"Change the :guilabel:`Quantity` to \\ ``6``\\ and the :guilabel:`Unit "
6567
"Price` to \\ ``130.00``\\ Then click :guilabel:`Save` and the line appears "
6568
"on the quotation form. A blank order line form reappears so that you can "
6569
"enter another line, but it's enough now just to click :guilabel:`Close` to "
6570
"return to the order form."
6571
msgstr ""
6572
6573
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:248
6574
msgid ""
6575
"On the :guilabel:`Other data` tab of this Sales Order select a "
6576
":guilabel:`Packing Policy` of ``Complete Delivery`` and :guilabel:`Shipping "
6577
"Policy` of ``Invoice on Order After Delivery`` from their dropdown menu "
6578
"lists."
6579
msgstr ""
6580
6581
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:252
6582
msgid ""
6583
"Return to the first tab :guilabel:`Sale Order` and validate the document by "
6584
"clicking :guilabel:`Confirm Order` which calculates prices and the changes "
6585
"the order's state from \\ ``Quotation``\\ to \\ ``In Progress``\\ as shown "
6586
"in screenshot :ref:`fig-ch03ord`. If you were in negotiation with the "
6587
"prospective customer you'd keep clicking :guilabel:`Compute` and "
6588
":guilabel:`Save` keeping the document in \\ ``Quotation``\\ state for as "
6589
"long as necessary."
6590
msgstr ""
6591
6592
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:267
6593
msgid ""
6594
"In the last tab of the order, :guilabel:`History` you can see the "
6595
":guilabel:`Packing List` that's been created and you'll be able to see any "
6596
"invoices that relate to this order when they're generated."
6597
msgstr ""
6598
6599
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:271
6600
msgid ""
6601
"From the :guilabel:`Main Menu` click :menuselection:`Products --> Products` "
6602
"to display a list of products: just the one, \\ ``Titanium Alloy Radiator``\\"
6603
" , currently exists in this example. Its :guilabel:`Real Stock` still shows "
6604
"\\ ``10.00``\\ but its :guilabel:`Virtual Stock` now shows \\ ``4.00``\\ "
6605
"to reflect the new future requirement of 6 units for despatch."
6606
msgstr ""
6607
6608
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:277
6609
msgid "Preparing goods for despatch to customers"
6610
msgstr ""
6611
6612
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:279
6613
msgid ""
6614
"The stores manager selects the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> "
6615
"Outgoing Products --> Confirmed Packing Waiting Availability` to get a list "
6616
"of orders to despatch. In this example there's only one, \\ ``PACK2``\\ , "
6617
"so click the text to open the :guilabel:`Confirmed Packing Waiting "
6618
"Availability` form."
6619
msgstr ""
6620
6621
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:248
6622
msgid "Running Schedulers"
6623
msgstr ""
6624
6625
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:289
6626
msgid ""
6627
"At the moment your Sales Order is waiting for products to be reserved to "
6628
"fulfil it. A stock reservation activity takes place periodically to "
6629
"calculate the needs, which also takes customer priorities into account. The "
6630
"calculation can be started from the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
6631
"Compute All Schedulers`. Running this automatically reserves products."
6632
msgstr ""
6633
6634
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:296
6635
msgid ""
6636
"If you don't want to have to work out your stock needs but have a lean "
6637
"workflow you can install the :mod:`mrp_jit` (Just In Time) module."
6638
msgstr ""
6639
6640
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:299
6641
msgid ""
6642
"Although Open ERP has automatically been made aware that items on this order "
6643
"will need to be despatched, it has not yet assigned any specific items from "
6644
"any location to fulfil it. It's ready to move \\ ``6.00``\\ \\ ``Titanium "
6645
"Alloy Radiators``\\ from the :guilabel:`Stock` location to the "
6646
":guilabel:`Customers` location, so start this process by clicking "
6647
":guilabel:`Check Availability`. The :guilabel:`Move` line has now changed "
6648
"from the \\ ``Confirmed``\\ state to the \\ ``Available``\\ state."
6649
msgstr ""
6650
6651
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:306
6652
msgid ""
6653
"Then click the :guilabel:`Packing Done` button to reach the :guilabel:`Make "
6654
"Packing` window, where you click the :guilabel:`Make Picking` button to "
6655
"transfer the 6 radiators to the customer."
6656
msgstr ""
6657
6658
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:309
6659
msgid ""
6660
"To analyze stock movements that you've made during these operations use "
6661
":menuselection:`Stock Management --> Stock Locations Structure` to see that "
6662
"your stocks have reduced to 4 radiators and the generic ``Customers`` "
6663
"location has a level of 6 radiators."
6664
msgstr ""
6665
6666
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:276
6667
msgid "Invoicing Goods"
6668
msgstr ""
6669
6670
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:316
6671
msgid ""
6672
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Invoices --> Customer "
6673
"Invoices --> Draft Customer Invoices` to open a list of Sales invoices "
6674
"generated by Open ERP. These are in the \\ ``Draft``\\ state, which means "
6675
"that they don't yet have any presence in the accounting system. You'll find "
6676
"a draft invoice has been created for the order \\ ``SO001``\\ once you "
6677
"have despatched the goods because you'd selected \\ ``Invoice on Order After "
6678
"Delivery``\\ ."
6679
msgstr ""
6680
6681
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:322
6682
msgid ""
6683
"Once you confirm an invoice, Open ERP assigns it a unique number, and all of "
6684
"the corresponding accounting entries are generated. So open the invoice and "
6685
"click :guilabel:`Create` to do that and move the invoice into an \\ "
6686
"``Open``\\ state with a number of ``2009/001``."
6687
msgstr ""
6688
6689
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:326
6690
msgid ""
6691
"You can send your customer the invoice for payment at this stage. Click "
6692
":guilabel:`Invoices` from the :guilabel:`Reports` section of the toolbar at "
6693
"the right of the form to get a PDF document that can be printed or emailed "
6694
"to the customer."
6695
msgstr ""
6696
6697
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:330
6698
msgid ""
6699
"You can also attach the PDF document to the Open ERP invoice record. Save "
6700
"the PDF somewhere convenient on your PC (such as on your desktop). Then "
6701
"click the :guilabel:`Add an attachment to this resource` button to the top "
6702
"right of the invoice form (it looks like a clipboard). Browse to the file "
6703
"you just saved (\\ ``record.pdf``\\ if you didn't change its name) from "
6704
"the :guilabel:`Attachments` dialog box that pops up, and :guilabel:`Close` "
6705
"the dialog box. This gives you a permanent non-editable record of your "
6706
"invoice on the Open ERP system."
6707
msgstr ""
6708
6709
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:337
6710
msgid ""
6711
"Review your chart of accounts to check the impact of these activities on "
6712
"your accounting. You'll see the new revenue line from the invoice."
6713
msgstr ""
6714
6715
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:295
6716
msgid "Customer Payment"
6717
msgstr ""
6718
6719
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:343
6720
msgid ""
6721
"Registering an invoice payment by a customer is essentially the same as the "
6722
"process of paying a supplier. From the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
6723
"Management --> Invoices --> Customer Invoices --> Unpaid Customer Invoices`, "
6724
"click the name of the invoice that you want to mark as paid, or just check "
6725
"its checkbox in the list:"
6726
msgstr ""
6727
6728
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:348
6729
msgid ""
6730
"Use the :guilabel:`Pay Invoice` button in the :guilabel:`Action` section of "
6731
"the toolbar at the right to open a window that enables you to register the "
6732
"payment."
6733
msgstr ""
6734
6735
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:351
6736
msgid ""
6737
"Select the :guilabel:`Entry Name` and type ``Got paid by customer`` and "
6738
"select the :guilabel:`Journal` to be ``Bank Journal`` ."
6739
msgstr ""
6740
6741
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:354
6742
msgid ""
6743
"Click :guilabel:`Full Payment`. The invoice is then marked as paid, with its "
6744
":guilabel:`Paid/Reconciled` box checked as you can see if you select it "
6745
"again :ref:`fig_ch03faminv`."
6746
msgstr ""
6747
6748
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:0
6749
msgid "*Invoice Form*"
6750
msgstr ""
6751
6752
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:313
6753
msgid ""
6754
"Check your Chart of Accounts as before to see that you now have a healthy "
6755
"bank balance in the \\ ``Cash``\\ account."
6756
msgstr ""
6757
6758
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_testing_wf.rst:245
6759
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:267
6760
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:374
6761
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:22
6762
msgid "mrp_jit"
6763
msgstr ""
6764
6765
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:2
6766
msgid "Use case"
6767
msgstr ""
6768
6769
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:4
6770
msgid "Configure a system that enables you to:"
6771
msgstr ""
6772
6773
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:6
6774
msgid "buy products from a supplier,"
6775
msgstr ""
6776
6777
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:8
6778
msgid "stock the products in a warehouse,"
6779
msgstr ""
6780
6781
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:10
6782
msgid "sell these products to a customer."
6783
msgstr ""
6784
6785
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:12
6786
msgid ""
6787
"The system should support all aspects of invoicing, payments to suppliers "
6788
"and receipts from customers."
6789
msgstr ""
6790
6791
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:16
6792
msgid "Functional requirements"
6793
msgstr ""
6794
6795
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:18
6796
msgid "For working out the business case you'll have to model:"
6797
msgstr ""
6798
6799
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:20
6800
msgid "the suppliers,"
6801
msgstr ""
6802
6803
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:22
6804
msgid "the customers,"
6805
msgstr ""
6806
6807
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:24
6808
msgid "some products,"
6809
msgstr ""
6810
6811
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:26
6812
msgid "inventory for despatch,"
6813
msgstr ""
6814
6815
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:28
6816
msgid "a purchase order,"
6817
msgstr ""
6818
6819
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:30
6820
msgid "a sale order,"
6821
msgstr ""
6822
6823
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:32
6824
msgid "invoices,"
6825
msgstr ""
6826
6827
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:34
6828
msgid "payments."
6829
msgstr ""
6830
6831
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:36
6832
msgid ""
6833
"To test the system you'll need at least one supplier, one customer, one "
6834
"product, a warehouse, a minimal chart of accounts and a bank account."
6835
msgstr ""
6836
6837
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:42
6838
msgid ""
6839
"Use the technique outlined in :ref:`sect-dbcreate` to create a new database, "
6840
"\\ ``openerp_ch03``\\ . This database will be free of data and contain the "
6841
"least possible amount of functionality as a starting point. You'll need to "
6842
"know your super administrator password for this – or you'll have to find "
6843
"somebody who does have it to create this seed database. You won't be able to "
6844
"use the \\ ``openerp_ch1``\\ or \\ ``openerp_ch2``\\ databases that you "
6845
"might have created so far in this book because they both contain "
6846
"demonstration data."
6847
msgstr ""
6848
6849
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:49
6850
msgid ""
6851
"Start the database creation process from the :guilabel:`Welcome` page by "
6852
"clicking :guilabel:`Databases` and then completing the following fields on "
6853
"the :guilabel:`Create new database` form, as shown in :ref:`fig-oech03`:"
6854
msgstr ""
6855
6856
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:55
6857
msgid ":guilabel:`New database name` : \\ ``openerp_ch03``\\ ,"
6858
msgstr ""
6859
6860
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:57
6861
msgid ""
6862
":guilabel:`Load Demonstration data` checkbox: \\ ``not checked``\\ (**this "
6863
"step is very important, but catches out many people**),"
6864
msgstr ""
6865
6866
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:0
6867
msgid "*Creating a blank database*"
6868
msgstr ""
6869
6870
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:73
6871
msgid ""
6872
"Then click :guilabel:`OK` to create the database and move to the setup "
6873
"screen :ref:`fig-oech03s1`."
6874
msgstr ""
6875
6876
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:0
6877
msgid "*Setting up a blank database - first screen*"
6878
msgstr ""
6879
6880
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:83
6881
msgid ""
6882
"After a short delay you are connected to the new \\ ``openerp_ch03``\\ "
6883
"database as user \\ ``admin``\\ with the password you gave it. You'll have "
6884
"to go through the Setup wizard in steps:"
6885
msgstr ""
6886
6887
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:88
6888
msgid ""
6889
"At the :guilabel:`Define Main Company` step you could select your own "
6890
":guilabel:`Company Name` and :guilabel:`Currency`, and address details on "
6891
"the first tab :guilabel:`General Information`; and you can add more details "
6892
"on the second tab :guilabel:`Report Information` including a logo that would "
6893
"appear on reports. In this test you should leave everything untouched for "
6894
"the moment and just click :guilabel:`Next`: you'll change them later."
6895
msgstr ""
6896
6897
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:99
6898
msgid ""
6899
"Configuration consists of a set of wizards that help you through options for "
6900
"the installed modules. Since you chose the minimal database hardly anything "
6901
"is installed so this is a very simple process at the moment, starting with "
6902
"the menu layout :ref:`fig-oech03cfg` ."
6903
msgstr ""
6904
6905
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:0
6906
msgid "*Configuring a minimal database - first screen*"
6907
msgstr ""
6908
6909
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:111
6910
msgid ""
6911
"At the first screen click :guilabel:`Continue` to go into the first wizard. "
6912
"Choose :guilabel:`View Mode` : :guilabel:`Extended Interface` so that you "
6913
"can see everything and then click :guilabel:`Set` to save it."
6914
msgstr ""
6915
6916
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:117
6917
msgid ""
6918
"You've now reached the end of the configuration so click "
6919
":guilabel:`Continue` to start using the system as the Administrator as shown "
6920
"in the screenshot :ref:`fig-oech03st`."
6921
msgstr ""
6922
6923
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:0
6924
msgid "*Starting the minimal database*"
6925
msgstr ""
6926
6927
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:129
6928
msgid "Installing and configuring modules"
6929
msgstr ""
6930
6931
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:131
6932
msgid ""
6933
"All of the functional needs are provided by core modules from Open ERP:"
6934
msgstr ""
6935
6936
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:140
6937
msgid "product management (the :mod:`product` module),"
6938
msgstr ""
6939
6940
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:142
6941
msgid "inventory control (the :mod:`stock` module),"
6942
msgstr ""
6943
6944
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:144
6945
msgid "accounting and finance (the :mod:`account` module),"
6946
msgstr ""
6947
6948
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:146
6949
msgid "purchase management (the :mod:`purchase` module),"
6950
msgstr ""
6951
6952
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:148
6953
msgid "sales management (the :mod:`sale` module)."
6954
msgstr ""
6955
6956
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:150
6957
msgid ""
6958
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> "
6959
"Modules --> Uninstalled modules` to show the list of all modules that are "
6960
"registered within Open ERP but as yet uninstalled. Then:"
6961
msgstr ""
6962
6963
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:154
6964
msgid ""
6965
"Enter \\ ``product``\\ into the :guilabel:`Name` field and click "
6966
":guilabel:`Filter` to list the :mod:`product` module."
6967
msgstr ""
6968
6969
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:157
6970
msgid ""
6971
"Click the name \\ ``product``\\ in the list to display the product module "
6972
"in form view, rather than the list view that a search displays."
6973
msgstr ""
6974
6975
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:160
6976
msgid ""
6977
"Click the :guilabel:`Schedule for Installation` button on the product module "
6978
"form."
6979
msgstr ""
6980
6981
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:162
6982
msgid ""
6983
"Click the :guilabel:`Search` button at the top of the form to toggle back to "
6984
"the list view with search selection fields on it."
6985
msgstr ""
6986
6987
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:165
6988
msgid ""
6989
"Search for the :mod:`sale` module then select it, too, as you did with "
6990
"product, to show it in form view."
6991
msgstr ""
6992
6993
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:168
6994
msgid ""
6995
"Click the :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab to see that you'll automatically be "
6996
"loading the \\ :mod:`product`, :mod:`stock`, :mod:`mrp`, and :mod:`process` "
6997
"modules along with the :mod:`sale` module. :mod:`product` and :mod:`process` "
6998
"are both already marked for installation as a result of the first steps."
6999
msgstr ""
7000
7001
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:173
7002
msgid ""
7003
"Return to the :guilabel:`Module` tab and then click its :guilabel:`Schedule "
7004
"for Installation` button."
7005
msgstr ""
7006
7007
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:175
7008
msgid ""
7009
"Click :guilabel:`Apply Scheduled Upgrades` in the :guilabel:`Action` toolbar "
7010
"to the right."
7011
msgstr ""
7012
7013
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:177
7014
msgid ""
7015
"When the :guilabel:`System Upgrade` form appears, review the list of Modules "
7016
"to update – it may be longer than you had expected, and now includes all the "
7017
"modules you need, because the dependencies themselves had their own "
7018
"dependencies."
7019
msgstr ""
7020
7021
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:181
7022
msgid ""
7023
"Click :guilabel:`Start Upgrade`, wait for :guilabel:`System upgrade done` to "
7024
"be displayed, then click :guilabel:`Start Configuration` on that form."
7025
msgstr ""
7026
7027
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:184
7028
msgid ""
7029
"Configuration is required for both the accounts setup and the sales defaults."
7030
msgstr ""
7031
7032
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:186
7033
msgid ""
7034
"Accept the defaults for the :guilabel:`Fiscal Year` and choose the "
7035
":guilabel:`Charts of Account` to be :guilabel:`None` then click "
7036
":guilabel:`Continue`."
7037
msgstr ""
7038
7039
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:190
7040
msgid ""
7041
"The sales defaults are shown in the screenshot :ref:`fig-oech03cfss`. The "
7042
"selections you make determine how OpenERP's processes work by setting its "
7043
"default behaviour (although you can override any of them for any sales "
7044
"order, so you are not strictly bound by these defaults). Accept the initial "
7045
"set by clicking :guilabel:`Set default behaviour`."
7046
msgstr ""
7047
7048
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:196
7049
msgid ""
7050
"You've reached the end of this configuration stage so click "
7051
":guilabel:`Continue` to continue using the system as the Administrator. You "
7052
"first reach a new tab :guilabel:`Features` that lists the new menus and "
7053
"views as shown in the figure :ref:`fig-oech03cf`. Each of the modules that "
7054
"were installed has its own new tab - it's not only the one you see displayed "
7055
"in front of you. Click :guilabel:`Next` and :guilabel:`Previous` to move "
7056
"between them."
7057
msgstr ""
7058
7059
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:202
7060
msgid ""
7061
"The main menu now displays all of the menu items that were loaded by the "
7062
"modules you installed. Click :guilabel:`MAIN MENU` to see this, shown in the "
7063
"screenshot :ref:`fig-oech03mm`."
7064
msgstr ""
7065
7066
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:0
7067
msgid "*The module form once a module is installed*"
7068
msgstr ""
7069
7070
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:0
7071
msgid "*The Features tab once a module is installed*"
7072
msgstr ""
7073
7074
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:0
7075
msgid "*Continuing with the database after installing new modules*"
7076
msgstr ""
7077
7078
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_use_case.rst:92
7079
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
7080
msgid "sale"
7081
msgstr ""
7082
7083
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:9
7084
msgid "Developing a real case"
7085
msgstr ""
7086
7087
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:11
7088
msgid ""
7089
"*Now that you've discovered some of the many possibilities of Open ERP from "
7090
"a tour of the demonstration database, you'll develop a real case. An empty "
7091
"database provides the starting point for testing a classic workflow from "
7092
"product purchase to sale, completing your guided tour and your "
7093
"familiarization with Open ERP.*"
7094
msgstr ""
7095
7096
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:16
7097
msgid ""
7098
"A database loaded with demonstration data is very useful for understanding "
7099
"Open ERP's general capabilities. But to explore Open ERP through a lens of "
7100
"your own company's needs you should start with an empty database. You'll "
7101
"work in this chapter on a minimal database containing no demonstration data "
7102
"so that there is no confusion about what you created. And you'll keep the "
7103
"database you've created so that you can build on it throughout the rest of "
7104
"this book if you want to."
7105
msgstr ""
7106
7107
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:23
7108
msgid "You'll develop a real case through the following phases:"
7109
msgstr ""
7110
7111
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:25
7112
msgid "Specify a real case."
7113
msgstr ""
7114
7115
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:27
7116
msgid "Describe the functional needs."
7117
msgstr ""
7118
7119
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:29
7120
msgid "Configure the system with the essential modules."
7121
msgstr ""
7122
7123
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:31
7124
msgid "Carry out the necessary data loading."
7125
msgstr ""
7126
7127
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:33
7128
msgid "Test the system with your database."
7129
msgstr ""
7130
7131
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:35
7132
msgid ""
7133
"The case is deliberately extremely simple to provide you with a foundation "
7134
"for the more complex situations you'll handle in reality. Throughout this "
7135
"chapter it's assumed that you're accessing Open ERP through its web "
7136
"interface. And it's also assumed (as in the rest of this book) that you're "
7137
"using the latest download of OpenERP version 5, the stable production "
7138
"version at the time of writing (not the trunk version, which is likely to "
7139
"have new and potentially unstable features)."
7140
msgstr ""
7141
7142
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/index.rst:2
7143
msgid "Real Case"
7144
msgstr ""
7145
7146
#: ../../source/book/1/index.rst:6
7147
msgid "First steps with Open ERP"
7148
msgstr ""
7149
7150
#: ../../source/book/1/index.rst:8
7151
msgid ""
7152
"Open ERP is an impressive software system, being simple to use and yet "
7153
"providing great benefits in helping you manage your company. It's easy to "
7154
"install under both Windows and Linux compared with other enterprise-scale "
7155
"systems, and offers unmatched functionality."
7156
msgstr ""
7157
7158
#: ../../source/book/1/index.rst:13
7159
msgid ""
7160
"The objective of this first part of the book is to help you to start "
7161
"discovering it in practice."
7162
msgstr ""
7163
7164
#: ../../source/book/1/index.rst:15
7165
msgid ""
7166
"The first chapter, :ref:`ch-inst`, gives detailed guidance for installing "
7167
"it. If you're not a systems administrator, or if you've already installed "
7168
"Open ERP, or if you're planning to use an online SaaS provider, then you can "
7169
"skip this chapter and move straight to the next chapter, :ref:`ch-guided`. "
7170
"There, you're taken on a step-by-step guided tour using the information in "
7171
"its demonstration database."
7172
msgstr ""
7173
7174
#: ../../source/book/1/index.rst:22
7175
msgid ""
7176
"If you've already used Open ERP (or Tiny ERP) a bit then you can move past "
7177
"that to the third chapter in this part of the book. In :ref:`ch-real` you "
7178
"can try out a real case, from scratch in a new database, by developing a "
7179
"complete business workflow that runs from purchase to sale of goods."
7180
msgstr ""
7181
7182
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:4
7183
msgid "Conclusion"
7184
msgstr ""
7185
7186
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:6
7187
msgid ""
7188
"Open ERP has become established as the main free market-changing alternative "
7189
"for enterprise management systems in amongst software from giants such as "
7190
"SAP, Oracle and Microsoft, and from the small software developers in their "
7191
"own niches."
7192
msgstr ""
7193
7194
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:11
7195
msgid ""
7196
"Until now only two main alternatives existed for systems that manage a "
7197
"company's information: install a proprietary ERP system, complete but "
7198
"usually overweight, inflexible, and expensive; or develop a solution "
7199
"internally, adapted to current needs but often expensive to develop, not "
7200
"integrated, and incomplete."
7201
msgstr ""
7202
7203
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:16
7204
msgid ""
7205
"With its free business model, Open ERP combines the advantages of a complete "
7206
"ERP system with the flexibility of an in-house solution. The open source "
7207
"code, the project's general flexibility, and its hundreds of modules let you "
7208
"construct a solution from a selection of the modules already available and "
7209
"you can then freely update it as your needs evolve."
7210
msgstr ""
7211
7212
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:22
7213
msgid ""
7214
"The results will be at the top end of what you might expect from any ERP "
7215
"system, let alone an Open Source system. The considerable gains in "
7216
"productivity, efficiency and visibility become apparent only a few months "
7217
"after implementation. And you can gain from increased operational quality "
7218
"even if you reduce your human resourcing intensity. Because there are fewer "
7219
"repetitive tasks for your staff to do, they can concentrate on higher added-"
7220
"value work. We frequently receive the gratitude of senior management who get "
7221
"better results from their business because they've adopted Open ERP."
7222
msgstr ""
7223
7224
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:34
7225
msgid "You aren't alone"
7226
msgstr ""
7227
7228
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:36
7229
msgid ""
7230
"Many resources are at hand to accompany you on your Open ERP adventure."
7231
msgstr ""
7232
7233
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:39
7234
msgid "Bypass the technical difficulties by using the SaaS offer"
7235
msgstr ""
7236
7237
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:44
7238
msgid ""
7239
"For a quick low-cost start, you can make use of a month's comprehensive free "
7240
"trial of Tiny's Open ERP SaaS package found at "
7241
"http://ondemand.openobject.com/. Using this you sidestep any technical "
7242
"difficulties and get a comprehensive set of system administration services, "
7243
"server hosting, configuration to your environment, maintenance, support and "
7244
"initial training."
7245
msgstr ""
7246
7247
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:50
7248
msgid ""
7249
"An SaaS package is suited to the needs of small enterprises that don't have "
7250
"very specific needs, and where the initial cost and the delay of "
7251
"implementation are critical factors."
7252
msgstr ""
7253
7254
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:53
7255
msgid ""
7256
"To meet its objectives of minimal cost, the SaaS package aims for highly "
7257
"automated standardized data migrations, minimal support load by training "
7258
"customers well, and a strict limit to the number of modules offered. So you "
7259
"can't use your own modules, and are limited to the standard modules that are "
7260
"included in various package levels."
7261
msgstr ""
7262
7263
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:59
7264
msgid "Consult the available resources"
7265
msgstr ""
7266
7267
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:61
7268
msgid ""
7269
"Larger companies often prefer a more classic implementation path. Even "
7270
"though Open ERP's simplicity makes this task easier than with other systems, "
7271
"you can't hide the fact that a project implementation is complex and "
7272
"introduces big changes to a company."
7273
msgstr ""
7274
7275
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:65
7276
msgid ""
7277
"So you can turn towards some of the different actors in this free software "
7278
"ecosystem to help you out:"
7279
msgstr ""
7280
7281
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:68
7282
msgid "the community of users and developers,"
7283
msgstr ""
7284
7285
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:70
7286
msgid "Tiny's Open ERP partner companies,"
7287
msgstr ""
7288
7289
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:72
7290
msgid "the main project developers, Tiny, themselves."
7291
msgstr ""
7292
7293
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:75
7294
msgid "The community of users and developers"
7295
msgstr ""
7296
7297
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:77
7298
msgid ""
7299
"The community, supported by Tiny, hosts a set of communication tools which "
7300
"can help you in your Open ERP investigation."
7301
msgstr ""
7302
7303
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:80
7304
msgid "**The forum** http://openobject.com/forum"
7305
msgstr ""
7306
7307
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:82
7308
msgid ""
7309
"The forum enables you to discuss issues with other Open ERP users. It's very "
7310
"active and you have a good chance of receiving some form of response to your "
7311
"questions within twenty-four hours or so."
7312
msgstr ""
7313
7314
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:85
7315
msgid "**The wiki** http://openobject.com/wiki"
7316
msgstr ""
7317
7318
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:87
7319
msgid "The OpenObject wiki is used to manage activities around OpenERP."
7320
msgstr ""
7321
7322
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:89
7323
msgid "You'll find information about:"
7324
msgstr ""
7325
7326
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:91
7327
msgid "Shared Funding Projects"
7328
msgstr ""
7329
7330
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:92
7331
msgid "IRC Meetings"
7332
msgstr ""
7333
7334
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:93
7335
msgid "Real Life Meetings (eg. Community Days)"
7336
msgstr ""
7337
7338
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:94
7339
msgid "Business Intelligence"
7340
msgstr ""
7341
7342
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:95
7343
msgid "Open Report (eg. OpenReport, OpenOffice Plugin)"
7344
msgstr ""
7345
7346
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:97
7347
msgid ""
7348
"**Database of Open ERP modules** http://doc.openerp.com/py-modindex.html"
7349
msgstr ""
7350
7351
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:99
7352
msgid ""
7353
"A database of all the modules available for use gives you free access to "
7354
"most of the known Open ERP extensions."
7355
msgstr ""
7356
7357
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:85
7358
msgid "**Launchpad** https://code.launchpad.net/~openerp/"
7359
msgstr ""
7360
7361
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:104
7362
msgid ""
7363
"The most recent communication tool is the launchpad system, which now hosts "
7364
"all of Open ERP's source code (using the *bzr* source code control system) "
7365
"and is used for reporting faults. It's become the central location for "
7366
"Open ERP technology."
7367
msgstr ""
7368
7369
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:109
7370
msgid "Open ERP partners"
7371
msgstr ""
7372
7373
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:111
7374
msgid ""
7375
"If you need contract-backed guarantees for implementing and maintaining "
7376
"Open ERP you can contact an official Open ERP partner. Open ERP partners "
7377
"offer various services such as user training, prototype installations, and "
7378
"change management services. The complete list of partners by country and by "
7379
"type can be found on the official Open ERP site: "
7380
"http://openerp.com/partners.html."
7381
msgstr ""
7382
7383
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:117
7384
msgid "The main developer, Tiny"
7385
msgstr ""
7386
7387
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:119
7388
msgid ""
7389
"Finally you can call the main project developers, Tiny, who can help you in "
7390
"your Open ERP project. Tiny offers various services such as free "
7391
"demonstration days for the software, user training and technical training, "
7392
"support contracts, maintenance contracts and developments as required. "
7393
"Depending on the demand, they can also put you in contact with partners most "
7394
"aligned to your requirements."
7395
msgstr ""
7396
7397
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:124
7398
msgid ""
7399
"**The mailing list** To keep up to date with all Open ERP's news you can "
7400
"subscribe to the mailing list using http://tiny.be/mailman/listinfo/tinyerp-"
7401
"announce."
7402
msgstr ""
7403
7404
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:127
7405
msgid ""
7406
"To conclude, don't forget that Open ERP has more than two hundred modules "
7407
"available and that many of them haven't been covered in this book. So if you "
7408
"haven't found a solution to your problems here, look amongst those modules, "
7409
"talk to other Open ERP users on the forum, and don't hesitate to contact a "
7410
"partner."
7411
msgstr ""
7412
7413
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:117
7414
msgid "Wishing you the greatest of success in your ERP project,"
7415
msgstr ""
7416
7417
#: ../../source/book/10/index.rst:119
7418
msgid "--- Geoff Gardiner and Fabien Pinckaers."
7419
msgstr ""
7420
7421
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:3
7422
msgid "Managing Contacts"
7423
msgstr ""
7424
7425
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:8
7426
msgid ""
7427
"The standard way of representing partners and contacts throughout OpenERP "
7428
"and many other enterprise systems (such as phone contact applications) is "
7429
"having a partner with multiple contacts. *Partner* is the word for any "
7430
"entity that you do business with - supplier, customer, etc. This "
7431
"representation may not be flexible enough for some uses, so OpenERP provides "
7432
"an alternative, which is brought into the system by installing the "
7433
":mod:`base_contact` module."
7434
msgstr ""
7435
7436
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:15
7437
msgid ""
7438
"The two figures :ref:`fig-crmconw` and :ref:`fig-crmcono` show the structure "
7439
"of partners and contacts in the form of UML classes both with and without "
7440
"this :mod:`base_contact` module. For the non-programmer this diagram can be "
7441
"a bit of a brutal way of showing it, but it's the clearest way to illustrate "
7442
"the complexities that can be accomplished."
7443
msgstr ""
7444
7445
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7446
msgid "*UML class diagram with base_contact module installed*"
7447
msgstr ""
7448
7449
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7450
msgid "*UML class diagram with base_contact module not installed*"
7451
msgstr ""
7452
7453
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:38
7454
msgid ""
7455
"A concrete example may illustrate this concept of multiple relationships "
7456
"between contacts and partners (companies) better. The figure :ref:`fig-"
7457
"crmcont` shows two companies each having several addresses (places of "
7458
"business) and several contacts attached to these addresses."
7459
msgstr ""
7460
7461
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7462
msgid "*Example of a structure with management of partners and contacts*"
7463
msgstr ""
7464
7465
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:50
7466
msgid "In this example you'll find the following elements:"
7467
msgstr ""
7468
7469
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:224
7470
msgid ""
7471
"The ABC bank has two places of business, represented by the addresses of ABC "
7472
"Belgium and ABC Luxembourg,"
7473
msgstr ""
7474
7475
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:227
7476
msgid ""
7477
"The addresses of Dexey France and Dexey Belgium belong to the Dexey company,"
7478
msgstr ""
7479
7480
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:57
7481
msgid ""
7482
"At the office of ABC Luxembourg, you have the contacts of the director (D "
7483
"Fogerty) and the accountant (A. Jacket),"
7484
msgstr ""
7485
7486
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:60
7487
msgid ""
7488
"Mr Jacket holds the post of accountant for ABC Luxembourg and Dexey France,"
7489
msgstr ""
7490
7491
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:62
7492
msgid ""
7493
"Mr J Smith is director of Dexey France and Dexey Belgium and we also have "
7494
"his private address attached to no partner."
7495
msgstr ""
7496
7497
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:65
7498
msgid ""
7499
"Depending on your needs, OpenERP provides three menus to access the same "
7500
"information:"
7501
msgstr ""
7502
7503
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:67
7504
msgid "List of partners: :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners`,"
7505
msgstr ""
7506
7507
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:69
7508
msgid "List of contacts: :menuselection:`Partners --> Contacts`,"
7509
msgstr ""
7510
7511
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:71
7512
msgid ""
7513
"List of posts held by contacts at partners: :menuselection:`Partners --> "
7514
"Contact's Jobs`."
7515
msgstr ""
7516
7517
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:73
7518
msgid ""
7519
"The three menus above are only three different views on the same data. If "
7520
"you correct a contact name on the contact form, this will be modified on all "
7521
"the posts occupied in the different companies."
7522
msgstr ""
7523
7524
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:76
7525
msgid ""
7526
"The screen above represents a partner form. You can see several possible "
7527
"address there and a list of contacts above each address. For each contact "
7528
"you see a name, a function, a phone number and an email."
7529
msgstr ""
7530
7531
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7532
msgid "*A partner form with the base_contact module installed*"
7533
msgstr ""
7534
7535
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:86
7536
msgid ""
7537
"If you click on the line you can get more detail about the function (such as "
7538
"start date, end date, and fax) or enter into the contact form (such as "
7539
"personal phone, different posts occupied, and personal blog)."
7540
msgstr ""
7541
7542
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7543
msgid "*Detail of a job post occupied by a contact at a partner*"
7544
msgstr ""
7545
7546
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7547
msgid "*Detail of a contact form for someone employed in several job posts*"
7548
msgstr ""
7549
7550
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:102
7551
msgid ""
7552
"Partner management is found in the OpenERP base modules. To manage partner "
7553
"relations you have to install the CRM modules. Then start by installing a "
7554
"CRM profile and configure the system to meet your needs."
7555
msgstr ""
7556
7557
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:106
7558
msgid ""
7559
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
7560
"data, using the :guilabel:`CRM profile` and no particular chart of accounts "
7561
"configured. OpenERP's modularity enables you to install only the CRM module "
7562
"if your requirements are limited to customer relationships."
7563
msgstr ""
7564
7565
#: ../../source/book/1/1_1_Inst_Config/1_1_Inst_Config_db_create.rst:0
7566
msgid "*Creating a new database*"
7567
msgstr ""
7568
7569
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:117
7570
msgid ""
7571
"Once the database is installed, OpenERP suggests that you configure it using "
7572
"a series of questions:"
7573
msgstr ""
7574
7575
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:119
7576
msgid ""
7577
"Simplified or Extended mode: select simplified and click :guilabel:`Ok`,"
7578
msgstr ""
7579
7580
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:121
7581
msgid "Creating users: click :guilabel:`Skip`,"
7582
msgstr ""
7583
7584
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:123
7585
msgid "Select the CRM functionality to install."
7586
msgstr ""
7587
7588
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7589
msgid "*Selecting the CRM functionality to install*"
7590
msgstr ""
7591
7592
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:134
7593
msgid "The CRM configuration module"
7594
msgstr ""
7595
7596
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:136
7597
msgid ""
7598
"The pre-configuration of the management of customer relations to generate "
7599
"prospects, opportunities, and phone calls isn't supplied by the :mod:`crm` "
7600
"module itself but by the :mod:`crm_configuration` module."
7601
msgstr ""
7602
7603
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:140
7604
msgid ""
7605
"If you install the modules separately don't forget to install the "
7606
"``crm_configuration`` module. The :mod:`crm` module just contains the "
7607
"generic case management system."
7608
msgstr ""
7609
7610
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:143
7611
msgid "OpenERP proposes a selection from pre-configured functions for CRM:"
7612
msgstr ""
7613
7614
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:145
7615
msgid "managing a prospects database,"
7616
msgstr ""
7617
7618
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:147
7619
msgid "managing and tracking opportunities,"
7620
msgstr ""
7621
7622
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:149
7623
msgid "managing meetings and the company calendar,"
7624
msgstr ""
7625
7626
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:151
7627
msgid "managing pre-sales,"
7628
msgstr ""
7629
7630
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:153
7631
msgid "managing phone calls and/or a call center,"
7632
msgstr ""
7633
7634
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:155
7635
msgid "managing after-sales service,"
7636
msgstr ""
7637
7638
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:157
7639
msgid "managing employment offers,"
7640
msgstr ""
7641
7642
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:159
7643
msgid "managing technical service,"
7644
msgstr ""
7645
7646
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:161
7647
msgid "tracking bugs and new functional requests."
7648
msgstr ""
7649
7650
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:163
7651
msgid ""
7652
"You see that OpenERP's CRM module isn't limited just to Customer "
7653
"relationships but is designed to generate all types of relations with a "
7654
"partner: such as suppliers, employees, customers, prospects. This book will "
7655
"describe just customer relationships. The other CRM functions are similar to "
7656
"use, so you shouldn't have huge problems with understanding those functions."
7657
msgstr ""
7658
7659
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:168
7660
msgid "The following cases will be looked at for this chapter"
7661
msgstr ""
7662
7663
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:170
7664
msgid "Prospect management,"
7665
msgstr ""
7666
7667
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:172
7668
msgid "Opportunity management,"
7669
msgstr ""
7670
7671
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:174
7672
msgid "Management of the company calendar,"
7673
msgstr ""
7674
7675
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:176
7676
msgid "Management of phone calls."
7677
msgstr ""
7678
7679
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:178
7680
msgid ""
7681
"The figure :ref:`fig-crmconwiz` shows the CRM module configuration screen "
7682
"after selecting some functions to install."
7683
msgstr ""
7684
7685
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7686
msgid "*Selecting parameters for CRM modules for the reader of this chapter*"
7687
msgstr ""
7688
7689
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:190
7690
msgid "Organizing Prospects"
7691
msgstr ""
7692
7693
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:192
7694
msgid ""
7695
"If you have installed the management of prospects and opportunities, OpenERP "
7696
"implements the following workflow for the qualification of prospects and "
7697
"future opportunities."
7698
msgstr ""
7699
7700
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:0
7701
msgid "*Process of converting a prospect into a customer or opportunity*"
7702
msgstr ""
7703
7704
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:5
7705
msgid "base_contact"
7706
msgstr ""
7707
7708
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Contacts.rst:131
7709
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:5
7710
msgid "crm_configuration"
7711
msgstr ""
7712
7713
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:257
7714
msgid "Leads"
7715
msgstr ""
7716
7717
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:5
7718
msgid ""
7719
"A lead represents a potential customer or a possible future business or "
7720
"sales opportunity. They aren't usually qualified yet and they aren't yet "
7721
"assigned to an individual person for following up. When a lead needs to be "
7722
"followed up, it's converted to a partner and/or a sales opportunity."
7723
msgstr ""
7724
7725
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:9
7726
msgid ""
7727
"For example, the following events could result in the creation of one or "
7728
"several leads:"
7729
msgstr ""
7730
7731
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:11
7732
msgid ""
7733
"A business card from a prospective customer met briefly at an exhibition: "
7734
"you must contact him again to qualify the lead and to know if there is any "
7735
"possibility of a key sales opportunity,"
7736
msgstr ""
7737
7738
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:14
7739
msgid ""
7740
"A database of potential customers in a given sector and region. The "
7741
"potential customers must be contacted again individually or using a mass "
7742
"mailing to determine which contacts need to be followed up,"
7743
msgstr ""
7744
7745
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:18
7746
msgid ""
7747
"A contact that you've been given by a friend. You must then qualify it "
7748
"before starting to assign a salesperson to the contact,"
7749
msgstr ""
7750
7751
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:21
7752
msgid ""
7753
"A form completed on your website directly integrated into OpenERP. Before "
7754
"converting the form into a sale proposition or opportunity, you should read "
7755
"and handle the person's request."
7756
msgstr ""
7757
7758
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:24
7759
msgid "Separation of sales services"
7760
msgstr ""
7761
7762
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:26
7763
msgid ""
7764
"In companies of a certain type, you often distinguish between the sales "
7765
"department and the presales department. The role of the presales department "
7766
"is to acquire and qualify new leads, and the role of the sales department is "
7767
"to crystallize the sales opportunities or work with existing customers."
7768
msgstr ""
7769
7770
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:32
7771
msgid ""
7772
"System users in the pre-sales department will usually work on leads. Once "
7773
"these leads are converted into customers or sales opportunities the sales "
7774
"department pays individual attention to each opportunity."
7775
msgstr ""
7776
7777
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:37
7778
msgid "Entering prospects into the system"
7779
msgstr ""
7780
7781
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:39
7782
msgid ""
7783
"New prospects are usually entered as a lead in the system. This means that "
7784
"you don't create a partner form or sales opportunity until you have "
7785
"qualified whether the lead is interesting or not. If the new contact is "
7786
"indeed interesting you then enter the data on into a partner form and, "
7787
"eventually, a sales opportunity."
7788
msgstr ""
7789
7790
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:44
7791
msgid ""
7792
"To enter a lead manually use the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --"
7793
"> Leads --> New Lead`. A form opens to let you enter data about this new "
7794
"contact."
7795
msgstr ""
7796
7797
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:0
7798
msgid "*Creating a new lead*"
7799
msgstr ""
7800
7801
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:53
7802
msgid ""
7803
"Leads have a status that depends on the qualification work that's been "
7804
"carried out:"
7805
msgstr ""
7806
7807
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:55
7808
msgid ""
7809
"``Draft`` : the lead data has been entered, any work has not yet been done "
7810
"and a salesperson has not yet been assigned to the request,"
7811
msgstr ""
7812
7813
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:58
7814
msgid "``Open`` : the lead is being handled,"
7815
msgstr ""
7816
7817
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:60
7818
msgid ""
7819
"``Closed`` : the lead has been converted into a partner and/or a sales "
7820
"opportunity,"
7821
msgstr ""
7822
7823
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:62
7824
msgid "``Waiting`` : the lead is waiting for a response from the customer,"
7825
msgstr ""
7826
7827
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:64
7828
msgid ""
7829
"``Cancelled`` : the lead has been cancelled because the salesperson has "
7830
"decided that it's not worth following up."
7831
msgstr ""
7832
7833
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:67
7834
msgid ""
7835
"When a new lead has been created it's automatically put into the open state."
7836
msgstr ""
7837
7838
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:69
7839
msgid ""
7840
"You can also import a huge list of leads. That's useful if you've bought a "
7841
"database of potential prospects and you want to load them all into the "
7842
"system to handle them all at the same time."
7843
msgstr ""
7844
7845
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:72
7846
msgid ""
7847
"To do that you should start with a list of leads in CSV format. If your "
7848
"prospects are provided in another format it's easy to convert them to the "
7849
"CSV format using Microsoft Excel or OpenOffice Calc. Open the leads list "
7850
"using the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales -> Leads -> My Leads`. At "
7851
"the bottom of the list click on the :guilabel:`Import` link. OpenERP opens a "
7852
"form for importing the data."
7853
msgstr ""
7854
7855
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:0
7856
msgid "*Importing leads into the system*"
7857
msgstr ""
7858
7859
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:84
7860
msgid ""
7861
"You then define which columns are present in your CSV file in the correct "
7862
"order. Then select your file and click on :guilabel:`Import`. Check in the "
7863
"chapter about system administration, :ref:`ch-config`, for more information "
7864
"on import and export."
7865
msgstr ""
7866
7867
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/leads.rst:114
7868
msgid "Various Imports"
7869
msgstr ""
7870
7871
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:90
7872
msgid ""
7873
"Importing and Exporting data in OpenERP is a generic function available to "
7874
"all resources. So you can import and export such lists as partners, sales "
7875
"opportunities, accounting entries, products and pricelists."
7876
msgstr ""
7877
7878
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:94
7879
msgid ""
7880
"There are other methods of importing leads automatically or semi-"
7881
"automatically:"
7882
msgstr ""
7883
7884
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:96
7885
msgid ""
7886
"Using the Outlook or Thunderbird plugin to insert new leads directly from an "
7887
"email client after a salesperson sees promising emails,"
7888
msgstr ""
7889
7890
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:99
7891
msgid ""
7892
"Using the email gateway for each incoming email from a certain address (such "
7893
"as info@mycompany.com) creating a lead automatically from the contents of "
7894
"the email,"
7895
msgstr ""
7896
7897
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:102
7898
msgid ""
7899
"Using OpenERP's XML-RPC web-services to connect to a form on your website."
7900
msgstr ""
7901
7902
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:104
7903
msgid ""
7904
"These different methods are described in the next CRM chapter, :ref:`ch-crm`."
7905
msgstr ""
7906
7907
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:107
7908
msgid "Organizing leads"
7909
msgstr ""
7910
7911
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:109
7912
msgid ""
7913
"To help the users organize and handle leads efficiently, OpenERP provides "
7914
"several menus in the CRM system that can be used depending on the needs of "
7915
"each:"
7916
msgstr ""
7917
7918
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:112
7919
msgid ""
7920
":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --> Leads --> New Lead` opens an entry "
7921
"form directly onto a new lead. This menu can usefully be put into your "
7922
"shortcuts,"
7923
msgstr ""
7924
7925
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:115
7926
msgid ""
7927
":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --> Leads --> My Leads` gives a list of "
7928
"all the leads (both open and not) which you're linked to,"
7929
msgstr ""
7930
7931
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:118
7932
msgid ""
7933
":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --> Leads --> My Leads --> My Current "
7934
"Leads` gives a list of all your leads that you still need to handle (your "
7935
"open, draft and waiting leads),"
7936
msgstr ""
7937
7938
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:121
7939
msgid ""
7940
":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --> Leads --> My Leads --> My Current "
7941
"Leads --> My Pending Leads` gives a list of all your leads that are still "
7942
"waiting for a customer response. This enables you to check periodically on "
7943
"your work to do,"
7944
msgstr ""
7945
7946
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:125
7947
msgid ""
7948
":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --> Leads --> All Leads` is a list of "
7949
"all the leads assigned to different salespeople. This menu as those beneath "
7950
"it are used by managers to check on each person's work."
7951
msgstr ""
7952
7953
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:0
7954
msgid "*List of leads to be handled*"
7955
msgstr ""
7956
7957
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:134
7958
msgid ""
7959
"Leads are prioritized. Salespeople should ideally start at the top of the "
7960
"list. They then open a form to describe the lead. At this stage they contact "
7961
"the suspected customer by email or phone and enter the result of the contact "
7962
"on the lead form."
7963
msgstr ""
7964
7965
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:138
7966
msgid ""
7967
"They can then change the status of the lead to a state that depends on the "
7968
"response from the suspect:"
7969
msgstr ""
7970
7971
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:141
7972
msgid "``Cancelled`` : not to be followed as a lead,"
7973
msgstr ""
7974
7975
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:143
7976
msgid "``Waiting`` : waiting for a response from the suspect."
7977
msgstr ""
7978
7979
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:146
7980
msgid "Converting leads into customers or opportunities"
7981
msgstr ""
7982
7983
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:148
7984
msgid ""
7985
"If a lead is interesting you convert it into a partner in the system. To do "
7986
"that, push the button :guilabel:`Convert to Partner`. OpenERP opens a "
7987
"partner form with the information from the lead entered into it. At this "
7988
"stage you can add more information such as the exact partner address and the "
7989
"contact details."
7990
msgstr ""
7991
7992
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:153
7993
msgid ""
7994
"The created partner is automatically attached to the lead, which enables you "
7995
"to keep complete traceability from the lead. To do that look at the second "
7996
"tab in the lead :guilabel:`History`."
7997
msgstr ""
7998
7999
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:156
8000
msgid ""
8001
"If the salesperson thinks that there is a real opportunity with the lead, "
8002
"following the contact, he can convert it into a sales opportunity using the "
8003
"button :guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity`. OpenERP then opens a window "
8004
"asking the title of the opportunity, the estimated revenue and the "
8005
"percentage success of converting to a sale."
8006
msgstr ""
8007
8008
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:0
8009
msgid "*Converting a lead into a sales opportunity*"
8010
msgstr ""
8011
8012
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Leads.rst:167
8013
msgid ""
8014
"Some companies have more advanced processes for the qualification of a lead. "
8015
"They pass through several steps, such as first call, renewing contact, "
8016
"waiting for a verbal agreement. You can then use the field :guilabel:`Step` "
8017
"that is found up to the right of the lead definition. To move it "
8018
"automatically through the next step, you can use the button that looks like "
8019
"a right arrow."
8020
msgstr ""
8021
8022
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:3
8023
msgid "Sales Opportunities"
8024
msgstr ""
8025
8026
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:5
8027
msgid ""
8028
"While a lead represents the first contact with a prospect yet to be "
8029
"qualified, a sales opportunity represents a potential contract. Each "
8030
"opportunity must be followed up by a salesperson spending time to make a "
8031
"quotation or the cancellation of the opportunity."
8032
msgstr ""
8033
8034
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:9
8035
msgid ""
8036
"Leads are generally handled en masse, with the automation of certain "
8037
"responses or emails. Opportunities, in contrast, are usually tracked one by "
8038
"one by the salespeople because that involves a process of negotiation."
8039
msgstr ""
8040
8041
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:14
8042
msgid "Ensuring that you track opportunities"
8043
msgstr ""
8044
8045
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:16
8046
msgid ""
8047
"Just like leads, OpenERP provides several menus to handle sales "
8048
"opportunities efficiently. All the menus for opportunities are under the "
8049
"menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --> Opportunities`."
8050
msgstr ""
8051
8052
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:20
8053
msgid ""
8054
"To quickly create a new opportunity, use the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM -"
8055
"-> Sales --> Opportunities --> New Opportunity`. You usually use this menu "
8056
"in the case where the opportunity is direct and doesn't come first from a "
8057
"lead. It can also be useful to create a shortcut to this menu so that you "
8058
"can quickly open a new opportunity form when you need to – after a phone "
8059
"call, or an email, that needs followup."
8060
msgstr ""
8061
8062
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:25
8063
msgid ""
8064
"The salesperson uses the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Sales --> "
8065
"Opportunities --> My Opportunities --> My Open Opportunities` to track their "
8066
"opportunities. After various customer contacts, the salesperson can enter "
8067
"the information into the form to describe the activity. The history tab "
8068
"provides a history of all the information about the activity throughout its "
8069
"life. The activities are automatically reported on the partner form of the "
8070
"associated customer. To see this, open the events tab when you open the "
8071
"partner form."
8072
msgstr ""
8073
8074
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:0
8075
msgid "*History of events in a partner form*"
8076
msgstr ""
8077
8078
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:38
8079
msgid ""
8080
"When the leads have been converted into opportunities, the opportunities can "
8081
"be assigned to any salesperson. Then you designate an opportunity manager in "
8082
"the company who is responsible for assigning the new opportunities to "
8083
"different salespeople to suit their speciality, location or availability."
8084
msgstr ""
8085
8086
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:42
8087
msgid ""
8088
"The manager can use the menu :menuselection:`Opportunity --> All "
8089
"Opportunities --> Unassigned Opportunities` to do this. This gives you a "
8090
"list of all opportunities that haven't yet been assigned to a salesperson. "
8091
"The manager can the enter the salesperson responsible for the opportunity "
8092
"into the field :guilabel:`Responsible`."
8093
msgstr ""
8094
8095
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:48
8096
msgid "The company calendar"
8097
msgstr ""
8098
8099
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:50
8100
msgid ""
8101
"There are several methods for entering a new meeting with a partner. The "
8102
"first method is to enter the meeting directly in the company calendar. To do "
8103
"that, use the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Calendar --> All Meetings`."
8104
msgstr ""
8105
8106
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:54
8107
msgid ""
8108
"You can use the monthly, weekly or daily views to plan a meeting. To move "
8109
"between one mode and another use the buttons above and to the right of the "
8110
"calendar."
8111
msgstr ""
8112
8113
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:0
8114
msgid "*Meetings calendar in monthly view*"
8115
msgstr ""
8116
8117
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:0
8118
msgid "*Meetings calendar in weekly view*"
8119
msgstr ""
8120
8121
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:69
8122
msgid ""
8123
"In the calendar you distinguish between multi-day events and events that "
8124
"last only for a few hours. Multi-day events have a colored background "
8125
"whereas single events have a colored font. Each event has a color that "
8126
"represents the user that created the meeting. You can filter the different "
8127
"users by selecting them from the list at the left of the screen."
8128
msgstr ""
8129
8130
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:74
8131
msgid ""
8132
"To enter a new meeting into the system you can click the day and the hour "
8133
"for a new meeting. In the weekly and daily views you can also press the "
8134
"mouse left button on the calendar and slide the mouse along to create an "
8135
"event of several hours. OpenERP then opens an entry screen for a new meeting."
8136
msgstr ""
8137
8138
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:0
8139
msgid "*Entering a new meeting*"
8140
msgstr ""
8141
8142
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:84
8143
msgid "Consolidated Calendar"
8144
msgstr ""
8145
8146
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:86
8147
msgid ""
8148
"The advantage of integrated management is that the enterprise calendar will "
8149
"group several system events. Then in the OpenERP calendar you'll "
8150
"automatically find both these meetings and such information as business "
8151
"opportunities, technical interventions, and requests for staff meetings."
8152
msgstr ""
8153
8154
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:92
8155
msgid "Tracking phone calls"
8156
msgstr ""
8157
8158
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:94
8159
msgid ""
8160
"OpenERP has functions to manage a telephone call centre. If, when you "
8161
"installed the CRM module, you selected the option for calls you'll be able "
8162
"to manage incoming and outgoing calls."
8163
msgstr ""
8164
8165
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:98
8166
msgid "Call management can be used for two particular needs:"
8167
msgstr ""
8168
8169
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/opport.rst:280
8170
msgid ""
8171
"Entering customer calls so that you keep a record of the communication "
8172
"attached to a partner or a sales opportunity,"
8173
msgstr ""
8174
8175
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:103
8176
msgid ""
8177
"Managing a call centre with operators who handle lists of calls to carry out "
8178
"one after another."
8179
msgstr ""
8180
8181
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:105
8182
msgid "To enter details of a phone call, use one of the two following menus:"
8183
msgstr ""
8184
8185
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:107
8186
msgid ":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Phone Calls --> Inbound`,"
8187
msgstr ""
8188
8189
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:109
8190
msgid ":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Phone Calls --> Outbound`."
8191
msgstr ""
8192
8193
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:111
8194
msgid ""
8195
"The phone call will then be visible on the partner form to give you complete "
8196
"visibility of the events about that customer or supplier."
8197
msgstr ""
8198
8199
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:115
8200
msgid "Managing a Call Center"
8201
msgstr ""
8202
8203
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:117
8204
msgid ""
8205
"You can manually encode calls that happen or you can pass them into OpenERP. "
8206
"But for mass campaigns, you can import a list of phone calls to make. To do "
8207
"this, click on the import link at the bottom of the list of phone calls. On "
8208
"the GTK client use the toolbar button :menuselection:`Form --> Import` at "
8209
"the top."
8210
msgstr ""
8211
8212
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:122
8213
msgid ""
8214
"Phone calls that have occurred in the open state. The different operators "
8215
"can be assigned calls and handle them one by one using the menu "
8216
":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Phone Calls --> Outbound --> New Outgoing "
8217
"Call`."
8218
msgstr ""
8219
8220
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:126
8221
msgid ""
8222
"The operator can open the calls one by one. For each call, after having "
8223
"contacted the customer, the operator can click on one of the following "
8224
"buttons:"
8225
msgstr ""
8226
8227
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:129
8228
msgid ""
8229
":guilabel:`Cancel`: you cancel the call. For example you could cancel the "
8230
"call if you've tried to call them more than three times."
8231
msgstr ""
8232
8233
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:132
8234
msgid ""
8235
":guilabel:`Held`: you've spoken to the customer by phone. In this case the "
8236
"operator can change the case section and send it to sales opportunities, for "
8237
"example. You could alternatively leave it in this state if you don't need to "
8238
"carry out any more actions with this customer."
8239
msgstr ""
8240
8241
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:136
8242
msgid ""
8243
":guilabel:`Not Held`: the customer hasn't been called, you'll try to call "
8244
"him again later."
8245
msgstr ""
8246
8247
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:139
8248
msgid "Advanced Customer Relations"
8249
msgstr ""
8250
8251
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:141
8252
msgid ""
8253
"OpenERP also supplies several tools to improve and automate relationships "
8254
"with partners. They won't be described extensively here, just introduced "
8255
"briefly."
8256
msgstr ""
8257
8258
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:147
8259
msgid ""
8260
"The supplier/customer portal gives you the ability to provide your suppliers "
8261
"and customers with constrained access to OpenERP. They will then be able to "
8262
"view or enter sets of information directly online to OpenERP. For example "
8263
"they could enter their orders, reprint their invoices, or work on communal "
8264
"projects. To activate the portal you should install the modules that start "
8265
"with the string :mod:`portal_`."
8266
msgstr ""
8267
8268
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:153
8269
msgid ""
8270
"The email gateway lets you interface the CRM with incoming and outgoing "
8271
"emails. The scripts used for the email gateway are available in the "
8272
":mod:`crm` module in the ``scripts`` subdirectory."
8273
msgstr ""
8274
8275
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:156
8276
msgid ""
8277
"Outlook and Thunderbird plugins let you synchronize your contacts between "
8278
"your email client and your ERP. They both enable you to create sales "
8279
"opportunities based on exchanges you have with the customer."
8280
msgstr ""
8281
8282
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:160
8283
msgid ""
8284
"The rules for automating actions enable you to send emails automatically "
8285
"based on the event, such as assigning opportunities to the most appropriate "
8286
"person. To access the CRM rules, use the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> "
8287
"Configuration --> Cases --> Rules`."
8288
msgstr ""
8289
8290
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:167
8291
msgid ""
8292
"The segmentation tools let you create partner groups and act on each segment "
8293
"differently. For example you could create pricelists for each of the "
8294
"segments, or start phone marketing campaigns by segment. To enable the "
8295
"management of segmentation you should install the module "
8296
":mod:`crm_profiling`."
8297
msgstr ""
8298
8299
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:175
8300
msgid ""
8301
"The :mod:`base_report_designer` module enables you to create letter "
8302
"templates in OpenOffice and automate letters for different prospects. "
8303
"OpenERP also has plugins for MS Word to simplify the creation of mass "
8304
"mailing."
8305
msgstr ""
8306
8307
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/2_4_Opportunities.rst:144
8308
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:18
8309
msgid "portal_"
8310
msgstr ""
8311
8312
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:445
8313
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:521
8314
msgid "crm_profiling"
8315
msgstr ""
8316
8317
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:39
8318
msgid "base_report_designer"
8319
msgstr ""
8320
8321
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/index.rst:9
8322
msgid "Leads, Business Opportunities and Campaigns"
8323
msgstr ""
8324
8325
#: ../../source/book/2/2_4_Leads/index.rst:11
8326
msgid ""
8327
"*This chapter introduces the pre-sales activities of managing leads and "
8328
"opportunities. You're introduced to a more complex set of relationships "
8329
"between partners and contacts than offered by the 'base' module, and shown "
8330
"how to use the company calendar. You'll finish by discussing how a call "
8331
"center might use the OpenERP system.*"
8332
msgstr ""
8333
8334
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:258
8335
msgid "Opportunities"
8336
msgstr ""
8337
8338
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:140
8339
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:8
8340
msgid "Campaigns"
8341
msgstr ""
8342
8343
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:3
8344
msgid "Case management"
8345
msgstr ""
8346
8347
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:5
8348
msgid ""
8349
"The following sections describe the steps you might use to implement an "
8350
"effective customer relationship management policy. The policy is implemented "
8351
"by basing new types of case on the built- in Open ERP case handling system."
8352
msgstr ""
8353
8354
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:11
8355
msgid "Case"
8356
msgstr ""
8357
8358
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:13
8359
msgid ""
8360
"Case is a generic term that refers to a discussion with a partner about a "
8361
"specific subject. This subject could be in any category – the monitoring of "
8362
"responses to a job advert, perhaps, or a purchase or sales order, or an "
8363
"after-sales quality problem."
8364
msgstr ""
8365
8366
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:17
8367
msgid ""
8368
"A case is used for following the history of the messages on a topic and for "
8369
"automating some operations in response to certain conditions. Interfaces are "
8370
"available for OpenOffice.org and for email such as Microsoft Outlook Express "
8371
"and Microsoft Outlook, so that you can make productive use of the case "
8372
"system from your existing tools."
8373
msgstr ""
8374
8375
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:22
8376
msgid ""
8377
"Case statistics generated by the system can be used by your managers to "
8378
"improve their handling of supplier and customer interactions."
8379
msgstr ""
8380
8381
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:26
8382
msgid "CRM configuration"
8383
msgstr ""
8384
8385
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:28
8386
msgid ""
8387
"Case management is a generic system that can be configured to your more "
8388
"precise needs. You'll develop three case types here, to see how to build the "
8389
"following systems:"
8390
msgstr ""
8391
8392
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:31
8393
msgid "A system to manage business opportunities."
8394
msgstr ""
8395
8396
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:33
8397
msgid "A system for managing support contracts on two levels."
8398
msgstr ""
8399
8400
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:35
8401
msgid "A system for managing supplier quality."
8402
msgstr ""
8403
8404
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:42
8405
msgid "Sections"
8406
msgstr ""
8407
8408
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:44
8409
msgid ""
8410
"To handle each of these case types in a different way, you must create "
8411
"different sections in Open ERP using the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> "
8412
"Configuration --> Case --> Sections` . Do this as user \\ ``admin``\\ in "
8413
"your database to try it for yourself."
8414
msgstr ""
8415
8416
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:48
8417
msgid "You'll define the following four sections:"
8418
msgstr ""
8419
8420
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:52
8421
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8422
msgid "Support Level 2"
8423
msgstr ""
8424
8425
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:54
8426
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8427
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8428
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8429
msgid "Support Level 1"
8430
msgstr ""
8431
8432
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:58
8433
msgid "Quality."
8434
msgstr ""
8435
8436
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:60
8437
msgid ""
8438
"Put the name in the field :guilabel:`Case Section`. You construct a tree "
8439
"structure for sections is constructed using the :guilabel:`Parent Section` "
8440
"field in the Section form. So here you'd say that \\ ``Support Level 2``\\ "
8441
"is the parent of \\ ``Support Level 1``\\ . Open ERP doesn't restrict the "
8442
"order you use to define these two – you can save the parent while defining "
8443
"the child (try it by starting with \\ ``Support Level 1``\\ )."
8444
msgstr ""
8445
8446
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:66
8447
msgid ""
8448
"A manager can then be assigned to each section (from the list of Open ERP "
8449
"system users), and an email address can optionally be added. Cases in this "
8450
"section are then automatically connected to this email address – case "
8451
"messages are emailed out automatically from this address and emails to this "
8452
"address are automatically logged in this section of the CRM system. This "
8453
"functionality is based on the email gateway referred to in detail further on "
8454
"in this chapter."
8455
msgstr ""
8456
8457
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:72
8458
msgid ""
8459
"Click the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Reporting --> All Cases --> "
8460
"Cases by Section` to get the sections in a hierarchical list, then click a "
8461
"section name to list the cases that have been assigned to that section."
8462
msgstr ""
8463
8464
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:76
8465
msgid "Cases by Section – with data"
8466
msgstr ""
8467
8468
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:78
8469
msgid ""
8470
"Click the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Reporting --> All Cases --> "
8471
"Cases by Section` to get the sections in a hierarchical list, then click a "
8472
"section name, such as :guilabel:`Helpdesk` or :guilabel:`Support`, to list "
8473
"the cases that have been assigned to that section."
8474
msgstr ""
8475
8476
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:178
8477
msgid "Categories"
8478
msgstr ""
8479
8480
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:90
8481
msgid ""
8482
"Once you've defined the different sections you can create Categories, which "
8483
"are used to differentiate the cases in a section. You create categories "
8484
"using the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Configuration --> Cases --> "
8485
"Categories` . Create the following in your database:"
8486
msgstr ""
8487
8488
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:649
8489
msgid "Category"
8490
msgstr ""
8491
8492
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8493
msgid "Section"
8494
msgstr ""
8495
8496
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8497
msgid "Installation Requests"
8498
msgstr ""
8499
8500
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8501
msgid "Potential Distributor"
8502
msgstr ""
8503
8504
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8505
msgid "Interest in Training"
8506
msgstr ""
8507
8508
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8509
msgid "Fault Fix"
8510
msgstr ""
8511
8512
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8513
msgid "Functional Problem"
8514
msgstr ""
8515
8516
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8517
msgid "Corrective Actions"
8518
msgstr ""
8519
8520
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
8521
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
8522
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
8523
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
8524
msgid "Quality"
8525
msgstr ""
8526
8527
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8528
msgid "Preventative Actions"
8529
msgstr ""
8530
8531
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:706
8532
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:19
8533
msgid "Menu"
8534
msgstr ""
8535
8536
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:113
8537
msgid ""
8538
"Once the sections and the categories are defined you can generate some menus "
8539
"to make it easier to use these cases. Select the menu :menuselection:`CRM & "
8540
"SRM --> Configuration --> Create Menus` for a New Section`."
8541
msgstr ""
8542
8543
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:117
8544
msgid ""
8545
"The procedure is to create the name of the new menu in :guilabel:`Menu base "
8546
"name`, select the name of a suitable :guilabel:`Parent menu` for the menu "
8547
"and the :guilabel:`Case Section` name, then click :guilabel:`Create menu "
8548
"Entries`. Following this procedure, create the following menus:"
8549
msgstr ""
8550
8551
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8552
msgid "Menu base name"
8553
msgstr ""
8554
8555
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8556
msgid "Case Section"
8557
msgstr ""
8558
8559
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8560
msgid "Parent menu"
8561
msgstr ""
8562
8563
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8564
msgid "Business Opportunities"
8565
msgstr ""
8566
8567
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8568
msgid "Support L1"
8569
msgstr ""
8570
8571
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:310
8572
msgid "CRM & SRM"
8573
msgstr ""
8574
8575
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8576
msgid "Support L2"
8577
msgstr ""
8578
8579
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:1
8580
msgid "Quality Problems"
8581
msgstr ""
8582
8583
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:130
8584
msgid ""
8585
"Each time you run this utility (that is, for each line in the table above), "
8586
"Open ERP generates a menu structure like :ref:`fig-busopp`."
8587
msgstr ""
8588
8589
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:0
8590
msgid "*Business Opportunities menu automatically generated*"
8591
msgstr ""
8592
8593
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:141
8594
msgid "Case sections"
8595
msgstr ""
8596
8597
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:143
8598
msgid ""
8599
"Open ERP enables you to select the view mode you want when the menu is "
8600
"opened to display the cases for each section such as Sales, Helpdesk, and "
8601
"Support Request."
8602
msgstr ""
8603
8604
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:146
8605
msgid ""
8606
"Your selection of view determines the type of form that opens when showing a "
8607
"case in each section. So the form following a support request case could "
8608
"differ from the form for a business opportunity."
8609
msgstr ""
8610
8611
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:149
8612
msgid ""
8613
"If you're working in a different language from the default, you can define "
8614
"the labels in that language after you've created the new menus."
8615
msgstr ""
8616
8617
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:152
8618
msgid "Personalizing menus"
8619
msgstr ""
8620
8621
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:154
8622
msgid ""
8623
"You can rename menus if you don't like the way they've been generated by the "
8624
"system. To do this, select the menu line by single-clicking on the line (but "
8625
"not on the menu text itself) and then clicking the :guilabel:`Switch` icon."
8626
msgstr ""
8627
8628
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:158
8629
msgid ""
8630
"You'll see a form view of the menu definition. If it's in edit mode you can "
8631
"change its name and position in the hierarchy, and you can select a "
8632
"different icon for it. You can also choose a different action for when the "
8633
"menu is clicked. If you've saved or cancelled the menu form so that it's not "
8634
"in edit mode you can duplicate it or delete it completely. Duplicating it "
8635
"can sometimes be helpful, placing a copy somewhere else in the menu "
8636
"hierarchy and perhaps making it accessible to different groups of users."
8637
msgstr ""
8638
8639
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:168
8640
msgid "Using cases"
8641
msgstr ""
8642
8643
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:170
8644
msgid ""
8645
"Although you've created special menu trees for each of the types of case you "
8646
"defined, you can continue using the generic case system reached through "
8647
":menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Cases`. The new case types are just versions "
8648
"of the generic case."
8649
msgstr ""
8650
8651
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:178
8652
msgid "Transferability of cases"
8653
msgstr ""
8654
8655
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:180
8656
msgid ""
8657
"It's quite useful to base the whole management of customer relationships on "
8658
"a generic system, as Open ERP does. Since each section is just a "
8659
"specialization of the generic system you can transfer requests from one "
8660
"section to another, and this means that you don't lose cases in the system "
8661
"as you delegate work to other staff in your company."
8662
msgstr ""
8663
8664
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:186
8665
msgid ""
8666
"For example you can imagine a support request becoming a business "
8667
"opportunity. Or an after-sales service request becoming a supplier quality "
8668
"issue where a fault is found in a purchased product."
8669
msgstr ""
8670
8671
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:190
8672
msgid "You can also track items across the whole company."
8673
msgstr ""
8674
8675
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:0
8676
msgid "*An entry following a business opportunity*"
8677
msgstr ""
8678
8679
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:198
8680
msgid ""
8681
"To enter a new business opportunity, you can use the menu that you've just "
8682
"created:"
8683
msgstr ""
8684
8685
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:200
8686
msgid ""
8687
":menuselection:`Sales Management --> Business Opportunities`. Or you could "
8688
"have used the generic menus :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Reporting --> All "
8689
"Cases --> Cases by Section`, or :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Reporting --> "
8690
"All cases`."
8691
msgstr ""
8692
8693
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:204
8694
msgid ""
8695
"Create a case from :menuselection:`Sales Management --> Business "
8696
"Opportunities` by entering information about the request, namely:"
8697
msgstr ""
8698
8699
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:207
8700
msgid "a :guilabel:`Description` of the case,"
8701
msgstr ""
8702
8703
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:209
8704
msgid ""
8705
"its :guilabel:`Section` will already be completed with \\ ``Sales``\\ ,"
8706
msgstr ""
8707
8708
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:211
8709
msgid "a :guilabel:`Priority`,"
8710
msgstr ""
8711
8712
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:46
8713
msgid "the :guilabel:`Partner`,"
8714
msgstr ""
8715
8716
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:215
8717
msgid ""
8718
"the :guilabel:`Partner Contact` (which will be completed automatically when "
8719
"the Partner is filled in but can be overwritten),"
8720
msgstr ""
8721
8722
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:218
8723
msgid ""
8724
"the :guilabel:`Partner Email` address (which will be completed from the "
8725
"Partner Contact's email address but can be overwritten),"
8726
msgstr ""
8727
8728
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:221
8729
msgid ""
8730
"the person in your own company who will be the :guilabel:`User Responsible` "
8731
"for the case."
8732
msgstr ""
8733
8734
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:228
8735
msgid "The email gateway"
8736
msgstr ""
8737
8738
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:230
8739
msgid ""
8740
"You'll see later in this chapter that cases can be generated automatically "
8741
"from emails. If the email gateway is configured properly you'll no longer "
8742
"have to enter cases manually through the menu system – they'll just be "
8743
"created from incoming emails."
8744
msgstr ""
8745
8746
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:234
8747
msgid ""
8748
"A case starts in the \\ ``Draft``\\ state once it's been created. You can "
8749
"then open it to indicate that you're working on it by clicking the "
8750
":guilabel:`Open` button."
8751
msgstr ""
8752
8753
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:237
8754
msgid ""
8755
"To enter text about the request or about actions taken to satisfy it, type "
8756
"an entry in free text. To save the history of your comments, click "
8757
":guilabel:`Historize`. If you click :guilabel:`Send Partner and Historize` "
8758
"the partner will also receive a copy of your comment as you save it."
8759
msgstr ""
8760
8761
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:241
8762
msgid ""
8763
"While the case is open you can click :guilabel:`Close` if it's been "
8764
"completed or :guilabel:`Cancel` if it's to go no further. If you want the "
8765
"case to wait for a response from a partner click :guilabel:`Pending`."
8766
msgstr ""
8767
8768
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:245
8769
msgid "Add some text for this example case in the database, then close it."
8770
msgstr ""
8771
8772
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:247
8773
msgid ""
8774
"If you've organized the sections in a hierarchical structure you can click "
8775
"on :guilabel:`Escalate`. The case then escalates into the parent section. "
8776
"You can't do that with the Business Opportunity that you just defined, which "
8777
"is single-level but you could with a Support L1 case. For example if a "
8778
"developer on level 1 can't handle a customer problem then she can escalate "
8779
"the request to level 2 where it can be handled by a more experienced user."
8780
msgstr ""
8781
8782
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:253
8783
msgid "Assigning a case"
8784
msgstr ""
8785
8786
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:255
8787
msgid ""
8788
"Two approaches are available to you for assigning a case to a suitable "
8789
"manager. Any case can be assigned by the user who creates the original case, "
8790
"or this field can be left blank. If it's blank you'd review the resulting "
8791
"list of unassigned cases and pick one up and assign it to yourself."
8792
msgstr ""
8793
8794
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:261
8795
msgid ""
8796
"You can also imagine a mixed method: all cases arrive unassigned and a user "
8797
"is responsible for the division of work to the relevant section."
8798
msgstr ""
8799
8800
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:264
8801
msgid ""
8802
"You can look up the history of comments and actions on the request at any "
8803
"time by looking at the case :guilabel:`History`, which is in its own tab."
8804
msgstr ""
8805
8806
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:267
8807
msgid ""
8808
"Users can create their own shortcuts from menus such as :menuselection:`My "
8809
"Support Requests` and :menuselection:`My Business Opportunities` to quickly "
8810
"list cases that they're personally responsible for."
8811
msgstr ""
8812
8813
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:274
8814
msgid "Generating calendars"
8815
msgstr ""
8816
8817
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:276
8818
msgid ""
8819
"The Open ERP web client can display any type of resource in the form of a "
8820
"timetable. You can generate calendar views for each of your cases as you "
8821
"create menus for those cases."
8822
msgstr ""
8823
8824
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:279
8825
msgid ""
8826
"So if you want to implement a shared calendar for your calendar in Open ERP "
8827
"all you need to do is:"
8828
msgstr ""
8829
8830
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:281
8831
msgid "Create a section \\ ``Meeting Calendar``\\"
8832
msgstr ""
8833
8834
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:283
8835
msgid ""
8836
"Create menus for this section while specifying that you want a calendar view "
8837
"from :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Configuration --> Create Menus for a New "
8838
"Section`."
8839
msgstr ""
8840
8841
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:286
8842
msgid ""
8843
"You'll get menus enabling you to manage calendars for each employee, and "
8844
"you'll also get a shared calendar for the company. This calendar view is "
8845
"totally dynamic. You can move an event or change its duration just using "
8846
"your mouse."
8847
msgstr ""
8848
8849
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:0
8850
msgid "*Monthly view of the meeting calendar for cases*"
8851
msgstr ""
8852
8853
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:296
8854
msgid ""
8855
"You can change the view and return to the list view, forms or graphs by "
8856
"using the buttons at the top right. Open ERP's usual search tools and "
8857
"filters enable you to filter the events displayed in the calendar or, for "
8858
"example, to display the calendar for only some employees at a time."
8859
msgstr ""
8860
8861
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:0
8862
msgid "*Weekly view of the meeting calendar for cases*"
8863
msgstr ""
8864
8865
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:306
8866
msgid "The generic calendar"
8867
msgstr ""
8868
8869
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:308
8870
msgid ""
8871
"Unlike traditional CRM software, Open ERP's calendar view is not limited to "
8872
"displaying appointments. It's available for any type of resource."
8873
msgstr ""
8874
8875
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:311
8876
msgid ""
8877
"So in addition to the cases handled here, you could obtain calendars of "
8878
"tasks, deliveries, manufacturing orders, sales or personal leave."
8879
msgstr ""
8880
8881
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:314
8882
msgid ""
8883
"This view is very useful for planning or to get a global overview of a list "
8884
"of dated elements."
8885
msgstr ""
8886
8887
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:319
8888
msgid "Analyzing performance"
8889
msgstr ""
8890
8891
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:321
8892
msgid ""
8893
"Since all of your customer communications are integrated into the Open ERP "
8894
"system, you can analyses the performance of your teams in many ways."
8895
msgstr ""
8896
8897
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:327
8898
msgid ""
8899
"Open ERP has a module that helps handle this – :mod:`report_crm`. It's not "
8900
"part of the core Open ERP so you must first download it to your desktop from "
8901
"Open ERP's modules repository, then into your server using "
8902
":menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> Import module`. "
8903
"Then install it into the database."
8904
msgstr ""
8905
8906
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:332
8907
msgid ""
8908
"Once you've installed it you can use menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> "
8909
"Reporting` to create different reports."
8910
msgstr ""
8911
8912
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:0
8913
msgid "*Analyzing the performance of your support team*"
8914
msgstr ""
8915
8916
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:341
8917
msgid ""
8918
"If you want to analyze the performance of your service and support group, "
8919
"for example, use the graph from :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Reporting --> "
8920
"All Months --> Cases by User and Section`. Click the menu to obtain a list "
8921
"view, then click the :guilabel:`Graph` button to the top right of the list. "
8922
"The system shows you statistics per user and it's possible to filter on each "
8923
"section and use other criteria for searching. For example, you can type in a "
8924
"date range, click :guilabel:`Filter`, and see the graph change to reflect "
8925
"the new data."
8926
msgstr ""
8927
8928
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:348
8929
msgid ""
8930
"By default, the system provides a list containing the following information "
8931
"for each month, user and section, and an indication of the state of each set "
8932
"of information:"
8933
msgstr ""
8934
8935
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:351
8936
msgid ":guilabel:`number of cases`,"
8937
msgstr ""
8938
8939
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:353
8940
msgid ":guilabel:`average delay for closing` the request,"
8941
msgstr ""
8942
8943
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:355
8944
msgid ":guilabel:`estimated revenue` for a business opportunity,"
8945
msgstr ""
8946
8947
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:357
8948
msgid ":guilabel:`estimated cost`,"
8949
msgstr ""
8950
8951
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:359
8952
msgid ""
8953
"estimate of revenue multiplied by the probability of success, to give you an "
8954
":guilabel:`estimated weighted revenue` figure."
8955
msgstr ""
8956
8957
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:362
8958
msgid "Navigating through the statistics"
8959
msgstr ""
8960
8961
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:364
8962
msgid ""
8963
"You can obtain more information about a user or a case section from these "
8964
"reports, drilling down into the data displayed."
8965
msgstr ""
8966
8967
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:367
8968
msgid ""
8969
"In the web client you click the appropriate text string on one of the lines "
8970
"(such as :guilabel:`Demo User` or :guilabel:`Helpdesk and Support`) to open "
8971
"a form for it, and then click one of the buttons in the :guilabel:`Action` "
8972
"toolbar to the right of the User or Section form that is displayed."
8973
msgstr ""
8974
8975
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:372
8976
msgid ""
8977
"In the GTK client you'd right-click over the text instead – this brings up a "
8978
"context menu with the same options as the web client would give you."
8979
msgstr ""
8980
8981
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:375
8982
msgid ""
8983
"You can specify that the graph view, say, appears by default so that you can "
8984
"consistently present the information more visually."
8985
msgstr ""
8986
8987
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:382
8988
msgid "Automating actions using rules"
8989
msgstr ""
8990
8991
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:384
8992
msgid ""
8993
"Analyzing figures gives you a better basis for managing all of your services "
8994
"and customer and supplier relationships. But you can do more than just "
8995
"display the figures graphically from time to time."
8996
msgstr ""
8997
8998
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:388
8999
msgid ""
9000
"If the performance of a section, a user or a category of a case is beginning "
9001
"to cause concern then you can use Open ERP's rules system to monitor the "
9002
"situation more closely. Rules enable you to automatically trigger actions "
9003
"depending on criteria you define for each case. They provide a good way of "
9004
"implementing a proper continuous improvement policy for your customer "
9005
"relations and quality of service."
9006
msgstr ""
9007
9008
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:394
9009
msgid "Using these rules you could:"
9010
msgstr ""
9011
9012
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:396
9013
msgid ""
9014
"automatically send emails to the client during different phases of a support "
9015
"request, to keep the client up to date with progress,"
9016
msgstr ""
9017
9018
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:399
9019
msgid ""
9020
"assign the case to another person if the the case manager is on holiday,"
9021
msgstr ""
9022
9023
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:401
9024
msgid ""
9025
"send a reminder to the supplier if their response is delayed too long,"
9026
msgstr ""
9027
9028
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:403
9029
msgid "always mark a case as urgent if it's from a major client,"
9030
msgstr ""
9031
9032
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:405
9033
msgid ""
9034
"transfer the case to technical services if the request is about a technical "
9035
"fault."
9036
msgstr ""
9037
9038
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:407
9039
msgid ""
9040
"To define new rules use the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> Configuration "
9041
"--> Cases --> Rules`."
9042
msgstr ""
9043
9044
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:0
9045
msgid "*Screenshot of a rule*"
9046
msgstr ""
9047
9048
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:418
9049
msgid ""
9050
"The criteria for activating this rule are defined on the main part of the "
9051
"screen. These criteria are:"
9052
msgstr ""
9053
9054
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:421
9055
msgid ""
9056
"a condition about the initial state (for example during the creation of a "
9057
"case – initial state: \\ ``None``\\ , eventual state: \\ ``Draft``\\ ),"
9058
msgstr ""
9059
9060
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:424
9061
msgid ""
9062
"a condition about the destination state (for example at the closure of a "
9063
"case to send a confirmation or thank you email),"
9064
msgstr ""
9065
9066
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:427
9067
msgid "the case section to which the rule applies,"
9068
msgstr ""
9069
9070
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:429
9071
msgid "the category for the case,"
9072
msgstr ""
9073
9074
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:431
9075
msgid ""
9076
"a condition about the manager of the case (for example to send copies of "
9077
"case progress to a manager if the client request is handled by a trainee),"
9078
msgstr ""
9079
9080
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:434
9081
msgid ""
9082
"a condition about the priority level (for example to provide different types "
9083
"of reaction depending on the urgency of the request),"
9084
msgstr ""
9085
9086
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:437
9087
msgid "a partner or a category to be applied to the rule,"
9088
msgstr ""
9089
9090
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:439
9091
msgid "a date for the trigger"
9092
msgstr ""
9093
9094
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:441
9095
msgid "reporting by the date of creation"
9096
msgstr ""
9097
9098
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:443
9099
msgid "reporting by date of the last action"
9100
msgstr ""
9101
9102
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:445
9103
msgid "reporting by the length of time that it's been active."
9104
msgstr ""
9105
9106
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:447
9107
msgid ""
9108
"If you have defined several criteria Open ERP will apply the rule only if "
9109
"all of the criteria are valid."
9110
msgstr ""
9111
9112
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:450
9113
msgid ""
9114
"You define the action that will be taken if the rule is met in the second "
9115
"tab of the lower part of the setup window. The following actions are "
9116
"included:"
9117
msgstr ""
9118
9119
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:453
9120
msgid "change the state of the case,"
9121
msgstr ""
9122
9123
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:455
9124
msgid "move the case to a new section,"
9125
msgstr ""
9126
9127
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:457
9128
msgid "assign the case to a system manager,"
9129
msgstr ""
9130
9131
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:459
9132
msgid "change the priority of a case,"
9133
msgstr ""
9134
9135
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:461
9136
msgid "send a reminder to the case manager or a partner,"
9137
msgstr ""
9138
9139
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:463
9140
msgid "attach information (or not) to a reminder,"
9141
msgstr ""
9142
9143
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:465
9144
msgid "send copies of the case discussion to specified email addresses,"
9145
msgstr ""
9146
9147
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:467
9148
msgid "send a predefined email."
9149
msgstr ""
9150
9151
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:469
9152
msgid "*Example 1 Improvement in the quality of support*"
9153
msgstr ""
9154
9155
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:471
9156
msgid ""
9157
"For example, on the graph that analyses the performance of team support in "
9158
"Figure 4-6 you can see that the Demo User takes an average time of 3 days "
9159
"and 4 hours to close a customer support request. This is too long. After "
9160
"analyzing the data in depth, you can see that most cases were closed in less "
9161
"than two days, but some may take more than ten days."
9162
msgstr ""
9163
9164
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:477
9165
msgid ""
9166
"If you think that the quality of service should be improved you can automate "
9167
"certain actions. You could send copies of the discussion to a technical "
9168
"expert if the case remains open for longer than two days, defined by the "
9169
"following rule:"
9170
msgstr ""
9171
9172
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:481
9173
msgid ":guilabel:`Rule Name` : Copy to an expert after 2 days,"
9174
msgstr ""
9175
9176
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:483
9177
msgid ":guilabel:`Case state from` : Open,"
9178
msgstr ""
9179
9180
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:485
9181
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:522
9182
msgid ":guilabel:`Case state to` : Open,"
9183
msgstr ""
9184
9185
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:487
9186
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` : Demo User,"
9187
msgstr ""
9188
9189
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:489
9190
msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Date` : Creation date,"
9191
msgstr ""
9192
9193
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:491
9194
msgid ":guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` : 2 days,"
9195
msgstr ""
9196
9197
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:493
9198
msgid ":guilabel:`Add watchers (cc)` : expert@mycompany.com ,"
9199
msgstr ""
9200
9201
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:495
9202
msgid ":guilabel:`Remind responsible` : Yes."
9203
msgstr ""
9204
9205
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:497
9206
msgid ""
9207
"After the rule has been defined, the expert will receive a copy of the whole "
9208
"discussion between the Demo User and the customer for every case that "
9209
"remains unclosed after two days. He'll be able to interact with the "
9210
"discussion to avoid lengthy delays on complex problems."
9211
msgstr ""
9212
9213
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:501
9214
msgid ""
9215
"Some companies use several support levels. The first level is handled by the "
9216
"least qualified support people and the higher levels by users who have the "
9217
"advantage of more experience. A user on level 1 can escalate the case to a "
9218
"higher level when necessary."
9219
msgstr ""
9220
9221
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:505
9222
msgid ""
9223
"To systematically train employees at level 1 you can create the following "
9224
"rule: when the case has been escalated they will continue to be copied on "
9225
"the progress of the case. If a user at support level 1 can't handle a "
9226
"request he can escalate it to level 2. Then when an expert at level 2 "
9227
"answers the customer's request, the level 1 support person also receives the "
9228
"answer to the problem that he couldn't originally handle. So your team can "
9229
"be educated automatically from listening in to the passage of live support "
9230
"calls."
9231
msgstr ""
9232
9233
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:512
9234
msgid ""
9235
"Suppose that you supply two types of support contract to your customers: "
9236
"Gold and Normal. You can then create a rule which raises the priority of a "
9237
"case automatically if the partner is in the Gold Support Contract category."
9238
msgstr ""
9239
9240
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:516
9241
msgid "Define the case this way:"
9242
msgstr ""
9243
9244
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:518
9245
msgid ":guilabel:`Rule Name` : Priority to Gold Partners,"
9246
msgstr ""
9247
9248
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:520
9249
msgid ":guilabel:`Case state from` : /,"
9250
msgstr ""
9251
9252
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:524
9253
msgid ":guilabel:`Partner Category` : Support Contract / Gold,"
9254
msgstr ""
9255
9256
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:526
9257
msgid ":guilabel:`Set priority to` : High."
9258
msgstr ""
9259
9260
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:528
9261
msgid ""
9262
"Improved client relations can flow from using such rules intelligently. With "
9263
"the statistical control system you can manage certain SLAs (Service Level "
9264
"Agreements) with your customers without a great deal of effort on your part. "
9265
"So you can be selective in replying to those of your partners based on the "
9266
"specific quality of service that you are contracted to supply."
9267
msgstr ""
9268
9269
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:533
9270
msgid "*Example 2 Tracking supplier quality*"
9271
msgstr ""
9272
9273
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:535
9274
msgid ""
9275
"Remember that an Open ERP partner can be a supplier as much as a customer. "
9276
"You can use the same mechanism for the management of supplier quality as you "
9277
"do for customer support."
9278
msgstr ""
9279
9280
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:538
9281
msgid ""
9282
"If any of your staff detect a quality problem with a product from a supplier "
9283
"they should create a new case in the Quality section. If the email gateway "
9284
"is installed all you need to do is copy an email to a specified address (for "
9285
"example complaints@mycompany.com) while sending your email of complaint to "
9286
"the supplier. The case is automatically created in Open ERP and the "
9287
"supplier's email response will close the case and be placed automatically in "
9288
"the case history."
9289
msgstr ""
9290
9291
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:544
9292
msgid ""
9293
"In this case the user can add corrective or preventative actions to conform "
9294
"to ISO 9001, without having to enter every action into Open ERP – most of "
9295
"the information comes just from the emails."
9296
msgstr ""
9297
9298
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:548
9299
msgid ""
9300
"The system's statistics provide analyses about the number and the cost of "
9301
"quality problems from different suppliers."
9302
msgstr ""
9303
9304
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:551
9305
msgid ""
9306
"If certain suppliers don't offer the service quality that you expect you can "
9307
"automatically create rules that:"
9308
msgstr ""
9309
9310
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:554
9311
msgid ""
9312
"send a reminder to the supplier after a few days if the case still remains "
9313
"open"
9314
msgstr ""
9315
9316
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:556
9317
msgid ""
9318
"remind the production manager to call the supplier and resolve the situation "
9319
"if the case hasn't been closed within a week"
9320
msgstr ""
9321
9322
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:559
9323
msgid ""
9324
"select and qualify your suppliers on the basis of their quality of service"
9325
msgstr ""
9326
9327
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:567
9328
msgid "The CRM portal"
9329
msgstr ""
9330
9331
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:569
9332
msgid ""
9333
"Open ERP's :mod:`portal_service` module enables you to open parts of your "
9334
"CRM functionality to suppliers and customers. They can then connect to your "
9335
"system using their own login and follow their orders or requests online. For "
9336
"example the customer could make a support request directly in your system, "
9337
"perhaps avoiding a lengthy process of data entry."
9338
msgstr ""
9339
9340
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:577
9341
msgid "Using the email gateway"
9342
msgstr ""
9343
9344
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:579
9345
msgid ""
9346
"To automate the creation of current cases you can install the email gateway."
9347
msgstr ""
9348
9349
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:581
9350
msgid ""
9351
"The email gateway enables you to use Open ERP's CRM without necessarily "
9352
"using the Open ERP interface. Users can create up-to-date cases just by "
9353
"sending and receiving emails. This system works with the major current email "
9354
"clients such as Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express, Thunderbird and "
9355
"Evolution."
9356
msgstr ""
9357
9358
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:0
9359
msgid "*Schematic showing the use of the email gateway*"
9360
msgstr ""
9361
9362
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:492
9363
msgid "Installation and Configuration"
9364
msgstr ""
9365
9366
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:595
9367
msgid ""
9368
"To use the email gateway you must install it on your server. You can use a "
9369
"variety of methods to configure it. Described here is a simple and generic "
9370
"approach using the Fetchmail program under Linux. You'll need a system "
9371
"administrator to carry out this work."
9372
msgstr ""
9373
9374
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:599
9375
msgid ""
9376
"To start with you have to create an email account (POP3 or IMAP) for each "
9377
"Section that you'll want to connect an email to. If you have the support "
9378
"email address \\ ``support@pop.mycompany.com``\\ you'd use the following "
9379
"entries:"
9380
msgstr ""
9381
9382
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:603
9383
msgid ":guilabel:`POP server` : \\ ``pop.mycompany.com``\\ ,"
9384
msgstr ""
9385
9386
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:605
9387
msgid ":guilabel:`User` : \\ ``support``\\ ,"
9388
msgstr ""
9389
9390
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:607
9391
msgid ":guilabel:`Password` : \\ ``<mypass>``\\ ."
9392
msgstr ""
9393
9394
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:609
9395
msgid ""
9396
"You'll also need to choose an Open ERP user that the gateway will use to "
9397
"access your database, such as:"
9398
msgstr ""
9399
9400
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:612
9401
msgid ":guilabel:`User Id` : \\ ``3``\\ ,"
9402
msgstr ""
9403
9404
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:614
9405
msgid ":guilabel:`Password` : \\ ``support``\\ ."
9406
msgstr ""
9407
9408
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:616
9409
msgid "Identifying a resource"
9410
msgstr ""
9411
9412
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:618
9413
msgid ""
9414
"Each resource on the Open ERP system has a unique identifier number. This "
9415
"corresponds to an identifier in the underlying PostgreSQL database table, in "
9416
"the ID column for that resource."
9417
msgstr ""
9418
9419
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:621
9420
msgid ""
9421
"With the web client you can usually find this number by going to the form "
9422
"view of a resource and clicking the :guilabel:`View Log` button to the top "
9423
"right of the form. The ID is shown at the top of the :guilabel:`Information` "
9424
"dialog box. (This didn't work in some of the earlier versions prior to "
9425
"4.2.3.3.)"
9426
msgstr ""
9427
9428
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:625
9429
msgid ""
9430
"You can also use the GTK client for this. Viewing any resource, such as a "
9431
"User, you can directly see its ID at the bottom left of the form."
9432
msgstr ""
9433
9434
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:628
9435
msgid ""
9436
"Then specify the case section in Open ERP that you'll use when this user is "
9437
"connected by email, for example, the :guilabel:`Helpdesk and Support` "
9438
"section."
9439
msgstr ""
9440
9441
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:631
9442
msgid ""
9443
"Install Fetchmail on your Open ERP server. You can download it from the "
9444
"address http://fetchmail.berlios.de/."
9445
msgstr ""
9446
9447
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:636
9448
msgid "Fetchmail"
9449
msgstr ""
9450
9451
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:638
9452
msgid ""
9453
"Fetchmail is a Free / Open Source software utility used on Unix-like "
9454
"operating systems to retrieve e-mails with the remote protocols POP, IMAP, "
9455
"ETRN and ODMR on the local system. It's downloadable from this address: "
9456
"http://fetchmail.berlios.de/."
9457
msgstr ""
9458
9459
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:642
9460
msgid "Create a fetchmailrc file that contains the following rules: ::"
9461
msgstr ""
9462
9463
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:652
9464
msgid ""
9465
"Then start the fetchmail program, giving it a link to the configuration file "
9466
"that you just created:"
9467
msgstr ""
9468
9469
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:658
9470
msgid "Error detection"
9471
msgstr ""
9472
9473
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:660
9474
msgid ""
9475
"If you're executing fetchmail for the first time you should use the -v "
9476
"argument. This makes its output verbose so you can easily see what's "
9477
"happening as the program executes."
9478
msgstr ""
9479
9480
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:668
9481
msgid "Creating and maintaining cases"
9482
msgstr ""
9483
9484
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:670
9485
msgid ""
9486
"Each time you start fetchmail it downloads all the emails and creates or "
9487
"updates the cases in CRM. You can turn fetchmail into a daemon to check all "
9488
"new emails every five minutes by using the command:"
9489
msgstr ""
9490
9491
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:674
9492
msgid "fetchmail -d 300"
9493
msgstr ""
9494
9495
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:676
9496
msgid ""
9497
"If you want to receive customer requests by email you must first create a "
9498
"rule that automatically assigns new cases to a specified user. You must then "
9499
"verify that this user possesses a suitable email address in the "
9500
":guilabel:`Address` field within Open ERP."
9501
msgstr ""
9502
9503
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:680
9504
msgid ""
9505
"To find out if the new email should create a new case or update an existing "
9506
"case, Open ERP analyzes the subject line of the email. Existing cases are "
9507
"identified by the case number in the subject line, for example"
9508
msgstr ""
9509
9510
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:684
9511
msgid "Re: [101] Problem with ..."
9512
msgstr ""
9513
9514
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:686
9515
msgid ""
9516
"When a customer sends a new request by email the case is automatically "
9517
"created and the email is transferred by the gateway to the user responsible "
9518
"for new cases, changing the subject line to add the case identifier. The "
9519
"user can then respond by emailing or by using the Open ERP interface to the "
9520
"case. If the user responds by email the case can be automatically closed in "
9521
"Open ERP, keeping the responses in the history list. If the partner responds "
9522
"again, the case is reopened."
9523
msgstr ""
9524
9525
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:9
9526
msgid "case (CRM)"
9527
msgstr ""
9528
9529
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:37
9530
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:83
9531
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:106
9532
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:174
9533
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:378
9534
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:415
9535
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:663
9536
msgid "case"
9537
msgstr ""
9538
9539
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:37
9540
msgid "sections"
9541
msgstr ""
9542
9543
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:153
9544
msgid "categories"
9545
msgstr ""
9546
9547
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:92
9548
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:2
9549
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:19
9550
msgid "menu"
9551
msgstr ""
9552
9553
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:174
9554
msgid "transferability"
9555
msgstr ""
9556
9557
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:224
9558
msgid "email gateway"
9559
msgstr ""
9560
9561
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:4
9562
msgid "gateway"
9563
msgstr ""
9564
9565
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:224
9566
msgid "email"
9567
msgstr ""
9568
9569
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/opport.rst:266
9570
msgid "calendars"
9571
msgstr ""
9572
9573
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:316
9574
msgid "performance analysis"
9575
msgstr ""
9576
9577
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:324
9578
msgid "report_crm"
9579
msgstr ""
9580
9581
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:378
9582
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:415
9583
msgid "rule"
9584
msgstr ""
9585
9586
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:562
9587
msgid "portal"
9588
msgstr ""
9589
9590
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:564
9591
msgid "portal_service"
9592
msgstr ""
9593
9594
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:4
9595
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:35
9596
msgid "fetchmail"
9597
msgstr ""
9598
9599
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_case.rst:663
9600
msgid "create and maintain"
9601
msgstr ""
9602
9603
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:8
9604
msgid ""
9605
"In Open ERP, a partner represents all the entities that you can do business "
9606
"with. Some possible different types of partners are:"
9607
msgstr ""
9608
9609
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:11
9610
msgid "suppliers,"
9611
msgstr ""
9612
9613
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:13
9614
msgid "manufacturers,"
9615
msgstr ""
9616
9617
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:15
9618
msgid "customers,"
9619
msgstr ""
9620
9621
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:17
9622
msgid "clients,"
9623
msgstr ""
9624
9625
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:19
9626
msgid "employees,"
9627
msgstr ""
9628
9629
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:21
9630
msgid "prospects."
9631
msgstr ""
9632
9633
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:23
9634
msgid ""
9635
"The concept of a partner here is much more flexible than in many other "
9636
"management applications because a partner can correspond to one type or a "
9637
"combination of several of these types. This avoids double data-entry and "
9638
"provides greater flexibility in the features available."
9639
msgstr ""
9640
9641
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:27
9642
msgid ""
9643
"So a partner can be both your supplier and your customer at the same time. "
9644
"This feature is particularly important when you have subsidiaries or "
9645
"franchises since transactions between the parent and its subsidiaries in "
9646
"these cases will generally be two-way."
9647
msgstr ""
9648
9649
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:31
9650
msgid ""
9651
"To get a list of partners using demonstration data, use the menu "
9652
":menuselection:`Partners --> Partners`."
9653
msgstr ""
9654
9655
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:0
9656
msgid "*A partner form*"
9657
msgstr ""
9658
9659
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:43
9660
msgid ""
9661
"To the right of the partner form you'll find all of the actions, reports and "
9662
"shortcuts available to the selected partner. This enables you to quickly "
9663
"send an SMS message, for example, or review a partner's order history, or "
9664
"print a reminder letter."
9665
msgstr ""
9666
9667
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:151
9668
msgid "Send an SMS message"
9669
msgstr ""
9670
9671
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:49
9672
msgid ""
9673
"To send an SMS message from standard Open ERP you'll have to place an order "
9674
"with the bulk SMS gateway operator Clickatell™http://clickatell.com."
9675
msgstr ""
9676
9677
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:52
9678
msgid ""
9679
"You'll then receive an API number, a login and a password which you can use "
9680
"in Open ERP to send SMS messages to your partners."
9681
msgstr ""
9682
9683
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:55
9684
msgid ""
9685
"Or you can just develop a new module based on the inbuilt SMS functions, "
9686
"targeted at any of the other SMS service suppliers, and use that instead."
9687
msgstr ""
9688
9689
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:58
9690
msgid ""
9691
"To send an SMS message to a partner or a selection of several partners, "
9692
"first select the partners then click the :guilabel:`Send SMS` Action icon."
9693
msgstr ""
9694
9695
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:61
9696
msgid ""
9697
"To create a company in Open ERP (that is – a new partner) you should at a "
9698
"minimum enter the company's :guilabel:`Name` in the partner form."
9699
msgstr ""
9700
9701
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:67
9702
msgid "Contacts"
9703
msgstr ""
9704
9705
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:69
9706
msgid ""
9707
"You can have several contacts for one partner. Contacts represent company "
9708
"employees that you're in contact with, along with their address details. For "
9709
"each address you can indicate their type (\\ ``Default``\\ , \\ "
9710
"``Invoice``\\ , \\ ``Delivery``\\ , \\ ``Contact``\\ or \\ ``Other``\\ "
9711
"). Based on this, Open ERP can supply an address that matches the contact's "
9712
"function when generating documents at various stages through an Order "
9713
"process."
9714
msgstr ""
9715
9716
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:75
9717
msgid ""
9718
"Contacts can be entered into the first (:guilabel:`General`) tab of the "
9719
":guilabel:`Partners` form, or you can get direct access to the list of "
9720
"addresses through the :menuselection:`Partners --> Partner Contacts` menu."
9721
msgstr ""
9722
9723
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:79
9724
msgid ""
9725
"You can search for a subset of Partners and Contacts using their company "
9726
":guilabel:`Name` or :guilabel:`Contact name` or part of the address, or any "
9727
"of the other search fields in either the :guilabel:`Basic Search` or the "
9728
":guilabel:`Advanced Search` tab."
9729
msgstr ""
9730
9731
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:83
9732
msgid "Independent partners or physical people"
9733
msgstr ""
9734
9735
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:85
9736
msgid ""
9737
"If you want to represent a physical person rather than a company, in "
9738
"Open ERP, that person's name can be typed directly into the :guilabel:`Name` "
9739
"field on the Partner form. In this case don't put in any Contact Name."
9740
msgstr ""
9741
9742
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:96
9743
msgid ""
9744
"Open ERP uses hierarchical categories to organize all of its partners. To "
9745
"reach the list of available partner categories, use the menu "
9746
":menuselection:`Partners --> Partners by Category`."
9747
msgstr ""
9748
9749
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:0
9750
msgid "*Example Partner Category structure*"
9751
msgstr ""
9752
9753
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:105
9754
msgid ""
9755
"Double-click one of the categories in the partner category structure to get "
9756
"a list of the partners in that category. If you click on a category that has "
9757
"sub-categories you'll get a list of all of the partners in the main category "
9758
"and in all of its subcategories."
9759
msgstr ""
9760
9761
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:109
9762
msgid ""
9763
"Because categories are structured in a hierarchical manner, you can apply an "
9764
"action at any level of the structure: a marketing promotion activity, for "
9765
"example, can be applied either to all customers, or selectively only to "
9766
"customers in one category and its subcategories."
9767
msgstr ""
9768
9769
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:113
9770
msgid ""
9771
"The tree structure is also very useful when you're running the various "
9772
"statistical reports. You can structure reports at any level of the hierarchy "
9773
"using this partner segmentation."
9774
msgstr ""
9775
9776
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:116
9777
msgid ""
9778
"In the following sections you'll see how to assign partners to categories "
9779
"manually (perhaps for a newsletter subscription or as a hot prospect), or "
9780
"automatically using segmentation rules."
9781
msgstr ""
9782
9783
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:119
9784
msgid ""
9785
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Partners --> Configuration --> Categories --> "
9786
"Edit Categories` to define a new category."
9787
msgstr ""
9788
9789
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:122
9790
msgid ""
9791
"To try Open ERP's partner capabilities described here for yourself, log into "
9792
"your database as \\ ``admin/XXXXX``\\ then click :menuselection:`Partners -"
9793
"-> Configuration --> Categories --> Edit Categories` and create a new "
9794
"category of \\ ``Small Suppliers``\\ whose parent is \\ ``Suppliers``\\ . "
9795
"Then create a new :guilabel:`Partner` whose :guilabel:`Name` is \\ ``Susan "
9796
"Trent ``\\ and category is \\ ``Small Suppliers``\\ ."
9797
msgstr ""
9798
9799
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:128
9800
msgid ""
9801
"Click :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners by Category` and then click "
9802
":menuselection:`Suppliers --> Small Suppliers` to find just \\ ``Susan "
9803
"Trent``\\ . Do this again but now click the :guilabel:`Suppliers` category "
9804
"in :guilabel:`Partners by Category` and you'll find that both \\ ``Plumbing "
9805
"Component Suppliers``\\ and \\ ``Susan Trent``\\ are in the higher-level "
9806
"category: \\ ``Susan Trent``\\ is there because she's in a child category."
9807
msgstr ""
9808
9809
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_partners.rst:134
9810
msgid ""
9811
"Add new contact \\ ``Graham Strong``\\ to \\ ``Plumbing Component "
9812
"Suppliers``\\ . Graham's :guilabel:`Address Type` is \\ ``Invoice``\\ . "
9813
"Click :menuselection:`Partners --> Partner Contacts` and see that both Susan "
9814
"and Graham appear on that list."
9815
msgstr ""
9816
9817
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:7
9818
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:140
9819
msgid "Partner"
9820
msgstr ""
9821
9822
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:132
9823
msgid "send SMS"
9824
msgstr ""
9825
9826
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:7
9827
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:94
9828
msgid "Contact"
9829
msgstr ""
9830
9831
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:467
9832
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:441
9833
msgid "Profiling"
9834
msgstr ""
9835
9836
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:11
9837
msgid "Establishing the profiles of prospects"
9838
msgstr ""
9839
9840
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:13
9841
msgid ""
9842
"During presales activities it's useful to qualify your prospects quickly. "
9843
"You can pose a series of questions to find out what product to offer to the "
9844
"customer, or how quickly you should handle the request."
9845
msgstr ""
9846
9847
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:19
9848
msgid ""
9849
"This method of rapidly qualifying prospects is often used by companies who "
9850
"carry out presales by phone. A prospect list is imported into the Open ERP "
9851
"system as a set of partners and the operators then pose a series of "
9852
"questions to each prospect by phone."
9853
msgstr ""
9854
9855
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:474
9856
msgid ""
9857
"Responses to these questions enable each prospect to be qualified "
9858
"automatically which leads to a specific service being offered based on their "
9859
"responses."
9860
msgstr ""
9861
9862
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:27
9863
msgid ""
9864
"As an illustration, take the case of the Tiny company which offers a service "
9865
"based on the Open ERP software. The company goes to several exhibitions and "
9866
"encounters dozens of prospects over a few days. It's important to handle "
9867
"each request quickly and efficiently."
9868
msgstr ""
9869
9870
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:31
9871
msgid "The products offered by Tiny at these exhibitions are:"
9872
msgstr ""
9873
9874
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:33
9875
msgid "training on Open ERP – for independent people or small companies,"
9876
msgstr ""
9877
9878
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:35
9879
msgid ""
9880
"partner contract – for IT companies that intend to offer an Open ERP service,"
9881
msgstr ""
9882
9883
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:37
9884
msgid "Open ERP as SaaS – for small companies,"
9885
msgstr ""
9886
9887
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:489
9888
msgid ""
9889
"a meeting in conjunction with a partner to provide a demonstration aimed at "
9890
"providing a software integration – for companies that are slightly larger."
9891
msgstr ""
9892
9893
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:42
9894
msgid ""
9895
"The Tiny company has therefore put a decision tree in place based on the "
9896
"answers to several questions posed to prospects. These are given in the "
9897
"following figure :ref:`fig-crmprof`:"
9898
msgstr ""
9899
9900
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:0
9901
msgid "*Example of profiling customer prospects by the Tiny company*"
9902
msgstr ""
9903
9904
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:53
9905
msgid ""
9906
"The sales person starts by asking the questions mentioned above and then "
9907
"with a couple of minutes of work can decide what to propose to the "
9908
"prospective customer."
9909
msgstr ""
9910
9911
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:56
9912
msgid ""
9913
"At the end of the exhibition prospects' details and their responses to the "
9914
"questionnaire are entered into Open ERP. The profiling system automatically "
9915
"classifies the prospects into appropriate partner categories."
9916
msgstr ""
9917
9918
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:60
9919
msgid ""
9920
"This enables your sales people to follow prospects up efficiently and adapt "
9921
"their approach based on each prospect's profile. For example, they can send "
9922
"a letter based on a template developed for a specific partner category. "
9923
"They'd use Open ERP's report editor and generator for their sales "
9924
"proposition, such as an invitation to a training session a week after the "
9925
"show."
9926
msgstr ""
9927
9928
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:66
9929
msgid "Using profiles effectively"
9930
msgstr ""
9931
9932
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:71
9933
msgid ""
9934
"To use the profiling system you'll need to install Open ERP's "
9935
":mod:`crm_profiling` module. It's part of the core Open ERP system in "
9936
"version 5.0.0 so you don't have to download it separately from ``addons-"
9937
"extra``."
9938
msgstr ""
9939
9940
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:75
9941
msgid ""
9942
"Once the module is installed you can create a list of questions and the "
9943
"possible responses through the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM --> "
9944
"Configuration --> Segmentation --> Questions`."
9945
msgstr ""
9946
9947
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:528
9948
msgid ""
9949
"To obtain the scheme presented earlier you can create the following "
9950
"questions and responses:"
9951
msgstr ""
9952
9953
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9954
msgid "Questions"
9955
msgstr ""
9956
9957
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9958
msgid "Possible Responses"
9959
msgstr ""
9960
9961
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9962
msgid "Journalist ?"
9963
msgstr ""
9964
9965
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9966
msgid "Yes / No"
9967
msgstr ""
9968
9969
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9970
msgid "Industry Sector ?"
9971
msgstr ""
9972
9973
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9974
msgid "IT / ERP Consultant / Services / Industry / Others"
9975
msgstr ""
9976
9977
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9978
msgid "Number of Staff ?"
9979
msgstr ""
9980
9981
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9982
msgid "1 / 2-20 / 21-50 / 51-100 / 101-500 / 500+"
9983
msgstr ""
9984
9985
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9986
msgid "Contact's job function ?"
9987
msgstr ""
9988
9989
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9990
msgid "Decision-maker / Not decision-maker"
9991
msgstr ""
9992
9993
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9994
msgid "Already created a specification for the work ?"
9995
msgstr ""
9996
9997
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
9998
msgid "Yes / Soon / No"
9999
msgstr ""
10000
10001
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
10002
msgid "Implementation budget ?"
10003
msgstr ""
10004
10005
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:1
10006
msgid "Unknown / <100k / 101-300k / >300k"
10007
msgstr ""
10008
10009
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:543
10010
msgid ""
10011
"For instance, a sales person specializing in large accounts for the service "
10012
"sector could have a profile defined like this:"
10013
msgstr ""
10014
10015
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:546
10016
msgid ""
10017
"Budget for integration: \\ ``Unknown``\\ , \\ ``100k-300k``\\ or \\ "
10018
"``>300k``\\ ,"
10019
msgstr ""
10020
10021
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:98
10022
msgid "Already created a specification for the work? \\ ``Yes``\\ ,"
10023
msgstr ""
10024
10025
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:550
10026
msgid "Industry Sector? \\ ``Services``\\ ."
10027
msgstr ""
10028
10029
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:102
10030
msgid ""
10031
"When entering the details of a specific prospect, the prospect's answers to "
10032
"various questions can be entered in the new fifth tab of the partner form. "
10033
"Open ERP will automatically assign prospects to the appropriate partner "
10034
"category based on these answers."
10035
msgstr ""
10036
10037
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:109
10038
msgid "Sales targets"
10039
msgstr ""
10040
10041
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:111
10042
msgid ""
10043
"The module :mod:`report_invoice_salesman` enables you to set up regular "
10044
"business targets. These can be based on sales turnover or sales margins."
10045
msgstr ""
10046
10047
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:114
10048
msgid ""
10049
"With this module you can compare the performance of each sales person with "
10050
"their targets for the period. Sales people can view their own performance "
10051
"against target in real time through a dashboard."
10052
msgstr ""
10053
10054
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:118
10055
msgid ""
10056
"This module is totally integrated with the rest of accounting so there's no "
10057
"need to extract any data from another system to get the sales figures "
10058
"against objectives by sales person or sector – it's just available all the "
10059
"time in real time."
10060
msgstr ""
10061
10062
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:122
10063
msgid ""
10064
"Customers corresponding to a specific search profile can be treated as a "
10065
"priority. The sales person can access the profile of the large active "
10066
"accounts from the menu :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners by category`."
10067
msgstr ""
10068
10069
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:445
10070
msgid "prospect"
10071
msgstr ""
10072
10073
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/2_5_CRM_profiling.rst:106
10074
msgid "report_invoice_salesman"
10075
msgstr ""
10076
10077
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:11
10078
msgid ""
10079
"*It's often said that the customer is king. You would treat all your "
10080
"customers as royalty, at the center of your attention if you had a way of "
10081
"keeping your eyes on them at all times. Open ERP's CRM module is designed to "
10082
"make this aim a reality, helping employees of the business understand their "
10083
"customers' needs better, and automating their communication efforts.*"
10084
msgstr ""
10085
10086
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:22
10087
msgid ""
10088
"CRM is the abbreviation for Customer Relationship Management, and SRM is "
10089
"Supplier Relationship Management."
10090
msgstr ""
10091
10092
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:25
10093
msgid ""
10094
"If you want to focus on your customers, you need tools to make that focus "
10095
"easy. Tools that will capture all the knowledge you have available, tools "
10096
"that will help you analyze what you know, and tools that will make it easy "
10097
"to use all of that knowledge and analysis."
10098
msgstr ""
10099
10100
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:29
10101
msgid ""
10102
"A crucial advantage that Open ERP gives you over the more specialist CRM "
10103
"applications is that Open ERP knows more about your customers and your "
10104
"ability to supply them because it's handling all of your accounting, sales, "
10105
"purchases, manufacturing and fulfilment as well as linking to all of your "
10106
"internal staff."
10107
msgstr ""
10108
10109
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:37
10110
msgid ""
10111
"Open ERP's :mod:`crm` module uses that information and offers several "
10112
"significant features that enable you and your staff to monitor and control "
10113
"your supplier and customer relationships effectively, such as delegating "
10114
"issues to the most appropriate people, keeping a history of communications "
10115
"and events, qualifying prospects and detecting problems."
10116
msgstr ""
10117
10118
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:42
10119
msgid ""
10120
"It also uses several statistical tools that can analyze relationships "
10121
"quantitatively – your customer service performance and the quality of your "
10122
"suppliers, for example. Using performance analysis, you can easily put a "
10123
"policy of real continuous improvement in place by developing an automatic "
10124
"rules-based system in Open ERP."
10125
msgstr ""
10126
10127
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:47
10128
msgid ""
10129
"To minimize re-typing work, Open ERP provides an email gateway that links "
10130
"your emails to the databases. This is a significant feature – many of your "
10131
"staff will then use Open ERP automatically through email without ever "
10132
"logging into it themselves and having to learn a new system."
10133
msgstr ""
10134
10135
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:52
10136
msgid ""
10137
"Finally, at the end of this chapter you'll see an efficient method of "
10138
"qualifying prospects or customers that enables you to offer a service "
10139
"tailored to the potential value of different prospects."
10140
msgstr ""
10141
10142
#: ../../source/book/2/2_5_CRM/index.rst:56
10143
msgid ""
10144
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
10145
"data, using the :guilabel:`CRM profile` and no particular chart of accounts "
10146
"configured."
10147
msgstr ""
10148
10149
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:6
10150
msgid "Microsoft Word interface"
10151
msgstr ""
10152
10153
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:8
10154
msgid ""
10155
"Open ERP supplies a Microsoft Word plugin that enables you to create your "
10156
"own document templates. What's more you can use the merge tool "
10157
":menuselection:`Tools --> Merge documents` to insert data from Open ERP "
10158
"while you generate different business documents."
10159
msgstr ""
10160
10161
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:12
10162
msgid ""
10163
"So you can create templates for a number of needs, such as proposals, "
10164
"business letters of agreement, or price requests. Each user can create his "
10165
"or her own document and use the plugin to obtain data from Open ERP. The "
10166
"plugin is very helpful for easily automating business actions."
10167
msgstr ""
10168
10169
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:17
10170
msgid "Installing the Word plugin"
10171
msgstr ""
10172
10173
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:19
10174
msgid ""
10175
"The module for connecting Microsoft Word is also found in the list of "
10176
"Open ERP modules at http://openerp.com. Once it's been downloaded install "
10177
"the file \\ ``tiny_word_plugin-X.exe``\\ ."
10178
msgstr ""
10179
10180
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:22
10181
msgid ""
10182
"When the program is installed, you must run Microsoft Word and configure the "
10183
"parameters that enable you to access the Open ERP server from Word. Click "
10184
"the menu :menuselection:`Tools --> Open ERP options`."
10185
msgstr ""
10186
10187
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:0
10188
msgid "*Menu for accessing the configuration of the plugin*"
10189
msgstr ""
10190
10191
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:0
10192
msgid "*Configuration of the Word plugin for accessing Open ERP*"
10193
msgstr ""
10194
10195
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:39
10196
msgid "Using the Word interface"
10197
msgstr ""
10198
10199
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:41
10200
msgid ""
10201
"Start by selecting the module from which you want to make a report, for "
10202
"example a Sales Order. From Word you can access all the fields in an "
10203
"Open ERP Order, and all of the fields linked to that order such as from "
10204
"Order Lines, and from Products in those Order Lines."
10205
msgstr ""
10206
10207
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:0
10208
msgid "*Select the module that will generate the report*"
10209
msgstr ""
10210
10211
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:51
10212
msgid ""
10213
"Complete your document and insert Open ERP fields into the appropriate "
10214
"places."
10215
msgstr ""
10216
10217
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:0
10218
msgid "*Add Open ERP fields into a Word document*"
10219
msgstr ""
10220
10221
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:59
10222
msgid "Fields in red"
10223
msgstr ""
10224
10225
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:61
10226
msgid ""
10227
"When you've selected some fields and added them into your Word document, "
10228
"some of them appear in red. This color indicates that you can't use that "
10229
"particular field because it has a complex data relationships that can only "
10230
"be discovered when you start to use the field."
10231
msgstr ""
10232
10233
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:66
10234
msgid ""
10235
"Select the merge tool from by clicking :guilabel:`Perform Mail Merge` from "
10236
"the toolbar. This connects Microsoft Word to Open ERP, at which point it "
10237
"searches for data to insert into the document. This tool enables you to "
10238
"select which documents must be included in the report. Make your selection "
10239
"and click :guilabel:`Start Merge` to run the tool that produces your "
10240
"different documents."
10241
msgstr ""
10242
10243
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:0
10244
msgid "*Selecting the Open ERP documents to use in the merge*"
10245
msgstr ""
10246
10247
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:77
10248
msgid ""
10249
"Word then generates the documents by inserting the Open ERP data. You get "
10250
"one page for each selected document."
10251
msgstr ""
10252
10253
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:0
10254
msgid "*Result of merging a Word document with data from Open ERP*"
10255
msgstr ""
10256
10257
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:89
10258
msgid "Testing the Word adapter"
10259
msgstr ""
10260
10261
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:91
10262
msgid ""
10263
"If you install the Word adapter as described, explore its functionality "
10264
"using the database as described in this section."
10265
msgstr ""
10266
10267
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:94
10268
msgid ""
10269
"In :ref:`ch-config` you'll see another, more powerful, module that enables "
10270
"you to create complete reports in OpenOffice.org through an interface added "
10271
"directly in Open ERP. So you can create your own templates, such as fax and "
10272
"invoice templates."
10273
msgstr ""
10274
10275
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:98
10276
msgid ""
10277
"These reports can then be exported in PDF by leaving Open ERP, or can be "
10278
"edited before sending to a customer. So you can also personalize the details "
10279
"of your faxes and invoices as needed, even though they are based on your "
10280
"templates."
10281
msgstr ""
10282
10283
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:1
10284
msgid "Word (Microsoft)"
10285
msgstr ""
10286
10287
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_msword.rst:86
10288
msgid "Word adapter"
10289
msgstr ""
10290
10291
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:4
10292
msgid "Microsoft Outlook interface"
10293
msgstr ""
10294
10295
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:6
10296
msgid ""
10297
"The Microsoft Outlook plugin enables you to carry out a series of OpenERP "
10298
"operations directly from the Outlook e-mail client:"
10299
msgstr ""
10300
10301
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:9
10302
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:9
10303
msgid "create a contact or partner from an e-mail,"
10304
msgstr ""
10305
10306
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:11
10307
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:11
10308
msgid "save an e-mail and its attachments in OpenERP,"
10309
msgstr ""
10310
10311
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:13
10312
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:13
10313
msgid ""
10314
"send any attachment to an OpenERP document (such as proposals, projects, and "
10315
"tasks)."
10316
msgstr ""
10317
10318
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:15
10319
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:15
10320
msgid ""
10321
"This might be useful for sending documents about a customer project to the "
10322
"corresponding project in OpenERP, attaching documents to an order (such as "
10323
"proof of payment and order receipts), attaching documents to an employee "
10324
"file (such as a CV or annual appraisal)."
10325
msgstr ""
10326
10327
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:17
10328
msgid "Outlook versions"
10329
msgstr ""
10330
10331
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:19
10332
msgid ""
10333
"The Microsoft Outlook plugin works with Microsoft Outlook 2003 and 2007 but "
10334
"not with Outlook Express"
10335
msgstr ""
10336
10337
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:23
10338
msgid "Installing the Outlook plugin"
10339
msgstr ""
10340
10341
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:25
10342
msgid "Step 1: install the Outlook plugin in OpenERP"
10343
msgstr ""
10344
10345
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:27
10346
msgid ""
10347
"Use the OpenERP Configuration Wizard and install the ``Customer Relationship "
10348
"Management`` application. In the *CRM Application Configuration* dialog "
10349
"under Plug-In, select MS-Outlook. Then the *Outlook Plug-In* wizard appears. "
10350
"Next to the ``Outlook Plug-in`` field, click the ``Save As`` button to save "
10351
"the plugin to your desktop (or any other location on your computer)."
10352
msgstr ""
10353
10354
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:211
10355
msgid ""
10356
"You can also download the installation manual by clicking the green arrow "
10357
"next to ``Installation Manual``."
10358
msgstr ""
10359
10360
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:213
10361
msgid ""
10362
"Another way to use the Outlook plugin, is by installing the OpenERP module \\"
10363
" ``outlook``\\. When you install this module, the same Configuration Wizard "
10364
"as explained before will be displayed. Follow the same instructions."
10365
msgstr ""
10366
10367
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:36
10368
msgid "Step 2: Prerequisites"
10369
msgstr ""
10370
10371
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:38
10372
msgid "1. Install Python 2.6+"
10373
msgstr ""
10374
10375
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:39
10376
msgid "Download from http://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.6.6/python-2.6.6.msi"
10377
msgstr ""
10378
10379
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:40
10380
msgid ""
10381
"or for 64bit system http://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.6.6/python-"
10382
"2.6.6.amd64.msi. Run the .exe file to install the software."
10383
msgstr ""
10384
10385
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:42
10386
msgid ""
10387
"2. Python for Windows extensions - PyWin32, this module for python must be "
10388
"installed for the appropriate version of Python."
10389
msgstr ""
10390
10391
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:43
10392
msgid ""
10393
"http://sourceforge.net/projects/pywin32/files/pywin32/Build%20214/pywin32-"
10394
"214.win32-py2.6.exe/download or for 64bit system"
10395
msgstr ""
10396
10397
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:44
10398
msgid ""
10399
"http://sourceforge.net/projects/pywin32/files/pywin32/Build%20214/pywin32-"
10400
"214.win-amd64-py2.6.exe/download"
10401
msgstr ""
10402
10403
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:46
10404
msgid ""
10405
"3. Specify the python folder in the system path (typically with this "
10406
"installer C:\\Python26)"
10407
msgstr ""
10408
10409
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:48
10410
msgid "*How to set the path in Windows XP*"
10411
msgstr ""
10412
10413
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:49
10414
msgid "For Windows XP: http://www.computerhope.com/issues/ch000549.htm"
10415
msgstr ""
10416
10417
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:51
10418
msgid "*How to set the path in Windows 7*"
10419
msgstr ""
10420
10421
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:52
10422
msgid "To change the system environment variables, follow the steps below."
10423
msgstr ""
10424
10425
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:54
10426
msgid ""
10427
"- From the Windows button, select ``Control Panel``, then click ``System``."
10428
msgstr ""
10429
10430
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:55
10431
msgid "- Click ``Remote Settings`` to open the System Properties window."
10432
msgstr ""
10433
10434
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:56
10435
msgid "- In the System Properties window, click the Advanced tab."
10436
msgstr ""
10437
10438
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:57
10439
msgid ""
10440
"- In the Advanced section, click the ``Environment Variables`` button."
10441
msgstr ""
10442
10443
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:58
10444
msgid ""
10445
"- Finally, in the Environment Variables window (as shown below) under System "
10446
"Variables, highlight the Path directory,"
10447
msgstr ""
10448
10449
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:59
10450
msgid "click Edit and add ;C:\\Python26."
10451
msgstr ""
10452
10453
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:60
10454
msgid ""
10455
"See also http://geekswithblogs.net/renso/archive/2009/10/21/how-to-set-the-"
10456
"windows-path-in-windows-7.aspx"
10457
msgstr ""
10458
10459
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:62
10460
msgid ""
10461
"4. If you are using MS Outlook 2007 than you are required to install "
10462
"\"Microsoft Exchange Server MAPI Client and Collaboration"
10463
msgstr ""
10464
10465
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:63
10466
msgid "Data Objects 1.2.1 (CDO 1.21)\" from"
10467
msgstr ""
10468
10469
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:64
10470
msgid ""
10471
"http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyId=2714320D-C997-"
10472
"4DE1-986F-24F081725D36&displaylang=en."
10473
msgstr ""
10474
10475
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:65
10476
msgid "Double-click Exchange Cdo to install it."
10477
msgstr ""
10478
10479
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:67
10480
msgid ""
10481
"5. If you are using MS Outlook 2003, be sure to install the builtin Cdo "
10482
"component."
10483
msgstr ""
10484
10485
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:70
10486
msgid "Step 3: install the OpenERP extension in Outlook."
10487
msgstr ""
10488
10489
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:247
10490
msgid ""
10491
"Double-click the file \\``OpenERP-Outlook-addin.exe``\\ that you saved on "
10492
"your desktop. Confirm the default settings."
10493
msgstr ""
10494
10495
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:249
10496
msgid ""
10497
"Double-click the file \\``Register plugin``\\ in the OpenERP Outlook Addin "
10498
"folder (typically in C:\\Program Files)."
10499
msgstr ""
10500
10501
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:251
10502
msgid "Start Outlook."
10503
msgstr ""
10504
10505
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:79
10506
msgid "Configuring the Outlook plugin"
10507
msgstr ""
10508
10509
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:253
10510
msgid ""
10511
"When you have executed Installation Step 1, Step 2 and Step 3, the first "
10512
"thing to do is connect Outlook to OpenERP. A little configuration needs to "
10513
"be done."
10514
msgstr ""
10515
10516
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:258
10517
msgid ""
10518
"If you want the OpenERP connection to be shown as a separate toolbar, go to "
10519
"the menu :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars`. Select ``OpenERP``."
10520
msgstr ""
10521
10522
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:86
10523
msgid ""
10524
"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Tools` and select `Configuration`. If this "
10525
"raises an error, make sure to check the rights to that particular folder."
10526
msgstr ""
10527
10528
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:262
10529
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:433
10530
msgid ""
10531
"A configuration window appears enabling you to enter configuration data "
10532
"about your OpenERP server."
10533
msgstr ""
10534
10535
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:0
10536
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:0
10537
msgid "*How to Connect to the Server*"
10538
msgstr ""
10539
10540
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:96
10541
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:71
10542
msgid ""
10543
"On the ``Configuration Settings`` tab, under *Connection Parameters* click "
10544
"the `Change` button and type your server settings and xml-rpc port, e.g. "
10545
"``http://127.0.0.1:8069``,"
10546
msgstr ""
10547
10548
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:273
10549
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:444
10550
msgid ""
10551
"Select the database you want to connect to, and type the user and the "
10552
"password required to log in to the database,"
10553
msgstr ""
10554
10555
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:275
10556
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:446
10557
msgid "Click the `Connect` button,"
10558
msgstr ""
10559
10560
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:277
10561
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:448
10562
msgid ""
10563
"On the ``Configuration Settings`` tab, under *Webserver Parameters* click "
10564
"the `Change` button and type your web server settings, e.g. "
10565
"``http://localhost:8080``,"
10566
msgstr ""
10567
10568
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:280
10569
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:451
10570
msgid "Click the `Open` button to test the connection."
10571
msgstr ""
10572
10573
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:282
10574
msgid ""
10575
"When your connection has succeeded, you would typically want to configure "
10576
"Outlook to fit your needs."
10577
msgstr ""
10578
10579
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:284
10580
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:455
10581
msgid ""
10582
"To define extra document types, go to the `Document Settings` tab. This is "
10583
"the place where you can add objects from OpenERP that you wish to link mails "
10584
"to. The default installation comes with a number of predefined documents, "
10585
"such as Partners, Leads and Sales Orders."
10586
msgstr ""
10587
10588
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:112
10589
msgid ""
10590
"Here is an example of how to configure extra document types. Suppose you "
10591
"would like to link mails to a meeting."
10592
msgstr ""
10593
10594
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:114
10595
msgid "In the `Title`, type Meeting,"
10596
msgstr ""
10597
10598
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:290
10599
msgid ""
10600
"In the `Document`, type the object from OpenERP, in this example "
10601
"``crm.meeting``,"
10602
msgstr ""
10603
10604
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:292
10605
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:463
10606
msgid "In the `Image`, select an icon you would like to use,"
10607
msgstr ""
10608
10609
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:294
10610
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:465
10611
msgid "Click the `Add` button to actually create the document type."
10612
msgstr ""
10613
10614
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:298
10615
msgid ""
10616
"To find the object you need in OpenERP, go to the menu "
10617
":menuselection:`Administration --> Customization --> Database Structure --> "
10618
"Objects`. OpenERP will only show objects for which the corresponding "
10619
"Business Applications / Modules have been installed. You can only add "
10620
"objects to Outlook that are available in the selected database."
10621
msgstr ""
10622
10623
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:125
10624
msgid "Using the Outlook plugin"
10625
msgstr ""
10626
10627
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:127
10628
msgid "You can use the menu :menuselection:`Tools` for several things."
10629
msgstr ""
10630
10631
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:129
10632
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:110
10633
msgid ""
10634
"The `Push` option allows you to archive e-mails to OpenERP, either to new "
10635
"document types or to existing ones. It also allows you to create a new "
10636
"contact."
10637
msgstr ""
10638
10639
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:131
10640
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:112
10641
msgid ""
10642
"The `Partner` allows you to open the Partner in OpenERP according to the e-"
10643
"mail (i.e. contact e-mail address) selected."
10644
msgstr ""
10645
10646
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:133
10647
msgid ""
10648
"With `Document`, you can open the document concerned in OpenERP. Make sure "
10649
"you are logged in to the web version to use this functionality."
10650
msgstr ""
10651
10652
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:135
10653
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:116
10654
msgid "Link a mail to an existing document in OpenERP"
10655
msgstr ""
10656
10657
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:0
10658
msgid "*How to Access OpenERP from Outlook?*"
10659
msgstr ""
10660
10661
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:143
10662
msgid ""
10663
"To archive an e-mail in OpenERP from Outlook, select the e-mail and click "
10664
"the `Push` button. Alternatively you can open the menu :menuselection:`Tools "
10665
"--> Push`: the ``Push to OpenERP`` screen will open."
10666
msgstr ""
10667
10668
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:145
10669
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:126
10670
msgid ""
10671
"In the ``Link to an Existing Document`` section, select an object to which "
10672
"you like to add to your email and its attachments. You can select any object "
10673
"you defined in the ``Document Settings`` section and attach the selected "
10674
"mail to the selected record. The plugin also allows you to select several "
10675
"documents at once, simply by selecting a document and pressing the ``ctrl`` "
10676
"button when selecting the next document."
10677
msgstr ""
10678
10679
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:149
10680
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:130
10681
msgid ""
10682
"Do not forget to click the ``Search`` button to refresh the Documents list "
10683
"when you have selected a different document type."
10684
msgstr ""
10685
10686
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:159
10687
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:349
10688
msgid "Create a New Document"
10689
msgstr ""
10690
10691
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:153
10692
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:134
10693
msgid ""
10694
"This feature can be used to create any of the configured document types in "
10695
"the ``Document Settings`` tab. Suppose you would like to create a new lead "
10696
"from an e-mail. In the ``Create a New Document`` section, select ``CRM "
10697
"Lead``, then click the ``Create`` button. A new lead will be created in "
10698
"OpenERP from the selected e-mail."
10699
msgstr ""
10700
10701
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:164
10702
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:354
10703
msgid "Create a New Contact / Partner"
10704
msgstr ""
10705
10706
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:158
10707
msgid ""
10708
"If you cannot find a partner or contact for your e-mail in OpenERP, the "
10709
"Outlook plugin allows you to create one on the fly simply by using the "
10710
"information contained in the e-mail."
10711
msgstr ""
10712
10713
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:161
10714
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:142
10715
msgid ""
10716
"Select the e-mail from which you want to create a new contact, then click "
10717
"the ``Push`` button. In the ``Create a New Contact`` section, click the "
10718
"``New Contact`` button. This option offers two possibilities: either you "
10719
"just create a contact (address), or you create a partner with the contact "
10720
"linked to it."
10721
msgstr ""
10722
10723
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:173
10724
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:363
10725
msgid ""
10726
"When you just want to create a new contact, complete the address data in the "
10727
"dialog box and click the ``Save`` button. The contact will then be created "
10728
"in OpenERP."
10729
msgstr ""
10730
10731
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:176
10732
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:366
10733
msgid ""
10734
"When you also want to create a new partner, complete the contact data. Then "
10735
"click the ``Create Partner`` button, add the partner's name and click the "
10736
"``Save`` button."
10737
msgstr ""
10738
10739
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:179
10740
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:369
10741
msgid ""
10742
"You can also add a new contact to an existing partner. Click the ``Search`` "
10743
"button next to the Partner field and select the corresponding partner from "
10744
"the list. Then complete the contact data and click the ``Save`` button."
10745
msgstr ""
10746
10747
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:0
10748
msgid "*Creating a contact on the fly from Outlook*"
10749
msgstr ""
10750
10751
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:188
10752
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:378
10753
msgid "Open the Document created in OpenERP"
10754
msgstr ""
10755
10756
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:182
10757
msgid ""
10758
"To access archived data from different documents in OpenERP you can use the "
10759
"menu :menuselection:`Tools --> Document` which allows you to access the "
10760
"document in OpenERP directly from your e-mail."
10761
msgstr ""
10762
10763
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:192
10764
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:382
10765
msgid "Knowledge Management"
10766
msgstr ""
10767
10768
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:186
10769
msgid ""
10770
"The Outlook plugin is compatible with OpenERP's Knowledge (i.e. Document) "
10771
"Management. If you install the Knowledge application you will be able to:"
10772
msgstr ""
10773
10774
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:197
10775
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:387
10776
msgid ""
10777
"search through the content of your company's documents (those that have the "
10778
"type .doc, .pdf, .sxw and .odt) and also in archived emails,"
10779
msgstr ""
10780
10781
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:200
10782
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:390
10783
msgid ""
10784
"have a shared file system that is connected to various OpenERP documents to "
10785
"share information and access it with your favorite browser,"
10786
msgstr ""
10787
10788
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:203
10789
msgid ""
10790
"organize and structure your documents (such as projects, partners and users) "
10791
"in OpenERP's system."
10792
msgstr ""
10793
10794
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:198
10795
msgid "Testing the Outlook adapter"
10796
msgstr ""
10797
10798
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_outlook.rst:200
10799
msgid ""
10800
"If you have installed the Outlook adapter as described, explore its "
10801
"functionality with the database as described in this section."
10802
msgstr ""
10803
10804
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:108
10805
msgid "Outlook (Microsoft)"
10806
msgstr ""
10807
10808
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:5
10809
msgid "Mozilla Thunderbird interface"
10810
msgstr ""
10811
10812
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:7
10813
msgid ""
10814
"With the Mozilla Thunderbird plugin you can carry out a series of OpenERP "
10815
"operations directly from Thunderbird, such as:"
10816
msgstr ""
10817
10818
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:18
10819
msgid "Installing the Thunderbird plugin"
10820
msgstr ""
10821
10822
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:20
10823
msgid "Step 1: install the Thunderbird plugin in OpenERP"
10824
msgstr ""
10825
10826
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:22
10827
msgid ""
10828
"Use the OpenERP Configuration Wizard and install the ``Customer Relationship "
10829
"Management`` application. In the *CRM Application Configuration* dialog "
10830
"under Plug-In, select Thunderbird. Then the *Thunderbird Plug-In* wizard "
10831
"appears. Next to the ``Thunderbird Plug-in`` field, click the ``Save As`` "
10832
"button to save the plugin to your desktop (or any other location on your "
10833
"computer)."
10834
msgstr ""
10835
10836
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:398
10837
msgid ""
10838
"You can also download the installation manual by clicking the orange arrow "
10839
"next to ``Installation Manual``."
10840
msgstr ""
10841
10842
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:400
10843
msgid ""
10844
"Another way to use the Thunderbird plugin, is by installing the OpenERP "
10845
"module \\ ``thunderbird``\\. When you install this module, the same "
10846
"Configuration Wizard as explained before will be displayed. Follow the same "
10847
"instructions."
10848
msgstr ""
10849
10850
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:30
10851
msgid "Step 2: install the OpenERP extension in Thunderbird."
10852
msgstr ""
10853
10854
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:405
10855
msgid ""
10856
"To do that, use the file \\``openerp_plugin.xpi``\\ that you saved on your "
10857
"desktop."
10858
msgstr ""
10859
10860
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:407
10861
msgid "Then proceed as follows:"
10862
msgstr ""
10863
10864
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:409
10865
msgid "From Thunderbird, open the menu :menuselection:`Tools --> Add-ons`."
10866
msgstr ""
10867
10868
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:411
10869
msgid "Click Extensions, then click the `Install` button."
10870
msgstr ""
10871
10872
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:413
10873
msgid ""
10874
"Go to your desktop and select the file \\ ``openerp_plugin.xpi``\\. Click "
10875
"Open."
10876
msgstr ""
10877
10878
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:415
10879
msgid "Click `Install Now` then restart Thunderbird."
10880
msgstr ""
10881
10882
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:417
10883
msgid ""
10884
"Once the extension has been installed, a new ``OpenERP`` menu item is added "
10885
"to your Thunderbird menubar."
10886
msgstr ""
10887
10888
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:46
10889
msgid "Thunderbird version"
10890
msgstr ""
10891
10892
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:421
10893
msgid ""
10894
"The OpenERP plugin for Thunderbird works as from Thunderbird version 2.0."
10895
msgstr ""
10896
10897
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:423
10898
msgid ""
10899
"So check your Thunderbird version before installing, and download the latest "
10900
"version that you need from the following address: "
10901
"http://www.mozilla.org/products/thunderbird/"
10902
msgstr ""
10903
10904
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:54
10905
msgid "Configuring the Thunderbird plugin"
10906
msgstr ""
10907
10908
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:426
10909
msgid ""
10910
"When you have executed Installation Step 1 and Step 2, the first thing to do "
10911
"is connect Thunderbird to OpenERP. A little configuration needs to be done."
10912
msgstr ""
10913
10914
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:59
10915
msgid ""
10916
"Before starting the configuration, make sure your gtk server and web server "
10917
"are running (xml-rpc should be allowed)."
10918
msgstr ""
10919
10920
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:431
10921
msgid "Go to the ``OpenERP`` menubar and select ` Configuration`."
10922
msgstr ""
10923
10924
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:453
10925
msgid ""
10926
"When your connection has succeeded, you would typically want to configure "
10927
"Thunderbird to fit your needs."
10928
msgstr ""
10929
10930
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:457
10931
msgid ""
10932
"Here is an example of how to configure extra document types. Suppose you "
10933
"would like to link mails to a purchase order."
10934
msgstr ""
10935
10936
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:89
10937
msgid "In the `Title`, type Purchase Order,"
10938
msgstr ""
10939
10940
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:461
10941
msgid ""
10942
"In the `Document`, type the object from OpenERP, in this example "
10943
"``purchase.order``,"
10944
msgstr ""
10945
10946
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:469
10947
msgid ""
10948
"To find the object you need in OpenERP, go to the menu "
10949
":menuselection:`Administration --> Customization --> Database Structure --> "
10950
"Objects`. OpenERP will only show objects for which the corresponding "
10951
"Business Applications / Modules have been installed. You can only add "
10952
"objects to Thunderbird that are available in the selected database."
10953
msgstr ""
10954
10955
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:0
10956
msgid "*How to Add Extra OpenERP Document Types to Thunderbird?*"
10957
msgstr ""
10958
10959
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:106
10960
msgid "Using the Thunderbird plugin"
10961
msgstr ""
10962
10963
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:108
10964
msgid "You can use the menu :menuselection:`OpenERP` for several things."
10965
msgstr ""
10966
10967
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:114
10968
msgid ""
10969
"With `Document`, you can open the document concerned in OpenERP. Make sure "
10970
"you are logged in to the web version to use this functionality. You have to "
10971
"open the mail to use this feature."
10972
msgstr ""
10973
10974
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:0
10975
msgid "*How to Access OpenERP from Thunderbird?*"
10976
msgstr ""
10977
10978
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:124
10979
msgid ""
10980
"To archive an e-mail in OpenERP from Thunderbird, select the e-mail and "
10981
"click the `Push` button. Alternatively you can open the menu "
10982
":menuselection:`OpenERP --> Push`: the ``Push to OpenERP`` screen will open."
10983
msgstr ""
10984
10985
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:139
10986
msgid ""
10987
"If you cannot find a partner or contact for your e-mail in OpenERP, the "
10988
"Thunderbird plugin allows you to create one on the fly simply by using the "
10989
"information contained in the e-mail."
10990
msgstr ""
10991
10992
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:0
10993
msgid "*Creating a contact on the fly from Thunderbird*"
10994
msgstr ""
10995
10996
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:163
10997
msgid ""
10998
"To access archived data from different documents in OpenERP you can use the "
10999
"menu :menuselection:`OpenERP --> Document` which allows you to access the "
11000
"document in OpenERP directly from your e-mail."
11001
msgstr ""
11002
11003
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:167
11004
msgid ""
11005
"The Thunderbird plugin is compatible with OpenERP's Knowledge (i.e. "
11006
"Document) Management. If you install the Knowledge application you will be "
11007
"able to:"
11008
msgstr ""
11009
11010
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:179
11011
msgid "Testing the Thunderbird plugin"
11012
msgstr ""
11013
11014
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/2_6_Comms_thunderbird.rst:181
11015
msgid ""
11016
"If you install the Thunderbird plugin as described, explore its "
11017
"functionality as described in this section using the database you installed."
11018
msgstr ""
11019
11020
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:302
11021
msgid "Thunderbird (Mozilla)"
11022
msgstr ""
11023
11024
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/communicate.rst:33
11025
msgid "Communication Tools"
11026
msgstr ""
11027
11028
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:8
11029
msgid ""
11030
"*OpenERP provides all the information you need to pursue your company's "
11031
"business opportunities effectively. But to stay productive with all the "
11032
"information you have to handle it is essential that you can keep using your "
11033
"normal communication tools by interfacing them with OpenERP, and not be "
11034
"limited just to OpenERP's interface.*"
11035
msgstr ""
11036
11037
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:13
11038
msgid ""
11039
"OpenERP can do most things you need to pursue your business opportunities. "
11040
"But there can be quite a bit to learn, which reduces your efficiency while "
11041
"you are learning. And if that is true for a heavy user of the system, it is "
11042
"double true for an occasional user or someone who already makes heavy use of "
11043
"standard mail clients and cannot easily change."
11044
msgstr ""
11045
11046
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:18
11047
msgid ""
11048
"So for those who need to continue using their traditional mail clients to "
11049
"maintain their efficiency, OpenERP can be connected to Outlook and "
11050
"Thunderbird. Your users can participate in many OpenERP-maintained processes "
11051
"without ever leaving their familiar environment, and can avoid double data "
11052
"entry yet easily link information to OpenERP's database automatically."
11053
msgstr ""
11054
11055
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:24
11056
msgid "The two following modules are described:"
11057
msgstr ""
11058
11059
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:26
11060
msgid "Mozilla Thunderbird Interface,"
11061
msgstr ""
11062
11063
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:28
11064
msgid "Microsoft Outlook Interface."
11065
msgstr ""
11066
11067
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:30
11068
msgid ""
11069
"The chapter is a mix of installation and configuration instructions, and "
11070
"basic interaction exercises."
11071
msgstr ""
11072
11073
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:32
11074
msgid ""
11075
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
11076
"data, with :mod:`sale` and :mod:`crm` and their dependencies installed and "
11077
"no particular chart of accounts configured."
11078
msgstr ""
11079
11080
#: ../../source/book/2/2_6_Comms/index.rst:35
11081
msgid ""
11082
"You will also need to have administrator access to your Windows PC to "
11083
"install the Outlook adapter described in the chapter."
11084
msgstr ""
11085
11086
#: ../../source/book/2/index.rst:6
11087
msgid "Managing Customer Relationships"
11088
msgstr ""
11089
11090
#: ../../source/book/2/index.rst:8
11091
msgid ""
11092
"The Sales department is the engine of your whole company. Sales success "
11093
"drives staff motivation and your company's general dynamism, which in turn "
11094
"enables you to keep innovating and lay the foundations for future success."
11095
msgstr ""
11096
11097
#: ../../source/book/2/index.rst:12
11098
msgid ""
11099
"The key to continued Sales success is effective Customer Relationship "
11100
"Management (most often known as CRM). Open ERP's CRM capabilities are "
11101
"flexible and highly developed to assist you in managing all aspects of both "
11102
"supplier and customer relationships. Analytic tools help you understand your "
11103
"performance drivers, and the automation of data and processes drives new "
11104
"levels of efficiency."
11105
msgstr ""
11106
11107
#: ../../source/book/2/index.rst:19
11108
msgid ""
11109
"Open ERP can share information through its interfaces to the most common "
11110
"office applications, minimizing disruption to your operations when you first "
11111
"install it. Your staff can build on their previous productivity by "
11112
"continuing to use their email and office systems, now connected to Open ERP, "
11113
"transferring to the Open ERP interface only if they need to."
11114
msgstr ""
11115
11116
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:6
11117
msgid "Accounting entries"
11118
msgstr ""
11119
11120
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:8
11121
msgid ""
11122
"Various methods of creating accounting entries can be used. You've already "
11123
"seen how an invoice creates its own entries, for example."
11124
msgstr ""
11125
11126
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:11
11127
msgid "This section deals, in order, with"
11128
msgstr ""
11129
11130
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:13
11131
msgid "managing bank statements,"
11132
msgstr ""
11133
11134
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:15
11135
msgid "managing cash,"
11136
msgstr ""
11137
11138
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:17
11139
msgid "manual journal entries,"
11140
msgstr ""
11141
11142
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:19
11143
msgid ""
11144
"You'll see how to proceed with entering financial transactions here. In "
11145
"Open ERP you use the same form for handling bank statements and for managing "
11146
"cash. The two types of transaction differ only in the journal that's used."
11147
msgstr ""
11148
11149
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:28
11150
msgid "Managing bank statements"
11151
msgstr ""
11152
11153
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:30
11154
msgid ""
11155
"Open ERP provides a visual tool for managing bank statements that simplifies "
11156
"data entry into accounts. As soon as a statement entry is validated the "
11157
"corresponding accounting entries are automatically generated by Open ERP. "
11158
"This lets non-accounting people enter financial transactions without fussing "
11159
"about such things as credit, debit and counterparts"
11160
msgstr ""
11161
11162
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:35
11163
msgid ""
11164
"Start by entering a statement line. To do that use the menu "
11165
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Entries Encoding --> Entries by "
11166
"Statement --> New Statement`. A data entry form for statements then opens as "
11167
"shown in figure :ref:`fig-accstate`."
11168
msgstr ""
11169
11170
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:0
11171
msgid "*Data entry form for a bank statement*"
11172
msgstr ""
11173
11174
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:47
11175
msgid ""
11176
"The statement reference (:guilabel:`Name`) and the :guilabel:`Date` are "
11177
"automatically suggested by Open ERP from the preceding statement line. You "
11178
"can configure your own reference by managing sequences in the "
11179
":menuselection:`Administration` menu."
11180
msgstr ""
11181
11182
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:51
11183
msgid ""
11184
"You must then select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Ideally, when you're "
11185
"configuring your company you'd create at least one journal for each bank "
11186
"account and one journal for petty cash in your company. So select the "
11187
"journal corresponding to the bank account whose statement you're handling."
11188
msgstr ""
11189
11190
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:55
11191
msgid ""
11192
"The currency that you're using for the statement line is that of the "
11193
"selected journal. If you're entering statement lines for an account in "
11194
"American dollars (USD) the amounts must be entered in \\ ``USD``\\ . The "
11195
"currency is automatically converted to the company's main currency when you "
11196
"confirm the entry, using the rates in effect at the date of entry (which "
11197
"means that you'd need valid currency conversion rates to be created first)."
11198
msgstr ""
11199
11200
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:61
11201
msgid ""
11202
"The initial balance is completed automatically by Open ERP based on the "
11203
"final balance of the preceding statement. You can modify this value and "
11204
"force another value. This lets you enter statements in the order of your "
11205
"choice. Also if you've lost a page of your statement you can enter the "
11206
"following ones immediately and you're not forced to wait for a duplicate "
11207
"from the bank."
11208
msgstr ""
11209
11210
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:66
11211
msgid ""
11212
"So, complete the final balance, which corresponds to the last value on the "
11213
"account after all of the statement entries. This amount will be the control "
11214
"for operations before approving the statement."
11215
msgstr ""
11216
11217
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:64
11218
msgid ""
11219
"Then you must enter all the lines on the statement. Each line corresponds to "
11220
"a banking transaction."
11221
msgstr ""
11222
11223
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:71
11224
msgid ""
11225
"Enter the transaction line. When you type the Partner name, Open ERP "
11226
"automatically proposes the corresponding account. The total amount due for "
11227
"the customer or supplier is pre-completed by Open ERP (:guilabel:`Amount`). "
11228
"This gives you a simple indication of the effective payment. You must the "
11229
"enter the amount that appears on your statement line: a negative sign for a "
11230
"withdrawal and a positive sign for a cash payment or deposit."
11231
msgstr ""
11232
11233
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:79
11234
msgid ""
11235
"When the payment entry has been made you can reconcile this directly with "
11236
"the accounting entry for the invoices. Press the :kbd:`Ctrl` key on the "
11237
"keyboard (necessary for the web client, though not the GTK client) and then "
11238
"press the :kbd:`<F1>` key while your cursor is in the :guilabel:`Reconcile` "
11239
"field on the payment line."
11240
msgstr ""
11241
11242
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:0
11243
msgid "*Reconciliation from data entry of the bank statement*"
11244
msgstr ""
11245
11246
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:90
11247
msgid ""
11248
"The reconciliation form then appears. To the right you'll find the amount "
11249
"for payment. You must then select the invoices paid by this transaction "
11250
"(Entries). To enable you to reconcile this the amount of payment must "
11251
"correspond exactly with one or several due dates of invoice."
11252
msgstr ""
11253
11254
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:86
11255
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:85
11256
msgid "Reconciliation"
11257
msgstr ""
11258
11259
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:96
11260
msgid ""
11261
"Other methods of reconciliation are possible: from accounting entries, when "
11262
"saving the payment directly on an invoice, or using the automatic "
11263
"reconciliation tool. But if you can, you should do a reconciliation when "
11264
"you're encoding the payment because that's the time when you have all of the "
11265
"information you need to hand for reconciling the payment with the "
11266
"corresponding invoice."
11267
msgstr ""
11268
11269
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:91
11270
msgid "You can carry out either a full or a partial reconciliation."
11271
msgstr ""
11272
11273
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:96
11274
msgid ""
11275
"If you see a difference between the payment and the invoices to reconcile, "
11276
"you can enter the difference in the second part of the form :guilabel:`Write-"
11277
"off`. You have to set an account for the adjustment. The main reasons "
11278
"explaining the difference are usually:"
11279
msgstr ""
11280
11281
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:110
11282
msgid "losses or profits,"
11283
msgstr ""
11284
11285
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:102
11286
msgid "exchange differences,"
11287
msgstr ""
11288
11289
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:114
11290
msgid "discounts given for rapid payment."
11291
msgstr ""
11292
11293
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:116
11294
msgid ""
11295
"When the reconciliation is complete - that is the payment is equal to the "
11296
"sum of the due payments and the adjustments - then you can close the "
11297
"reconciliation form."
11298
msgstr ""
11299
11300
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:119
11301
msgid ""
11302
"The reconciliation operation is optional – you could very well do it later "
11303
"or not do it at all. It's got two significant effects, however:"
11304
msgstr ""
11305
11306
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:112
11307
msgid "marking that the invoices have been paid,"
11308
msgstr ""
11309
11310
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:124
11311
msgid ""
11312
"preventing the payment and invoice amounts from appearing on customer "
11313
"reminder letters. Unless you've reconciled them a customer will see the "
11314
"invoice and payment amounts on her reminder letter (which won't alter the "
11315
"balance due since they'll just cancel each other out)."
11316
msgstr ""
11317
11318
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:128
11319
msgid ""
11320
"Finally, once you have entered the various lines of your bank statement you "
11321
"can validate it. Open ERP then automatically generates the corresponding "
11322
"accounting entries if the balance calculated equals the final balance "
11323
"indicated in the header. The reconciled invoices are marked as paid at that "
11324
"point."
11325
msgstr ""
11326
11327
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:133
11328
msgid ""
11329
"A user with advanced accounting skills can enter accounting entries directly "
11330
"into the bank journal. The resulting account is the same but the operation "
11331
"is more complex because you must know the accounts to use and must have "
11332
"mastered the ideas of credit and debit."
11333
msgstr ""
11334
11335
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:130
11336
msgid "Cash Management"
11337
msgstr ""
11338
11339
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:143
11340
msgid ""
11341
"To manage cash, you use the same form as before. At the start of the day you "
11342
"set the opening amount of cash in the entry (:guilabel:`Starting Balance`). "
11343
"Instead of confirming the entry immediately you should leave it in the "
11344
"``Draft`` state."
11345
msgstr ""
11346
11347
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:147
11348
msgid ""
11349
"All the transactions throughout the day are then entered in this statement. "
11350
"When you close the cash till, generally at the end of the day, you enter the "
11351
"amount found in the cash till in the field :guilabel:`Ending Balance`. Then "
11352
"confirm the statement to close the day's cash statement and automatically "
11353
"generate the corresponding accounting entries."
11354
msgstr ""
11355
11356
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:152
11357
msgid "Confirming the statement"
11358
msgstr ""
11359
11360
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:154
11361
msgid ""
11362
"Accounting entries are only generated when the statement is confirmed. So if "
11363
"the total statement hasn't been approved (that's to say during the day, in "
11364
"the case of petty cash) you shouldn't be surprised if partner payments "
11365
"haven't been deducted from their corresponding account."
11366
msgstr ""
11367
11368
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:161
11369
msgid "Manual entry in a journal"
11370
msgstr ""
11371
11372
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:163
11373
msgid ""
11374
"Invoices and statements produce accounting entries in different journals. "
11375
"But you could equally create entries directly in a journal without using the "
11376
"forms to help you. This functionality is often used for various entry "
11377
"transactions."
11378
msgstr ""
11379
11380
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:167
11381
msgid ""
11382
"To do this, use the following menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
11383
"Entries Encoding --> Entries Encoding by Line`."
11384
msgstr ""
11385
11386
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:170
11387
msgid ""
11388
"Select the journal and the accounting period. A window opens, enabling you "
11389
"to enter the accounting data in an editable list. You can then enter data "
11390
"from a supplier invoice."
11391
msgstr ""
11392
11393
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:173
11394
msgid ""
11395
"As you'll recall, these entries are usually generated automatically by "
11396
"Open ERP. If you haven't created an invoice you'll have to enter values "
11397
"manually."
11398
msgstr ""
11399
11400
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:176
11401
msgid "Fill these fields manually in this order:"
11402
msgstr ""
11403
11404
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:178
11405
msgid ":guilabel:`Effective Date` : invoice date,"
11406
msgstr ""
11407
11408
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:180
11409
msgid ""
11410
":guilabel:`Move` : leave this empty so that Open ERP can fill it in "
11411
"automatically from the next number in sequence for line validations,"
11412
msgstr ""
11413
11414
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:183
11415
msgid ":guilabel:`Ref.` : reference from the supplier invoice,"
11416
msgstr ""
11417
11418
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:185
11419
msgid ":guilabel:`Partner Ref.` : partner concerned,"
11420
msgstr ""
11421
11422
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:187
11423
msgid ""
11424
":guilabel:`Account` : account for the purchase line (\\ ``Products "
11425
"Purchase``\\ ),"
11426
msgstr ""
11427
11428
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:189
11429
msgid ":guilabel:`Name` : description of the invoice line ( ``PC2`` ),"
11430
msgstr ""
11431
11432
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:191
11433
msgid ":guilabel:`Credit` : \\ ``1196``\\ ."
11434
msgstr ""
11435
11436
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:193
11437
msgid ""
11438
"Press the :guilabel:`Enter` key on your keyboard to validate this first "
11439
"line. The next sequence number is assigned to your accounting entry. Your "
11440
"line is then colored red and takes the \\ ``Draft``\\ state. When a line "
11441
"is in the draft state then it's not yet reflected in the accounts. Open ERP "
11442
"won't validate that line until the balancing entry is made (so the credit "
11443
"amounts must balance the debit amounts for that set of entries)."
11444
msgstr ""
11445
11446
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:199
11447
msgid ""
11448
"Open ERP now proposes the balancing accounting line to be filled in. If the "
11449
"account used (in this case account \\ ``600``\\ ) includes taxes by default "
11450
"in its definition Open ERP automatically proposes taxes associated with the "
11451
"amount entered. At this stage you can modify and validate this second line "
11452
"of the account, or replace it with other information such as a second "
11453
"purchase line."
11454
msgstr ""
11455
11456
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:204
11457
msgid ""
11458
"When you've entered all of the data from your lines, Open ERP automatically "
11459
"proposes counterpart entries to you, based on the credit entries. If you "
11460
"validate it, the accounting entries are all matched together and the lines "
11461
"move from the \\ ``Draft``\\ state (red) to the \\ ``Open``\\ state "
11462
"(black)."
11463
msgstr ""
11464
11465
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:209
11466
msgid "Completing a balancing entry"
11467
msgstr ""
11468
11469
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:211
11470
msgid ""
11471
"When an accounting entry is matched, Open ERP moves it to the open state "
11472
"automatically and prepares to enter the next data."
11473
msgstr ""
11474
11475
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:214
11476
msgid ""
11477
"If you want to add some other balancing lines you can enter the number of "
11478
"the entry on the new line that you're entering. In such a case the whole "
11479
"line stays at Draft until the whole set balances to zero."
11480
msgstr ""
11481
11482
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:219
11483
msgid "Process of reconciliation"
11484
msgstr ""
11485
11486
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:218
11487
msgid ""
11488
"The reconciliation operation consists of matching entries in different "
11489
"accounts to indicate that they are related. Generally reconciliation is used "
11490
"for:"
11491
msgstr ""
11492
11493
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:224
11494
msgid ""
11495
"matching invoice entries to payments so that invoices are marked as paid and "
11496
"customers don't get payment reminder letters (reconciliation in a customer "
11497
"account),"
11498
msgstr ""
11499
11500
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:224
11501
msgid ""
11502
"matching deposits and cheque withdrawals with their respective payments,"
11503
msgstr ""
11504
11505
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:226
11506
msgid "matching invoices and credit notes to cancel them out."
11507
msgstr ""
11508
11509
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:228
11510
msgid ""
11511
"A reconciliation must be carried out on a list of accounting entries by an "
11512
"accountant, so that the sum of credits equals the sum of the debits for the "
11513
"matched entries."
11514
msgstr ""
11515
11516
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:234
11517
msgid ""
11518
"Reconciliation in Open ERP can only be carried out in accounts that have "
11519
"been configured as reconcilable (the :guilabel:`Reconcile` field)."
11520
msgstr ""
11521
11522
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:237
11523
msgid ""
11524
"Don't confuse: **account** reconciliation and **bank statement** "
11525
"reconciliation"
11526
msgstr ""
11527
11528
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:239
11529
msgid ""
11530
"It's important not to confuse the reconciliation of accounting entries with "
11531
"bank statement reconciliation. The first consists of linking account entries "
11532
"with each other, while the second consists of verifying that your bank "
11533
"statement corresponds with the entries of that account in your accounting "
11534
"system."
11535
msgstr ""
11536
11537
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:245
11538
msgid ""
11539
"There are different methods of reconciling entries. You've already seen the "
11540
"reconciliation of entries while doing data entry in an account. Automatic "
11541
"and manual reconciliations are described here."
11542
msgstr ""
11543
11544
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:253
11545
msgid "Automatic reconciliation"
11546
msgstr ""
11547
11548
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:255
11549
msgid ""
11550
"For automatic reconciliation, you'll be asking Open ERP to make its own "
11551
"search for entries to reconcile in a series of accounts. It tries to find "
11552
"entries for each partner where the amounts correspond."
11553
msgstr ""
11554
11555
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:259
11556
msgid ""
11557
"Depending on the level of complexity that you choose when you start running "
11558
"the tool, the software could reconcile from two to nine entries at the same "
11559
"time. For example, if you select level 5, Open ERP will reconcile three "
11560
"invoices and two payments if the total amounts correspond."
11561
msgstr ""
11562
11563
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:0
11564
msgid "*Form for automatic reconciliation*"
11565
msgstr ""
11566
11567
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:269
11568
msgid ""
11569
"To start the reconciliation tool, click :menuselection:`Financial management "
11570
"--> Periodical Processing --> Reconciliation --> Automatic Reconciliation`."
11571
msgstr ""
11572
11573
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:269
11574
msgid "A form opens, asking you for the following information:"
11575
msgstr ""
11576
11577
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:274
11578
msgid ""
11579
":guilabel:`Account to reconcile` : you can select one, several, or all "
11580
"reconcilable accounts,"
11581
msgstr ""
11582
11583
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:276
11584
msgid ""
11585
"the period to take into consideration (:guilabel:`Start of Period` / "
11586
":guilabel:`End of Period`),"
11587
msgstr ""
11588
11589
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:271
11590
msgid ""
11591
"the Reconciliation :guilabel:`Power` (from \\ ``2``\\ to \\ ``9``\\ ),"
11592
msgstr ""
11593
11594
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:277
11595
msgid ""
11596
"information needed for the adjustment (details for the :guilabel:`Write-Off "
11597
"Move`)."
11598
msgstr ""
11599
11600
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:279
11601
msgid "Reconciling"
11602
msgstr ""
11603
11604
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:284
11605
msgid "You can reconcile:"
11606
msgstr ""
11607
11608
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:283
11609
msgid "all the Accounts Receivable – your customer accounts of type Debtor,"
11610
msgstr ""
11611
11612
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:285
11613
msgid "all the Accounts Payable – your supplier accounts of type Creditor."
11614
msgstr ""
11615
11616
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:290
11617
msgid ""
11618
"The adjustment option enables you to reconcile entries even if their amounts "
11619
"aren't exactly equivalent. For example, Open ERP permits foreign customers "
11620
"whose accounts are in different currencies to have a difference of up to, "
11621
"say, 0.50 units of currency and put the difference in a write- off account."
11622
msgstr ""
11623
11624
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:298
11625
msgid "Limit write-off adjustments"
11626
msgstr ""
11627
11628
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:300
11629
msgid ""
11630
"You shouldn't make the adjustment limits too large. Companies that "
11631
"introduced substantial automatic write-off adjustments have found that all "
11632
"employee expense reimbursements below the limit were written off "
11633
"automatically!"
11634
msgstr ""
11635
11636
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:304
11637
msgid "Default values"
11638
msgstr ""
11639
11640
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:306
11641
msgid ""
11642
"If you run the automatic reconciliation tool regularly you should set "
11643
"default values for each field by pressing the :kbd:`Ctrl` key and using the "
11644
"right-click mouse button (when the form is in edit mode using the web "
11645
"client), or just right-click using the GTK client. The resulting context "
11646
"menu enables you to set default values. This means that you won't have to re-"
11647
"type all the fields each time."
11648
msgstr ""
11649
11650
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:316
11651
msgid "Manual reconciliation"
11652
msgstr ""
11653
11654
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:318
11655
msgid ""
11656
"For manual reconciliation, open the entries for reconciling an account "
11657
"through the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Periodical "
11658
"Processing --> Reconciliation --> Reconcile Entries`. You can also call up "
11659
"manual reconciliation from any screen that shows accounting entries."
11660
msgstr ""
11661
11662
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:325
11663
msgid ""
11664
"Select entries that you want to reconcile. From the selection, Open ERP "
11665
"indicates the sum of debits and credits for the selected entries. When these "
11666
"are equal you can click the :guilabel:`Reconcile Entries` button to "
11667
"reconcile the entries."
11668
msgstr ""
11669
11670
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:329
11671
msgid "*Example Real case of using reconciliation*"
11672
msgstr ""
11673
11674
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:331
11675
msgid ""
11676
"Suppose that you're entering customer order details. You ask “what's "
11677
"outstanding on the customer account ?” (that is the list of unpaid invoices "
11678
"and unreconciled payments). To review it from the order form, navigate to "
11679
"the :guilabel:`Partner` record and select the view :guilabel:`Receivables "
11680
"and Payables`. Open ERP opens a history of unreconciled accounting entries "
11681
"on screen."
11682
msgstr ""
11683
11684
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:343
11685
msgid ""
11686
"You see an invoice for 1900 and a payment two weeks later of 1900 with the "
11687
"same reference. You can select the two lines in that view. The total at the "
11688
"bottom of the page shows you that the credit amount equals the debit amount "
11689
"for the selected line. Click :guilabel:`Reconcile Entries` to reconcile the "
11690
"two lines."
11691
msgstr ""
11692
11693
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:348
11694
msgid ""
11695
"After this these lines can't be selected and won't appear when the entries "
11696
"are listed again. If there's a difference between the two entries, Open ERP "
11697
"suggests that you make an adjustment. This adjustment is a compensating "
11698
"entry that enables a complete reconciliation. You must therefore specify the "
11699
"journal and the account to be used for the adjustment."
11700
msgstr ""
11701
11702
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:329
11703
msgid "For example, if you want to reconcile the following entries:"
11704
msgstr ""
11705
11706
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11707
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11708
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11709
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:143
11710
msgid "Date"
11711
msgstr ""
11712
11713
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11714
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11715
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11716
msgid "Ref."
11717
msgstr ""
11718
11719
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
11720
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11721
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11722
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11723
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:77
11724
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:26
11725
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:41
11726
msgid "Description"
11727
msgstr ""
11728
11729
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11730
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11731
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11732
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11733
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11734
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11735
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11736
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11737
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11738
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11739
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11740
msgid "Account"
11741
msgstr ""
11742
11743
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11744
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11745
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11746
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11747
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11748
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11749
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11750
msgid "Debit"
11751
msgstr ""
11752
11753
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11754
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11755
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11756
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11757
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
11758
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11759
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
11760
msgid "Credit"
11761
msgstr ""
11762
11763
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11764
msgid "12 May 08"
11765
msgstr ""
11766
11767
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11768
msgid "FAC23"
11769
msgstr ""
11770
11771
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11772
msgid "Car hire"
11773
msgstr ""
11774
11775
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11776
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11777
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11778
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11779
msgid "4010"
11780
msgstr ""
11781
11782
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11783
msgid "544.50"
11784
msgstr ""
11785
11786
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11787
msgid "25 May 08"
11788
msgstr ""
11789
11790
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11791
msgid "FAC44"
11792
msgstr ""
11793
11794
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11795
msgid "Car insurance"
11796
msgstr ""
11797
11798
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11799
msgid "100.00"
11800
msgstr ""
11801
11802
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11803
msgid "31 May 08"
11804
msgstr ""
11805
11806
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11807
msgid "PAY01"
11808
msgstr ""
11809
11810
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11811
msgid "Invoices n° 23, 44"
11812
msgstr ""
11813
11814
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11815
msgid "644.00"
11816
msgstr ""
11817
11818
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:365
11819
msgid ""
11820
"On reconciliation, Open ERP shows a difference of 0.50. At this stage you "
11821
"have two possibilities:"
11822
msgstr ""
11823
11824
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:367
11825
msgid "don't reconcile, and the customer receives a request for 0.50,"
11826
msgstr ""
11827
11828
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:343
11829
msgid ""
11830
"reconcile and accept an adjustment of 0.50 that you will take from the P&L "
11831
"account."
11832
msgstr ""
11833
11834
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:371
11835
msgid "Open ERP generates the following account automatically:"
11836
msgstr ""
11837
11838
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11839
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11840
msgid "03 Jun 08"
11841
msgstr ""
11842
11843
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11844
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11845
msgid "AJ001"
11846
msgstr ""
11847
11848
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11849
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11850
msgid "Adjustment: profits and losses"
11851
msgstr ""
11852
11853
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11854
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11855
msgid "0.50"
11856
msgstr ""
11857
11858
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:1
11859
msgid "XXX"
11860
msgstr ""
11861
11862
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:357
11863
msgid ""
11864
"The two invoices and the payment will be reconciled in the first adjustment "
11865
"line. The two invoices will then be automatically marked as paid."
11866
msgstr ""
11867
11868
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:391
11869
msgid "Management of payments"
11870
msgstr ""
11871
11872
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:393
11873
msgid ""
11874
"Open ERP gives you forms for preparing, validating and executing payment "
11875
"orders. This enables you to manage issues such as:"
11876
msgstr ""
11877
11878
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:370
11879
msgid "Payment provided on several due dates."
11880
msgstr ""
11881
11882
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:372
11883
msgid "Automatic payment dates."
11884
msgstr ""
11885
11886
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:374
11887
msgid "Separating payment preparation and payment approval in your company."
11888
msgstr ""
11889
11890
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:376
11891
msgid ""
11892
"Preparing an order during the week containing several payments, then "
11893
"creating a payment file at the end of the week."
11894
msgstr ""
11895
11896
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:379
11897
msgid ""
11898
"Creating a file for electronic payment which can be sent to a bank for "
11899
"execution."
11900
msgstr ""
11901
11902
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:407
11903
msgid ""
11904
"Splitting payments dependent on the balances available in your various bank "
11905
"accounts."
11906
msgstr ""
11907
11908
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:410
11909
msgid "Process for managing payment orders"
11910
msgstr ""
11911
11912
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:415
11913
msgid ""
11914
"To use the tool for managing payments you must first install the module "
11915
":mod:`account_payment`. It's part of the core Open ERP system."
11916
msgstr ""
11917
11918
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:418
11919
msgid ""
11920
"The system lets you enter a series of payments to be carried out from your "
11921
"various bank accounts. Once the different payments have been registered you "
11922
"can validate the payment orders. During validation you can modify and "
11923
"approve the payment orders, sending the order to the bank for electronic "
11924
"funds transfer or just printing cheques as you wish."
11925
msgstr ""
11926
11927
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:423
11928
msgid ""
11929
"For example if you have to pay a supplier's invoice for a large amount you "
11930
"can split the payments amongst several bank accounts according to their "
11931
"available balance. To do this you can prepare several Draft orders and "
11932
"validate them once you're satisfied that the split is correct."
11933
msgstr ""
11934
11935
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:427
11936
msgid ""
11937
"This process can also be regularly scheduled. In some companies, a payment "
11938
"order is kept in Draft state and payments are added to the draft list each "
11939
"day. At the end of the week it's an accountant's job to work on all of the "
11940
"waiting payment orders."
11941
msgstr ""
11942
11943
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:431
11944
msgid ""
11945
"Once the payment order is confirmed there's still a validation step for an "
11946
"accountant to carry out. You could imagine that these orders would be "
11947
"prepared by an accounts clerk, and then approved by a manager to go ahead "
11948
"with payment."
11949
msgstr ""
11950
11951
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:412
11952
msgid "Payment Workflow"
11953
msgstr ""
11954
11955
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:440
11956
msgid ""
11957
"An Open ERP workflow is associated with each payment order. Select a payment "
11958
"order and if you're in the GTK client click :menuselection:`Plugins --> "
11959
"Print workflow` from the top menu."
11960
msgstr ""
11961
11962
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:418
11963
msgid ""
11964
"You can integrate more complex workflow rules to manage payment orders by "
11965
"adapting the workflow. For example, in some companies payments must be "
11966
"approved by a manager under certain cash flow or value limit conditions."
11967
msgstr ""
11968
11969
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:0
11970
msgid "*Payments workflow*"
11971
msgstr ""
11972
11973
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:454
11974
msgid ""
11975
"When the accounting manager validates the document, Open ERP generates a "
11976
"banking file with all the payment orders. You can then just send the file "
11977
"over your electronic connection with your bank to execute all your payments."
11978
msgstr ""
11979
11980
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:458
11981
msgid ""
11982
"In small businesses it's usually the same person who enters the payment "
11983
"orders and who validates them. In this case you should just click the two "
11984
"buttons, one after the other, to confirm the payment."
11985
msgstr ""
11986
11987
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:463
11988
msgid "Preparation and execution of orders"
11989
msgstr ""
11990
11991
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:465
11992
msgid ""
11993
"To enter a payment order, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management -"
11994
"-> Payment --> Payment Orders --> New Payment Order`."
11995
msgstr ""
11996
11997
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:0
11998
msgid "*Entering a payment order*"
11999
msgstr ""
12000
12001
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:474
12002
msgid "Open ERP then proposes a reference number for your payment order."
12003
msgstr ""
12004
12005
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:476
12006
msgid ""
12007
"You then have to choose a payment mode from the various methods available to "
12008
"your company. These have to be configured when you set the accounting system "
12009
"up using menus :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> "
12010
"Payment Type` and :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> "
12011
"Payment Mode`. Some examples are:"
12012
msgstr ""
12013
12014
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:453
12015
msgid "Cheques"
12016
msgstr ""
12017
12018
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:455
12019
msgid "Bank transfer,"
12020
msgstr ""
12021
12022
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:485
12023
msgid "Visa card on a FORTIS account,"
12024
msgstr ""
12025
12026
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:459
12027
msgid "Petty cash."
12028
msgstr ""
12029
12030
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:489
12031
msgid "Then you set the :guilabel:`Preferred date` for payment:"
12032
msgstr ""
12033
12034
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:491
12035
msgid ""
12036
":guilabel:`Due date` : each operation will be effected at the invoice "
12037
"deadline date,"
12038
msgstr ""
12039
12040
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:493
12041
msgid ""
12042
":guilabel:`Directly` : the operations will be effected when the orders are "
12043
"validated,"
12044
msgstr ""
12045
12046
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:495
12047
msgid ""
12048
":guilabel:`Fixed date` : you must specify an effective payment date in the "
12049
":guilabel:`Scheduled date if fixed` field that follows."
12050
msgstr ""
12051
12052
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:498
12053
msgid ""
12054
"The date is particularly important for the preparation of electronic "
12055
"transfers because banking interfaces enable you to select a future execution "
12056
"date for each operation. So to configure your Open ERP most simply you can "
12057
"choose to pay all invoices automatically by their deadline."
12058
msgstr ""
12059
12060
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:502
12061
msgid ""
12062
"You must then select the invoices to pay. They can be manually entered in "
12063
"the field :guilabel:`Payment Line` but it's easier to add them "
12064
"automatically. For that, click :guilabel:`Add payment lines` and Open ERP "
12065
"will then propose lines with payment deadlines. For each deadline you can "
12066
"see:"
12067
msgstr ""
12068
12069
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:507
12070
msgid "the invoice :guilabel:`Effective date`,"
12071
msgstr ""
12072
12073
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:509
12074
msgid ""
12075
"the reference :guilabel:`Ref.` and description of the invoice, "
12076
":guilabel:`Name`,"
12077
msgstr ""
12078
12079
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:483
12080
msgid "the deadline for the invoice,"
12081
msgstr ""
12082
12083
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:513
12084
msgid "the amount to be paid in the company's default currency,"
12085
msgstr ""
12086
12087
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:515
12088
msgid "the amount to be paid in the currency of the invoice."
12089
msgstr ""
12090
12091
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:517
12092
msgid ""
12093
"You can then accept the payment proposed by Open ERP or select the entries "
12094
"that you'll pay or not pay on that order. Open ERP gives you all the "
12095
"necessary information to make a payment decision for each line item:"
12096
msgstr ""
12097
12098
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:491
12099
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:276
12100
msgid "account,"
12101
msgstr ""
12102
12103
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:493
12104
msgid "supplier's bank account,"
12105
msgstr ""
12106
12107
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:495
12108
msgid "amount that will be paid,"
12109
msgstr ""
12110
12111
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:497
12112
msgid "amount to pay,"
12113
msgstr ""
12114
12115
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:499
12116
msgid "the supplier,"
12117
msgstr ""
12118
12119
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:501
12120
msgid "total amount owed to the supplier,"
12121
msgstr ""
12122
12123
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:503
12124
msgid "due date,"
12125
msgstr ""
12126
12127
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:505
12128
msgid "date of creation."
12129
msgstr ""
12130
12131
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:537
12132
msgid ""
12133
"You can modify the first three fields on each line: the account, the "
12134
"supplier's bank account and the amount that will be paid. This arrangement "
12135
"is very practical because it gives you complete visibility of all the "
12136
"company's trade payables. You can pay only a part of an invoice, for "
12137
"example, and in preparing your next payment order Open ERP automatically "
12138
"suggests payment of the remainder owed."
12139
msgstr ""
12140
12141
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:543
12142
msgid ""
12143
"When the payment has been prepared correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The "
12144
"payment then changes to the \\ ``Open``\\ state and a new button appears "
12145
"that can be used to start the payment process. Depending on the chosen "
12146
"payment method, Open ERP provides a file containing all of the payment "
12147
"orders. You can send this to the bank to make the payment transfers."
12148
msgstr ""
12149
12150
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:548
12151
msgid ""
12152
"In future versions of Open ERP it's expected that the system will be able to "
12153
"prepare and print cheques."
12154
msgstr ""
12155
12156
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:533
12157
msgid ""
12158
"As usual, you can change the start point for the payment workflow from the "
12159
":menuselection:`Administration --> Customization --> Workflow` menus."
12160
msgstr ""
12161
12162
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:24
12163
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:2
12164
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:21
12165
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:2
12166
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:2
12167
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12168
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12169
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12170
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12171
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12172
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:92
12173
msgid "accounting"
12174
msgstr ""
12175
12176
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:2
12177
msgid "entry"
12178
msgstr ""
12179
12180
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:21
12181
msgid "bank"
12182
msgstr ""
12183
12184
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:21
12185
msgid "bank statement"
12186
msgstr ""
12187
12188
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:93
12189
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:292
12190
msgid "adjustment"
12191
msgstr ""
12192
12193
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:126
12194
msgid "cash management"
12195
msgstr ""
12196
12197
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:246
12198
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:301
12199
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:66
12200
msgid "reconciliation"
12201
msgstr ""
12202
12203
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:246
12204
msgid "automatic"
12205
msgstr ""
12206
12207
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:292
12208
msgid "limit"
12209
msgstr ""
12210
12211
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:301
12212
msgid "manual"
12213
msgstr ""
12214
12215
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:360
12216
msgid "payments"
12217
msgstr ""
12218
12219
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_entries.rst:386
12220
msgid "account_payment"
12221
msgstr ""
12222
12223
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:9
12224
msgid "Accounting workflow and the automatic generation of invoices"
12225
msgstr ""
12226
12227
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:11
12228
msgid ""
12229
"The chart :ref:`fig-accfl` shows the financial workflow followed by each "
12230
"invoice."
12231
msgstr ""
12232
12233
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:0
12234
msgid "*Accounting workflow for invoicing and payment*"
12235
msgstr ""
12236
12237
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:21
12238
msgid ""
12239
"In general, when you use all of Open ERP's functionality, invoices don't "
12240
"need to be entered manually. Draft invoices are generated automatically from "
12241
"other documents such as Purchase Orders."
12242
msgstr ""
12243
12244
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:28
12245
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:40
12246
msgid "Draft Invoices"
12247
msgstr ""
12248
12249
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:30
12250
msgid ""
12251
"The system generates invoice proposals which are initially set to the \\ "
12252
"``Draft``\\ state. While these invoices remain unconfirmed they have no "
12253
"accounting impact within the system. There's nothing to stop users creating "
12254
"their own draft invoices if they want to."
12255
msgstr ""
12256
12257
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:34
12258
msgid ""
12259
"You can create draft invoice manually : Finantial Management / Invoices / "
12260
"Customer Invoices / New Customer Invoice"
12261
msgstr ""
12262
12263
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:36
12264
msgid ""
12265
"The information that's needed for invoicing is automatically taken from the "
12266
"Partner form (such as payment conditions and the invoice address) or from "
12267
"the Product (such as the account to be used) or from a combination of the "
12268
"two (such as applicable Taxes and the Price of the product)."
12269
msgstr ""
12270
12271
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:40
12272
msgid "Draft invoices"
12273
msgstr ""
12274
12275
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:42
12276
msgid "There are several advantages in working with Draft invoices:"
12277
msgstr ""
12278
12279
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:44
12280
msgid ""
12281
"You've got an intermediate validation state before the invoice is approved. "
12282
"This is useful when your accountants aren't the people creating the initial "
12283
"invoice, but are still required to approve it before the invoice is entered "
12284
"into the accounts."
12285
msgstr ""
12286
12287
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:48
12288
msgid ""
12289
"It enables you to create invoices in advance, without approving them at the "
12290
"same time. You're also able to list all of the invoices awaiting approval."
12291
msgstr ""
12292
12293
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:52
12294
msgid "Open or Pro-Forma Invoices"
12295
msgstr ""
12296
12297
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:54
12298
msgid ""
12299
"You can approve (or validate) an invoice in the \\ ``Open``\\ or \\ ``Pro "
12300
"Forma``\\ state. A Pro Forma invoice doesn't yet have an invoice number or "
12301
"accounting entries. It is something more formal than a draft invoice and can "
12302
"later be converted to an open invoice."
12303
msgstr ""
12304
12305
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:63
12306
msgid ""
12307
"An open invoice has a unique invoice number. The invoice is sent to the "
12308
"customer and is marked on the system as awaiting payment."
12309
msgstr ""
12310
12311
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:66
12312
msgid "Reconciling invoice entries and payments"
12313
msgstr ""
12314
12315
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:68
12316
msgid ""
12317
"In Open ERP an invoice is considered to be paid when its accounting entries "
12318
"have been reconciled with the payment entries. If there hasn't been a "
12319
"reconciliation an invoice can remain in the open state until you have "
12320
"entered the payment."
12321
msgstr ""
12322
12323
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:72
12324
msgid "Payment and reconciliation"
12325
msgstr ""
12326
12327
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:74
12328
msgid ""
12329
"To avoid surprises, it's important to understand the idea of reconciliation "
12330
"and its link with invoice payment."
12331
msgstr ""
12332
12333
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:77
12334
msgid ""
12335
"You'll find both a :guilabel:`Reconciled` field and the :guilabel:`Paid` "
12336
"checkbox on an invoice. They differ from each other only if an invoice has "
12337
"been paid (using reconciliation of records) but has subsequently been marked "
12338
"as unreconciled."
12339
msgstr ""
12340
12341
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:83
12342
msgid ""
12343
"Reconciliation links entries in an account that cancel each other out – "
12344
"they're reconciled to each other (sum of credits = sum of debits)."
12345
msgstr ""
12346
12347
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:90
12348
msgid "This is generally applied to payments against corresponding invoices."
12349
msgstr ""
12350
12351
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:88
12352
msgid ""
12353
"Without the reconciliation process, Open ERP would be incapable of marking "
12354
"invoices that have been paid. Suppose that you've got the following "
12355
"situation for the Smith and Offspring customer:"
12356
msgstr ""
12357
12358
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:95
12359
msgid "Invoice 145: 50,"
12360
msgstr ""
12361
12362
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:97
12363
msgid "Invoice 167: 120,"
12364
msgstr ""
12365
12366
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:99
12367
msgid "Invoice 184: 70."
12368
msgstr ""
12369
12370
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:97
12371
msgid ""
12372
"If you receive a payment of 120, Open ERP will delay reconciliation because "
12373
"there's a choice of invoices to pay. It could either reconcile the payment "
12374
"against invoices 145 and 184 or against invoice 167."
12375
msgstr ""
12376
12377
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:101
12378
msgid ""
12379
"You can cancel an invoice if the :guilabel:`Allow Cancelling Entries` "
12380
"function has been activated in the journal and the entries haven't yet been "
12381
"reconciled. You could then move it from \\ ``Canceled``\\ , through the \\ "
12382
"``Draft``\\ state to modify it and regenerate it."
12383
msgstr ""
12384
12385
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:101
12386
msgid "Treatment in Lots"
12387
msgstr ""
12388
12389
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:103
12390
msgid ""
12391
"Usually, different transactions are grouped together and handled at the same "
12392
"time rather than invoice by invoice. This is called batch work or lot "
12393
"handling."
12394
msgstr ""
12395
12396
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:106
12397
msgid ""
12398
"You can select several documents in the list of invoices: check the "
12399
"checkboxes of the interesting lines using the web client and click the "
12400
"appropriate shortcut button at the right; or shift-click the lines using the "
12401
"mouse in the GTK client and use the action or print button at the top – "
12402
"these give you the option of a number of possible actions on the selected "
12403
"objects."
12404
msgstr ""
12405
12406
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:116
12407
msgid ""
12408
"At regular intervals, and independently of the invoices, an automatic import "
12409
"procedure or a manual accounts procedure can be used to bring in bank "
12410
"statements. These comprise all of the payments of suppliers and customers "
12411
"and general transactions, such as between accounts."
12412
msgstr ""
12413
12414
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:120
12415
msgid ""
12416
"When an account is validated, the corresponding accounting entries are "
12417
"automatically generated by Open ERP."
12418
msgstr ""
12419
12420
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:123
12421
msgid ""
12422
"Invoices are marked as paid when accounting entries on the invoice have been "
12423
"reconciled with accounting entries about their payment."
12424
msgstr ""
12425
12426
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:115
12427
msgid ""
12428
"This reconciliation transaction can be carried out at various places in the "
12429
"process, depending on your preference:"
12430
msgstr ""
12431
12432
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:118
12433
msgid "at data entry for the accounting statement,"
12434
msgstr ""
12435
12436
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:120
12437
msgid "manually from the account records,"
12438
msgstr ""
12439
12440
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:133
12441
msgid "automatically using Open ERP's intelligent reconciliation."
12442
msgstr ""
12443
12444
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:135
12445
msgid ""
12446
"You can create the accounting records directly, without using the invoice "
12447
"and account statements. To do this, use the rapid data entry form in a "
12448
"journal. Some accountants prefer this approach because they're used to "
12449
"thinking in terms of accounting records rather than in terms of invoices and "
12450
"payments."
12451
msgstr ""
12452
12453
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:129
12454
msgid ""
12455
"You should really use the forms designed for invoices and bank statements "
12456
"rather than manual data entry records, however. These are simpler and are "
12457
"managed within an error-controlling system."
12458
msgstr ""
12459
12460
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:144
12461
msgid "A records-based system"
12462
msgstr ""
12463
12464
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:146
12465
msgid ""
12466
"All the accounting transactions in Open ERP are based on records, whether "
12467
"they're created by an invoice or created directly."
12468
msgstr ""
12469
12470
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:149
12471
msgid ""
12472
"So partner reminders are generated quickly from the list of unreconciled "
12473
"entries in the trade receivables account for that partner. In a single "
12474
"reminder you'll find the whole set of unpaid invoices as well as "
12475
"unreconciled payments, such as advance payments."
12476
msgstr ""
12477
12478
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:153
12479
msgid ""
12480
"Similarly, financial statements such as the general ledger, account balance, "
12481
"aged balance (or chronological balance) and the various journals, are all "
12482
"based on accounting entries. It doesn't matter if you generated the entry "
12483
"from an invoice form or directly in the invoice journal. It's the same for "
12484
"the tax declaration and other statutory financial statements."
12485
msgstr ""
12486
12487
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:158
12488
msgid ""
12489
"When using integrated accounting, you should still go through the standard "
12490
"billing process because some modules are directly dependent on invoice "
12491
"documents. For example, a customer sale order can be configured to wait for "
12492
"payment of the invoice before triggering a delivery. In such a case, "
12493
"Open ERP automatically generates a draft invoice to send to the client."
12494
msgstr ""
12495
12496
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:2
12497
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:2
12498
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:3
12499
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:1
12500
msgid "workflow"
12501
msgstr ""
12502
12503
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:2
12504
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:2
12505
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:42
12506
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:136
12507
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:161
12508
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:8
12509
msgid "invoicing"
12510
msgstr ""
12511
12512
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/accounting_workflow.rst:24
12513
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:21
12514
msgid "invoices"
12515
msgstr ""
12516
12517
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:7
12518
msgid "From invoice to payment"
12519
msgstr ""
12520
12521
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:28
12522
msgid ""
12523
"Accounting is at the heart of managing a company: all the company's "
12524
"operations have an impact here. It has an informational role (how much cash "
12525
"is there? what debts need to be repaid? what's the stock valuation?) and, "
12526
"because of the information it provides, a reliable and detailed accounting "
12527
"system can and should have a major decision-making role."
12528
msgstr ""
12529
12530
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:33
12531
msgid ""
12532
"In most companies, accounting is limited to producing statutory reports and "
12533
"satisfying the directors' curiosity about certain strategic decisions, and "
12534
"to printing the balance sheet and the income statement several times a year. "
12535
"Even then there's often several weeks of delay between reality and the "
12536
"report."
12537
msgstr ""
12538
12539
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:38
12540
msgid "Valuing your accounting function"
12541
msgstr ""
12542
12543
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:25
12544
msgid "In many small companies, the accounting function is poorly treated."
12545
msgstr ""
12546
12547
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:42
12548
msgid ""
12549
"Not only do you see the data for documents being entered into the system "
12550
"twice, but also the results are often just used to produce legal "
12551
"documentation and regular printouts of the balance sheet and income "
12552
"statements some weeks after the closing dates."
12553
msgstr ""
12554
12555
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:31
12556
msgid ""
12557
"By contrast, integrating your accounts with your management system means "
12558
"that you can:"
12559
msgstr ""
12560
12561
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:48
12562
msgid "reduce data entry effort – you only need do it once,"
12563
msgstr ""
12564
12565
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:50
12566
msgid ""
12567
"run your processes with the benefit of financial vision: for example in "
12568
"managing projects, negotiating contracts and forecasting cash flow,"
12569
msgstr ""
12570
12571
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:38
12572
msgid ""
12573
"easily get hold of useful information when you need it, such as a customer's "
12574
"credit position."
12575
msgstr ""
12576
12577
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:55
12578
msgid ""
12579
"So accounting is too often underused. The information it brings makes it a "
12580
"very effective tool for running the company if it's integrated into the "
12581
"management system. Accounting information really is necessary in all of your "
12582
"company's processes for you to be effective, for example:"
12583
msgstr ""
12584
12585
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:59
12586
msgid ""
12587
"for preparing quotations it's important to know the precise financial "
12588
"position of the customer, and to see a history of any delays in payment,"
12589
msgstr ""
12590
12591
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:47
12592
msgid ""
12593
"if a given customer has exceeded his credit limit, accounting can "
12594
"automatically stop further deliveries to the customer,"
12595
msgstr ""
12596
12597
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:65
12598
msgid ""
12599
"if a project budget is 80% consumed but the project is only 20% complete you "
12600
"could renegotiate with the customer, or review and rein in the objectives of "
12601
"the project,"
12602
msgstr ""
12603
12604
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12605
msgid ""
12606
"if you need to improve your company's cash flow then you could plan your "
12607
"services projects on the basis of billing rates and payment terms of the "
12608
"various projects, and not just delivery dates – you could work on short-term "
12609
"client projects in preference to R&D projects, for example."
12610
msgstr ""
12611
12612
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:72
12613
msgid ""
12614
"Open ERP's general and analytic accounting handle these needs well because "
12615
"of the close integration between all of the application modules. "
12616
"Furthermore, the transactions, the actions and the financial analyses happen "
12617
"in real time, so that you cannot only monitor the situation but also manage "
12618
"it effectively."
12619
msgstr ""
12620
12621
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:80
12622
msgid ""
12623
"The :mod:`account` module in Open ERP covers general accounting, analytic "
12624
"accounting, and auxiliary and budgetary accounting. It is double-entry, "
12625
"multi-currency and multi-company."
12626
msgstr ""
12627
12628
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:77
12629
msgid "Accounting"
12630
msgstr ""
12631
12632
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:94
12633
msgid ""
12634
"General accounting (or financial accounting) is for identifying the assets "
12635
"and liabilities of the business. It's managed using double-entry accounting "
12636
"which ensures that each transaction is credited to one account and debited "
12637
"from another."
12638
msgstr ""
12639
12640
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:98
12641
msgid ""
12642
"Analytical accounting (or management or cost accounting) is an independent "
12643
"accounting system which reflects the general accounts but is structured "
12644
"along axes that represent the company's management needs."
12645
msgstr ""
12646
12647
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:87
12648
msgid ""
12649
"Auxiliary accounting reflects the accounts of customers and/or suppliers."
12650
msgstr ""
12651
12652
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:89
12653
msgid ""
12654
"Budgetary accounts predefine the expected allocation of resources, usually "
12655
"at the start of a financial year."
12656
msgstr ""
12657
12658
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:95
12659
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:88
12660
msgid "Multi-company"
12661
msgstr ""
12662
12663
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:112
12664
msgid ""
12665
"There is a choice of methods for integrating Open ERP in a multi-company "
12666
"environment:"
12667
msgstr ""
12668
12669
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:114
12670
msgid ""
12671
"if the companies hold few documents in common (such as products, or partners "
12672
"- any OpenERP resource), you should install separate databases,"
12673
msgstr ""
12674
12675
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:117
12676
msgid ""
12677
"if the companies share many documents, you can register them in the same "
12678
"database and install Open ERP's multi-company documents to finely manage "
12679
"access rights,"
12680
msgstr ""
12681
12682
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:108
12683
msgid ""
12684
"you can synchronize specified document types in several databases using the "
12685
":mod:`base_synchro` module, which is a shared-funding module rather than a "
12686
"module in the standard open repositories."
12687
msgstr ""
12688
12689
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:126
12690
msgid ""
12691
"One of the great advantages of integrating accounts with all of the other "
12692
"modules is in avoiding the double entry of data into accounting documents. "
12693
"So in Open ERP an Order automatically generates an Invoice, and the Invoice "
12694
"automatically generates the accounting entries. These in turn generate tax "
12695
"submissions, customer reminders, and so on. Such strong integration enables "
12696
"you to:"
12697
msgstr ""
12698
12699
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:110
12700
msgid "reduce data entry work,"
12701
msgstr ""
12702
12703
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:112
12704
msgid "greatly reduce the number of data entry errors,"
12705
msgstr ""
12706
12707
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:114
12708
msgid ""
12709
"get information in real time and enable very fast reaction times (for bill "
12710
"reminders, for example),"
12711
msgstr ""
12712
12713
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:117
12714
msgid "exert timely control over all areas of company management."
12715
msgstr ""
12716
12717
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:143
12718
msgid "For accountants"
12719
msgstr ""
12720
12721
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:145
12722
msgid ""
12723
"When you create a database you can install only the accounting modules by "
12724
"choosing the :guilabel:`Accounting only profile` :mod:`profile_accounting`."
12725
msgstr ""
12726
12727
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:148
12728
msgid ""
12729
"You should then install the web portal :mod:`portal_account`. With "
12730
"appropriate rights management, this allows trustees to provide customers "
12731
"with real-time access to their data. It also gives them the opportunity to "
12732
"work on certain documents that have no direct accounting impact, such as "
12733
"budgets."
12734
msgstr ""
12735
12736
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:153
12737
msgid ""
12738
"This can provide an added-value service that greatly improves the "
12739
"interaction between trustees and their clients."
12740
msgstr ""
12741
12742
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:136
12743
msgid ""
12744
"All the accounts are held in the default currency (which is specified in the "
12745
"company definition), but each account and/or transaction can also have a "
12746
"secondary currency (which is defined in the account). The value of multi-"
12747
"currency transactions is then tracked in both currencies."
12748
msgstr ""
12749
12750
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:32
12751
msgid ""
12752
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
12753
"data, with :mod:`sale` and its dependencies installed and no particular "
12754
"chart of accounts configured."
12755
msgstr ""
12756
12757
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:2
12758
msgid "Invoice to Payment"
12759
msgstr ""
12760
12761
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12762
msgid "financial"
12763
msgstr ""
12764
12765
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12766
msgid "analytical"
12767
msgstr ""
12768
12769
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12770
msgid "auxiliary"
12771
msgstr ""
12772
12773
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12774
msgid "budgetary"
12775
msgstr ""
12776
12777
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/account_asset.rst:2
12778
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12779
msgid "asset"
12780
msgstr ""
12781
12782
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:68
12783
msgid "liability"
12784
msgstr ""
12785
12786
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:92
12787
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:85
12788
msgid "multi-company"
12789
msgstr ""
12790
12791
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:105
12792
msgid "base_synchro"
12793
msgstr ""
12794
12795
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/index.rst:119
12796
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:231
12797
msgid "accountant"
12798
msgstr ""
12799
12800
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:45
12801
msgid "Invoicing"
12802
msgstr ""
12803
12804
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:5
12805
msgid ""
12806
"In Open ERP, the concept of “invoice” includes the following documents:"
12807
msgstr ""
12808
12809
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:7
12810
msgid "the customer invoice,"
12811
msgstr ""
12812
12813
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:9
12814
msgid "the supplier invoice,"
12815
msgstr ""
12816
12817
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:11
12818
msgid "a customer credit note,"
12819
msgstr ""
12820
12821
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:13
12822
msgid "a supplier credit note."
12823
msgstr ""
12824
12825
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:15
12826
msgid ""
12827
"Only the invoice type and the representation mode differ for each of the "
12828
"four documents. But they're all stored in the same object type in the system."
12829
msgstr ""
12830
12831
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:18
12832
msgid ""
12833
"You get the correct form for each of the four types of invoice from the menu "
12834
"you use to open it. The name of the tab enables you to tell the invoice "
12835
"types apart when you're working on them."
12836
msgstr ""
12837
12838
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:24
12839
msgid "Types of invoice"
12840
msgstr ""
12841
12842
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:26
12843
msgid ""
12844
"There are many advantages in deriving the different types of invoice from "
12845
"the same object. Two of the most important are:"
12846
msgstr ""
12847
12848
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:29
12849
msgid ""
12850
"In a multi-company environment with inter-company invoicing, a customer "
12851
"invoice in one company becomes a supplier invoice for the other,"
12852
msgstr ""
12853
12854
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:32
12855
msgid ""
12856
"This enables you to work and search for all invoices from the same menu. If "
12857
"you're looking for an invoicing history, Open ERP provides both supplier and "
12858
"customer invoices in the same list, as well as credit notes."
12859
msgstr ""
12860
12861
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:39
12862
msgid "Credit Note"
12863
msgstr ""
12864
12865
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:41
12866
msgid ""
12867
"A credit note is a document that enables you to cancel an invoice or part of "
12868
"an invoice."
12869
msgstr ""
12870
12871
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:43
12872
msgid ""
12873
"To access invoices in Open ERP, use the submenus of "
12874
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Invoices`."
12875
msgstr ""
12876
12877
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:46
12878
msgid ""
12879
"Most of the time, invoices are generated automatically by Open ERP as they "
12880
"are generated from other processes in the system. So it's not usually "
12881
"necessary to create them manually, but simply approve or validate them. "
12882
"Open ERP uses the following different ways of generating invoices:"
12883
msgstr ""
12884
12885
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:51
12886
msgid "from Supplier or Customer Orders,"
12887
msgstr ""
12888
12889
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:52
12890
msgid "from receipt or despatch of goods,"
12891
msgstr ""
12892
12893
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:55
12894
msgid "from work carried out (timesheets, see :ref:`ch-hr`),"
12895
msgstr ""
12896
12897
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:57
12898
msgid "from closed tasks (see :ref:`ch-projects`),"
12899
msgstr ""
12900
12901
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:59
12902
msgid ""
12903
"from fee charges or other rechargeable expenses (see :ref:`ch-services`)."
12904
msgstr ""
12905
12906
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:61
12907
msgid ""
12908
"The different processes generate \\ ``Draft``\\ invoices. These must then "
12909
"be approved by a suitable system user and sent to the customer. The "
12910
"different invoicing methods are detailed in the following sections and "
12911
"chapters."
12912
msgstr ""
12913
12914
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:64
12915
msgid ""
12916
"To get the list of draft invoices generated by Open ERP, you can use the "
12917
"menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Invoices --> Customer Invoices "
12918
"--> Draft Customer Invoices`. You'll find a similar menu for Purchase "
12919
"Invoices that haven't yet been received or approved "
12920
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Invoices --> Supplier Invoices --> "
12921
"Draft Supplier Invoices`."
12922
msgstr ""
12923
12924
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:70
12925
msgid ""
12926
"It's also possible to enter invoices manually. This is usually done for "
12927
"invoices that aren't associated with an Order (usually purchase orders) or "
12928
"Credit Notes. Also if the system hasn't been configured correctly you might "
12929
"need to edit the invoice before sending it to the customer."
12930
msgstr ""
12931
12932
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:74
12933
msgid ""
12934
"For example, if you haven't realized that the customer is tax-exempt, the "
12935
"invoice you generate from an Order will contain tax at the normal rates. "
12936
"It's then possible to edit this out of the invoice before validating it."
12937
msgstr ""
12938
12939
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:79
12940
msgid "Entering a customer invoice"
12941
msgstr ""
12942
12943
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:81
12944
msgid ""
12945
"The principle of entering data for invoices in Open ERP is very simple, as "
12946
"it enables non- accountant users to create their own invoices. This means "
12947
"that your accounting information can be kept up to date all the time as "
12948
"orders are placed and received, and their taxes are calculated."
12949
msgstr ""
12950
12951
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:85
12952
msgid ""
12953
"At the same time it allows people who have more accounting knowledge to keep "
12954
"full control over the accounting entries that are being generated. Each "
12955
"value proposed by Open ERP can be modified later if needed."
12956
msgstr ""
12957
12958
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:89
12959
msgid ""
12960
"Start by manually entering a customer invoice. Use :menuselection:`Financial "
12961
"Management --> Invoices --> Customer Invoices` for this."
12962
msgstr ""
12963
12964
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:87
12965
msgid "A new invoice form opens for entering information."
12966
msgstr ""
12967
12968
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:0
12969
msgid "*Entering a new invoice*"
12970
msgstr ""
12971
12972
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:95
12973
msgid "The document is composed of three parts:"
12974
msgstr ""
12975
12976
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:97
12977
msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information,"
12978
msgstr ""
12979
12980
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:99
12981
msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines,"
12982
msgstr ""
12983
12984
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:101
12985
msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals."
12986
msgstr ""
12987
12988
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:108
12989
msgid ""
12990
"To enter a document in Open ERP you should always fill in fields in the "
12991
"order that they appear on screen. Doing it this way means that some of the "
12992
"later fields are filled in automatically from the selections made in earlier "
12993
"fields. So select the :guilabel:`Partner`, and the following fields are "
12994
"completed automatically:"
12995
msgstr ""
12996
12997
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:113
12998
msgid ""
12999
"the invoice address corresponds to the partner contact that was given the "
13000
"address type of :guilabel:`Invoice` in the partner form (or otherwise the "
13001
"address type of :guilabel:`Default`),"
13002
msgstr ""
13003
13004
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:116
13005
msgid ""
13006
"the partner account corresponds to the account given in the "
13007
":guilabel:`Accounting` which is found in the last tab of the partner form. "
13008
"By default the software is configured with :guilabel:`Account Receivable` as "
13009
"``Main Receivable`` ,"
13010
msgstr ""
13011
13012
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:120
13013
msgid ""
13014
"a specific or a default payment condition can be defined for this partner in "
13015
"the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchases` area of the partner form. Payment "
13016
"conditions are generated by rules for the payment of the invoice. For "
13017
"example: 50% in 21 days and 50% in 60 days from the end of the month."
13018
msgstr ""
13019
13020
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:123
13021
msgid ""
13022
"The Properties fields on the Partner form or the Product form are multi-"
13023
"company fields. The value that the user sees in these fields depends on the "
13024
"company that the user works for."
13025
msgstr ""
13026
13027
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:132
13028
msgid ""
13029
"If you work in a multi-company environment that's using one database, you "
13030
"have several charts of accounts. Asset and liability accounts for a partner "
13031
"depend on the company that the user works for."
13032
msgstr ""
13033
13034
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:140
13035
msgid "Seeing partner relationships"
13036
msgstr ""
13037
13038
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:142
13039
msgid ""
13040
"You can reach more information from certain relation fields in Open ERP."
13041
msgstr ""
13042
13043
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:144
13044
msgid ""
13045
"In the web client in read-only mode a relation is commonly a hyperlink - it "
13046
"takes you to the main form for that entity, with all of the actions and "
13047
"links."
13048
msgstr ""
13049
13050
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:147
13051
msgid ""
13052
"In the web client in edit mode you can press the keyboard :kbd:`Ctrl` button "
13053
"at the same time as right-clicking in the field to get a context menu with "
13054
"links and other options."
13055
msgstr ""
13056
13057
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:151
13058
msgid ""
13059
"And in the GTK clientyou can right-click the field to get that same context "
13060
"menu."
13061
msgstr ""
13062
13063
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:146
13064
msgid "So one way or another you can rapidly reach the partner's:"
13065
msgstr ""
13066
13067
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:142
13068
msgid "current sales and purchases,"
13069
msgstr ""
13070
13071
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:144
13072
msgid "CRM requests,"
13073
msgstr ""
13074
13075
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:146
13076
msgid "open invoices,"
13077
msgstr ""
13078
13079
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:148
13080
msgid "accounts records,"
13081
msgstr ""
13082
13083
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:150
13084
msgid "payable and receivable accounts."
13085
msgstr ""
13086
13087
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:152
13088
msgid ""
13089
"You can add more detailed additional information to the invoice and select "
13090
"the currency that you want to invoice in."
13091
msgstr ""
13092
13093
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:168
13094
msgid ""
13095
"Once the invoice heading is saved you must enter the different invoice "
13096
"lines. You could use either of two techniques:"
13097
msgstr ""
13098
13099
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:157
13100
msgid "enter the whole field manually,"
13101
msgstr ""
13102
13103
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:159
13104
msgid "use a product to complete the different fields automatically."
13105
msgstr ""
13106
13107
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:161
13108
msgid "Invoice Line Description"
13109
msgstr ""
13110
13111
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:177
13112
msgid ""
13113
"The invoice line description is more of a title than a comment. If you want "
13114
"to add more detailed comments you can use the field in the second tab "
13115
":guilabel:`Notes`."
13116
msgstr ""
13117
13118
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:180
13119
msgid ""
13120
"So select the product \\ ``Titanium Alloy Radiator``\\ in the product field "
13121
"in an invoice line. The following fields are then completed automatically:"
13122
msgstr ""
13123
13124
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:183
13125
msgid ""
13126
":guilabel:`Description` : this comes from the product, in the language of "
13127
"the partner,"
13128
msgstr ""
13129
13130
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:185
13131
msgid ""
13132
":guilabel:`Account` : determined by the purchase or sales account defined in "
13133
"the product properties. If no account is specified in the product form, "
13134
"Open ERP uses the properties of the category that the product is associated "
13135
"with."
13136
msgstr ""
13137
13138
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:189
13139
msgid ""
13140
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` : this is defined by default in the product form,"
13141
msgstr ""
13142
13143
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:191
13144
msgid ""
13145
":guilabel:`Unit Price` : this is given by the list price in the product form "
13146
"and is expressed without taxes,"
13147
msgstr ""
13148
13149
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:194
13150
msgid ""
13151
":guilabel:`Taxes` : provided by the product form and the partner form."
13152
msgstr ""
13153
13154
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:199
13155
msgid "Managing the price with tax included"
13156
msgstr ""
13157
13158
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:201
13159
msgid ""
13160
"By default, Open ERP invoices and processes the price without taxes – "
13161
"they're managed as a separate amount. If you want to have invoices provided "
13162
"with tax included you can install the module :mod:`account_tax_include`."
13163
msgstr ""
13164
13165
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:206
13166
msgid ""
13167
"The module adds a field on each invoice that enables you to set the invoice "
13168
"to be tax exclusive or tax inclusive."
13169
msgstr ""
13170
13171
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:209
13172
msgid "Information about the product"
13173
msgstr ""
13174
13175
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:211
13176
msgid ""
13177
"When you're entering invoice data it can sometimes be useful to get hold of "
13178
"more information about the product you're invoicing. Since you're already in "
13179
"edit mode, you'd press the :guilabel:`Ctrl` key and use a right mouse-click "
13180
"on the :guilabel:`Product` field (in both the web and the GTK clients). Then "
13181
"select the available reports. Open ERP provides three standard reports about "
13182
"the product:"
13183
msgstr ""
13184
13185
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:207
13186
msgid "forecasts of future stock,"
13187
msgstr ""
13188
13189
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:209
13190
msgid "product cost structure,"
13191
msgstr ""
13192
13193
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:211
13194
msgid "location of the product in your warehouses."
13195
msgstr ""
13196
13197
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:224
13198
msgid ""
13199
"(At the time of writing this function worked on pop-up windows of the GTK "
13200
"client but not the web client.)"
13201
msgstr ""
13202
13203
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:227
13204
msgid ""
13205
"You can enter several invoice lines and modify the values that are "
13206
"automatically completed by Open ERP."
13207
msgstr ""
13208
13209
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:230
13210
msgid ""
13211
"Once the invoice lines have been entered, you can click "
13212
":guilabel:`Calculate` on the invoice to get the following information:"
13213
msgstr ""
13214
13215
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:219
13216
msgid "details of tax calculated,"
13217
msgstr ""
13218
13219
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:221
13220
msgid "tax rate,"
13221
msgstr ""
13222
13223
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:223
13224
msgid "total taxes,"
13225
msgstr ""
13226
13227
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:225
13228
msgid "total price."
13229
msgstr ""
13230
13231
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:241
13232
msgid ""
13233
"In the :guilabel:`Taxes` area at the bottom left of the invoice you'll find "
13234
"the details of the totals calculated for different tax rates used in the "
13235
"invoice."
13236
msgstr ""
13237
13238
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:230
13239
msgid "Tax Calculations"
13240
msgstr ""
13241
13242
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:246
13243
msgid ""
13244
"You can double-click on one of the lines in the tax summary areas in the "
13245
"invoice."
13246
msgstr ""
13247
13248
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:248
13249
msgid ""
13250
"Open ERP then shows you the detail of the tax charges which will form your "
13251
"tax declaration at the end of the period."
13252
msgstr ""
13253
13254
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:251
13255
msgid ""
13256
"It shows you the total that will be computed in the different parts of the "
13257
"legal declaration. This enables you to manage the declaration in Open ERP "
13258
"automatically."
13259
msgstr ""
13260
13261
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:0
13262
msgid "*Detail of tax charges on an invoice*"
13263
msgstr ""
13264
13265
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:261
13266
msgid ""
13267
"Before approving the invoice you can modify the date and the accounting "
13268
"period, which are entered by default as today's date. These fields are found "
13269
"on the second tab :guilabel:`Other Information`."
13270
msgstr ""
13271
13272
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:268
13273
msgid "Invoice layout"
13274
msgstr ""
13275
13276
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:256
13277
msgid ""
13278
"If you want to make your invoice layout more elaborate you can install the "
13279
"module :mod:`account_invoice_layout`. This enables you to add various "
13280
"elements between the lines such as subtotals, sections, separators and notes."
13281
msgstr ""
13282
13283
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:274
13284
msgid ""
13285
"Click :guilabel:`Validate` when you want to approve the invoice. It moves "
13286
"from the \\ ``Draft``\\ state to the \\ ``Open``\\ state."
13287
msgstr ""
13288
13289
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:277
13290
msgid ""
13291
"When you've validated an invoice, Open ERP gives it a unique number from a "
13292
"defined sequence. By default it takes the form \\ ``Year / Sequence "
13293
"Number``\\ for example \\ ``2008/00101``\\ . You can not modify invoice "
13294
"number but if you want to modify the sequence numbers use the menu "
13295
":menuselection:`Administration --> Configuration --> Sequences --> "
13296
"Sequences`."
13297
msgstr ""
13298
13299
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:282
13300
msgid ""
13301
"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated "
13302
"when you approve the invoice. You see the detail of this by clicking the "
13303
"entry in the :guilabel:`Journal` and searching there for the account moves "
13304
"generated by that invoice number."
13305
msgstr ""
13306
13307
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:290
13308
msgid "Managing taxes"
13309
msgstr ""
13310
13311
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:292
13312
msgid ""
13313
"Details on the product form and the partner form determine the selection of "
13314
"applicable taxes for an invoice line. By default Open ERP takes account of "
13315
"all the taxes defined in the product form. If a tax is defined in the "
13316
"Properties tab of the Partner form then Open ERP will base its tax "
13317
"calculation on the Partner taxes instead, so a Partner that is defined as "
13318
"tax-exempt, for example, will take precedence over taxes defined in the "
13319
"Product."
13320
msgstr ""
13321
13322
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:232
13323
msgid "Take the case of the following product"
13324
msgstr ""
13325
13326
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:234
13327
msgid "Applicable taxes:"
13328
msgstr ""
13329
13330
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:236
13331
msgid "TVA: 19.6% type TVA"
13332
msgstr ""
13333
13334
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:238
13335
msgid "DEEE: 5.5, type DEEE"
13336
msgstr ""
13337
13338
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:241
13339
msgid "DEEE tax"
13340
msgstr ""
13341
13342
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:312
13343
msgid ""
13344
"The DEEE tax (disposal of electronic and electrical equipment) is an "
13345
"ecological tax that was imposed in France from 2007. It's applied to "
13346
"batteries to finance their recycling and is a fixed sum that's applied to "
13347
"the before-tax amount on the invoice"
13348
msgstr ""
13349
13350
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:250
13351
msgid ""
13352
"If you trade with a company in your own country, and your country has a DEEE-"
13353
"type tax, the applicable taxes for this invoice could be:"
13354
msgstr ""
13355
13356
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:253
13357
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:261
13358
msgid "DEEE: 5.5,"
13359
msgstr ""
13360
13361
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:255
13362
msgid "TVA: 19.6%."
13363
msgstr ""
13364
13365
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:323
13366
msgid ""
13367
"If you sell to a customer in another company in the community "
13368
"(intracommunity), instead, then tax is not charged. Your foreign partners "
13369
"would then be zero-rated by selecting a 0% tax in the last tab, "
13370
":guilabel:`Accounting`. When you create an invoice for this customer, "
13371
"Open ERP will calculate the following taxes on the product:"
13372
msgstr ""
13373
13374
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:263
13375
msgid "TVA intracommunity: 0%."
13376
msgstr ""
13377
13378
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:332
13379
msgid ""
13380
"If you haven't entered the parameters in the customer form correctly, "
13381
"Open ERP will suggest incorrect taxes in the invoice. That's not an "
13382
"insuperable problem because you can always modify the information directly "
13383
"in the invoice before approving it."
13384
msgstr ""
13385
13386
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:336
13387
msgid "Occasional invoices"
13388
msgstr ""
13389
13390
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:338
13391
msgid ""
13392
"When you create an invoice for a product that will only be bought or sold "
13393
"once you don't have to encode a new product. But you'll have to provide "
13394
"quite a bit of information manually on the invoice line:"
13395
msgstr ""
13396
13397
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:342
13398
msgid "sale price,"
13399
msgstr ""
13400
13401
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:322
13402
msgid "applicable taxes,"
13403
msgstr ""
13404
13405
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:326
13406
msgid "product description."
13407
msgstr ""
13408
13409
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:351
13410
msgid "Cancelling an invoice"
13411
msgstr ""
13412
13413
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:353
13414
msgid ""
13415
"By default Open ERP won't allow you to cancel an invoice once it has been "
13416
"approved. Since accounting entries have been created you theoretically can't "
13417
"go back and delete them. However in many cases it's more convenient to "
13418
"cancel an invoice when there's an error than to produce a credit note and "
13419
"reconcile the two entries. Your attitude to this will be influenced by "
13420
"current legislation in your accounting jurisdiction and your adherence to "
13421
"accounting purity."
13422
msgstr ""
13423
13424
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:359
13425
msgid ""
13426
"OpenERP accommodates either approach. Cancelling an invoice can be permitted "
13427
"by checking the box :guilabel:`Allow Cancelling Entries` in the Journal "
13428
"corresponding to this invoice. You'll then be allowed to cancel the invoice "
13429
"if the following two conditions are met:"
13430
msgstr ""
13431
13432
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:363
13433
msgid ""
13434
"The accounting entries haven't been reconciled or paid: if they have then "
13435
"you'll have to cancel the reconciliation."
13436
msgstr ""
13437
13438
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:366
13439
msgid ""
13440
"The accounting period or the fiscal year hasn't already been closed: if it "
13441
"has then no modification is possible."
13442
msgstr ""
13443
13444
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:299
13445
msgid ""
13446
"Cancelling an invoice has the effect of automatically modifying the "
13447
"corresponding accounting entries."
13448
msgstr ""
13449
13450
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:372
13451
msgid ""
13452
"When the invoice has been cancelled you could then put it back into the \\ "
13453
"``Draft``\\ state. So you could modify it and approve it again later."
13454
msgstr ""
13455
13456
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:375
13457
msgid "Numbering invoices"
13458
msgstr ""
13459
13460
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:377
13461
msgid ""
13462
"Some countries require you to have contiguously numbered invoices (that is, "
13463
"with no break in the sequence). If, after cancelling an invoice that you're "
13464
"not regenerating, you find yourself with a break in the numbering you'd have "
13465
"to go and modify the sequence, redo the invoice and replace the sequence "
13466
"number with its original value."
13467
msgstr ""
13468
13469
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:360
13470
msgid ""
13471
"You can control the sequences using the menu :menuselection:`Administration -"
13472
"-> Configuration --> Sequences --> Sequences`."
13473
msgstr ""
13474
13475
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:385
13476
msgid ""
13477
"Cancelling an invoice will cause a break in the number sequence of your "
13478
"invoices. You're strongly advised to recreate this invoice and re-approve it "
13479
"to fill the hole in the numbering if you can."
13480
msgstr ""
13481
13482
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:388
13483
msgid "Duplicating a document"
13484
msgstr ""
13485
13486
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:320
13487
msgid ""
13488
"The duplication function can be applied to all the system documents: you can "
13489
"duplicate anything – a product, an order, or a delivery."
13490
msgstr ""
13491
13492
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:393
13493
msgid "Duplicating invoices"
13494
msgstr ""
13495
13496
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:395
13497
msgid ""
13498
"Instead of entering a new invoice each time, you can base an invoice on a "
13499
"similar preceding one and duplicate it. To do this, first search for a "
13500
"suitable existing one. In the web client, show the invoice in read-only (non-"
13501
"editable) form view, then click :guilabel:`Duplicate`. In the GTK client, "
13502
"select :menuselection:`Form --> Duplicate` from the top menu."
13503
msgstr ""
13504
13505
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:400
13506
msgid ""
13507
"The duplication creates a new invoice in the ``Draft`` state. That enables "
13508
"you to modify it before approving it. Duplicating documents in Open ERP is "
13509
"an intelligent function, which enables the duplicated invoice to be given "
13510
"its own sequence number, today's date, and the draft state, even if the "
13511
"preceding invoice has been paid."
13512
msgstr ""
13513
13514
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:405
13515
msgid "Saving partner preferences"
13516
msgstr ""
13517
13518
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:407
13519
msgid ""
13520
"Open ERP has many functions to help you enter data quickly. If you invoice "
13521
"the same products frequently for the same partner you can save the last "
13522
"invoice preferences using conditional default values."
13523
msgstr ""
13524
13525
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:411
13526
msgid ""
13527
"To test this functionality, create an invoice for a partner and add some "
13528
"lines (from the GTK client). Then hold :kbd:`Ctrl` and click with the right "
13529
"mouse button on the contents of the :guilabel:`Invoices` field and select "
13530
":guilabel:`Set as default`. Check the box that indicates this default should "
13531
"apply only to you."
13532
msgstr ""
13533
13534
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:416
13535
msgid ""
13536
"Then the next time you create an invoice these invoice lines will be "
13537
"automatically created and you'll only have to modify the quantities before "
13538
"confirming the invoice."
13539
msgstr ""
13540
13541
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:419
13542
msgid ""
13543
"For taxes you could put the default amount in the invoice lines (in France "
13544
"it would be 19.6%, in Belgium 21%, in the UK 17.5% or 15%). Doing this you "
13545
"won't forget to add tax when you're manually entering invoices."
13546
msgstr ""
13547
13548
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:400
13549
msgid ""
13550
"(The capabilities of the GTK client are more extensive than those of the web "
13551
"client. You can set defaults for multiple lines in the GTK client but only a "
13552
"single line in the web client, so you need to be quite sure what is possible "
13553
"before you use this functionality routinely.)"
13554
msgstr ""
13555
13556
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:427
13557
msgid "Getting information by navigating to it"
13558
msgstr ""
13559
13560
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:429
13561
msgid ""
13562
"As you're creating an invoice you'll often find you need extra information "
13563
"about the partner to help you complete the invoice. As described earlier, "
13564
"you can navigate to other information linked to this partner, such as:"
13565
msgstr ""
13566
13567
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:433
13568
msgid "tasks completed,"
13569
msgstr ""
13570
13571
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:435
13572
msgid "benefit details,"
13573
msgstr ""
13574
13575
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:437
13576
msgid "most recent invoices,"
13577
msgstr ""
13578
13579
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:439
13580
msgid "latest orders."
13581
msgstr ""
13582
13583
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:441
13584
msgid ""
13585
"Do the same to get information about the products you're invoicing. For "
13586
"example: is there enough stock? When will you be getting more stocks in? "
13587
"What are the costs and normal list prices for this product?"
13588
msgstr ""
13589
13590
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:445
13591
msgid ""
13592
"By making this information easily accessible while you're invoicing, "
13593
"Open ERP greatly simplifies your work in creating the invoice."
13594
msgstr ""
13595
13596
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:449
13597
msgid "Creating a supplier invoice"
13598
msgstr ""
13599
13600
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:451
13601
msgid ""
13602
"The form that manages supplier invoices is very similar to the one for "
13603
"customer invoices. However, it's been adapted to simplify rapid data entry "
13604
"and monitoring of the amounts recorded."
13605
msgstr ""
13606
13607
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:454
13608
msgid "Entering data"
13609
msgstr ""
13610
13611
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:456
13612
msgid ""
13613
"Many companies don't enter data on supplier invoices but simply enter "
13614
"accounting data corresponding to the purchase journal."
13615
msgstr ""
13616
13617
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:345
13618
msgid ""
13619
"This particularly applies to users that have focused on the accounting "
13620
"system rather than all the capabilities provided by an ERP system. The two "
13621
"approaches reach the same accounting result: some prefer one and others "
13622
"prefer the other depending on their skills."
13623
msgstr ""
13624
13625
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:464
13626
msgid ""
13627
"However, when you use the Purchase Management functions in Open ERP you "
13628
"should work directly on invoices because they provide Purchase Orders or "
13629
"Goods Receipt documents."
13630
msgstr ""
13631
13632
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:467
13633
msgid ""
13634
"To enter a new supplier invoice, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
13635
"Management --> Invoices --> Supplier Invoices --> New Supplier Invoice`."
13636
msgstr ""
13637
13638
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:470
13639
msgid ""
13640
"Everything is similar to the customer invoice, starting with the "
13641
":guilabel:`Journal` unless the default is acceptable, and then the "
13642
":guilabel:`Partner`, which will automatically complete the following fields"
13643
msgstr ""
13644
13645
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:474
13646
msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice address`,"
13647
msgstr ""
13648
13649
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:476
13650
msgid "partner :guilabel:`Account`."
13651
msgstr ""
13652
13653
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:478
13654
msgid ""
13655
"Unlike the customer invoice you don't have to enter payment conditions – "
13656
"simply a :guilabel:`Due Date` if you want one. If you don't give a due date, "
13657
"Open ERP assumes that this invoice will be paid in cash. If you want to code "
13658
"in more complete payment conditions than just due date you can use the "
13659
":guilabel:`Payment Term` field which you can find on the second tab "
13660
":guilabel:`Other Info`."
13661
msgstr ""
13662
13663
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:484
13664
msgid ""
13665
"You must also enter the invoice :guilabel:`Total` with taxes included. "
13666
"Open ERP uses this amount to check whether all invoice lines have been "
13667
"entered correctly before it will let you validate the invoice."
13668
msgstr ""
13669
13670
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:488
13671
msgid ""
13672
"Indicate the :guilabel:`Currency` if the invoice isn't going to use the "
13673
"default currency, then you can enter the :guilabel:`Invoice lines`."
13674
msgstr ""
13675
13676
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:491
13677
msgid ""
13678
"Just like the customer invoice you have the choice of entering all the "
13679
"information manually or using a product to complete many of the fields "
13680
"automatically. Entering a product, all of the following values are completed "
13681
"automatically:"
13682
msgstr ""
13683
13684
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:495
13685
msgid ""
13686
"the product :guilabel:`Account` is completed from the properties of the "
13687
"product form or the :guilabel:`Category` of the product if nothing is "
13688
"defined on the product itself,"
13689
msgstr ""
13690
13691
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:498
13692
msgid ""
13693
"the :guilabel:`Taxes` come from the product form and/or the partner form, "
13694
"based on the same principles as the customer invoice,"
13695
msgstr ""
13696
13697
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:501
13698
msgid ""
13699
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` is set at 1 by default but can be changed manually,"
13700
msgstr ""
13701
13702
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:503
13703
msgid ""
13704
"set the :guilabel:`Unit Price` from the total price you're quoted after "
13705
"deducting all the different applicable taxes,"
13706
msgstr ""
13707
13708
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:506
13709
msgid ""
13710
"Click :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` to ensure that the totals correspond to "
13711
"those indicated on the paper invoice from the supplier. When you approve the "
13712
"invoice, Open ERP verifies that the total amount indicated in the header "
13713
"correspond to the sum of the amounts without tax on the invoice lines and "
13714
"the different applicable taxes."
13715
msgstr ""
13716
13717
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:511
13718
msgid "The Calculate button"
13719
msgstr ""
13720
13721
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:513
13722
msgid ""
13723
"Even though you should calculate the invoice before approving it you don't "
13724
"have to push the :guilabel:`Compute Taxes` button. If you approve the "
13725
"invoice directly the software calculates the different taxes itself and "
13726
"verifies the total."
13727
msgstr ""
13728
13729
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:518
13730
msgid ""
13731
"This button is only used for making a pre-check of the amount displayed "
13732
"before you confirm it finally."
13733
msgstr ""
13734
13735
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:521
13736
msgid ""
13737
"Open ERP automatically completes the :guilabel:`Date Invoiced` and the "
13738
"accounting period, but you can still change these values manually in the "
13739
"second tab on the invoice before saving it."
13740
msgstr ""
13741
13742
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:390
13743
msgid "Dates and Accounting Periods"
13744
msgstr ""
13745
13746
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:529
13747
msgid ""
13748
"Accounting periods are treated as legal period declarations. For example a "
13749
"tax declaration for an invoice depends on the accounting period and not on "
13750
"the date of invoicing."
13751
msgstr ""
13752
13753
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:395
13754
msgid ""
13755
"Depending on whether your declarations are made monthly or quarterly, the "
13756
"fiscal year contains either twelve or four accounting periods."
13757
msgstr ""
13758
13759
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:535
13760
msgid ""
13761
"The dates are shown in the document you created in the accounting system. "
13762
"They're used for calculating due dates."
13763
msgstr ""
13764
13765
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:541
13766
msgid ""
13767
"The two pieces of information don't have to have the same date. If, for "
13768
"example, you receive an invoice dated 5th January which relates to goods or "
13769
"services supplied before 31st December, the invoice may be coded into the "
13770
"December accounting period and thus be recognized in that period for the tax "
13771
"declaration, while the invoice can remain 5th January which remains the "
13772
"basis of the due date for payment."
13773
msgstr ""
13774
13775
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:547
13776
msgid ""
13777
"You can find that the amounts don't correspond with what your supplier has "
13778
"given you on paper for reasons that can include:"
13779
msgstr ""
13780
13781
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:413
13782
msgid "the supplier made a calculation error,"
13783
msgstr ""
13784
13785
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:415
13786
msgid "the amounts have been rounded differently."
13787
msgstr ""
13788
13789
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:417
13790
msgid "Rounding Tax"
13791
msgstr ""
13792
13793
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:556
13794
msgid ""
13795
"It often happens that a supplier adds 1 to the total because the tax "
13796
"calculation has been rounded upwards. Some tax amounts aren't valid because "
13797
"of this rounding."
13798
msgstr ""
13799
13800
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:559
13801
msgid ""
13802
"For example it's impossible to arrive at the amount of 145.50 if you're "
13803
"working to a precision of 2 decimal places and a rate of 19.6%:"
13804
msgstr ""
13805
13806
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:425
13807
msgid "121.65 x 1.196 = 145.49"
13808
msgstr ""
13809
13810
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:427
13811
msgid "121.66 x 1.196 = 145.51"
13812
msgstr ""
13813
13814
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:566
13815
msgid ""
13816
"In this case you can modify a value in the lines that the total's based on, "
13817
"or the total amount of taxes at the bottom left of the form: both are "
13818
"editable so that you can modify them to adjust the total."
13819
msgstr ""
13820
13821
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:570
13822
msgid ""
13823
"When the totals tally you can validate the invoice. Open ERP then generates "
13824
"the corresponding accounting entries. You can manage those entries using the "
13825
":guilabel:`Account` fields on the invoice and on each of the invoice lines."
13826
msgstr ""
13827
13828
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:435
13829
msgid "Credit Notes"
13830
msgstr ""
13831
13832
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:580
13833
msgid ""
13834
"Entering a customer credit note is almost identical to entering a customer "
13835
"invoice. You just start from the menu :menuselection:`Financial Accounting --"
13836
"> Invoices --> Customer Refunds`."
13837
msgstr ""
13838
13839
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:583
13840
msgid ""
13841
"Similarly, entering a supplier credit note is the same as that of the "
13842
"supplier invoice and so you use the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
13843
"Accounting --> Invoices --> Supplier Refunds`."
13844
msgstr ""
13845
13846
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:586
13847
msgid ""
13848
"It's easy to generate a credit note quickly from an existing invoice. To do "
13849
"this, select a customer or supplier invoice and click :guilabel:`Refund "
13850
"invoice` on the toolbar to the right. Open ERP opens a new credit note form "
13851
"for you in the \\ ``Draft``\\ state so that you can modify it before "
13852
"approval."
13853
msgstr ""
13854
13855
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:595
13856
msgid "Crediting several invoices"
13857
msgstr ""
13858
13859
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:597
13860
msgid ""
13861
"You can refund several invoices in one operation. From the web client you'd "
13862
"display a list of invoices and then click the checkboxes alongside the ones "
13863
"you want to refund. Then click the :guilabel:`Refund invoice` action from "
13864
"the right toolbar."
13865
msgstr ""
13866
13867
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:602
13868
msgid ""
13869
"In the GTK client you'd make a multiple selection of invoices by clicking "
13870
"whichever lines you want to select while holding the keyboard :kbd:`Ctrl` "
13871
"button down. Then you'd execute the action by clicking the "
13872
":guilabel:`Action` (gears) icon on the icon toolbar and selecting "
13873
":guilabel:`Refund invoice`."
13874
msgstr ""
13875
13876
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:608
13877
msgid "Invoice payment"
13878
msgstr ""
13879
13880
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:610
13881
msgid ""
13882
"The invoice is automatically marked as paid by Open ERP once invoice entries "
13883
"have been reconciled with payment entries. You yourself don't have to mark "
13884
"the invoices as paid: Open ERP manages that when you reconcile your payments."
13885
msgstr ""
13886
13887
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:614
13888
msgid "Reconciling a credit note"
13889
msgstr ""
13890
13891
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:616
13892
msgid ""
13893
"Generally you reconcile the invoice's accounting entries with their "
13894
"payment(s). But you can also reconcile an invoice with the entries from the "
13895
"corresponding credit note instead, to mutually cancel them."
13896
msgstr ""
13897
13898
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:620
13899
msgid ""
13900
"You've probably seen the :guilabel:`Pay Invoice` action button in the "
13901
"toolbar to the right of the invoice form. This lets you enter payments and "
13902
"get entries reconciled very quickly. This functionality is usually employed "
13903
"by companies that use Open ERP as a simple billing system and not for "
13904
"complete accounting. They enter their payments manually on different "
13905
"invoices."
13906
msgstr ""
13907
13908
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:625
13909
msgid ""
13910
"You probably shouldn't use this functionality if you have all of your "
13911
"accounting in Open ERP. It's much more convenient to manage the payment of "
13912
"invoices when you're entering bank statements and cash transactions. These "
13913
"allow better control of financial transactions and permit greater "
13914
"flexibility in areas such as:"
13915
msgstr ""
13916
13917
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:482
13918
msgid "advance and partial payments of invoices,"
13919
msgstr ""
13920
13921
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:484
13922
msgid "payment of several invoices by several payments,"
13923
msgstr ""
13924
13925
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:486
13926
msgid "fine-grained management of different due dates on the same invoices,"
13927
msgstr ""
13928
13929
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:488
13930
msgid ""
13931
"management of adjustments if there are different amounts to those on the "
13932
"invoice."
13933
msgstr ""
13934
13935
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:21
13936
msgid "types"
13937
msgstr ""
13938
13939
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:36
13940
msgid "credit note"
13941
msgstr ""
13942
13943
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:118
13944
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:56
13945
msgid "field"
13946
msgstr ""
13947
13948
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:129
13949
msgid "navigating relationships"
13950
msgstr ""
13951
13952
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:129
13953
msgid "right-click"
13954
msgstr ""
13955
13956
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:135
13957
msgid "ctrl-right-click"
13958
msgstr ""
13959
13960
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:181
13961
msgid "account_tax_include"
13962
msgstr ""
13963
13964
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:250
13965
msgid "invoice layout"
13966
msgstr ""
13967
13968
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:250
13969
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:22
13970
msgid "account_invoice_layout"
13971
msgstr ""
13972
13973
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:286
13974
msgid "taxes"
13975
msgstr ""
13976
13977
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:286
13978
msgid "DEEE"
13979
msgstr ""
13980
13981
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:387
13982
msgid "declarations"
13983
msgstr ""
13984
13985
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:401
13986
msgid "due date"
13987
msgstr ""
13988
13989
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:452
13990
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:452
13991
msgid "multiple"
13992
msgstr ""
13993
13994
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:452
13995
msgid "selection"
13996
msgstr ""
13997
13998
#: ../../source/book/3/3_7/invoicing.rst:452
13999
msgid "action"
14000
msgstr ""
14001
14002
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:7
14003
msgid "Company Financial Analysis"
14004
msgstr ""
14005
14006
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:9
14007
msgid ""
14008
"You'll see here the analysis tools for your company's financial situation, "
14009
"in particular:"
14010
msgstr ""
14011
14012
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:11
14013
msgid "management indicators,"
14014
msgstr ""
14015
14016
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:13
14017
msgid "budgets,"
14018
msgstr ""
14019
14020
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:15
14021
msgid "the accounting dashboard."
14022
msgstr ""
14023
14024
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:189
14025
msgid "Management Indicators"
14026
msgstr ""
14027
14028
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:10
14029
msgid "Financial Indicators"
14030
msgstr ""
14031
14032
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:24
14033
msgid ""
14034
"Indicators, sometimes called financial ratios, are tools for analyzing a "
14035
"company's finances. They enable you to compare two accounts or sets of "
14036
"accounts from the balance sheet or the profit and loss account, in the form "
14037
"of a ratio. They also let you measure the financial health of a company and "
14038
"make comparisons from one year to the next or against those of other "
14039
"companies."
14040
msgstr ""
14041
14042
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:33
14043
msgid ""
14044
"To define financial indicators in Open ERP you should install the module "
14045
":mod:`account_report`. When installing the module the usual financial "
14046
"indicators are registered in Open ERP."
14047
msgstr ""
14048
14049
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:36
14050
msgid ""
14051
"You can consult your indicators, calculated in real time, from the menu "
14052
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Reporting --> Custom Reports`."
14053
msgstr ""
14054
14055
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:39
14056
msgid "Indicators defined by default in Open ERP are the following:"
14057
msgstr ""
14058
14059
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:41
14060
msgid ""
14061
":guilabel:`Indicators of Working Capital` : determines if the company can "
14062
"pay its short term debts in normal conditions. It's calculated from \\ "
14063
"``(Stocks + Cash + Current Assets) / Current Liabilities``\\ ."
14064
msgstr ""
14065
14066
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:33
14067
msgid ""
14068
":guilabel:`Financial Ratios` : enables you to calculate the company's "
14069
"liquidity. It is defined as follows: \\ ``( Current Assets – Stocks) / "
14070
"Current Liabilities``\\ ."
14071
msgstr ""
14072
14073
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:48
14074
msgid ""
14075
":guilabel:`Fixed Assets` : in a going concern, the value of fixed assets are "
14076
"covered in the first place by owners' capital and in the second place by all "
14077
"of the long term liabilities. Ideally this indicator will be greater than 1."
14078
msgstr ""
14079
14080
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:52
14081
msgid "Calculation of indicators"
14082
msgstr ""
14083
14084
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:54
14085
msgid ""
14086
"Calculating indicators can take quite a while in Open ERP because you have "
14087
"to analyse the whole company's accounting entries."
14088
msgstr ""
14089
14090
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:57
14091
msgid ""
14092
"So it's best not to calculate all of the indicators at once, but just a "
14093
"small selection to keep calculation time within limits."
14094
msgstr ""
14095
14096
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:61
14097
msgid "Time analysis of indicators"
14098
msgstr ""
14099
14100
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:51
14101
msgid ""
14102
"You can analyze the financial indicators along two axes. You must have a "
14103
"figure calculated at a particular instant of time when you compare accounts, "
14104
"balances and the ratios between them. But you can also calculate a time "
14105
"series to follow the change of a given indicator throughout the life of the "
14106
"company."
14107
msgstr ""
14108
14109
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:71
14110
msgid ""
14111
"To do a temporal analysis of your indicators, you must install the module "
14112
":mod:`account_report_history` from the set of modules in addons-extra."
14113
msgstr ""
14114
14115
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:62
14116
msgid ""
14117
"Once this module is installed, you can click on a financial indicator to get "
14118
"a graph of its evolution in time."
14119
msgstr ""
14120
14121
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:0
14122
msgid "*History of an accounting indicator*"
14123
msgstr ""
14124
14125
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:84
14126
msgid "Defining your own indicators"
14127
msgstr ""
14128
14129
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:86
14130
msgid ""
14131
"You can define your own indicators in Open ERP using the menu "
14132
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> Custom Reporting -"
14133
"-> New Reporting Item Formula`."
14134
msgstr ""
14135
14136
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:0
14137
msgid "*Defining a new indicator*"
14138
msgstr ""
14139
14140
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:83
14141
msgid ""
14142
"You should make sure that the accounts that you base indicators on are given "
14143
"unique account codes, because codes are used in the creation of formulae. "
14144
"Create a formula using the syntax indicated in the instructions at the "
14145
"bottom of the form:"
14146
msgstr ""
14147
14148
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:87
14149
msgid "Sum of debits in a general account: \\ ``debit('12345')``\\ ,"
14150
msgstr ""
14151
14152
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:89
14153
msgid "Sum of credits in a general account: \\ ``credit('12345')``\\ ,"
14154
msgstr ""
14155
14156
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:91
14157
msgid "Balance of a general account: \\ ``balance('12345')``\\ ,"
14158
msgstr ""
14159
14160
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:93
14161
msgid "Value of another indicator: \\ ``report ('IND')``\\ ."
14162
msgstr ""
14163
14164
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:95
14165
msgid "where:"
14166
msgstr ""
14167
14168
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:97
14169
msgid "\\ ``12345``\\ represents the code of a general account,"
14170
msgstr ""
14171
14172
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:99
14173
msgid "\\ ``IND``\\ represents the code of another indicator."
14174
msgstr ""
14175
14176
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:113
14177
msgid ""
14178
"So, using this notation, the cash ratio is defined by \\ ``balance('4', '5') "
14179
"/ balance('1')``\\ – that's the balance in accounts 4 and 5 divided by the "
14180
"balance in account 1."
14181
msgstr ""
14182
14183
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:121
14184
msgid "Good management budgeting"
14185
msgstr ""
14186
14187
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:123
14188
msgid ""
14189
"Open ERP manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts. "
14190
"You'll see how to do this here for General Accounts and then in :ref:`ch-"
14191
"accts` for Analytical Accounts. Install :mod:`account_budget` to be able to "
14192
"do this."
14193
msgstr ""
14194
14195
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:127
14196
msgid ""
14197
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Budgets --> Budget` to "
14198
"define a new budget."
14199
msgstr ""
14200
14201
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:34
14202
msgid "Budget Revisions"
14203
msgstr ""
14204
14205
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:135
14206
msgid ""
14207
"Even though you *can* modify a budget at any time to make a revision of it, "
14208
"it's best if you don't do that."
14209
msgstr ""
14210
14211
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:129
14212
msgid ""
14213
"Rather than edit an existing budget document, make a new version so that you "
14214
"can keep your original estimates safe for comparison. This lets you analyze "
14215
"your changing perspectives of the company from revision to revision."
14216
msgstr ""
14217
14218
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:142
14219
msgid ""
14220
"Begin data entry by entering a :guilabel:`Name`, a :guilabel:`Code`, and a "
14221
":guilabel:`Start Date` and an :guilabel:`End Date` in your new budget. Then "
14222
"you can define the budgeted amounts within that period, one by one. For "
14223
"each, you define:"
14224
msgstr ""
14225
14226
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:42
14227
msgid "an :guilabel:`Analytic Account`"
14228
msgstr ""
14229
14230
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:148
14231
msgid ""
14232
"a :guilabel:`Budgetary Position` : for example :guilabel:`Sales` or "
14233
":guilabel:`Purchases`,"
14234
msgstr ""
14235
14236
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:141
14237
msgid ""
14238
"a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the use of the budget,"
14239
msgstr ""
14240
14241
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:48
14242
msgid ""
14243
"a :guilabel:`Planned Amount` in the default currency of the chart of "
14244
"accounts."
14245
msgstr ""
14246
14247
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:154
14248
msgid "Once it's completed you can save your budget."
14249
msgstr ""
14250
14251
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:156
14252
msgid ""
14253
"To print a budget and make calculations of expenditure to budget use the "
14254
"menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Budgets --> Budget` Open ERP "
14255
"then gives you a list of available budgets. Select one or more budgets and "
14256
"then click :guilabel:`Print Budgets` to create the report for each in a date "
14257
"range of your choosing. The figure :ref:`fig-accbudg` gives an example of a "
14258
"budget produced by Open ERP."
14259
msgstr ""
14260
14261
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:0
14262
msgid "*Printing a budget*"
14263
msgstr ""
14264
14265
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:170
14266
msgid ""
14267
"You could also use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
14268
"Reporting --> Budgets` which gives you a choice of one or more "
14269
":guilabel:`Budgetary Position` entries before clicking :guilabel:`Budget` "
14270
"and choosing a date range. This gives a budgetary analysis report for each "
14271
"of the positions."
14272
msgstr ""
14273
14274
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:102
14275
msgid "The Accounting Dashboard"
14276
msgstr ""
14277
14278
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:0
14279
msgid "*Accounting Dashboard*"
14280
msgstr ""
14281
14282
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:187
14283
msgid ""
14284
"If you've installed the module :mod:`board_account`, Open ERP gives you an "
14285
"accounting dashboard that can be presented to your accounting staff as they "
14286
"sign into the system (if you have set it as their Home Page). This dashboard "
14287
"provides an analysis of the company's financial health at a glance."
14288
msgstr ""
14289
14290
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:191
14291
msgid ""
14292
"This gives a description of the different parts of the dashboard, from top "
14293
"to bottom then from left to right:"
14294
msgstr ""
14295
14296
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:194
14297
msgid ""
14298
":guilabel:`Analytic accounts to close` : when you're managing cases each "
14299
"analytical account is a project or a contract. This area gives the accounts "
14300
"that must be closed (for example, contracts expired, support hours exceeded)."
14301
msgstr ""
14302
14303
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:198
14304
msgid ""
14305
":guilabel:`Accounts to invoice` : shows analytical accounts where there are "
14306
"charges to be invoiced."
14307
msgstr ""
14308
14309
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:201
14310
msgid ""
14311
":guilabel:`Draft invoices` : gives the list of invoices waiting to be "
14312
"approved by an accountant."
14313
msgstr ""
14314
14315
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:203
14316
msgid ""
14317
":guilabel:`Costs to invoice` : gives the weekly changes which can be, but "
14318
"haven't yet been, invoiced."
14319
msgstr ""
14320
14321
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:206
14322
msgid ""
14323
":guilabel:`Aged receivables` : gives a weekly graph of the receivables that "
14324
"haven't yet been reconciled."
14325
msgstr ""
14326
14327
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:209
14328
msgid ""
14329
":guilabel:`Aged income` : gives a weekly graph of the company's turnover."
14330
msgstr ""
14331
14332
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:211
14333
msgid ""
14334
"In each panel of the accountants' dashboard you can click the "
14335
":guilabel:`Zoom` button at the top right to investigate the detail of your "
14336
"financial indicators."
14337
msgstr ""
14338
14339
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:214
14340
msgid ""
14341
"The Accounting dashboard is dynamically integrated, which means that you can "
14342
"navigate easily through the data if you want more detail about certain "
14343
"factors, and edit the entries if necessary."
14344
msgstr ""
14345
14346
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:2
14347
msgid "financial analysis"
14348
msgstr ""
14349
14350
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:5
14351
msgid "indicators"
14352
msgstr ""
14353
14354
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:18
14355
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:56
14356
msgid "account_report"
14357
msgstr ""
14358
14359
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:68
14360
msgid "account_report_history"
14361
msgstr ""
14362
14363
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:2
14364
msgid "budgeting"
14365
msgstr ""
14366
14367
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:31
14368
msgid "budget revisions"
14369
msgstr ""
14370
14371
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:24
14372
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/company_financial_analysis.rst:112
14373
msgid "board_account"
14374
msgstr ""
14375
14376
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:11
14377
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:2
14378
msgid "Financial Analysis"
14379
msgstr ""
14380
14381
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:13
14382
msgid ""
14383
"*This chapter is devoted to statutory taxation and financial reporting from "
14384
"Open ERP. Whether you need reports about customers and suppliers, or "
14385
"statements for various statutory purposes, Open ERP enables you to carry out "
14386
"a whole range of parametric analyses of the financial health of your "
14387
"company.*"
14388
msgstr ""
14389
14390
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:18
14391
msgid ""
14392
"Whether you want to analyze the general health of your company or review the "
14393
"status of an Account Receivable in detail, your company's accounts are the "
14394
"place to define your various business indicators."
14395
msgstr ""
14396
14397
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:22
14398
msgid ""
14399
"To bring you the most accurate picture of your business, Open ERP's "
14400
"different accounting reports are flexible, and the results are calculated in "
14401
"real time. This enables you to automate recurring actions and to change your "
14402
"operations quickly when a company-wide problem (such cash reserves dropping "
14403
"too low, or receivables climbing too high) or a local problem (a client that "
14404
"hasn't paid, or a project budget overspend) occurs."
14405
msgstr ""
14406
14407
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:28
14408
msgid ""
14409
"So this chapter describes the various reports and financial statements "
14410
"supplied by Open ERP's accounting modules. It also describes how Open ERP "
14411
"handles purchase and sales taxation, and the reporting of taxation."
14412
msgstr ""
14413
14414
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:2
14415
msgid "taxation"
14416
msgstr ""
14417
14418
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/index.rst:2
14419
msgid "financial reporting"
14420
msgstr ""
14421
14422
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:9
14423
msgid ""
14424
"Managing accounts payable / creditors and accounts receivable / debtors"
14425
msgstr ""
14426
14427
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:11
14428
msgid ""
14429
"Open ERP provides many tools for managing customer and supplier accounts. "
14430
"You'll see here:"
14431
msgstr ""
14432
14433
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:13
14434
msgid ""
14435
"financial analysis of partners, to understand the reports that enable you to "
14436
"carry out an analysis of all of your partners,"
14437
msgstr ""
14438
14439
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:16
14440
msgid ""
14441
"multi-level reminders, which is an automatic system for preparing reminder "
14442
"letters or emails when invoices remain unpaid,"
14443
msgstr ""
14444
14445
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:19
14446
msgid "detailed analysis of individual partners."
14447
msgstr ""
14448
14449
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:22
14450
msgid "Financial analysis of partners"
14451
msgstr ""
14452
14453
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:28
14454
msgid ""
14455
"When members of your accounts department sign on to the Open ERP system, "
14456
"they can immediately be presented with the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`. "
14457
"By default it contains a useful graph for analyzing Receivables. To get "
14458
"access to it, install the module :mod:`board_account`. Then look at it using "
14459
"the menu :menuselection:`Dashboards --> Accounting --> Accounting Dashboard`."
14460
msgstr ""
14461
14462
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:38
14463
msgid ""
14464
"In the dashboard, the graph at the right entitled :guilabel:`Aged "
14465
"Receivables` represents your receivables week by week. That shows you at a "
14466
"glance the cumulative amount of your customer debtors by week."
14467
msgstr ""
14468
14469
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:45
14470
msgid ""
14471
"All of Open ERP's graphs are dynamic. So you can, for example, filter the "
14472
"data by clicking :guilabel:`Zoom` and then :guilabel:`Filter` on the Search "
14473
"form. Or just click on :guilabel:`Zoom` to open in a larger window for a "
14474
"graph, then click :guilabel:`Search` to display this in a list view."
14475
msgstr ""
14476
14477
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:50
14478
msgid ""
14479
"To obtain a more detailed report of the aged balance (or order by past date) "
14480
"use the menu :menuselection:`Finance --> Accounting --> Reporting --> "
14481
"Partner Accounts --> Aged Partner balance`."
14482
msgstr ""
14483
14484
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:0
14485
msgid "*Aged balance using a 30 day period*"
14486
msgstr ""
14487
14488
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:59
14489
msgid ""
14490
"When opening that report, Open ERP asks for the name of the company, the "
14491
"fiscal period and the size of the interval to be analyzed (in days). "
14492
"Open ERP then calculates a table of credit balance by period. So if you "
14493
"request an interval of 30 days Open ERP generates an analysis of creditors "
14494
"for the past month, past two months, and so on."
14495
msgstr ""
14496
14497
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:64
14498
msgid ""
14499
"For an analysis by partner you can use the partner balance that you get "
14500
"through the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Reporting --> "
14501
"Partner Accounts --> Partner balance`. The system then supplies you with a "
14502
"PDF report containing one line per partner representing the cumulative "
14503
"credit balance."
14504
msgstr ""
14505
14506
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:0
14507
msgid "*Partner balances*"
14508
msgstr ""
14509
14510
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:77
14511
msgid ""
14512
"If you want detailed information about a partner you can use the partner "
14513
"ledgers that you reach through the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management "
14514
"--> Reporting --> Partner Accounts --> Partner Ledger`."
14515
msgstr ""
14516
14517
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:0
14518
msgid "*Partner ledger*"
14519
msgstr ""
14520
14521
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:87
14522
msgid ""
14523
"Finally you can look up individual account entries by searching for useful "
14524
"information. To search for account entries:"
14525
msgstr ""
14526
14527
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:90
14528
msgid ""
14529
"by journal, go through the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
14530
"Entries Encoding --> Entries Encoding by Line`,"
14531
msgstr ""
14532
14533
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:93
14534
msgid ""
14535
"by account, go through the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
14536
"Charts --> Chart of Accounts` and double-click the appropriate account,"
14537
msgstr ""
14538
14539
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:96
14540
msgid ""
14541
"by making a global search, go through the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
14542
"Management --> Entries Encoding --> Entries Encoding by Move` and searching,"
14543
msgstr ""
14544
14545
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:99
14546
msgid ""
14547
"by partner, do it by navigating from a :guilabel:`Partner` field in any form "
14548
"that shows it to the partner then using the buttons to the right of the "
14549
"partner form."
14550
msgstr ""
14551
14552
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:102
14553
msgid "Exporting entries"
14554
msgstr ""
14555
14556
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:104
14557
msgid ""
14558
"It's helpful to remember that you can export all types of resource in "
14559
"Open ERP. From the web client you need to navigate to a search list for the "
14560
"resource then click the :guilabel:`Export` link at the bottom left of the "
14561
"list. From the GTK client you'd use the menu :menuselection:`Form --> "
14562
"Export`. This enables you to easily make your own analysis in Microsoft "
14563
"Excel or OpenOffice.org Calc, by exporting accounting entries."
14564
msgstr ""
14565
14566
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:117
14567
msgid "Multi-step follow-ups"
14568
msgstr ""
14569
14570
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:119
14571
msgid ""
14572
"To automate the management of followups (reminders) you must install the "
14573
"module :mod:`account_followup`. This is installed automatically as part of "
14574
"the accounting profile, but is not part of the other profiles. Or you can "
14575
"install it alone."
14576
msgstr ""
14577
14578
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:123
14579
msgid ""
14580
"Once the module is installed configure your levels of followup using the "
14581
"menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> Follow-Ups`."
14582
msgstr ""
14583
14584
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:126
14585
msgid ""
14586
"The levels of follow-up are relative to the date of creation of an invoice "
14587
"and not the due date. This enables you to put payment conditions such as "
14588
"'payable in 21 days' and send a reminder in 30 days, or the converse."
14589
msgstr ""
14590
14591
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:130
14592
msgid ""
14593
"For each level you should define the number of days and create a note which "
14594
"will automatically be added into the reminder letter. The sequence "
14595
"determines the order of the level in ascending order."
14596
msgstr ""
14597
14598
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14599
msgid "Level"
14600
msgstr ""
14601
14602
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14603
msgid "Days"
14604
msgstr ""
14605
14606
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14607
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:25
14608
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:651
14609
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:655
14610
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:657
14611
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:77
14612
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:61
14613
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:70
14614
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:200
14615
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:203
14616
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:206
14617
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:245
14618
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:253
14619
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:271
14620
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:273
14621
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:288
14622
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:291
14623
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:321
14624
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:323
14625
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:333
14626
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:336
14627
msgid "1"
14628
msgstr ""
14629
14630
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14631
msgid "Level 1"
14632
msgstr ""
14633
14634
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14635
msgid "30 days net"
14636
msgstr ""
14637
14638
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14639
msgid "First payment reminder"
14640
msgstr ""
14641
14642
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14643
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:75
14644
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:59
14645
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:201
14646
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:262
14647
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:272
14648
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:322
14649
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:334
14650
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:346
14651
msgid "2"
14652
msgstr ""
14653
14654
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14655
msgid "Level 2"
14656
msgstr ""
14657
14658
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:1
14659
msgid "45 days net"
14660
msgstr ""
14661
14662
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14663
msgid "Second reminder"
14664
msgstr ""
14665
14666
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14667
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:62
14668
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:207
14669
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:208
14670
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:225
14671
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:234
14672
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:235
14673
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:275
14674
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:325
14675
msgid "3"
14676
msgstr ""
14677
14678
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14679
msgid "Level 3"
14680
msgstr ""
14681
14682
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:1
14683
msgid "60 days from end of month"
14684
msgstr ""
14685
14686
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:1
14687
msgid "Put on notice"
14688
msgstr ""
14689
14690
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:142
14691
msgid ""
14692
"You can send your reminders by mail and/or email with the menu "
14693
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Periodical Processing --> Send "
14694
"followups`."
14695
msgstr ""
14696
14697
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:0
14698
msgid "*Form for preparing follow-up letters*"
14699
msgstr ""
14700
14701
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:151
14702
msgid ""
14703
"Open ERP presents you with a list of partners who are due reminders, which "
14704
"you can modify before starting the procedure. On the second tab of the form "
14705
"you can supply the information you'll send in the email reminder."
14706
msgstr ""
14707
14708
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:155
14709
msgid ""
14710
"The system then gives you a PDF report with all of the reminder letters for "
14711
"each partner. Each letter is produced in the language of the partner (if "
14712
"that's available) and you can therefore get letters in several languages in "
14713
"the same PDF on several pages."
14714
msgstr ""
14715
14716
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:159
14717
msgid ""
14718
"To check the due date of customers and/or suppliers before starting the "
14719
"reminder procedure, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
14720
"Periodical Processing --> Send followups`. You get a list of unreconciled "
14721
"entries accounts. You can then modify the date and the last follow-up and "
14722
"the level of reminder for each entry."
14723
msgstr ""
14724
14725
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:164
14726
msgid ""
14727
"To obtain a detailed report per partner use the menus in "
14728
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Reporting --> Follow-Ups`."
14729
msgstr ""
14730
14731
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:167
14732
msgid ""
14733
"The different reports are standard Open ERP screens, so you can filter them "
14734
"and explore the elements in detail."
14735
msgstr ""
14736
14737
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:0
14738
msgid "*Summary screen for follow-ups*"
14739
msgstr ""
14740
14741
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:180
14742
msgid "Partner situation"
14743
msgstr ""
14744
14745
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:182
14746
msgid ""
14747
"In daily use of Open ERP a manager will often need to search quickly for "
14748
"financial information amongst partner data. For this she can use the buttons "
14749
"to the right of form when she opens a partner form, to go directly to:"
14750
msgstr ""
14751
14752
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:186
14753
msgid ""
14754
"a follow-up letter from the :guilabel:`Overdue payments` Report button,"
14755
msgstr ""
14756
14757
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:188
14758
msgid "the list of open :guilabel:`Invoices`,"
14759
msgstr ""
14760
14761
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:190
14762
msgid "a shortcut to :guilabel:`All account entries`,"
14763
msgstr ""
14764
14765
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:192
14766
msgid "the unclosed CRM requests from :guilabel:`Open cases`,"
14767
msgstr ""
14768
14769
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:194
14770
msgid "a shortcut to the unreconciled :guilabel:`Receivables and Payables`."
14771
msgstr ""
14772
14773
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:196
14774
msgid "The exact links depend on the modules that are installed in OpenERP."
14775
msgstr ""
14776
14777
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:198
14778
msgid ""
14779
"These links are also available to her using the navigation features such as "
14780
"right-clicking partner fields in the GTK client."
14781
msgstr ""
14782
14783
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:201
14784
msgid ""
14785
"The :guilabel:`Overdue payments` report produces a PDF document which is "
14786
"used for follow-up but it doesn't modify any of the partner's accounting "
14787
"entries. Its use doesn't increase the follow-up level so you can run this "
14788
"report repeatedly without any problem."
14789
msgstr ""
14790
14791
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:205
14792
msgid ""
14793
"In Open ERP you can search for a partner on the basis of the value of its "
14794
"trade receivables. So search for partners with a credit amount between 1 and "
14795
"99999999 and you'll get a list of partners that owe you payment. You can "
14796
"then select the whole list and print follow-up letters for them all."
14797
msgstr ""
14798
14799
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:209
14800
msgid ""
14801
"To the right of the partner form there's a shortcut to :guilabel:`Invoices`. "
14802
"This link includes all of the invoices defined in the systems, namely:"
14803
msgstr ""
14804
14805
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:212
14806
msgid "customer invoices,"
14807
msgstr ""
14808
14809
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:214
14810
msgid "supplier invoices,"
14811
msgstr ""
14812
14813
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:216
14814
msgid "credit notes,"
14815
msgstr ""
14816
14817
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:218
14818
msgid "supplier credit notes."
14819
msgstr ""
14820
14821
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:220
14822
msgid "Reminders from accounting entries"
14823
msgstr ""
14824
14825
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:222
14826
msgid ""
14827
"Companies that do not have computerized records tend to keep track of "
14828
"payments from invoices and paperwork and not from a formal partner account."
14829
msgstr ""
14830
14831
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:225
14832
msgid ""
14833
"It's better to create reminder letters from a partner's account receivable "
14834
"than from unpaid bills, however. By using the Open ERP system you can easily "
14835
"take account of all advances, unreconciled payments, credit notes and credit "
14836
"payments."
14837
msgstr ""
14838
14839
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:230
14840
msgid ""
14841
"So it's better to send a letter based on the accounting entries of invoices "
14842
"and unreconciled payments than just on a list of unpaid invoices."
14843
msgstr ""
14844
14845
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:233
14846
msgid ""
14847
"In the links appearing on the partner form, two buttons enable the opening "
14848
"of partner accounting entries:"
14849
msgstr ""
14850
14851
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:236
14852
msgid ":guilabel:`All account entries`,"
14853
msgstr ""
14854
14855
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:238
14856
msgid ":guilabel:`Receivables & Payables`."
14857
msgstr ""
14858
14859
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/managing_accounts.rst:240
14860
msgid ""
14861
"The first button is useful for obtaining a historical analysis of the "
14862
"customer or supplier. You can get information about such significant items "
14863
"as sales volume and payment delays. The second button is a filter which "
14864
"shows only the open trade credits and debits for the partner."
14865
msgstr ""
14866
14867
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:2
14868
msgid "payable"
14869
msgstr ""
14870
14871
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:2
14872
msgid "receivable"
14873
msgstr ""
14874
14875
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:2
14876
msgid "creditor"
14877
msgstr ""
14878
14879
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:2
14880
msgid "debtor"
14881
msgstr ""
14882
14883
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:24
14884
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:31
14885
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:31
14886
msgid "dashboard"
14887
msgstr ""
14888
14889
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:30
14890
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:33
14891
msgid "balance"
14892
msgstr ""
14893
14894
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:30
14895
msgid "aged"
14896
msgstr ""
14897
14898
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:62
14899
msgid "ledger"
14900
msgstr ""
14901
14902
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:91
14903
msgid "follow-up"
14904
msgstr ""
14905
14906
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:127
14907
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:91
14908
msgid "reminder"
14909
msgstr ""
14910
14911
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:91
14912
msgid "account_followup"
14913
msgstr ""
14914
14915
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/managing_accounts.rst:91
14916
msgid "overdue payments"
14917
msgstr ""
14918
14919
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:3
14920
msgid "Statutory taxes and accounts"
14921
msgstr ""
14922
14923
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:7
14924
msgid ""
14925
"This section deals with statutory taxes and accounts which are legally "
14926
"required from the company:"
14927
msgstr ""
14928
14929
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:9
14930
msgid "the taxation structure provided by Open ERP,"
14931
msgstr ""
14932
14933
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:9
14934
msgid "the accounts ledgers,"
14935
msgstr ""
14936
14937
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:11
14938
msgid ""
14939
"account balance (used to produce the income statement and balance sheet),"
14940
msgstr ""
14941
14942
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:13
14943
msgid "the different journals (general, centralized and detailed),"
14944
msgstr ""
14945
14946
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:15
14947
msgid "the tax declaration."
14948
msgstr ""
14949
14950
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:17
14951
msgid "Other declarations"
14952
msgstr ""
14953
14954
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:19
14955
msgid ""
14956
"In addition to the legal declarations available in the accounts modules, "
14957
"Open ERP supplies declarations based on the functionality in other modules."
14958
msgstr ""
14959
14960
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:25
14961
msgid ""
14962
"You can, for example, install the :mod:`report_intrastat` module for intra-"
14963
"stat declarations about sending goods to and receiving goods from other "
14964
"countries."
14965
msgstr ""
14966
14967
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:31
14968
msgid "Taxation"
14969
msgstr ""
14970
14971
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:33
14972
msgid "You can attach taxes to financial transactions so that you can"
14973
msgstr ""
14974
14975
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:35
14976
msgid "add taxes to the amount that you pay or get paid,"
14977
msgstr ""
14978
14979
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:17
14980
msgid ""
14981
"report on the taxes in various categories that you should pay the tax "
14982
"authorities,"
14983
msgstr ""
14984
14985
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:19
14986
msgid "track taxes in your general accounts,"
14987
msgstr ""
14988
14989
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:41
14990
msgid ""
14991
"manage the payment and refund of taxes using the same mechanisms that "
14992
"Open ERP uses for other monetary transactions."
14993
msgstr ""
14994
14995
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:44
14996
msgid ""
14997
"Since the detailed tax structure is a mechanism for carrying out "
14998
"governments' policies, and the collecting of taxes so critical to their "
14999
"authorities, tax requirements and reporting can be complex. Open ERP has a "
15000
"flexible mechanism for handling taxation that can be configured through its "
15001
"GUI or through data import mechanisms to meet the requirements of many "
15002
"various tax jurisdictions."
15003
msgstr ""
15004
15005
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:25
15006
msgid ""
15007
"The taxation mechanism can also be used to handle other tax-like financial "
15008
"transactions, such as royalties to authors based on the value of "
15009
"transactions through an account."
15010
msgstr ""
15011
15012
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:53
15013
msgid "Setting up a tax structure"
15014
msgstr ""
15015
15016
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:55
15017
msgid ""
15018
"Setup Taxation using `Financial Management > Configuration > Financial "
15019
"Accounting > Taxes`"
15020
msgstr ""
15021
15022
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:57
15023
msgid "Three main objects are involved in the tax system in Open ERP:"
15024
msgstr ""
15025
15026
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:59
15027
msgid ""
15028
"a :guilabel:`Tax Case` (or :guilabel:`Tax Code`), used for tax reporting, "
15029
"that can be set up in a hierarchical structure so that multiple codes can be "
15030
"formed into trees in the same way as a Chart of Accounts."
15031
msgstr ""
15032
15033
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:62
15034
msgid ""
15035
"a :guilabel:`Tax`, the basic tax object that contains the rules for "
15036
"calculating tax on the financial transaction it's attached to, and is linked "
15037
"to the General Accounts and to the Tax Cases. A tax can contain multiple "
15038
"child taxes and base its calculation on those taxes rather than the base "
15039
"transaction, providing considerable flexibility. Each tax belongs to a "
15040
":guilabel:`Tax Group` (currently just \\ ``VAT``\\ or \\ ``Other``\\ )."
15041
msgstr ""
15042
15043
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:68
15044
msgid ""
15045
"the :guilabel:`General Accounts`, that record the taxes owing and paid. "
15046
"Since the general accounts are discussed elsewhere in this part of the book "
15047
"and are not tax-specific, they won't be detailed in this section."
15048
msgstr ""
15049
15050
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:72
15051
msgid ""
15052
"You can attach zero or more :guilabel:`Supplier Tax` and :guilabel:`Customer "
15053
"Tax` items to products, so that you can account separately for purchase and "
15054
"sales taxes (or Input and Output VAT – where VAT is Value Added Tax). "
15055
"Because you can attach more than one tax, you can handle a VAT or Sales Tax "
15056
"separately from an Eco Tax on the same product."
15057
msgstr ""
15058
15059
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:77
15060
msgid ""
15061
"You can also attach a :guilabel:`Default Tax` to a Partner, which replaces "
15062
"any taxes belonging to the same Tax Group that may have been defined in a "
15063
"Product."
15064
msgstr ""
15065
15066
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:80
15067
msgid ""
15068
"So you can define a \\ ``Tax Exempt``\\ tax in the \\ ``VAT``\\ group "
15069
"and assign it to partners who declare themselves to be charities. All "
15070
"product sales to a charity would then be VAT free even if the products "
15071
"themselves carry various tax rates, but non-VAT taxes such as Eco-taxes can "
15072
"still be applied."
15073
msgstr ""
15074
15075
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:86
15076
msgid "Tax Cases"
15077
msgstr ""
15078
15079
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:88
15080
msgid ""
15081
"Tax Cases are also known in Open ERP as Tax Codes. They're used for tax "
15082
"reporting, and can be set up in a hierarchical structure to form trees in "
15083
"the same way as a Chart of Accounts."
15084
msgstr ""
15085
15086
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:91
15087
msgid ""
15088
"To create a new Tax Case, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management -"
15089
"-> Configuration --> Taxes --> Tax Codes`. You define the following fields:"
15090
msgstr ""
15091
15092
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:94
15093
msgid ""
15094
":guilabel:`Tax Case Name` : a unique name required to identify the Case,"
15095
msgstr ""
15096
15097
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:96
15098
msgid ""
15099
":guilabel:`Company` : a required link that attaches the Case to a specific "
15100
"company, such as the Main Company,"
15101
msgstr ""
15102
15103
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:99
15104
msgid ":guilabel:`Case Code` : an optional short code for the case,"
15105
msgstr ""
15106
15107
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:101
15108
msgid ""
15109
":guilabel:`Parent Code` : a link to a parent Tax Case that forms the basis "
15110
"of the tree structure like a Chart of Accounts,"
15111
msgstr ""
15112
15113
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:104
15114
msgid ""
15115
":guilabel:`Sign for Parent` : choose 1.00 to add the total to the parent "
15116
"account or -1.00 to subtract it,"
15117
msgstr ""
15118
15119
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:107
15120
msgid ""
15121
":guilabel:`Description` : a free text field for documentation purposes."
15122
msgstr ""
15123
15124
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:60
15125
msgid "You can also see two read-only fields:"
15126
msgstr ""
15127
15128
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:111
15129
msgid ""
15130
":guilabel:`Year Sum` : a single figure showing the total accumulated on this "
15131
"case for the financial year."
15132
msgstr ""
15133
15134
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:114
15135
msgid ""
15136
":guilabel:`Period Sum` : a single figure showing the total accumulated on "
15137
"this case for the current financial period (perhaps 1 month or 3 months)."
15138
msgstr ""
15139
15140
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:117
15141
msgid ""
15142
"You will probably need to create two tax cases for each different tax rate "
15143
"that you have to define, one for the tax itself and one for the invoice "
15144
"amount that the tax is based on. And you'll create tax cases that you won't "
15145
"link to Tax objects (similar to General Account \\ ``View``\\ types) just "
15146
"to organize the tree structure."
15147
msgstr ""
15148
15149
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:122
15150
msgid ""
15151
"To view the structure that you've constructed you can use the menu "
15152
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Reporting --> Taxes Report --> "
15153
"Chart of Taxes`. This tree view reflects the structure of the :guilabel:`Tax "
15154
"Cases` and shows the current tax situation."
15155
msgstr ""
15156
15157
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:127
15158
msgid "Tax objects"
15159
msgstr ""
15160
15161
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:129
15162
msgid ""
15163
"Tax objects calculate tax on the financial transactions that they're "
15164
"attached to, and are linked to the General Accounts and to the Tax Cases."
15165
msgstr ""
15166
15167
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:132
15168
msgid ""
15169
"To create a new Tax Case, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management -"
15170
"-> Configuration --> Financial Accounting --> Taxes --> Taxes`. You define "
15171
"the following fields:"
15172
msgstr ""
15173
15174
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:135
15175
msgid ""
15176
":guilabel:`Tax Name` : a unique name required for this tax (such as \\ ``12% "
15177
"Sales VAT``\\ ),"
15178
msgstr ""
15179
15180
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:137
15181
msgid ""
15182
":guilabel:`Company` : a required link to a company associated with the tax, "
15183
"such as the Main Company,"
15184
msgstr ""
15185
15186
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:140
15187
msgid ""
15188
":guilabel:`Tax Group` : \\ ``VAT``\\ or \\ ``Other``\\ , used to "
15189
"determine which taxes on products can be substituted by taxes on partners,"
15190
msgstr ""
15191
15192
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:143
15193
msgid ""
15194
":guilabel:`Tax Type` : a required field directing how to calculate the tax: "
15195
"\\ ``Percent``\\ , \\``Fixed``\\ , \\ ``None``\\ or \\ ``Python Code``\\ "
15196
" , (the latter is found in the :guilabel:`Compute Code` field in the "
15197
":guilabel:`Special Computation` tab),"
15198
msgstr ""
15199
15200
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:147
15201
msgid ""
15202
":guilabel:`Applicable Type` : a required field that indicates whether the "
15203
"base amount should be used unchanged (when the value is \\ ``True``\\ ) or "
15204
"whether it should be processed by Python Code in the :guilabel:`Applicable "
15205
"Code` field in the :guilabel:`Special Computation` tab when the value is \\ "
15206
"``Code``\\ ),"
15207
msgstr ""
15208
15209
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:151
15210
msgid ""
15211
":guilabel:`Amount` : a required field whose meaning depends on the Tax Type, "
15212
"being a multiplier on the base amount when the :guilabel:`Tax Type` is \\ "
15213
"``Percent``\\ , and a fixed amount added to the base amount when the "
15214
":guilabel:`Tax Type` is \\ ``Fixed``\\ ,"
15215
msgstr ""
15216
15217
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:155
15218
msgid ""
15219
":guilabel:`Include in base amount` : when checked, the tax is added to the "
15220
"base amount and not shown separately,"
15221
msgstr ""
15222
15223
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:158
15224
msgid ""
15225
":guilabel:`Domain` : is only used in special developments, not in the core "
15226
"Open ERP system,"
15227
msgstr ""
15228
15229
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:160
15230
msgid ""
15231
":guilabel:`Invoice Tax Account` :a General Account used to record invoiced "
15232
"tax amounts, which may be the same for several taxes or split so that one "
15233
"tax is allocated to one account,"
15234
msgstr ""
15235
15236
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:163
15237
msgid ""
15238
":guilabel:`Refund Tax Account` : a General Account used to record invoiced "
15239
"tax refunds, which may be the same as the Invoice Tax Account or, in some "
15240
"tax jurisdictions, must be separated,"
15241
msgstr ""
15242
15243
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:166
15244
msgid ""
15245
":guilabel:`Tax on Children` : when checked, the tax calculation is applied "
15246
"to the output from other tax calculations specified in the :guilabel:`Childs "
15247
"Tax Account` field (so you can have taxes on taxes), otherwise the "
15248
"calculation is applied to the base amount on the transaction,"
15249
msgstr ""
15250
15251
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:170
15252
msgid ""
15253
":guilabel:`Tax included in Price` : when checked, the total value shown "
15254
"includes this tax,"
15255
msgstr ""
15256
15257
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:172
15258
msgid ""
15259
":guilabel:`Tax Application` : selects whether the tax is applicable to Sale, "
15260
"Purchase or All transactions,"
15261
msgstr ""
15262
15263
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:175
15264
msgid ""
15265
":guilabel:`Child Tax Accounts` : other tax accounts that can be used to "
15266
"supply the figure for taxation."
15267
msgstr ""
15268
15269
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:108
15270
msgid "Using Child Taxes"
15271
msgstr ""
15272
15273
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:180
15274
msgid ""
15275
"You can use child taxes when you have a complex tax situation that you want "
15276
"to hide your end users from. For example, you might define a motor mileage "
15277
"expenses product with a composite tax made up of two child taxes – a non-"
15278
"reclaimable private element and a reclaimable business element (which is the "
15279
"case in some European countries)."
15280
msgstr ""
15281
15282
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:187
15283
msgid ""
15284
"When your staff come to claim motor mileage, they do not need to know about "
15285
"this taxation, but the accounting impact of their claim will be "
15286
"automatically managed in Open ERP."
15287
msgstr ""
15288
15289
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:190
15290
msgid ""
15291
"The fields above apply the taxes that you specify and record them in the "
15292
"general accounts but don't provide you with the documentation that your tax "
15293
"authorities might need. For this use the Tax Declaration tab to define which "
15294
"Tax Cases should be used for this tax:"
15295
msgstr ""
15296
15297
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:194
15298
msgid ""
15299
":guilabel:`Invoices/Base Code` : tax case to record the invoiced amount that "
15300
"the tax is based on,"
15301
msgstr ""
15302
15303
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:196
15304
msgid ""
15305
":guilabel:`Invoices/Tax Code` : tax case to record the invoiced tax amount"
15306
msgstr ""
15307
15308
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:198
15309
msgid ""
15310
":guilabel:`Credit Notes/Refund Base Code` : tax case to record the refund "
15311
"invoice amount that the tax is based on,"
15312
msgstr ""
15313
15314
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:201
15315
msgid ""
15316
":guilabel:`Credit Notes/Refund Tax Code` : tax case to record the refund "
15317
"invoice tax amount."
15318
msgstr ""
15319
15320
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:204
15321
msgid "Use of Taxes on Products, Partners, Projects and Accounts"
15322
msgstr ""
15323
15324
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:206
15325
msgid ""
15326
"When you've created a tax structure consisting of Tax Cases and Tax objects, "
15327
"you can use the taxes in your various business objects so that financial "
15328
"transactions can be associated with taxes and tax-like charges."
15329
msgstr ""
15330
15331
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:124
15332
msgid "Retail Customers"
15333
msgstr ""
15334
15335
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:212
15336
msgid ""
15337
"When you're retailing to end users rather than selling to a business, you "
15338
"may want to (or be required to) show tax-inclusive prices on your invoicing "
15339
"documents rather than a tax-exclusive price plus tax."
15340
msgstr ""
15341
15342
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:219
15343
msgid ""
15344
"To do this in Open ERP just install the :mod:`account_tax_include` module. "
15345
"Each invoice is given a new :guilabel:`Price method` field, in which you "
15346
"choose :guilabel:`Tax included` or :guilabel:`Tax excluded`. Prices are then "
15347
"displayed appropriately."
15348
msgstr ""
15349
15350
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:224
15351
msgid ""
15352
"You can assign a tax to a Partner so that it overrides any tax defined in a "
15353
"Product. You'd do this, for example, if a partner was a charity and paid a "
15354
"lower or zero rate of VAT or Sales Tax on its purchases. Assuming that you "
15355
"have an appropriate Charities VAT or Sales Tax in the \\ ``VAT``\\ "
15356
":guilabel:`Tax Group`, use the menu :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners` "
15357
"to open and edit a Partner form for the charity, then:"
15358
msgstr ""
15359
15360
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:230
15361
msgid "select the :guilabel:`Properties` tab,"
15362
msgstr ""
15363
15364
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:232
15365
msgid ""
15366
"set the :guilabel:`Default Tax` field to the \\ ``Charities VAT``\\ tax."
15367
msgstr ""
15368
15369
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:234
15370
msgid ""
15371
"You can assign multiple taxes to a Product. Assuming you have set up the "
15372
"appropriate taxes, you would use the menu :menuselection:`Products --> "
15373
"Products` to open and edit a Product definition, then:"
15374
msgstr ""
15375
15376
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:238
15377
msgid ""
15378
"select one or more :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` for any products that you "
15379
"might sell, which may include a \\ ``Sales Tax``\\ or \\ ``Output VAT``\\ "
15380
", and a \\ ``Sales Eco Tax``\\ ,"
15381
msgstr ""
15382
15383
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:241
15384
msgid ""
15385
"select one or more :guilabel:`Supplier Taxes` for any products that you "
15386
"might purchase, which may include a \\ ``Purchase Tax``\\ or \\ ``Input "
15387
"VAT``\\ , and a \\ ``Purchase Eco Tax``\\ ."
15388
msgstr ""
15389
15390
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:244
15391
msgid ""
15392
"Generally, when you make a purchase or sale, the taxes assigned to the "
15393
"product are used to calculate the taxes owing or owed. But when you make a "
15394
"transaction with a partner that has a :guilabel:`Default Tax` defined, for "
15395
"example a sale to a charity with \\ ``Charities ``\\ \\ ``Tax``\\ , that "
15396
"tax will be used in place of other Product taxes in the same group – in this "
15397
"case replacing the standard \\ ``Sales Tax``\\ or \\ ``Output VAT``\\ ."
15398
msgstr ""
15399
15400
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:250
15401
msgid ""
15402
"You can also assign multiple taxes to a Project, so that invoices from the "
15403
"Project carry an appropriate rate of tax (project invoicing is dealt with in "
15404
"detail in :ref:`ch-projects`)."
15405
msgstr ""
15406
15407
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:256
15408
msgid "Tax regions"
15409
msgstr ""
15410
15411
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:258
15412
msgid ""
15413
"The third-party module :mod:`import_export` (currently in ``addons-extra`` "
15414
"can be used to extend Open ERP's tax system, so that you can assign taxes to "
15415
"different accounts depending on the location of the Partner. The "
15416
":guilabel:`Partner` is given a new :guilabel:`Partner Location` field that "
15417
"can be set to Local, Europe or Outside, so that taxes and tax bases can be "
15418
"channelled to different accounts."
15419
msgstr ""
15420
15421
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:265
15422
msgid ""
15423
"This module could be the basis of more ambitious location-based tax "
15424
"accounting."
15425
msgstr ""
15426
15427
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:267
15428
msgid ""
15429
"And you can assign multiple taxes to an account so that when you transfer "
15430
"money through the account you attract a tax amount. In such a case, this "
15431
"'tax' may not be legally-required taxation but something tax-like, for "
15432
"example authors' royalties or sales commission."
15433
msgstr ""
15434
15435
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:275
15436
msgid "The accounts ledgers and the balance sheet"
15437
msgstr ""
15438
15439
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:277
15440
msgid ""
15441
"To print the balance of accounts or the accounts ledgers you should turn to "
15442
"the Chart of Accounts. To do that go to the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
15443
"Management --> Charts --> Charts of Accounts`."
15444
msgstr ""
15445
15446
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:280
15447
msgid ""
15448
"Select the accounting period and type of moves (all entries or just posted "
15449
"entries) you're interested in and click :guilabel:`Open Charts` to display "
15450
"the chart in a tree view, then select one or several accounts for analysis "
15451
"by clicking and highlighting the appropriate line(s). Click the "
15452
":guilabel:`General Ledger`, the :guilabel:`Account balance`, or an "
15453
":guilabel:`Analytic check` in the :guilabel:`Reports` toolbar at the right. "
15454
"If you select an account which has sub-accounts in the hierarchy you "
15455
"automatically analyze both that account and its child accounts."
15456
msgstr ""
15457
15458
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:291
15459
msgid "Simulated balance"
15460
msgstr ""
15461
15462
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:293
15463
msgid ""
15464
"While you're printing account balances, if you have installed the "
15465
":mod:`account_simulation` module from addons-extra, Open ERP asks you which "
15466
"level of simulation to execute."
15467
msgstr ""
15468
15469
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:36
15470
msgid ""
15471
"Results will vary depending on the level selected. You could, for example, "
15472
"print the balance depending on various methods of amortization:"
15473
msgstr ""
15474
15475
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:39
15476
msgid "the normal IFRS method,"
15477
msgstr ""
15478
15479
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:41
15480
msgid "the French method."
15481
msgstr ""
15482
15483
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:305
15484
msgid ""
15485
"More generally it enables you to make analyses using other simulation levels "
15486
"that you could expect."
15487
msgstr ""
15488
15489
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:311
15490
msgid ""
15491
"The :mod:`account_reporting` module was developed to provide configurable "
15492
"reports for balance sheets or earnings statements in legally required "
15493
"formats."
15494
msgstr ""
15495
15496
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:317
15497
msgid "The accounting journals"
15498
msgstr ""
15499
15500
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:319
15501
msgid ""
15502
"To obtain the different journals use the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
15503
"Management --> Reporting --> Journals`."
15504
msgstr ""
15505
15506
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:6
15507
msgid "Journals"
15508
msgstr ""
15509
15510
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:328
15511
msgid "Note there are different types of journal in Open ERP"
15512
msgstr ""
15513
15514
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:330
15515
msgid "accounting journals (detailed in this chapter),"
15516
msgstr ""
15517
15518
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:332
15519
msgid ""
15520
"purchase journals (for distributing supplies provided on certain dates),"
15521
msgstr ""
15522
15523
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:334
15524
msgid ""
15525
"sales journals (for example classifying sales by their type of trade),"
15526
msgstr ""
15527
15528
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:336
15529
msgid ""
15530
"the invoice journals (to classify sales by mode of invoicing - daily / "
15531
"weekly / monthly - and automating the tasks."
15532
msgstr ""
15533
15534
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:339
15535
msgid ""
15536
"To get access to these different journals install the modules "
15537
":mod:`sale_journal` (found at the time of writing in ``addons``, so "
15538
"available in a standard installation) and :mod:`purchase_journal` (found in "
15539
"``addons-extra`` at the time of writing, so needing special installation)."
15540
msgstr ""
15541
15542
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:345
15543
msgid ""
15544
"Then select one or several journals and click :guilabel:`Print`. Open ERP "
15545
"then proposes various reports:"
15546
msgstr ""
15547
15548
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:347
15549
msgid "detailed accounting entries,"
15550
msgstr ""
15551
15552
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:349
15553
msgid "general journal,"
15554
msgstr ""
15555
15556
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:351
15557
msgid "journal grouped by account."
15558
msgstr ""
15559
15560
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:0
15561
msgid "*Printing a journal*"
15562
msgstr ""
15563
15564
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:360
15565
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:395
15566
msgid "Tax declaration"
15567
msgstr ""
15568
15569
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:362
15570
msgid ""
15571
"Information required for a tax declaration is automatically generated by "
15572
"Open ERP from invoices. In the section on invoicing you'll have seen that "
15573
"you can get details of tax information from the area at the bottom left of "
15574
"an invoice."
15575
msgstr ""
15576
15577
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:115
15578
msgid ""
15579
"You can also get the information from the accounting entries in the columns "
15580
"to the right."
15581
msgstr ""
15582
15583
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:368
15584
msgid ""
15585
"Open ERP keeps a tax chart that you can reach from the menu "
15586
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Reporting --> Taxes Reports --> "
15587
"Chart of Taxes`. The structure of the chart is for calculating the tax "
15588
"declaration but also all the other taxes can be calculated (such as the "
15589
"French DEEE)."
15590
msgstr ""
15591
15592
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:0
15593
msgid "*Example of a Belgian TVA (VAT) declaration*"
15594
msgstr ""
15595
15596
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:381
15597
msgid ""
15598
"The tax chart represents the amount of each area of the tax declaration for "
15599
"your country. It's presented in a hierarchical structure which lets you see "
15600
"the detail only of what interests you and hides the less interesting "
15601
"subtotals. This structure can be altered as you wish to fit your needs."
15602
msgstr ""
15603
15604
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:160
15605
msgid ""
15606
"You can create several tax charts if your company is subject to different "
15607
"types of tax or tax-like accounts, such as:"
15608
msgstr ""
15609
15610
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:162
15611
msgid "authors' rights,"
15612
msgstr ""
15613
15614
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:390
15615
msgid "ecotaxes such as the French DEEE for recycling electrical equipment."
15616
msgstr ""
15617
15618
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:141
15619
msgid ""
15620
"Each accounting entry can then be linked to one of the tax accounts. This "
15621
"association is done automatically by the taxes which had previously been "
15622
"configured in the invoice lines."
15623
msgstr ""
15624
15625
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:397
15626
msgid ""
15627
"Some accounting software manages the tax declaration in a dedicated general "
15628
"account. The declaration is then limited to the balance in the specified "
15629
"period. In Open ERP you can create an independent chart of taxes, which has "
15630
"several advantages:"
15631
msgstr ""
15632
15633
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:401
15634
msgid "it's possible to allocate only a part of the tax transaction,"
15635
msgstr ""
15636
15637
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:403
15638
msgid ""
15639
"it's not necessary to manage several different general accounts depending on "
15640
"the type of sale and type of tax,"
15641
msgstr ""
15642
15643
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:155
15644
msgid "you can restructure your chart of taxes as you need."
15645
msgstr ""
15646
15647
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:408
15648
msgid ""
15649
"At any time you can check your chart of taxes for a given period using the "
15650
"report :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Reporting --> Taxes Reports -"
15651
"-> Print Taxes Report`."
15652
msgstr ""
15653
15654
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:411
15655
msgid ""
15656
"This data is updated in real time. That's very useful because it enables you "
15657
"to preview at any time the tax that you owe at the start and end of the "
15658
"month or quarter."
15659
msgstr ""
15660
15661
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:414
15662
msgid ""
15663
"Furthermore, for your tax declaration you can click on one of the tax "
15664
"accounts to investigate the detailed entries that make up the full amount. "
15665
"This helps you search for errors such as when you've entered an invoice at "
15666
"full tax rate when it should have been zero-rated for an inter-community "
15667
"trade or for a charity."
15668
msgstr ""
15669
15670
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:419
15671
msgid ""
15672
"In some countries, tax can be calculated on the basis of payments received "
15673
"rather than invoices sent. In this instance choose :guilabel:`Base on` \\ "
15674
"``Payments``\\ instead of :guilabel:`Base on` \\ ``Invoices``\\ in the "
15675
":guilabel:`Select period` field. Even if you make your declaration on the "
15676
"basis of invoices sent and received it can be helpful to compare the two "
15677
"reports to see the amount of tax that you pay but haven't yet received from "
15678
"your customers."
15679
msgstr ""
15680
15681
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:22
15682
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:47
15683
msgid "report_instrastat"
15684
msgstr ""
15685
15686
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/tax_structure.rst:11
15687
msgid "tax"
15688
msgstr ""
15689
15690
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:253
15691
msgid "import_export"
15692
msgstr ""
15693
15694
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:48
15695
msgid "balance sheet"
15696
msgstr ""
15697
15698
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:26
15699
msgid "account_simulation"
15700
msgstr ""
15701
15702
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:308
15703
msgid "account_reporting"
15704
msgstr ""
15705
15706
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:92
15707
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:93
15708
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:2
15709
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:19
15710
msgid "journal"
15711
msgstr ""
15712
15713
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:25
15714
msgid "sale_journal"
15715
msgstr ""
15716
15717
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:322
15718
msgid "purchase_journal"
15719
msgstr ""
15720
15721
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:120
15722
msgid "TVA"
15723
msgstr ""
15724
15725
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/statutory_taxes.rst:149
15726
msgid "VAT"
15727
msgstr ""
15728
15729
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:7
15730
msgid "Chart of Accounts"
15731
msgstr ""
15732
15733
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:13
15734
msgid ""
15735
"On installation, the software is given a default chart of accounts that's "
15736
"the same regardless of your country. To install the chart of accounts and "
15737
"tax definitions for your own country install the module :mod:`l10n_XX` where "
15738
"XX represents your country code in two letters. For example to get the chart "
15739
"of accounts for France install the module :mod:`l10n_fr`."
15740
msgstr ""
15741
15742
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:49
15743
msgid ""
15744
"Some of these pre-built modules are comprehensive and accurate, others have "
15745
"rather more tentative status and are simply indicators of the possibilities. "
15746
"You can modify these, or build your own accounts onto the default chart, or "
15747
"replace it entirely with a custom chart."
15748
msgstr ""
15749
15750
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:22
15751
msgid ""
15752
"You view active charts of accounts using the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
15753
"Management --> Charts --> Charts of Accounts`, and :guilabel:`Open Charts` "
15754
"for the selected year and account moves."
15755
msgstr ""
15756
15757
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:25
15758
msgid "Hierarchical charts"
15759
msgstr ""
15760
15761
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:27
15762
msgid ""
15763
"Most accounting software packages represent their charts of accounts in the "
15764
"form of a list. You can do this in Open ERP as well if you want to, but its "
15765
"tree view offers several advantages:"
15766
msgstr ""
15767
15768
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:21
15769
msgid "it lets you show and calculate only the accounts that interest you,"
15770
msgstr ""
15771
15772
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:126
15773
msgid ""
15774
"it enables you to get a global view of accounts (when you show only summary "
15775
"accounts),"
15776
msgstr ""
15777
15778
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:25
15779
msgid "it simplifies searches semantically,"
15780
msgstr ""
15781
15782
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:36
15783
msgid ""
15784
"it's more intuitive, because you can search for accounts on the basis of "
15785
"their classification,"
15786
msgstr ""
15787
15788
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:38
15789
msgid "it's flexible because you can easily restructure them."
15790
msgstr ""
15791
15792
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:31
15793
msgid ""
15794
"The structure of the chart of accounts is hierarchical, with account "
15795
"subtotals called account views. You can develop a set of account views to "
15796
"contain only those elements that interest you."
15797
msgstr ""
15798
15799
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:43
15800
msgid ""
15801
"To get the detail of the account entries that are important to you, all you "
15802
"need to do is click the account's :guilabel:`Code` (if you have no codes, "
15803
"you can select the line, then click :guilabel:`Switch` to get the acount "
15804
"definition, then click the :guilabel:`Entries` in the :guilabel:`LINKS` part "
15805
"of the toolbar)."
15806
msgstr ""
15807
15808
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:47
15809
msgid ""
15810
"Displaying the chart of accounts can take several seconds because Open ERP "
15811
"calculates the debits, credits and balance for each account in real time. If "
15812
"you just want to work with a chart of accounts that has structure but shows "
15813
"no totals, use the function :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Charts -"
15814
"-> Charts of Accounts --> Fast Charts of Accounts`."
15815
msgstr ""
15816
15817
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:53
15818
msgid "Creating a chart of accounts"
15819
msgstr ""
15820
15821
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:0
15822
msgid "*Definition of an account*"
15823
msgstr ""
15824
15825
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:61
15826
msgid ""
15827
"To add, modify or delete existing accounts, use the menu "
15828
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> Financial "
15829
"Accounting --> Financial Accounts --> List of Accounts`."
15830
msgstr ""
15831
15832
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:67
15833
msgid "Multi-lingual fields"
15834
msgstr ""
15835
15836
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:69
15837
msgid ""
15838
"In Open ERP multi-lingual fields are marked by a small flag to their right. "
15839
"Click on the flag to get a translation of the value of the field in the "
15840
"different installed languages. You can also edit the translation."
15841
msgstr ""
15842
15843
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:76
15844
msgid ""
15845
"This enables you to efficiently manage other languages as you need them. The "
15846
"field's value appears in the language of the logged-in user or, in the case "
15847
"of reports printed for a partner, that of the partner."
15848
msgstr ""
15849
15850
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:89
15851
msgid "The main account fields are:"
15852
msgstr ""
15853
15854
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:80
15855
msgid ":guilabel:`Name` : Give the field a name."
15856
msgstr ""
15857
15858
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:82
15859
msgid ""
15860
":guilabel:`Active` : if you deactivate an account (by unchecking the box) it "
15861
"will no longer be visible in the chart of accounts but can be reactivated "
15862
"later. Only accounts which aren't needed for account entries can be "
15863
"deactivated."
15864
msgstr ""
15865
15866
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:86
15867
msgid ""
15868
":guilabel:`Account Type` : account types determine an account's use in each "
15869
"journal. By default the following types are available: :guilabel:`View`, "
15870
":guilabel:`Receivable`, :guilabel:`Payable`, :guilabel:`Income`, "
15871
":guilabel:`Expense`, :guilabel:`Tax`, :guilabel:`Cash`, :guilabel:`Asset`, "
15872
":guilabel:`Equity`. You can add new types through the menu "
15873
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> Financial "
15874
"Accounting --> Financial Accounts --> Account Types`. Use the "
15875
":guilabel:`View` type for accounts that make up the structure of the charts "
15876
"and have no account data inputs of their own."
15877
msgstr ""
15878
15879
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:99
15880
msgid "Type of account"
15881
msgstr ""
15882
15883
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:101
15884
msgid ""
15885
"The account types are mainly used for information purposes only. The only "
15886
"two types that have any particular effect are :guilabel:`Receivables` and "
15887
":guilabel:`Payables`."
15888
msgstr ""
15889
15890
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:104
15891
msgid ""
15892
"These two types are used by reports on partner credits and debits. They're "
15893
"calculated from the list of unreconciled entries in the accounts of one of "
15894
"these two types."
15895
msgstr ""
15896
15897
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:107
15898
msgid ""
15899
":guilabel:`Account Number` : the code length isn't limited to a specific "
15900
"number of digits. Use code 0 for all root accounts."
15901
msgstr ""
15902
15903
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:110
15904
msgid ":guilabel:`Currency` : the default currency for that account."
15905
msgstr ""
15906
15907
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:112
15908
msgid ""
15909
":guilabel:`Deferral Method` : determines how to treat the account and its "
15910
"entries at the closing of the books at the end of the year. Four methods are "
15911
"available:"
15912
msgstr ""
15913
15914
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:115
15915
msgid ""
15916
":guilabel:`Balance` : an entry is generated for the account balance and "
15917
"carried across to the new year (generally used for bank accounts),"
15918
msgstr ""
15919
15920
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:118
15921
msgid ""
15922
":guilabel:`None` : no accounting entries are transferred across to the new "
15923
"financial year (generally for classes 6 and 7),"
15924
msgstr ""
15925
15926
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:121
15927
msgid ":guilabel:`Detail` : all entries are kept for the new fiscal year,"
15928
msgstr ""
15929
15930
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:123
15931
msgid ""
15932
":guilabel:`Unreconciled` : only unreconciled entries are carried over to the "
15933
"new fiscal year (usually used for third-party accounts)."
15934
msgstr ""
15935
15936
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:126
15937
msgid ""
15938
":guilabel:`Reconcile` : determines if you can reconcile the entries in this "
15939
"account. Activate this field for partner accounts and for chequing "
15940
"(checking) accounts."
15941
msgstr ""
15942
15943
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:129
15944
msgid ""
15945
":guilabel:`Parents` : determines which account is the parent of this one, to "
15946
"create the tree structure of the chart of accounts."
15947
msgstr ""
15948
15949
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:121
15950
msgid ""
15951
":guilabel:`Default Taxes` : this is the default tax applied to purchases or "
15952
"sales using this account. It enables the system to generate tax entries "
15953
"automatically when entering data in a journal manually."
15954
msgstr ""
15955
15956
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:115
15957
msgid ""
15958
"The tree structure of the accounts can be altered as often and as much as "
15959
"you wish without recalculating any of the individual entries. So you can "
15960
"easily restructure your account during the year to reflect the reality of "
15961
"the company better."
15962
msgstr ""
15963
15964
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:144
15965
msgid "Using virtual charts of accounts"
15966
msgstr ""
15967
15968
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:146
15969
msgid ""
15970
"The structure of a chart of accounts is imposed by the legislation in effect "
15971
"in the country of concern. Unfortunately that structure doesn't always "
15972
"correspond to the view that a company's CEO needs."
15973
msgstr ""
15974
15975
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:150
15976
msgid ""
15977
"In Open ERP you can use the concept of virtual charts of accounts to manage "
15978
"several different representations of the same accounts simultaneously. These "
15979
"representations can be shown in real time with no additional data entry."
15980
msgstr ""
15981
15982
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:154
15983
msgid ""
15984
"So your general chart of accounts can be the one imposed by the statutes of "
15985
"your country, and your CEO can then have other virtual charts as necessary, "
15986
"based on the accounts in the general chart. For example the CEO can create a "
15987
"view per department, a cash-flow and liquidity view, or consolidated "
15988
"accounts for different companies."
15989
msgstr ""
15990
15991
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:159
15992
msgid ""
15993
"The most interesting thing about virtual charts of accounts is that they can "
15994
"be used in the same way as the default chart of accounts for the whole "
15995
"organization. For example you can establish budgets from your consolidated "
15996
"accounts or from the accounts from one of your companies."
15997
msgstr ""
15998
15999
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:163
16000
msgid "Virtual accounts"
16001
msgstr ""
16002
16003
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:155
16004
msgid ""
16005
"Virtual accounts enable you to provide different representations of one or "
16006
"several existing charts of accounts. Creating and restructuring virtual "
16007
"accounts has no impact on the accounting entries. You can then use the "
16008
"virtual charts with no risk of altering the general chart of accounts or "
16009
"future accounting entries."
16010
msgstr ""
16011
16012
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:171
16013
msgid ""
16014
"Because they're used only to get different representation of the same "
16015
"entries they're very useful for:"
16016
msgstr ""
16017
16018
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:161
16019
msgid "consolidating several companies in real time,"
16020
msgstr ""
16021
16022
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:165
16023
msgid "depreciation calculations,"
16024
msgstr ""
16025
16026
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:167
16027
msgid "cash-flow views,"
16028
msgstr ""
16029
16030
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:169
16031
msgid "getting more useful views than those imposed by statute,"
16032
msgstr ""
16033
16034
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:171
16035
msgid ""
16036
"presenting summary charts to other users that are appropriate to their "
16037
"general system rights."
16038
msgstr ""
16039
16040
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:173
16041
msgid ""
16042
"So there are good reasons for viewing the execution of financial "
16043
"transactions through virtual charts, such as budgets and financial "
16044
"indicators based on special views of the company."
16045
msgstr ""
16046
16047
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:187
16048
msgid ""
16049
"To create a new chart of accounts you should create a root account using the "
16050
"menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> Financial "
16051
"Accounting --> Financial Accounts --> List of Accounts`. Your top level "
16052
"account should have :guilabel:`Code` \\ ``0``\\ and :guilabel:`Type` \\ "
16053
"``View``\\ . Then you can choose your structure by creating other accounts "
16054
"of :guilabel:`Type` \\ ``View``\\ as necessary. Check your virtual "
16055
"structure using the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Charts --> "
16056
"Charts of Accounts`."
16057
msgstr ""
16058
16059
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:194
16060
msgid ""
16061
"You have to set Internal Type = Consolidation and set Consolidated Children "
16062
"Accounts to make Account Consolidate. 'virtual chart of accounts' was in 4.2 "
16063
"and here in 5.0 its Consolidation Account."
16064
msgstr ""
16065
16066
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:197
16067
msgid ""
16068
"Finally, when you've got your structure, you must make the general accounts "
16069
"and virtual accounts match. For that search the general accounts and ensure "
16070
"that each non-\\ ``View``\\ account there also has a virtual account in "
16071
"the field :guilabel:`Parents`."
16072
msgstr ""
16073
16074
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:189
16075
msgid ""
16076
"You can then check through your general chart of accounts as well as your "
16077
"virtual charts which give you another representation of the company. All the "
16078
"actions and states in your general account are also available in the virtual "
16079
"accounts."
16080
msgstr ""
16081
16082
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:205
16083
msgid ""
16084
"Finally you can also make virtual charts of accounts from other virtual "
16085
"charts. That can give an additional dimension for financial analysis."
16086
msgstr ""
16087
16088
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:9
16089
msgid "l10n_"
16090
msgstr ""
16091
16092
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:9
16093
msgid "l10n_fr"
16094
msgstr ""
16095
16096
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:66
16097
msgid "multi-lingual"
16098
msgstr ""
16099
16100
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:47
16101
msgid "type"
16102
msgstr ""
16103
16104
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:138
16105
msgid "consolidation (accounting)"
16106
msgstr ""
16107
16108
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/chart_of_accounts.rst:138
16109
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:2
16110
msgid "virtual"
16111
msgstr ""
16112
16113
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:6
16114
msgid "Entries at the start of a year"
16115
msgstr ""
16116
16117
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:8
16118
msgid ""
16119
"To upgrade your various accounts, create a Journal of type "
16120
":guilabel:`Situation` in :guilabel:`Centralized counterpart` mode to avoid a "
16121
"counterpart on each line."
16122
msgstr ""
16123
16124
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:11
16125
msgid ""
16126
"For each account that needs upgrading, enter account data in the journal. "
16127
"For this operation use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
16128
"Entries Encoding --> Entries Encoding by Line`."
16129
msgstr ""
16130
16131
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:14
16132
msgid ""
16133
"You can also use Open ERP's generic import tool if you load the balance of "
16134
"each of your accounts from other accounting software."
16135
msgstr ""
16136
16137
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:17
16138
msgid "Example Steps:"
16139
msgstr ""
16140
16141
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:19
16142
msgid ""
16143
"`Financial Management -> Configuration -> Periods -> Fiscal Year` : Create a "
16144
"fiscal Year with monthly periods"
16145
msgstr ""
16146
16147
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:21
16148
msgid ""
16149
"`Financial Management -> Configuration -> General Accounts -> Accounts "
16150
"Definition` : Create an account 'Opening Balance Account' (Account Type: "
16151
"'Equity' (not sure about that, but it's working), Sign: 'Positive', Deferral "
16152
"Method: 'None', Reconcile: 'No')"
16153
msgstr ""
16154
16155
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:23
16156
msgid ""
16157
"`Financial Management -> Configuration -> Journal -> Journal Definition` : "
16158
"Create a new Journal 'Opening Bal Journal' (Type: 'Situation', View: "
16159
"'Journal View', Entry Sequence: 'Account Journal', Default Debit Account: "
16160
"'Opening Balance Account', Default Credit Account: 'Opening Balance "
16161
"Account', Centralized Counterpart: 'Yes')"
16162
msgstr ""
16163
16164
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:25
16165
msgid "Best to create a csv-file with the first line:"
16166
msgstr ""
16167
16168
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:145
16169
msgid ""
16170
"\"Account\",\"Effective "
16171
"date\",\"Journal\",\"Name\",\"Period\",\"Debit\",\"Credit\""
16172
msgstr ""
16173
16174
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:28
16175
msgid "And the data-lines like this:"
16176
msgstr ""
16177
16178
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:28
16179
msgid ""
16180
"\"1000\",\"2008-01-16\",\"Opening Bal Journal\",\"Opening Balance "
16181
"Entry\",\"01/01 - 31/01\",0,53828"
16182
msgstr ""
16183
16184
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:30
16185
msgid ""
16186
"`Financial Management -> Entries -> Entries by Journal` : Choose 'Opening "
16187
"Bal Journal'"
16188
msgstr ""
16189
16190
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:32
16191
msgid ""
16192
"Menu `Form -> Import dat`': Choose the file to import, 'Auto Detect', 'Ok'"
16193
msgstr ""
16194
16195
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/entries_at_the_start_of_a_year.rst:17
16196
msgid "start of year"
16197
msgstr ""
16198
16199
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:9
16200
msgid "Configuring Accounts from A to Z"
16201
msgstr ""
16202
16203
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:11
16204
msgid ""
16205
"*Accounts must be configured to meet your company's needs. This chapter "
16206
"explains how to modify your chart of accounts, journals, access rights, "
16207
"initial account balances, and default values for the initial configuration "
16208
"of your Open ERP accounts.*"
16209
msgstr ""
16210
16211
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:15
16212
msgid ""
16213
"Assuming that it calculates sufficiently accurately, the best accounting "
16214
"software would be marked out by its usability and simplicity of data entry, "
16215
"and flexibility in configuring its different components. You'd be able to "
16216
"easily modify the accounting module to meet your own needs so that you could "
16217
"optimize it for the way you want to use it."
16218
msgstr ""
16219
16220
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:20
16221
msgid ""
16222
"Open ERP lets you adapt and reconfigure many functions to ease the task of "
16223
"data entry:"
16224
msgstr ""
16225
16226
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:20
16227
msgid "adding controls for data entry,"
16228
msgstr ""
16229
16230
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:24
16231
msgid "customizing the screens,"
16232
msgstr ""
16233
16234
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/index.rst:26
16235
msgid ""
16236
"filling fields automatically during data entry with data that's already "
16237
"known to the system."
16238
msgstr ""
16239
16240
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:8
16241
msgid ""
16242
"All your accounting entries must appear in an accounting journal. So you "
16243
"must, at a minimum, create a Sales Journal for customer invoices, a Purchase "
16244
"Journal for supplier invoices and a Cash Journal for cash and bank "
16245
"transactions."
16246
msgstr ""
16247
16248
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:11
16249
msgid "Configuring a Journal"
16250
msgstr ""
16251
16252
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:15
16253
msgid ""
16254
"To view, edit or create new journals use the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
16255
"Management --> Configuration --> Financial Accounting --> Financial "
16256
"Journals`."
16257
msgstr ""
16258
16259
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:18
16260
msgid ""
16261
"Just like General accounts, the journals can be deactivated to make them "
16262
"invisible: uncheck the :guilabel:`Active` checkbox for that."
16263
msgstr ""
16264
16265
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:0
16266
msgid "*Definition of an accounting journal*"
16267
msgstr ""
16268
16269
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:27
16270
msgid ""
16271
"You have to associate a view with each journal. The journal view indicates "
16272
"the fields that must be visible and required to enter accounting data in "
16273
"that journal. The view determines both the order of the fields and the "
16274
"properties of each field. For example the field :guilabel:`Account Number` "
16275
"must appear when entering data in the bank journal but not in the other "
16276
"journals."
16277
msgstr ""
16278
16279
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:32
16280
msgid ""
16281
"Before creating a new view for a journal check that there's nothing similar "
16282
"already defined for another journal. You should only create a new view for "
16283
"new types of journal."
16284
msgstr ""
16285
16286
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:35
16287
msgid "Customizing views"
16288
msgstr ""
16289
16290
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:37
16291
msgid ""
16292
"You'll often have to edit a journal view. For example, for a journal in a "
16293
"foreign currency you add a field for the currency and this currency must be "
16294
"in the journal view."
16295
msgstr ""
16296
16297
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:41
16298
msgid ""
16299
"Conversely, to simplify data entry the journal view for the bank is quite "
16300
"different from one of the invoicing journals."
16301
msgstr ""
16302
16303
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:41
16304
msgid ""
16305
"You can create a sequence for each journal. This sequence gives the "
16306
"automatic numbering for accounting entries. Or several journals can use the "
16307
"same sequence if you want to define one for them all."
16308
msgstr ""
16309
16310
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:48
16311
msgid ""
16312
"The credit and debit account by default permit the automatic generation of "
16313
"counterpart entries when you're entering data in the journal quickly. For "
16314
"example, in a bank journal you should put an associated bank account for "
16315
"default matching credits and debits, so that you don't have to create "
16316
"counterparts for each transaction manually."
16317
msgstr ""
16318
16319
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:53
16320
msgid ""
16321
"A journal can be marked as being centralized. When you do this, the "
16322
"counterpart entries won't be owned by each entry but globally for the given "
16323
"journal and period. You'll then have a credit line and a debit line "
16324
"centralized for each entry in one of these journals, meaning that both "
16325
"credit and debit appear on the same line."
16326
msgstr ""
16327
16328
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:59
16329
msgid "Controls and aids for data entry"
16330
msgstr ""
16331
16332
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:61
16333
msgid ""
16334
"You can carry out two types of control on Journals in Open ERP – controls "
16335
"over the financial accounts and access controls for groups of users. In "
16336
"addition to these controls you can also apply all of the rights management "
16337
"detailed in :ref:`ch-config`."
16338
msgstr ""
16339
16340
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:65
16341
msgid ""
16342
"To avoid mistakes while entering accounts data, you can place conditions in "
16343
"the general accounts about who can use a given account. To do this, you must "
16344
"list all the accounts or valid account types in the second tab, "
16345
":guilabel:`Entry Controls`. If you haven't added any accounts there, "
16346
"Open ERP applies no restriction on data entry in the accounts or journals. "
16347
"If you list accounts and the types of account that can be used in a journal, "
16348
"Open ERP prevents you from using any account not in that list. This "
16349
"verification step starts from the moment you save the entry."
16350
msgstr ""
16351
16352
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:72
16353
msgid ""
16354
"This functionality is useful for limiting possible data entry errors. Also, "
16355
"in a bank journal it's possible to restrict the accounts that can be linked "
16356
"to a bank to classes 1 to 5. Using this you'd help prevent the user from "
16357
"making any false entries in the journal."
16358
msgstr ""
16359
16360
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:76
16361
msgid "Control of data entry"
16362
msgstr ""
16363
16364
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:78
16365
msgid ""
16366
"In accounting it's not a good idea to allow a data entry directly from bank "
16367
"account A to bank account B. If you enter a transaction from bank A to bank "
16368
"B the transaction will be accounted for twice."
16369
msgstr ""
16370
16371
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:82
16372
msgid ""
16373
"To prevent this problem, pass the transaction through intermediate account "
16374
"C. At the time of data entry the system checks the type of account that's "
16375
"accepted in the bank journal: only accounts that aren't of type Bank are "
16376
"accepted."
16377
msgstr ""
16378
16379
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/journals.rst:84
16380
msgid ""
16381
"If your accountant defines this control properly, non-accounting users are "
16382
"prevented from transferring payment from one bank to another, reducing your "
16383
"risks."
16384
msgstr ""
16385
16386
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:5
16387
msgid "Payment Terms"
16388
msgstr ""
16389
16390
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:7
16391
msgid ""
16392
"You can define whatever payment terms you need in Open ERP. Payment terms "
16393
"determine the due dates for paying an invoice."
16394
msgstr ""
16395
16396
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:10
16397
msgid ""
16398
"To define new payment terms, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
16399
"Management --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and then click "
16400
":guilabel:`New`."
16401
msgstr ""
16402
16403
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:13
16404
msgid ""
16405
"The figure below represents the following payment term: 35% on delivery, the "
16406
"balance 15 days after the end of the month."
16407
msgstr ""
16408
16409
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:0
16410
msgid "*Configuring payment terms*"
16411
msgstr ""
16412
16413
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:22
16414
msgid ""
16415
"To configure new conditions start by giving a name to the :guilabel:`Payment "
16416
"Term` field. Text that you put in the field :guilabel:`Description` is used "
16417
"on invoices, so enter a clear description of the payment terms there."
16418
msgstr ""
16419
16420
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:26
16421
msgid ""
16422
"Then create individual lines for calculating the terms in the section "
16423
":guilabel:`Payment Term`. You must give each line a name (:guilabel:`Line "
16424
"Name`). These give an informative title and don't affect the actual "
16425
"calculation of terms. The :guilabel:`Sequence` field lets you define the "
16426
"order in which the rules are evaluated."
16427
msgstr ""
16428
16429
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:31
16430
msgid ""
16431
"The :guilabel:`Value` field enables you to calculate the amount to pay for "
16432
"each line:"
16433
msgstr ""
16434
16435
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:33
16436
msgid ""
16437
":guilabel:`Percent` : the line corresponds to a percentage of the total "
16438
"amount, the factor being given in :guilabel:`Amount`. The number indicated "
16439
"in the Amount must take a value between 0 and 1."
16440
msgstr ""
16441
16442
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:36
16443
msgid ""
16444
":guilabel:`Fixed amount` : this is a fixed value given by the "
16445
":guilabel:`Amount` box."
16446
msgstr ""
16447
16448
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:38
16449
msgid ""
16450
":guilabel:`Balance` : indicates the balance remaining after accounting for "
16451
"the other lines."
16452
msgstr ""
16453
16454
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:40
16455
msgid ""
16456
"Think carefully about setting the last line of the calculation to \\ "
16457
"``Balance``\\ to avoid rounding errors. The highest sequence number is "
16458
"evaluated last."
16459
msgstr ""
16460
16461
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:43
16462
msgid ""
16463
"The two last fields, :guilabel:`Number of Days` and :guilabel:`Condition`, "
16464
"enable the calculation of the delay in payment for each line, The delay "
16465
":guilabel:`Condition` can be set to \\ ``Net Days``\\ or \\ ``End of "
16466
"Month``\\ . For example if you set it to 15 days from the end of the month "
16467
"Open ERP adds 15 days to today's date and then sets the payment date to be "
16468
"the end of the month that the new date is in. So the payment date for 15 "
16469
"days from month end will be:"
16470
msgstr ""
16471
16472
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:49
16473
msgid "31 January if today is 5 January,"
16474
msgstr ""
16475
16476
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:51
16477
msgid "28 February if today is 20 January."
16478
msgstr ""
16479
16480
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:53
16481
msgid ""
16482
"You can then add payment terms to a Partner through the "
16483
":guilabel:`Properties` on the partner form."
16484
msgstr ""
16485
16486
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/payment_terms.rst:2
16487
msgid "payment terms"
16488
msgstr ""
16489
16490
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:3
16491
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:5
16492
msgid "Periods and fiscal years"
16493
msgstr ""
16494
16495
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:7
16496
msgid ""
16497
"A fiscal year corresponds to twelve months for a company. In many countries, "
16498
"the fiscal year corresponds to a calendar year. That's not the case in "
16499
"others."
16500
msgstr ""
16501
16502
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:11
16503
msgid ""
16504
"The fiscal year is divided into monthly or three-monthly accounting periods."
16505
msgstr ""
16506
16507
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:13
16508
msgid ""
16509
"Open ERP's management of the fiscal year is flexible enough to enable you to "
16510
"work on several years at the same time. This gives you several advantages, "
16511
"such as creating three-year budgets, and statements straddling several "
16512
"calendar years."
16513
msgstr ""
16514
16515
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:21
16516
msgid "Defining a period or a fiscal year"
16517
msgstr ""
16518
16519
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:23
16520
msgid ""
16521
"To define your fiscal year use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management "
16522
"--> Configuration --> Financial Accounting --> Periods --> Fiscal Year`. You "
16523
"can create several years in advance to define long-term budgets."
16524
msgstr ""
16525
16526
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:0
16527
msgid "*Defining a financial year and periods*"
16528
msgstr ""
16529
16530
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:32
16531
msgid ""
16532
"First enter the date of the first day of your fiscal year and the last day. "
16533
"Then to create the periods click one of the two buttons at the bottom "
16534
"depending on whether you want to create twelve 1-month or four 3-month "
16535
"periods:"
16536
msgstr ""
16537
16538
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:36
16539
msgid ":guilabel:`Create monthly periods` ,"
16540
msgstr ""
16541
16542
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:38
16543
msgid ":guilabel:`Create 3-monthly periods` ."
16544
msgstr ""
16545
16546
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:41
16547
msgid "Closing the end of the year"
16548
msgstr ""
16549
16550
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:43
16551
msgid ""
16552
"To close the end the year, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management "
16553
"--> End of year processing --> Close a Fiscal Year`. A form opens asking you "
16554
"for the essential information it needs to create entries to start the "
16555
"following year."
16556
msgstr ""
16557
16558
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:47
16559
msgid ""
16560
"When the year is closed you can no longer create or modify any financial "
16561
"transactions in that year. So you should always make a backup of the "
16562
"database before closing the fiscal year. Closing a year isn't obligatory and "
16563
"you could easily do that sometime in the following year when your accounts "
16564
"are finally sent to the statutory authorities, and no further modifications "
16565
"are permitted."
16566
msgstr ""
16567
16568
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:0
16569
msgid "*Closing a financial year*"
16570
msgstr ""
16571
16572
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:58
16573
msgid ""
16574
"It's also possible to close an accounting period. You could for example "
16575
"close a monthly period when a tax declaration has been made. When a period "
16576
"is closed you can't modify any of the entries in that period. To close an "
16577
"accounting period use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> "
16578
"Configuration --> Periodical Processing --> End of Year Treatments --> Close "
16579
"a Period`."
16580
msgstr ""
16581
16582
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:14
16583
msgid "period"
16584
msgstr ""
16585
16586
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/periods_and_fiscal_years.rst:15
16587
msgid "fiscal year"
16588
msgstr ""
16589
16590
#: ../../source/book/3/index.rst:6
16591
msgid "General Accounting"
16592
msgstr ""
16593
16594
#: ../../source/book/3/index.rst:8
16595
msgid ""
16596
"When it's well integrated with the management system, an accounting system "
16597
"offers a company special benefits in addition to the obvious abilities it "
16598
"should have to report on the financial position. This part deals with the "
16599
"practical aspects of accounting, and accounting's role throughout the whole "
16600
"company."
16601
msgstr ""
16602
16603
#: ../../source/book/3/index.rst:13
16604
msgid ""
16605
"Open ERP's accounting modules enable you not only to manage your operations "
16606
"clearly, following the workflow through from invoicing to payment, but also "
16607
"to use various tools for financial analysis based on both real-time data and "
16608
"recent history depending on the analysis."
16609
msgstr ""
16610
16611
#: ../../source/book/3/index.rst:18
16612
msgid ""
16613
"Your accounting structure can be completely configured from A to Z to match "
16614
"the needs of your company very closely."
16615
msgstr ""
16616
16617
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:5
16618
msgid "To each enterprise [its] own analytic chart"
16619
msgstr ""
16620
16621
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:7
16622
msgid ""
16623
"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you'll follow three use cases, each "
16624
"in one of three different types of company:"
16625
msgstr ""
16626
16627
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:10
16628
msgid "An industrial manufacturing enterprise."
16629
msgstr ""
16630
16631
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:12
16632
msgid "A law firm."
16633
msgstr ""
16634
16635
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:14
16636
msgid "An IT services company."
16637
msgstr ""
16638
16639
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:17
16640
msgid "Case 1: an industrial manufacturing enterprise"
16641
msgstr ""
16642
16643
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:19
16644
msgid ""
16645
"In industry, you'll often find analytic charts of accounts structured into "
16646
"the departments and products that the company itself is built on."
16647
msgstr ""
16648
16649
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:22
16650
msgid ""
16651
"So the objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by department "
16652
"and by product. The first level of the structure comprises the different "
16653
"departments and the lower levels represent the product ranges that the "
16654
"company makes and sells."
16655
msgstr ""
16656
16657
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:26
16658
msgid "Analytic chart of accounts for an industrial manufacturing company"
16659
msgstr ""
16660
16661
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:24
16662
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16663
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:159
16664
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16665
msgid "Marketing Department"
16666
msgstr ""
16667
16668
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:26
16669
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16670
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:161
16671
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16672
msgid "Commercial Department"
16673
msgstr ""
16674
16675
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:28
16676
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16677
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:163
16678
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16679
msgid "Administration Department"
16680
msgstr ""
16681
16682
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:30
16683
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16684
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:165
16685
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16686
msgid "Production"
16687
msgstr ""
16688
16689
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:32
16690
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16691
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:167
16692
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16693
msgid "Product Range 1"
16694
msgstr ""
16695
16696
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:34
16697
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:169
16698
msgid "Sub-groups"
16699
msgstr ""
16700
16701
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:36
16702
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16703
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:171
16704
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16705
msgid "Product Range 2"
16706
msgstr ""
16707
16708
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:45
16709
msgid ""
16710
"In daily use it's useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase "
16711
"invoice. The analytic account is the one to which the costs of that purchase "
16712
"should be allocated. When the invoice is approved it will automatically "
16713
"generate the entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic "
16714
"accounts. So, for each entry on the general accounts there's at least one "
16715
"analytic entry that allocates costs to the department that incurred them."
16716
msgstr ""
16717
16718
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:51
16719
msgid ""
16720
"Here's a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the "
16721
"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:"
16722
msgstr ""
16723
16724
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16725
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16726
msgid "General accounts"
16727
msgstr ""
16728
16729
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16730
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16731
msgid "Analytic accounts"
16732
msgstr ""
16733
16734
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16735
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16736
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16737
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16738
msgid "Title"
16739
msgstr ""
16740
16741
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16742
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16743
msgid "Purchase of Raw Material"
16744
msgstr ""
16745
16746
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16747
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16748
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16749
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16750
msgid "600"
16751
msgstr ""
16752
16753
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16754
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16755
msgid "1500"
16756
msgstr ""
16757
16758
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16759
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16760
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16761
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16762
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16763
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16764
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16765
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16766
msgid "Production / Range 1"
16767
msgstr ""
16768
16769
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16770
msgid "1 500"
16771
msgstr ""
16772
16773
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16774
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16775
msgid "Subcontractors"
16776
msgstr ""
16777
16778
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16779
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16780
msgid "602"
16781
msgstr ""
16782
16783
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16784
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16785
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16786
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16787
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16788
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16789
msgid "450"
16790
msgstr ""
16791
16792
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16793
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16794
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16795
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16796
msgid "Production / Range 2"
16797
msgstr ""
16798
16799
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16800
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16801
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16802
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16803
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16804
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16805
msgid "-450"
16806
msgstr ""
16807
16808
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16809
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16810
msgid "Credit Note for defective materials"
16811
msgstr ""
16812
16813
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16814
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16815
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16816
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16817
msgid "200"
16818
msgstr ""
16819
16820
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16821
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16822
msgid "Transport charges"
16823
msgstr ""
16824
16825
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16826
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16827
msgid "613"
16828
msgstr ""
16829
16830
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16831
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16832
msgid "Staff costs"
16833
msgstr ""
16834
16835
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16836
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16837
msgid "6201"
16838
msgstr ""
16839
16840
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16841
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16842
msgid "10000"
16843
msgstr ""
16844
16845
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:8
16846
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16847
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16848
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16849
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16850
msgid "Marketing"
16851
msgstr ""
16852
16853
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16854
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16855
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16856
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16857
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16858
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16859
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16860
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16861
msgid "-2 000"
16862
msgstr ""
16863
16864
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16865
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16866
msgid "Commercial"
16867
msgstr ""
16868
16869
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16870
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16871
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16872
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16873
msgid "-3 000"
16874
msgstr ""
16875
16876
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16877
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:130
16878
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16879
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16880
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:284
16881
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16882
msgid "Administrative"
16883
msgstr ""
16884
16885
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16886
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16887
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16888
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16889
msgid "-1 000"
16890
msgstr ""
16891
16892
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16893
msgid "2 000"
16894
msgstr ""
16895
16896
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16897
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16898
msgid "PR"
16899
msgstr ""
16900
16901
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16902
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16903
msgid "614"
16904
msgstr ""
16905
16906
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:62
16907
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:202
16908
msgid ""
16909
"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the "
16910
"costs allocated to each department in the company."
16911
msgstr ""
16912
16913
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:74
16914
msgid ""
16915
"So the analytic chart of accounts shows the distribution of the company's "
16916
"costs using the example above:"
16917
msgstr ""
16918
16919
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16920
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16921
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16922
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16923
msgid "Total"
16924
msgstr ""
16925
16926
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16927
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16928
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16929
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16930
msgid "-2 450"
16931
msgstr ""
16932
16933
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16934
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16935
msgid "-6 200"
16936
msgstr ""
16937
16938
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16939
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16940
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16941
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16942
msgid "-3 750"
16943
msgstr ""
16944
16945
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:88
16946
msgid ""
16947
"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Open ERP you can analyze not "
16948
"only the costs of each product range but also the costs of the whole of "
16949
"production. The balance of a summary account ( *Production* ) is the sum of "
16950
"the balances of the child accounts."
16951
msgstr ""
16952
16953
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:79
16954
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:223
16955
msgid ""
16956
"A report that relates both general accounts and analytic accounts enables "
16957
"you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department. An analysis of "
16958
"the Production / Product Range 1 department is shown in this table:"
16959
msgstr ""
16960
16961
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16962
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16963
msgid "Production / Product Range 1"
16964
msgstr ""
16965
16966
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16967
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16968
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16969
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16970
msgid "General Account"
16971
msgstr ""
16972
16973
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16974
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16975
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16976
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16977
msgid "Amount"
16978
msgstr ""
16979
16980
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16981
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16982
msgid "600 – Raw Materials"
16983
msgstr ""
16984
16985
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16986
msgid "1 300"
16987
msgstr ""
16988
16989
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16990
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16991
msgid "613 – Transport charges"
16992
msgstr ""
16993
16994
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
16995
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
16996
msgid "- 450"
16997
msgstr ""
16998
16999
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17000
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17001
msgid "6201 – Staff costs"
17002
msgstr ""
17003
17004
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:91
17005
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:237
17006
msgid ""
17007
"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. "
17008
"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the "
17009
"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments."
17010
msgstr ""
17011
17012
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:110
17013
msgid "Representation by unique product range"
17014
msgstr ""
17015
17016
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:243
17017
msgid ""
17018
"This analytic representation by department and by product range is usually "
17019
"used by trading companies and industries."
17020
msgstr ""
17021
17022
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:246
17023
msgid ""
17024
"A variant of this is not to break it down by sales and marketing departments "
17025
"but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. This will give "
17026
"you an analysis of the profitability of each product range."
17027
msgstr ""
17028
17029
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:119
17030
msgid ""
17031
"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing "
17032
"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way or does each "
17033
"product range have responsibility for its own marketing costs?"
17034
msgstr ""
17035
17036
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:124
17037
msgid "Case 2: a law firm"
17038
msgstr ""
17039
17040
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:126
17041
msgid ""
17042
"Law firms generally adopt management by case where each case represents a "
17043
"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a "
17044
"given file."
17045
msgstr ""
17046
17047
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:129
17048
msgid ""
17049
"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked and "
17050
"the profitability by case and by employee."
17051
msgstr ""
17052
17053
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:262
17054
msgid ""
17055
"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in "
17056
"the following chapter, :ref:`ch-hr`. Like most system processes, hours "
17057
"worked are integrated into the analytic accounting. Every time an employee "
17058
"enters a timesheet for a number of hours, that automatically generates "
17059
"analytic accounts corresponding to the cost of those hours in the case "
17060
"concerned. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's salary."
17061
msgstr ""
17062
17063
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:118
17064
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:271
17065
msgid ""
17066
"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the "
17067
"management of the time that employees work on the different client cases."
17068
msgstr ""
17069
17070
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:144
17071
msgid ""
17072
"*Example Representation of an analytic chart of accounts for a law firm*"
17073
msgstr ""
17074
17075
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:122
17076
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:276
17077
msgid "Absences"
17078
msgstr ""
17079
17080
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:124
17081
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:278
17082
msgid "Paid Absences"
17083
msgstr ""
17084
17085
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:126
17086
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:280
17087
msgid "Unpaid Absences"
17088
msgstr ""
17089
17090
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:128
17091
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:199
17092
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:282
17093
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:372
17094
msgid "Internal Projects"
17095
msgstr ""
17096
17097
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:158
17098
msgid "Client cases"
17099
msgstr ""
17100
17101
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:136
17102
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:290
17103
msgid "Client 1"
17104
msgstr ""
17105
17106
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:138
17107
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17108
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17109
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17110
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17111
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:292
17112
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17113
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17114
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17115
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17116
msgid "Case 1.1"
17117
msgstr ""
17118
17119
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:140
17120
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:294
17121
msgid "Case 1.2"
17122
msgstr ""
17123
17124
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:142
17125
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:296
17126
msgid "Client 2"
17127
msgstr ""
17128
17129
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:144
17130
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17131
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:298
17132
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17133
msgid "Case 2.1"
17134
msgstr ""
17135
17136
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:146
17137
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:300
17138
msgid ""
17139
"All expenses and sales are then attached to a case. This gives the "
17140
"profitability of each case and, at a consolidated level, of each client."
17141
msgstr ""
17142
17143
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:173
17144
msgid ""
17145
"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases don't match any "
17146
"entry on the general account and nor do they come from purchase or sale "
17147
"invoices. They're represented by the various analytic operations and don't "
17148
"have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They're calculated on the "
17149
"basis of the hourly cost per employee. These entries are automatically "
17150
"created on billing worksheets."
17151
msgstr ""
17152
17153
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:179
17154
msgid ""
17155
"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate "
17156
"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because "
17157
"they've already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that "
17158
"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare "
17159
"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee "
17160
"depending on the time actually worked."
17161
msgstr ""
17162
17163
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:315
17164
msgid ""
17165
"The following table gives an example of different analytic entries that you "
17166
"can find for your analytic account:"
17167
msgstr ""
17168
17169
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17170
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17171
msgid "Study the file (1 h)"
17172
msgstr ""
17173
17174
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17175
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17176
msgid "-15"
17177
msgstr ""
17178
17179
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17180
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17181
msgid "Search for information (3 h)"
17182
msgstr ""
17183
17184
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17185
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17186
msgid "-45"
17187
msgstr ""
17188
17189
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17190
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17191
msgid "Consultation (4 h)"
17192
msgstr ""
17193
17194
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17195
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17196
msgid "-60"
17197
msgstr ""
17198
17199
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17200
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17201
msgid "Service charges"
17202
msgstr ""
17203
17204
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17205
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17206
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17207
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17208
msgid "280"
17209
msgstr ""
17210
17211
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17212
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17213
msgid "705 – Billing services"
17214
msgstr ""
17215
17216
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17217
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17218
msgid "Stationery purchase"
17219
msgstr ""
17220
17221
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17222
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17223
msgid "-42"
17224
msgstr ""
17225
17226
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17227
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17228
msgid "601 – Furniture purchase"
17229
msgstr ""
17230
17231
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17232
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17233
msgid "42"
17234
msgstr ""
17235
17236
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17237
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17238
msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip"
17239
msgstr ""
17240
17241
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17242
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17243
msgid "-35"
17244
msgstr ""
17245
17246
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17247
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17248
msgid "613 – Transports"
17249
msgstr ""
17250
17251
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17252
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17253
msgid "35"
17254
msgstr ""
17255
17256
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17257
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17258
msgid "Staff salaries"
17259
msgstr ""
17260
17261
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17262
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17263
msgid "6201 – Salaries"
17264
msgstr ""
17265
17266
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17267
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:1
17268
msgid "3 000"
17269
msgstr ""
17270
17271
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:201
17272
msgid ""
17273
"You'll see that it allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability "
17274
"of different transactions. In this example the cost of Case 1.1 is 95.00 "
17275
"(the sum of the analytic costs of studying the files, searching for "
17276
"information and service charges), but has been invoiced for 280.00, which "
17277
"gives you a gross profit of 185.00."
17278
msgstr ""
17279
17280
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:206
17281
msgid ""
17282
"But an interest in analytical accounts isn't limited to a simple analysis of "
17283
"the profitability of different cases."
17284
msgstr ""
17285
17286
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:209
17287
msgid ""
17288
"This same data can be used for automatic recharging of the services to the "
17289
"client at the end of the month. To invoice clients just take the analytic "
17290
"costs in that month and apply a selling price factor to generate the "
17291
"invoice. Invoicing mechanisms for this are explained in greater detail in "
17292
":ref:`ch-services`. If the client requires details of the services used on "
17293
"the case, you can then print the service entries in the analytic account for "
17294
"this case."
17295
msgstr ""
17296
17297
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:215
17298
msgid "Invoicing analytic costs"
17299
msgstr ""
17300
17301
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:217
17302
msgid ""
17303
"Most software that manages billing enables you to recharge for hours worked. "
17304
"In Open ERP these services are automatically represented by analytic costs. "
17305
"But many other Open ERP documents can also generate analytic costs, such as "
17306
"credit notes and purchases of goods."
17307
msgstr ""
17308
17309
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:222
17310
msgid ""
17311
"So when you invoice the client at the end of the month it's possible for you "
17312
"to include all the analytic costs, not just the hours worked. So, for "
17313
"example you can easily recharge the whole cost of your journeys to the "
17314
"client."
17315
msgstr ""
17316
17317
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:228
17318
msgid "Case 3 : An IT Services Company"
17319
msgstr ""
17320
17321
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:230
17322
msgid "Most IT services companies face the following problems:"
17323
msgstr ""
17324
17325
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:189
17326
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:361
17327
msgid "project planning,"
17328
msgstr ""
17329
17330
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:191
17331
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:363
17332
msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects,"
17333
msgstr ""
17334
17335
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:193
17336
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:365
17337
msgid "managing support contracts."
17338
msgstr ""
17339
17340
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:238
17341
msgid ""
17342
"To deal with these problems you'd use an analytic chart of accounts "
17343
"structured by project and by contract. A representation of that is given in "
17344
"the following example."
17345
msgstr ""
17346
17347
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:241
17348
msgid ""
17349
"*Example Analytic representation of a chart of accounts for an IT Services "
17350
"company*"
17351
msgstr ""
17352
17353
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:201
17354
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:374
17355
msgid "Administrative and Commercial"
17356
msgstr ""
17357
17358
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:203
17359
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:376
17360
msgid "Research and Development"
17361
msgstr ""
17362
17363
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:205
17364
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:378
17365
msgid "Client Projects"
17366
msgstr ""
17367
17368
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:207
17369
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:380
17370
msgid "Client 1"
17371
msgstr ""
17372
17373
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:209
17374
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:382
17375
msgid "Project 1.1"
17376
msgstr ""
17377
17378
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:211
17379
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:384
17380
msgid "Project 1.2"
17381
msgstr ""
17382
17383
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:213
17384
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:386
17385
msgid "Client 2"
17386
msgstr ""
17387
17388
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:215
17389
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:388
17390
msgid "Project 2.1"
17391
msgstr ""
17392
17393
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:217
17394
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:390
17395
msgid "Project 2.2"
17396
msgstr ""
17397
17398
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:219
17399
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:392
17400
msgid "Support Contracts – 20h"
17401
msgstr ""
17402
17403
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:221
17404
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:394
17405
msgid "Customer X"
17406
msgstr ""
17407
17408
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:223
17409
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:396
17410
msgid "Customer Y"
17411
msgstr ""
17412
17413
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:225
17414
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:398
17415
msgid ""
17416
"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that "
17417
"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are "
17418
"also similar."
17419
msgstr ""
17420
17421
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:272
17422
msgid ""
17423
"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a "
17424
"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows "
17425
"the remaining available hours of support. For the management of support "
17426
"contracts you'd use the quantities and not the amounts in the analytic "
17427
"entries."
17428
msgstr ""
17429
17430
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:277
17431
msgid ""
17432
"In Open ERP each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as "
17433
"well as what you'd usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or "
17434
"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold "
17435
"and used on each analytic account to determine whether any hours of the "
17436
"support contract remain."
17437
msgstr ""
17438
17439
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:285
17440
msgid ""
17441
"To differentiate services from other costs in the analytic account you use "
17442
"the concept of the analytic journal. Analytic entries are then allocated "
17443
"into the different journals:"
17444
msgstr ""
17445
17446
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:236
17447
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:417
17448
msgid "service journal,"
17449
msgstr ""
17450
17451
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:238
17452
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:419
17453
msgid "expense journal,"
17454
msgstr ""
17455
17456
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:240
17457
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:421
17458
msgid "sales journal,"
17459
msgstr ""
17460
17461
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:242
17462
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:423
17463
msgid "purchase journal."
17464
msgstr ""
17465
17466
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:296
17467
msgid ""
17468
"So to obtain the detailed breakdown of a support contract you only have to "
17469
"look at the service journal for the analytic account corresponding to the "
17470
"contract in question."
17471
msgstr ""
17472
17473
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:299
17474
msgid ""
17475
"Finally, the analytic account can be used to forecast future needs. For "
17476
"example, monthly planning of staff on different projects can be seen as an "
17477
"analytic budget limited to the service journal. Accounting entries are "
17478
"expressed in quantities (such as number of hours, and numbers of products) "
17479
"and in amounts in units of currency (USD or GBP perhaps)."
17480
msgstr ""
17481
17482
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:304
17483
msgid ""
17484
"So you can set up planning on the basis just of quantities. Analyzing the "
17485
"analytic budget enables you to compare the budget (that is, your plan) to "
17486
"the services actually carried out by month end."
17487
msgstr ""
17488
17489
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:250
17490
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:436
17491
msgid "Cash Budgets"
17492
msgstr ""
17493
17494
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:309
17495
msgid ""
17496
"Problems of cash management are amongst the main difficulties encountered by "
17497
"small growing businesses. It's really difficult to predict the amount of "
17498
"cash that will be available when a company is young and rapidly growing."
17499
msgstr ""
17500
17501
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:443
17502
msgid ""
17503
"If the company adopts management by case, then staff planning can be "
17504
"represented on the analytic accounts report, as you have seen."
17505
msgstr ""
17506
17507
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:317
17508
msgid ""
17509
"But since you know your selling price for each of the different projects, "
17510
"you can see that it's easy to use the plan in the analytic accounts to more "
17511
"precisely forecast the amounts that you'll invoice in the coming months."
17512
msgstr ""
17513
17514
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:19
17515
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:33
17516
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:2
17517
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:1
17518
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:2
17519
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:51
17520
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:133
17521
msgid "analytic"
17522
msgstr ""
17523
17524
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:38
17525
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:231
17526
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:60
17527
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:31
17528
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:173
17529
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:411
17530
msgid "cost"
17531
msgstr ""
17532
17533
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:38
17534
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:231
17535
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:60
17536
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:31
17537
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:173
17538
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:411
17539
msgid "allocation"
17540
msgstr ""
17541
17542
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_analytic_chart.rst:115
17543
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:268
17544
msgid "absences"
17545
msgstr ""
17546
17547
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:5
17548
msgid ""
17549
"Various reports designed for financial analysis are based on the analytic "
17550
"accounts. Most of those are available directly from the tree of accounts or "
17551
"from the form view of the account."
17552
msgstr ""
17553
17554
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:9
17555
msgid "Analysis per account"
17556
msgstr ""
17557
17558
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:11
17559
msgid ""
17560
"From an analytic form, click on one of the :guilabel:`REPORTS` buttons to "
17561
"select a report. Open ERP provides the following financial analyses from the "
17562
"analytic accounts (and maybe more, depending on the additional installed "
17563
"modules):"
17564
msgstr ""
17565
17566
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:10
17567
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost Ledger`,"
17568
msgstr ""
17569
17570
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:17
17571
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost Ledger (quantities only)`."
17572
msgstr ""
17573
17574
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:12
17575
msgid ":guilabel:`Inverted Analytic Balance`,"
17576
msgstr ""
17577
17578
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:16
17579
msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Balance`,"
17580
msgstr ""
17581
17582
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:27
17583
msgid "The cost ledger"
17584
msgstr ""
17585
17586
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:29
17587
msgid ""
17588
"The cost ledger provides all of the detailed entries for the selected "
17589
"accounts. It enables you to make a detailed analysis of each operation "
17590
"carried out on one or several projects."
17591
msgstr ""
17592
17593
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:0
17594
msgid ""
17595
"*The analytic cost ledger gives a detailed history of the entries in an "
17596
"analytic account*"
17597
msgstr ""
17598
17599
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:40
17600
msgid "The cost ledger (quantities only)"
17601
msgstr ""
17602
17603
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:42
17604
msgid ""
17605
"This report gives the detail of entries for an analytic account and a list "
17606
"of selected journals. Only quantities are reported for this analysis, not "
17607
"costs and revenues."
17608
msgstr ""
17609
17610
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:0
17611
msgid ""
17612
"*The cost ledger (quantities only) gives a history of an analytic account*"
17613
msgstr ""
17614
17615
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:51
17616
msgid ""
17617
"The report is often used to print the number of hours worked on a project, "
17618
"without exposing the costs and revenues. So you can show it to a client as a "
17619
"record of the hours worked on a particular project."
17620
msgstr ""
17621
17622
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:55
17623
msgid ""
17624
"To restrict the report to hours worked, without including sales and "
17625
"purchases, select only the services journal for printing."
17626
msgstr ""
17627
17628
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:58
17629
msgid "Multiple printing"
17630
msgstr ""
17631
17632
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:60
17633
msgid ""
17634
"To print several analytic accounts at once you can make a multiple selection "
17635
"on the different accounts in the tree of accounts. Then click on the "
17636
"appropriate :guilabel:`Report` in the toolbar (in the web client), or select "
17637
"one of the :guilabel:`Print` reports (in the GTK client), to export the "
17638
"whole selection into a single PDF document."
17639
msgstr ""
17640
17641
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:37
17642
msgid "Inverted Analytic Balance"
17643
msgstr ""
17644
17645
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:72
17646
msgid ""
17647
"The inverted analytic balance provides a summary report relating general "
17648
"accounts and analytic accounts. This report shows the balances of the "
17649
"general accounts broken down by the selected analytic accounts for a "
17650
"selected period."
17651
msgstr ""
17652
17653
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:0
17654
msgid ""
17655
"*The inverted analytic balance shows a breakdown of operations by analytic "
17656
"account (project)*"
17657
msgstr ""
17658
17659
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:82
17660
msgid ""
17661
"This enables you to analyze your costs by general account. For example, if "
17662
"you examine your general account for staff salaries you can obtain all your "
17663
"salary costs broken down by the different analytic (or project) accounts."
17664
msgstr ""
17665
17666
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:71
17667
msgid "Analytic Balance"
17668
msgstr ""
17669
17670
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:0
17671
msgid ""
17672
"*The analytic balance shows a breakdown of each project by operation in the "
17673
"financial accounts*"
17674
msgstr ""
17675
17676
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:95
17677
msgid ""
17678
"The analytic balance is a summary report that relates the analytic accounts "
17679
"to the general accounts. It shows the balances of the analytic accounts "
17680
"broken down by general account for a selected period."
17681
msgstr ""
17682
17683
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:98
17684
msgid ""
17685
"This report is useful for analyzing the profitability of projects, giving "
17686
"you the profitability of a project for the different operations that you "
17687
"used to carry out the project."
17688
msgstr ""
17689
17690
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:106
17691
msgid ""
17692
"In a multi-company environment each company can have its own general chart "
17693
"of accounts on the same database. The two general charts of accounts are "
17694
"independent but can be linked in a third chart using a view account to do "
17695
"the consolidation."
17696
msgstr ""
17697
17698
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:111
17699
msgid ""
17700
"If the different companies collaborate on joint projects they may all share "
17701
"the same analytic chart of accounts. In this environment, the cross-related "
17702
"reports like the balance and inverted balance are extremely useful because "
17703
"they enable you to make an analysis per company by linking up to the general "
17704
"accounts."
17705
msgstr ""
17706
17707
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:118
17708
msgid "Key indicators"
17709
msgstr ""
17710
17711
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:123
17712
msgid ""
17713
"If you use analytic accounts with a structure of accounts by project client "
17714
"you should install the :mod:`account_analytic_analysis` module. This module "
17715
"adds three new tabs to the analytic account form:"
17716
msgstr ""
17717
17718
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:140
17719
msgid "management indicators in the :guilabel:`Analysis summary` tab,"
17720
msgstr ""
17721
17722
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:142
17723
msgid "monthly statistics in the :guilabel:`Stats by month` tab,"
17724
msgstr ""
17725
17726
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:144
17727
msgid "statistics on each user in the :guilabel:`Stats by user` tab."
17728
msgstr ""
17729
17730
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:0
17731
msgid "*Management indicators for an analytic account*"
17732
msgstr ""
17733
17734
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:154
17735
msgid ""
17736
"The figure :ref:`fig-mgtindic` shows all of the management indicators."
17737
msgstr ""
17738
17739
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:156
17740
msgid ""
17741
"These indicators enable you to quickly see such important information as:"
17742
msgstr ""
17743
17744
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:158
17745
msgid "project profitability,"
17746
msgstr ""
17747
17748
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:160
17749
msgid "whether you can still invoice any services to the client, or not,"
17750
msgstr ""
17751
17752
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:162
17753
msgid "the amount of services to invoice,"
17754
msgstr ""
17755
17756
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:164
17757
msgid "the different margin figures."
17758
msgstr ""
17759
17760
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:0
17761
msgid "*Breakdown of monthly costs for an analytic account*"
17762
msgstr ""
17763
17764
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:172
17765
msgid ""
17766
"The real revenue is given by the amount invoiced to the client. The "
17767
"theoretical revenue is given by the sale price of different project costs "
17768
"which could be invoiced to the client. These give different margin figures."
17769
msgstr ""
17770
17771
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:176
17772
msgid ""
17773
"For example, in the case of a fixed price project contract, the real sale "
17774
"price at the end of the project will be equal to the contract negotiated "
17775
"with the client. The theoretical price gives the amount that would have been "
17776
"invoiced if you had charged for all the time worked."
17777
msgstr ""
17778
17779
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:167
17780
msgid ""
17781
"To give project managers a direct view of their different projects, the "
17782
":mod:`account_analytic_analysis` module creates new menus in the Project "
17783
"management module in :menuselection:`Project Management --> Financial "
17784
"Project Management --> Analytic Accounts`."
17785
msgstr ""
17786
17787
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:0
17788
msgid "*Analytic accounts in Project Management*"
17789
msgstr ""
17790
17791
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:177
17792
msgid ""
17793
"These different menus give quick views that are useful for live projects. "
17794
"For each project you can check if there are uninvoiced services, see the "
17795
"last invoice date and the last uninvoiced service date, and get reports on "
17796
"the amounts received and those planned. So project managers have all the "
17797
"information necessary to manage their project, shown in a single page."
17798
msgstr ""
17799
17800
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:182
17801
msgid ""
17802
"In the following chapters you'll see how project managers can use this "
17803
"information to carry out the various operations needed to manage the "
17804
"project, such as automatic invoicing, project planning, keeping customers up "
17805
"to date, and budgeting for resources."
17806
msgstr ""
17807
17808
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:202
17809
msgid "Analytic Budgets"
17810
msgstr ""
17811
17812
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:191
17813
msgid ""
17814
"Analytic budgets can be budgeted in the :mod:`account_budget` module, which "
17815
"was developed starting at version 5 of OpenERP. They offer:"
17816
msgstr ""
17817
17818
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:206
17819
msgid "forecasting projects in the medium term,"
17820
msgstr ""
17821
17822
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:208
17823
msgid "controlling project costs,"
17824
msgstr ""
17825
17826
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:210
17827
msgid "comparisons with general accounts."
17828
msgstr ""
17829
17830
#: ../../source/book/3/3_8/accounts_fin_ana.rst:19
17831
msgid "cost ledger"
17832
msgstr ""
17833
17834
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:65
17835
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:134
17836
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:217
17837
msgid "account_analytic_analysis"
17838
msgstr ""
17839
17840
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_fin_ana.rst:199
17841
msgid "account_budget"
17842
msgstr ""
17843
17844
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:6
17845
msgid "Putting analytic accounts in place"
17846
msgstr ""
17847
17848
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:8
17849
msgid "For the initial setup of good analytic accounts you should:"
17850
msgstr ""
17851
17852
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:10
17853
msgid "set up the chart of accounts,"
17854
msgstr ""
17855
17856
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:12
17857
msgid "create the different journals."
17858
msgstr ""
17859
17860
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:15
17861
msgid "Setting up the chart of accounts"
17862
msgstr ""
17863
17864
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:17
17865
msgid ""
17866
"Start by choosing the most suitable analytic representation for your company "
17867
"before entering it into Open ERP. To create the different analytic accounts, "
17868
"use the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Configuration --> "
17869
"Analytic Accounting --> Analytic Accounts --> New Analytic Account`."
17870
msgstr ""
17871
17872
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:0
17873
msgid "*Setting up an analytic account*"
17874
msgstr ""
17875
17876
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:27
17877
msgid "To create an analytic account you have to complete the main fields:"
17878
msgstr ""
17879
17880
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:30
17881
msgid "the :guilabel:`Account Name`,"
17882
msgstr ""
17883
17884
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:31
17885
msgid ""
17886
"the :guilabel:`Account Code` : used as a shortcut for selecting the account,"
17887
msgstr ""
17888
17889
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:33
17890
msgid ""
17891
"the :guilabel:`Account type` : just like general accounts the \\ ``View``\\ "
17892
" type is used for virtual accounts which are used only to create a "
17893
"hierarchical structure and for subtotals, and not to store accounting "
17894
"entries,"
17895
msgstr ""
17896
17897
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:37
17898
msgid ""
17899
"the :guilabel:`Parent analytic account` : defines the hierarchy between the "
17900
"accounts."
17901
msgstr ""
17902
17903
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:39
17904
msgid ""
17905
"If the project is for a limited time you can define a start and end date "
17906
"here. The :guilabel:`State` field is used to indicate whether the project is "
17907
"running (\\ ``Open``\\ ), waiting for information from the client (\\ "
17908
"``Pending``\\ ), \\ ``Draft``\\ or \\ ``Closed``\\ ."
17909
msgstr ""
17910
17911
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:43
17912
msgid ""
17913
"Finally, if the analytic account is a client project you can complete the "
17914
"fields about the partner, which you'd need so that you can invoice the "
17915
"partner:"
17916
msgstr ""
17917
17918
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:46
17919
msgid "the :guilabel:`Associated partner`,"
17920
msgstr ""
17921
17922
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:48
17923
msgid ""
17924
"a :guilabel:`Sale Pricelist`, which shows how services linked to the project "
17925
"should be charged,"
17926
msgstr ""
17927
17928
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:50
17929
msgid ""
17930
"a :guilabel:`Max. Invoice Price`, showing the maximum invoice price "
17931
"regardless of actual overspend,"
17932
msgstr ""
17933
17934
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:53
17935
msgid ""
17936
"a :guilabel:`Max. Quantity`, for contracts with a fixed limit of hours to "
17937
"use,"
17938
msgstr ""
17939
17940
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:55
17941
msgid ""
17942
"an :guilabel:`Invoicing` field, which defines an invoicing rate and whether "
17943
"the project should be invoiced automatically from the services represented "
17944
"by the costs in the analytic account."
17945
msgstr ""
17946
17947
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:63
17948
msgid ""
17949
"You have several methods available to you in Open ERP for automated "
17950
"invoicing:"
17951
msgstr ""
17952
17953
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:65
17954
msgid ""
17955
"Service companies usually use invoicing from purchase orders, analytic "
17956
"accounts or, more rarely, project management tasks."
17957
msgstr ""
17958
17959
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:52
17960
msgid ""
17961
"Manufacturing and trading companies more often use invoicing from deliveries "
17962
"or customer purchase orders."
17963
msgstr ""
17964
17965
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:0
17966
msgid "*Example of an analytic chart for projects*"
17967
msgstr ""
17968
17969
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:77
17970
msgid ""
17971
"Once you've defined the different analytic accounts you can view your chart "
17972
"through the menu :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Charts --> "
17973
"Analytic Chart of Accounts`."
17974
msgstr ""
17975
17976
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:84
17977
msgid "Setting up an analytic account"
17978
msgstr ""
17979
17980
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:86
17981
msgid ""
17982
"The setup screen for an analytic account can vary greatly depending on the "
17983
"modules installed in your database. For example, you'll only see information "
17984
"about recharging services if you have the module :mod:`hr_timesheet_invoice` "
17985
"installed."
17986
msgstr ""
17987
17988
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:74
17989
msgid ""
17990
"Some of these modules add helpful management statistics to the analytic "
17991
"account. The most useful is probably the module "
17992
":mod:`account_analytic_analysis`, which adds such information as indicators "
17993
"about your margins, invoicing amounts, and latest service dates and invoice "
17994
"dates."
17995
msgstr ""
17996
17997
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:77
17998
msgid "Creating Journals"
17999
msgstr ""
18000
18001
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:99
18002
msgid ""
18003
"Once the analytic chart has been created for your company you have to create "
18004
"the different journals. These enable you to categorize the different "
18005
"accounting entries by their type:"
18006
msgstr ""
18007
18008
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:82
18009
msgid "services,"
18010
msgstr ""
18011
18012
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:84
18013
msgid "expense reimbursements,"
18014
msgstr ""
18015
18016
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:86
18017
msgid "purchases of materials,"
18018
msgstr ""
18019
18020
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:88
18021
msgid "miscellaneous expenditure,"
18022
msgstr ""
18023
18024
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:110
18025
msgid "sales,"
18026
msgstr ""
18027
18028
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:112
18029
msgid ""
18030
"situation entries (special situations, such as installation of the software)."
18031
msgstr ""
18032
18033
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:117
18034
msgid "Minimal journals"
18035
msgstr ""
18036
18037
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:119
18038
msgid ""
18039
"At a minimum you have to create one analytic journal for Sales and one for "
18040
"Purchases. If you don't create these two, Open ERP won't validate invoices "
18041
"linked to an analytic account because it wouldn't be able to create an "
18042
"analytic accounting entry automatically."
18043
msgstr ""
18044
18045
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:0
18046
msgid "*Creating an analytic journal*"
18047
msgstr ""
18048
18049
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:129
18050
msgid ""
18051
"To define your analytic journals, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
18052
"Management --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting --> Analytic Journal "
18053
"Definition` then click :guilabel:`New`.."
18054
msgstr ""
18055
18056
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:132
18057
msgid ""
18058
"It's easy to create an analytic journal. Just give it a :guilabel:`Name`, a "
18059
":guilabel:`Code` and a :guilabel:`Type`. The types available are:"
18060
msgstr ""
18061
18062
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:135
18063
msgid "\\ ``Sales``\\ , for sales to customers and for credit notes,"
18064
msgstr ""
18065
18066
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:137
18067
msgid "\\ ``Purchases``\\ , for purchases and miscellaneous expenses,"
18068
msgstr ""
18069
18070
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:139
18071
msgid "\\ ``Cash``\\ , for financial entries,"
18072
msgstr ""
18073
18074
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:141
18075
msgid ""
18076
"\\ ``Situation``\\ , to adjust accounts when starting an activity, or at "
18077
"the end of the financial year,"
18078
msgstr ""
18079
18080
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:144
18081
msgid "\\ ``General``\\ , for all other entries."
18082
msgstr ""
18083
18084
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_place.rst:146
18085
msgid ""
18086
"The type of journal enables the software to automatically select the "
18087
"analytic journal based on the nature of the operation. For example if you "
18088
"enter an invoice for a customer, Open ERP will automatically search for an "
18089
"analytic journal of type \\ ``Sales``\\ ."
18090
msgstr ""
18091
18092
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:65
18093
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:99
18094
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:35
18095
msgid "hr_timesheet_invoice"
18096
msgstr ""
18097
18098
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:93
18099
msgid "minimal journals"
18100
msgstr ""
18101
18102
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:7
18103
msgid "Analytic records"
18104
msgstr ""
18105
18106
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:9
18107
msgid ""
18108
"Just as in general accounting, analytic entries must belong to an account "
18109
"and an analytic journal."
18110
msgstr ""
18111
18112
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:14
18113
msgid ""
18114
"Analytic records can be distinguished from general records by the following "
18115
"characteristics:"
18116
msgstr ""
18117
18118
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:13
18119
msgid "they're not necessarily legal accounting documents,"
18120
msgstr ""
18121
18122
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:15
18123
msgid "they don't necessarily belong to an existing accounting period,"
18124
msgstr ""
18125
18126
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:17
18127
msgid "they're managed according to their date and not an accounting period,"
18128
msgstr ""
18129
18130
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:19
18131
msgid ""
18132
"they don't generate both a debit and a credit entry, but a positive amount "
18133
"(income) or a negative amount (cost)."
18134
msgstr ""
18135
18136
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:0
18137
msgid "*Analytic account records for a customer project*"
18138
msgstr ""
18139
18140
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:30
18141
msgid ""
18142
"The figure :ref:`fig-accanmv` represents the entries on an analytic account "
18143
"for a customer project."
18144
msgstr ""
18145
18146
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:34
18147
msgid "You can see there:"
18148
msgstr ""
18149
18150
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:36
18151
msgid "the service costs for staff working on the project,"
18152
msgstr ""
18153
18154
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:38
18155
msgid ""
18156
"the costs for reimbursing the expenses of a return journey to the customer,"
18157
msgstr ""
18158
18159
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:40
18160
msgid "purchases of goods that have been delivered to the customer,"
18161
msgstr ""
18162
18163
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:42
18164
msgid "sales for recharging these costs."
18165
msgstr ""
18166
18167
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:43
18168
msgid "Automated entries"
18169
msgstr ""
18170
18171
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:45
18172
msgid ""
18173
"Analytic accounting is totally integrated with the other Open ERP modules, "
18174
"so you never have to re- enter the records. They're automatically generated "
18175
"by the following operations:"
18176
msgstr ""
18177
18178
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:81
18179
msgid ""
18180
"confirmation of an invoice generates analytic entries for sales or purchases "
18181
"connected to the account shown in the invoice line,"
18182
msgstr ""
18183
18184
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:84
18185
msgid ""
18186
"the entry of a service generates an analytic entry for the cost of this "
18187
"service to the given project,"
18188
msgstr ""
18189
18190
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:54
18191
msgid ""
18192
"the manufacture of a product generates an entry for the manufacturing cost "
18193
"of each operation in the product range."
18194
msgstr ""
18195
18196
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:57
18197
msgid ""
18198
"Other documents linked to one of these three operations produce analytic "
18199
"records indirectly. For example, when you're entering a customer sales order "
18200
"you can link it to the customer's analytic account. When you're managing by "
18201
"case or project, mark the project with that order. This order will then "
18202
"generate a customer invoice, which will be linked to the analytic account. "
18203
"When the invoice is validated it will automatically create general and "
18204
"analytic accounting records for the corresponding project."
18205
msgstr ""
18206
18207
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:64
18208
msgid ""
18209
"Expense receipts from an employee can be linked to an analytic account for "
18210
"reimbursement. When a receipt is approved by the company, a purchase invoice "
18211
"is created. This invoice represents a debit on the company in favor of the "
18212
"employee. Each line of the purchase invoice is then linked to an analytic "
18213
"account which automatically allocates the costs for that receipt to the "
18214
"corresponding project."
18215
msgstr ""
18216
18217
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:70
18218
msgid ""
18219
"To visualize the general entries following these different actions you can "
18220
"use one of the following menus:"
18221
msgstr ""
18222
18223
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:73
18224
msgid ""
18225
"To see all of the entries, :menuselection:`Financial Management --> Entries "
18226
"Encoding --> Analytic Entries --> Entries Encoding by Line` and then click "
18227
":guilabel:`Open Entries`,"
18228
msgstr ""
18229
18230
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:76
18231
msgid ""
18232
"To see the entries per account, click the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` field "
18233
"of any of the lines of Analytic Entries to see the details of that entry, "
18234
"then use the analytic :guilabel:`Account name` to start a search of all "
18235
"entries with that name (just click the :guilabel:`Date` hyperlink on a line "
18236
"in the web client, or double-click the line in the GTK client)."
18237
msgstr ""
18238
18239
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:81
18240
msgid ""
18241
"To see all of the entries by Journal, :menuselection:`Financial Management --"
18242
"> Entries Encoding --> Analytic Entries --> Analytic Entries by Journal` and "
18243
"then click on one of the journal names."
18244
msgstr ""
18245
18246
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:85
18247
msgid "Manual record entry"
18248
msgstr ""
18249
18250
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:87
18251
msgid ""
18252
"Even though most analytic entries are produced automatically by the other "
18253
"Open ERP documents it's sometimes necessary to make manual record entries. "
18254
"It's usually needed for certain analytic operations that have no counterpart "
18255
"in the general accounts."
18256
msgstr ""
18257
18258
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:91
18259
msgid ""
18260
"To make manual record entries, use the menu :menuselection:`Financial "
18261
"Management --> Entries Encoding--> Analytic Entries --> Entries Encoding by "
18262
"Line`."
18263
msgstr ""
18264
18265
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:97
18266
msgid "Analytic entries"
18267
msgstr ""
18268
18269
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:99
18270
msgid ""
18271
"To make an analytic entry, Open ERP asks you to specify a general account. "
18272
"This is given only for information in the different cross-reports. It won't "
18273
"create any new entries in the general accounts."
18274
msgstr ""
18275
18276
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:58
18277
msgid ""
18278
"Select a journal and complete the different fields. Write an expense as a "
18279
"negative amount and income as a positive amount."
18280
msgstr ""
18281
18282
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:109
18283
msgid "Entering a date"
18284
msgstr ""
18285
18286
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:111
18287
msgid ""
18288
"To enter a date in the editable list you can use the calendar widget in the "
18289
"web client or, in the GTK client, if you enter just the day of the month "
18290
"Open ERP automatically completes the month and year when you press the tab "
18291
"key (Tab)."
18292
msgstr ""
18293
18294
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:115
18295
msgid "Example Cost redistribution"
18296
msgstr ""
18297
18298
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:117
18299
msgid ""
18300
"One of the uses of manual data entry for analytic operations is reallocation "
18301
"of costs. For example, if a development has been done for a given project "
18302
"but can be used again for another project you can reallocate part of the "
18303
"cost to the other project."
18304
msgstr ""
18305
18306
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:73
18307
msgid ""
18308
"In this case, make a positive entry on the first account and a negative "
18309
"entry for the same amount on the account of the second project."
18310
msgstr ""
18311
18312
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:2
18313
msgid "records"
18314
msgstr ""
18315
18316
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/4_10_Accounts_record.rst:51
18317
msgid "entries"
18318
msgstr ""
18319
18320
#: ../../source/book/3/3_6/invoice_payment.rst:126
18321
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:9
18322
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:2
18323
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:57
18324
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:27
18325
msgid "Analytic Accounts"
18326
msgstr ""
18327
18328
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:11
18329
msgid ""
18330
"*Sitting at the heart of your company's processes, analytic accounts (or "
18331
"cost accounts) are indispensable tools for managing your operations well. "
18332
"Unlike your financial accounts they're for more than accountants - they're "
18333
"for general managers and project managers, too.*"
18334
msgstr ""
18335
18336
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:15
18337
msgid ""
18338
"You need a common way of referring to each user, service, or document to "
18339
"integrate all your company's processes effectively. Such a common basis is "
18340
"provided by analytic accounts (or management accounts, or cost accounts, as "
18341
"they're also called) in Open ERP."
18342
msgstr ""
18343
18344
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:19
18345
msgid ""
18346
"Analytic accounts are often presented as a foundation for strategic "
18347
"enterprise decisions. But because of all the information they pull together, "
18348
"Open ERP's analytic accounts can be a useful management tool, at the center "
18349
"of most system processes"
18350
msgstr ""
18351
18352
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:23
18353
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:83
18354
msgid "There are several reasons for this:"
18355
msgstr ""
18356
18357
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:25
18358
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:85
18359
msgid "they reflect your entire management activity,"
18360
msgstr ""
18361
18362
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:27
18363
msgid ""
18364
"unlike the general accounts, the structure of the analytic accounts isn't "
18365
"regulated by legal obligations, so each company can adapt it to its needs."
18366
msgstr ""
18367
18368
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:30
18369
msgid "Independence from general accounts"
18370
msgstr ""
18371
18372
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:32
18373
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:92
18374
msgid ""
18375
"In some software packages, analytic accounts are managed as an extension of "
18376
"general accounts – for example, by using the two last digits of the account "
18377
"code to represent analytic accounts."
18378
msgstr ""
18379
18380
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:35
18381
msgid ""
18382
"In Open ERP, analytic accounts are linked to general accounts but are "
18383
"treated totally independently. So you can enter various different analytic "
18384
"operations that have no counterpart in the general financial accounts."
18385
msgstr ""
18386
18387
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:40
18388
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:100
18389
msgid ""
18390
"While the structure of the general chart of accounts is imposed by law, the "
18391
"analytic chart of accounts is built to fit a company's needs closely."
18392
msgstr ""
18393
18394
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:43
18395
msgid ""
18396
"Just as in the general accounts, you'll find accounting entries in the "
18397
"different analytic accounts. Each analytic entry can be linked to a general "
18398
"account, or not, as you wish. Conversely, an entry in a general account can "
18399
"be linked to one, several, or no corresponding analytic accounts."
18400
msgstr ""
18401
18402
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:47
18403
msgid ""
18404
"You'll discover many advantages of this independent representation below. "
18405
"For the more impatient, here are some of those advantages:"
18406
msgstr ""
18407
18408
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:50
18409
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:110
18410
msgid "you can manage many different analytic operations,"
18411
msgstr ""
18412
18413
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:52
18414
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:112
18415
msgid ""
18416
"you can modify an analytic plan on the fly, during the course of an "
18417
"activity, because of its independence,"
18418
msgstr ""
18419
18420
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:55
18421
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:115
18422
msgid "you can avoid an explosion in the number of general accounts,"
18423
msgstr ""
18424
18425
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:57
18426
msgid ""
18427
"even those companies that don't use Open ERP's general accounts can use the "
18428
"analytic accounts for management."
18429
msgstr ""
18430
18431
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:60
18432
msgid "Who benefits from analytic accounts?"
18433
msgstr ""
18434
18435
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:62
18436
msgid ""
18437
"Unlike general accounts, analytic accounts in Open ERP aren't so much an "
18438
"accounting tool for Accounts as a management tool for everyone in the "
18439
"company. (That's why they're also called management accounts.)"
18440
msgstr ""
18441
18442
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:65
18443
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:125
18444
msgid ""
18445
"The main users of analytic accounts should be the directors, general "
18446
"managers and project managers."
18447
msgstr ""
18448
18449
#: ../../source/book/4/4_10_Accounts/index.rst:67
18450
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:127
18451
msgid ""
18452
"Analytic accounts make up a powerful tool that can be used in different "
18453
"ways. The trick is to create your own analytic structure for a chart of "
18454
"accounts that closely matches your company's needs."
18455
msgstr ""
18456
18457
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:7
18458
msgid "Managing Human Resources"
18459
msgstr ""
18460
18461
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:9
18462
msgid ""
18463
"To establish a system that's integrated into a company's management you need "
18464
"to start with a current list of collaborators."
18465
msgstr ""
18466
18467
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:12
18468
msgid "Don't confuse employees and users"
18469
msgstr ""
18470
18471
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:14
18472
msgid ""
18473
"For Open ERP, “employee” represents all of the physical people who have an "
18474
"work contract with the company. This includes all types of contract: "
18475
"contracts with both fixed and indeterminate time periods, and also "
18476
"independent and freelance service contracts."
18477
msgstr ""
18478
18479
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:21
18480
msgid ""
18481
"A “user” is a physical person who's given access to the company's systems. "
18482
"Most employees are users but some users aren't employees: external partners "
18483
"can have access to parts of the system. You can manage them through the "
18484
":mod:`portal_` modules."
18485
msgstr ""
18486
18487
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:21
18488
msgid ""
18489
"Here are some examples of functions which depend on the accuracy of the "
18490
"employee list:"
18491
msgstr ""
18492
18493
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:23
18494
msgid ""
18495
"the cost of a service, which depends on the employee's working contract,"
18496
msgstr ""
18497
18498
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:25
18499
msgid ""
18500
"project planning, which depends on the work pattern of the project "
18501
"contributors,"
18502
msgstr ""
18503
18504
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:27
18505
msgid ""
18506
"the client billing rate, which probably depends on the employee's job "
18507
"function,"
18508
msgstr ""
18509
18510
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:29
18511
msgid ""
18512
"the chain of command, or responsibilities, which is related to the "
18513
"hierarchical structure of the company."
18514
msgstr ""
18515
18516
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:37
18517
msgid "Management of staff"
18518
msgstr ""
18519
18520
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:39
18521
msgid ""
18522
"To define a new employee in Open ERP, use the menu :menuselection:`Human "
18523
"Resources --> Employees --> New Employee`."
18524
msgstr ""
18525
18526
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:0
18527
msgid "*Form describing an employee*"
18528
msgstr ""
18529
18530
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:48
18531
msgid ""
18532
"Start by entering the employee's name in :guilabel:`Employee` and the "
18533
"company that this employee works for in :guilabel:`Company`. You can then "
18534
"create a new user of the Open ERP system linked to this employee by filling "
18535
"in a new :guilabel:`User` form through the :guilabel:`Related User` field."
18536
msgstr ""
18537
18538
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:52
18539
msgid ""
18540
"Even if the employee isn't a user, it's best if you create a system access "
18541
"for most of your staff just so that you can control their access rights from "
18542
"the outset (and you can do that through this field if you need to)."
18543
msgstr ""
18544
18545
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:52
18546
msgid "Employee and User link."
18547
msgstr ""
18548
18549
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:58
18550
msgid ""
18551
"If the employee has a user account on the system you always link his or her "
18552
"user account to the employee form."
18553
msgstr ""
18554
18555
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:57
18556
msgid ""
18557
"Creating this link enables automatic completion to be done on the "
18558
":guilabel:`Employee` field in the relevant forms, such as services and "
18559
"expense records."
18560
msgstr ""
18561
18562
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:60
18563
msgid "Then enter the employee's address."
18564
msgstr ""
18565
18566
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:68
18567
msgid ""
18568
"This appears in the partner contact form in Open ERP. Since employees are "
18569
"people that have contacts with your company, it's logical that they have "
18570
"entries like any other partner in your database. So enter the name of the "
18571
"employee as a new partner Name and the address in the Contact form. Then all "
18572
"of the functions that apply to a partner can also be applied to an employee. "
18573
"This is particularly useful for tracking debits and credits in the accounts "
18574
"– so you can track salary payments, for example."
18575
msgstr ""
18576
18577
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:75
18578
msgid ""
18579
"You can then set both an analytic journal and a linked product to this "
18580
"employee in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab. If you do it that way, then this "
18581
"information can be used to track services. For now, just complete the form "
18582
"with the following information:"
18583
msgstr ""
18584
18585
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:77
18586
msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Journal` : usually a ``Timesheet Journal``,"
18587
msgstr ""
18588
18589
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:82
18590
msgid ""
18591
":guilabel:`Product` : a service product that describes how this employee "
18592
"would be charged out, for example as ``Senior Consultant``."
18593
msgstr ""
18594
18595
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:86
18596
msgid "Management of employment contracts"
18597
msgstr ""
18598
18599
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:88
18600
msgid ""
18601
"If you install the :mod:`hr_contract` module you can link contract details "
18602
"to the employee record."
18603
msgstr ""
18604
18605
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:0
18606
msgid "*Definition of a working contract for a given employee*"
18607
msgstr ""
18608
18609
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:208
18610
msgid ""
18611
"You can enter information about the employment contract for the employee, "
18612
"such as:"
18613
msgstr ""
18614
18615
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:98
18616
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Name`"
18617
msgstr ""
18618
18619
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:100
18620
msgid ":guilabel:`Function`"
18621
msgstr ""
18622
18623
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:102
18624
msgid ":guilabel:`Working hours per day`"
18625
msgstr ""
18626
18627
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:227
18628
msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`"
18629
msgstr ""
18630
18631
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:229
18632
msgid ":guilabel:`End Date`"
18633
msgstr ""
18634
18635
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:108
18636
msgid ""
18637
":guilabel:`Wage Type` either :guilabel:`Monthly Gross` or :guilabel:`Weekly "
18638
"Net`"
18639
msgstr ""
18640
18641
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:114
18642
msgid "Sign in and out"
18643
msgstr ""
18644
18645
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:116
18646
msgid ""
18647
"In some companies, staff have to sign in when they arrive at work and sign "
18648
"out again at the end of the day. If each employee has been linked to a "
18649
"system user, then they can sign in on Open ERP by using the menu "
18650
":menuselection:`Human Resources --> Attendances --> Sign in / Sign out`."
18651
msgstr ""
18652
18653
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:242
18654
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:253
18655
msgid ""
18656
"If an employee has forgotten to sign out on leaving, the system proposes "
18657
"that they sign out manually and type in the time that they left when they "
18658
"come in again the next day. This gives you a simple way of managing "
18659
"forgotten sign-outs."
18660
msgstr ""
18661
18662
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:124
18663
msgid ""
18664
"Find employee attendance details from their forms in :menuselection:`Human "
18665
"Resources --> Employees --> All Employees`."
18666
msgstr ""
18667
18668
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:127
18669
msgid ""
18670
"To get the detail of attendances from an employee's form in Open ERP you can "
18671
"use the three available reports:"
18672
msgstr ""
18673
18674
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:130
18675
msgid ":guilabel:`Print Attendance Error Report`"
18676
msgstr ""
18677
18678
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:132
18679
msgid ":guilabel:`Print Timesheet by week`"
18680
msgstr ""
18681
18682
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:134
18683
msgid ":guilabel:`Print Timesheet by month`"
18684
msgstr ""
18685
18686
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:136
18687
msgid ""
18688
"The first report highlights errors in attendance data entry. It shows you "
18689
"whether an employee has entered the time of entry or exit manually and the "
18690
"differences between the actual and expected sign out time and the time."
18691
msgstr ""
18692
18693
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:140
18694
msgid "The others are reports using the data recorded."
18695
msgstr ""
18696
18697
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:2
18698
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:2
18699
msgid "management"
18700
msgstr ""
18701
18702
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:2
18703
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:84
18704
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:153
18705
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:177
18706
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:226
18707
msgid "employee"
18708
msgstr ""
18709
18710
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:226
18711
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:243
18712
msgid "sign in / sign out"
18713
msgstr ""
18714
18715
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:7
18716
msgid "Timesheets"
18717
msgstr ""
18718
18719
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:9
18720
msgid ""
18721
"In most service companies where Open ERP has been integrated, service "
18722
"sheets, or timesheets, have revolutionized management practices. These "
18723
"service sheets are produced by each employee as they work on the different "
18724
"cases or projects that are running. Each of these is represented by an "
18725
"analytic account in the system."
18726
msgstr ""
18727
18728
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:14
18729
msgid ""
18730
"Throughout the day, when employees work on one project or another, they add "
18731
"a line to the timesheets with details of the time used on each project. At "
18732
"the end of the day, each employee must mark all the time worked on client or "
18733
"internal projects to make up the full number of hours worked in the day. If "
18734
"an account isn't in the system then the time is added to the hours that "
18735
"haven't been assigned for the day."
18736
msgstr ""
18737
18738
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:0
18739
msgid "*Timesheet for a working day*"
18740
msgstr ""
18741
18742
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:29
18743
msgid ""
18744
"The figure :ref:`fig-servtimlis` gives an example of a timesheet for an "
18745
"employee."
18746
msgstr ""
18747
18748
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:33
18749
msgid "Don't confuse timesheets and attendence compliance"
18750
msgstr ""
18751
18752
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:35
18753
msgid ""
18754
"The timesheet system isn't intended to be a disguised attendance form. "
18755
"There's no control over the service times and the employee is free to encode "
18756
"8 or 9 hours or more of services each day if they want."
18757
msgstr ""
18758
18759
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:39
18760
msgid ""
18761
"If you decide to put such a system into place, it's important to clarify "
18762
"this point with your staff. The objective here isn't to control hours, "
18763
"because the employees decide for themselves what they'll be entering – but "
18764
"to track the tasks running and the allocation of costs between them."
18765
msgstr ""
18766
18767
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:53
18768
msgid ""
18769
"Amongst the many uses of such a timesheet system for a company, here are "
18770
"some of the most important:"
18771
msgstr ""
18772
18773
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:55
18774
msgid ""
18775
"enabling tracking of the true costs of a project by accounting for the time "
18776
"used on it,"
18777
msgstr ""
18778
18779
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:57
18780
msgid "tracking the services provided by different employees,"
18781
msgstr ""
18782
18783
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:59
18784
msgid ""
18785
"comparing the hours really used on a project with the initial planning "
18786
"estimates,"
18787
msgstr ""
18788
18789
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:61
18790
msgid "automatically invoicing based on the service hours provided,"
18791
msgstr ""
18792
18793
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:63
18794
msgid "obtaining a list of the service hours for a given client,"
18795
msgstr ""
18796
18797
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:65
18798
msgid ""
18799
"knowing the costs needed to run the company, such as the marketing costs, "
18800
"the training costs for a new employee, and the invoicing rates for a client."
18801
msgstr ""
18802
18803
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:59
18804
msgid "Timesheet categories"
18805
msgstr ""
18806
18807
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:61
18808
msgid ""
18809
"The different timesheet categories (working time sessions) can be defined in "
18810
"the menu :menuselection:`Human Resources --> Configuration --> Working Time "
18811
"Categories` and select one of the groups there such as :guilabel:`38 "
18812
"Hours/Week`."
18813
msgstr ""
18814
18815
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:0
18816
msgid "*Timesheet category for full time 38 hours per week*"
18817
msgstr ""
18818
18819
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:76
18820
msgid "Employee configuration"
18821
msgstr ""
18822
18823
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:90
18824
msgid ""
18825
"To be able to use the timesheets at all, you must first define those "
18826
"employees who are system users. The employee definition forms contain the "
18827
"information necessary to use that sheet, such as the job title, and hourly "
18828
"costs."
18829
msgstr ""
18830
18831
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:94
18832
msgid ""
18833
"Two fields will be of particular interest to you for managing timesheets: "
18834
"the :guilabel:`Analytic Journal` and the :guilabel:`Product`."
18835
msgstr ""
18836
18837
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:85
18838
msgid ""
18839
"In the analytic journal will be stored all the analytic entries about the "
18840
"costs of service times. These enable you to isolate the cost of service from "
18841
"other company costs such as the purchase of raw materials, expenses receipts "
18842
"and subcontracting. You can use different journals for each employee to "
18843
"separate costs by department or by function."
18844
msgstr ""
18845
18846
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:90
18847
msgid ""
18848
"The employee is also associated with a product in your database in Open ERP. "
18849
"An employee is linked with a product so they can be 'bought' "
18850
"(subcontracting) or 'invoiced' (project management). You have to create a "
18851
"product for each job type in your company."
18852
msgstr ""
18853
18854
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:106
18855
msgid "The following information is important in the product form:"
18856
msgstr ""
18857
18858
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:96
18859
msgid ""
18860
":guilabel:`Name` : \\ ``Secretary``\\ \\ ``Salesperson``\\ \\ ``Project "
18861
"Manager``\\"
18862
msgstr ""
18863
18864
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:110
18865
msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type` : \\ ``Service``\\"
18866
msgstr ""
18867
18868
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:100
18869
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` : \\ ``Hour``\\ \\ ``Day``\\"
18870
msgstr ""
18871
18872
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:102
18873
msgid ":guilabel:`List Price`"
18874
msgstr ""
18875
18876
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:104
18877
msgid ":guilabel:`Standard Price`"
18878
msgstr ""
18879
18880
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:123
18881
msgid "Price Indexation"
18882
msgstr ""
18883
18884
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:111
18885
msgid ""
18886
"The module :mod:`product_index` lets you generate indexes connected to the "
18887
"change of purchase or sale price for individual products."
18888
msgstr ""
18889
18890
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:114
18891
msgid ""
18892
"In human resources, this module can be used to change your prices or costs "
18893
"in step with a national index."
18894
msgstr ""
18895
18896
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:127
18897
msgid "In summary, each company employee corresponds, in most cases, to:"
18898
msgstr ""
18899
18900
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:119
18901
msgid ":guilabel:`Partner`"
18902
msgstr ""
18903
18904
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:131
18905
msgid "an :guilabel:`Employee` form,"
18906
msgstr ""
18907
18908
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:123
18909
msgid ":guilabel:`System User`."
18910
msgstr ""
18911
18912
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:135
18913
msgid "And each company job position corresponds to a :guilabel:`Product`."
18914
msgstr ""
18915
18916
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:130
18917
msgid "Time charge rates"
18918
msgstr ""
18919
18920
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:132
18921
msgid ""
18922
"By default the hourly cost of an employee is given by the standard cost of "
18923
"the product linked to that employee. But if you install the "
18924
":mod:`hr_contract` module it's possible to manage contracts differently. The "
18925
"hourly cost of the employee is then automatically calculated from their "
18926
"employment contract when they enter their timesheet data."
18927
msgstr ""
18928
18929
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:138
18930
msgid ""
18931
"To do this, the software uses a factor defined in the contract type (for "
18932
"example, the gross monthly salary, calculated per day). Ideally this factor "
18933
"should take into account the salary costs, and the taxes, insurances and "
18934
"other overheads associated with pay."
18935
msgstr ""
18936
18937
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:148
18938
msgid "Entering timesheet data"
18939
msgstr ""
18940
18941
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:153
18942
msgid ""
18943
"To be able to use timesheets fully, install the module "
18944
":mod:`hr_timesheet_sheet`. Once this module has been installed and the "
18945
"employees configured, the different system users can enter their timesheet "
18946
"data in the menu :menuselection:`Human Resources --> Working Hours --> My "
18947
"Working Hours --> My Working Hours of The Day`, the click :guilabel:`New`."
18948
msgstr ""
18949
18950
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:159
18951
msgid "Shortcut to timesheets"
18952
msgstr ""
18953
18954
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:161
18955
msgid ""
18956
"It's a good idea if all employees who use timesheets place this menu in "
18957
"their shortcuts. That's because they'll need to return to them several times "
18958
"each day."
18959
msgstr ""
18960
18961
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:101
18962
msgid "For a new entry:"
18963
msgstr ""
18964
18965
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:166
18966
msgid ""
18967
"The :guilabel:`User` : proposed by default, but you can change it if you're "
18968
"encoding the first timesheet for another company employee."
18969
msgstr ""
18970
18971
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:169
18972
msgid ""
18973
"The :guilabel:`Date` : automatically proposed as today's date, but it's "
18974
"possible to change it if you're encoding the timesheet for a prior day."
18975
msgstr ""
18976
18977
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:172
18978
msgid ""
18979
":guilabel:`Analytic Account` : for the project you've been working on - "
18980
"obviously it should be predefined."
18981
msgstr ""
18982
18983
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:111
18984
msgid ""
18985
":guilabel:`Description` : a free text description of the work done in the "
18986
"time."
18987
msgstr ""
18988
18989
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:114
18990
msgid ""
18991
":guilabel:`Quantity` : number of units of time (the units are defined as "
18992
"part of the product)."
18993
msgstr ""
18994
18995
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:178
18996
msgid ""
18997
"The other fields are automatically completed but can be modified: the "
18998
":guilabel:`Product` which is the service product such as consultancy, the "
18999
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (predefined, and could perhaps be minutes, hours "
19000
"or days), the :guilabel:`Cost` of the service (which is calculated by "
19001
"default), and the associated :guilabel:`General Account`."
19002
msgstr ""
19003
19004
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:121
19005
msgid ""
19006
"The hours are then encoded throughout the day by each employee. It helps to "
19007
"revisit the list at the end of the day to verify that the number of hours of "
19008
"attendance in the company has been properly accounted for. The total entered "
19009
"is shown at the bottom right of the list of service hours."
19010
msgstr ""
19011
19012
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:140
19013
msgid ""
19014
"The accuracy of the services entered is crucial for calculating the "
19015
"profitability of the different jobs and the recharging of services. "
19016
"Different reports are therefore available for verifying employees' data "
19017
"entry. Employees can verify their own timesheet using the following reports:"
19018
msgstr ""
19019
19020
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:192
19021
msgid ""
19022
"Printing the timesheets per month, using the menu :menuselection:`Human "
19023
"Resources --> Reporting --> Timesheet --> Print my timesheet`."
19024
msgstr ""
19025
19026
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:195
19027
msgid ""
19028
"Reviewing all service entries using the menu :menuselection:`Human Resources "
19029
"--> Timesheets --> My Timesheets --> My timesheets to confirm`. You can then "
19030
"use the filters to analyze your services by project, by period or by product."
19031
msgstr ""
19032
19033
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:200
19034
msgid "Hiding service costs"
19035
msgstr ""
19036
19037
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:202
19038
msgid ""
19039
"By default, Open ERP is configured to show the cost of each service when an "
19040
"employee encodes the number of hours per project. You can modify this field "
19041
"by adding the attribute invisible=True in the timesheet view."
19042
msgstr ""
19043
19044
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:206
19045
msgid ""
19046
"(And the way to do that is either to modify the view on the filesystem, or "
19047
"to use the web client to modify the view in the current database. For the "
19048
"latter, there's a pale grey :guilabel:`[CUSTOMIZE]` label to the bottom left "
19049
"of each form that gives you access to the :guilabel:`Manage Views` option. "
19050
"If you have sufficient permissions you can edit the XML that defines the "
19051
"current view.)"
19052
msgstr ""
19053
19054
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:139
19055
msgid ""
19056
"The value in the cost field shows employees the cost of their time used in "
19057
"the company, so masking this field might not always be the best option."
19058
msgstr ""
19059
19060
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:216
19061
msgid ""
19062
"Managers can draw on different reports for managing timesheets quite easily. "
19063
"You can print a summary in the form of a table per user and per day in the "
19064
"menu :menuselection:`Human Resources --> Reporting --> Timesheet --> "
19065
"Employees timesheet`. This helps you spot when an employee has forgotten to "
19066
"enter her timesheet details on a certain day."
19067
msgstr ""
19068
19069
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:0
19070
msgid "*Employees' monthly summary timesheet*"
19071
msgstr ""
19072
19073
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:227
19074
msgid ""
19075
"If you install the module :mod:`report_timesheet` you'll have many more "
19076
"reports available. Some new graphs become available through the menus "
19077
":menuselection:`Human Resources --> Reporting --> This Month` and "
19078
":menuselection:`Human Resources --> Reporting --> All Months`, for example:"
19079
msgstr ""
19080
19081
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:232
19082
msgid ":guilabel:`Timesheet by User`"
19083
msgstr ""
19084
19085
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:234
19086
msgid ":guilabel:`Timesheet by Invoice`"
19087
msgstr ""
19088
19089
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:236
19090
msgid ":guilabel:`Daily Timesheet by Account`"
19091
msgstr ""
19092
19093
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:238
19094
msgid ":guilabel:`Timesheet by Account`"
19095
msgstr ""
19096
19097
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:0
19098
msgid "*Chart of timesheet by account*"
19099
msgstr ""
19100
19101
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:246
19102
msgid ""
19103
"The data making up these graphs can be varied using the filters available in "
19104
"the upper part of the screen. If you want to see more detail, switch to the "
19105
"list view."
19106
msgstr ""
19107
19108
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:249
19109
msgid "Project dashboard when signing in"
19110
msgstr ""
19111
19112
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:251
19113
msgid ""
19114
"The dashboard for managing projects has a graphical view that summarizes the "
19115
"current user's timesheet for the last seven days."
19116
msgstr ""
19117
19118
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:254
19119
msgid ""
19120
"you can assign a dashboard to users so that it appears when they sign into "
19121
"Open ERP. Then each employee will be able to see if they forgot to complete "
19122
"their timesheet next time they sign into the system."
19123
msgstr ""
19124
19125
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:261
19126
msgid "To use this dashboard, install the module :mod:`board_project`."
19127
msgstr ""
19128
19129
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:268
19130
msgid "Evaluation of service costs"
19131
msgstr ""
19132
19133
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:174
19134
msgid ""
19135
"You already know that timesheets are closely linked with analytic accounts. "
19136
"The different projects reported on the timesheets correspond to analytic "
19137
"accounts. The timesheet entries themselves are analytic entries."
19138
msgstr ""
19139
19140
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:274
19141
msgid ""
19142
"These entries comprise various analytic operations that don't correspond to "
19143
"any of the general accounts. Therefore all operations that modify and create "
19144
"timesheet lines automatically impact the corresponding analytic line and, "
19145
"conversely are automatically modified by changes in that line."
19146
msgstr ""
19147
19148
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:279
19149
msgid "Timesheets and analytical data"
19150
msgstr ""
19151
19152
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:281
19153
msgid ""
19154
"The implementation of timesheets in Open ERP relating to analytic entries is "
19155
"managed by an inheritance mechanism: the timesheet object inherits the "
19156
"analytic entry object."
19157
msgstr ""
19158
19159
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:285
19160
msgid ""
19161
"The information is therefore not encoded into the database as two separate "
19162
"events, which avoids many synchronization problems. They are stored in two "
19163
"different tables, however, because a service is an analytical entry, but an "
19164
"analytical entry isn't necessarily a service."
19165
msgstr ""
19166
19167
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:290
19168
msgid ""
19169
"This isn't a classical approach but it's logical and pragmatic. Employee "
19170
"timesheets are a good indication of how the costs of a service enterprise "
19171
"are spread across different cases as reported in the analytic accounts."
19172
msgstr ""
19173
19174
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:297
19175
msgid ""
19176
"An analytic account should be reflected in the general accounts, but there's "
19177
"no direct counterpart of these analytic accounts in the general accounts. "
19178
"Instead, if the hourly costs of the employees are correctly accounted for, "
19179
"the month's timesheet entries should be balanced by the salary + benefits "
19180
"package paid out to all the employees at the end of the month."
19181
msgstr ""
19182
19183
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:302
19184
msgid ""
19185
"Despite all this it's quite difficult to work out the average hourly cost of "
19186
"an employee precisely because it depends on:"
19187
msgstr ""
19188
19189
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:305
19190
msgid "the extra hours that they've worked,"
19191
msgstr ""
19192
19193
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:211
19194
msgid "holidays and sickness,"
19195
msgstr ""
19196
19197
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:213
19198
msgid ""
19199
"salary variations and all the linked costs, such as social insurance charges."
19200
msgstr ""
19201
19202
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:215
19203
msgid ""
19204
"The reports that enable you to relate general accounts to analytic accounts "
19205
"are valuable tools for improving your evaluation of different hourly costs "
19206
"of employees. The difference between product balances in the analytic "
19207
"account and in the general accounts, divided by the total number of hours "
19208
"worked, can then be applied to the cost of the product. Some companies "
19209
"adjust for that difference by carrying out another analytic operation at the "
19210
"end of the month in an account created for that purpose. This analytic "
19211
"account should have a balance that tends towards zero."
19212
msgstr ""
19213
19214
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:318
19215
msgid "Because you've got a system with integrated timesheets you can then:"
19216
msgstr ""
19217
19218
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:224
19219
msgid "track the profitability of projects in the analytic accounts,"
19220
msgstr ""
19221
19222
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:226
19223
msgid "look at the history of timesheet entries by project and by employee,"
19224
msgstr ""
19225
19226
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:228
19227
msgid "regularly adjust hourly costs by comparing your rates with reality,"
19228
msgstr ""
19229
19230
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:230
19231
msgid "Project Cost Control"
19232
msgstr ""
19233
19234
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:232
19235
msgid ""
19236
"Controlling the costs and the profitability of projects precisely is very "
19237
"important."
19238
msgstr ""
19239
19240
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:234
19241
msgid ""
19242
"It enables you to make good estimates and to track budgets allocated to "
19243
"different services and their projects, such as sales and, R&D costs. You can "
19244
"also refine your arguments on the basis of clear facts rather than guesses "
19245
"if you have to renegotiate a contract with a customer following a project "
19246
"slippage."
19247
msgstr ""
19248
19249
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:239
19250
msgid ""
19251
"The analyses of profitability by project and by employee are available from "
19252
"the analytic accounts. They take all of the invoices into account, and also "
19253
"take into account the cost of the time spent on each project."
19254
msgstr ""
19255
19256
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:342
19257
msgid "Managing by department"
19258
msgstr ""
19259
19260
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:344
19261
msgid ""
19262
"When they're used properly, timesheets can be a good control tool for "
19263
"project managers and can provide awareness of costs and times."
19264
msgstr ""
19265
19266
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:283
19267
msgid ""
19268
"When employee teams are important, a control system must be implemented. All "
19269
"employees should complete their timesheets correctly because this forms the "
19270
"basis of planning control, and the financial management and invoicing of "
19271
"projects"
19272
msgstr ""
19273
19274
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:351
19275
msgid ""
19276
"You'll see in :ref:`ch-services` that you can automatically invoice services "
19277
"at the end of the month based on the timesheet. But at the same time some "
19278
"contracts are limited to prepaid hours. These hours and their deduction from "
19279
"the original limit are also managed by these timesheets."
19280
msgstr ""
19281
19282
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:358
19283
msgid ""
19284
"In such a situation, hours that aren't coded into the timesheets represent "
19285
"lost money for the company. So it's important to establish effective follow-"
19286
"up of the services timesheets and their encoding. To set up a structure for "
19287
"control using timesheets you should install the module "
19288
":mod:`hr_timesheet_sheet`."
19289
msgstr ""
19290
19291
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:0
19292
msgid "*Process of approving a timesheet*"
19293
msgstr ""
19294
19295
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:369
19296
msgid ""
19297
"This module supplies a new screen enabling you to manage timesheets by "
19298
"period. Timesheet entries are made by employees each day. At the end of the "
19299
"week, employees validate their week's sheet and it's then passed to the "
19300
"services manager, who must approve his team's entries. Periods are defined "
19301
"in the company forms, and you can set them to run monthly or weekly."
19302
msgstr ""
19303
19304
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:374
19305
msgid ""
19306
"To enter timesheet data each employee uses the menu :menuselection:`Human "
19307
"Resources --> Timesheets --> My Timesheets --> My Current Timesheet`."
19308
msgstr ""
19309
19310
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:0
19311
msgid "*Form for entering timesheet data*"
19312
msgstr ""
19313
19314
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:383
19315
msgid ""
19316
"In the upper part of the screen the user starts with the sign-in and sign-"
19317
"out times. The system enables the control of attendance day by day. The two "
19318
"buttons Sign in and Sign out enable the automatic completion of hours in the "
19319
"area to the left. These hours can be modified by employee, so it's not a "
19320
"true management control system."
19321
msgstr ""
19322
19323
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:388
19324
msgid ""
19325
"The area to the bottom of the screen represents a sheet of the employee's "
19326
"time entries for the selected day. In total, this should comprise the number "
19327
"of hours worked in the company each day. This provides a simple verification "
19328
"that the whole day's attendance time has been coded in properly."
19329
msgstr ""
19330
19331
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:392
19332
msgid ""
19333
"The second tab of the timesheet :guilabel:`By day` gives the number of hours "
19334
"worked on the different projects. When there's a gap between the attendance "
19335
"and the timesheet entries, you can use the second tab to detect the days or "
19336
"the entries that haven't been correctly coded in."
19337
msgstr ""
19338
19339
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:0
19340
msgid "*Detail of hours worked by day for an employee*"
19341
msgstr ""
19342
19343
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:402
19344
msgid ""
19345
"The third tab :guilabel:`By account` shows the time worked on all the "
19346
"different projects. That enables you to step back to see an overview of the "
19347
"time an employee has worked spread over different projects."
19348
msgstr ""
19349
19350
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:348
19351
msgid ""
19352
"At the end of the week or the month, the employee confirms his timesheet. If "
19353
"the attendance time in the company corresponds to the encoded entries, the "
19354
"whole timesheet is then confirmed and sent to his department manager, who is "
19355
"then responsible for approving it or asking for corrections."
19356
msgstr ""
19357
19358
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:409
19359
msgid ""
19360
"Each manager can then look at a list of his department's timesheets waiting "
19361
"for approval using the menu :menuselection:`Human Resource --> Timesheets --"
19362
"> My Department's Timesheets --> Timesheets to validate`. He then has to "
19363
"approve them or return them to their initial state."
19364
msgstr ""
19365
19366
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:413
19367
msgid ""
19368
"To define the departmental structure, use the menu "
19369
":menuselection:`Administration --> Users --> Departments --> Departments`."
19370
msgstr ""
19371
19372
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:416
19373
msgid "Timesheet approval"
19374
msgstr ""
19375
19376
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:418
19377
msgid ""
19378
"At first sight, the approval of timesheets by a department manager can seem "
19379
"a bureaucratic hindrance. This operation is crucial for effective "
19380
"management, however. We have too frequently seen companies in the situation "
19381
"where managers are so overworked that they don't know what their employees "
19382
"are doing."
19383
msgstr ""
19384
19385
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:360
19386
msgid ""
19387
"So this approval process supplies the manager with an outline of each "
19388
"employee's work at least once a week. And this is carried out for the hours "
19389
"worked on all the different projects."
19390
msgstr ""
19391
19392
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:428
19393
msgid ""
19394
"Once the timesheets have been approved you can then use them for cost "
19395
"control and for invoicing hours to clients."
19396
msgstr ""
19397
19398
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:367
19399
msgid ""
19400
"Contracts and their rates, planning, and methods of invoicing are the object "
19401
"of the following chapter, :ref:`ch-services`."
19402
msgstr ""
19403
19404
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:2
19405
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:82
19406
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:168
19407
msgid "timesheet"
19408
msgstr ""
19409
19410
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:120
19411
msgid "product_index"
19412
msgstr ""
19413
19414
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_manage.rst:137
19415
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
19416
msgid "hr_contract"
19417
msgstr ""
19418
19419
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:82
19420
msgid "entering data"
19421
msgstr ""
19422
19423
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:88
19424
msgid "hr_timesheet"
19425
msgstr ""
19426
19427
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:165
19428
msgid "board_project"
19429
msgstr ""
19430
19431
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:263
19432
msgid "timesheets"
19433
msgstr ""
19434
19435
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_motivate_your_people.rst:2
19436
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_motivate_your_people.rst:50
19437
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_motivate_your_people.rst:78
19438
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_motivate_your_people.rst:88
19439
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:168
19440
msgid "evaluation"
19441
msgstr ""
19442
19443
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:198
19444
msgid "benefits"
19445
msgstr ""
19446
19447
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:339
19448
msgid "department"
19449
msgstr ""
19450
19451
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_timesheet.rst:291
19452
msgid "hr_timesheet_sheet"
19453
msgstr ""
19454
19455
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/index.rst:9
19456
msgid "Organization of Human Resources"
19457
msgstr ""
19458
19459
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/index.rst:11
19460
msgid ""
19461
"*This chapter describes OpenERP's core human resources and employee services "
19462
"features. Most of the solutions discussed after this chapter concern "
19463
"management by business or by project and depend mostly on analytic "
19464
"accounting, with each business or project represented by an analytic "
19465
"account.*"
19466
msgstr ""
19467
19468
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/index.rst:16
19469
msgid ""
19470
"A company's effectiveness depends on its employees' good work. Open ERP's "
19471
"human resource modules enable you to manage important aspects of staff work "
19472
"efficiently, such as their skills, contracts, and working time."
19473
msgstr ""
19474
19475
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/index.rst:20
19476
msgid ""
19477
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
19478
"data, with :mod:`hr_timesheet` and all of its dependencies installed and no "
19479
"particular chart of accounts configured."
19480
msgstr ""
19481
19482
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:5
19483
msgid "Managing Service Contracts"
19484
msgstr ""
19485
19486
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:7
19487
msgid ""
19488
"Contracts can take different forms within Open ERP, depending on their "
19489
"nature. So you can have several distinct types of services contract, such as:"
19490
msgstr ""
19491
19492
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:10
19493
msgid "fixed-price contracts,"
19494
msgstr ""
19495
19496
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:12
19497
msgid "cost-reimbursement contracts, invoiced when services are completed,"
19498
msgstr ""
19499
19500
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:14
19501
msgid "fixed-price contracts, invoiced monthly as services are carried out."
19502
msgstr ""
19503
19504
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:16
19505
msgid "Contract quotations"
19506
msgstr ""
19507
19508
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:18
19509
msgid ""
19510
"Some companies commit to contracts on the basis of a requested volume at a "
19511
"certain price for a defined period. In such a case the contract is "
19512
"represented by a pricelist for that specific customer."
19513
msgstr ""
19514
19515
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:22
19516
msgid ""
19517
"The pricelist is linked in the :guilabel:`Properties` tab of the customer's "
19518
":guilabel:`Partner` form, so that it is brought up whenever anything is "
19519
"bought from or sold to this partner (depending on whether it's a purchase or "
19520
"sales agreement). Open ERP automatically selects the price based on this "
19521
"agreed pricelist."
19522
msgstr ""
19523
19524
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:28
19525
msgid "Fixed Price contracts"
19526
msgstr ""
19527
19528
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:30
19529
msgid ""
19530
"Fixed price contracts for the sale of services are represented in Open ERP "
19531
"by a Sales Order. In this case, the supply of services is managed just like "
19532
"all other stockable or consumable products."
19533
msgstr ""
19534
19535
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:33
19536
msgid ""
19537
"You can add new orders using the menu :menuselection:`Sales Management --> "
19538
"Sales Orders --> New Quotation`."
19539
msgstr ""
19540
19541
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:35
19542
msgid ""
19543
"The new Sales Order document starts in the \\ ``Quotation``\\ state, so "
19544
"the estimate has no accounting impact on the system until it's confirmed. "
19545
"When you approve the document, your estimate moves into the state \\ ``In "
19546
"Progress``\\ ."
19547
msgstr ""
19548
19549
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:0
19550
msgid "*Process for handling a Sales Order*"
19551
msgstr ""
19552
19553
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:45
19554
msgid ""
19555
"Once the order has been approved, Open ERP will automatically generate an "
19556
"invoice and/or a delivery document proposal based on the parameters you set "
19557
"in the order."
19558
msgstr ""
19559
19560
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:48
19561
msgid ""
19562
"The invoice will be managed by the system depending on the setting of the "
19563
"field :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` on the order's second tab :guilabel:`Other "
19564
"data` :"
19565
msgstr ""
19566
19567
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:51
19568
msgid ""
19569
":guilabel:`Payment before delivery` : Open ERP creates an invoice in the \\ "
19570
"``Draft``\\ state. Once this is confirmed and paid the delivery is "
19571
"activated."
19572
msgstr ""
19573
19574
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:53
19575
msgid ""
19576
":guilabel:`Invoice on Order After Delivery` : the delivery order is produced "
19577
"when the order is validated. A draft invoice is then created when the "
19578
"delivery has been completed."
19579
msgstr ""
19580
19581
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:57
19582
msgid ""
19583
":guilabel:`Shipping & Manual Invoice` : Open ERP starts the delivery from "
19584
"the confirmation of the order, and adds a button which you manually click "
19585
"when you're ready to create an invoice."
19586
msgstr ""
19587
19588
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:60
19589
msgid ""
19590
":guilabel:`Invoice from the Packing` : invoices are created from the packing "
19591
"stage."
19592
msgstr ""
19593
19594
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:64
19595
msgid "Delivery of an order"
19596
msgstr ""
19597
19598
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:66
19599
msgid ""
19600
"The term 'delivery' should be taken in the broadest sense in Open ERP. The "
19601
"effect of a delivery depends on the configuration of the sold product."
19602
msgstr ""
19603
19604
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:69
19605
msgid ""
19606
"If its type is either Stockable Product or Consumable, Open ERP will make a "
19607
"request for it to be sent for packing. If the product's type is Service "
19608
"Open ERP's scheduler will create a task in the project management system, or "
19609
"create a subcontract purchase order if the product's Procure Method is Make "
19610
"to Order."
19611
msgstr ""
19612
19613
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:75
19614
msgid ""
19615
"Invoicing after delivery does as it says: invoicing for the services when "
19616
"the tasks have been closed."
19617
msgstr ""
19618
19619
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:78
19620
msgid ""
19621
"When you sign a new contract you can just enter the order into the system "
19622
"and Open ERP will track the order."
19623
msgstr ""
19624
19625
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:81
19626
msgid ""
19627
"This works well for small orders. But for larger value services orders you "
19628
"might want to invoice several times through the contract, for example:"
19629
msgstr ""
19630
19631
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:83
19632
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:150
19633
msgid "30% on order,"
19634
msgstr ""
19635
19636
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:85
19637
msgid "40% on completion,"
19638
msgstr ""
19639
19640
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:87
19641
msgid "30% one month after the system has gone into production."
19642
msgstr ""
19643
19644
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:90
19645
msgid ""
19646
"In this case you should create several invoices for the one Sales Order. "
19647
"You've two options for this:"
19648
msgstr ""
19649
19650
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:92
19651
msgid ""
19652
"Don't handle invoicing automatically from the Sales Order but carry out "
19653
"manual invoicing instead,"
19654
msgstr ""
19655
19656
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:94
19657
msgid ""
19658
"Create draft invoices and then link to them in the third tab "
19659
":guilabel:`History` of the Sales Order, in the :guilabel:`Related Invoices` "
19660
"section. When you create an invoice from the order, Open ERP deducts the "
19661
"amounts of the invoices already linked to the order to calculate the "
19662
"proposed invoice value."
19663
msgstr ""
19664
19665
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:100
19666
msgid "Cost-reimbursement contracts"
19667
msgstr ""
19668
19669
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:102
19670
msgid ""
19671
"Some contracts aren't invoiced from a price fixed on the order but from the "
19672
"cost of the services carried out. That's usually what happens in the "
19673
"building sector or in large projects."
19674
msgstr ""
19675
19676
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:102
19677
msgid ""
19678
"The approach you use for this is totally different because instead of using "
19679
"the sales order as the basis of the invoice you use the analytic accounts. "
19680
"For this you have to install the module :mod:`hr_timesheet_invoice`."
19681
msgstr ""
19682
19683
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:106
19684
msgid ""
19685
"An analytic account is created for each new contract. The following fields "
19686
"must be completed in this analytic account:"
19687
msgstr ""
19688
19689
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:109
19690
msgid ":guilabel:`Partner` : partner associated with the contract,"
19691
msgstr ""
19692
19693
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:111
19694
msgid ":guilabel:`Sale Pricelist`,"
19695
msgstr ""
19696
19697
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:113
19698
msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing`."
19699
msgstr ""
19700
19701
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:115
19702
msgid ""
19703
"The selection of an invoicing rate is an indirect way of specifying that the "
19704
"project will be invoiced on the basis of analytic costs. This can take "
19705
"different forms, such as delivery of services, purchase of raw materials, "
19706
"and expense reimbursements."
19707
msgstr ""
19708
19709
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:129
19710
msgid "Pricelists and billing rates"
19711
msgstr ""
19712
19713
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:125
19714
msgid ""
19715
"You can select a pricelist on the analytic account without having to use it "
19716
"to specify billing rates."
19717
msgstr ""
19718
19719
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:134
19720
msgid ""
19721
"An example of this is a client project that is to be invoiced only "
19722
"indirectly from the analytic costs. Putting the price list on the analytic "
19723
"account makes it possible to compare the actual sales with a best case "
19724
"situation where all the services would be invoiced. To get this comparison "
19725
"you have to print the analytic balance from the analytic account."
19726
msgstr ""
19727
19728
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:140
19729
msgid ""
19730
"Services are then entered onto timesheets by the various people who work on "
19731
"the project. Periodically the project manager or account manager uses the "
19732
"following menu to prepare an invoice :menuselection:`Financial Management --"
19733
"> Periodical Processing --> Entries to Invoice --> Uninvoiced Entries`."
19734
msgstr ""
19735
19736
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:145
19737
msgid ""
19738
"Open ERP then displays all of the costs that haven't yet been invoiced. You "
19739
"can filter the proposed list and click the appropriate action button to "
19740
"generate the corresponding invoices. You can select the level of detail "
19741
"which is reported on the invoice, such as the date and details of the "
19742
"services."
19743
msgstr ""
19744
19745
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:0
19746
msgid "*Screen for invoicing services*"
19747
msgstr ""
19748
19749
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:158
19750
msgid "Project Management and analytic accounts"
19751
msgstr ""
19752
19753
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:160
19754
msgid ""
19755
"The menu :menuselection:`Project Management --> Financial Project Management "
19756
"--> Analytic Accounts` is only available once you have installed the module "
19757
":mod:`account_analytic_analysis`. It provides various global financial and "
19758
"operational views of a project manager's projects."
19759
msgstr ""
19760
19761
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:167
19762
msgid ""
19763
"Select a project and open its analytic entries using the :guilabel:`Costs to "
19764
"invoice` button. You'll find a list of costs that can be invoiced to the "
19765
"client:"
19766
msgstr ""
19767
19768
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:170
19769
msgid "time worked,"
19770
msgstr ""
19771
19772
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:172
19773
msgid "expenses reimbursement,"
19774
msgstr ""
19775
19776
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:174
19777
msgid "purchase of raw materials."
19778
msgstr ""
19779
19780
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:176
19781
msgid ""
19782
"You can then invoice the selected lines using the action :guilabel:`Invoice "
19783
"costs`."
19784
msgstr ""
19785
19786
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:179
19787
msgid "Fixed-price contracts invoiced as services are worked"
19788
msgstr ""
19789
19790
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:181
19791
msgid ""
19792
"For larger-value projects, fixed-price invoicing based on the sales order "
19793
"isn't always appropriate. In the case of a services project planned to run "
19794
"for about six months. invoicing could be based on the following:"
19795
msgstr ""
19796
19797
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:152
19798
msgid "30% at the project mid-point,"
19799
msgstr ""
19800
19801
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:154
19802
msgid "40% at delivery."
19803
msgstr ""
19804
19805
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:156
19806
msgid ""
19807
"Such an approach is often used in a company but there are other options. "
19808
"This method of invoicing can pose many problems for the organization and "
19809
"invoicing of the project:"
19810
msgstr ""
19811
19812
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:194
19813
msgid ""
19814
"It's extremely difficult to determine if the project is on track or not. The "
19815
"endpoint is fuzzy, which can result in a tricky discussion with the client "
19816
"at the moment of final invoicing."
19817
msgstr ""
19818
19819
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:162
19820
msgid ""
19821
"If the project takes more or less time than forecast, it will effectively "
19822
"result in under- or over-invoicing during the project."
19823
msgstr ""
19824
19825
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:200
19826
msgid ""
19827
"Whether you get a proper return can depend on the client. For example if the "
19828
"client takes a long time to sign off on project acceptance you can't invoice "
19829
"the remaining 40% even though you might have supplied the agreed service "
19830
"properly."
19831
msgstr ""
19832
19833
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:204
19834
msgid ""
19835
"The account manager and the project manager are often different people (see "
19836
"the section :ref:`sect-projroles` in the chapter :ref:`ch-projects`). The "
19837
"project manager has to alert the account manager the moment that the client "
19838
"can be invoiced, but that moment easily can be forgotten or mistaken."
19839
msgstr ""
19840
19841
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:210
19842
msgid ""
19843
"The project can be fixed for service costs but have agreed extras, such as "
19844
"reimbursement for travel expenses. Invoicing from the order doesn't adapt "
19845
"well to such an approach."
19846
msgstr ""
19847
19848
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:213
19849
msgid ""
19850
"Open ERP provides a third method for invoicing services that can be useful "
19851
"on long projects. This consists of invoicing the project periodically on the "
19852
"basis of time worked up to a fixed amount that can't be exceeded. At the end "
19853
"of the project a final invoice or a credit note is generated to meet the "
19854
"total amount of value fixed for the project."
19855
msgstr ""
19856
19857
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:182
19858
msgid ""
19859
"To configure such a project you must set an invoicing rate, a pricelist and "
19860
"a maximum amount on the analytic account for the project. The services are "
19861
"then invoiced throughout the project by the different project or account "
19862
"managers, just like projects that are invoiced by time used. The managers "
19863
"can apply a refund on the final invoice if the project takes more time to "
19864
"complete than permitted under the contract."
19865
msgstr ""
19866
19867
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:224
19868
msgid ""
19869
"When the project is finished you can generate the closing invoice using the "
19870
"*Final Invoice* button on the analytic account. This automatically "
19871
"calculates the final balance of the bill, taking the amounts already charged "
19872
"into account. If the amount already invoiced is greater than the maximum "
19873
"agreed amount then Open ERP generates a draft credit note."
19874
msgstr ""
19875
19876
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:192
19877
msgid ""
19878
"This approach offers many advantages compared with the traditional methods "
19879
"of invoicing in phases for fixed-price contracts:"
19880
msgstr ""
19881
19882
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:195
19883
msgid ""
19884
"Fixed-price contracts and cost-reimbursable contracts are invoiced in the "
19885
"same way, which makes the company's invoicing process quite simple and "
19886
"systematic even when the projects are mixed."
19887
msgstr ""
19888
19889
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:198
19890
msgid ""
19891
"Everything is invoiced on the basis of worked time, making it easy to "
19892
"forecast invoicing from plans linked to the different analytical accounts."
19893
msgstr ""
19894
19895
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:201
19896
msgid ""
19897
"This method of proceeding educates project managers just as much as the "
19898
"client because refunds have to be given for work done if the project slips."
19899
msgstr ""
19900
19901
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:204
19902
msgid ""
19903
"Invoicing follows the course of the project and avoids a supplier's "
19904
"dependence on the goodwill of the client in approving certain phases."
19905
msgstr ""
19906
19907
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:207
19908
msgid ""
19909
"Invoicing of expenses follows the same workflow and is therefore very simple."
19910
msgstr ""
19911
19912
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:209
19913
msgid "Negotiating contracts"
19914
msgstr ""
19915
19916
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:211
19917
msgid ""
19918
"In contract negotiation, invoicing conditions are often neglected by the "
19919
"client. So it can often be straightforward to apply this method of invoicing."
19920
msgstr ""
19921
19922
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:252
19923
msgid "Contracts limited to a quantity"
19924
msgstr ""
19925
19926
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:257
19927
msgid ""
19928
"Finally certain contracts are expressed in terms of a quantity rather than a "
19929
"fixed amount. Support contracts comprising a number of prepaid hours are a "
19930
"case in point. To generate such contracts in Open ERP you should start by "
19931
"installing the module :mod:`account_analytic_analysis`."
19932
msgstr ""
19933
19934
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:224
19935
msgid ""
19936
"Then you can set a maximum number of hours for each analytic account. When "
19937
"employees enter their time worked on the support contract in the timesheets, "
19938
"the hours are automatically deducted from the maximum set on each analytic "
19939
"account."
19940
msgstr ""
19941
19942
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:228
19943
msgid ""
19944
"You must also name someone in the company responsible for renewing expired "
19945
"contracts. They become responsible for searching through the list of "
19946
"accounts showing negative remaining hours."
19947
msgstr ""
19948
19949
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:231
19950
msgid ""
19951
"The client contract can be limited to a certain quantity of hours, and it "
19952
"can also be limited in time. For that, you set an end date for the "
19953
"corresponding analytic account."
19954
msgstr ""
19955
19956
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:1
19957
msgid "service"
19958
msgstr ""
19959
19960
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:1
19961
msgid "contract"
19962
msgstr ""
19963
19964
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:61
19965
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:5
19966
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:8
19967
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:241
19968
msgid "delivery"
19969
msgstr ""
19970
19971
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_contract.rst:119
19972
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:74
19973
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:259
19974
msgid "pricelist"
19975
msgstr ""
19976
19977
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:6
19978
msgid "Planning that improves leadership"
19979
msgstr ""
19980
19981
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:8
19982
msgid ""
19983
"Planning in a company often takes the form of a regular meeting between the "
19984
"different teams. Each team has a certain number of projects and objectives "
19985
"that they must organize and establish priorities for."
19986
msgstr ""
19987
19988
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:12
19989
msgid ""
19990
"Ideally these planning meetings should be short but regular and systematic. "
19991
"They can be weekly or monthly depending on the type of activity. A planning "
19992
"meeting often runs in three phases:"
19993
msgstr ""
19994
19995
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:15
19996
msgid ""
19997
"Minutes of the preceding period, and analysis of the work done compared with "
19998
"the planned work."
19999
msgstr ""
20000
20001
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:17
20002
msgid "Introduction of new projects."
20003
msgstr ""
20004
20005
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:19
20006
msgid "Planning the next period."
20007
msgstr ""
20008
20009
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:21
20010
msgid ""
20011
"The planning function covers several objectives which will be described in "
20012
"this section:"
20013
msgstr ""
20014
20015
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:23
20016
msgid ""
20017
"planning live projects against the commitments that have been made to "
20018
"clients,"
20019
msgstr ""
20020
20021
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:25
20022
msgid "determining staffing (HR) requirements in the coming month,"
20023
msgstr ""
20024
20025
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:27
20026
msgid "setting work for each employee or team for the periods to come,"
20027
msgstr ""
20028
20029
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:29
20030
msgid "analyzing the work done in the preceding periods,"
20031
msgstr ""
20032
20033
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:31
20034
msgid ""
20035
"passing the high-level objectives to lower levels in the company's hierarchy."
20036
msgstr ""
20037
20038
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:33
20039
msgid "The social role of planning"
20040
msgstr ""
20041
20042
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:35
20043
msgid ""
20044
"Some project managers think that they can manage planning on their own. "
20045
"They're commonly overworked and think that meetings are a waste of time."
20046
msgstr ""
20047
20048
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:38
20049
msgid ""
20050
"Even if staff really can manage their work for themselves, you should "
20051
"recognize that this regular meeting is also aimed at reassurance. Without it "
20052
"you can get into unduly stressful situations from:"
20053
msgstr ""
20054
20055
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:42
20056
msgid ""
20057
"feelings of overwork because they have lost sight of their priorities,"
20058
msgstr ""
20059
20060
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:44
20061
msgid "lack of feedback and tracking of the work actually completed,"
20062
msgstr ""
20063
20064
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:46
20065
msgid "an impression of poor organization if that hasn't been made explicit."
20066
msgstr ""
20067
20068
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:48
20069
msgid ""
20070
"So the social role of planning shouldn't be neglected. We have often "
20071
"experienced a background of stress in a company stemming from a lack of "
20072
"communication and planning."
20073
msgstr ""
20074
20075
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:55
20076
msgid "Planning by time or by tasks?"
20077
msgstr ""
20078
20079
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:57
20080
msgid ""
20081
"There are two major approaches to enterprise planning: planning by task and "
20082
"planning by time. You can manage both with Open ERP."
20083
msgstr ""
20084
20085
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:60
20086
msgid ""
20087
"In planning by task, the project manager assigns tasks from the different "
20088
"projects to each employee over a given period. Employees then carry out "
20089
"precisely the work they've been assigned by the project manager."
20090
msgstr ""
20091
20092
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:67
20093
msgid ""
20094
"Planning by time consists of allocating, for each employee, some time on "
20095
"each of the different projects for the period concerned. The tasks for each "
20096
"project are ordered by priority and can be directly assigned to a user or "
20097
"left unassigned. Each employee then chooses the task that he or she will do "
20098
"next, based on the plans and the relative priorities of the tasks."
20099
msgstr ""
20100
20101
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:0
20102
msgid "*Monthly planning for work time of each employee*"
20103
msgstr ""
20104
20105
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:80
20106
msgid ""
20107
"The figure :ref:`fig-srvplantime` shows a monthly planning session where "
20108
"plans are being made for each employee to spend a number of days' work on "
20109
"various different projects."
20110
msgstr ""
20111
20112
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:83
20113
msgid ""
20114
"In this time-focused planning approach, clients' priorities don't feature in "
20115
"the planning any more, but are explicit in the task list instead. So this "
20116
"approach helps you separate the planning of human resources on projects from "
20117
"the task prioritization within a project."
20118
msgstr ""
20119
20120
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:87
20121
msgid "Comparing the two planning methods"
20122
msgstr ""
20123
20124
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:89
20125
msgid ""
20126
"To illustrate the difference between planning by time and planning by task, "
20127
"take the case of an IT project that's estimated to be around six months of "
20128
"work. This project is managed by iterative cycles of development of around a "
20129
"month and a presentation is made to the client at the end of each cycle to "
20130
"track the progress of the project. At this meeting you plan what must be "
20131
"carried out for the following month. At the end of the month the account "
20132
"manager for the project invoices the client for the work done on the project."
20133
msgstr ""
20134
20135
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:96
20136
msgid ""
20137
"Suppose that the project encounters a delay because it is more complex than "
20138
"expected. There are two ways of resolving the delay if you have no further "
20139
"resources: you can be"
20140
msgstr ""
20141
20142
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:99
20143
msgid "late in your delivery of the planned functions, or"
20144
msgstr ""
20145
20146
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:101
20147
msgid "on time, but with fewer functions than planned."
20148
msgstr ""
20149
20150
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:103
20151
msgid ""
20152
"If your planning is based on phases and tasks you'll report at the client "
20153
"meeting that it will take several weeks to complete everything that was "
20154
"planned for the current phase. Conversely, if you're planning by time you'll "
20155
"keep the meeting with the client to close the present development phase and "
20156
"plan the new one, but only be able to present part of the planned "
20157
"functionality."
20158
msgstr ""
20159
20160
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:108
20161
msgid ""
20162
"If the client is sensitive to delay, the first approach will cause acute "
20163
"unhappiness. You'll have to re-plan the project and all of its future phases "
20164
"to take account of that delay. Some problems are also likely to occur later "
20165
"with invoicing, because it will be difficult for you to invoice any work "
20166
"that has been completed late but hasn't yet been shown to the client."
20167
msgstr ""
20168
20169
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:113
20170
msgid ""
20171
"The second approach will require you to report on the functions that haven't "
20172
"been completed, and on how they would fit into a future planning phase. That "
20173
"won't involve a break in the working time allocated to the project, however. "
20174
"You'd then generate two different lists: a staffing plan for the different "
20175
"projects, and the list of tasks prioritized for the client's project. This "
20176
"approach offers a number of advantages over the first one:"
20177
msgstr ""
20178
20179
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:122
20180
msgid ""
20181
"The client will have the choice of delaying the end of the project by "
20182
"planning an extra phase, or letting go of some minor functions to be able to "
20183
"deliver a final system more rapidly,"
20184
msgstr ""
20185
20186
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:125
20187
msgid ""
20188
"The client may re-plan the functions taking the new delay into account."
20189
msgstr ""
20190
20191
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:125
20192
msgid ""
20193
"You'll be able to make the client gradually aware of the fact that project "
20194
"progress has come under pressure and that work is perhaps more complex than "
20195
"had been estimated at the outset."
20196
msgstr ""
20197
20198
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:128
20199
msgid ""
20200
"A delay in the delivery of several of the functions won't necessarily affect "
20201
"either monthly invoicing or project planning."
20202
msgstr ""
20203
20204
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:133
20205
msgid ""
20206
"Being able to separate human resource planning from task prioritization "
20207
"simplifies your management of complex issues, such as adjusting for employee "
20208
"holidays or handling the constantly changing priorities within projects."
20209
msgstr ""
20210
20211
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:140
20212
msgid "Creating plans"
20213
msgstr ""
20214
20215
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:142
20216
msgid ""
20217
"Install the module :mod:`report_analytic_planning` to get additional "
20218
"functions that help with both planning and reporting on projects. Start a "
20219
"plan by using the menu :menuselection:`Human Resources --> Planning --> New "
20220
"Planning`."
20221
msgstr ""
20222
20223
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:151
20224
msgid ""
20225
"On each planning line you should enter the user, the analytic account "
20226
"concerned, and the quantity of time allocated. The quantity will be "
20227
"expressed in hours or in days depending on the unit of measure used. For "
20228
"each line you can add a brief note about the work to be done."
20229
msgstr ""
20230
20231
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:153
20232
msgid ""
20233
"Once the plan has been saved, use the other tabs of the planning form to "
20234
"check that the amount of time allocated to the employees or to the projects "
20235
"is right. The time allocated should match the employees' employment "
20236
"contracts, for example 37.5 hours per week. The forecast time for the "
20237
"project should also match the commitments that you've made with client."
20238
msgstr ""
20239
20240
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:160
20241
msgid ""
20242
"You should ideally complete all the planning for the current period. You can "
20243
"also complete some lines in the planning of future months – reserving "
20244
"resources on different project in response to your client commitments, for "
20245
"example. This enables you to manage your available human resources for the "
20246
"months ahead."
20247
msgstr ""
20248
20249
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:164
20250
msgid "Good planning"
20251
msgstr ""
20252
20253
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:169
20254
msgid ""
20255
"Plans can be printed and/or sent to employees by email. If you install the "
20256
"module :mod:`board_project`, each employee can be given access to a "
20257
"dashboard that graphically shows the time allocated to him or her on a "
20258
"project and the time that's been worked so far. So each employee can decide "
20259
"which projects should be prioritized."
20260
msgstr ""
20261
20262
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:174
20263
msgid ""
20264
"The employee then selects a task in the highest priority project. She "
20265
"ideally chooses either a task that has been directly assigned to her, or one "
20266
"which is high on the priority list that she's capable of completing, but is "
20267
"not yet directly assigned to anybody."
20268
msgstr ""
20269
20270
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:178
20271
msgid ""
20272
"At the end of the period you can compare the duration of effective work on "
20273
"the different project to that of the initial estimate. Print the plan to "
20274
"obtain a comparison of the planned working time and the real time worked."
20275
msgstr ""
20276
20277
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:0
20278
msgid ""
20279
"*Comparison of planned hours, worked hours and the productivity of employees "
20280
"by project*"
20281
msgstr ""
20282
20283
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:188
20284
msgid ""
20285
"You can also study several of your project's figures from the menus in "
20286
":menuselection:`Human Resources --> Reporting --> Planning`."
20287
msgstr ""
20288
20289
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:192
20290
msgid "Planning at all levels of the hierarchy"
20291
msgstr ""
20292
20293
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:197
20294
msgid ""
20295
"To put planning in place across the whole company you can use a system of "
20296
"planning delegation. For this, install the module "
20297
":mod:`report_analytic_planning_delegate` from the addons-extra directory."
20298
msgstr ""
20299
20300
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:200
20301
msgid ""
20302
"When you've installed this module, the planning entry form changes to "
20303
"reflect the hierarchical structure of the company. To enter data into a plan "
20304
"line you can:"
20305
msgstr ""
20306
20307
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:201
20308
msgid "assign time on a project to an employee,"
20309
msgstr ""
20310
20311
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:203
20312
msgid "assign time on a project to a department manager for his whole team."
20313
msgstr ""
20314
20315
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:207
20316
msgid ""
20317
"You can now allocate the working time on projects for the whole of a "
20318
"department, without having to detail each employee's tasks. Then when a "
20319
"department manager creates his own plan he will find what's required of his "
20320
"group by his management at the bottom of the form. At the top of the form "
20321
"there's the place for assigning project work in detail to each member of "
20322
"department."
20323
msgstr ""
20324
20325
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_planning.rst:212
20326
msgid ""
20327
"If you don't have to plan time to work on a final draft you can do it on an "
20328
"analytic account that relies on child accounts. This means that you can "
20329
"create plans to meet top-level objectives of the senior management team and "
20330
"then cascade them down through the different departments to establish a time "
20331
"budget for each employee. Each manager then uses his own plans for managing "
20332
"his level in the hierarchy."
20333
msgstr ""
20334
20335
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:1
20336
msgid "planning"
20337
msgstr ""
20338
20339
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:136
20340
msgid "tasks"
20341
msgstr ""
20342
20343
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:64
20344
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:148
20345
msgid "time"
20346
msgstr ""
20347
20348
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:137
20349
msgid "create plan"
20350
msgstr ""
20351
20352
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_planning.rst:193
20353
msgid "report_analytic_planning_delegate"
20354
msgstr ""
20355
20356
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:3
20357
msgid "Treatment of expenses"
20358
msgstr ""
20359
20360
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:9
20361
msgid ""
20362
"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company "
20363
"then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered "
20364
"most frequently are:"
20365
msgstr ""
20366
20367
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:12
20368
msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer),"
20369
msgstr ""
20370
20371
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:14
20372
msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill,"
20373
msgstr ""
20374
20375
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:16
20376
msgid ""
20377
"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but "
20378
"carried out by the employee."
20379
msgstr ""
20380
20381
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:16
20382
msgid "An integrated process"
20383
msgstr ""
20384
20385
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:0
20386
msgid "*Process for dealing with expense reimbursements*"
20387
msgstr ""
20388
20389
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:24
20390
msgid ""
20391
"Expenses generated by employees are grouped into periods of a week or a "
20392
"month. At the end of the period the employee confirms all of her expenses "
20393
"and a summary sheet is sent to the department manager. The manager is "
20394
"responsible for approving all the expense requests generated by his team. "
20395
"The expenses sheet must be signed by the employee, who also attaches her "
20396
"receipts there."
20397
msgstr ""
20398
20399
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:29
20400
msgid ""
20401
"Once the sheet has been approved by the head of department it is sent to "
20402
"accounts, who register the company's liability to the employee. Accounting "
20403
"can then pay this invoice and reimburse the employee who originally advanced "
20404
"the money."
20405
msgstr ""
20406
20407
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:34
20408
msgid ""
20409
"Some receipts are for project expenses, so these can then be attached to an "
20410
"analytic account. The costs incurred are then added to the supplementary "
20411
"cost of the analytic account when the invoice is approved."
20412
msgstr ""
20413
20414
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:37
20415
msgid ""
20416
"You often need to invoice expenses to a client, depending on the precise "
20417
"contract that's been negotiated. Travelling and subsistence expenses are "
20418
"generally handled this way. These can be recharged to the client at the the "
20419
"end of the month if the contract price has been negotiated plus expenses."
20420
msgstr ""
20421
20422
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:42
20423
msgid ""
20424
"If you have to go through many steps to reclaim expenses, it can all quickly "
20425
"become too cumbersome, especially for those employees who claim large "
20426
"numbers of different expense lines. If you've got a good system that "
20427
"integrates the management of these claims, such as the one described, you "
20428
"can avoid many problems and subtly increase staff productivity."
20429
msgstr ""
20430
20431
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:47
20432
msgid ""
20433
"If your systems handle expenses well then you can avoid significant losses "
20434
"by setting your terms of sale effectively. In fixed-price contracts, expense "
20435
"reimbursements are usually invoiced according to the actual expense. It's in "
20436
"your interests to systematize their treatment, and automate the process to "
20437
"the maximum, to recharge as much as you are contractually able."
20438
msgstr ""
20439
20440
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:53
20441
msgid "Claiming expenses"
20442
msgstr ""
20443
20444
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:58
20445
msgid ""
20446
"Install the module :mod:`hr_expense` to automate the management of expense "
20447
"claims. Users can then enter their expenses using the menu "
20448
":menuselection:`Human Resources --> Expenses --> New Expenses Sheet` and "
20449
"review them using menus in :menuselection:`Human Resources --> Expenses --> "
20450
"My Expenses`."
20451
msgstr ""
20452
20453
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:62
20454
msgid ""
20455
"Templates for the various expenses accepted by the company must previously "
20456
"have been created using Open ERP's product form. You could, for example, "
20457
"create a product with the following parameters for the reimbursement of "
20458
"travel expenses by car at 0.25 per kilometer:"
20459
msgstr ""
20460
20461
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:66
20462
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` : \\ ``Car travel``\\ ,"
20463
msgstr ""
20464
20465
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:68
20466
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of measure` : \\ ``km``\\ ,"
20467
msgstr ""
20468
20469
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:70
20470
msgid ":guilabel:`Standard Cost` : \\ ``0.25``\\ ,"
20471
msgstr ""
20472
20473
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:72
20474
msgid ":guilabel:`Sale price` : \\ ``0.30``\\ ,"
20475
msgstr ""
20476
20477
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:74
20478
msgid ":guilabel:`Type of product` : \\ ``Service``\\ ."
20479
msgstr ""
20480
20481
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:76
20482
msgid ""
20483
"The employee keeps her expenses sheet in the \\ ``Draft``\\ state while "
20484
"completing it throughout the period. At the end of the period (week or "
20485
"month) she can confirm her expense form using the :guilabel:`Confirm` button "
20486
"on the form. This puts it into the state \\ ``Waiting for validation``\\ ."
20487
msgstr ""
20488
20489
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:80
20490
msgid ""
20491
"At the end of the period the department manager can access the list of "
20492
"expense forms waiting for approval using the menu :menuselection:`Human "
20493
"Resources --> Expenses --> All expenses --> Expenses waiting validation`."
20494
msgstr ""
20495
20496
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:84
20497
msgid "Role Management"
20498
msgstr ""
20499
20500
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:86
20501
msgid ""
20502
"You must assign the role :guilabel:`Human Resources – Expenses` to a user to "
20503
"enable that user to approve these expenses. You'd generally assign this role "
20504
"only to those people responsible for projects or departments."
20505
msgstr ""
20506
20507
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:90
20508
msgid ""
20509
"You can also assign the role :guilabel:`Human Resources – Invoicing "
20510
"Expenses` to users responsible for creating invoices. These roles may "
20511
"overlap (so the same person who approves your accounting group's expenses "
20512
"may also be responsible for creating invoices)."
20513
msgstr ""
20514
20515
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:95
20516
msgid ""
20517
"To find out more about the management of roles look at :ref:`ch-config`."
20518
msgstr ""
20519
20520
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:97
20521
msgid ""
20522
"The department manager can then approve the expenses, which automatically "
20523
"creates a supplier invoice in the employee's name so that the employee can "
20524
"be reimbursed. An analytic account is coded onto each line of the invoice. "
20525
"When the invoice is confirmed, general and analytic accounting entries are "
20526
"automatically generated as they would be with any other invoice."
20527
msgstr ""
20528
20529
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:102
20530
msgid ""
20531
"If you establish your invoicing on the basis of service time or analytic "
20532
"costs, the expense will automatically be recharged to the client when the "
20533
"client invoice is generated for services associated with the project."
20534
msgstr ""
20535
20536
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/4_12_Services_treatment.rst:106
20537
msgid ""
20538
"Invoicing from timesheets lets you prepare your invoices all within the one "
20539
"integrated system - all the expenses and timesheets for a project's client."
20540
msgstr ""
20541
20542
#: ../../source/book/4/4_11_HR/4_11_HR_expenses.rst:59
20543
msgid "hr_expense"
20544
msgstr ""
20545
20546
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/index.rst:9
20547
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/index.rst:2
20548
msgid "Services Management"
20549
msgstr ""
20550
20551
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/index.rst:11
20552
msgid ""
20553
"*This chapter focuses on the management of contracts, and the services "
20554
"associated with that. The complete process of managing services is studied "
20555
"here: from defining prices and contracts to automatically invoicing the "
20556
"services, through planning and the treatment of additional costs such as "
20557
"expense receipts.*"
20558
msgstr ""
20559
20560
#: ../../source/book/4/4_12_Services/index.rst:16
20561
msgid ""
20562
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
20563
"data, with :mod:`sale`, :mod:`project` and all of their dependencies "
20564
"installed, and no particular chart of accounts configured."
20565
msgstr ""
20566
20567
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:3
20568
msgid "Project management"
20569
msgstr ""
20570
20571
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:5
20572
msgid ""
20573
"In the previous chapter you deal with the financial management of projects, "
20574
"which was based on Open ERP's analytic accounts, structured into cases. This "
20575
"way of working enables you to analyze time plans and budgets, to control "
20576
"invoicing, and to manage your different contracts."
20577
msgstr ""
20578
20579
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:9
20580
msgid ""
20581
"In this chapter you can use operational project management to organize tasks "
20582
"and plan the work you need to get the tasks completed. All of the necessary "
20583
"operations are carried out through the menu :menuselection:`Project "
20584
"Management`."
20585
msgstr ""
20586
20587
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:16
20588
msgid "Project"
20589
msgstr ""
20590
20591
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:18
20592
msgid ""
20593
"In Open ERP a project is represented by a set of tasks for completion. "
20594
"Projects have a tree structure that can be divided into phases and sub-"
20595
"phases. This structure is very useful for work organization."
20596
msgstr ""
20597
20598
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:22
20599
msgid ""
20600
"Whereas analytic accounts look at the past activities of the company, "
20601
"project management's role is to plan the future. Even when there's a close "
20602
"link between the two (such as where a project has been planned and then "
20603
"completed through Open ERP) they are still two different concepts, each "
20604
"making its own contribution to a flexible workflow."
20605
msgstr ""
20606
20607
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:28
20608
msgid "Most client projects are represented by:"
20609
msgstr ""
20610
20611
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:30
20612
msgid ""
20613
"one or several analytic accounts in the accounts system for tracking the "
20614
"contract and its different phases,"
20615
msgstr ""
20616
20617
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:33
20618
msgid ""
20619
"one or several projects in project management for tracking the project and "
20620
"the different tasks to be completed."
20621
msgstr ""
20622
20623
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:37
20624
msgid "Defining a project and its tasks"
20625
msgstr ""
20626
20627
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:39
20628
msgid ""
20629
"To define a new project, go to the menu :menuselection:`Project Management --"
20630
"> Projects --> New Project`. Give your new project a :guilabel:`Project "
20631
"Name`."
20632
msgstr ""
20633
20634
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:42
20635
msgid ""
20636
"You can put this project into a hierarchy, as a child of a :guilabel:`Parent "
20637
"Project`, and give it a :guilabel:`Project Manager`. You can also give it a "
20638
"general duration by completing :guilabel:`Starting Date` and "
20639
":guilabel:`Expected End`."
20640
msgstr ""
20641
20642
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:47
20643
msgid ""
20644
"By checking the box :guilabel:`Warn manager`, you configure the system to "
20645
"send the project manager an Open ERP request every time that a task is "
20646
"closed. You can also link to a :guilabel:`Working Time` category, and an "
20647
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`. And you add :guilabel:`Project Members` as you "
20648
"need."
20649
msgstr ""
20650
20651
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:52
20652
msgid "Warn Customer setup"
20653
msgstr ""
20654
20655
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:54
20656
msgid ""
20657
"If you check :guilabel:`Warn customer`, you should define a page header and "
20658
"footer in the :guilabel:`Partner Info` tab for use in an email. Open ERP "
20659
"prepares an email that the user can send to the client each time that a task "
20660
"is completed. The contents of this email are based on details of the project "
20661
"task, and can be modified by the user before the email is sent."
20662
msgstr ""
20663
20664
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:52
20665
msgid "The status of a project can take the following values:"
20666
msgstr ""
20667
20668
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:62
20669
msgid "\\ ``Open``\\ : while the project is being carried out,"
20670
msgstr ""
20671
20672
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:64
20673
msgid "\\ ``Pending``\\ : while the project is paused,"
20674
msgstr ""
20675
20676
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:66
20677
msgid ""
20678
"\\ ``Canceled``\\ : if the project has been canceled and therefore aborted,"
20679
msgstr ""
20680
20681
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:68
20682
msgid "\\ ``Done``\\ : the project has been successfully completed."
20683
msgstr ""
20684
20685
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:70
20686
msgid "Study of client satisfaction"
20687
msgstr ""
20688
20689
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:72
20690
msgid ""
20691
"Some companies run a system where emails are automatically sent at the end "
20692
"of a task requesting the client to complete an online survey. This survey "
20693
"enables them to ask different questions about the work carried out, to gauge "
20694
"client satisfaction as the project progresses."
20695
msgstr ""
20696
20697
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:77
20698
msgid ""
20699
"This function can be used by companies certified to ISO 9001, to rate client "
20700
"satisfaction."
20701
msgstr ""
20702
20703
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:79
20704
msgid ""
20705
"Once a project has been defined you can code in the tasks to be done. You've "
20706
"two possibilities for this:"
20707
msgstr ""
20708
20709
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:82
20710
msgid ""
20711
"from the :guilabel:`ACTION` link button :guilabel:`Create a task` to the "
20712
"right of the project form,"
20713
msgstr ""
20714
20715
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:84
20716
msgid ""
20717
"from the menu :menuselection:`Project Management --> All Tasks`, create a "
20718
"new task and assign it to an existing project."
20719
msgstr ""
20720
20721
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:88
20722
msgid "Managing tasks"
20723
msgstr ""
20724
20725
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:90
20726
msgid "Each task must adopt one of the following states:"
20727
msgstr ""
20728
20729
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:92
20730
msgid ""
20731
"\\ ``Draft``\\ : the task has been entered but hasn't yet been validated by "
20732
"the person who will have to do it,"
20733
msgstr ""
20734
20735
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:95
20736
msgid "\\ ``Open``\\"
20737
msgstr ""
20738
20739
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:97
20740
msgid "\\ ``Closed``\\"
20741
msgstr ""
20742
20743
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:99
20744
msgid "\\ ``Cancelled``\\"
20745
msgstr ""
20746
20747
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:101
20748
msgid "\\ ``Pending``\\"
20749
msgstr ""
20750
20751
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:103
20752
msgid ""
20753
"A task can be assigned to a user, who then becomes responsible for closing "
20754
"it. But you could also leave it unassigned so that nobody specific will be "
20755
"responsible: various team members instead are made jointly responsible for "
20756
"taking on tasks that they have the skills for."
20757
msgstr ""
20758
20759
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:0
20760
msgid "*Tasks in project management*"
20761
msgstr ""
20762
20763
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:113
20764
msgid ""
20765
"Each user then manages his or her own task using the different available "
20766
"menus. To open the list of unclosed tasks that you have been assigned "
20767
"specifically use the menu :menuselection:`Project Management --> Tasks --> "
20768
"My Tasks`. Or to open the unassigned tasks, go to :menuselection:`Project "
20769
"Management --> Tasks --> All Tasks --> Unassigned Tasks` and then select \\ "
20770
"``Draft``\\ and \\ ``Open``\\ tasks from that list."
20771
msgstr ""
20772
20773
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:129
20774
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:242
20775
msgid "Shortcuts"
20776
msgstr ""
20777
20778
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:121
20779
msgid ""
20780
"Every user should create a link in their own shortcuts to the "
20781
":menuselection:`My Tasks` menu because they'll have to consult this menu "
20782
"several times a day."
20783
msgstr ""
20784
20785
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:127
20786
msgid "Assigning roles: account manager and project manager"
20787
msgstr ""
20788
20789
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:129
20790
msgid ""
20791
"In some companies two distinct responsibilities are defined for each "
20792
"important project:"
20793
msgstr ""
20794
20795
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:131
20796
msgid "someone responsible for the client,"
20797
msgstr ""
20798
20799
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:133
20800
msgid "someone responsible for managing the project technically."
20801
msgstr ""
20802
20803
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:135
20804
msgid ""
20805
"The person responsible for the client, the client account manager, approves "
20806
"client requests, writes sales proposals, and assures that these activities "
20807
"and the invoicing progress properly. He is responsible for the functional "
20808
"definition of the client's needs. The account manager would have a sales, "
20809
"technical sales or financial profile."
20810
msgstr ""
20811
20812
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:140
20813
msgid ""
20814
"The person responsible for the technical tracking of the project is called "
20815
"the project manager. She makes the project happen, organizing and sub-"
20816
"contracting the different project tasks. The project manager would often be "
20817
"responsible for a development team to carry the project out, and generally "
20818
"has a technical profile."
20819
msgstr ""
20820
20821
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:145
20822
msgid ""
20823
"If you don't make any such distinction in the roles then put the same person "
20824
"in both fields."
20825
msgstr ""
20826
20827
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:151
20828
msgid "Invoicing tasks"
20829
msgstr ""
20830
20831
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:142
20832
msgid "Several methods of invoicing have already been described:"
20833
msgstr ""
20834
20835
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:144
20836
msgid "invoicing from a sales order,"
20837
msgstr ""
20838
20839
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:146
20840
msgid "invoicing on the basis of analytic costs (service times, expenses),"
20841
msgstr ""
20842
20843
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:148
20844
msgid "invoicing on the basis of deliveries,"
20845
msgstr ""
20846
20847
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:150
20848
msgid "manual invoicing."
20849
msgstr ""
20850
20851
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:163
20852
msgid ""
20853
"Although invoicing tasks might appear useful, in certain situations it's "
20854
"best to invoice from the service or purchase orders instead. These methods "
20855
"of invoicing are more flexible, with various pricing levels set out in the "
20856
"pricelist, and different products that can be invoiced. And it's helpful to "
20857
"limit the number of invoicing methods in your company by extending the use "
20858
"of an invoicing method that you already have."
20859
msgstr ""
20860
20861
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:169
20862
msgid ""
20863
"If you want to connect your Sales Order with Project Management tasks you "
20864
"should create such products as \\ ``Consultant``\\ , and \\ ``Senior "
20865
"Developer``\\ . These products should be configured with :guilabel:`Product "
20866
"Type` \\ ``Service``\\ , a :guilabel:`Procure Method` of \\ ``Make to "
20867
"Order``\\ , and a :guilabel:`Supply Method` of \\ ``Produce``\\ . Once "
20868
"you've set this up, Open ERP automatically creates a task in project "
20869
"management when the order is approved."
20870
msgstr ""
20871
20872
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:164
20873
msgid ""
20874
"You can also change some of the order parameters, which affects the invoice:"
20875
msgstr ""
20876
20877
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:177
20878
msgid ""
20879
":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` : \\ ``Payment before delivery``\\ or \\ "
20880
"``Invoice on Order After Delivery``\\ (when the task is closed),"
20881
msgstr ""
20882
20883
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:180
20884
msgid ""
20885
":guilabel:`Invoice On` : \\ ``Ordered Quantities``\\ or \\ ``Shipped "
20886
"Quantities``\\ (actual hours in the task)."
20887
msgstr ""
20888
20889
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:184
20890
msgid "Planning and managing priorities"
20891
msgstr ""
20892
20893
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:186
20894
msgid ""
20895
"Several methods can be used for ordering tasks by their respective "
20896
"priorities. Open ERP orders tasks based on a function of the following "
20897
"fields: :guilabel:`Sequence`, :guilabel:`Priority`, and :guilabel:`Deadline`."
20898
msgstr ""
20899
20900
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:190
20901
msgid ""
20902
"Use the :guilabel:`Sequence` field on the second tab, :guilabel:`Other "
20903
"Information`, to plan a project made up of several tasks. In the case of an "
20904
"IT project, for example, where development tasks are done in a given order, "
20905
"the first task to do will be sequence number 1, then numbers 2, 3, 4 and so "
20906
"on. When you first open the list of project tasks, they're listed in their "
20907
"sequence order."
20908
msgstr ""
20909
20910
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:206
20911
msgid ""
20912
"You can use one of these three ordering methods, or combine several of them, "
20913
"depending on the project."
20914
msgstr ""
20915
20916
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:202
20917
msgid "Agile methods"
20918
msgstr ""
20919
20920
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:204
20921
msgid ""
20922
"Open ERP implements the agile methodology Scrum for IT development projects "
20923
"in the :mod:`scrum` module."
20924
msgstr ""
20925
20926
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:227
20927
msgid ""
20928
"Scrum supplements the task system with the following concepts: long-term "
20929
"planning, sprints, iterative development, progress meetings, burndown chart, "
20930
"and product backlog."
20931
msgstr ""
20932
20933
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:231
20934
msgid ""
20935
"Look at the site: http://controlchaos.com for more information on the Scrum "
20936
"methodology."
20937
msgstr ""
20938
20939
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:0
20940
msgid "*Gantt plan, calculated for earliest delivery*"
20941
msgstr ""
20942
20943
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:219
20944
msgid ""
20945
"You can set an attendance grid (or the timesheets) in the project file. If "
20946
"you don't specify anything, Open ERP assumes by default that you work 8 "
20947
"hours a day from Monday to Sunday. Once a grid is specified you can call up "
20948
"a project Gantt chart from right-hand toolbar. The system then calculates a "
20949
"project plan for earliest delivery using task ordering and the attendance "
20950
"grid."
20951
msgstr ""
20952
20953
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:224
20954
msgid "Calendar view"
20955
msgstr ""
20956
20957
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:226
20958
msgid ""
20959
"Open ERP can give you a calendar view of the different tasks in both the web "
20960
"client and the GTK client. This is all based on the deadline data and "
20961
"displays only tasks that have a deadline. You can then delete, create or "
20962
"modify tasks using simple drag and drop."
20963
msgstr ""
20964
20965
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:234
20966
msgid "*Calendar view of the system tasks*"
20967
msgstr ""
20968
20969
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:239
20970
msgid "Task delegation"
20971
msgstr ""
20972
20973
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:241
20974
msgid ""
20975
"To delegate a task to another user you can just change the person "
20976
"responsible for that task. However the system doesn't help you track tasks "
20977
"that you've delegated, such as monitoring of work done, if you do it this "
20978
"way."
20979
msgstr ""
20980
20981
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:0
20982
msgid "*Form for delegating a task to another user*"
20983
msgstr ""
20984
20985
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:251
20986
msgid "Instead, you can use the button :guilabel:`Delegate` on a task."
20987
msgstr ""
20988
20989
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:254
20990
msgid ""
20991
"The system enables you to modify tasks at all levels in the chain of "
20992
"delegation, to add additional information. A task can therefore start as a "
20993
"global objective and become more detailed as it is delegated down in the "
20994
"hierarchy."
20995
msgstr ""
20996
20997
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:258
20998
msgid ""
20999
"The second tab on the task form gives you a complete history of the chain of "
21000
"delegation for each task. You can find a link to the parent task there, and "
21001
"the different tasks that have been delegated."
21002
msgstr ""
21003
21004
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:364
21005
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:13
21006
msgid "project"
21007
msgstr ""
21008
21009
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:218
21010
msgid "scrum"
21011
msgstr ""
21012
21013
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:218
21014
msgid "agile (method)"
21015
msgstr ""
21016
21017
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_management.rst:233
21018
msgid "delegation (task)"
21019
msgstr ""
21020
21021
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:5
21022
msgid "The art of productivity without stress"
21023
msgstr ""
21024
21025
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:7
21026
msgid ""
21027
"Now you can take a slight detour away from pure enterprise management by "
21028
"looking at some tools offered by Open ERP to improve your own personal time "
21029
"management. It's not much of a detour because good organization is the key "
21030
"to better productivity in your daily work."
21031
msgstr ""
21032
21033
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:16
21034
msgid ""
21035
"Open ERP's :mod:`project_gtd` module was inspired by the work of two books "
21036
"focusing on efficient time management:"
21037
msgstr ""
21038
21039
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:19
21040
msgid ""
21041
"Getting Things Done – The Art of Stress-Free Productivity, by David Allen "
21042
"(2001), most often referred to by its initials **GTD** (trademark registered "
21043
"since 2005). This book is built around the principle that people should "
21044
"clearly write down all their outstanding tasks and store the details about "
21045
"these tasks in a trustworthy system."
21046
msgstr ""
21047
21048
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:24
21049
msgid ""
21050
"They then don't have to worry about holding all of this stuff in their head. "
21051
"Since they can be quite sure that it's recorded safely, they can allow "
21052
"themselves to relax and so have the energy and time to concentrate on "
21053
"handling the tasks themselves systematically."
21054
msgstr ""
21055
21056
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:28
21057
msgid "Managing time efficiently"
21058
msgstr ""
21059
21060
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:37
21061
msgid ""
21062
"David Allen, Getting Things Done, Penguin Books, New York, 2001, 267 pages. "
21063
"(ISBN : 978-0142000281). Also see the site: http://davidco.com"
21064
msgstr ""
21065
21066
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:40
21067
msgid ""
21068
"Stephen R. Covey, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, Free Press, 1989, "
21069
"15th Anniversary Edition : 2004, 384 pages. (ISBN : 978-0743269513)."
21070
msgstr ""
21071
21072
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:36
21073
msgid "De-stress yourself !"
21074
msgstr ""
21075
21076
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:45
21077
msgid ""
21078
"Clear the tasks that clutter your thoughts by registering them in an "
21079
"organized system. This immediately helps you to de-stress yourself and "
21080
"organize your work in the best possible way."
21081
msgstr ""
21082
21083
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:41
21084
msgid ""
21085
"If you feel stressed by too much work, do the following exercise to convince "
21086
"yourself about the benefits. Take some sheets of blank paper and write down "
21087
"everything that passes through your head about the things you need to do. "
21088
"For each task, note the next action to do on an adjacent line, and rank it "
21089
"by the date that you'll commit yourself to doing it."
21090
msgstr ""
21091
21092
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:48
21093
msgid ""
21094
"At the end of the exercise you'll feel better organized, considerably de-"
21095
"stressed and remarkably free of worries !"
21096
msgstr ""
21097
21098
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:31
21099
msgid ""
21100
"The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen R. Covey (1989) : the "
21101
"author advises organizations on the use of these practices, and reports on "
21102
"the productivity improvements in the organization that result."
21103
msgstr ""
21104
21105
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:58
21106
msgid ""
21107
"The objective in this detour is not to detail the whole methodology but to "
21108
"describe the supporting tools provided by Open ERP's :mod:`project_gtd` "
21109
"module."
21110
msgstr ""
21111
21112
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:62
21113
msgid "Not everything that is urgent is necessarily important"
21114
msgstr ""
21115
21116
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:64
21117
msgid ""
21118
"The first modification brought by the module to the basic Open ERP system is "
21119
"a separation of the concepts of urgency and importance. Tasks are no longer "
21120
"classified by a single criterion but by the product of the two criteria, "
21121
"enabling you to prioritize matters that are both urgent and important in a "
21122
"single list"
21123
msgstr ""
21124
21125
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:69
21126
msgid ""
21127
"Many managers with a heavy workload use urgency as their sole method of "
21128
"prioritization. The difficulty is then in working out how to plan for "
21129
"substantive tasks (like medium term objectives). These aren't urgent but are "
21130
"nevertheless very important."
21131
msgstr ""
21132
21133
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:73
21134
msgid "Example Distinction between urgency and importance"
21135
msgstr ""
21136
21137
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:75
21138
msgid ""
21139
"If you're very well organized, urgent tasks can (and should often) be given "
21140
"lower precedence than important tasks. Take an example from daily life as an "
21141
"illustration: the case of having some time with your children."
21142
msgstr ""
21143
21144
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:79
21145
msgid ""
21146
"For most people this task is important. But if you have a busy professional "
21147
"life, the days and weeks flow on with endless urgent tasks to be resolved. "
21148
"Even if you manage your time well, you could let several months pass without "
21149
"spending time with your children because the task of seeing them is never as "
21150
"urgent as your other work, despite its importance."
21151
msgstr ""
21152
21153
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:84
21154
msgid ""
21155
"In Open ERP urgency is given by the :guilabel:`Deadline` of the task and "
21156
"importance by the :guilabel:`Priority`. The classification of the tasks then "
21157
"results from the product of the two factors. The most important tasks and "
21158
"the most urgent both appear at the top of the list."
21159
msgstr ""
21160
21161
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:89
21162
msgid "Organizing your life systematically"
21163
msgstr ""
21164
21165
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:91
21166
msgid ""
21167
"A methodology of organizing yourself using the concepts of context and "
21168
"timebox is presented in this section."
21169
msgstr ""
21170
21171
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:95
21172
msgid "Context"
21173
msgstr ""
21174
21175
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:97
21176
msgid ""
21177
"The context is determined by the work environment you must be in to deal "
21178
"with certain tasks. For example you could define the following contexts:"
21179
msgstr ""
21180
21181
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:100
21182
msgid ""
21183
"*Office* : for tasks which have to be dealt with at your workplace (such as "
21184
"telephone a customer, or write a document),"
21185
msgstr ""
21186
21187
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:103
21188
msgid ""
21189
"*Car* : for tasks that you need to do on the move (such as going shopping, "
21190
"or going to the post office),"
21191
msgstr ""
21192
21193
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:106
21194
msgid ""
21195
"*Travel* : for tasks that you can handle on the plane or in the train while "
21196
"you're doing travelling on business (tasks such as writing an article, or "
21197
"analyzing a new product),"
21198
msgstr ""
21199
21200
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:109
21201
msgid ""
21202
"*Home* : for tasks which have to happen at your private address (such as "
21203
"finding a cleaning contractor, or mowing the lawn)."
21204
msgstr ""
21205
21206
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:112
21207
msgid ""
21208
"An employee / system user can create his or her own contexts using the menu "
21209
":menuselection:`Project Management --> Configuration --> Time Management --> "
21210
"Contexts`."
21211
msgstr ""
21212
21213
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:116
21214
msgid "Timebox"
21215
msgstr ""
21216
21217
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:118
21218
msgid ""
21219
"You then have to define the timeboxes. You have to complete the tasks in the "
21220
"time interval specified by a timebox. You usually define timeboxes with the "
21221
"following periods:"
21222
msgstr ""
21223
21224
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:121
21225
msgid "*Daily* : for tasks which must be handled today,"
21226
msgstr ""
21227
21228
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:123
21229
msgid "*Weekly* : for tasks that have to be dealt with this week,"
21230
msgstr ""
21231
21232
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:125
21233
msgid "*Monthly* : for tasks which have to be completed within the month,"
21234
msgstr ""
21235
21236
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:127
21237
msgid ""
21238
"*Long term* : for tasks that can be dealt with in more than one month."
21239
msgstr ""
21240
21241
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:129
21242
msgid "A task can be put in one and only one timebox at a time."
21243
msgstr ""
21244
21245
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:131
21246
msgid ""
21247
"You should distinguish between a timebox and the deadline for completing a "
21248
"task because the deadline is usually fixed by the requirements of the "
21249
"project manager. A timebox, by contrast, is selected with reference to what "
21250
"an individual can do."
21251
msgstr ""
21252
21253
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:135
21254
msgid ""
21255
"To define timeboxes for your company, use the menu :menuselection:`Project "
21256
"Management --> Configuration --> Time Management --> Timeboxes --> My "
21257
"timeboxes`."
21258
msgstr ""
21259
21260
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:141
21261
msgid "Methodology and iterative process"
21262
msgstr ""
21263
21264
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:143
21265
msgid ""
21266
"To organize your tasks efficiently, Open ERP uses a method based on the "
21267
"following systematic and iterative process:"
21268
msgstr ""
21269
21270
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:146
21271
msgid ""
21272
"Identify all the tasks that you have to deal with, including everything that "
21273
"keeps you awake at night, and enter them in your Inbox, which you'll find in "
21274
"the menu :menuselection:`Project Management --> Time Management --> My "
21275
"Inbox`."
21276
msgstr ""
21277
21278
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:150
21279
msgid ""
21280
"Classify the tasks in your Inbox periodically, assigning them a context and "
21281
"a timebox. This indicates both when and where the task should be handled. If "
21282
"a task takes less than 10 minutes then maybe it could be handled immediately."
21283
msgstr ""
21284
21285
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:154
21286
msgid "Every day, carry out the following process:"
21287
msgstr ""
21288
21289
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:156
21290
msgid ""
21291
"First thing in the morning, select those tasks contained in the current "
21292
"week's timebox that you want to deal with today. These are presented in "
21293
"order of importance and urgency, so you should select the tasks closest to "
21294
"the top of the list."
21295
msgstr ""
21296
21297
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:160
21298
msgid ""
21299
"Carry out each task, that's to say either work on the task yourself or "
21300
"delegate it to another user,"
21301
msgstr ""
21302
21303
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:163
21304
msgid ""
21305
"Last thing at the end of the day's work, empty that day's timebox and return "
21306
"all unclosed tasks into the week's timebox."
21307
msgstr ""
21308
21309
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:166
21310
msgid ""
21311
"Repeat the same process each week and each month for the respective "
21312
"timeboxes."
21313
msgstr ""
21314
21315
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:171
21316
msgid "Don't confuse **Agenda** and **Timebox**"
21317
msgstr ""
21318
21319
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:173
21320
msgid ""
21321
"The idea of timebox is independent from that of an agenda. Certain tasks, "
21322
"such as meetings, must be done on a precise date. So they can't be managed "
21323
"by the timebox system but by an agenda."
21324
msgstr ""
21325
21326
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:177
21327
msgid ""
21328
"The ideal is to put the minimum of things on the agenda and to put there "
21329
"only tasks that have a fixed date. The timebox system is more flexible and "
21330
"more efficient for dealing with multiple tasks."
21331
msgstr ""
21332
21333
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:181
21334
msgid ""
21335
"So start by entering all the tasks required by project management. These "
21336
"could have been entered by another user and assigned to you. It's important "
21337
"to code in all of the tasks that are buzzing around in your head, just to "
21338
"get them off your mind. A task could be:"
21339
msgstr ""
21340
21341
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:186
21342
msgid "work to be done,"
21343
msgstr ""
21344
21345
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:188
21346
msgid "a short objective, medium or long term,"
21347
msgstr ""
21348
21349
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:190
21350
msgid "a complex project that hasn't yet been broken into tasks."
21351
msgstr ""
21352
21353
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:192
21354
msgid ""
21355
"A project or an objective over several days can be summarized in a single "
21356
"task. You don't have to detail each operation if the actions to be done are "
21357
"sufficiently clear to you."
21358
msgstr ""
21359
21360
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:195
21361
msgid ""
21362
"You have to empty your Inbox periodically. To do that, use the menu "
21363
":menuselection:`Project Management --> Time Management --> My Inbox`. Assign "
21364
"a timebox and a context to each task. This operation shouldn't take more "
21365
"than a few minutes because you aren't dealing with the tasks themselves, "
21366
"just classifying them."
21367
msgstr ""
21368
21369
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:0
21370
msgid "*Timebox for tasks to be done today*"
21371
msgstr ""
21372
21373
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:206
21374
msgid ""
21375
"Then click on the button at the top right :guilabel:`Plan the timebox`. This "
21376
"procedure lets you select the tasks for the day from those in the timebox "
21377
"for the week. This operation gives you an overview of the medium term tasks "
21378
"and objectives and makes you review them there at least once a day. It's "
21379
"then that you'd decide to allocate a part of your time that day to certain "
21380
"tasks based on your priorities."
21381
msgstr ""
21382
21383
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:212
21384
msgid ""
21385
"Since the tasks are sorted by priority, it's sufficient to take the first "
21386
"from the list, up to the number of hours in your day. That'll only take a "
21387
"minute, because the selection isn't taken from every task you know about in "
21388
"the future, but just from those selected for the current week."
21389
msgstr ""
21390
21391
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:216
21392
msgid ""
21393
"Once the timebox has been completed you can start your daily work on the "
21394
"tasks. For each task you can start work on it, delegate it, close it, or "
21395
"cancel it."
21396
msgstr ""
21397
21398
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:219
21399
msgid ""
21400
"At the end of the day you empty the timebox using the button at the top "
21401
"right. All the tasks that haven't been done are sent back to the weekly "
21402
"timebox to sit in amongst the tasks that will be planned next morning."
21403
msgstr ""
21404
21405
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:223
21406
msgid ""
21407
"Do the same each week and each month using the same principles, but just "
21408
"using the appropriate timeboxes for those periods."
21409
msgstr ""
21410
21411
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:226
21412
msgid ""
21413
"Shortcuts to the right of the timebox help you use the system efficiently "
21414
"with:"
21415
msgstr ""
21416
21417
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:228
21418
msgid "a direct link to the Inbox,"
21419
msgstr ""
21420
21421
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:230
21422
msgid "the list of all of your open tasks,"
21423
msgstr ""
21424
21425
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:232
21426
msgid "the list of your waiting tasks,"
21427
msgstr ""
21428
21429
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:234
21430
msgid "your deadlines,"
21431
msgstr ""
21432
21433
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:236
21434
msgid "a link to all of the tasks in the timebox."
21435
msgstr ""
21436
21437
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:239
21438
msgid "Some convincing results"
21439
msgstr ""
21440
21441
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:229
21442
msgid ""
21443
"After a few days of carefully practising this method, users have reported "
21444
"the following improvements:"
21445
msgstr ""
21446
21447
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:232
21448
msgid ""
21449
"a reduction in the number of tasks and objectives that were forgotten,"
21450
msgstr ""
21451
21452
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:234
21453
msgid ""
21454
"a reduction in stress because people felt more in control of their situation,"
21455
msgstr ""
21456
21457
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:236
21458
msgid "a change of the priorities in the types of tasks carried out daily,"
21459
msgstr ""
21460
21461
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:238
21462
msgid ""
21463
"more notice taken of the urgency and importance of tasks and objectives in "
21464
"the long-term organization of time,"
21465
msgstr ""
21466
21467
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:241
21468
msgid ""
21469
"better management of task delegation and the selection of which tasks were "
21470
"better to delegate,"
21471
msgstr ""
21472
21473
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:256
21474
msgid ""
21475
"Finally, it's important to note this system is totally integrated with "
21476
"Open ERP's project management function. Staff can use the system or not "
21477
"depending on their own needs. The system is complementary to the project "
21478
"management function that handles team organization and company-wide planning."
21479
msgstr ""
21480
21481
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:2
21482
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:11
21483
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:138
21484
msgid "GTD"
21485
msgstr ""
21486
21487
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:11
21488
msgid "project_gtd"
21489
msgstr ""
21490
21491
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:11
21492
msgid "Getting Things Done"
21493
msgstr ""
21494
21495
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:28
21496
msgid "simple: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People"
21497
msgstr ""
21498
21499
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:138
21500
msgid "methodology"
21501
msgstr ""
21502
21503
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:168
21504
msgid "agenda"
21505
msgstr ""
21506
21507
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_productivity.rst:169
21508
msgid "timebox"
21509
msgstr ""
21510
21511
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/index.rst:9
21512
msgid "Internal Organization and Project Management"
21513
msgstr ""
21514
21515
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/index.rst:11
21516
msgid ""
21517
"*If you have good systems for managing tasks, then your whole company will "
21518
"benefit. Open ERP's project management modules enable you to manage and "
21519
"track tasks efficiently, work on them effectively, delegate them quickly, "
21520
"and track the delegated tasks closely. Open ERP also helps people in the "
21521
"company to organize their personal time, and this chapter proposes a "
21522
"methodology aimed at improving the productivity of managers.*"
21523
msgstr ""
21524
21525
#: ../../source/book/4/index.rst:6
21526
msgid "Effective Management of Operations"
21527
msgstr ""
21528
21529
#: ../../source/book/4/index.rst:8
21530
msgid ""
21531
"Your company is a closely interlinked jumble of people and processes that "
21532
"form the whole system. If you want it to be efficient, and to be able manage "
21533
"it effectively, you have to organize it, make it systematic, and optimize "
21534
"its major operations. Isolated spots of poor management can disturb the "
21535
"whole added value chain."
21536
msgstr ""
21537
21538
#: ../../source/book/4/index.rst:13
21539
msgid ""
21540
"This part presents an approach to greater efficiency, showing concrete "
21541
"solutions by applying Open ERP to different problems in a services company. "
21542
"For each enterprise function, Open ERP enables you to automate the recurring "
21543
"tasks, systematize complex processes, simplify the transmission of "
21544
"information, and control all your operations."
21545
msgstr ""
21546
21547
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:2
21548
msgid "Advanced elements of stock management"
21549
msgstr ""
21550
21551
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:4
21552
msgid ""
21553
"In this section you'll enter the details of management and control of stocks."
21554
msgstr ""
21555
21556
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:7
21557
msgid "Requirements Calculation / Scheduling"
21558
msgstr ""
21559
21560
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:9
21561
msgid ""
21562
"Requirements calculation is the calculation engine that plans, prioritizes "
21563
"and starts the automated procurement as a function of rules defined in the "
21564
"products."
21565
msgstr ""
21566
21567
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:12
21568
msgid "Requirements Calculation"
21569
msgstr ""
21570
21571
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:14
21572
msgid "Requirements Calculation is often called Scheduling."
21573
msgstr ""
21574
21575
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:16
21576
msgid ""
21577
"By default, it automatically starts once per day. You can also start it "
21578
"manually using the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Compute All "
21579
"Schedulers`. It then uses the parameters defined in the products, the "
21580
"suppliers, and the company to determine the priorities between the different "
21581
"product orders, deliveries and purchases from suppliers."
21582
msgstr ""
21583
21584
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:270
21585
msgid "Just in Time"
21586
msgstr ""
21587
21588
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:28
21589
msgid ""
21590
"By default, scheduling starts automatically once a day. You should make this "
21591
"run happen overnight to ensure that the system doesn't slow down under a "
21592
"heavy load of scheduling when you're also trying to use it interactively "
21593
"yourselves."
21594
msgstr ""
21595
21596
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:32
21597
msgid ""
21598
"To set the time it starts use the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> "
21599
"Configuration --> Scheduler --> Scheduled Actions`. Select the rule called "
21600
"'Run MRP Scheduler' and modify the date and time of the next execution."
21601
msgstr ""
21602
21603
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:39
21604
msgid ""
21605
"Some companies want to plan orders progressively as they are entered so they "
21606
"don't wait until procurement orders are planned the next day. Install the "
21607
"module :mod:`mrp_jit` to handle this. Once it's installed, each requirement "
21608
"(that could result in a Production or Purchase Order) will be planned in "
21609
"real time as soon as it's been confirmed."
21610
msgstr ""
21611
21612
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:44
21613
msgid ""
21614
"Then if you make a customer order with a product that's ``Make To Order`` "
21615
"the quotation request to a supplier will be generated."
21616
msgstr ""
21617
21618
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:50
21619
msgid "Delivery from the supplier or to the customer"
21620
msgstr ""
21621
21622
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:52
21623
msgid ""
21624
"The :mod:`sale_supplier_direct_delivery` module enables you to deliver the "
21625
"product directly from the supplier to the customer. At the time of writing "
21626
"this module is in ``addons-extra`` . The logic that the product follows is "
21627
"configured individually for each product and affects only those products "
21628
"marked ``Make to Order``."
21629
msgstr ""
21630
21631
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:57
21632
msgid ""
21633
"This mode is not always sensible. Each order is processed immediately it's "
21634
"been confirmed. So if an order is to be delivered in three months the "
21635
"scheduler will reserve goods in stock for each order once it's been "
21636
"confirmed. It would have been more sensible to leave these products "
21637
"available for other orders."
21638
msgstr ""
21639
21640
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:62
21641
msgid ""
21642
"If a Purchase Order's :guilabel:`Invoicing Control` is configured ``From "
21643
"Order``, the scheduler will immediately create the corresponding supplier "
21644
"quotation request. It would have been preferable to delay for several weeks "
21645
"if you could have used the lead time to group the purchase with other future "
21646
"orders."
21647
msgstr ""
21648
21649
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:397
21650
msgid "So the negative effects of working with the Just in Time module are:"
21651
msgstr ""
21652
21653
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:399
21654
msgid "Poor priority management between orders,"
21655
msgstr ""
21656
21657
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:71
21658
msgid "Additional stocked products."
21659
msgstr ""
21660
21661
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:29
21662
msgid "Planning"
21663
msgstr ""
21664
21665
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:79
21666
msgid ""
21667
"You've seen that most OpenERP documents can be changed in a planning view. "
21668
"It's the same for deliveries and goods receipts. You can put them into a "
21669
"calendar view at any time to plan your deliveries or goods receipts."
21670
msgstr ""
21671
21672
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:0
21673
msgid "*Planning the deliveries of customer products*"
21674
msgstr ""
21675
21676
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:89
21677
msgid ""
21678
"Planned dates on a packing order are put on each stock move line. Then if "
21679
"you have a packing order containing several products you don't have to have "
21680
"all of the lines on the order delivered on the same day. The minimum and "
21681
"maximum dates on a packing order show the earliest and latest dates on the "
21682
"stock move lines for the packing."
21683
msgstr ""
21684
21685
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:94
21686
msgid ""
21687
"If you move a packing order in the calendar view, the planned date on the "
21688
"stock move lines will automatically be moved as a result."
21689
msgstr ""
21690
21691
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:101
21692
msgid "Management of partial deliveries"
21693
msgstr ""
21694
21695
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:103
21696
msgid ""
21697
"Partial deliveries, sometimes called Back Orders, are generated "
21698
"automatically by OpenERP. When you confirm a customer delivery or the "
21699
"receipt of products from suppliers, OpenERP asks you to confirm the quantity "
21700
"delivered or received."
21701
msgstr ""
21702
21703
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:107
21704
msgid ""
21705
"If you leave the quantities alone, OpenERP confirms and then closes the "
21706
"order for delivery or receipt. If you modify a quantity, OpenERP will "
21707
"automatically generate a second delivery or goods receipt document for the "
21708
"remaining quantities. The first will be confirmed and the second will remain "
21709
"on the list of waiting deliveries (or receipts)."
21710
msgstr ""
21711
21712
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:0
21713
msgid "*Confirmation screen for delivered quantities*"
21714
msgstr ""
21715
21716
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:118
21717
msgid ""
21718
"When you open the list of current deliveries, you find the field "
21719
":guilabel:`Partial delivery` which shows the reference number of the first "
21720
"delivery sent to the customer. That enables you to quickly find the "
21721
"deliveries for partial orders each day so that you can treat them as a "
21722
"priority."
21723
msgstr ""
21724
21725
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:123
21726
msgid "Receiving supplier products"
21727
msgstr ""
21728
21729
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:125
21730
msgid ""
21731
"OpenERP supports three approaches to controlling data entry on products "
21732
"ordered from suppliers:"
21733
msgstr ""
21734
21735
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:127
21736
msgid "Manual data entry,"
21737
msgstr ""
21738
21739
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:129
21740
msgid "Using the goods receipt documents pre-generated by the system,"
21741
msgstr ""
21742
21743
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:131
21744
msgid ""
21745
"Selecting from all the products waiting from the supplier, independently "
21746
"from goods receipt documents."
21747
msgstr ""
21748
21749
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:133
21750
msgid ""
21751
"You can see how the configuration of the supplier order affects receipts in "
21752
"detail in :ref:`ch-purchase`."
21753
msgstr ""
21754
21755
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:139
21756
msgid "Manual data entry of goods receipt"
21757
msgstr ""
21758
21759
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:141
21760
msgid ""
21761
"To enter data about goods receipt manually you must use the menu "
21762
":menuselection:`Stock Management --> Goods Receipt --> New items received`. "
21763
"Then enter the necessary data manually in the goods receipt form."
21764
msgstr ""
21765
21766
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:0
21767
msgid "*Manual data entry for product receipt*"
21768
msgstr ""
21769
21770
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:152
21771
msgid "Confirming pre-generated goods receipt documents"
21772
msgstr ""
21773
21774
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:154
21775
msgid ""
21776
"If you use Supplier Orders in OpenERP, product receipts are automatically "
21777
"generated by the system when the purchase order is confirmed. You don't have "
21778
"to enter any date, just confirm that the quantities ordered match the "
21779
"quantities received."
21780
msgstr ""
21781
21782
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:158
21783
msgid ""
21784
"In this case OpenERP generates a list of all products waiting to be received "
21785
"from the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Incoming Products --> "
21786
"Packing to Process`."
21787
msgstr ""
21788
21789
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:0
21790
msgid "*List of items waiting for receipt*"
21791
msgstr ""
21792
21793
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:167
21794
msgid ""
21795
"Then you just look for the corresponding entry using the supplier name or "
21796
"order reference. Click it and confirm the quantities. If it shows you "
21797
"quantities that differ from the control form, OpenERP will automatically "
21798
"generate another receipt document that will be set open, waiting for the "
21799
"remaining deliveries. You can leave it open or cancel it if you know that "
21800
"products missed by your supplier will never be delivered."
21801
msgstr ""
21802
21803
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:174
21804
msgid "Confirmation by selecting products waiting"
21805
msgstr ""
21806
21807
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:176
21808
msgid ""
21809
"The approach shown above is very useful if goods receipts correspond to the "
21810
"original orders. If your suppliers deliver items that don't necessarily "
21811
"coincide with the orders, however, it is easier to work by products received "
21812
"rather than by orders."
21813
msgstr ""
21814
21815
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:180
21816
msgid ""
21817
"In this case you can manually create a new goods receipt using the menu "
21818
":menuselection:`Stock Management --> Incoming Products --> New Reception "
21819
"Packing`. Instead of entering all the product lines manually you can click "
21820
"the button at the lower right :guilabel:`Products not received`. OpenERP "
21821
"then opens a list of all the goods waiting from that supplier and you can "
21822
"then automatically add some or all of them on your form. This method of data "
21823
"entry is very useful when you're entering goods received at one time from "
21824
"several orders."
21825
msgstr ""
21826
21827
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:191
21828
msgid "Product routing"
21829
msgstr ""
21830
21831
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:196
21832
msgid ""
21833
"You should install the :mod:`stock_location` module if routing products to "
21834
"customers, from suppliers or in your warehouse is determined by the identity "
21835
"of the product itself."
21836
msgstr ""
21837
21838
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:0
21839
msgid "*Managing the paths from one location to another in a product form*"
21840
msgstr ""
21841
21842
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:205
21843
msgid ""
21844
"This will let you configure logistics rules individually for each product. "
21845
"For example, when a specific product arrives in stores it can automatically "
21846
"be sent to quality control. In this case it must be configured with rules on "
21847
"the product form. The fields that make up those rules are:"
21848
msgstr ""
21849
21850
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:209
21851
msgid ""
21852
":guilabel:`Source location` : the rule only applies if a product comes from "
21853
"this location,"
21854
msgstr ""
21855
21856
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:211
21857
msgid ""
21858
":guilabel:`Destination location` : the rule only applies if a product ends "
21859
"up in this location,"
21860
msgstr ""
21861
21862
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:213
21863
msgid ":guilabel:`Type of move`: automatic, manual, automatic with no steps,"
21864
msgstr ""
21865
21866
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:215
21867
msgid ":guilabel:`Lead time for move`,"
21868
msgstr ""
21869
21870
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:217
21871
msgid ""
21872
":guilabel:`Name of operations` : a free text field which will be included in "
21873
"the automatic stock move proposed by OpenERP."
21874
msgstr ""
21875
21876
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:220
21877
msgid ""
21878
"You'll now see some examples of using these locations and logistics by "
21879
"product:"
21880
msgstr ""
21881
21882
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:164
21883
msgid "A rentable product,"
21884
msgstr ""
21885
21886
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:165
21887
msgid ""
21888
"A product bought in China, following its freight by ship from port to port,"
21889
msgstr ""
21890
21891
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:166
21892
msgid ""
21893
"A product that you want to send to quality control before putting it in "
21894
"stocks."
21895
msgstr ""
21896
21897
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:229
21898
msgid "Example 1: A rentable product"
21899
msgstr ""
21900
21901
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:231
21902
msgid ""
21903
"A rentable product is just a product delivered to a customer that is "
21904
"expected to be returned in a few days time. When it has been delivered to "
21905
"the customer, OpenERP will generate a new goods receipt note with a forecast "
21906
"date at the end of the rental period. So you generate a list of goods "
21907
"pending receipt that you confirm when they are returned to your stores. To "
21908
"do this you should configure a product with the following rules:"
21909
msgstr ""
21910
21911
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:106
21912
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_Location_Ex.rst:22
21913
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:177
21914
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:385
21915
msgid "Field"
21916
msgstr ""
21917
21918
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:179
21919
msgid "Source location"
21920
msgstr ""
21921
21922
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/contacts.rst:7
21923
msgid "Customer"
21924
msgstr ""
21925
21926
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:180
21927
msgid "Destination location"
21928
msgstr ""
21929
21930
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:2
21931
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:96
21932
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:96
21933
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:41
21934
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:309
21935
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:341
21936
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:4
21937
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:127
21938
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:151
21939
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:179
21940
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:303
21941
msgid "Stock"
21942
msgstr ""
21943
21944
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:244
21945
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:292
21946
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:310
21947
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:322
21948
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:334
21949
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:369
21950
msgid "Type of Movement"
21951
msgstr ""
21952
21953
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:244
21954
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:310
21955
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:322
21956
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:334
21957
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:369
21958
msgid "Manual"
21959
msgstr ""
21960
21961
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:245
21962
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:293
21963
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:311
21964
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:323
21965
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:335
21966
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:370
21967
msgid "Lead time"
21968
msgstr ""
21969
21970
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:245
21971
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:323
21972
msgid "15 days"
21973
msgstr ""
21974
21975
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:184
21976
msgid "Operation"
21977
msgstr ""
21978
21979
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:246
21980
msgid "Product return"
21981
msgstr ""
21982
21983
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:249
21984
msgid ""
21985
"Then when the product is delivered to the customer, OpenERP automatically "
21986
"generates a goods receipt form in the draft state ready for returning it to "
21987
"Stock. This is due in 15 days time. With such a system your forecasts and "
21988
"stock graphs can always be correct in real time."
21989
msgstr ""
21990
21991
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:254
21992
msgid "Example 2: Management of imports by sea"
21993
msgstr ""
21994
21995
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:256
21996
msgid ""
21997
"To manage products that follow a complex logistical import path by sea and "
21998
"then into customs, create as many 'Supplier' locations as there are steps, "
21999
"then create rules to move the product from one place to the other during the "
22000
"purchase."
22001
msgstr ""
22002
22003
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:260
22004
msgid ""
22005
"Take a product that has been bought in China and delivered to you stores in "
22006
"Brussels, Belgium. Import by sea take around 7 weeks and must go through the "
22007
"following steps:"
22008
msgstr ""
22009
22010
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:263
22011
msgid "Delivery from the supplier to the port of Shanghai: 2 days,"
22012
msgstr ""
22013
22014
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:265
22015
msgid "Sea transport from Shanghai to the port of Anvers: 1 month,"
22016
msgstr ""
22017
22018
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:267
22019
msgid "Customer at the port of Anvers: 2 weeks,"
22020
msgstr ""
22021
22022
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:269
22023
msgid "Delivery by truck from the port of Anvers to your stores: 3 days."
22024
msgstr ""
22025
22026
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:271
22027
msgid ""
22028
"You should track the movement of your goods and enter all the documents as "
22029
"each move is made so that you know where your goods are at any moment, and "
22030
"can estimate when they are likely to arrive in your stores. To do this, "
22031
"create all the locations for the intermediate steps:"
22032
msgstr ""
22033
22034
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:275
22035
msgid "Shanghai Port,"
22036
msgstr ""
22037
22038
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:277
22039
msgid "Anvers Port,"
22040
msgstr ""
22041
22042
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:279
22043
msgid "Anvers Customs."
22044
msgstr ""
22045
22046
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:281
22047
msgid ""
22048
"Finally, on the product form, create the following rule to show that when "
22049
"purchased, the goods don't arrive at your stores directly, but instead at "
22050
"the port of Shanghai. In this example the stores are configured to enter all "
22051
"the products in a location called 'Input'."
22052
msgstr ""
22053
22054
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:290
22055
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:367
22056
msgid "Input"
22057
msgstr ""
22058
22059
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:32
22060
msgid "Shanghai Port"
22061
msgstr ""
22062
22063
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:292
22064
msgid "Automatic without steps"
22065
msgstr ""
22066
22067
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:293
22068
msgid "2 days"
22069
msgstr ""
22070
22071
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:294
22072
msgid "Sending to Shanghai Port"
22073
msgstr ""
22074
22075
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:297
22076
msgid ""
22077
"OpenERP will then change the usual product receipt (which has them arriving "
22078
"in the Input location) to a delivery from this supplier to the external "
22079
"port. The move is automatically carried out because operations at this level "
22080
"are too labour-intensive to be done manually."
22081
msgstr ""
22082
22083
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:301
22084
msgid ""
22085
"You then have to create a rule on the product form to move it from one "
22086
"location to another:"
22087
msgstr ""
22088
22089
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:309
22090
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:320
22091
msgid "Anvers Port"
22092
msgstr ""
22093
22094
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:98
22095
msgid "30 days"
22096
msgstr ""
22097
22098
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:312
22099
msgid "Sending to Anvers Port by ship"
22100
msgstr ""
22101
22102
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:321
22103
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:332
22104
msgid "Anvers Customs"
22105
msgstr ""
22106
22107
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:324
22108
msgid "Customs at Anvers"
22109
msgstr ""
22110
22111
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:335
22112
msgid "3 days"
22113
msgstr ""
22114
22115
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:336
22116
msgid "Truck transport into stock"
22117
msgstr ""
22118
22119
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:339
22120
msgid ""
22121
"Once the rules have been configured, OpenERP will automatically prepare all "
22122
"the documents needed for the internal stock movements of products from one "
22123
"location to another. These documents will be assigned one after another "
22124
"depending on the order defined in the rules definition."
22125
msgstr ""
22126
22127
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:343
22128
msgid ""
22129
"When the company received notification of the arrival at a port or at "
22130
"customers, the corresponding move can be confirmed. You can then follow, "
22131
"using each location:"
22132
msgstr ""
22133
22134
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:346
22135
msgid "where a given goods item can be found,"
22136
msgstr ""
22137
22138
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:348
22139
msgid "quantities of goods awaiting customs,"
22140
msgstr ""
22141
22142
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:350
22143
msgid "lead times for goods to get to stores,"
22144
msgstr ""
22145
22146
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:352
22147
msgid "the value of stock in different locations."
22148
msgstr ""
22149
22150
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:355
22151
msgid "Example 3: Quality Control"
22152
msgstr ""
22153
22154
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:357
22155
msgid ""
22156
"You can configure the system to put a given product in the Quality Control "
22157
"bay automatically when it arrives in your company. To do that you just "
22158
"configure a rule for the product to be placed in the Quality Control "
22159
"location rather than the Input location when the product is received from "
22160
"the supplier."
22161
msgstr ""
22162
22163
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:180
22164
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:184
22165
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:417
22166
msgid "Quality Control"
22167
msgstr ""
22168
22169
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:370
22170
msgid "0 days"
22171
msgstr ""
22172
22173
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:374
22174
msgid ""
22175
"Once this product has been received, OpenERP will then automatically manage "
22176
"the request for an internal movement to send it to the ``Quality Control`` "
22177
"location."
22178
msgstr ""
22179
22180
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:384
22181
msgid "sale_supplier_direct_delivery"
22182
msgstr ""
22183
22184
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:5
22185
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:5
22186
msgid "stock management"
22187
msgstr ""
22188
22189
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:97
22190
msgid "back order"
22191
msgstr ""
22192
22193
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:135
22194
msgid "goods receipt"
22195
msgstr ""
22196
22197
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:187
22198
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:239
22199
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:242
22200
msgid "routing"
22201
msgstr ""
22202
22203
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_advanced.rst:187
22204
msgid "logistics"
22205
msgstr ""
22206
22207
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:67
22208
msgid "stock_location"
22209
msgstr ""
22210
22211
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:6
22212
msgid "Understanding double-entry stock management"
22213
msgstr ""
22214
22215
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:8
22216
msgid ""
22217
"To illustrate this concept of stock management, see how stock moves are "
22218
"generated by the following operations:"
22219
msgstr ""
22220
22221
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:11
22222
msgid "Receiving products from a supplier,"
22223
msgstr ""
22224
22225
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:13
22226
msgid "Delivery to a customer,"
22227
msgstr ""
22228
22229
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:15
22230
msgid "Inventory operation for lost materials,"
22231
msgstr ""
22232
22233
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:17
22234
msgid "Manufacturing."
22235
msgstr ""
22236
22237
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:22
22238
msgid ""
22239
"The structure of stock locations is shown by the figure :ref:`fig-"
22240
"stloctree`. Stocks are assumed to be totally empty and no operation is in "
22241
"progress nor planned."
22242
msgstr ""
22243
22244
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:25
22245
msgid ""
22246
"If you order '30 bicycles' from a supplier, OpenERP will then do the "
22247
"following operations after the receipt of the products:"
22248
msgstr ""
22249
22250
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:30
22251
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:42
22252
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:53
22253
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:109
22254
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:120
22255
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:140
22256
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:131
22257
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:127
22258
msgid "Location"
22259
msgstr ""
22260
22261
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:33
22262
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:56
22263
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:119
22264
msgid "Partner Locations > Suppliers > Suppliers"
22265
msgstr ""
22266
22267
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:32
22268
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:55
22269
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:122
22270
msgid "-30 bicycles"
22271
msgstr ""
22272
22273
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:34
22274
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:45
22275
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:57
22276
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:108
22277
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:120
22278
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:140
22279
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:142
22280
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:144
22281
msgid "Physical Locations > Tiny SPRL > Stock"
22282
msgstr ""
22283
22284
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:33
22285
msgid "+30 bicycles"
22286
msgstr ""
22287
22288
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:37
22289
msgid ""
22290
"If you deliver 2 bicycles to a European customer you will get the following "
22291
"transactions for the delivery:"
22292
msgstr ""
22293
22294
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:44
22295
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:111
22296
msgid "-2 bicycles"
22297
msgstr ""
22298
22299
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:45
22300
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:57
22301
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:124
22302
msgid "Partner Locations > Customers > European Customers"
22303
msgstr ""
22304
22305
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:45
22306
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:57
22307
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:112
22308
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:124
22309
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:125
22310
msgid "+2 bicycles"
22311
msgstr ""
22312
22313
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:49
22314
msgid ""
22315
"When the two operations are complete you'll then get the following stock in "
22316
"each location:"
22317
msgstr ""
22318
22319
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:56
22320
msgid "+28 bicycles"
22321
msgstr ""
22322
22323
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:61
22324
msgid ""
22325
"So you can see that the sum of the stocks of a product in all the locations "
22326
"in OpenERP is always zero. In accounting you'd say that the sum of the "
22327
"debits is equal to the sum of the credits."
22328
msgstr ""
22329
22330
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:64
22331
msgid ""
22332
"Partner locations (customers and suppliers) aren't located under your "
22333
"company in the hierarchical structure, so their contents are not considered "
22334
"as part of your own stock. So if you look just at the physical locations "
22335
"inside your own company those two bicycles are no longer in your company. "
22336
"They're not in your own physical stock but it's still very useful to see "
22337
"them in your customer's stock because that helps when you carry out detailed "
22338
"stock management analysis."
22339
msgstr ""
22340
22341
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:72
22342
msgid ""
22343
"In managing stock, a gap between the data in the software and real "
22344
"quantities in stock is difficult to avoid. Double-entry stock management "
22345
"gives twice as many opportunities to find an error. If you forget two items "
22346
"of stock this error will automatically be reflected in the counterpart's "
22347
"location."
22348
msgstr ""
22349
22350
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:78
22351
msgid ""
22352
"You can make a comparison with accounting, where you'll easily find an error "
22353
"because you can look for an anomaly in an account or in the counterparts: if "
22354
"there's not enough in a bank account then that's probably because someone's "
22355
"forgotten to enter a customer's invoice payment. You always know that the "
22356
"sum of debits must equal the sum of the credits in both accounting and "
22357
"OpenERP's stock management."
22358
msgstr ""
22359
22360
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:83
22361
msgid ""
22362
"In accounting, all documents lead to accounting entries that form the basis "
22363
"of management accounting. If you create invoices or code in statements of "
22364
"account, for example, the results of the operations are accounting entries "
22365
"on accounts. And it's the same for stock management in OpenERP. All stock "
22366
"operations are carried out as simple stock moves. Whether you pack items, or "
22367
"manufacture them, or carry out a stock inventory operation, stock moves are "
22368
"carried out every time."
22369
msgstr ""
22370
22371
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:89
22372
msgid ""
22373
"You've seen a fairly simple example of goods receipt and product delivery, "
22374
"but some operations are less obvious – a stock inventory operation, for "
22375
"example. An inventory operation is carried out when you compare the stock "
22376
"shown in software with real stock numbers counted in the stores."
22377
msgstr ""
22378
22379
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:97
22380
msgid ""
22381
"In OpenERP, with its double-entry stock management, you'd use stock moves "
22382
"for this inventory operation. That helps you manage your stock traceability. "
22383
"If there are 26 Bicycles in real stock but OpenERP shows 28 in the system. "
22384
"You then have to reduce the number in OpenERP to 26. This reduction of 2 "
22385
"units is considered as a loss or destruction of products and the correction "
22386
"is carried out as in the following operation:"
22387
msgstr ""
22388
22389
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:112
22390
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:125
22391
msgid "Virtual Locations > Inventory Loss"
22392
msgstr ""
22393
22394
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:115
22395
msgid "The product stock under consideration then becomes:"
22396
msgstr ""
22397
22398
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:123
22399
msgid "+26 bicycles"
22400
msgstr ""
22401
22402
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:125
22403
msgid ""
22404
"This example shows one of the great advantages of this approach in terms of "
22405
"performance analysis. After a few months, you can just make a stock "
22406
"valuation of the location ``Virtual Locations > Inventory Loss`` to give you "
22407
"the value of the company's stock losses in the given period."
22408
msgstr ""
22409
22410
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:132
22411
msgid ""
22412
"Now see how the following manufacturing operation is structured in OpenERP. "
22413
"To make a bicycle you need two wheels and a frame. This means that there "
22414
"should be a reduction of two wheels and a frame from real stock and the "
22415
"addition of a bicycle there. The consumption / production is formalized by "
22416
"moving products out of and into physical stock. The stock operations for "
22417
"this are as follows:"
22418
msgstr ""
22419
22420
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:140
22421
msgid "Step"
22422
msgstr ""
22423
22424
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:139
22425
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:141
22426
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:143
22427
msgid "Virtual Locations > Default Production"
22428
msgstr ""
22429
22430
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:143
22431
msgid "+2 Wheels"
22432
msgstr ""
22433
22434
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:142
22435
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:143
22436
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:144
22437
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:145
22438
msgid "Consumption of raw materials"
22439
msgstr ""
22440
22441
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:142
22442
msgid "-2 Wheels"
22443
msgstr ""
22444
22445
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:145
22446
msgid "+1 Frame"
22447
msgstr ""
22448
22449
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:144
22450
msgid "-1 Frame"
22451
msgstr ""
22452
22453
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:146
22454
msgid "-1 Bicycle"
22455
msgstr ""
22456
22457
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:146
22458
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:147
22459
msgid "Manufacture of finished products"
22460
msgstr ""
22461
22462
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:147
22463
msgid "+1 Bicycle"
22464
msgstr ""
22465
22466
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:147
22467
msgid ""
22468
"So you've now got the outcome you need from the consumption of raw materials "
22469
"and the manufacture of finished products."
22470
msgstr ""
22471
22472
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:150
22473
msgid "Assessing created value"
22474
msgstr ""
22475
22476
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:152
22477
msgid ""
22478
"You might already have noticed a useful effect of this approach: if you do a "
22479
"stock valuation in the ``Default Production`` location you get a statement "
22480
"of value created by your company (as a negative amount). Stock valuation in "
22481
"any given location is calculated by multiplying quantities of products in "
22482
"stock by their cost. In this case the raw material value is deducted from "
22483
"the finished product value."
22484
msgstr ""
22485
22486
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:2
22487
msgid "double-entry"
22488
msgstr ""
22489
22490
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:93
22491
msgid "inventory operation"
22492
msgstr ""
22493
22494
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_illustration.rst:93
22495
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:82
22496
msgid "stock check"
22497
msgstr ""
22498
22499
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:3
22500
msgid "Import / Export"
22501
msgstr ""
22502
22503
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:9
22504
msgid ""
22505
"Managing import / export with foreign companies can sometimes be very "
22506
"complex. Between a departure port and destination company, products can get "
22507
"stopped for several weeks at sea or somewhere in the numerous transportation "
22508
"stages and customs. To manage such deliveries efficiently it's important to:"
22509
msgstr ""
22510
22511
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:13
22512
msgid "know where your products are,"
22513
msgstr ""
22514
22515
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:15
22516
msgid "know when they're likely to arrive at their destination,"
22517
msgstr ""
22518
22519
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:17
22520
msgid "know your value in transit,"
22521
msgstr ""
22522
22523
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:19
22524
msgid "follow the development of the different steps."
22525
msgstr ""
22526
22527
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:21
22528
msgid ""
22529
"Linked locations in OpenERP enable this all to be managed rather elegantly. "
22530
"You can use a structure like this:"
22531
msgstr ""
22532
22533
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:24
22534
msgid "Suppliers"
22535
msgstr ""
22536
22537
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:26
22538
msgid "European Suppliers"
22539
msgstr ""
22540
22541
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:28
22542
msgid "Chinese Suppliers"
22543
msgstr ""
22544
22545
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:30
22546
msgid "In transit"
22547
msgstr ""
22548
22549
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:34
22550
msgid "Pacific Ocean"
22551
msgstr ""
22552
22553
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:36
22554
msgid "San Francisco Port"
22555
msgstr ""
22556
22557
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:38
22558
msgid "San Francisco Customs"
22559
msgstr ""
22560
22561
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:43
22562
msgid ""
22563
"The transit location are linked between themselves with a manual "
22564
"confirmation step. The internal stock move is validated at each port and "
22565
"customs arrival. OpenERP prepares all the linked moves automatically."
22566
msgstr ""
22567
22568
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:50
22569
msgid "Intrastat"
22570
msgstr ""
22571
22572
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:52
22573
msgid ""
22574
"Companies that do import / export should install the module "
22575
":mod:`report_intrastat`. This enables them to prepare the reports needed to "
22576
"declare product exports."
22577
msgstr ""
22578
22579
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:55
22580
msgid ""
22581
"You can use the lead times between different locations to account for real "
22582
"delays. Your lead times and stock forecasts are calculated by OpenERP to "
22583
"estimate the arrival of incoming products so that you can respond to a "
22584
"customer's needs as precisely as possible."
22585
msgstr ""
22586
22587
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:59
22588
msgid ""
22589
"You can also value the products in transit in your account depending on the "
22590
"chosen stock location configuration."
22591
msgstr ""
22592
22593
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:65
22594
msgid "Rental locations"
22595
msgstr ""
22596
22597
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:70
22598
msgid ""
22599
"You can manage rental locations in OpenERP very simply using the same system "
22600
"of linked locations. Using the module :mod:`stock_location` you can set a "
22601
"return date for rental items sent to customer location after a certain "
22602
"rental period."
22603
msgstr ""
22604
22605
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:74
22606
msgid ""
22607
"Then the set of real and virtual stocks is maintained daily in real time. "
22608
"The different operations such as delivery and receipt after a few days are "
22609
"automatically suggested by OpenERP which simplifies the work of data entry."
22610
msgstr ""
22611
22612
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:78
22613
msgid ""
22614
"You then have the product list found in the customer locations and your own "
22615
"stock in your stock location. The list of goods receipts waiting is "
22616
"automatically generated by OpenERP using the location links."
22617
msgstr ""
22618
22619
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:82
22620
msgid ""
22621
"The same principle is used for internal stock to generate the quality "
22622
"control for certain products."
22623
msgstr ""
22624
22625
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:114
22626
msgid "Consigned Products"
22627
msgstr ""
22628
22629
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:116
22630
msgid ""
22631
"The principle of linked locations is used to manage consigned products. You "
22632
"can specify that certain products should be returned to you a certain number "
22633
"of days after they have been delivered to customers."
22634
msgstr ""
22635
22636
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:91
22637
msgid ""
22638
"When the products have been delivered OpenERP automatically creates goods "
22639
"receipts for the consigned product. The specified date is obviously "
22640
"approximate but enables you to forecast returns."
22641
msgstr ""
22642
22643
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:5
22644
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
22645
msgid "export"
22646
msgstr ""
22647
22648
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:5
22649
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
22650
msgid "import"
22651
msgstr ""
22652
22653
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_import.rst:62
22654
msgid "rent"
22655
msgstr ""
22656
22657
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:3
22658
msgid "Management by Journal"
22659
msgstr ""
22660
22661
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:5
22662
msgid ""
22663
"You can manage stock through journals in the same way as you can manage your "
22664
"accounts through journals. This approach has the great advantage of being "
22665
"able to define journals in various ways as you need them to meet your "
22666
"company's needs."
22667
msgstr ""
22668
22669
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:9
22670
msgid ""
22671
"For example, a large company may want to organize deliveries by department "
22672
"or warehouse. You can then create a journal and a manager for each "
22673
"department. The different users can then work in a journal as a function of "
22674
"their position in the company. That enables you to structure your "
22675
"information better."
22676
msgstr ""
22677
22678
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:14
22679
msgid ""
22680
"A company that does a lot of transport can organize its journals by delivery "
22681
"vehicle. The different delivery orders will then be assigned to a journal "
22682
"representing a particular vehicle. Then if the vehicle has left the company "
22683
"you can confirm all the orders that are found in the journal all at the same "
22684
"time."
22685
msgstr ""
22686
22687
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:23
22688
msgid "The different journals"
22689
msgstr ""
22690
22691
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:28
22692
msgid ""
22693
"Install the module :mod:`sale_journal` to work with journals. This adds "
22694
"three new concepts to OpenERP:"
22695
msgstr ""
22696
22697
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:30
22698
msgid "Invoicing journals,"
22699
msgstr ""
22700
22701
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:32
22702
msgid "Order journals,"
22703
msgstr ""
22704
22705
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:34
22706
msgid "Delivery journals."
22707
msgstr ""
22708
22709
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:36
22710
msgid ""
22711
"Invoicing journals are used to assign purchase orders and/or delivery order "
22712
"to a given invoicing journal. Everything in the journal can be invoiced in "
22713
"one go, and you can control the amounts by journal. For example you can "
22714
"create the following journals: daily invoicing, end-of-week invoicing, and "
22715
"end-of-month invoicing. It's also possible to show the invoicing journal by "
22716
"default in the partner form."
22717
msgstr ""
22718
22719
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:42
22720
msgid ""
22721
"Order journals look like orders and are automatically transferred to orders "
22722
"for the corresponding items. These enable you to classify the orders in "
22723
"various ways, such as by department, by salesperson, or by type. Then if a "
22724
"salesperson looks at her own journals after an order she can easily see the "
22725
"work on current items compared with her own orders."
22726
msgstr ""
22727
22728
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:42
22729
msgid "Default Values"
22730
msgstr ""
22731
22732
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:49
22733
msgid ""
22734
"To enter all the orders in their own order journal, a salesperson can use "
22735
"the default values that are entered in the fields when creating orders."
22736
msgstr ""
22737
22738
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:52
22739
msgid ""
22740
"Finally the delivery journals are used to post each item into a delivery "
22741
"journal. For example you can create journals dated according to customer "
22742
"delivery dates (such as Monday's deliveries, or afternoon deliveries) or "
22743
"these journals could represent the day's work for delivery vehicles (such as "
22744
"truck1, truck2)."
22745
msgstr ""
22746
22747
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:58
22748
msgid "Using the journals"
22749
msgstr ""
22750
22751
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:60
22752
msgid ""
22753
"You'll now see how to use the journals to organize your stock management in "
22754
"practice. After installing the module :mod:`sale_journal` look at the list "
22755
"of partners. In the tab :guilabel:`Sales and Purchases` on any of them "
22756
"you'll now see the field :guilabel:`Invoicing Method`."
22757
msgstr ""
22758
22759
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:0
22760
msgid "*Partner form in invoicing mode*"
22761
msgstr ""
22762
22763
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:70
22764
msgid ""
22765
"You can create a new :guilabel:`Invoicing Journal` on a partner on the fly. "
22766
"You can show if the invoices should be grouped or not after you have "
22767
"generated them in the journal. Create a second invoicing journal ``End-of-"
22768
"Month Invoicing`` which you can assign to another partner."
22769
msgstr ""
22770
22771
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:0
22772
msgid "*Defining an invoicing journal*"
22773
msgstr ""
22774
22775
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:80
22776
msgid ""
22777
"Then enter the data for some orders for these two partners. After entering "
22778
"this order data, the field :guilabel:`Invoicing Mode` is completed "
22779
"automatically from the partner settings. Put these orders into the Invoicing "
22780
"Mode based on items in the second tab."
22781
msgstr ""
22782
22783
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:84
22784
msgid ""
22785
"Look at the assembly notes about these orders in the field "
22786
":guilabel:`Invoicing Mode` is automatically shown there. Then confirm the "
22787
"different orders in the list."
22788
msgstr ""
22789
22790
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:87
22791
msgid ""
22792
"At the end of the day, the invoicing supervisor can put the list by journal. "
22793
"To do this, use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Sorted List --"
22794
"> List to invoice`. Choose the invoicing journal and all the lists of orders "
22795
"to invoice then open in list view. It's then possible to automatically carry "
22796
"out invoicing by clicking the action :guilabel:`Invoice` (the gears symbol "
22797
"in the application client)."
22798
msgstr ""
22799
22800
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:93
22801
msgid "Confirming invoices"
22802
msgstr ""
22803
22804
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:95
22805
msgid ""
22806
"By default, invoices are generated in the draft state which enables you to "
22807
"modify them before sending them to the customer. But you can confirm all the "
22808
"invoices in one go by selecting them all from the list and doing the action "
22809
"'Confirm draft invoices'."
22810
msgstr ""
22811
22812
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:100
22813
msgid ""
22814
"At the end of the month the invoicing management does the same work but in "
22815
"the journal 'month-end invoicing'."
22816
msgstr ""
22817
22818
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:103
22819
msgid ""
22820
"You can also enter a journal to confirm / cancel all the orders in one go. "
22821
"Then you can do several quotations and assign them in a journal and confirm "
22822
"or cancel them en masse at once."
22823
msgstr ""
22824
22825
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_journals.rst:0
22826
msgid "*View of an order journal*"
22827
msgstr ""
22828
22829
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:3
22830
msgid "Logistics Configuration"
22831
msgstr ""
22832
22833
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:5
22834
msgid ""
22835
"In this section you'll see how to configure stock management to match your "
22836
"company's needs. OpenERP can handle many different situations by configuring "
22837
"it to behave as required."
22838
msgstr ""
22839
22840
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:14
22841
msgid ""
22842
"You've seen in the preceding sections that the whole of stock management is "
22843
"built on a concept of stock locations. Locations are structured "
22844
"hierarchically to account for the subdivision of a warehouse into sections, "
22845
"aisles, and/or cupboards. The hierarchical view also enables you to "
22846
"structure virtual locations such as production counterparts. That gives you "
22847
"a finer level of analysis."
22848
msgstr ""
22849
22850
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:20
22851
msgid ""
22852
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Configuration --> "
22853
"Locations` then click :guilabel:`New` to define new locations."
22854
msgstr ""
22855
22856
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:0
22857
msgid "*Definition of a stock location*"
22858
msgstr ""
22859
22860
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:29
22861
msgid ""
22862
"You should then give a name to your stock location. Now look at location "
22863
"types and localization."
22864
msgstr ""
22865
22866
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:151
22867
msgid "Location types"
22868
msgstr ""
22869
22870
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:37
22871
msgid "The location must have one of the following types:"
22872
msgstr ""
22873
22874
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:39
22875
msgid ""
22876
"View: shows that the location is only an organizational node for the "
22877
"hierarchical structure, and can't be involved in stock moves itself. The "
22878
"view type is not usually made into a leaf node in a structure – it usually "
22879
"has children."
22880
msgstr ""
22881
22882
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:43
22883
msgid "Customer: destination for products sent to customers,"
22884
msgstr ""
22885
22886
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:45
22887
msgid "Supplier: source of products received from suppliers,"
22888
msgstr ""
22889
22890
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:47
22891
msgid "Internal: locations for your own stock,"
22892
msgstr ""
22893
22894
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:49
22895
msgid ""
22896
"Inventory: the counterpart for inventory operations used to correct stock "
22897
"levels,"
22898
msgstr ""
22899
22900
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:51
22901
msgid ""
22902
"Production: the counterpart for production operations; receipt of raw "
22903
"material and sending finished products,"
22904
msgstr ""
22905
22906
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:54
22907
msgid ""
22908
"Procurement: the counterpart for procurement operations when you don't yet "
22909
"know the source (supplier or production). Products in this location should "
22910
"be zero after the scheduler run completes."
22911
msgstr ""
22912
22913
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:58
22914
msgid ""
22915
"You can have several locations of the same type. In that case your product, "
22916
"supplier and warehouse configurations determine the location that's to be "
22917
"used for any given operation."
22918
msgstr ""
22919
22920
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:61
22921
msgid ""
22922
"The counterparts for procurement, inventory and production operations are "
22923
"given by the locations shown on the product form. The counterparts of "
22924
"reception and delivery operations are given by the locations shown on the "
22925
"partner form. The choice of stock location is given by the configuration of "
22926
"the warehouse, linked to a Shop."
22927
msgstr ""
22928
22929
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:0
22930
msgid "*Definition of stock locations on the product form*"
22931
msgstr ""
22932
22933
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:0
22934
msgid "*Definition of stock locations on the partner form*"
22935
msgstr ""
22936
22937
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:82
22938
msgid "Localization"
22939
msgstr ""
22940
22941
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:84
22942
msgid ""
22943
"Each location can be given an address. That enables you to create a location "
22944
"for a customer or a supplier, for example. You can then give it the address "
22945
"of that customer or supplier. You should indicate to OpenERP on the partner "
22946
"form that it should use this location rather than the default location given "
22947
"to partner deliveries."
22948
msgstr ""
22949
22950
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:89
22951
msgid "Subcontracting production"
22952
msgstr ""
22953
22954
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:91
22955
msgid ""
22956
"You'll see in the chapter, :ref:`ch-mnf`, that it is possible to assign a "
22957
"location to a manufacturing workcenter. If this location is at a supplier's "
22958
"you must give it an address so that OpenERP can prepare a delivery order for "
22959
"the supplier and a receive operation for the manufactured goods."
22960
msgstr ""
22961
22962
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:97
22963
msgid ""
22964
"Creating a location specifically for a partner is also a simple solution for "
22965
"handled consigned stocks in OpenERP."
22966
msgstr ""
22967
22968
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:189
22969
msgid "Consigned Stock"
22970
msgstr ""
22971
22972
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:102
22973
msgid ""
22974
"Consigned stock is stock that is owned by you (valued in your accounts) but "
22975
"is physically stocked by your supplier. Or, conversely, it could be stock "
22976
"owned by your customer (not valued by you) but stocked in your company."
22977
msgstr ""
22978
22979
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:107
22980
msgid ""
22981
"To enable you to consolidate easily at a higher level, the location "
22982
"definition is hierarchical. This structure is given by the field "
22983
":guilabel:`Parent location`. That also enables you to manage complex cases "
22984
"of product localization. For example, you could imagine the following "
22985
"scenario."
22986
msgstr ""
22987
22988
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:112
22989
msgid "Example Structure for two warehouses"
22990
msgstr ""
22991
22992
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:114
22993
msgid ""
22994
"A company has a warehouse in Paris and in Bordeaux. For some orders you must "
22995
"deliver the products from Paris, and for others from Bordeaux. But you "
22996
"should also specify a fictitious warehouse that OpenERP uses to calculate if "
22997
"it should deliver products from Paris or from Bordeaux."
22998
msgstr ""
22999
23000
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:118
23001
msgid ""
23002
"To do this in OpenERP, you'd create a third warehouse 'France' which "
23003
"consolidates the warehouses in Paris and Bordeaux. You create the following "
23004
"physical locations:"
23005
msgstr ""
23006
23007
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:208
23008
msgid "Output"
23009
msgstr ""
23010
23011
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:210
23012
msgid "Warehouses France"
23013
msgstr ""
23014
23015
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:212
23016
msgid "Warehouse Paris"
23017
msgstr ""
23018
23019
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:214
23020
msgid "Warehouse Bordeaux"
23021
msgstr ""
23022
23023
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:131
23024
msgid ""
23025
"OpenERP will then deliver the goods from the warehouse that has the ordered "
23026
"product in stock. When products are available in several warehouses, OpenERP "
23027
"will select the nearest warehouse. To formalize the notion of distance "
23028
"between warehouses you should use the geographic co-ordinates (X, Y, Z) of "
23029
"the different stores to enable OpenERP to search for the nearest goods."
23030
msgstr ""
23031
23032
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:136
23033
msgid ""
23034
"The same co-ordinates could also be used to structure the shelves, aisles "
23035
"and interior rooms in a warehouse."
23036
msgstr ""
23037
23038
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:143
23039
msgid "Accounting valuation in real time"
23040
msgstr ""
23041
23042
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:148
23043
msgid ""
23044
"If you have experience of managing with traditional software you'll know the "
23045
"problem of getting useful indicators. If you ask your accountant for a stock "
23046
"valuation or the value added by production he'll give you a figure. If you "
23047
"ask for the same figure from your stores manager you'll get an entirely "
23048
"different amount. You have no idea who's right!"
23049
msgstr ""
23050
23051
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:153
23052
msgid ""
23053
"In OpenERP the management of stock is completely integrated with the "
23054
"accounts, to give strong coherence between the two systems. The double-entry "
23055
"structure of locations enables a very precise correspondence between stocks "
23056
"and accounts."
23057
msgstr ""
23058
23059
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_financial.rst:17
23060
msgid ""
23061
"Each stock movement also generates a corresponding accounting entry in an "
23062
"accounting journal to ensure that the two systems can stay in permanent "
23063
"synchronization."
23064
msgstr ""
23065
23066
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:160
23067
msgid ""
23068
"To do that, set up a general account for each location that should be valued "
23069
"in your accounts. If a product goes to one location or another and the "
23070
"accounts are different in the two locations, Open ERP automatically "
23071
"generates the corresponding accounting entries in the accounts, in the stock "
23072
"journal."
23073
msgstr ""
23074
23075
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:165
23076
msgid ""
23077
"If a stock move will go from a location without an account to a location "
23078
"where an account has been assigned (for example goods receipt from a "
23079
"supplier order), OpenERP generates an accounting entry using the properties "
23080
"defined in the product form for the counterpart. You can use different "
23081
"accounts per location or link several location to the same account, "
23082
"depending on the level of analysis needed."
23083
msgstr ""
23084
23085
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_financial.rst:29
23086
msgid "You use this system for managing consigned stocks:"
23087
msgstr ""
23088
23089
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_financial.rst:31
23090
msgid "a supplier location that is valued in your own accounts or,"
23091
msgstr ""
23092
23093
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:175
23094
msgid "a location in your own company that isn't valued in your accounts."
23095
msgstr ""
23096
23097
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:182
23098
msgid "Linked locations"
23099
msgstr ""
23100
23101
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:184
23102
msgid ""
23103
"Locations in OpenERP can be linked between each other to define paths "
23104
"followed by products. So you can then define rules such as: all products "
23105
"that enter the warehouse must automatically be sent to quality control. The "
23106
"warehouse and quality control are represented by two different locations."
23107
msgstr ""
23108
23109
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:229
23110
msgid ""
23111
"Then when a product arrives in a location, OpenERP can automatically suggest "
23112
"that you send the product to another linked location. Three link modes are "
23113
"available:"
23114
msgstr ""
23115
23116
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:191
23117
msgid "Manual,"
23118
msgstr ""
23119
23120
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:193
23121
msgid "Automatic,"
23122
msgstr ""
23123
23124
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:195
23125
msgid "Automatic without steps."
23126
msgstr ""
23127
23128
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:197
23129
msgid ""
23130
"The manual mode will create an internal move order to the linked location "
23131
"once products arrive in the source locations. This order will wait for a "
23132
"confirmation of the move by a user. This enables you to have a list of moves "
23133
"to do, proposed by the system and confirmed by the storesperson."
23134
msgstr ""
23135
23136
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:246
23137
msgid "Product Logistics"
23138
msgstr ""
23139
23140
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:206
23141
msgid ""
23142
"The module :mod:`stock_location` lets you generate paths to follow, not just "
23143
"at the level of locations but also at the level of products. It then enables "
23144
"you to manage default locations for a given product or to refer to the "
23145
"products as a function of operations such as quality control, supplier "
23146
"receipt, and after-sales service."
23147
msgstr ""
23148
23149
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:252
23150
msgid ""
23151
"A more detailed explanation of this module, with examples, is given at the "
23152
"end of this chapter."
23153
msgstr ""
23154
23155
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:214
23156
msgid ""
23157
"The automatic mode will do the same but won't wait for a confirmation from "
23158
"the user. Products will automatically be sent to the linked location without "
23159
"any intervening manual operation to do. This corresponds to the case where, "
23160
"for simplicity, you delete a step in the process so the end user can set off "
23161
"the process automatically."
23162
msgstr ""
23163
23164
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:219
23165
msgid ""
23166
"The ``automatic without steps`` mode won't include the additional stock move "
23167
"but will change the destination move transparently to assign the linked the "
23168
"location. You could then assign a destination location to which you send all "
23169
"the products that arrive in your warehouse. The storesperson will modify the "
23170
"goods receipt note."
23171
msgstr ""
23172
23173
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:224
23174
msgid ""
23175
"If there is a linkage to do, the field :guilabel:`Type of linked location` "
23176
"lets the destination location be determined. If the field is set to "
23177
"'customer', the location is given by the properties of the partner form. If "
23178
"the field is set to ``fixed`` , the destination location is given by the "
23179
"field :guilabel:`Location if link is fixed`."
23180
msgstr ""
23181
23182
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:229
23183
msgid ""
23184
"Some operations take a certain time between order and execution. To account "
23185
"for this lead time, you can set a value in days in the field :guilabel:`Link "
23186
"lead time`. Then the extra move (automatic or not) will be carried out "
23187
"several days after the original move. If you use the mode ``automatic "
23188
"without steps``, the lead time is inserted directly into the initial order. "
23189
"In this way you can add security lead times at certain control points in the "
23190
"warehouse."
23191
msgstr ""
23192
23193
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:236
23194
msgid "Case of structuring locations"
23195
msgstr ""
23196
23197
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:238
23198
msgid ""
23199
"You'll see in the next part that linking locations lets you manage a whole "
23200
"series of complex cases in managing production efficiently:"
23201
msgstr ""
23202
23203
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:241
23204
msgid "handling multiple operations for a customer order,"
23205
msgstr ""
23206
23207
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:243
23208
msgid "tracking import and export by sea transport,"
23209
msgstr ""
23210
23211
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:245
23212
msgid "managing a production chain in detail,"
23213
msgstr ""
23214
23215
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:247
23216
msgid "managing rented products,"
23217
msgstr ""
23218
23219
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:249
23220
msgid "managing consigned products."
23221
msgstr ""
23222
23223
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:251
23224
msgid ""
23225
"To show these concepts, five cases of structuring and configuring these "
23226
"locations are given below. Many other configurations are possible depending "
23227
"on needs."
23228
msgstr ""
23229
23230
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:255
23231
msgid "Handling customer orders"
23232
msgstr ""
23233
23234
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:282
23235
msgid "Customer orders are usually handled in one of two ways:"
23236
msgstr ""
23237
23238
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:284
23239
msgid ""
23240
"item note (or preparation order), confirmed when the item is ready to send,"
23241
msgstr ""
23242
23243
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:285
23244
msgid ""
23245
"delivery order (or freight note), confirmed when the transporter has "
23246
"delivered the item to a customer."
23247
msgstr ""
23248
23249
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:287
23250
msgid ""
23251
"You use the following stock move in OpenERP to simulate these operations:"
23252
msgstr ""
23253
23254
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:289
23255
msgid "Packing Note: Stock > Output,"
23256
msgstr ""
23257
23258
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:290
23259
msgid "Delivery Order: Output > Customer."
23260
msgstr ""
23261
23262
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:270
23263
msgid ""
23264
"The first operation is automatically generated by the customer order. The "
23265
"second is then generated by the stock management by showing that the "
23266
"``Output`` location is linked to the ``Customer`` location. That then gives "
23267
"the two operations waiting. If the ``Output`` location isn't situated "
23268
"beneath the stock location you then have to move the item from stock to the "
23269
"place that the item is prepared."
23270
msgstr ""
23271
23272
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:275
23273
msgid ""
23274
"Some companies don't want to work in two steps, because it just seems like "
23275
"extra work to have to confirm a delivery note in the system. You can then "
23276
"set the link mode to 'Automatic' to make Open ERP automatically confirm the "
23277
"second step. It's then assumed the all the items have automatically been "
23278
"delivered to the customer."
23279
msgstr ""
23280
23281
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:284
23282
msgid "Linked Production"
23283
msgstr ""
23284
23285
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:304
23286
msgid ""
23287
"The :mod:`stock_location` module enables you to manage the linkages by "
23288
"product in addition to doing that by location. You can then create a "
23289
"location structure that represents your production chain by product."
23290
msgstr ""
23291
23292
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:290
23293
msgid "The location structure looks like this:"
23294
msgstr ""
23295
23296
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:311
23297
msgid "Level 1"
23298
msgstr ""
23299
23300
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:313
23301
msgid "Level 2"
23302
msgstr ""
23303
23304
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:315
23305
msgid "Link 1"
23306
msgstr ""
23307
23308
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:317
23309
msgid "Operation 1"
23310
msgstr ""
23311
23312
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:319
23313
msgid "Operation 2"
23314
msgstr ""
23315
23316
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:321
23317
msgid "Operation 3"
23318
msgstr ""
23319
23320
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:323
23321
msgid "Operation 4"
23322
msgstr ""
23323
23324
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:308
23325
msgid ""
23326
"You can then set the locations a product or a routing must go through on the "
23327
"relevant form. All products that enter the production chain will "
23328
"automatically follow the predetermined path."
23329
msgstr ""
23330
23331
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:0
23332
msgid "*Logistics for a given product*"
23333
msgstr ""
23334
23335
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:317
23336
msgid ""
23337
"To improve your logistics, you'll see further on in this chapter how you can "
23338
"put minimum stock rules onto different locations to guarantee security "
23339
"stocks for assembly operators. Reports on the state of stocks in different "
23340
"locations will rapidly show you the bottlenecks in your production chain."
23341
msgstr ""
23342
23343
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:31
23344
msgid "location type"
23345
msgstr ""
23346
23347
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:78
23348
msgid "localization"
23349
msgstr ""
23350
23351
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:139
23352
msgid "real time valutation"
23353
msgstr ""
23354
23355
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:177
23356
msgid "chained location"
23357
msgstr ""
23358
23359
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:177
23360
msgid "chained"
23361
msgstr ""
23362
23363
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_logistic.rst:280
23364
msgid "linked production"
23365
msgstr ""
23366
23367
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:5
23368
msgid "Management of lots and traceability"
23369
msgstr ""
23370
23371
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:7
23372
msgid ""
23373
"The double-entry management in OpenERP enables you to run very advanced "
23374
"traceability. All operations are formalized in terms of stock moves, so it's "
23375
"very simple to search for the cause of any gaps in stock moves."
23376
msgstr ""
23377
23378
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:15
23379
msgid "Upstream and downstream traceability"
23380
msgstr ""
23381
23382
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:17
23383
msgid ""
23384
"**Upstream** traceability runs from the raw materials received from the "
23385
"supplier and follows the chain to the finished products delivered to "
23386
"customers. (Note that the name is confusing - this would often be considered "
23387
"a downstream direction. Think of it as **Where Used**.)"
23388
msgstr ""
23389
23390
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:22
23391
msgid ""
23392
"**Downstream** traceability follows the product in the other direction, from "
23393
"customer to the different suppliers of raw material. (Note that the name is "
23394
"confusing - this would often be considered an upstream direction. Think of "
23395
"it as **Where Supplied**.)"
23396
msgstr ""
23397
23398
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:27
23399
msgid "Stock Moves"
23400
msgstr ""
23401
23402
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:30
23403
msgid ""
23404
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Traceability --> Low Level "
23405
"--> Stock Moves` to track past stock transactions for a product or a given "
23406
"location. All the operations are available. You can filter on the various "
23407
"fields to retrieve the operations about an order, or a production activity, "
23408
"or a source location, or any given destination."
23409
msgstr ""
23410
23411
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:0
23412
msgid "*History of stock movements*"
23413
msgstr ""
23414
23415
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:41
23416
msgid ""
23417
"Each stock move is in a given state. The different possible states are:"
23418
msgstr ""
23419
23420
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:43
23421
msgid ""
23422
"``Draft`` : the move has so far had no effect in the system. The transaction "
23423
"hasn't yet been confirmed,"
23424
msgstr ""
23425
23426
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:45
23427
msgid ""
23428
"``Confirmed`` : the move will be done, so it will be counted in the "
23429
"calculations of virtual stock. But you don't know whether it will be done "
23430
"without problems because the products have not yet been reserved for the "
23431
"move,"
23432
msgstr ""
23433
23434
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:49
23435
msgid ""
23436
"``Validated`` : the move will be done and the necessary raw material have "
23437
"been reserved for the transaction,"
23438
msgstr ""
23439
23440
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:52
23441
msgid ""
23442
"``Done`` : the stock move has been done, and entered into the calculations "
23443
"of real stock,"
23444
msgstr ""
23445
23446
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:54
23447
msgid ""
23448
"``Waiting`` : in the case of transactions ``From Order`` , this state shows "
23449
"that the stock move is blocked waiting for the end of another move,"
23450
msgstr ""
23451
23452
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:57
23453
msgid ""
23454
"``Cancelled`` : the stock move wasn't carried out, so there's no accounting "
23455
"for it in either real stock or virtual stock."
23456
msgstr ""
23457
23458
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:60
23459
msgid ""
23460
"Delivery orders, goods receipts and internal picking lists are just "
23461
"documents that group a set of stock moves. You can also consult the history "
23462
"of these documents using the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> "
23463
"Traceability --> Low level --> Packing`."
23464
msgstr ""
23465
23466
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:60
23467
msgid "Lots"
23468
msgstr ""
23469
23470
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:62
23471
msgid "OpenERP can also manage product lots. Two lot types are defined:"
23472
msgstr ""
23473
23474
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:68
23475
msgid ""
23476
"Production lots (batch numbers) are represented by a unique product or an "
23477
"assembly of identical products leaving the same production area. They are "
23478
"usually identified by bar codes stuck on the products. The batch can be "
23479
"marked with a supplier number or your own company numbers."
23480
msgstr ""
23481
23482
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:73
23483
msgid ""
23484
"Tracking numbers are logistical lots for identifying the container for a set "
23485
"of products. This corresponds, for example, to the pallet numbers on which "
23486
"several different products are stocked."
23487
msgstr ""
23488
23489
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:77
23490
msgid ""
23491
"These lots can be encoded onto all stock moves and, specifically, on goods-"
23492
"in lines, internal moves and product deliveries."
23493
msgstr ""
23494
23495
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:0
23496
msgid "*Entering a line for production receipt*"
23497
msgstr ""
23498
23499
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:86
23500
msgid ""
23501
"To enter the lot number in an operation you can use an existing lot number "
23502
"or create a new lot. A production lot (batch number) is used for a single "
23503
"product. A tracking number can be used several times for different products, "
23504
"so you can mix different products on a pallet or in a box."
23505
msgstr ""
23506
23507
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:89
23508
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:164
23509
msgid "Simplified View"
23510
msgstr ""
23511
23512
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:92
23513
msgid ""
23514
"In the ``Simplified View`` the tracking numbers can't be seen: the field is "
23515
"hidden. To get to ``Extended View`` mode, assign the group "
23516
":guilabel:`Usability – Extended View` to the current user."
23517
msgstr ""
23518
23519
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:95
23520
msgid ""
23521
"You can also specify on the product form the operations in which a lot "
23522
"number is required. You can then compel the user to set a lot number for "
23523
"manufacturing operations, goods receipt, or customer packing."
23524
msgstr ""
23525
23526
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:100
23527
msgid ""
23528
"You don't have to encode the lot number one by one to assign a unique lot "
23529
"number to a set of several items. You only need to take a stock move for "
23530
"several products line and click the button :guilabel:`Split in Production "
23531
"Lots`. You can then give a lot number prefix (if you want) and OpenERP will "
23532
"complete the prefix in the wizard with a continuing sequence number. This "
23533
"sequence number might correspond to a set of pre-printed barcodes that you "
23534
"stick on each product."
23535
msgstr ""
23536
23537
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:0
23538
msgid "*Splitting a lot into uniquely identified parts*"
23539
msgstr ""
23540
23541
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:104
23542
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:12
23543
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:37
23544
msgid "Traceability"
23545
msgstr ""
23546
23547
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:117
23548
msgid ""
23549
"If you code in the lot numbers for stock moves as described above you can "
23550
"then investigate the traceability of any given lot number. To do this use "
23551
"the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Traceability --> Production "
23552
"Lots`, or :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Traceability --> Tracking "
23553
"Lots`."
23554
msgstr ""
23555
23556
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:109
23557
msgid "Product Shortcuts"
23558
msgstr ""
23559
23560
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:122
23561
msgid ""
23562
"From the product form, the toolbar to the right offers useful information:"
23563
msgstr ""
23564
23565
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:125
23566
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum stock rules`,"
23567
msgstr ""
23568
23569
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:127
23570
msgid ":guilabel:`Stocks by location`,"
23571
msgstr ""
23572
23573
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:129
23574
msgid ":guilabel:`Sales detail`,"
23575
msgstr ""
23576
23577
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:131
23578
msgid ":guilabel:`Stocks by lot`,"
23579
msgstr ""
23580
23581
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:133
23582
msgid ":guilabel:`Bills of Materials`."
23583
msgstr ""
23584
23585
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:135
23586
msgid ""
23587
"Search for a particular lot using the filters for the lot number, the date "
23588
"or the product. Once you can see the form about this lot several actions are "
23589
"possible:"
23590
msgstr ""
23591
23592
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:138
23593
msgid ""
23594
":guilabel:`Traceability upstream` : from supplier through to customers,"
23595
msgstr ""
23596
23597
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:140
23598
msgid ""
23599
":guilabel:`Traceability downstream` : from customer back to suppliers,"
23600
msgstr ""
23601
23602
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:127
23603
msgid "Stock in all the physical and virtual locations."
23604
msgstr ""
23605
23606
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:0
23607
msgid "*Tracing upstream in Make to Order*"
23608
msgstr ""
23609
23610
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:0
23611
msgid "*Tracing downstream in Make to Stock*"
23612
msgstr ""
23613
23614
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_lots.rst:156
23615
msgid ""
23616
"Finally, on a lot, you can enter data on all the operations that have been "
23617
"done on the product. That forms a useful history of the pre-sales operations."
23618
msgstr ""
23619
23620
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:8
23621
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:8
23622
msgid "traceability"
23623
msgstr ""
23624
23625
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:8
23626
msgid "upstream"
23627
msgstr ""
23628
23629
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:8
23630
msgid "downstream"
23631
msgstr ""
23632
23633
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_traceability.rst:101
23634
msgid "traceability (stock)"
23635
msgstr ""
23636
23637
#: ../../source/book/4/4_13_Projects/4_13_Projects_long_term.rst:29
23638
msgid "Scheduling"
23639
msgstr ""
23640
23641
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:8
23642
msgid ""
23643
"The master production plan, sometimes called the MPS (Master Production "
23644
"Schedule), enables you to generate forecasts for incoming and outgoing "
23645
"material. It's based on forecasts of inputs and outputs by the logistics "
23646
"manager."
23647
msgstr ""
23648
23649
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:15
23650
msgid "MPS, Procurement and Production"
23651
msgstr ""
23652
23653
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:8
23654
msgid "OpenERP distinguishes between Production, Purchase and Procurement."
23655
msgstr ""
23656
23657
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:16
23658
msgid ""
23659
"Production is manufacture, Purchase is the acquisition of goods from another "
23660
"party, and Procurement is either or both of those. So it would be better to "
23661
"call the MPS the Master Procurement Schedule. Which OpenERP does!"
23662
msgstr ""
23663
23664
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:20
23665
msgid "Product trading"
23666
msgstr ""
23667
23668
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:22
23669
msgid ""
23670
"Also called the Production Plan, this tool is also very useful for traded "
23671
"products which aren't manufactured. You can then use it for stock management "
23672
"with purchased and manufactured products."
23673
msgstr ""
23674
23675
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:29
23676
msgid ""
23677
"To be able to use the production plan, you must install the "
23678
":mod:`stock_planning` module. This can be found amongst OpenERP's ``addons-"
23679
"extra`` rather in the main set of ``addons``. (Beware! One reason it is not "
23680
"in the core of OpenERP at the time of writing could be because some screens "
23681
"have no navigation controls, so you can't always easily get back to the main "
23682
"OpenERP system)."
23683
msgstr ""
23684
23685
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:116
23686
msgid "Sales Forecasts"
23687
msgstr ""
23688
23689
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:40
23690
msgid ""
23691
"The first thing to do to work with a production plan is to define the "
23692
"periods for stock management. Some companies plan daily, others weekly or "
23693
"monthly."
23694
msgstr ""
23695
23696
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:43
23697
msgid "Stock Management interval"
23698
msgstr ""
23699
23700
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:123
23701
msgid ""
23702
"The interval chosen for managing stock in the production plan will depend on "
23703
"the length of your production cycle. You generally work daily, weekly or "
23704
"monthly."
23705
msgstr ""
23706
23707
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:48
23708
msgid ""
23709
"If your products take several days to assemble it's preferable to have a "
23710
"weekly plan. If your manufacturing cycles are several months you can work "
23711
"with a monthly plan."
23712
msgstr ""
23713
23714
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:51
23715
msgid ""
23716
"To do this use the menu :menuselection:`Sales Management --> Configuration --"
23717
"> Create Sales Periods`. A window appears enabling you to automatically "
23718
"define the next periods that will be provided for stock management."
23719
msgstr ""
23720
23721
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:0
23722
msgid "*Defining periods for stock management*"
23723
msgstr ""
23724
23725
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:61
23726
msgid ""
23727
"Salespeople can then enter their sales forecasts by product and by period "
23728
"using the menu :menuselection:`Sales Management --> Sales Forecasts --> My "
23729
"Sales Forecasts`. The forecasts can be made by quantity or by value. For a "
23730
"forecast by amount OpenERP automatically calculates for you the quantity "
23731
"equivalent to the estimated amount. This can be modified manually as needed "
23732
"before completion."
23733
msgstr ""
23734
23735
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:0
23736
msgid "*Sales Forecast to help create a master production plan*"
23737
msgstr ""
23738
23739
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:166
23740
msgid "Production Plan"
23741
msgstr ""
23742
23743
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:79
23744
msgid ""
23745
"The manager responsible for logistics then plans receipts (manufacturing or "
23746
"purchases) and outgoings (consumption or customer deliveries) by period. To "
23747
"do this use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Procurement "
23748
"Forecast --> Master Procurement Schedule`."
23749
msgstr ""
23750
23751
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:83
23752
msgid ""
23753
"For each period and product OpenERP gives you the following information:"
23754
msgstr ""
23755
23756
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:85
23757
msgid ""
23758
"stock estimated at the end of the period, calculated as stock in the "
23759
"following period less total estimated outgoings plus total estimated inputs,"
23760
msgstr ""
23761
23762
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:88
23763
msgid "closed entries, coming from production or confirmed purchases,"
23764
msgstr ""
23765
23766
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:90
23767
msgid ""
23768
"forecast inputs for the period, calculated using the incoming entries less "
23769
"the closing amounts,"
23770
msgstr ""
23771
23772
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:92
23773
msgid "planned inputs entered manually by the logistics manager,"
23774
msgstr ""
23775
23776
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:94
23777
msgid ""
23778
"closed outgoings which are the consumption of manufacturing waiting and "
23779
"deliveries to be made to customers,"
23780
msgstr ""
23781
23782
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:97
23783
msgid ""
23784
"forecast outgoings, calculated from the planned outgoings, less the closing "
23785
"amounts,"
23786
msgstr ""
23787
23788
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:99
23789
msgid "planned outgoings, manually entered by the logistics manager,"
23790
msgstr ""
23791
23792
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:101
23793
msgid ""
23794
"sales forecasts, which represent the sum of forecasts made by the "
23795
"salespeople."
23796
msgstr ""
23797
23798
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:0
23799
msgid "*The master production schedule (MPS)*"
23800
msgstr ""
23801
23802
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:109
23803
msgid ""
23804
"The production plan then enables the logistics manager to play with the "
23805
"forecast income and outgoings and test the impact on the future stock for "
23806
"the product under consideration. It enables you for example to check that "
23807
"the stock doesn't fall below a certain level for the product under "
23808
"consideration."
23809
msgstr ""
23810
23811
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:114
23812
msgid ""
23813
"You can also open the production plan for past periods. In this case OpenERP "
23814
"shows you the real stock moves, by period for forecast reports."
23815
msgstr ""
23816
23817
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:117
23818
msgid ""
23819
"If you don't have automated procurement rules for a product you can start "
23820
"procurement at any time based on the estimates of the production plan. To do "
23821
"this press the button :guilabel:`Procure Incoming Left` (i.e. remaining) on "
23822
"the :guilabel:`Master Procurement Schedule`. OpenERP plans procurement for "
23823
"an amount equal to the entries forecast."
23824
msgstr ""
23825
23826
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:1
23827
msgid "MPS"
23828
msgstr ""
23829
23830
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:2
23831
msgid "Master Production Schedule"
23832
msgstr ""
23833
23834
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:3
23835
msgid "Master Procurement Schedule"
23836
msgstr ""
23837
23838
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:110
23839
msgid "stock_planning"
23840
msgstr ""
23841
23842
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:113
23843
msgid "forecasts"
23844
msgstr ""
23845
23846
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:162
23847
msgid "plan"
23848
msgstr ""
23849
23850
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:2
23851
msgid "production"
23852
msgstr ""
23853
23854
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:2
23855
msgid "Stocks"
23856
msgstr ""
23857
23858
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:7
23859
msgid ""
23860
"In the product form you can find a report that will give you the stock "
23861
"levels of the various different products in any selected location. If you "
23862
"haven't selected any location, OpenERP calculates stocks for all of the "
23863
"physical locations."
23864
msgstr ""
23865
23866
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:11
23867
msgid "Availability of stock"
23868
msgstr ""
23869
23870
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:13
23871
msgid ""
23872
"Depending on whether you look at the product from a customer order or from "
23873
"the menu of a product form you can get different values for stock "
23874
"availability. If you use the product menu you get the stock in all of the "
23875
"physical stock locations. Looking at the product from the order you will "
23876
"only see the report of the warehouse selected in the order."
23877
msgstr ""
23878
23879
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:18
23880
msgid "The two fields are:"
23881
msgstr ""
23882
23883
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:20
23884
msgid ":guilabel:`Real Stock` : quantity physical present in your warehouse,"
23885
msgstr ""
23886
23887
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:22
23888
msgid ""
23889
":guilabel:`Virtual Stock` : calculated this way: real stock – outgoing + "
23890
"incoming."
23891
msgstr ""
23892
23893
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:359
23894
msgid "Virtual Stock"
23895
msgstr ""
23896
23897
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:26
23898
msgid ""
23899
"Virtual stock is very useful because it shows what the salespeople can sell. "
23900
"If it's more than real stock it's because products will be coming in and if "
23901
"it's smaller than real stock then it's because certain products are reserved "
23902
"for other sales orders or works orders."
23903
msgstr ""
23904
23905
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:30
23906
msgid "Detail of future stock"
23907
msgstr ""
23908
23909
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:32
23910
msgid ""
23911
"To get more detail about future stock, you can click :guilabel:`Future Stock "
23912
"Forecast` to the right of the product form to get the report :ref:`fig-"
23913
"stfore` below. OpenERP shows a graph of the change of stock in the days to "
23914
"come, varying as a function of purchase orders, confirmed production and "
23915
"sales orders."
23916
msgstr ""
23917
23918
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:46
23919
msgid "Lead times and locations"
23920
msgstr ""
23921
23922
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:48
23923
msgid ""
23924
"The tab :guilabel:`Procurement & Locations` contains information about "
23925
"different lead times and locations. Three lead time figures are available:"
23926
msgstr ""
23927
23928
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:51
23929
msgid ""
23930
":guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` : lead time promised to the customer, "
23931
"expressed in number of days between the order and the deliver to the "
23932
"customer,"
23933
msgstr ""
23934
23935
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:54
23936
msgid ""
23937
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` : lead time, in days, between a "
23938
"production order and the end of production of the finished product,"
23939
msgstr ""
23940
23941
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:57
23942
msgid ""
23943
":guilabel:`Warranty (months)` : length of time in months for the warranty "
23944
"for the delivered products."
23945
msgstr ""
23946
23947
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:399
23948
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:313
23949
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:314
23950
msgid "Warranty"
23951
msgstr ""
23952
23953
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:61
23954
msgid ""
23955
"The warranty period is used in the management of repairs and after-sales "
23956
"service. You can find more information on this subject in :ref:`ch-mnf`."
23957
msgstr ""
23958
23959
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:64
23960
msgid ""
23961
"Fields in the section :guilabel:`Storage Localisation` are given for "
23962
"information – they don't have any impact on the management of stock."
23963
msgstr ""
23964
23965
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:67
23966
msgid ""
23967
":guilabel:`Counterpart locations` are automatically proposed by the system "
23968
"but the different values can be modified. You'll find counterpart locations "
23969
"for:"
23970
msgstr ""
23971
23972
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:70
23973
msgid ":guilabel:`Procurement`,"
23974
msgstr ""
23975
23976
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:72
23977
msgid ":guilabel:`Production`,"
23978
msgstr ""
23979
23980
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:74
23981
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory`."
23982
msgstr ""
23983
23984
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:76
23985
msgid ""
23986
"A procurement location is a temporary location for stock moves that haven't "
23987
"yet been finalized by the scheduler. When the system doesn't yet know if "
23988
"procurement is to be done by a purchase or production, OpenERP uses the "
23989
"counterpart location :guilabel:`Procurement`. You'll find there everything "
23990
"that hasn't yet been planned by the system. The quantities of product in "
23991
"this location cancel each other out."
23992
msgstr ""
23993
23994
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:421
23995
msgid "Initial Inventory"
23996
msgstr ""
23997
23998
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:89
23999
msgid ""
24000
"Once a product has been defined, use an initial inventory operation to put "
24001
"actual current quantities into the system by location for the products in "
24002
"stock. Use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Periodical "
24003
"Inventory --> New Periodical Inventory` for this."
24004
msgstr ""
24005
24006
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:0
24007
msgid "*Defining a new inventory operation*"
24008
msgstr ""
24009
24010
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:99
24011
msgid ""
24012
"Give a name (for example ``Initial Inventory`` or ``Lost Product XYZ`` ) and "
24013
"a date for each inventory operation. You can then enter data about the "
24014
"quantities available for each product by location. Start by showing the "
24015
"location, for example ``Stock`` , and then select the product. OpenERP "
24016
"automatically completes the actual quantity actually available for that "
24017
"product in the location shown. You can then change that value to correct the "
24018
"value in stock."
24019
msgstr ""
24020
24021
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:449
24022
msgid "Enter data for a single line in your inventory:"
24023
msgstr ""
24024
24025
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:107
24026
msgid ":guilabel:`Location` : Stock,"
24027
msgstr ""
24028
24029
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:109
24030
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` : PC1 Computers,"
24031
msgstr ""
24032
24033
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:111
24034
msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity` : 23 Units."
24035
msgstr ""
24036
24037
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:462
24038
msgid "Periodical Inventory"
24039
msgstr ""
24040
24041
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:464
24042
msgid ""
24043
"You are usually legally required to do a stock check of all your products at "
24044
"least once a year. As well as doing a complete annual stock check, OpenERP "
24045
"also supports the method of periodical inventory."
24046
msgstr ""
24047
24048
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:119
24049
msgid ""
24050
"That means you can check the stock levels of a proportion of your products "
24051
"every so often. This system is accepted in France as long as you can "
24052
"guarantee that all of your products have been counted at least once per "
24053
"year. To do this, use the report :menuselection:`Stock Management --> "
24054
"Reporting --> Dates of Inventories`."
24055
msgstr ""
24056
24057
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:125
24058
msgid "This gives you the last inventory date by product."
24059
msgstr ""
24060
24061
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:127
24062
msgid ""
24063
"You can do this the same way for all products and all locations, so you only "
24064
"carry out small inventory operations through the year rather than a single "
24065
"large stock check at one point in the year (which usually turns out to be at "
24066
"an inconvenient time)."
24067
msgstr ""
24068
24069
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:132
24070
msgid ""
24071
"When your inventory operation is finished you can confirm it using the "
24072
"button to the bottom right of the form. OpenERP will then automatically "
24073
"create the stock moves to close the gaps, as mentioned at the start of this "
24074
"chapter. You can verify the moves generated using the second tab of the "
24075
"inventory operation form."
24076
msgstr ""
24077
24078
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:459
24079
msgid ""
24080
"The correct levels of your product are now in your stock locations. A simple "
24081
"way of verifying this is to reopen the product form to see the quantities "
24082
"available in stock."
24083
msgstr ""
24084
24085
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:142
24086
msgid "Receipt of a supplier order"
24087
msgstr ""
24088
24089
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:144
24090
msgid ""
24091
"Supplier goods receipt forms are automatically prepared by OpenERP by the "
24092
"purchase management process. You'll find a list of all the awaited receipts "
24093
"in the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Incoming Products --> "
24094
"Packing to Process`. Use the order number or the supplier name to find the "
24095
"right goods receipt form for confirmation of a goods in. This approach "
24096
"enables you to control quantities received by referring to the quantities "
24097
"ordered."
24098
msgstr ""
24099
24100
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:0
24101
msgid "*List of items waiting*"
24102
msgstr ""
24103
24104
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:156
24105
msgid ""
24106
"You can also do goods-in data entry manually if there's no order, using the "
24107
"same menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Incoming Products --> New "
24108
"Reception Packing`."
24109
msgstr ""
24110
24111
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:159
24112
msgid ""
24113
"A new goods-in data entry form then opens. Enter the supplier data in the "
24114
":guilabel:`Partner` field and you can type in the reference number from your "
24115
"supplier in the field :guilabel:`Origin`. You should then enter data about "
24116
"the products received in the lines."
24117
msgstr ""
24118
24119
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:163
24120
msgid ""
24121
"The source location is already completed by default because of your supplier "
24122
"selection. You should then give the destination location where you will "
24123
"place the products. For example, enter ``Stock``. At this stage you can set "
24124
"a lot number for traceability (this function will be described later in this "
24125
"chapter, so leave this field empty for the moment)."
24126
msgstr ""
24127
24128
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:168
24129
msgid ""
24130
"Once the form has been completed you can confirm the receipt of all the "
24131
"products at the same time using the :guilabel:`Process Now` button. If you "
24132
"want to enter data for a goods receipt that you're still waiting for click "
24133
"the button :guilabel:`Process Later`."
24134
msgstr ""
24135
24136
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:0
24137
msgid "*Form for entering goods received from a supplier order*"
24138
msgstr ""
24139
24140
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:82
24141
msgid ""
24142
"The products then arrive in stock and should reflect the quantities shown on "
24143
"the product form."
24144
msgstr ""
24145
24146
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:181
24147
msgid ""
24148
"In the goods receipt form, the field :guilabel:`Invoicing Control` lets you "
24149
"influence the way you send invoices to suppliers. If this is set to ``To be "
24150
"invoiced`` a supplier invoice will now be generated automatically in the "
24151
"draft state, based on the goods received. Your accountant then has to "
24152
"confirm this pre-invoicing once the supplier's invoice is received. This "
24153
"enables you to verify that the invoiced quantities correspond to the "
24154
"quantities received."
24155
msgstr ""
24156
24157
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:188
24158
msgid "Customer delivery"
24159
msgstr ""
24160
24161
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:193
24162
msgid ""
24163
"Everything about goods receipt can also be done manually for a customer "
24164
"delivery. But this time, use the automated product delivery processes based "
24165
"on customer orders. Install the :mod:`sale` module so that you can proceed "
24166
"further in this section of the chapter."
24167
msgstr ""
24168
24169
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:197
24170
msgid ""
24171
"Now create a new customer order from the menu :menuselection:`Sales "
24172
"Management --> Sales Orders --> New Quotation`. Enter the following data in "
24173
"this order:"
24174
msgstr ""
24175
24176
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:200
24177
msgid ":guilabel:`Shop` : Tiny SPRL"
24178
msgstr ""
24179
24180
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:202
24181
msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` : Agrolait"
24182
msgstr ""
24183
24184
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:204
24185
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:580
24186
msgid ":guilabel:`Order Line` :"
24187
msgstr ""
24188
24189
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:206
24190
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` : PC1 Computer,"
24191
msgstr ""
24192
24193
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:208
24194
msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity` : 3 PCE"
24195
msgstr ""
24196
24197
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:210
24198
msgid ":guilabel:`Procurement Method` : from stock."
24199
msgstr ""
24200
24201
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:212
24202
msgid ""
24203
"You've seen already that OpenERP shows you the available product stock when "
24204
"you've selected list mode. The real stock is equal to the virtual stock "
24205
"because you've nothing to deliver to customers and you're not waiting for "
24206
"any of these products to be received into stock. The salesperson then has "
24207
"all the information needed to take orders efficiently."
24208
msgstr ""
24209
24210
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:0
24211
msgid "*Entering an order for three computers*"
24212
msgstr ""
24213
24214
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:223
24215
msgid ""
24216
"Then confirm the quotation to convert it to an order. If you return to the "
24217
"product form you'll see the virtual stock is now smaller than the real "
24218
"stock. That happens because three products have been reserved by the order "
24219
"that you created, so they can't be sold to another customer."
24220
msgstr ""
24221
24222
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:227
24223
msgid ""
24224
"Start the scheduler through the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
24225
"Compute All Schedulers`. Its functionality will be detailed in :ref:`ch-"
24226
"mnf`. This manages the reservation of products and places orders based on "
24227
"the dates promised to customers, and the various internal lead times and "
24228
"priorities."
24229
msgstr ""
24230
24231
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:237
24232
msgid ""
24233
"Install the module :mod:`mrp_jit` to schedule each order in real time after "
24234
"it's been confirmed. This means that you don't have to start the scheduler "
24235
"or wait for its periodical start time."
24236
msgstr ""
24237
24238
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:240
24239
msgid ""
24240
"You can now look at the the list of deliveries waiting to be carried out "
24241
"using the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Outgoing Products --> "
24242
"Available Packing`. You find a line there for your order representing the "
24243
"items to be sent. Double-click the line to see the detail of the items "
24244
"proposed by OpenERP."
24245
msgstr ""
24246
24247
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:0
24248
msgid "*Items on a customer order*"
24249
msgstr ""
24250
24251
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:297
24252
msgid "States"
24253
msgstr ""
24254
24255
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:299
24256
msgid ""
24257
"OpenERP distinguishes between the states **Confirmed** and **Assigned**."
24258
msgstr ""
24259
24260
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:255
24261
msgid ""
24262
"You say that an item is **Confirmed** when it's needed but the available "
24263
"stock is insufficient. You say that an item is **Assigned** when it's "
24264
"available in stock and the storesperson reserves it: the necessary products "
24265
"have been reserved for this specific operation."
24266
msgstr ""
24267
24268
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:259
24269
msgid ""
24270
"You can confirm a customer delivery using the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. A "
24271
"window then opens where you can enter the quantities actually delivered. If "
24272
"you enter a value less than the forecast one, OpenERP automatically "
24273
"generates a partial delivery notes and a new order for the remaining items. "
24274
"For this exercise, just confirm all the products."
24275
msgstr ""
24276
24277
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:264
24278
msgid ""
24279
"If you return to the list of current orders you will see that your order has "
24280
"now been marked as delivered (done). A progress indicator from 0% to 100% is "
24281
"shown by each order so that the salesperson can follow the progress of their "
24282
"orders at a glance."
24283
msgstr ""
24284
24285
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:0
24286
msgid "*List of orders with their delivery state*"
24287
msgstr ""
24288
24289
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:306
24290
msgid "Negative Stock"
24291
msgstr ""
24292
24293
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:279
24294
msgid ""
24295
"Stock Management is very flexible so that it can be more effective. For "
24296
"example if you forget to enter products at goods in, this won't prevent you "
24297
"from sending them to customers. In OpenERP you can force all operations "
24298
"manually using the button :guilabel:`Force assignment`. In this case your "
24299
"stocks risk falling negative. You should monitor all stocks for negative "
24300
"levels and carry out an inventory correction when that happens."
24301
msgstr ""
24302
24303
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:290
24304
msgid "Analysing stock"
24305
msgstr ""
24306
24307
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:292
24308
msgid ""
24309
"Now look at the effect of these operations on stock management. There are "
24310
"several ways of viewing stocks:"
24311
msgstr ""
24312
24313
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:295
24314
msgid "from the product form,"
24315
msgstr ""
24316
24317
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:297
24318
msgid "from the locations,"
24319
msgstr ""
24320
24321
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:299
24322
msgid "from the orders."
24323
msgstr ""
24324
24325
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:301
24326
msgid ""
24327
"Start by opening the product form from the menu :menuselection:`Products --> "
24328
"Products` and looking at the list of items. You'll immediately see the "
24329
"following information about the products:"
24330
msgstr ""
24331
24332
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:304
24333
msgid ":guilabel:`Real Stock`,"
24334
msgstr ""
24335
24336
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:306
24337
msgid ":guilabel:`Virtual Stock`."
24338
msgstr ""
24339
24340
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:308
24341
msgid ""
24342
"If you want more information you can use the actions to the right of the "
24343
"form. If you click the report :guilabel:`Future Stock Forecast`, OpenERP "
24344
"opens a graphical view of the stock levels for the selected products "
24345
"changing with time over the days and weeks to come. The value at the left of "
24346
"the graph is the real stock (today) and the value at the right is the "
24347
"virtual stock (stock in the short term future)."
24348
msgstr ""
24349
24350
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:314
24351
msgid ""
24352
"To get the stock levels by location use the button :guilabel:`Stock by "
24353
"Location`. OpenERP then gives you the stock of this product split out over "
24354
"all the possible locations. If you only want to see the physical locations "
24355
"in your company just filter this list using the Location Type "
24356
":guilabel:`Internal Locations`. By default, physical locations are already "
24357
"colored red to distinguish them better. Consolidate locations (the sum of "
24358
"several locations, following the hierarchical structure) are colored blue."
24359
msgstr ""
24360
24361
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:0
24362
msgid "*Stock quantities by location for a given product*"
24363
msgstr ""
24364
24365
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:327
24366
msgid ""
24367
"You can get more detail about all the stock moves from the product form. "
24368
"You'll then see each move from a source location to a destination location. "
24369
"Everything that influences stock levels corresponds to a stock move."
24370
msgstr ""
24371
24372
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:331
24373
msgid ""
24374
"You could also look at the stocks available in a location using the menu "
24375
":menuselection:`Stock Management --> Stock Locations Structure`. You can "
24376
"then use the structure shortcuts at the and the location tree in the main "
24377
"window. Click a location to look at the stocks by product. A location "
24378
"containing child locations shows the consolidated contents for all of its "
24379
"child locations."
24380
msgstr ""
24381
24382
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:336
24383
msgid ""
24384
"You should now check the product quantities for various locations to "
24385
"familiarize yourself with this double-entry stock management system. You "
24386
"should look at:"
24387
msgstr ""
24388
24389
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:339
24390
msgid "supplier locations to see how goods receipts are linked,"
24391
msgstr ""
24392
24393
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:341
24394
msgid "customer locations to see how packing notes are linked,"
24395
msgstr ""
24396
24397
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:343
24398
msgid "inventory locations to see the accumulated losses and profits,"
24399
msgstr ""
24400
24401
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:345
24402
msgid "production locations to see the value created for the company."
24403
msgstr ""
24404
24405
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:347
24406
msgid ""
24407
"Also look at how the real and virtual stocks depend on the location "
24408
"selected. If you enter a supplier location:"
24409
msgstr ""
24410
24411
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:350
24412
msgid ""
24413
"the real stock shows all of the product receipts coming from this type of "
24414
"supplier,"
24415
msgstr ""
24416
24417
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:352
24418
msgid ""
24419
"the virtual stock takes into account the quantities expected from these "
24420
"suppliers (+ real stock + quantities expected from these suppliers). It's "
24421
"the same scheme for customer locations and production locations."
24422
msgstr ""
24423
24424
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:82
24425
msgid "inventory"
24426
msgstr ""
24427
24428
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:274
24429
msgid "negative"
24430
msgstr ""
24431
24432
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_stocks.rst:286
24433
msgid "analysis"
24434
msgstr ""
24435
24436
#: ../../source/book/multi/Logistic/config/config_stock.rst:16
24437
msgid "Warehouses"
24438
msgstr ""
24439
24440
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:7
24441
msgid ""
24442
"Warehouses are designed for physical locations from which you can deliver to "
24443
"the customer and to which you receive raw materials. Then when you buy "
24444
"products from a supplier you should take account of which Warehouse you use "
24445
"for this purchase. This also enables the end user to not have to choose from "
24446
"a list of locations but simply a real warehouses."
24447
msgstr ""
24448
24449
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:12
24450
msgid ""
24451
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Configuration --> "
24452
"Warehouses` then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new warehouse."
24453
msgstr ""
24454
24455
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:17
24456
msgid "A warehouse is defined by a link between three locations:"
24457
msgstr ""
24458
24459
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:17
24460
msgid ""
24461
"The :guilabel:`Location Stock` field shows the place of products available "
24462
"for delivery to a customer direct from this warehouse. Availability is given "
24463
"by all the products in that location and any child locations."
24464
msgstr ""
24465
24466
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:20
24467
msgid ""
24468
"The :guilabel:`Location Input` field shows where ordered products are "
24469
"received from a supplier to that warehouse. It can be the same as the stock "
24470
"location if, for example, you want to do a quality control operation on your "
24471
"incoming raw materials."
24472
msgstr ""
24473
24474
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:24
24475
msgid ""
24476
"The :guilabel:`Location Output` field (called ``Output`` in the "
24477
"demonstration database) is designed as a buffer zone in which you store all "
24478
"the items that have been picked but not yet delivered to a customer. You're "
24479
"strongly advised not to put this location within the stock hierarchy but "
24480
"instead at a level higher or the same."
24481
msgstr ""
24482
24483
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:35
24484
msgid ""
24485
"You can also set an address for the warehouse. This address should ideally "
24486
"be an address for your company. Once the warehouse has been defined it can "
24487
"be used in:"
24488
msgstr ""
24489
24490
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:39
24491
msgid "Minimum stock rules,"
24492
msgstr ""
24493
24494
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:41
24495
msgid "Supplier orders,"
24496
msgstr ""
24497
24498
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:43
24499
msgid ""
24500
"Customer orders (using the definition of a point of sale, which is linked to "
24501
"a warehouse)."
24502
msgstr ""
24503
24504
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:47
24505
msgid "Automatic procurement"
24506
msgstr ""
24507
24508
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:48
24509
msgid ""
24510
"Several methods of automatically procuring products can be carried out by "
24511
"OpenERP:"
24512
msgstr ""
24513
24514
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:51
24515
msgid ""
24516
"the workflow used by products that have the procurement mode :guilabel:`Make "
24517
"to Order`,"
24518
msgstr ""
24519
24520
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:53
24521
msgid "using minimum stock rules for :guilabel:`Make to Stock` products,"
24522
msgstr ""
24523
24524
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:55
24525
msgid ""
24526
"using the master production schedule for :guilabel:`Make to Stock` products."
24527
msgstr ""
24528
24529
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:57
24530
msgid "The two last methods are described below."
24531
msgstr ""
24532
24533
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:64
24534
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
24535
msgstr ""
24536
24537
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:66
24538
msgid ""
24539
"To automatically make stock replenishment proposals, you can use minimum "
24540
"stock rules. To do this use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> "
24541
"Automatic Procurements --> Minimum Stock Rules`."
24542
msgstr ""
24543
24544
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:64
24545
msgid ""
24546
"The rule is the following: if the virtual stock for the given location is "
24547
"lower than the minimum stock indicated in the rule, the system will "
24548
"automatically propose a procurement to increase the level of virtual stock "
24549
"to the maximum level given in the rule."
24550
msgstr ""
24551
24552
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:0
24553
msgid "*List of minimum stock rules*"
24554
msgstr ""
24555
24556
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:79
24557
msgid "Conflict resolution"
24558
msgstr ""
24559
24560
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:81
24561
msgid ""
24562
"You may find that draft production or procurement orders don't happen "
24563
"correctly. That can happen if the system is badly configured (for example if "
24564
"you've forgotten to set the supplier on a product)."
24565
msgstr ""
24566
24567
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:85
24568
msgid ""
24569
"To check this, look at the list of procurements in the exception state in "
24570
"the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Automatic Procurements --> "
24571
"Exceptions Procurements`. More detail on handling these exceptions is given "
24572
"in :ref:`ch-mnf`."
24573
msgstr ""
24574
24575
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:89
24576
msgid ""
24577
"It's important to underline that the rule is based on virtual quantities and "
24578
"not just on real quantities. It then takes account of the calculation of "
24579
"orders and receipts to come."
24580
msgstr ""
24581
24582
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:87
24583
msgid "Take the following example:"
24584
msgstr ""
24585
24586
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:89
24587
msgid "Products in stock: 15"
24588
msgstr ""
24589
24590
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:91
24591
msgid "Products ordered but not delivered: 5"
24592
msgstr ""
24593
24594
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:98
24595
msgid "Products in manfacture: 2"
24596
msgstr ""
24597
24598
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:95
24599
msgid "The rules defined are:"
24600
msgstr ""
24601
24602
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:97
24603
msgid "Minimum stock: 13"
24604
msgstr ""
24605
24606
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_inv.rst:99
24607
msgid "Maximum stock: 25."
24608
msgstr ""
24609
24610
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:106
24611
msgid ""
24612
"Once the rules have been properly configured the purchasing manager only "
24613
"needs to look at the list of orders for confirmation with the supplier using "
24614
"the menu :menuselection:`Purchase Management --> Purchase Orders --> "
24615
"Requests for Quotation`."
24616
msgstr ""
24617
24618
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:110
24619
msgid ""
24620
"Note that the procurement doesn't require that you buy from a supplier. If "
24621
"the product has a :guilabel:`Supply method` of ``Produce`` the scheduler "
24622
"will generate a production order and not a supplier order."
24623
msgstr ""
24624
24625
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:114
24626
msgid ""
24627
"You can also set multiple quantities in the minimum stock rules. If you set "
24628
"a multiple quantity of 3 the system will propose procurement of 15 pieces "
24629
"not the 13 it really needs. In this case it automatically rounds the "
24630
"quantity upwards."
24631
msgstr ""
24632
24633
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:118
24634
msgid ""
24635
"In a minimum stock rule, when you indicate a warehouse it suggests a stock "
24636
"location by default in that warehouse. You can change that location by "
24637
"default when the scheduler completes, by location and not by warehouse."
24638
msgstr ""
24639
24640
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:1
24641
msgid "warehouse"
24642
msgstr ""
24643
24644
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:44
24645
msgid "procurement"
24646
msgstr ""
24647
24648
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:59
24649
msgid "orderpoint"
24650
msgstr ""
24651
24652
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_warehouses.rst:59
24653
msgid "minimum stock rule"
24654
msgstr ""
24655
24656
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:2
24657
msgid "Complete workflow from supplier to customer"
24658
msgstr ""
24659
24660
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:4
24661
msgid ""
24662
"Now you'll follow a practical example by adapting stock management "
24663
"operations. In order you'll see:"
24664
msgstr ""
24665
24666
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:6
24667
msgid "defining a new product,"
24668
msgstr ""
24669
24670
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:8
24671
msgid "initial setting of inventory,"
24672
msgstr ""
24673
24674
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:10
24675
msgid "receiving products from a supplier,"
24676
msgstr ""
24677
24678
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:12
24679
msgid "delivering to a customer,"
24680
msgstr ""
24681
24682
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:14
24683
msgid "analysis of the state of stock."
24684
msgstr ""
24685
24686
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:17
24687
msgid "Defining a new product"
24688
msgstr ""
24689
24690
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:19
24691
msgid "To start, define the following product:"
24692
msgstr ""
24693
24694
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:26
24695
msgid "Central Heating Type 1"
24696
msgstr ""
24697
24698
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:27
24699
msgid "CCT1"
24700
msgstr ""
24701
24702
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:389
24703
msgid "Product Type"
24704
msgstr ""
24705
24706
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:28
24707
msgid "Stockable Product"
24708
msgstr ""
24709
24710
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:391
24711
msgid "Supply Method"
24712
msgstr ""
24713
24714
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:612
24715
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:621
24716
msgid "Buy"
24717
msgstr ""
24718
24719
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:32
24720
msgid ""
24721
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, then click "
24722
":guilabel:`New` to define a new product."
24723
msgstr ""
24724
24725
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:0
24726
msgid "*Definition of a new product*"
24727
msgstr ""
24728
24729
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:41
24730
msgid ""
24731
"Three fields are important for stock management when you're configuring a "
24732
"new product:"
24733
msgstr ""
24734
24735
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:43
24736
msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`,"
24737
msgstr ""
24738
24739
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:45
24740
msgid ":guilabel:`Procure Method`,"
24741
msgstr ""
24742
24743
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:47
24744
msgid ":guilabel:`Supply Method`."
24745
msgstr ""
24746
24747
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:50
24748
msgid "Product Types"
24749
msgstr ""
24750
24751
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:52
24752
msgid ""
24753
"The product type indicates if the product is handled in stock management and "
24754
"if OpenERP manages its procurement. The three distinct product types are:"
24755
msgstr ""
24756
24757
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:55
24758
msgid ""
24759
":guilabel:`Stockable Product` : this product is used in stock management and "
24760
"its replenishment is more or less automated as defined by the rules "
24761
"established in the system. Examples, a bicycle, a computer or a central "
24762
"heating system."
24763
msgstr ""
24764
24765
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:59
24766
msgid ""
24767
":guilabel:`Consumable` : handled in stock management, you can receive it, "
24768
"deliver it and make it. But its stock level isn't managed by the system. "
24769
"OpenERP assumes that you've got sufficient levels in stock at all time, so "
24770
"it doesn't restock it automatically. Example, nails."
24771
msgstr ""
24772
24773
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:63
24774
msgid ""
24775
":guilabel:`Service` : doesn't appear in the various stock operations. "
24776
"Example, a consulting service."
24777
msgstr ""
24778
24779
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:67
24780
msgid "Procure Methods – Make to Stock and Make to Order"
24781
msgstr ""
24782
24783
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:69
24784
msgid "The procure method determines how the product will be replenished:"
24785
msgstr ""
24786
24787
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:71
24788
msgid ""
24789
":guilabel:`Make to Stock` : your customers are supplied from available "
24790
"stock. You procure a set quantity of each product when its stock is too low. "
24791
"Example, a classic distributor."
24792
msgstr ""
24793
24794
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:74
24795
msgid ""
24796
":guilabel:`Make to Order` : when a customer order is confirmed, you then "
24797
"procure or manufacture the products for this order. A customer order 'Make "
24798
"to Order' won't modify stock in the medium term because you restock with the "
24799
"exact amount that was ordered. Example, computers from a large supplier "
24800
"assembled on demand."
24801
msgstr ""
24802
24803
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:555
24804
msgid ""
24805
"You find a mix of these two modes used for the different final and "
24806
"intermediate products in most industries. The procurement method shown on "
24807
"the product form is a default value for the order, enabling the salesperson "
24808
"to choose the best mode for fulfilling a particular order by varying the "
24809
"sales order parameters as needed."
24810
msgstr ""
24811
24812
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:84
24813
msgid ""
24814
"The figures :ref:`fig-stfrst` and :ref:`fig-stfrord` show the change of "
24815
"stock levels for one product managed Make to Order and another managed Make "
24816
"to Stock. The two figures are taken from OpenERP's :guilabel:`Future Stock "
24817
"Forecast` report, available from the product form."
24818
msgstr ""
24819
24820
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:0
24821
msgid "*Change in stock for a product managed as Make to Stock*"
24822
msgstr ""
24823
24824
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:0
24825
msgid "*Change in stock for a product managed as Make to Order*"
24826
msgstr ""
24827
24828
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:581
24829
msgid "Logistical Methods"
24830
msgstr ""
24831
24832
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:107
24833
msgid ""
24834
"The :guilabel:`Make to Stock` logistical approach is usually used for high "
24835
"volumes and when the demand is seasonal or otherwise easy to forecast. The "
24836
":guilabel:`Make to Order` approach is used for products that are measured, "
24837
"or very costly to stock or have a short re-stocking time."
24838
msgstr ""
24839
24840
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:113
24841
msgid "Supply Methods"
24842
msgstr ""
24843
24844
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:591
24845
msgid "OpenERP supports two supply methods:"
24846
msgstr ""
24847
24848
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:117
24849
msgid ""
24850
"Produce: when the product or service is supplied from internal resources,"
24851
msgstr ""
24852
24853
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:624
24854
msgid "Buy: when the product is bought from a supplier."
24855
msgstr ""
24856
24857
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:596
24858
msgid ""
24859
"These are just the default settings used by the system during automated "
24860
"replenishment. The same product can be either manufactured internally or "
24861
"bought from a supplier."
24862
msgstr ""
24863
24864
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:124
24865
msgid ""
24866
"These three fields (:guilabel:`Supply Method`, :guilabel:`Procurem Method`, "
24867
":guilabel:`Product Type`) determine the system's behaviour when a product is "
24868
"required. The system will generate different documents depending on the "
24869
"configuration of these three fields when satisfying an order, a price "
24870
"quotation to a supplier or a manufacturing order."
24871
msgstr ""
24872
24873
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:604
24874
msgid ""
24875
"OpenERP manages both stockable products and services. A service bought from "
24876
"a supplier in :guilabel:`Make to Order` mode, will generate a subcontract "
24877
"order from the supplier in question."
24878
msgstr ""
24879
24880
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:132
24881
msgid ""
24882
"Figure :ref:`fig-stflow` illustrates different cases for automatic "
24883
"procurement."
24884
msgstr ""
24885
24886
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:0
24887
msgid ""
24888
"*Workflow for automatic procurement, dependent on the configuration of the "
24889
"product*"
24890
msgstr ""
24891
24892
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:142
24893
msgid ""
24894
"The table below shows all possible cases for the figure :ref:`fig-stflow`."
24895
msgstr ""
24896
24897
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:612
24898
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:621
24899
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:390
24900
msgid "Procurement Method"
24901
msgstr ""
24902
24903
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:612
24904
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:621
24905
msgid "Produce"
24906
msgstr ""
24907
24908
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:614
24909
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:623
24910
msgid "MTS"
24911
msgstr ""
24912
24913
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:614
24914
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:614
24915
msgid "Wait for availability"
24916
msgstr ""
24917
24918
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:615
24919
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:624
24920
msgid "MTO"
24921
msgstr ""
24922
24923
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:615
24924
msgid "Production Order"
24925
msgstr ""
24926
24927
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:150
24928
msgid "Supplier Order"
24929
msgstr ""
24930
24931
#: ../../source/book/1/1_3_Real_Case/1_3_Real_Case_db_setup.rst:34
24932
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:623
24933
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:623
24934
msgid "/"
24935
msgstr ""
24936
24937
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:624
24938
msgid "Create task"
24939
msgstr ""
24940
24941
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:624
24942
msgid "Subcontract"
24943
msgstr ""
24944
24945
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:162
24946
msgid ""
24947
"You'll see the automated management processes for procurement in detail "
24948
"further on in this chapter."
24949
msgstr ""
24950
24951
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:632
24952
msgid "Units of Measure"
24953
msgstr ""
24954
24955
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:171
24956
msgid ""
24957
"OpenERP supports several units of measure. Quantities of the same product "
24958
"can be expressed in several units of measure at once. For example you can "
24959
"buy grain by the tonne and resell it by kg. You just have to make sure that "
24960
"all the units of measure used for a product are in the same units of measure "
24961
"category."
24962
msgstr ""
24963
24964
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:176
24965
msgid "Categories of units of measure"
24966
msgstr ""
24967
24968
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:641
24969
msgid ""
24970
"All units of measure in the same category are convertible from one unit to "
24971
"another."
24972
msgstr ""
24973
24974
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:643
24975
msgid ""
24976
"The table below shows some examples of units of measure and their category. "
24977
"The factor is used to convert from one unit of measure to another as long as "
24978
"they are in the same category."
24979
msgstr ""
24980
24981
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:649
24982
msgid "UoM"
24983
msgstr ""
24984
24985
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:186
24986
msgid "Rate"
24987
msgstr ""
24988
24989
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:651
24990
msgid "Kg"
24991
msgstr ""
24992
24993
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:651
24994
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:652
24995
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:653
24996
msgid "Weight"
24997
msgstr ""
24998
24999
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:652
25000
msgid "Gram"
25001
msgstr ""
25002
25003
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:652
25004
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:653
25005
msgid "1000"
25006
msgstr ""
25007
25008
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:653
25009
msgid "Tonne"
25010
msgstr ""
25011
25012
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:658
25013
msgid "0.01"
25014
msgstr ""
25015
25016
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:654
25017
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:392
25018
msgid "Hour"
25019
msgstr ""
25020
25021
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:654
25022
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:655
25023
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:656
25024
msgid "Working time"
25025
msgstr ""
25026
25027
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:654
25028
msgid "8"
25029
msgstr ""
25030
25031
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:655
25032
msgid "Day"
25033
msgstr ""
25034
25035
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:656
25036
msgid "Half-day"
25037
msgstr ""
25038
25039
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:657
25040
msgid "Item"
25041
msgstr ""
25042
25043
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:657
25044
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:658
25045
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:75
25046
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:79
25047
msgid "Unit"
25048
msgstr ""
25049
25050
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:658
25051
msgid "100 Items"
25052
msgstr ""
25053
25054
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:198
25055
msgid ""
25056
"Depending on the table above you have 1Kg = 1000g = 0.001 Tonnes. A product "
25057
"in the ``Weight`` category could be expressed in Kg, Tonnes or Grammes. You "
25058
"can't express them in hours or pieces."
25059
msgstr ""
25060
25061
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:201
25062
msgid ""
25063
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Products --> Configuration --> Units of Measure "
25064
"--> Units of Measure` to define a new unit of measure."
25065
msgstr ""
25066
25067
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:667
25068
msgid ""
25069
"In the definition of a Unit of Measure, you have a :guilabel:`Rounding "
25070
"precision` factor which shows how amounts are rounded after the conversion. "
25071
"A value of 1 gives rounding to the level of one unit. 0.01 gives rounding to "
25072
"one hundredth."
25073
msgstr ""
25074
25075
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:671
25076
msgid "Secondary Units"
25077
msgstr ""
25078
25079
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:210
25080
msgid ""
25081
"OpenERP supports double units of measure. When you use this, the whole of "
25082
"the stock management system is encoded in two units that don't have a real "
25083
"link between them."
25084
msgstr ""
25085
25086
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:214
25087
msgid ""
25088
"This is very useful in the agro-food industry, for example: you sell ham by "
25089
"the piece but invoice by the Kg. A weighing operation is needed before "
25090
"invoicing the customer."
25091
msgstr ""
25092
25093
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:721
25094
msgid ""
25095
"To activate the management options for double units of measure, assign the "
25096
"group :guilabel:`Useability / Product UoS View` to your user."
25097
msgstr ""
25098
25099
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:221
25100
msgid ""
25101
"In this case the same product can be expressed in two units of measure "
25102
"belonging to different categories. You can then distinguish between the unit "
25103
"of stock management (the piece) and the unit of invoicing or sale (kg)."
25104
msgstr ""
25105
25106
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:225
25107
msgid ""
25108
"In the product form you can then set one unit of measure for sales and stock "
25109
"management, and one unit of measure for purchases."
25110
msgstr ""
25111
25112
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:228
25113
msgid ""
25114
"These units are given suggested titles. For each operation on a product you "
25115
"can use another unit of measure, as long as it can be found in the same "
25116
"category as the two units already defined. If you use another unit of "
25117
"measure, OpenERP automatically handles the conversion of prices and "
25118
"quantities."
25119
msgstr ""
25120
25121
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:232
25122
msgid ""
25123
"So if you have 430 Kg of carrots at 5.30 EUR/Kg, OpenERP will automatically "
25124
"make the conversion if you want to sell in tonnes – 0.43 tonnes at 5300 EUR "
25125
"/ tonne. If you had set a rounding factor of 0.1 for the :guilabel:`tonne` "
25126
"unit of measure then OpenERP will tell you that you have only 0.4 tonnes "
25127
"available."
25128
msgstr ""
25129
25130
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_wf.rst:164
25131
msgid "unit of measure"
25132
msgstr ""
25133
25134
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:10
25135
msgid "Logistics and Stock Management"
25136
msgstr ""
25137
25138
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:12
25139
msgid ""
25140
"*OpenERP's stock management is at once very simple, flexible and complete. "
25141
"It's based on the concept of double entry that revolutionized accounting. "
25142
"The system can be described by Lavoisier's maxim “nothing lost, everything "
25143
"changed” or, better, “everything moved”. In OpenERP you don't talk of "
25144
"disappearance, consumption or loss of products: instead you speak only of "
25145
"stock moves from one place to another.*"
25146
msgstr ""
25147
25148
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:18
25149
msgid ""
25150
"Just as in accounting, the OpenERP system manages counterparts to each of "
25151
"its main operations such as receipts from suppliers, deliveries to "
25152
"customers, profits and losses from inventory, and consumption of raw "
25153
"materials. Stock movements are always made from one location to another. To "
25154
"satisfy the need for a counterpart to each stock movement, the software "
25155
"supports different types of stock location:"
25156
msgstr ""
25157
25158
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:23
25159
msgid "Physical stock locations,"
25160
msgstr ""
25161
25162
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:25
25163
msgid "Partner locations,"
25164
msgstr ""
25165
25166
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:27
25167
msgid "Virtual counterparts such as production and inventory."
25168
msgstr ""
25169
25170
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:29
25171
msgid ""
25172
"Physical locations represent warehouses and their hierarchical structure. "
25173
"These are generally the locations that are managed by traditional stock "
25174
"management systems."
25175
msgstr ""
25176
25177
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:32
25178
msgid ""
25179
"Partner locations represent your customers' and suppliers' stocks. To "
25180
"reconcile them with your accounts, these stores play the role of third-party "
25181
"accounts. Reception from a supplier can be shown by the movement of goods "
25182
"from a partner location to a physical location in your own company. As you "
25183
"see, supplier locations usually show negative stocks and customer locations "
25184
"usually show positive stocks."
25185
msgstr ""
25186
25187
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:38
25188
msgid ""
25189
"Virtual counterparts for production are used in manufacturing operations. "
25190
"Manufacturing is characterized by the consumption of raw materials and the "
25191
"production of finished products. Virtual locations are used for the "
25192
"counterparts of these two operations."
25193
msgstr ""
25194
25195
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:42
25196
msgid ""
25197
"Inventory locations are counterparts of the stock operations that represent "
25198
"your company's profits and losses in terms of your stocks."
25199
msgstr ""
25200
25201
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:45
25202
msgid ""
25203
"The figure :ref:`fig-stloctree` shows the initial configuration of the "
25204
"stores locations when the software is installed."
25205
msgstr ""
25206
25207
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:0
25208
msgid "*Stores location structure when OpenERP has just been installed*"
25209
msgstr ""
25210
25211
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:56
25212
msgid "Hierarchical stock locations"
25213
msgstr ""
25214
25215
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:58
25216
msgid ""
25217
"In OpenERP locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
25218
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
25219
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
25220
"organization of your warehouses."
25221
msgstr ""
25222
25223
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:62
25224
msgid "Locations and Warehouses"
25225
msgstr ""
25226
25227
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:65
25228
msgid ""
25229
"In OpenERP **warehouses** represent your places of physical stock. A "
25230
"warehouse can be structured into several locations at multiple levels. "
25231
"Locations are used to manage all types of storage place, such as at the "
25232
"customer and production counterparts."
25233
msgstr ""
25234
25235
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:70
25236
msgid ""
25237
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
25238
"data, with :mod:`stock` and its dependencies installed and no particular "
25239
"chart of accounts configured."
25240
msgstr ""
25241
25242
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/index.rst:2
25243
msgid "Logistics"
25244
msgstr ""
25245
25246
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:6
25247
msgid "Calculation of lead times"
25248
msgstr ""
25249
25250
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:64
25251
msgid ""
25252
"All procurement operations (that is, the requirement for both production "
25253
"orders and purchase orders) are automatically calculated by the scheduler. "
25254
"But more than just creating each order, OpenERP plans the timing of each "
25255
"step. A planned date calculated by the system can be found on each order "
25256
"document."
25257
msgstr ""
25258
25259
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:13
25260
msgid ""
25261
"To organize the whole chain of manufacturing and procurement, OpenERP bases "
25262
"everything on the delivery date promised to the customer. This is given by "
25263
"the date of the confirmation in the order and the lead times shown in each "
25264
"product line of the order. This lead time is itself proposed automatically "
25265
"in the field :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` shown in the product form. This "
25266
"is the difference between the time on an order and that of the delivery."
25267
msgstr ""
25268
25269
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:68
25270
msgid ""
25271
"To see a calculation of the lead times, take the example of the cabinet "
25272
"above. Suppose that the cabinet is assembled in two steps, using the two "
25273
"following bills of materials."
25274
msgstr ""
25275
25276
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:73
25277
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:85
25278
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:96
25279
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:68
25280
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:77
25281
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:85
25282
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:93
25283
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:101
25284
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:113
25285
msgid "Product Code"
25286
msgstr ""
25287
25288
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:73
25289
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:85
25290
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:56
25291
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:68
25292
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:77
25293
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:85
25294
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:93
25295
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:101
25296
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:113
25297
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:198
25298
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:223
25299
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:232
25300
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:242
25301
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:251
25302
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:260
25303
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:269
25304
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:286
25305
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:319
25306
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:331
25307
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:344
25308
msgid "Quantity"
25309
msgstr ""
25310
25311
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:73
25312
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:85
25313
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:56
25314
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:68
25315
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:77
25316
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:85
25317
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:93
25318
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:101
25319
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:113
25320
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:198
25321
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:223
25322
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:232
25323
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:242
25324
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:251
25325
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:260
25326
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:269
25327
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:286
25328
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:319
25329
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:331
25330
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:344
25331
msgid "Unit of Measure"
25332
msgstr ""
25333
25334
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:29
25335
msgid "PANLAT"
25336
msgstr ""
25337
25338
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:33
25339
msgid "BOIS002"
25340
msgstr ""
25341
25342
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:76
25343
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:87
25344
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:95
25345
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:204
25346
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:254
25347
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:290
25348
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:335
25349
msgid "0.25"
25350
msgstr ""
25351
25352
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:28
25353
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:30
25354
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:39
25355
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:89
25356
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:105
25357
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:113
25358
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:125
25359
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:127
25360
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:223
25361
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:225
25362
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:230
25363
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:247
25364
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:275
25365
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:284
25366
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:309
25367
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:310
25368
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:312
25369
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:366
25370
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:368
25371
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:378
25372
msgid "m2"
25373
msgstr ""
25374
25375
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:77
25376
msgid "LIN040"
25377
msgstr ""
25378
25379
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:76
25380
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:77
25381
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:78
25382
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:87
25383
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:79
25384
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:87
25385
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:95
25386
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:103
25387
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:115
25388
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:116
25389
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:117
25390
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:202
25391
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:204
25392
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:206
25393
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:209
25394
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:226
25395
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:245
25396
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:254
25397
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:263
25398
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:289
25399
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:290
25400
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:291
25401
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:292
25402
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:335
25403
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:336
25404
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:337
25405
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:347
25406
msgid "m"
25407
msgstr ""
25408
25409
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:44
25410
msgid "BOIS010"
25411
msgstr ""
25412
25413
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:34
25414
msgid "TAQ000"
25415
msgstr ""
25416
25417
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:79
25418
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:60
25419
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:236
25420
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:276
25421
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:338
25422
msgid "12"
25423
msgstr ""
25424
25425
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:87
25426
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:263
25427
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:289
25428
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:347
25429
msgid "0.17"
25430
msgstr ""
25431
25432
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:42
25433
msgid ""
25434
"The PANLAT is made from an order using the workflow shown. The BOIS02 is "
25435
"purchased on order and the other products are all found in stock. An order "
25436
"for the product ARM100 will then generate two production orders (ARM100 and "
25437
"PANLAT) then produce two purchase orders for the product BOIS02. Product "
25438
"BOIS02 is used in the production of both ARM100 and PANLAT. Set the lead "
25439
"times on the product forms to the following:"
25440
msgstr ""
25441
25442
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:96
25443
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
25444
msgstr ""
25445
25446
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:51
25447
msgid "Production Lead Time"
25448
msgstr ""
25449
25450
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:96
25451
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
25452
msgstr ""
25453
25454
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:28
25455
msgid "ARM100"
25456
msgstr ""
25457
25458
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:98
25459
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:100
25460
msgid "5 days"
25461
msgstr ""
25462
25463
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:99
25464
msgid "10 days"
25465
msgstr ""
25466
25467
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:55
25468
msgid "BOIS02"
25469
msgstr ""
25470
25471
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:103
25472
msgid ""
25473
"A customer order placed on the 1st January will set up the following "
25474
"operations and lead times:"
25475
msgstr ""
25476
25477
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:60
25478
msgid "Delivery ARM100: 31 January (=1st January + 30 days),"
25479
msgstr ""
25480
25481
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:62
25482
msgid "Manufacture ARM100: 26 January (=31 January – 5 days),"
25483
msgstr ""
25484
25485
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:64
25486
msgid "Manufacture PANLAT: 16 January (=26 January – 10 days),"
25487
msgstr ""
25488
25489
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:66
25490
msgid "Purchase BOIS02 (for ARM100): 21 January (=26 January – 5 days),"
25491
msgstr ""
25492
25493
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:68
25494
msgid "Purchase BOIS02 (for PANLAT): 11 January (=16 January – 5 days)."
25495
msgstr ""
25496
25497
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:70
25498
msgid ""
25499
"In this example, OpenERP will propose placing two orders with the supplier "
25500
"of product BOIS002. Each of these orders can be for a different planned "
25501
"date. Before confirming these orders the purchasing manager could group "
25502
"these orders into single order."
25503
msgstr ""
25504
25505
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:75
25506
msgid "Security days"
25507
msgstr ""
25508
25509
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:77
25510
msgid ""
25511
"The scheduler will plan all operations as a function of the time configured "
25512
"on the products. But it is also possible to configure these factors in the "
25513
"company. These factors are then global to the company, whatever the product "
25514
"concerned. In the description of the company, on the "
25515
":guilabel:`Configuration` tab, you find the following parameters:"
25516
msgstr ""
25517
25518
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:82
25519
msgid ""
25520
"Security days: number of days to deduct from a system order to cope with any "
25521
"problems of procurement,"
25522
msgstr ""
25523
25524
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:85
25525
msgid ""
25526
"Purchase lead time: additional days to include for all purchase orders with "
25527
"this supplier,"
25528
msgstr ""
25529
25530
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:87
25531
msgid ""
25532
"Production lead time: number of additional days needed for manufacturing."
25533
msgstr ""
25534
25535
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:89
25536
msgid ""
25537
"Period for calculating requirements: all the requests which are for "
25538
"procuring for a later date to the number of days which aren't calculated in "
25539
"the scheduler."
25540
msgstr ""
25541
25542
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:92
25543
msgid "Purchasing lead time"
25544
msgstr ""
25545
25546
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:94
25547
msgid ""
25548
"The security delay for purchases is the average time between the order "
25549
"generated by OpenERP and the real purchase time from the supplier by your "
25550
"purchasing department. This delay takes account of the order process in your "
25551
"company, including order negotiation time."
25552
msgstr ""
25553
25554
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:98
25555
msgid "Take for example the following configuration:"
25556
msgstr ""
25557
25558
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:100
25559
msgid "Security days: 2,"
25560
msgstr ""
25561
25562
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:102
25563
msgid "Purchase Lead time: 3,"
25564
msgstr ""
25565
25566
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:104
25567
msgid "Production Lead Time: 1."
25568
msgstr ""
25569
25570
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:145
25571
msgid "The example above will then be given the following lead times:"
25572
msgstr ""
25573
25574
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:108
25575
msgid "Delivery ARM100: 29 January (=1st January + 30 days – 2 days),"
25576
msgstr ""
25577
25578
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:110
25579
msgid "Manufacture ARM100: 23 January (=29 January – 5 days – 1 day),"
25580
msgstr ""
25581
25582
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:112
25583
msgid "Manufacture PANLAT: 12 January (=26 January – 10 days – 1 day),"
25584
msgstr ""
25585
25586
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:114
25587
msgid ""
25588
"Purchase BOIS02 (for ARM100): 15 January (=26 January – 5 days – 3 days),"
25589
msgstr ""
25590
25591
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:116
25592
msgid ""
25593
"Purchase BOIS02 (for PANLAT): 4 January (=12 January – 5 days – 3 days)."
25594
msgstr ""
25595
25596
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:121
25597
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:330
25598
msgid "Operations"
25599
msgstr ""
25600
25601
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:123
25602
msgid ""
25603
"In the first part of this chapter, manufacturing management was handled in "
25604
"terms of products and materials. This section focuses on manufacturing "
25605
"operations. To manufacture or assemble products, as well as using raw "
25606
"materials and finished product you must also handle operations such as "
25607
"assembly, drilling wood, and cutting timber."
25608
msgstr ""
25609
25610
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:128
25611
msgid ""
25612
"The different operations will have different impacts on the costs of "
25613
"manufacture and planning depending on the available workload."
25614
msgstr ""
25615
25616
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:132
25617
msgid "Definition of concepts"
25618
msgstr ""
25619
25620
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:134
25621
msgid "To manage operations you should understand the following concepts"
25622
msgstr ""
25623
25624
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:136
25625
msgid "Workcenters,"
25626
msgstr ""
25627
25628
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:138
25629
msgid "Routing,"
25630
msgstr ""
25631
25632
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:140
25633
msgid "Operations."
25634
msgstr ""
25635
25636
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:146
25637
msgid "Workcenters"
25638
msgstr ""
25639
25640
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:148
25641
msgid ""
25642
"Workcenters represent units of product, capable of doing material "
25643
"transformation operations. You can distinguish three types of workcenter: "
25644
"machines, tools and human resources."
25645
msgstr ""
25646
25647
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:151
25648
msgid "Workcenter"
25649
msgstr ""
25650
25651
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:153
25652
msgid ""
25653
"Workcenters are units of manufacture consisting of one or several people "
25654
"and/or machines that can be considered as a unit for the purposes of "
25655
"forecasting capacity and planning."
25656
msgstr ""
25657
25658
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:156
25659
msgid ""
25660
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
25661
"Workcenters` to define a new workcenter. You get a form as shown in the "
25662
"figure :ref:`fig-mrpwkc`."
25663
msgstr ""
25664
25665
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25666
msgid "*Definition of a workcenter*"
25667
msgstr ""
25668
25669
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:167
25670
msgid ""
25671
"A workcenter must have a name and a code. You then assign a type: machine, "
25672
"human resource, tool, and a description of operating hours or functionality. "
25673
"The figure :ref:`fig-mrpwkcwh` represents the hours from Monday to Friday, "
25674
"from 09:00 to 17:00 with a break of an hour from 12:00."
25675
msgstr ""
25676
25677
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25678
msgid "*Working hours for a workcenter*"
25679
msgstr ""
25680
25681
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:179
25682
msgid "You should show a description of the workcenter and its operations."
25683
msgstr ""
25684
25685
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:181
25686
msgid ""
25687
"Once the database is encoded you should enter data about the production "
25688
"capacity of the workcenter. Depending on whether you have a machine or a "
25689
"person, a workcenter will be defined in cycles or hours. If it represents a "
25690
"set of machines and people you can use both cycles and hours at the same "
25691
"time."
25692
msgstr ""
25693
25694
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:400
25695
msgid "A Cycle"
25696
msgstr ""
25697
25698
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:191
25699
msgid ""
25700
"A cycle corresponds to the time required to carry out an assembly operation. "
25701
"The user is free to determine which is the reference operation for a given "
25702
"workcenter. It must be represented by the cost and elapsed time of "
25703
"manufacture."
25704
msgstr ""
25705
25706
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:195
25707
msgid ""
25708
"For example, for a printing workcenter, a cycle will be the printing of 1 "
25709
"page or of 1000 pages depending on the printer."
25710
msgstr ""
25711
25712
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:198
25713
msgid ""
25714
"To define the capacity properly it is necessary know, for each workcenter, "
25715
"what will be the reference operation which determines the cycle. You can "
25716
"then define the data relative to the capacity."
25717
msgstr ""
25718
25719
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:202
25720
msgid ""
25721
"Capacity per cycle (CA): determine the number of operations that can be done "
25722
"in parallel during a cycle. Generally the number defines the number of "
25723
"identical machines or people defined by the workcenter."
25724
msgstr ""
25725
25726
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:206
25727
msgid ""
25728
"Time for a cycle (TC): give the duration in hour for that or the operations "
25729
"defined by a cycle."
25730
msgstr ""
25731
25732
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:208
25733
msgid ""
25734
"Time before production (TS): give the wait in hours to initialise production "
25735
"operations. Generally this represents the machine setup time."
25736
msgstr ""
25737
25738
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:211
25739
msgid ""
25740
"Time after production (TN): give the delay in hours after the end of a "
25741
"production operation. Generally this represents the cleaning time necessary "
25742
"after an operation."
25743
msgstr ""
25744
25745
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:214
25746
msgid ""
25747
"Effective time (ET): is a factor that is applied to the three times above to "
25748
"determine the real production time. This factor enables you to readjust the "
25749
"different times progressively and as a measure of machine utilization. You "
25750
"can't readjust the other times because generally they're taken from the "
25751
"machine's data sheet."
25752
msgstr ""
25753
25754
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:219
25755
msgid ""
25756
"The total time for carrying out X operations is then given by the following "
25757
"formula: ((C / CA) * TC + TS + TN\\_ * ET. In this formula the result of the "
25758
"division is rounded upwards. Then if the capacity per cycle is 6 it takes 3 "
25759
"cycles to realize 15 operations."
25760
msgstr ""
25761
25762
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:223
25763
msgid "Multi-level routing"
25764
msgstr ""
25765
25766
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:225
25767
msgid ""
25768
"It is possible to define routing on several levels to support multi-level "
25769
"bills of materials. You can select the routing on each level of a bill of "
25770
"materials. The levels are then linked to hierarchies of bills of materials."
25771
msgstr ""
25772
25773
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:229
25774
msgid ""
25775
"The second tab of the production order lets you define the links to "
25776
"analytical account to report the costs of the workcenter operations. If you "
25777
"leave the different fields empty OpenERP won't have any effect on the "
25778
"analytic accounts."
25779
msgstr ""
25780
25781
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25782
msgid "*Data about analytic accounts for a workcenter*"
25783
msgstr ""
25784
25785
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:246
25786
msgid "Routing"
25787
msgstr ""
25788
25789
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:248
25790
msgid ""
25791
"Routings define the assembly operations to be done in workcenters for "
25792
"manufacturing a certain product. They are usually attached to bills of "
25793
"materials which will define the assembly of products required for "
25794
"manufacture or for finished products."
25795
msgstr ""
25796
25797
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:252
25798
msgid ""
25799
"A routing can be defined directly in a bill of materials or through the menu "
25800
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Routings`. A routing has "
25801
"a name, a code and a description. Later in this chapter you'll see that a "
25802
"routing can also be associated with a stock location. That enable you to "
25803
"indicate where assembly takes place."
25804
msgstr ""
25805
25806
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25807
msgid "*Definition of a routing with three operations*"
25808
msgstr ""
25809
25810
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:263
25811
msgid "Subcontracting assembly"
25812
msgstr ""
25813
25814
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:265
25815
msgid ""
25816
"You'll see further on in this chapter that it is possible to link a routing "
25817
"and a stock location for the customer or the supplier. You do this after "
25818
"you've subcontracted the assembly of a product to a supplier, for example."
25819
msgstr ""
25820
25821
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:269
25822
msgid ""
25823
"In the routing you must show the list of operations that must be done. Each "
25824
"operation must be done at a workcenter and possess a number of hours and/or "
25825
"cycles be done."
25826
msgstr ""
25827
25828
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:273
25829
msgid "Impact on the production order"
25830
msgstr ""
25831
25832
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:275
25833
msgid ""
25834
"The routings are then attached to the bills of materials which are then also "
25835
"used to generate product order. On a production order you'll find assembly "
25836
"operations for manufacture on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
25837
msgstr ""
25838
25839
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25840
msgid "*Operations on a production order*"
25841
msgstr ""
25842
25843
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:285
25844
msgid ""
25845
"The times and the cycles shown in the production order are, in the same way "
25846
"as the materials, theoretical data. The user can change the values to "
25847
"reflect reality for manufacture."
25848
msgstr ""
25849
25850
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:288
25851
msgid ""
25852
"So if you use routings, OpenERP automatically calculates the operations "
25853
"required for the production order. If the workcenters are linked to analytic "
25854
"accounts, at the end of production, Open Erp will generate the analytic "
25855
"accounts representing the costs of manufacture. This will allow you to work "
25856
"out profitability per workcenter or manufacturing unit through analytic "
25857
"accounting."
25858
msgstr ""
25859
25860
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:293
25861
msgid ""
25862
"But the routings also enable you to manage your production capacity. You "
25863
"will be able to leave the demand charts for the days / weeks / months ahead "
25864
"to validate that you don't forecast more than you are capable of producing."
25865
msgstr ""
25866
25867
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:297
25868
msgid ""
25869
"To see a demand chart, list the workcenters using the menu "
25870
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Workcenters`. Then "
25871
"select one or several workcenters and click on the action "
25872
":guilabel:`Workcenter load`. OpenERP then asks you if you work in cycles or "
25873
"in hours and your interval is calculated (by day, week or month)."
25874
msgstr ""
25875
25876
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25877
msgid "*Charge by workcenter*"
25878
msgstr ""
25879
25880
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:308
25881
msgid "Theoretical times"
25882
msgstr ""
25883
25884
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:310
25885
msgid ""
25886
"Once the routings have been clearly defined, you determine the effective "
25887
"working time per assembly worker. This is the time actually taken by the "
25888
"assembly worker for each operation. That enables you to compare the real "
25889
"working time in your company and work out the productivity per person."
25890
msgstr ""
25891
25892
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:320
25893
msgid "Work operations"
25894
msgstr ""
25895
25896
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:322
25897
msgid ""
25898
"A production order defines the use of the products defined in the Bills of "
25899
"Materials, and the operations defined in the routing. You've seen how to "
25900
"handle manufacturing production as a top-level process, but some companies "
25901
"prefer to have finer-grained control of operations where instead of "
25902
"specifying just the production process itself, they enter data on each "
25903
"constituent production operation."
25904
msgstr ""
25905
25906
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:328
25907
msgid "Management of operations"
25908
msgstr ""
25909
25910
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:332
25911
msgid "Operations are often called work orders."
25912
msgstr ""
25913
25914
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:337
25915
msgid ""
25916
"To work using work orders you must install the optional module "
25917
":mod:`mrp_operations`. Once the module is installed you'll find a new menu "
25918
"called :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Operations` to be "
25919
"carried out. The assembly workers must then encode each step operation by "
25920
"operation and, for each step, the real working time for it."
25921
msgstr ""
25922
25923
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25924
msgid "*List of operations to be carried out.*"
25925
msgstr ""
25926
25927
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:348
25928
msgid ""
25929
"Operations must then be carried out one by one. On each operation the "
25930
"operator can click on :guilabel:`Start operation` and then :guilabel:`Close "
25931
"Operation`. The time is then worked out automatically on the operation "
25932
"between the two changes of status. The operator can also put the operation "
25933
"on hold and start again later."
25934
msgstr ""
25935
25936
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:353
25937
msgid "The following process is attached to each operation."
25938
msgstr ""
25939
25940
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
25941
msgid "*Process for handling an operation*"
25942
msgstr ""
25943
25944
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:361
25945
msgid ""
25946
"Thanks to this use by operation, the real working time is recorded on the "
25947
"production order."
25948
msgstr ""
25949
25950
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:363
25951
msgid ""
25952
"The production order is automatically put into the state 'Running' once the "
25953
"first operation has been started. That consumes some raw materials. "
25954
"Similarly the production order is closed automatically once the last "
25955
"operation is completed. The finished products are then made."
25956
msgstr ""
25957
25958
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:370
25959
msgid "Events and barcodes"
25960
msgstr ""
25961
25962
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:372
25963
msgid ""
25964
"If the company wants to work with barcodes in manufacturing you can work on "
25965
"each operation using events. Here are some examples of events for an "
25966
"operations:"
25967
msgstr ""
25968
25969
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:375
25970
msgid "Starting an operation,"
25971
msgstr ""
25972
25973
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:377
25974
msgid "Pausing an operation,"
25975
msgstr ""
25976
25977
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:379
25978
msgid "Restarting an operation,"
25979
msgstr ""
25980
25981
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:381
25982
msgid "Closing an operation,"
25983
msgstr ""
25984
25985
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:383
25986
msgid "Cancelling an operation."
25987
msgstr ""
25988
25989
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:385
25990
msgid ""
25991
"You place barcodes on the production orders on the machines or operators and "
25992
"a form of barcodes representing the events. To print barcodes select the "
25993
"events using the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
25994
"Codes from start to finish`. Then click for printing the barcodes for the "
25995
"selected events. You can do the same for printing barcodes for the "
25996
"workcenters using the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --"
25997
"> Workcenters`."
25998
msgstr ""
25999
26000
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:391
26001
msgid ""
26002
"Using the system these operations don't need data to be entered on the "
26003
"keyboard. To use these barcodes, open the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
26004
"--> Barcode events`. You must then scan, in order:"
26005
msgstr ""
26006
26007
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:395
26008
msgid "The barcode of the production order,"
26009
msgstr ""
26010
26011
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:397
26012
msgid "The workcenter used,"
26013
msgstr ""
26014
26015
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:399
26016
msgid "The event code."
26017
msgstr ""
26018
26019
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26020
msgid "*Capturing events for work orders*"
26021
msgstr ""
26022
26023
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:407
26024
msgid "OpenERP then applies the events to the relevant operation."
26025
msgstr ""
26026
26027
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:410
26028
msgid "Subcontracting manufacture"
26029
msgstr ""
26030
26031
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:412
26032
msgid ""
26033
"In OpenERP it is possible to subcontract production operations (for example "
26034
"painting and item assembly) at a supplier's. To do this you must indicate on "
26035
"the relevant routing document a supplier location for stock management."
26036
msgstr ""
26037
26038
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:416
26039
msgid ""
26040
"You must then configure a location dedicated to this supplier with the "
26041
"following data:"
26042
msgstr ""
26043
26044
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:418
26045
msgid ":guilabel:`Type of location` : Supplier,"
26046
msgstr ""
26047
26048
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:420
26049
msgid ""
26050
":guilabel:`Address of Location` : Select an address of the subcontractor "
26051
"partner,"
26052
msgstr ""
26053
26054
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:422
26055
msgid ":guilabel:`Type of linkage` : Fixed,"
26056
msgstr ""
26057
26058
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:424
26059
msgid ":guilabel:`Location of linkage` : your Stock,"
26060
msgstr ""
26061
26062
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:426
26063
msgid ""
26064
":guilabel:`Lead time for linkage` : number of days before receipt of the "
26065
"finished product."
26066
msgstr ""
26067
26068
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:428
26069
msgid ""
26070
"Then once the manufacture has been planned for the product in question, "
26071
"OpenERP will generate the following steps:"
26072
msgstr ""
26073
26074
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:267
26075
msgid "Delivery of raw materials to the stores for the supplier,"
26076
msgstr ""
26077
26078
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:433
26079
msgid ""
26080
"Production order for the products at the suppliers and receipt of the "
26081
"finished products in the stores."
26082
msgstr ""
26083
26084
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:436
26085
msgid ""
26086
"Once the production order has been confirmed, OpenERP automatically "
26087
"generates a delivery order to send to the raw materials supplier. The "
26088
"storesperson can access this delivery order using the menu "
26089
":menuselection:`Stock Management --> Incoming Products`. The raw materials "
26090
"will then be placed in stock at the supplier's stores."
26091
msgstr ""
26092
26093
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:441
26094
msgid ""
26095
"Once the delivery of raw materials has been confirmed, OpenERP activates the "
26096
"production order. The supplier uses the raw materials sent to produce the "
26097
"finished goods which will automatically be put in your own stores. The "
26098
"confirmation of this manufacture is made when you receive the products from "
26099
"your supplier. It's then that you indicate the quantities consumed by your "
26100
"supplier"
26101
msgstr ""
26102
26103
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:446
26104
msgid "Subcontract without routing"
26105
msgstr ""
26106
26107
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:448
26108
msgid ""
26109
"If you don't use routing you can always subcontract work orders by creating "
26110
"an empty routing in the subcontract bill of materials."
26111
msgstr ""
26112
26113
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:451
26114
msgid ""
26115
"Production orders are found in the menu :menuselection:`Manufacture --> "
26116
"Production Orders --> Production Orders to start`. A production order is "
26117
"always carried out in two stages:"
26118
msgstr ""
26119
26120
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:454
26121
msgid "Consumption of raw materials."
26122
msgstr ""
26123
26124
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:283
26125
msgid "Production of finished products."
26126
msgstr ""
26127
26128
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:458
26129
msgid ""
26130
"Depending on the company's needs, you can specify that the first step is "
26131
"confirmed at the acknowledgment of manufacturing supplier and the second at "
26132
"the receipt of finished goods in the warehouse."
26133
msgstr ""
26134
26135
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:463
26136
msgid "Treatment of exceptions"
26137
msgstr ""
26138
26139
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:465
26140
msgid ""
26141
"The set of stock requirements is generated by procurement orders. Then for "
26142
"each customer order line or raw materials in a manufacturing order, you will "
26143
"find a procurement form. To review all the procurement orders use the menu "
26144
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Procurement orders`."
26145
msgstr ""
26146
26147
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:469
26148
msgid ""
26149
"In normal system use, you don't need to worry about procurement orders "
26150
"because they're automatically generated by OpenERP and the user will usually "
26151
"work on the results of a procurement: a production order, a task or a "
26152
"supplier order."
26153
msgstr ""
26154
26155
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:473
26156
msgid ""
26157
"But if there are configuration problems, the system can remain blocked by a "
26158
"procurement without generating a corresponding document. For example, "
26159
"suppose that you configure a product :guilabel:`Procure Method` as ``Make to "
26160
"Order`` but you haven't defined the bill of materials. In that case "
26161
"procurement of the product will stay blocked in an exception state ``No Bill "
26162
"of Materials defined for this product``. You must then create a bill of "
26163
"materials to unblock the problem."
26164
msgstr ""
26165
26166
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:479
26167
msgid "Possible problems include:"
26168
msgstr ""
26169
26170
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:481
26171
msgid ""
26172
"No bill of materials defined for production: in this case you've got to "
26173
"create one or indicate that the product can be purchased instead."
26174
msgstr ""
26175
26176
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:484
26177
msgid ""
26178
"No supplier available for a purchase: it's then necessary to define a "
26179
"supplier in the second tab of the product form."
26180
msgstr ""
26181
26182
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:487
26183
msgid ""
26184
"No address defined on the supplier partner: you must complete an address for "
26185
"the supplier by default for the product in consideration."
26186
msgstr ""
26187
26188
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:490
26189
msgid ""
26190
"No quantity available in stock: you must create a rule for automatically "
26191
"procuring (for example a minimum stock rule) and put it in the order, or "
26192
"manually procure it."
26193
msgstr ""
26194
26195
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:493
26196
msgid ""
26197
"Some problems are just those of timing and can be automatically corrected by "
26198
"the system. That's why OpenERP has the two following menus:"
26199
msgstr ""
26200
26201
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:496
26202
msgid ""
26203
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Automatic Procurement --> Procurement "
26204
"Exceptions --> Exceptions to correct`,"
26205
msgstr ""
26206
26207
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:499
26208
msgid ""
26209
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Automatic Procurement --> Procurement "
26210
"Exceptions --> Temporary exceptions`."
26211
msgstr ""
26212
26213
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:502
26214
msgid ""
26215
"If a product must be 'in stock' but is not available in your stores, OpenERP "
26216
"will make the exception in 'temporary' or 'to be corrected'. The exception "
26217
"is temporary if the system can procure it automatically, for example if a "
26218
"procurement rule is defined for minimum stock."
26219
msgstr ""
26220
26221
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26222
msgid "*Example of a procurement in exception*"
26223
msgstr ""
26224
26225
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:512
26226
msgid ""
26227
"If no procurement rule is defined the exception must be corrected manually "
26228
"by the user. Once the exception is corrected you can restart by clicking on "
26229
":guilabel:`Retry`. If you don't do that then OpenERP will automatically "
26230
"recalculate on the next automated requirements calculation."
26231
msgstr ""
26232
26233
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:517
26234
msgid "Manual procurement"
26235
msgstr ""
26236
26237
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:519
26238
msgid ""
26239
"To procure internally, you can create a procurement order manually. Use the "
26240
"menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Procurement Orders --> New "
26241
"Procurement` to do this."
26242
msgstr ""
26243
26244
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26245
msgid "*Encoding for a new procurement order*"
26246
msgstr ""
26247
26248
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:528
26249
msgid ""
26250
"The procurement order will then be responsible for calculating a proposal "
26251
"for automatic procurement for the product concerned. This procurement wll "
26252
"start a task, a purchase order form the supplier or a production depending "
26253
"on the product configuration."
26254
msgstr ""
26255
26256
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26257
msgid ""
26258
"*Workflow for handling a procurement, a function of the product "
26259
"configuration*"
26260
msgstr ""
26261
26262
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:538
26263
msgid ""
26264
"It is better to encode a procurement order rather than direct purchasing or "
26265
"production, That method has the following advantages:"
26266
msgstr ""
26267
26268
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:541
26269
msgid ""
26270
"The form is simpler because OpenERP calculates the different values from "
26271
"other values and defined rules: purchase date calculated from order date, "
26272
"default supplier, raw materials needs, selection of the most suitable bill "
26273
"of materials, etc"
26274
msgstr ""
26275
26276
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:545
26277
msgid ""
26278
"The calculation of requirements prioritises the procurements. If you encode "
26279
"a purchase directly you short-circuit the planning of different procurements."
26280
msgstr ""
26281
26282
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_production.rst:105
26283
msgid ""
26284
"On the product form you have an :guilabel:`ACTIONS` shortcut button "
26285
":guilabel:`Create Procurements` that lets you quickly create a new "
26286
"procurement order."
26287
msgstr ""
26288
26289
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:556
26290
msgid "Management of waste products and secondary products"
26291
msgstr ""
26292
26293
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:561
26294
msgid ""
26295
"For the management of waste you must install the module "
26296
":mod:`mrp_subproduct`. The normal behaviour of manufacture in OpenERP "
26297
"enables you to manufacture several units of the same finished product from "
26298
"raw materials (A + B > C). With waste management, the result of a "
26299
"manufacture can be to have both finished products and secondary products (A "
26300
"+ B > C + D)."
26301
msgstr ""
26302
26303
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:566
26304
msgid "Waste material"
26305
msgstr ""
26306
26307
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:568
26308
msgid ""
26309
"In OpenERP waste material corresponds to secondary products that are a by-"
26310
"product of the main manufacturing process. For example, cutting planks of "
26311
"timber will produce other planks but these bits of timber are too small (or "
26312
"the offcuts may have value for the company if they can be used elsewhere)."
26313
msgstr ""
26314
26315
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:574
26316
msgid ""
26317
"If the module :mod:`mrp_subproduct` has been installed you get a new field "
26318
"in the Bill of Material that lets you set secondary products resulting from "
26319
"the manufacture of the finished product."
26320
msgstr ""
26321
26322
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26323
msgid "*Definition of waste products in a bill of materials*"
26324
msgstr ""
26325
26326
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:583
26327
msgid ""
26328
"When OpenERP generates a production order based on a bill of materials that "
26329
"uses secondary product you pick up the list of all products in the the third "
26330
"tab of the production order 'Finished Products'."
26331
msgstr ""
26332
26333
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26334
msgid "*A production order producing several finished products*"
26335
msgstr ""
26336
26337
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:593
26338
msgid ""
26339
"Secondary products enable you to generate several types of products from the "
26340
"same raw materials and manufacturing methods – only these aren't used in the "
26341
"calculation of requirements. Then if you need the secondary products OpenERP "
26342
"won't ask you to manufacture another product to use the waste products and "
26343
"secondary products of this manufacture. In this case you should enter "
26344
"another production order for the secondary product."
26345
msgstr ""
26346
26347
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:204
26348
msgid "Services in Manufacturing"
26349
msgstr ""
26350
26351
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:601
26352
msgid ""
26353
"Unlike most software for production management, OpenERP manages services as "
26354
"well as stockable products. So it's possible to put products of type "
26355
":guilabel:`Service` in a bill of materials. These don't appear in the "
26356
"production order but their requirements will be taken into account."
26357
msgstr ""
26358
26359
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:606
26360
msgid ""
26361
"If they're defined as :guilabel:`Make to Order` OpenERP will generate a task "
26362
"for the manufacture or a subcontract order for the operations. The behaviour "
26363
"will depend on the supply method configured on the product form "
26364
":guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Produce`."
26365
msgstr ""
26366
26367
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:613
26368
msgid "Management of repairs"
26369
msgstr ""
26370
26371
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:618
26372
msgid ""
26373
"The management of repairs is carried out using the module :mod:`mrp_repair`. "
26374
"Once it's installed this module adds new :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
26375
"Repairs` menus under the Manufacturing menu for creating repair jobs and "
26376
"reviewing repairs in progress."
26377
msgstr ""
26378
26379
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:622
26380
msgid "In OpenERP a repair will have the following effects:"
26381
msgstr ""
26382
26383
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:64
26384
msgid "Use of materials: items for replacement,"
26385
msgstr ""
26386
26387
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:66
26388
msgid "Production of products: items replaced from reserved stock,"
26389
msgstr ""
26390
26391
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:68
26392
msgid "Quality control: tracking the reasons for repair,"
26393
msgstr ""
26394
26395
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:70
26396
msgid "Accounting entries: following stock moves,"
26397
msgstr ""
26398
26399
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:72
26400
msgid "Receipt and delivery of product from and to the end user,"
26401
msgstr ""
26402
26403
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:74
26404
msgid "Adding operations that can be seen in the product's traceability,"
26405
msgstr ""
26406
26407
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:76
26408
msgid "Invoicing items used and/or free for repairs."
26409
msgstr ""
26410
26411
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:639
26412
msgid "Entering data for a new repair"
26413
msgstr ""
26414
26415
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:641
26416
msgid ""
26417
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Repairs --> New Repair` to "
26418
"enter a new repair into the system. You'll see a blank form for the repair "
26419
"data, as shown in the figure :ref:`fig-mrprepnew` below."
26420
msgstr ""
26421
26422
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26423
msgid "*Entering data for a new repair*"
26424
msgstr ""
26425
26426
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:652
26427
msgid ""
26428
"Start by identifying the product that will be repaired using the product lot "
26429
"number. OpenERP then automatically completes fields from the selected lot – "
26430
"the partner fields, address, delivery location, and stock move."
26431
msgstr ""
26432
26433
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:656
26434
msgid ""
26435
"If a warranty period has been defined in the product description, in months, "
26436
"OpenERP then completes the field :guilabel:`Warranty limit` with the correct "
26437
"warranty date."
26438
msgstr ""
26439
26440
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:659
26441
msgid ""
26442
"You must then specify the components that you'll be adding, replacing or "
26443
"removing in the operations part. On each line you must specify the following:"
26444
msgstr ""
26445
26446
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:98
26447
msgid "Add or remove a component of the finished product:"
26448
msgstr ""
26449
26450
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:664
26451
msgid "Product Component,"
26452
msgstr ""
26453
26454
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:666
26455
msgid "Quantity,"
26456
msgstr ""
26457
26458
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:670
26459
msgid "Price of Component,"
26460
msgstr ""
26461
26462
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:672
26463
msgid "Possible lot number,"
26464
msgstr ""
26465
26466
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:674
26467
msgid "Location where the component was found,"
26468
msgstr ""
26469
26470
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:676
26471
msgid "To invoice or not."
26472
msgstr ""
26473
26474
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:110
26475
msgid ""
26476
"Once the component has been selected, OpenERP automatically completes most "
26477
"of the fields:"
26478
msgstr ""
26479
26480
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:680
26481
msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity` : 1,"
26482
msgstr ""
26483
26484
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:682
26485
msgid ""
26486
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` : unit for managing stock defined in the product "
26487
"form,"
26488
msgstr ""
26489
26490
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:684
26491
msgid ""
26492
":guilabel:`Component Price` : calculated from the customer list price,"
26493
msgstr ""
26494
26495
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:686
26496
msgid ":guilabel:`Source location` : given by the stock management,"
26497
msgstr ""
26498
26499
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:688
26500
msgid ""
26501
":guilabel:`To invoice or not` : depends on the actual date and the guarantee "
26502
"period."
26503
msgstr ""
26504
26505
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:690
26506
msgid ""
26507
"This information is automatically proposed by the system but you can modify "
26508
"it all yourself."
26509
msgstr ""
26510
26511
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:692
26512
msgid ""
26513
"You can also encode additional charges in the second tab of the repair - "
26514
"applicable list price, address and type of invoice, as well as additional "
26515
"line items that need to be added to the repair bill."
26516
msgstr ""
26517
26518
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26519
msgid "*Repair form, second tab*"
26520
msgstr ""
26521
26522
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:702
26523
msgid ""
26524
"The third tab, Quality, is for encoding information about the quality: "
26525
"internal notes, notes for the quotation, corrective actions and preventative "
26526
"actions for example."
26527
msgstr ""
26528
26529
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:706
26530
msgid "Repair workflow"
26531
msgstr ""
26532
26533
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:708
26534
msgid ""
26535
"A defined process handles a repair order – both the repair itself and "
26536
"invoicing the client. The figure :ref:`fig-mrprepflow` shows this repair "
26537
"process."
26538
msgstr ""
26539
26540
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26541
msgid "*Process for handling a repair*"
26542
msgstr ""
26543
26544
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:719
26545
msgid ""
26546
"Once a repair has been entered onto the system, it is in the 'draft' state. "
26547
"In this state it has no impact on the rest of the system. You can print a "
26548
"quotation from it using the action 'Print Quotation'. The repair quotation "
26549
"can then be sent to the customer."
26550
msgstr ""
26551
26552
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:723
26553
msgid ""
26554
"Once the customer approves the repair, use the menu "
26555
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Repairs --> Repairs in quotation` to find "
26556
"the draft repair. Click to confirm the draft repair and put it into the "
26557
"running state. You can specify the invoicing mode in the second tab:"
26558
msgstr ""
26559
26560
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:727
26561
msgid "no invoicing,"
26562
msgstr ""
26563
26564
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:729
26565
msgid "invoicing before repair,"
26566
msgstr ""
26567
26568
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:731
26569
msgid "invoicing after repair."
26570
msgstr ""
26571
26572
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:733
26573
msgid ""
26574
"You can confirm the repair operation or create an invoice for the customer "
26575
"depending on this state."
26576
msgstr ""
26577
26578
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:739
26579
msgid "Invoicing the repair"
26580
msgstr ""
26581
26582
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:741
26583
msgid ""
26584
"When the repair is to be invoiced, an invoice is generated in the draft "
26585
"state by the system. This invoice contains the raw materials used (replaced "
26586
"components) and any other costs such as the time used for the repair. These "
26587
"other costs are entered on the second tab of the repair form."
26588
msgstr ""
26589
26590
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:745
26591
msgid ""
26592
"If the product to be repaired is still under guarantee, OpenERP "
26593
"automatically suggests that the components themselves are not invoiced, but "
26594
"will still use any other defined costs. You can override any of these "
26595
"default values when you're entering the data."
26596
msgstr ""
26597
26598
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:749
26599
msgid ""
26600
"The link to the generated invoice is shown on the second tab of the repair "
26601
"document."
26602
msgstr ""
26603
26604
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:752
26605
msgid "Stock movements and repair"
26606
msgstr ""
26607
26608
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:754
26609
msgid ""
26610
"When the repair has been carried out, OpenERP automatically carries out "
26611
"stock movements for components that have been removed, added or replaced on "
26612
"the finished product."
26613
msgstr ""
26614
26615
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:757
26616
msgid ""
26617
"The move operations are carried out using the locations shown on the first "
26618
"tab of the repair document. If a destination location has been specified, "
26619
"OpenERP automatically handles the final customer delivery order when the "
26620
"repair has been completed. This also lets you manage the delivery of the "
26621
"repaired products."
26622
msgstr ""
26623
26624
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:762
26625
msgid ""
26626
"For example, take the case of the cabinet that was produced at the start of "
26627
"this chapter. If you have to replace the shelf PANLAT, you must enter data "
26628
"for the repair as shown in figure :ref:`fig-mrpreppan`."
26629
msgstr ""
26630
26631
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:0
26632
msgid "*Repair of a shelf in a cabinet*"
26633
msgstr ""
26634
26635
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:773
26636
msgid "In this example, you'd carry out the following operations:"
26637
msgstr ""
26638
26639
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:775
26640
msgid ""
26641
"Removal of a PANLAT shelf in the cabinet and put the faulty shelf in the "
26642
"location *Defective Products*,"
26643
msgstr ""
26644
26645
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:777
26646
msgid "Placement of a new PANLAT shelf that has been taken from stock."
26647
msgstr ""
26648
26649
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:198
26650
msgid ""
26651
"When the repair is ready to be confirmed, OpenERP will generate the "
26652
"following stock moves:"
26653
msgstr ""
26654
26655
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:781
26656
msgid ""
26657
"Put faulty PANLAT into suitable stock location *Default Production > "
26658
"Defective Products*,"
26659
msgstr ""
26660
26661
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:783
26662
msgid "Consume PANLAT: *Stock > Default production*."
26663
msgstr ""
26664
26665
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:785
26666
msgid ""
26667
"If you analyze the traceability of this lot number you'll see all the repair "
26668
"operations in the upstream and downstream traceability lists of the products "
26669
"concerned."
26670
msgstr ""
26671
26672
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:2
26673
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:874
26674
msgid "scheduler"
26675
msgstr ""
26676
26677
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:2
26678
msgid "lead time"
26679
msgstr ""
26680
26681
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:118
26682
msgid "work orders"
26683
msgstr ""
26684
26685
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:142
26686
msgid "workcenter"
26687
msgstr ""
26688
26689
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:186
26690
msgid "workcenter, cycle"
26691
msgstr ""
26692
26693
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:239
26694
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:794
26695
msgid "manufacturing"
26696
msgstr ""
26697
26698
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:316
26699
msgid "work operations"
26700
msgstr ""
26701
26702
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:334
26703
msgid "mrp_operations"
26704
msgstr ""
26705
26706
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:367
26707
msgid "barcode"
26708
msgstr ""
26709
26710
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:553
26711
msgid "waste products"
26712
msgstr ""
26713
26714
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:558
26715
msgid "mrp_subproduct"
26716
msgstr ""
26717
26718
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_lead.rst:610
26719
msgid "repairs"
26720
msgstr ""
26721
26722
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:53
26723
msgid "mrp_repair"
26724
msgstr ""
26725
26726
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_logistic.rst:161
26727
msgid "repair"
26728
msgstr ""
26729
26730
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:3
26731
msgid "Management of production"
26732
msgstr ""
26733
26734
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:5
26735
msgid ""
26736
"Production Orders describe the operations that need to be carried out and "
26737
"the raw materials usage for each stage of production, You use specifications "
26738
"(bills of materials) to work out the raw material requirements and the "
26739
"manufacturing orders needed for the finished products."
26740
msgstr ""
26741
26742
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:10
26743
msgid "Manufacturing has the following results:"
26744
msgstr ""
26745
26746
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:12
26747
msgid "Stock reduction: consumption of raw materials,"
26748
msgstr ""
26749
26750
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:14
26751
msgid "Stock increase: production of finished goods,"
26752
msgstr ""
26753
26754
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:16
26755
msgid "Analytic costs: manufacturing operations,"
26756
msgstr ""
26757
26758
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:18
26759
msgid ""
26760
"Added accounting value of stock: by the creation of value following the "
26761
"transformation of products."
26762
msgstr ""
26763
26764
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:42
26765
msgid "Bills of Materials"
26766
msgstr ""
26767
26768
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:28
26769
msgid "Use of Bills of Materials"
26770
msgstr ""
26771
26772
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:30
26773
msgid ""
26774
"Bills of Materials are documents that describe the list of raw materials "
26775
"used to make a finished product. To illustrate the concept of specification "
26776
"you're going to work on a cabinet where the manufacturing plan is given by "
26777
"the figure :ref:`fig-mrparm`."
26778
msgstr ""
26779
26780
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
26781
msgid "*Plan of construction of a cabinet*"
26782
msgstr ""
26783
26784
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:42
26785
msgid ""
26786
"The cabinet is assembled from raw materials and intermediate assemblies:"
26787
msgstr ""
26788
26789
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:49
26790
msgid "Cabinet"
26791
msgstr ""
26792
26793
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:50
26794
msgid "Wooden Side Panel"
26795
msgstr ""
26796
26797
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:30
26798
msgid "PANA100"
26799
msgstr ""
26800
26801
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:51
26802
msgid "Rear Panel"
26803
msgstr ""
26804
26805
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:31
26806
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:31
26807
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:58
26808
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:205
26809
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:244
26810
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:274
26811
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:324
26812
msgid "PROFIL"
26813
msgstr ""
26814
26815
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:52
26816
msgid "Metal Strut"
26817
msgstr ""
26818
26819
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:32
26820
msgid "ETA100"
26821
msgstr ""
26822
26823
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:53
26824
msgid "Shelf"
26825
msgstr ""
26826
26827
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:43
26828
msgid "PLET100"
26829
msgstr ""
26830
26831
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:43
26832
msgid "Shelf Panel"
26833
msgstr ""
26834
26835
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:55
26836
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:56
26837
msgid "Wood Panel"
26838
msgstr ""
26839
26840
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:57
26841
msgid "Panel Pins"
26842
msgstr ""
26843
26844
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:58
26845
msgid "Lintel"
26846
msgstr ""
26847
26848
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:61
26849
msgid ""
26850
"To describe how to assemble this cabinet, you define a bill of materials for "
26851
"each intermediate product and for the final cabinet assembly. These are "
26852
"given by the table below."
26853
msgstr ""
26854
26855
#: ../../source/book/5/5_14_Stock/5_14_Stock_mvts.rst:656
26856
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:58
26857
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:71
26858
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:205
26859
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:244
26860
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:274
26861
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:324
26862
msgid "4"
26863
msgstr ""
26864
26865
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:79
26866
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:103
26867
msgid "0.083"
26868
msgstr ""
26869
26870
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:35
26871
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:35
26872
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:87
26873
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:116
26874
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:206
26875
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:245
26876
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:291
26877
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:336
26878
msgid "LIN40"
26879
msgstr ""
26880
26881
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:116
26882
msgid ""
26883
"The bills of materials are then used by the software to calculate the raw "
26884
"material needs based on the requirements of the finished products. Then if "
26885
"you want to manufacture 10 cabinets, the system can calculate what will be "
26886
"consumed:"
26887
msgstr ""
26888
26889
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:125
26890
msgid "2 * 0.083 + 0.25"
26891
msgstr ""
26892
26893
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:127
26894
msgid "0.083 * 3"
26895
msgstr ""
26896
26897
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:121
26898
msgid "Bill of Materials"
26899
msgstr ""
26900
26901
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:133
26902
msgid ""
26903
"To see the bill of materials in tree view, use the menu "
26904
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Bill of Materials --> "
26905
"Bill of Materials Structure`."
26906
msgstr ""
26907
26908
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:0
26909
msgid "*Bill of Materials structure*"
26910
msgstr ""
26911
26912
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:142
26913
msgid ""
26914
"Use the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Bill of "
26915
"Materials --> New Bill of Materials` to define a new bill of materials."
26916
msgstr ""
26917
26918
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
26919
msgid "*Screen defining a Bill of Materials*"
26920
msgstr ""
26921
26922
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:159
26923
msgid ""
26924
"In the area below the bill of materials you should set the finished product, "
26925
"which will be manufactured or assembled. Once the product has been selected, "
26926
"OpenERP automatically completes the name of the bill of materials and the "
26927
"default Unit of Measure for this product."
26928
msgstr ""
26929
26930
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:163
26931
msgid ""
26932
"The type of BoM (:guilabel:`BoM Type` : Phantom or Normal) and the "
26933
":guilabel:`Routing` field will be described in more detail later in the "
26934
"chapter."
26935
msgstr ""
26936
26937
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:167
26938
msgid ""
26939
"After this you can select the raw materials that are used in the manufacture "
26940
"of the finished product. The quantities are set out in a report based on the "
26941
"quantities of finished product and the quantities needed to produce them "
26942
"from the bill of materials."
26943
msgstr ""
26944
26945
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:174
26946
msgid ""
26947
"The second tab, :guilabel:`Revisions`, is used to set down all the changes "
26948
"made to the bill of materials. After each change you can specify a revision "
26949
"number and some notes on the modifications you carried out."
26950
msgstr ""
26951
26952
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:180
26953
msgid ""
26954
"The Revisions tab is only visible if the user works in the Extended View "
26955
"mode (which means that the user must belong to the group ``Usability / "
26956
"Extended View`` ."
26957
msgstr ""
26958
26959
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
26960
msgid "*Revisions of a Bill of Materials*"
26961
msgstr ""
26962
26963
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:189
26964
msgid ""
26965
"In the third tab, :guilabel:`Properties`, you can put a free text reference "
26966
"to a plan, a sequence number that is used to determine the priorities "
26967
"between bills of materials, dates between which a bill of materials is "
26968
"valid, and values for rounding and product efficiency."
26969
msgstr ""
26970
26971
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:194
26972
msgid ""
26973
":guilabel:`Rounding` is used to set the smallest :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` "
26974
"for expressing the quantities of the selected product. So if you set the "
26975
"rounding to 1.00 you'll not be able to manufacture half a piece. The "
26976
":guilabel:`Efficiency` of the product lets you indicate the percentage you "
26977
"lose during manufacture. This loss can be set for the finished product or "
26978
"for each raw materials line. The impact of this efficiency figure is to "
26979
"reserve more raw materials for manufacture than you'd otherwise use just "
26980
"from the Bill of Materials calculations."
26981
msgstr ""
26982
26983
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:202
26984
msgid ""
26985
"The final part of the third tab lets you set some properties for the "
26986
"product's manufacturing processes. These will be detailed further on in the "
26987
"chapter in the section on configurable products."
26988
msgstr ""
26989
26990
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:191
26991
msgid "Multi-level Bills of Materials"
26992
msgstr ""
26993
26994
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:212
26995
msgid ""
26996
"In OpenERP each line of a bill of materials may itself be a bill of "
26997
"materials. So you can define BoMs with several levels. Instead of defining "
26998
"several BoMs for the cabinet in the figure :ref:`fig-mrparm` you could "
26999
"define the single bill of materials below:"
27000
msgstr ""
27001
27002
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:202
27003
msgid "0.166"
27004
msgstr ""
27005
27006
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:78
27007
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:209
27008
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:226
27009
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:292
27010
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:337
27011
msgid "0.249"
27012
msgstr ""
27013
27014
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:213
27015
msgid ""
27016
"OpenERP behaves differently depending on whether the bill of materials is "
27017
"defined in several small BoMs each on a single level or in one BoM tree-"
27018
"structured on several levels."
27019
msgstr ""
27020
27021
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:237
27022
msgid ""
27023
"So if you select a BoM using intermediate products that automatically "
27024
"generates production orders based on calculated requirements, OpenERP will "
27025
"propose manufacturing an intermediate product. To manufacture a cabinet, "
27026
"you'd create 6 production orders:"
27027
msgstr ""
27028
27029
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:299
27030
msgid ""
27031
"In the case where a single bill of materials is defined in multiple levels, "
27032
"a single manufacturing order will be generated for each cabinet, including "
27033
"all of the sub-BoMs. You'd then get the following production order:"
27034
msgstr ""
27035
27036
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:300
27037
msgid "Phantom Bills of Materials"
27038
msgstr ""
27039
27040
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:322
27041
msgid ""
27042
"If a finished product is defined using intermediate products that are "
27043
"themselves defined using other BoMs, OpenERP will then propose the "
27044
"manufacture of each intermediate product. This will give several production "
27045
"orders. If you only want a single production order you can define a single "
27046
"BoM with several levels."
27047
msgstr ""
27048
27049
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:327
27050
msgid ""
27051
"Sometimes, however, it is useful to define the intermediate product "
27052
"separately and not as part of a multi-level assembly even if you don't want "
27053
"separate production orders for intermediate products."
27054
msgstr ""
27055
27056
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:331
27057
msgid ""
27058
"In the example, the intermediate product ETA100 is used in the manufacture "
27059
"of several different cabinets. So you'd want to define a unique BoM for it "
27060
"even if you didn't want any instances of this product to be built, nor "
27061
"wanted to re-write these elements in a series of different multi-level BoMs."
27062
msgstr ""
27063
27064
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:336
27065
msgid ""
27066
"If you only want a single production order for the complete cabinet, and not "
27067
"one for the BoM itself, you can define the BoM line corresponding to product "
27068
"ETA100 in the cabinet's BoM as type :guilabel:`Phantom`. Then it will "
27069
"automatically put ETA100's BoM contents into the cabinet's production order "
27070
"even though it's been defined as multi-level."
27071
msgstr ""
27072
27073
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:341
27074
msgid ""
27075
"This way of representing the assembly is very useful because it allows you "
27076
"to define reusable elements of the assembly and keep them isolated."
27077
msgstr ""
27078
27079
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:344
27080
msgid ""
27081
"If you define the BoM for the ARM100 cabinet in the way shown by the table "
27082
"below, you'll get two production orders when the order is confirmed, as "
27083
"shown in the tables below that."
27084
msgstr ""
27085
27086
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:319
27087
msgid "Type of BoM"
27088
msgstr ""
27089
27090
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:321
27091
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:322
27092
msgid "normal"
27093
msgstr ""
27094
27095
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:323
27096
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:324
27097
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:325
27098
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:296
27099
msgid "phantom"
27100
msgstr ""
27101
27102
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:382
27103
msgid "Assembly Bills of Materials"
27104
msgstr ""
27105
27106
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:353
27107
msgid "Sales Bills of Materials"
27108
msgstr ""
27109
27110
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:386
27111
msgid ""
27112
"In some software this is named a Sales Bill of Materials. In OpenERP the "
27113
"term assembly is used because the effect of the bill of materials is visible "
27114
"not only in sales but also elsewhere, for example in the intermediate "
27115
"manufactured products."
27116
msgstr ""
27117
27118
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:390
27119
msgid ""
27120
"Assembly bills of materials enable you to define assemblies that will be "
27121
"sold directly. These could also be used in deliveries and stock management "
27122
"rather than just sold in isolation. For example if you deliver the cabinet "
27123
"in pieces for self-assembly, set the ARM100 BoM to type ``Assembly`` ."
27124
msgstr ""
27125
27126
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:395
27127
msgid ""
27128
"When a salesperson creates an order for an ARM100 product, OpenERP "
27129
"automatically changes the ARM100 from a set of components into an "
27130
"identifiable package for sending to a customer. Then it asks the "
27131
"storesperson to pack 2 PANLAT, 1 PANA100, 4 PROFIL, 3 ETA100. This is "
27132
"described as an ARM100 not just the individual delivered products."
27133
msgstr ""
27134
27135
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:401
27136
msgid "Example: Large distributor"
27137
msgstr ""
27138
27139
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:403
27140
msgid ""
27141
"As an example of using these assemblies, take the case of a supermarket. In "
27142
"a supermarket, you can buy bottles of cola individually or in a pack of 6 "
27143
"bottles. The pack and the bottles are two different products and the "
27144
"barcodes used are also different."
27145
msgstr ""
27146
27147
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:407
27148
msgid ""
27149
"But customers have the right to open a pack and extract some bottles to take "
27150
"them individually to the checkout. The supermarket can't track its stock in "
27151
"packs and bottles any more, but only individually in bottles."
27152
msgstr ""
27153
27154
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:411
27155
msgid ""
27156
"So you can define a bill of materials for sale which defines a pack as an "
27157
"assembly of 6 bottles. Then when you've sold a pack, you can find a pack on "
27158
"the invoice or bill of sale but the associated stock operation will still be "
27159
"6 bottles."
27160
msgstr ""
27161
27162
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:415
27163
msgid ""
27164
"In the case of this assembly, this isn't a production order to transform the "
27165
"product. The transformation is done directly between the order and the set."
27166
msgstr ""
27167
27168
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:418
27169
msgid "Assemblies and Purchases"
27170
msgstr ""
27171
27172
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:420
27173
msgid ""
27174
"The use of assemblies for selling to customers has been described here, but "
27175
"this functionality works just as well for purchases from suppliers."
27176
msgstr ""
27177
27178
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:423
27179
msgid ""
27180
"So in the example of a supermarket, you can buy cola in packs and the "
27181
"storesperson will see a number of bottles at goods in reception."
27182
msgstr ""
27183
27184
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:427
27185
msgid "Configurable Bills of Materials"
27186
msgstr ""
27187
27188
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:429
27189
msgid ""
27190
"In OpenERP you can define several bills of materials for the same product. "
27191
"In fact you can have several manufacturing methods or several approved raw "
27192
"materials for a given product. You'll see in the following section that the "
27193
"manufacturing procedure (the routing) is attached to the Bill of Materials, "
27194
"so the choice of bill of materials implicitly includes the operations to "
27195
"make it."
27196
msgstr ""
27197
27198
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:434
27199
msgid ""
27200
"Once several bills of materials have been defined for a particular product "
27201
"you need to have a system to enable OpenERP to select one of them for use. "
27202
"By default the bill of materials with the lowest sequence number is selected "
27203
"by the system."
27204
msgstr ""
27205
27206
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:438
27207
msgid ""
27208
"To gain more control over the process during the sale or procurement, you "
27209
"can use **properties**. The menu :menuselection:`Production Management --> "
27210
"Configuration --> Properties` enables you to define properties, which can be "
27211
"defined arbitrarily to help you select a bill of materials when you have a "
27212
"choice of BoMs."
27213
msgstr ""
27214
27215
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:445
27216
msgid ""
27217
"Properties is a concept that enables the selection of a method for "
27218
"manufacturing a product. Properties define a common language between "
27219
"salespeople and technical people, letting the salespeople to have an "
27220
"influence on the manufacture of the products using non-technical language "
27221
"and the choices decided on by the technicians who define Bills of Materials."
27222
msgstr ""
27223
27224
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:451
27225
msgid "For example you can define the properties and the following groups:"
27226
msgstr ""
27227
27228
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:311
27229
msgid "Property Group"
27230
msgstr ""
27231
27232
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:311
27233
msgid "Property"
27234
msgstr ""
27235
27236
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:313
27237
msgid "3 years"
27238
msgstr ""
27239
27240
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:314
27241
msgid "1 year"
27242
msgstr ""
27243
27244
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:315
27245
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:316
27246
msgid "Method of Manufacture"
27247
msgstr ""
27248
27249
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:315
27250
msgid "Serial"
27251
msgstr ""
27252
27253
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:316
27254
msgid "Batch"
27255
msgstr ""
27256
27257
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:464
27258
msgid ""
27259
"Once the bills of materials have been defined you could associate the "
27260
"corresponding properties to them. Then when the salesperson goes to encode a "
27261
"product line he can attach the properties there. If the product must be "
27262
"manufactured, OpenERP will automatically choose the bill of materials that "
27263
"matches the defined properties in the order most closely."
27264
msgstr ""
27265
27266
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:469
27267
msgid ""
27268
"Note the properties are only visible in the Bills of Materials and Sales "
27269
"Management if you're working in the Extended View mode. If you can't see it "
27270
"on your screen add the group ``Useability / Extended View`` to your user."
27271
msgstr ""
27272
27273
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27274
msgid "*Properties on a customer order line*"
27275
msgstr ""
27276
27277
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:479
27278
msgid "Example: Manufacturing in a batch or on a production line"
27279
msgstr ""
27280
27281
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:481
27282
msgid ""
27283
"As an example, take the manufacture of the cabinet presented above. You can "
27284
"imagine that the company has two methods of manufacturing this cabinet:"
27285
msgstr ""
27286
27287
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:484
27288
msgid ""
27289
"Manually: staff assemble the cabinets one by one and cut the wood plank by "
27290
"plank. This approach is usually used to assembly prototypes. It gets you "
27291
"very rapid production, but at a high cost and only in small quantities."
27292
msgstr ""
27293
27294
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:488
27295
msgid ""
27296
"On a production line: staff use machines that are capable of cutting wood by "
27297
"bandsaw. This method is used for production runs of at least 50 items "
27298
"because the lead times using this method are quite lengthy. The delay to the "
27299
"start of production is much longer, yet the cost per unit is much lower in "
27300
"this volume."
27301
msgstr ""
27302
27303
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:493
27304
msgid ""
27305
"You define two bills of materials for the same cabinet. To distinguish "
27306
"between them, you will define to properties in the same group: ``manual "
27307
"assembly`` and ``production line assembly`` . On the quotation, the "
27308
"salesperson can set the method of manufacture he wants on each order line, "
27309
"depending on the quantities and the lead time requested by the customer."
27310
msgstr ""
27311
27312
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:501
27313
msgid "bills of materials and substitute products"
27314
msgstr ""
27315
27316
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:352
27317
msgid ""
27318
"In some software, you use the term ``substitute`` for this principle of "
27319
"configurable properties in a bill of materials."
27320
msgstr ""
27321
27322
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:506
27323
msgid ""
27324
"By putting a bill of materials on its own line, you can also implement "
27325
"substitute products. You set the bill of materials to type ``Assembly`` to "
27326
"make the substitution transparent and to prevent OpenERP from proposing an "
27327
"intermediate production order."
27328
msgstr ""
27329
27330
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:513
27331
msgid ""
27332
"Once the bills of materials have been defined, OpenERP becomes capable of "
27333
"automatically deciding on the manufacturing route depending on the needs of "
27334
"the company."
27335
msgstr ""
27336
27337
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:6
27338
msgid ""
27339
"Production orders can be proposed automatically by the system depending on "
27340
"several criteria described in the preceding chapter:"
27341
msgstr ""
27342
27343
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:8
27344
msgid "Using the ``Make to Order`` rules,"
27345
msgstr ""
27346
27347
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:521
27348
msgid "Using the ``Order Point`` rules,"
27349
msgstr ""
27350
27351
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:12
27352
msgid "Using the Production plan."
27353
msgstr ""
27354
27355
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27356
msgid "*Automatically proposing production orders*"
27357
msgstr ""
27358
27359
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:531
27360
msgid ""
27361
"Clearly it's also possible to start production manually. To do this you can "
27362
"use the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Production Orders --> New "
27363
"Production Order`."
27364
msgstr ""
27365
27366
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:537
27367
msgid ""
27368
"If you haven't installed the Just-In-Time planning module :mod:`mrp_jit`, "
27369
"you should start using OpenERP to schedule the Production Orders "
27370
"automatically using the various system rules. To do this use the menu "
27371
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Compute All Schedulers`."
27372
msgstr ""
27373
27374
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:542
27375
msgid "Workflow for complete production"
27376
msgstr ""
27377
27378
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:544
27379
msgid ""
27380
"To understand the usefulness and the functioning of the system you should "
27381
"test a complete workflow on the new database installed with the "
27382
"demonstration data. In the order you can see:"
27383
msgstr ""
27384
27385
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:547
27386
msgid "The creation of a customer order,"
27387
msgstr ""
27388
27389
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:39
27390
msgid "The manufacturing workflow for an intermediate product,"
27391
msgstr ""
27392
27393
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:551
27394
msgid "The manufacture of an ordered product,"
27395
msgstr ""
27396
27397
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:43
27398
msgid "The delivery of products to a customer,"
27399
msgstr ""
27400
27401
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:45
27402
msgid "Invoicing at the end of the month,"
27403
msgstr ""
27404
27405
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:47
27406
msgid "Traceability for after-sales service."
27407
msgstr ""
27408
27409
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:49
27410
msgid "Demonstration data"
27411
msgstr ""
27412
27413
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:561
27414
msgid ""
27415
"To follow the workflow shown below exactly, you should keep the same "
27416
"quantities as in the example and start from a new database. Then you won't "
27417
"run into exceptions that would result from a lack of stock."
27418
msgstr ""
27419
27420
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:565
27421
msgid ""
27422
"This more advanced case of handling problems in procurement, will be sorted "
27423
"out later in the chapter."
27424
msgstr ""
27425
27426
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:569
27427
msgid "The customer order"
27428
msgstr ""
27429
27430
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:573
27431
msgid ""
27432
"Begin by encoding a customer order. To do this, use the menu "
27433
":menuselection:`Sales Management --> Sales Orders -> New Quotation`. Enter "
27434
"the following information:"
27435
msgstr ""
27436
27437
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:59
27438
msgid ":guilabel:`Customer` : Agrolait,"
27439
msgstr ""
27440
27441
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:578
27442
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` : Invoice from picklist (second tab),"
27443
msgstr ""
27444
27445
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:582
27446
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` : PC2 – Basic PC (assemble on demand),"
27447
msgstr ""
27448
27449
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:67
27450
msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity (UoM)` : 1,"
27451
msgstr ""
27452
27453
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:76
27454
msgid ":guilabel:`Product UoM` : PCE,"
27455
msgstr ""
27456
27457
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:588
27458
msgid ":guilabel:`Procure method` : Make To Order."
27459
msgstr ""
27460
27461
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:590
27462
msgid ""
27463
"Once the quotation has been entered you can confirm it immediately by "
27464
"clicking the button :guilabel:`Confirm Order` at the bottom to the right. "
27465
"Keep note of the order reference because this follows all through the "
27466
"process. Usually, in a new database, this will be ``SO007`` . At this stage "
27467
"you can look at the process linked to your order using the "
27468
":guilabel:`Process` button above and to the right of the form."
27469
msgstr ""
27470
27471
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27472
msgid "*Process for handling Sales Order SO007*"
27473
msgstr ""
27474
27475
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:91
27476
msgid ""
27477
"Start the requirements calculation using the menu "
27478
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Compute All Schedulers`."
27479
msgstr ""
27480
27481
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:87
27482
msgid "Producing an Intermediate Product"
27483
msgstr ""
27484
27485
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:611
27486
msgid ""
27487
"To understand the implications of requirements calculation, you must know "
27488
"the configuration of the sold product. To do this, go to the form for "
27489
"product PC2 and click on the link :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` to the "
27490
"right. You get the scheme shown in :ref:`fig-mrpbomtree` which is the "
27491
"composition of the selected product."
27492
msgstr ""
27493
27494
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27495
msgid "*Composition of product PC2 in the demonstration data*"
27496
msgstr ""
27497
27498
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:624
27499
msgid "Manufacturing the PC2 computer must be done in two steps:"
27500
msgstr ""
27501
27502
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:626
27503
msgid "1: Manufacture of the intermediate product: CPU_GEN"
27504
msgstr ""
27505
27506
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:628
27507
msgid ""
27508
"2: Manufacture of the finished product using that intermediate product: PC2"
27509
msgstr ""
27510
27511
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:630
27512
msgid ""
27513
"The manufacturing supervisor can then consult the product orders using the "
27514
"menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Production Orders --> Production "
27515
"Orders To Start`. You then get a list of orders to start and the estimated "
27516
"start date to meet the ordered customer delivery date."
27517
msgstr ""
27518
27519
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27520
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27521
msgid "*List of production orders*"
27522
msgstr ""
27523
27524
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:640
27525
msgid ""
27526
"You'll see the production order for CPU_GEN but not that for PC2 because "
27527
"that one depends on an intermediate product. Return to the production order "
27528
"for CPU_GEN and click below it. If there are several of them, select the one "
27529
"corresponding to your order using the reference that contains your order "
27530
"number (in this example ``SO007`` )."
27531
msgstr ""
27532
27533
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27534
msgid "*The detail of a production order*"
27535
msgstr ""
27536
27537
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:651
27538
msgid ""
27539
"The system shows you that you must manufacture product CPU_GEN using the "
27540
"components: MB1, CPU1, FAN, RAM. You can then confirm the production twice:"
27541
msgstr ""
27542
27543
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:654
27544
msgid "Start of production: consumption of raw materials,"
27545
msgstr ""
27546
27547
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:656
27548
msgid "End of production: manufacture of finished product."
27549
msgstr ""
27550
27551
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:658
27552
msgid ""
27553
"At this stage, you should click to edit the line for the product MB1 to "
27554
"enter a lot number for it. The lot number is usually shown the parent chart, "
27555
"so you should just copy that over. To do that put the cursor in the field "
27556
":guilabel:`Production Lot` and press :kbd:`<F1>` to create a new lot. Set a "
27557
"lot reference, for example: ``MB1345678`` . The system may then show you a "
27558
"warning because this lot is not in stock, but you can ignore this message."
27559
msgstr ""
27560
27561
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:664
27562
msgid ""
27563
"The production order must be in the closed state as shown in the figure "
27564
":ref:`fig-mrpprdfrm`."
27565
msgstr ""
27566
27567
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27568
msgid "*Production order after the different stages*"
27569
msgstr ""
27570
27571
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:675
27572
msgid "Manufacture of finished product"
27573
msgstr ""
27574
27575
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:677
27576
msgid ""
27577
"Having manufactured the intermediate product CPU_GEN, OpenERP then "
27578
"automatically proposes the manufacture of the computer PC2 using the order "
27579
"created earlier. So return to the menu for production orders to start "
27580
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Production Orders --> Production Orders to "
27581
"start`."
27582
msgstr ""
27583
27584
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:682
27585
msgid ""
27586
"You'll find computer PC2 which has been sold to the customer, as shown in "
27587
"the figure :ref:`fig-mrpprdlis`."
27588
msgstr ""
27589
27590
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:693
27591
msgid ""
27592
"Just as for product CPU_GEN, confirm the production order between two dates: "
27593
"start of production and end of production."
27594
msgstr ""
27595
27596
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:698
27597
msgid ""
27598
"The product sold to the customer has now been manufactured and the raw "
27599
"materials have been consumed and taken out of stock."
27600
msgstr ""
27601
27602
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:161
27603
msgid "Automatic Actions"
27604
msgstr ""
27605
27606
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:163
27607
msgid ""
27608
"As well as managing the use of materials and the production of stocks, "
27609
"manufacturing can have the following automatic effects which are detailed "
27610
"further on in the chapter:"
27611
msgstr ""
27612
27613
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:166
27614
msgid "adding value to stock,"
27615
msgstr ""
27616
27617
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:167
27618
msgid "generating operations for assembly staff,"
27619
msgstr ""
27620
27621
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:168
27622
msgid "automatically creating analytical accounting entries."
27623
msgstr ""
27624
27625
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:714
27626
msgid "Delivery of product to the customer"
27627
msgstr ""
27628
27629
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:720
27630
msgid ""
27631
"When the products have been manufactured, the storesperson automatically "
27632
"finds the order in his list of items to do. To see the items waiting for "
27633
"delivery, use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Outgoing "
27634
"Products --> Available Packing`. You'll find lists of packing to be done, "
27635
"there, as shown in the figure :ref:`fig-mrppacko`."
27636
msgstr ""
27637
27638
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27639
msgid "*List of packing operations to be done*"
27640
msgstr ""
27641
27642
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:733
27643
msgid ""
27644
"The packing orders are presented in priority order of despatch so the "
27645
"storesperson must begin with the orders at the top of the list. Confirm that "
27646
"your packing list has been created by looking for the customer name ( "
27647
"``Agrolait`` ) or by its reference ( ``SO007`` ). Click on it and then click "
27648
"the button :guilabel:`Approve`."
27649
msgstr ""
27650
27651
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:739
27652
msgid "Packing and Delivery"
27653
msgstr ""
27654
27655
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:741
27656
msgid ""
27657
"Depending on whether you work in the simplified or extended mode you may "
27658
"need a further step to make a delivery to your customer, so you'd have to "
27659
"carry out the two steps:"
27660
msgstr ""
27661
27662
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:744
27663
msgid "picking list,"
27664
msgstr ""
27665
27666
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:746
27667
msgid "delivery order."
27668
msgstr ""
27669
27670
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:752
27671
msgid "Invoicing at delivery"
27672
msgstr ""
27673
27674
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:754
27675
msgid ""
27676
"Periodically the administrator or an accountant can send invoices based on "
27677
"the deliveries that have been carried out. To do that, you can use the menu "
27678
":menuselection:`Stock Management --> Outgoing Products --> Packing to "
27679
"Invoice --> Packing by Invoice Method`. You then get a list of all the "
27680
"deliveries that have been made but haven't yet been invoiced."
27681
msgstr ""
27682
27683
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:760
27684
msgid ""
27685
"So select some or all of the deliveries. Click on the action "
27686
":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. OpenERP asks if you want to group the deliveries "
27687
"from the same partner into a single invoice or if you'd prefer to invoice "
27688
"for each delivery individually."
27689
msgstr ""
27690
27691
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27692
msgid "*Invoicing of deliveries*"
27693
msgstr ""
27694
27695
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:770
27696
msgid ""
27697
"Invoices are generated automatically in the ``Draft`` state by OpenERP. You "
27698
"can modify invoices before approving them finally."
27699
msgstr ""
27700
27701
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27702
msgid "*List of invoices generated by the system based on deliveries*"
27703
msgstr ""
27704
27705
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:779
27706
msgid ""
27707
"Once you have reviewed the different invoices that were generated, you can "
27708
"confirm them one by one or all at once by using the available actions. Then "
27709
"print the invoices using the multiple print option and send them to your "
27710
"customers by post."
27711
msgstr ""
27712
27713
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:786
27714
msgid ""
27715
"Now suppose that the customer phones you to tell you about a production "
27716
"fault in a delivered product. You can consult the traceability through the "
27717
"whole manufacturing chain using the serial number indicated on the product "
27718
"MB1. To look through the detailed history, use the menu "
27719
":menuselection:`Stock Management --> Traceability --> Production Lots`."
27720
msgstr ""
27721
27722
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:791
27723
msgid ""
27724
"Find the product corresponding to the product or lot number. Once it's been "
27725
"found you can use traceability as described in the section :ref:`sect-"
27726
"lotmgt` in the :ref:`ch-stocks` chapter."
27727
msgstr ""
27728
27729
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:801
27730
msgid "Production order in detail"
27731
msgstr ""
27732
27733
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:803
27734
msgid ""
27735
"To open a Production Order, use the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
27736
"Production Orders --> New Production Order`. You get a blank form for "
27737
"entering a new production order as shown in the figure :ref:`fig-mrpprdnew`."
27738
msgstr ""
27739
27740
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27741
msgid "*New production order*"
27742
msgstr ""
27743
27744
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:249
27745
msgid ""
27746
"The production order follows the process given by the figure :ref:`fig-"
27747
"mrpprdproc`."
27748
msgstr ""
27749
27750
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27751
msgid "*Process for handling a production order*"
27752
msgstr ""
27753
27754
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:825
27755
msgid ""
27756
"The date fields, priority and reference, are automatically completed when "
27757
"the form is first opened. Enter the product that you want to produce, and "
27758
"the quantity required. The :guilabel:`Product UOM` by default is completed "
27759
"automatically by OpenERP when the product is first created."
27760
msgstr ""
27761
27762
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:263
27763
msgid "You then have to set two locations:"
27764
msgstr ""
27765
27766
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:265
27767
msgid ""
27768
"The location from which the required raw materials should be found, and"
27769
msgstr ""
27770
27771
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:267
27772
msgid "The location for depositing the finished products."
27773
msgstr ""
27774
27775
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:835
27776
msgid ""
27777
"For simplicity, put the ``Stock`` location in both places. The field "
27778
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` will automatically be completed by OpenERP "
27779
"when you click the button :guilabel:`Compute Data`. You can then overwrite "
27780
"it with another BoM to specify something else to use for this specific "
27781
"manufacture."
27782
msgstr ""
27783
27784
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:840
27785
msgid ""
27786
"The tabs :guilabel:`Planned Products` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` are also "
27787
"completed automatically when you click :guilabel:`Compute Data`. You'll find "
27788
"the raw materials there that are required for the production and the "
27789
"operations needed by the assembly staff."
27790
msgstr ""
27791
27792
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:844
27793
msgid ""
27794
"If you want to start production, click the button :guilabel:`Confirm "
27795
"Production`, and OpenERP then automatically completes the :guilabel:`Moves` "
27796
"fields in the :guilabel:`Consumed Products` and :guilabel:`Finished "
27797
"Products` fields. The information in the :guilabel:`Consumed Products` tab "
27798
"can be changed if:"
27799
msgstr ""
27800
27801
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:280
27802
msgid "you want to enter a serial number for raw materials,"
27803
msgstr ""
27804
27805
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:282
27806
msgid "you want to change the quantities consumed (lost during production)."
27807
msgstr ""
27808
27809
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:853
27810
msgid ""
27811
"For traceability you can set lot numbers on the raw materials used, or on "
27812
"the finished products. To do this click on one of the lines of the first or "
27813
"the third tab. Note the :guilabel:`Production lot` and :guilabel:`Tracking "
27814
"lot` numbers."
27815
msgstr ""
27816
27817
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:857
27818
msgid ""
27819
"Once the order is confirmed, you should force the reservation of materials "
27820
"using the :guilabel:`Force Reservation` button. This means that you don't "
27821
"have to wait for the scheduler to assign and reserve the raw materials from "
27822
"your stock for this production run. This shortcuts the procurement process."
27823
msgstr ""
27824
27825
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:862
27826
msgid ""
27827
"If you don't want to change the priorities, just leave the production order "
27828
"in this state and the scheduler will create a plan based on the priority and "
27829
"your planned date."
27830
msgstr ""
27831
27832
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:868
27833
msgid ""
27834
"To start the production of products, click :guilabel:`Start Production`. The "
27835
"raw materials are then consumed automatically from stock, which means that "
27836
"the draft ( ``Waiting`` ) movements become ``Done`` ."
27837
msgstr ""
27838
27839
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:871
27840
msgid ""
27841
"Once the production is complete, click :guilabel:`Production Finished`. The "
27842
"finished products are then moved into stock."
27843
msgstr ""
27844
27845
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:881
27846
msgid ""
27847
"The requirements scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and "
27848
"prioritises production and purchasing automatically from the rules defined "
27849
"on these products. It's started once per day. You can also start it manually "
27850
"using the menu :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Compute All Schedulers`. "
27851
"This uses all the relevant parameters defined in the products, the suppliers "
27852
"and the company to determine the priorities between the different production "
27853
"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases."
27854
msgstr ""
27855
27856
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:888
27857
msgid ""
27858
"You can set the starting time by modifying the corresponding action in the "
27859
"menu :menuselection:`Administration --> Configuration --> Scheduler --> "
27860
"Scheduled Actions`. Modify the ``Run MRP Scheduler`` configuration document."
27861
msgstr ""
27862
27863
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:0
27864
msgid "*Configuring the start time for calculating requirements*"
27865
msgstr ""
27866
27867
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:898
27868
msgid "Calculating requirements / scheduling"
27869
msgstr ""
27870
27871
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:900
27872
msgid ""
27873
"Scheduling only validates procurement confirmed but not started. These "
27874
"procurement reservations will themselves start production, tasks or "
27875
"purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product."
27876
msgstr ""
27877
27878
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:904
27879
msgid ""
27880
"You take account of the priority of operations in starting reservations and "
27881
"procurement. The urgent requests, or those with a date in the past, or those "
27882
"with a date earlier than the others will be started first so that if there "
27883
"are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, the most "
27884
"urgent will be produced first."
27885
msgstr ""
27886
27887
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:158
27888
msgid "revisions"
27889
msgstr ""
27890
27891
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:186
27892
msgid "multi-level"
27893
msgstr ""
27894
27895
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Master_data.rst:186
27896
msgid "multi-level BoM"
27897
msgstr ""
27898
27899
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_forecasting.rst:347
27900
msgid "BoM, substitute products"
27901
msgstr ""
27902
27903
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:54
27904
msgid "quotation"
27905
msgstr ""
27906
27907
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing.rst:83
27908
msgid "semi-finished product"
27909
msgstr ""
27910
27911
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:716
27912
msgid "picking"
27913
msgstr ""
27914
27915
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:716
27916
msgid "packing"
27917
msgstr ""
27918
27919
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:748
27920
msgid "at delivery"
27921
msgstr ""
27922
27923
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:794
27924
msgid "manufacturing order"
27925
msgstr ""
27926
27927
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:794
27928
msgid "production order"
27929
msgstr ""
27930
27931
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:794
27932
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:794
27933
msgid "order"
27934
msgstr ""
27935
27936
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/5_15_Manufacturing_production.rst:874
27937
msgid "requirements planning"
27938
msgstr ""
27939
27940
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:12
27941
msgid ""
27942
"*The management of manufacturing described in this chapter covers planning, "
27943
"ordering, stocks and the manufacturing or assembly of products from raw "
27944
"materials and components. It also discusses consumption and production of "
27945
"products, as well as the necessary operations on machinery, tools or human "
27946
"resources.*"
27947
msgstr ""
27948
27949
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:18
27950
msgid ""
27951
"The management of manufacturing in OpenERP is based on its stock management "
27952
"and, like it, is very flexible in both its operations and its financial "
27953
"control. It benefits particularly from the use of double-entry stock "
27954
"management for production orders."
27955
msgstr ""
27956
27957
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:25
27958
msgid ""
27959
"Manufacturing management is implemented by the :mod:`mrp` module. It is used "
27960
"for transforming all types of products:"
27961
msgstr ""
27962
27963
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:28
27964
msgid ""
27965
"Assemblies of parts: composite products, soldered or welded products, "
27966
"assemblies, packs,"
27967
msgstr ""
27968
27969
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:30
27970
msgid "Machined parts: machining, cutting, planing,"
27971
msgstr ""
27972
27973
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:32
27974
msgid "Foundries: clamping, heating,"
27975
msgstr ""
27976
27977
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:34
27978
msgid "Mixtures: mixing, chemical processes, distillation."
27979
msgstr ""
27980
27981
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:36
27982
msgid ""
27983
"You'll work in two areas: on products in the first part of this chapter, and "
27984
"on operations in the second part. The management of products depends on the "
27985
"concept of classifications while the management of operations depends on "
27986
"routing and workcenters."
27987
msgstr ""
27988
27989
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:44
27990
msgid ""
27991
"Bills of Materials, or manufacturing specifications, go by different names "
27992
"depending on their application area, for example:"
27993
msgstr ""
27994
27995
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:47
27996
msgid "Food: Recipes,"
27997
msgstr ""
27998
27999
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:49
28000
msgid "Chemicals: Equations,"
28001
msgstr ""
28002
28003
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:51
28004
msgid "Building: Plans."
28005
msgstr ""
28006
28007
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:54
28008
msgid ""
28009
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
28010
"data, with :mod:`mrp` and its dependencies installed and no particular chart "
28011
"of accounts configured."
28012
msgstr ""
28013
28014
#: ../../source/book/5/5_15_Manufacturing/index.rst:22
28015
msgid "mrp"
28016
msgstr ""
28017
28018
#: ../../source/book/5/index.rst:6
28019
msgid "Stock and Manufacturing"
28020
msgstr ""
28021
28022
#: ../../source/book/5/index.rst:8
28023
msgid ""
28024
"This part of the book concentrates on physical materials - the handling of "
28025
"stock and the transformation of materials by assembly and manufacture."
28026
msgstr ""
28027
28028
#: ../../source/book/5/index.rst:11
28029
msgid ""
28030
"Stocks are the physical embodiment of their product specification, things "
28031
"rather than datasheets. So they need to be stored and moved between "
28032
"locations, and tracked in sets and individually. They have a size, a weight, "
28033
"and a cost. OpenERP manages all of this in some rather useful and unique "
28034
"ways."
28035
msgstr ""
28036
28037
#: ../../source/book/5/index.rst:16
28038
msgid ""
28039
"Manufacture is the transformation of materials and components, perhaps using "
28040
"measurable resources, into other products and services, adding value to your "
28041
"company on the way."
28042
msgstr ""
28043
28044
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:3
28045
msgid "Management of Alerts"
28046
msgstr ""
28047
28048
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:10
28049
msgid ""
28050
"To manage alerts on products or partners, you can install the :mod:`warning` "
28051
"module. Once that is installed, you will be able to configure a series of "
28052
"alerts on the partners or products by setting parameters in the new "
28053
":guilabel:`Warnings` tab on each of the forms."
28054
msgstr ""
28055
28056
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:0
28057
msgid "*Management of alerts on partners*"
28058
msgstr ""
28059
28060
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:0
28061
msgid "*Management of alerts on products*"
28062
msgstr ""
28063
28064
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:26
28065
msgid ""
28066
"You can activate alerts for a series of events. For each alert you should "
28067
"enter a message that will be attached to the person setting off the event. "
28068
"The different available events on the partner form are:"
28069
msgstr ""
28070
28071
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:30
28072
msgid "Entering a customer order for the partner,"
28073
msgstr ""
28074
28075
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:32
28076
msgid "Entering a supplier order for the partner,"
28077
msgstr ""
28078
28079
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:34
28080
msgid "Sending a delivery to the partner (or receiving an item),"
28081
msgstr ""
28082
28083
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:36
28084
msgid "Invoicing a partner."
28085
msgstr ""
28086
28087
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:38
28088
msgid "The alerts that can be configured on a product form are:"
28089
msgstr ""
28090
28091
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:40
28092
msgid "The sale of that product,"
28093
msgstr ""
28094
28095
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:62
28096
msgid "The purchase of that product."
28097
msgstr ""
28098
28099
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:44
28100
msgid ""
28101
"For example, if you enter an alert for the invoicing of a customer, for an "
28102
"accountant entering an invoice for that customer, the alert message will be "
28103
"attached as shown in the figure :ref:`fig-warnsmp`:"
28104
msgstr ""
28105
28106
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:0
28107
msgid "*Alert from invoicing a customer*"
28108
msgstr ""
28109
28110
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:5
28111
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:5
28112
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:42
28113
msgid "warning"
28114
msgstr ""
28115
28116
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_alerts.rst:5
28117
msgid "alerts"
28118
msgstr ""
28119
28120
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:3
28121
msgid "Management of Carriers"
28122
msgstr ""
28123
28124
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:11
28125
msgid ""
28126
"To manage deliveries in OpenERP, install the :mod:`delivery` module. (If you "
28127
"have installed the :mod:`profile_manufacturing` profile this is installed by "
28128
"default during configuration of the database.) This module enables you to "
28129
"manage:"
28130
msgstr ""
28131
28132
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:15
28133
msgid "the different carriers with whom you work,"
28134
msgstr ""
28135
28136
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:17
28137
msgid "the different possible modes of transport,"
28138
msgstr ""
28139
28140
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:19
28141
msgid "cost calculation and invoicing of each delivery,"
28142
msgstr ""
28143
28144
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:21
28145
msgid "the modes of transport and their tariffs."
28146
msgstr ""
28147
28148
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:23
28149
msgid ""
28150
"Once the :mod:`delivery` module has been installed, the first thing to do is "
28151
"to configure the different modes of delivery accepted by your company. To do "
28152
"that use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Configuration --> "
28153
"Delivery --> Delivery Method`."
28154
msgstr ""
28155
28156
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:26
28157
msgid "For each delivery mode, you should define the following elements:"
28158
msgstr ""
28159
28160
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:28
28161
msgid "Name of the delivery mode,"
28162
msgstr ""
28163
28164
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:31
28165
msgid "The partner associated with the transport (which can be yourselves),"
28166
msgstr ""
28167
28168
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:32
28169
msgid "The associated product."
28170
msgstr ""
28171
28172
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:35
28173
msgid "For example you can create the following modes:"
28174
msgstr ""
28175
28176
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:40
28177
msgid "Delivery Mode"
28178
msgstr ""
28179
28180
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:40
28181
msgid "Associated Product"
28182
msgstr ""
28183
28184
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:41
28185
msgid "Express Track"
28186
msgstr ""
28187
28188
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:41
28189
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:42
28190
msgid "Mail Office"
28191
msgstr ""
28192
28193
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:41
28194
msgid "Express Track Delivery"
28195
msgstr ""
28196
28197
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:42
28198
msgid "Priority Courier"
28199
msgstr ""
28200
28201
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:42
28202
msgid "Courier Express Delivery"
28203
msgstr ""
28204
28205
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:43
28206
msgid "EFG Standard"
28207
msgstr ""
28208
28209
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:43
28210
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:44
28211
msgid "EFG Inc"
28212
msgstr ""
28213
28214
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:43
28215
msgid "Delivery EFG"
28216
msgstr ""
28217
28218
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:44
28219
msgid "EFG Express"
28220
msgstr ""
28221
28222
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:44
28223
msgid "Delivery EFG Express"
28224
msgstr ""
28225
28226
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:48
28227
msgid ""
28228
"Information about the invoicing of transport (such as accounts, applicable "
28229
"taxes) are entered in the product linked to the delivery mode. Ideally the "
28230
"product should be configured as :guilabel:`Product Type` ``Service`` and "
28231
":guilabel:`Procure Method` ``Make to Stock``."
28232
msgstr ""
28233
28234
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:52
28235
msgid ""
28236
"You can use the same product for several delivery modes. This simplifies the "
28237
"configuration but you won't be able to separate out your sales figures by "
28238
"delivery mode."
28239
msgstr ""
28240
28241
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:56
28242
msgid "Tariff grids"
28243
msgstr ""
28244
28245
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:58
28246
msgid ""
28247
"Unlike ordinary products, delivery prices aren't given by pricelists but by "
28248
"delivery grids, designed specifically for this purpose. For each delivery "
28249
"mode, you enter one or several tariff grids. Each grid is used for a given "
28250
"region/destination."
28251
msgstr ""
28252
28253
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:61
28254
msgid ""
28255
"For example, for the postal tariffs for Priority Courier, you generally "
28256
"define the three tariff grids for Mail Office:"
28257
msgstr ""
28258
28259
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:65
28260
msgid "Courier National,"
28261
msgstr ""
28262
28263
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:67
28264
msgid "Courier Europe,"
28265
msgstr ""
28266
28267
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:68
28268
msgid "Courier Outside Europe."
28269
msgstr ""
28270
28271
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:71
28272
msgid ""
28273
"To define a new delivery grid, use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management "
28274
"--> Configuration --> Deliveries --> Delivery Pricelist`. You then give a "
28275
"name to your delivery grid and define the region for which the tariffs in "
28276
"the grid will be applicable. To do this, use the second tab "
28277
":guilabel:`Destination`. There you can set:"
28278
msgstr ""
28279
28280
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:75
28281
msgid "A list of countries (for UK or Europe, for example),"
28282
msgstr ""
28283
28284
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:77
28285
msgid "A list of states,"
28286
msgstr ""
28287
28288
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:80
28289
msgid "A range of post codes (for Paris you might have 75000 – 75900)."
28290
msgstr ""
28291
28292
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:82
28293
msgid ""
28294
"You must then set the rules for calculating the price of transport in the "
28295
"first tab :guilabel:`Grid definition`. A rule must first of all have a name. "
28296
"Then set the condition for which this rule is applicable, for example "
28297
"``Weight < 0.5kg``."
28298
msgstr ""
28299
28300
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:85
28301
msgid "Weights"
28302
msgstr ""
28303
28304
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:88
28305
msgid ""
28306
"Weights are expressed in kilograms. You can define a number with a decimal "
28307
"point or comma, so that to set 500g you'd put 0.5 in the weight rule."
28308
msgstr ""
28309
28310
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:91
28311
msgid ""
28312
"Then set the sale price and the cost price. The price can be expressed in "
28313
"different ways:"
28314
msgstr ""
28315
28316
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:92
28317
msgid "a fixed price,"
28318
msgstr ""
28319
28320
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:95
28321
msgid ""
28322
"a variable price, as a function of weight, or volume, or weight x volume or "
28323
"price."
28324
msgstr ""
28325
28326
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:97
28327
msgid ""
28328
"For example, mailing within France using 2008 tariffs would be defined as "
28329
"shown in the table."
28330
msgstr ""
28331
28332
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:102
28333
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:116
28334
msgid "Rule Title"
28335
msgstr ""
28336
28337
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:101
28338
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:115
28339
msgid "Condition"
28340
msgstr ""
28341
28342
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:101
28343
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:115
28344
msgid "Price"
28345
msgstr ""
28346
28347
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:102
28348
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:116
28349
msgid "Type of Price"
28350
msgstr ""
28351
28352
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:103
28353
msgid "Weight < 3 kg"
28354
msgstr ""
28355
28356
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:104
28357
msgid "6.9"
28358
msgstr ""
28359
28360
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:103
28361
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:104
28362
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:105
28363
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:106
28364
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:117
28365
msgid "Fixed"
28366
msgstr ""
28367
28368
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:104
28369
msgid "M"
28370
msgstr ""
28371
28372
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:104
28373
msgid "Weight < 5 kg"
28374
msgstr ""
28375
28376
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:104
28377
msgid "7.82"
28378
msgstr ""
28379
28380
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:105
28381
msgid "L"
28382
msgstr ""
28383
28384
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:105
28385
msgid "Weight < 6 kg"
28386
msgstr ""
28387
28388
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:105
28389
msgid "8.53"
28390
msgstr ""
28391
28392
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:106
28393
msgid "XL"
28394
msgstr ""
28395
28396
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:106
28397
msgid "Weight < 7 kg"
28398
msgstr ""
28399
28400
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:106
28401
msgid "9.87"
28402
msgstr ""
28403
28404
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:110
28405
msgid ""
28406
"You can also define rules that depend on the total amount on the order. For "
28407
"example to offer fixed price delivery if the order is more than 150 USD, add "
28408
"the following rule:"
28409
msgstr ""
28410
28411
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:117
28412
msgid "Franked > 150 USD"
28413
msgstr ""
28414
28415
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:117
28416
msgid "Price > 150 USD"
28417
msgstr ""
28418
28419
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:117
28420
msgid "10"
28421
msgstr ""
28422
28423
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:122
28424
msgid "Using delivery modes"
28425
msgstr ""
28426
28427
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:124
28428
msgid ""
28429
"Once the delivery modes and their tariffs have been defined you can use them "
28430
"in a Sales Order. There are two methods for doing that in OpenERP."
28431
msgstr ""
28432
28433
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:127
28434
msgid "Delivery based on order quantities,"
28435
msgstr ""
28436
28437
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:129
28438
msgid "Delivery based on deliverd quantities."
28439
msgstr ""
28440
28441
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:132
28442
msgid "Delivery based on order quantities"
28443
msgstr ""
28444
28445
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:134
28446
msgid ""
28447
"To add the delivery charges on the quotation, use the action "
28448
":guilabel:`Delivery Costs` available to the right of the form. A dialog box "
28449
"opens, asking you to select a delivery mode from one of the preconfigured "
28450
"available ones."
28451
msgstr ""
28452
28453
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:0
28454
msgid "*Adding a delivery charge to an order*"
28455
msgstr ""
28456
28457
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:144
28458
msgid ""
28459
"Once the delivery mode has been selected, OpenERP automatically adds a line "
28460
"on the draft order with the amount calculated by the delivery function. This "
28461
"technique enables you to calculate the delivery charge based on the order "
28462
"and then, separately, how the products will really be delivered to the "
28463
"customer."
28464
msgstr ""
28465
28466
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:149
28467
msgid ""
28468
"If you want to calculate the exact delivery charges depending on the actual "
28469
"deliveries you must use invoicing based on deliveries."
28470
msgstr ""
28471
28472
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:153
28473
msgid "Delivery based on the packed items"
28474
msgstr ""
28475
28476
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:155
28477
msgid ""
28478
"To invoice the delivery on the basis of items packed you set the delivery "
28479
"mode in the :guilabel:`Delivery method` field on the second tab of the "
28480
"order, :guilabel:`Other data`. Don't add delivery lines to the Sales Order "
28481
"but to the Invoices after they have been generated for the delivered items."
28482
msgstr ""
28483
28484
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:160
28485
msgid ""
28486
"For this to work properly, your order must be set to the state "
28487
":guilabel:`Invoice from the Packing`. You can then confirm the order and "
28488
"validate the delivery."
28489
msgstr ""
28490
28491
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:164
28492
msgid ""
28493
"When the manager has generated the invoices corresponding to the deliveries "
28494
"carried out, OpenERP automatically adds a line on each invoice corresponding "
28495
"to the delivery charge, calculated on the basis of the items actually sent."
28496
msgstr ""
28497
28498
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:5
28499
msgid "delivery grid"
28500
msgstr ""
28501
28502
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:5
28503
msgid "carriers"
28504
msgstr ""
28505
28506
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_carriers.rst:5
28507
msgid "profile_manfuacturing"
28508
msgstr ""
28509
28510
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:3
28511
msgid "Control of deliveries and invoicing"
28512
msgstr ""
28513
28514
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:6
28515
msgid "Configuration of orders"
28516
msgstr ""
28517
28518
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:12
28519
msgid ""
28520
"Depending on the configuration of the order, several different possible "
28521
"consequences can follow. Three fields determine the future behaviour of an "
28522
"order:"
28523
msgstr ""
28524
28525
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:15
28526
msgid ""
28527
":guilabel:`Packing Policy` : ``Partial Delivery`` or ``Complete Delivery``,"
28528
msgstr ""
28529
28530
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:17
28531
msgid ""
28532
":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` : ``Shipping & Manual Invoice``, ``Payment "
28533
"Before Delivery``, ``Invoice on Order After Delivery``, and ``Invoice from "
28534
"the Packing``,"
28535
msgstr ""
28536
28537
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:20
28538
msgid ""
28539
":guilabel:`Invoice on` : ``Ordered Quantities`` or ``Delivered Quantities``."
28540
msgstr ""
28541
28542
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:22
28543
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:346
28544
msgid "Simplified view"
28545
msgstr ""
28546
28547
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:24
28548
msgid ""
28549
"If you work in the ``Simplified View`` mode, only the :guilabel:`Shipping "
28550
"Policy` field is visible in the second tab on the order. To get to the "
28551
"``Extended View`` mode, assign the group :guilabel:`Usability – Extended "
28552
"View` to the current user."
28553
msgstr ""
28554
28555
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:30
28556
msgid "Packing mode"
28557
msgstr ""
28558
28559
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:32
28560
msgid ""
28561
"The packing mode determines the way that the storesperson will do the "
28562
"packing. If the order is put into :guilabel:`Partial Delivery` mode, the "
28563
"packing order will appear in the list of things for the storesperson to do "
28564
"as soon as any of the products on the order is available. To get the list of "
28565
"items to be done you can use the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> "
28566
"Outgoing Products --> Available Packing`."
28567
msgstr ""
28568
28569
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:38
28570
msgid ""
28571
"The storesperson will then be able to make a partial delivery of the "
28572
"quantities actually available and do a second packing operation later when "
28573
"the remaining products are available in stock."
28574
msgstr ""
28575
28576
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:41
28577
msgid ""
28578
"If the packing mode is :guilabel:`Complete Delivery`, the packing list won't "
28579
"appear in the list of packings to do until all of the products are available "
28580
"in stock. This way there will only be a single delivery for any given order."
28581
msgstr ""
28582
28583
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:45
28584
msgid ""
28585
"If the storesperson wants, the delivery mode can be modified on each packing "
28586
"list even after the order has been confirmed."
28587
msgstr ""
28588
28589
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:48
28590
msgid ""
28591
"In the case of invoicing on the basis of packing, the cost of delivering the "
28592
"products will be calculated on the basis of multiple deliveries. This risks "
28593
"incurring a higher cost because of each delivery. If invoicing is on the "
28594
"basis of the orders, the customer will only be invoiced once for the whole "
28595
"delivery, even if the delivery of several items has already been made."
28596
msgstr ""
28597
28598
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:8
28599
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_control.rst:8
28600
msgid "control"
28601
msgstr ""
28602
28603
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:3
28604
msgid "Layout templates"
28605
msgstr ""
28606
28607
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:8
28608
msgid ""
28609
"The :mod:`sale_layout` module enables you to have a more elaborate template "
28610
"than the standard order forms."
28611
msgstr ""
28612
28613
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:11
28614
msgid "For example you could put the following in the order lines:"
28615
msgstr ""
28616
28617
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:12
28618
msgid "a horizontal separator line,"
28619
msgstr ""
28620
28621
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:14
28622
msgid "titles and subtitles,"
28623
msgstr ""
28624
28625
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:16
28626
msgid "subtotals at the end of the section,"
28627
msgstr ""
28628
28629
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:18
28630
msgid "comments,"
28631
msgstr ""
28632
28633
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:20
28634
msgid "a page break."
28635
msgstr ""
28636
28637
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:26
28638
msgid ""
28639
"This enables you to lay out a more elaborate professional-looking quotation "
28640
"page. There's also the module :mod:`account_invoice_layout` which gives you "
28641
"the same functionality for invoice templates."
28642
msgstr ""
28643
28644
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:29
28645
msgid ""
28646
"The two figures :ref:`fig-invlayfrm` and :ref:`fig-invlayprin` show an "
28647
"invoice template in OpenERP and the resulting printed invoice."
28648
msgstr ""
28649
28650
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:0
28651
msgid ""
28652
"*Template for an invoice in OpenERP using the account_invoice_layout module*"
28653
msgstr ""
28654
28655
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:0
28656
msgid "*The resulting printed invoice*"
28657
msgstr ""
28658
28659
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_layout.rst:5
28660
msgid "sale_layout"
28661
msgstr ""
28662
28663
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:3
28664
msgid "Margin Control"
28665
msgstr ""
28666
28667
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:5
28668
msgid ""
28669
"It's important to keep good control of margins in every company. Even if you "
28670
"have a good level of sales it won't guarantee company profitability if "
28671
"margins aren't high enough. OpenERP provides a number of systems for "
28672
"monitoring margins. The main ones are:"
28673
msgstr ""
28674
28675
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:7
28676
msgid "Margins on a sales order,"
28677
msgstr ""
28678
28679
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:9
28680
msgid "Margins by product,"
28681
msgstr ""
28682
28683
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:11
28684
msgid "Margins by project,"
28685
msgstr ""
28686
28687
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:15
28688
msgid "Using price lists."
28689
msgstr ""
28690
28691
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:18
28692
msgid "Margins on sales orders"
28693
msgstr ""
28694
28695
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:23
28696
msgid ""
28697
"If you want to check your margins on sales orders you can install the "
28698
":mod:`sale_margin` module from ``addons-extra``. This will add margins "
28699
"calculated on each order line and on the order total."
28700
msgstr ""
28701
28702
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:0
28703
msgid "*An order with the module sale_margin*"
28704
msgstr ""
28705
28706
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:32
28707
msgid ""
28708
"The margin on each line is defined as the quantity sold multiplied by the "
28709
"sale price for the customer less the cost price of the products. By default, "
28710
"products are managed using standard price in OpenERP (cost price fixed "
28711
"manually and reviewed once per year). You can change that to ``Average "
28712
"Weighted Price``, meaning that the product cost fluctuates with purchases "
28713
"from suppliers. After product receipt you can add fixed costs, such as "
28714
"delivery costs, in the cost of each product."
28715
msgstr ""
28716
28717
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:42
28718
msgid ""
28719
"OpenERP supports a third method of updating the cost price of products using "
28720
"the module :mod:`product_extended`, also in ``addons-extra`` at the time of "
28721
"writing. This adds a button to the product form which lets you automatically "
28722
"recalculate the cost price for the selected products. The cost price is "
28723
"calculated from the raw materials and the operations carried out (if the "
28724
"products have been manufactured internally so that you have set their costs)."
28725
msgstr ""
28726
28727
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:50
28728
msgid "Margins by product"
28729
msgstr ""
28730
28731
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:55
28732
msgid ""
28733
"To track margins by product, install the module :mod:`product_margin`. Once "
28734
"the module is installed you can see the margins by product by using the menu "
28735
":menuselection:`Products --> Reporting --> Margins by Product`."
28736
msgstr ""
28737
28738
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:59
28739
msgid ""
28740
"When you've clicked on the menu, OpenERP asks for an analysis period and the "
28741
"state of invoices. If no period is given, OpenERP will calculate margins on "
28742
"all of the operations without restriction. By default, however, OpenERP "
28743
"proposes a period of the last 12 months for analysis."
28744
msgstr ""
28745
28746
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:57
28747
msgid "You can also filter the analysis on certain types of invoice:"
28748
msgstr ""
28749
28750
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:65
28751
msgid "All invoices, including draft invoices not yet validated,"
28752
msgstr ""
28753
28754
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:61
28755
msgid "All open and/or paid invoices,"
28756
msgstr ""
28757
28758
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:63
28759
msgid "Paid invoices only."
28760
msgstr ""
28761
28762
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:0
28763
msgid "*Screen showing product margins*"
28764
msgstr ""
28765
28766
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:77
28767
msgid ""
28768
"You then get a margin analysis table. The following fields are given by "
28769
"product for sales:"
28770
msgstr ""
28771
28772
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:79
28773
msgid ":guilabel:`Avg. Unit Price` : the average unit sale price,"
28774
msgstr ""
28775
28776
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:81
28777
msgid ":guilabel:`Catalog Price` : the list price based on this product,"
28778
msgstr ""
28779
28780
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:83
28781
msgid ""
28782
":guilabel:`# Invoiced` : the number of sold products that have been invoiced,"
28783
msgstr ""
28784
28785
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:85
28786
msgid ""
28787
":guilabel:`Sales Gap` : the difference between the revenue calculated from "
28788
"list price and volume, and the actual sales,"
28789
msgstr ""
28790
28791
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:87
28792
msgid ""
28793
":guilabel:`Turnover` : the actual sales revenue for the product selected,"
28794
msgstr ""
28795
28796
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:89
28797
msgid ""
28798
":guilabel:`Expected Sales` : the number of products sold multiplied by the "
28799
"list price."
28800
msgstr ""
28801
28802
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:0
28803
msgid "*Detail of margins for a given product*"
28804
msgstr ""
28805
28806
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:91
28807
msgid "The following fields are given by product for purchases:"
28808
msgstr ""
28809
28810
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:93
28811
msgid ":guilabel:`Avg. Unit price` : the average unit purchase price,"
28812
msgstr ""
28813
28814
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:95
28815
msgid ""
28816
":guilabel:`Standard price` : the standard cost price of the product for the "
28817
"company,"
28818
msgstr ""
28819
28820
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:101
28821
msgid ":guilabel:`# Invoiced` : the number of purchased products,"
28822
msgstr ""
28823
28824
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:105
28825
msgid ""
28826
":guilabel:`Purchase gap` : the difference between the total actual cost and "
28827
"the standard cost multiplied by the number of units purchased,"
28828
msgstr ""
28829
28830
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:108
28831
msgid ""
28832
":guilabel:`Total cost` : the total cost of purchases for the product under "
28833
"consideration,"
28834
msgstr ""
28835
28836
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:110
28837
msgid ""
28838
":guilabel:`Normal cost` : the number of products sold multiplied by the "
28839
"standard cost price."
28840
msgstr ""
28841
28842
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:106
28843
msgid "The following fields are given by product for margins:"
28844
msgstr ""
28845
28846
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:108
28847
msgid ":guilabel:`Total Margin`,"
28848
msgstr ""
28849
28850
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:110
28851
msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Margin`,"
28852
msgstr ""
28853
28854
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:112
28855
msgid ":guilabel:`Total Margin in percent`,"
28856
msgstr ""
28857
28858
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:114
28859
msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Margin in percent`."
28860
msgstr ""
28861
28862
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:121
28863
msgid "Margins by Project"
28864
msgstr ""
28865
28866
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:125
28867
msgid ""
28868
"To manage margins by project you must install the analytical accounts with "
28869
"management by task. Use of these accounts is described in :ref:`ch-accts`."
28870
msgstr ""
28871
28872
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:129
28873
msgid ""
28874
"Install the module :mod:`account_analytic_analysis` and all of its "
28875
"dependencies. This module adds a tab on the analytic account form to handle "
28876
"the different margins in an analytic account representing a project or a "
28877
"case, and several new reports on those accounts."
28878
msgstr ""
28879
28880
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:0
28881
msgid "*Detail of margins for a case*"
28882
msgstr ""
28883
28884
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:141
28885
msgid ""
28886
"Start by opening a project's analytic account through the "
28887
":menuselection:`Project Management --> Financial Project Management --> "
28888
"Analytic Accounts --> All Analytic Accounts` and selecting one of them. In "
28889
"the new analytic account :guilabel:`Analysis summary` tab you'll find the "
28890
"following information:"
28891
msgstr ""
28892
28893
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:144
28894
msgid "The total costs for the analytic account,"
28895
msgstr ""
28896
28897
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:146
28898
msgid "The total amount of invoiced sales,"
28899
msgstr ""
28900
28901
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:148
28902
msgid "The number of hours worked,"
28903
msgstr ""
28904
28905
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:150
28906
msgid "The number of hours remaining to be worked,"
28907
msgstr ""
28908
28909
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:152
28910
msgid "The remaining income,"
28911
msgstr ""
28912
28913
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:156
28914
msgid "The theoretical income (hours worked multipled by their sale price),"
28915
msgstr ""
28916
28917
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:156
28918
msgid "The number of hours invoiced,"
28919
msgstr ""
28920
28921
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:158
28922
msgid "The real income per hour,"
28923
msgstr ""
28924
28925
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:160
28926
msgid "The real margin,"
28927
msgstr ""
28928
28929
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:162
28930
msgid ""
28931
"The theoretical margin taking into account everything yet to be invoiced,"
28932
msgstr ""
28933
28934
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:164
28935
msgid "The real margin rate in percent,"
28936
msgstr ""
28937
28938
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:166
28939
msgid "The last invoicing date,"
28940
msgstr ""
28941
28942
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:168
28943
msgid "The last worked hours,"
28944
msgstr ""
28945
28946
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:170
28947
msgid "The number of hours remaining to be invoiced,"
28948
msgstr ""
28949
28950
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:172
28951
msgid "The amount remaining to be invoiced."
28952
msgstr ""
28953
28954
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:174
28955
msgid ""
28956
"For detailed information on the analytic account you can use any of the "
28957
"several reports available in the toolbar to the right."
28958
msgstr ""
28959
28960
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:16
28961
msgid "sale_margin"
28962
msgstr ""
28963
28964
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_margins.rst:47
28965
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:8
28966
msgid "product_margin"
28967
msgstr ""
28968
28969
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:3
28970
msgid "Open orders"
28971
msgstr ""
28972
28973
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:8
28974
msgid ""
28975
"In some industries, customers commonly place orders for a certain volume of "
28976
"product and ask for regular deliveries from an order up to the total amount "
28977
"on it. This principle, called open orders, is managed by the "
28978
":mod:`sale_delivery` module in OpenERP."
28979
msgstr ""
28980
28981
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:12
28982
msgid ""
28983
"OpenERP handles open orders easily. An open order is an order for a certain "
28984
"quantity of products but whose deliveries are planned for various dates over "
28985
"a period of time."
28986
msgstr ""
28987
28988
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:16
28989
msgid ""
28990
"To do that you must install the :mod:`sale_delivery` module (in ``addons-"
28991
"extra`` at the time of writing). A Sales Order is entered as a normal order "
28992
"but you also set the total quantity that will be delivered on each order "
28993
"line."
28994
msgstr ""
28995
28996
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:19
28997
msgid ""
28998
"Then you can use the new tab :guilabel:`Deliveries` on the order to plan the "
28999
"quantities sold and enter your delivery planning there."
29000
msgstr ""
29001
29002
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:0
29003
msgid "*Managing open orders, planning forecasts*"
29004
msgstr ""
29005
29006
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:29
29007
msgid ""
29008
"In the order lines, OpenERP shows you the quantity planned in addition to "
29009
"the quantity sold so you can verify that the quantities sold equal the "
29010
"quantities to be delivered. When you confirm the order, OpenERP no longer "
29011
"generates a single delivery order but plans scheduled despatches."
29012
msgstr ""
29013
29014
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:31
29015
msgid "Invoicing Mode"
29016
msgstr ""
29017
29018
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:35
29019
msgid ""
29020
"If you work with Open Orders, you should set the order into the mode "
29021
":guilabel:`Invoice from the Packing`. Then the storesperson will be able to "
29022
"replan and change the quantities of the forecast deliveries in the system."
29023
msgstr ""
29024
29025
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_open.rst:5
29026
msgid "sale_delivery"
29027
msgstr ""
29028
29029
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:3
29030
msgid "Management of Packaging"
29031
msgstr ""
29032
29033
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:5
29034
msgid ""
29035
"Products can be managed in several different packaged forms. For example if "
29036
"you sell batteries you can define the following packages for a given battery "
29037
"product:"
29038
msgstr ""
29039
29040
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:8
29041
msgid "by Piece: a battery"
29042
msgstr ""
29043
29044
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:10
29045
msgid "Blister pack: a pack of 4 batteries"
29046
msgstr ""
29047
29048
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:12
29049
msgid "Pack of 100 blisters: 400 batteries"
29050
msgstr ""
29051
29052
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:14
29053
msgid "Palette, containing 40 packs for a total of 16,000 batteries."
29054
msgstr ""
29055
29056
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:16
29057
msgid ""
29058
"OpenERP's packaging management enables you to sell the same product in "
29059
"several different forms. The salesperson could sell, separately, one battery "
29060
"or a palette of batteries. In the order, you can select the default "
29061
"packaging type as a function of the quantities ordered."
29062
msgstr ""
29063
29064
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:20
29065
msgid ""
29066
"For example, if the customer wants to buy 30,000 batteries, the salesperson "
29067
"can select the package ``palette`` . OpenERP will then propose the sale of "
29068
"32,000 batteries, which corresponds to two palettes. Or the salesperson can "
29069
"select 75 packs."
29070
msgstr ""
29071
29072
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:22
29073
msgid ""
29074
"The available packages are defined in the product form, in the "
29075
":guilabel:`Packaging` tab. The first item on the list is the one that will "
29076
"be used by default."
29077
msgstr ""
29078
29079
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:27
29080
msgid ""
29081
"Once a package has been defined on the order, OpenERP will throw up an alert "
29082
"if the ordered quantities don't correspond to the proposed packages. The "
29083
"quantity must be a multiple of the field :guilabel:`Quantity by Package` "
29084
"defined on the packaging form."
29085
msgstr ""
29086
29087
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:0
29088
msgid "*Alert on the quantities sold compared with the packaging*"
29089
msgstr ""
29090
29091
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:37
29092
msgid ""
29093
"Don't confuse the management of packaging with the management of multiple "
29094
"units of measure. The Units of Measure are used to manage the stock "
29095
"differently in its different units. With packages, the stock is always "
29096
"managed by individual item but information about the package to use is "
29097
"supplied to the storesperson along with that item."
29098
msgstr ""
29099
29100
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:42
29101
msgid ""
29102
"Even if the effects are the same, the printed documents will be different. "
29103
"The two following operations have the same effect on stock movement levels "
29104
"but will be printed differently on the sales order and the packing order:"
29105
msgstr ""
29106
29107
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:44
29108
msgid "32,000 batteries, delivered on two palettes,"
29109
msgstr ""
29110
29111
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:46
29112
msgid "2 palettes of batteries, with no information about packaging."
29113
msgstr ""
29114
29115
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:50
29116
msgid ""
29117
"If the customer wants to order a palette and 10 packs, the salesperson can "
29118
"put two order lines on the sales order using the same product but different "
29119
"units of measure."
29120
msgstr ""
29121
29122
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:54
29123
msgid "Example Packing and different products"
29124
msgstr ""
29125
29126
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:56
29127
msgid ""
29128
"It's sometimes more useful to define different products than to define "
29129
"several possible packages for the same product. A case of beer in a "
29130
"supermarket is a good example. A case holds 24 bottles, plus the empty case "
29131
"itself. The customer can buy bottles by the piece or a case of 24 bottles at "
29132
"one go."
29133
msgstr ""
29134
29135
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:60
29136
msgid ""
29137
"You could define two packages for the product ``Bottle of beer`` : ``PCE`` "
29138
"and ``case`` . But this representation doesn't let you manage the stock and "
29139
"price of empty cases. So you might instead prefer a Bill of Materials for "
29140
"the sale, defining and using three different products:"
29141
msgstr ""
29142
29143
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:59
29144
msgid "the empty case for the beer,"
29145
msgstr ""
29146
29147
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:61
29148
msgid "the bottle of beer,"
29149
msgstr ""
29150
29151
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:63
29152
msgid "the case of 24 bottles of beer."
29153
msgstr ""
29154
29155
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:65
29156
msgid ""
29157
"You also define the bill of materials below which determines the make-up of "
29158
"the case of 24 beers:"
29159
msgstr ""
29160
29161
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:67
29162
msgid "Case of 24 bottles of beer: 1 unit,"
29163
msgstr ""
29164
29165
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:69
29166
msgid "Bottle of beer: 24 units,"
29167
msgstr ""
29168
29169
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:71
29170
msgid "Empty case of beer: 1 unit."
29171
msgstr ""
29172
29173
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_packing.rst:78
29174
msgid ""
29175
"Each of these three products has a different price. The products ``Bottle of "
29176
"beer`` and ``Empty case of beer`` have a stock level that needs to be "
29177
"managed. The ``Case of 24 bottles of beer`` has no stock because, if you "
29178
"sell the product, OpenERP automatically moves the stock in two lines, one "
29179
"for the empty case and the other for the 24 individual bottles of beer. For "
29180
"more information on bills of material for sale, see chapter :ref:`ch-mnf`."
29181
msgstr ""
29182
29183
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:3
29184
msgid "Price management policies"
29185
msgstr ""
29186
29187
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:5
29188
msgid ""
29189
"Some companies are notorious for their complicated pricelists. Many forms of "
29190
"price variation are used, such as end-of-year refunds, discounts, changes of "
29191
"terms and conditions with time, various prepayments, cascaded rebates, "
29192
"seasonal promotions, and progressive price reductions."
29193
msgstr ""
29194
29195
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:9
29196
msgid "Rebate, Refund, Reduction"
29197
msgstr ""
29198
29199
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:11
29200
msgid ""
29201
"In some accounting jurisdictions you have to differentiate between the three "
29202
"following terms:"
29203
msgstr ""
29204
29205
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:13
29206
msgid ""
29207
"Rebate: reimbursement to the client, usually at the end of the year, that "
29208
"depends on the quantity of goods purchased over a period."
29209
msgstr ""
29210
29211
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:16
29212
msgid ""
29213
"Refund: reduction on the order line or invoice line if a certain quantity of "
29214
"goods is purchased at one time or is sold in a framework of a promotional "
29215
"activity."
29216
msgstr ""
29217
29218
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:19
29219
msgid ""
29220
"Reduction: a one-off reduction resulting from a quality defect or a "
29221
"variation in a product's conformance to a specification."
29222
msgstr ""
29223
29224
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:22
29225
msgid ""
29226
"Intelligent price management is difficult, because it requires you to "
29227
"integrate several conditions from clients and suppliers to create estimates "
29228
"quickly or to invoice automatically. But if you have an efficient price "
29229
"management mechanism you can often keep margins raised and respond quickly "
29230
"to changes in market conditions. A good price management system gives you "
29231
"scope for varying any and all of the relevant factors when you're "
29232
"negotiating a contract."
29233
msgstr ""
29234
29235
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:28
29236
msgid ""
29237
"To help you work most effectively, OpenERP's pricelist principles are "
29238
"extremely powerful yet are based on simple and generic rules. You can "
29239
"develop both sales pricelists and purchase pricelists for products capable "
29240
"of accommodating conditions such as the date period, the quantity requested "
29241
"and the type of product."
29242
msgstr ""
29243
29244
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:33
29245
msgid "Don't confuse the different price specifications"
29246
msgstr ""
29247
29248
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:35
29249
msgid ""
29250
"Don't confuse the sale price with the base price of the product. In "
29251
"OpenERP's basic configuration the sale price is the list price set on the "
29252
"product form but a customer can be given a different sale price depending on "
29253
"the conditions."
29254
msgstr ""
29255
29256
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:39
29257
msgid ""
29258
"It's the same for purchase price and standard cost. Purchase price is your "
29259
"suppliers' selling price, which changes in response to different criteria "
29260
"such as quantities, dates, and supplier. This is automatically set by the "
29261
"accounting system. You'll find that the two prices have been set by default "
29262
"to the same for all products with the demonstration data, which can be a "
29263
"source of confusion. You're free to set the standard cost to something "
29264
"different."
29265
msgstr ""
29266
29267
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:45
29268
msgid ""
29269
"Each pricelist is calculated from defined policies, so you'll have as many "
29270
"sales pricelists as active sales policies in the company. For example a "
29271
"company that sells products through three sales channels could create the "
29272
"following price lists:"
29273
msgstr ""
29274
29275
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:50
29276
msgid "Main distribution:"
29277
msgstr ""
29278
29279
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:52
29280
msgid "pricelist for Walbury,"
29281
msgstr ""
29282
29283
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:54
29284
msgid "pricelist for TesMart,"
29285
msgstr ""
29286
29287
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:56
29288
msgid "Postal Sales."
29289
msgstr ""
29290
29291
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:58
29292
msgid "Walk-in customers."
29293
msgstr ""
29294
29295
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:59
29296
msgid ""
29297
"A single pricelist can exist in several versions, only one of which is "
29298
"permitted to be active at a given time. These versions let you set different "
29299
"prices at different points in time. So the pricelist for walk-in customers "
29300
"could have five different versions, for example: \\ ``Autumn``\\, \\ "
29301
"``Summer``\\, \\ ``Summer Sales``\\, \\ ``Winter``\\, \\ ``Spring``\\. "
29302
"Direct customers will see prices that change with the seasons."
29303
msgstr ""
29304
29305
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:65
29306
msgid ""
29307
"Each pricelist is expressed in a single currency. If your company sells "
29308
"products in several currencies you'll have to create as many pricelists as "
29309
"you have currencies."
29310
msgstr ""
29311
29312
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:68
29313
msgid ""
29314
"The prices on a pricelist can depend on another list, which means that you "
29315
"don't have to repeat the definition of all conditions for each product. So a "
29316
"pricelist in USD can be based on a pricelist in EUR. If the currency "
29317
"conversion rates between EUR and USD change, or the EUR prices change, the "
29318
"USD rates can be **automatically** adjusted."
29319
msgstr ""
29320
29321
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:77
29322
msgid "Creating pricelists"
29323
msgstr ""
29324
29325
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:79
29326
msgid ""
29327
"To define a pricelist use the menu :menuselection:`Products --> Pricelists --"
29328
"> Pricelists` ."
29329
msgstr ""
29330
29331
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:82
29332
msgid "For each list you should define:"
29333
msgstr ""
29334
29335
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:84
29336
msgid "a :guilabel:`Name` for the list,"
29337
msgstr ""
29338
29339
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:85
29340
msgid ""
29341
"a :guilabel:`Type` of list: \\ ``Sale``\\ for customers or \\ "
29342
"``Purchase``\\ for suppliers,"
29343
msgstr ""
29344
29345
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:88
29346
msgid "the :guilabel:`Currency` in which the prices are expressed."
29347
msgstr ""
29348
29349
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:92
29350
msgid "Customer Price"
29351
msgstr ""
29352
29353
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:94
29354
msgid ""
29355
"If you install the module :mod:`edi` (in ``addons-extra`` at the time of "
29356
"writing) a third type of list appears – the :guilabel:`Customer Price` - "
29357
"which defines the price displayed for the end user. This doesn't have to be "
29358
"the same as your selling price to an intermediary or distributor."
29359
msgstr ""
29360
29361
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:103
29362
msgid "Pricelist versions"
29363
msgstr ""
29364
29365
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:105
29366
msgid ""
29367
"Once the list is defined you must provide it with at least one version. To "
29368
"do that use the menu :menuselection:`Products --> Pricelists --> Pricelist "
29369
"Versions`. The version contains all of the rules that enable you to "
29370
"calculate a price for a product and a given quantity."
29371
msgstr ""
29372
29373
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:109
29374
msgid ""
29375
"So set the :guilabel:`Name` of this associated version. If the list only has "
29376
"a single version you can use the same name for the pricelist and the "
29377
"version. In the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field select the pricelist you created."
29378
msgstr ""
29379
29380
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:113
29381
msgid ""
29382
"Then set the :guilabel:`Start date` and :guilabel:`End date` of this "
29383
"version. The fields are both optional: if you don't set any dates the "
29384
"version will be permanently active. Only one version may be active at any "
29385
"one point, so bear this in mind when creating them. Use the "
29386
":guilabel:`Active` field in the versions to activate or disable a pricelist "
29387
"version."
29388
msgstr ""
29389
29390
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:118
29391
msgid "Automatically updating the sale pricelist"
29392
msgstr ""
29393
29394
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:120
29395
msgid ""
29396
"You can make any sale pricelist depend on one of the other pricelists. So "
29397
"you could make your sale pricelist depend on your supplier's purchase "
29398
"pricelist, to which you add a margin. The prices are automatically "
29399
"calculated as a function of the purchase price and need no further manual "
29400
"adjustment."
29401
msgstr ""
29402
29403
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:129
29404
msgid "Rules for calculating price"
29405
msgstr ""
29406
29407
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:131
29408
msgid ""
29409
"A pricelist version is made up of a set of rules that apply to the product "
29410
"base prices."
29411
msgstr ""
29412
29413
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:0
29414
msgid "*Detail of a rule in a pricelist version*"
29415
msgstr ""
29416
29417
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:139
29418
msgid ""
29419
"You define the conditions for a rule in the first part of the definition "
29420
"screen labeled :guilabel:`Rules Test Match`. The rule applies to the "
29421
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Template` and/or the named "
29422
":guilabel:`Product Category`. If a rule is applied to a category then it is "
29423
"automatically applied to all of its subcategories too (using the tree "
29424
"structure for product categories)."
29425
msgstr ""
29426
29427
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:144
29428
msgid ""
29429
"If you set a minimum quantity in :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` the rule will "
29430
"only apply to a quantity the same as or larger than that set. This lets you "
29431
"set reduced rates in steps that depend on the quantities ordered."
29432
msgstr ""
29433
29434
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:147
29435
msgid ""
29436
"Several rules can be applied to an order. Open ERP evaluates these rules in "
29437
"sequence to select which to apply to the specified price calculation. If "
29438
"several rules are valid only the first in sequence is used for the "
29439
"calculation. The :guilabel:`Sequence` field determines the order, starting "
29440
"with the lowest number and working up."
29441
msgstr ""
29442
29443
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:152
29444
msgid ""
29445
"Once a rule has been selected, the system has to determine how to calculate "
29446
"the price from the rule. This operation is based on the criteria set out in "
29447
"the lower part of the form, labeled :guilabel:`Price Computation`."
29448
msgstr ""
29449
29450
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:156
29451
msgid ""
29452
"The first field you have to complete is labeled :guilabel:`Based on`. Set "
29453
"the mode for partner price calculation, choosing between:"
29454
msgstr ""
29455
29456
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:159
29457
msgid "the :guilabel:`List Price` set in the product file,"
29458
msgstr ""
29459
29460
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:161
29461
msgid "the :guilabel:`Standard Cost` set in the product file,"
29462
msgstr ""
29463
29464
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:151
29465
msgid ""
29466
"an :guilabel:`Other Pricelist` given in the field :guilabel:`If Other "
29467
"Pricelist`,"
29468
msgstr ""
29469
29470
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:154
29471
msgid ""
29472
"the price that varies as a function of a supplier defined in the "
29473
":guilabel:`Partner section of the product form`."
29474
msgstr ""
29475
29476
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:168
29477
msgid ""
29478
"Several other criteria can be considered and added to the list, as you'll "
29479
"see in the following section."
29480
msgstr ""
29481
29482
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:171
29483
msgid ""
29484
"Next, various operations can be applied to the base price to calculate the "
29485
"sales or purchase price for the partner at the specified quantities. To "
29486
"calculate it you apply the formula shown on the form: ``Price = Base Price x "
29487
"(1 + Field1) + Field2`` ."
29488
msgstr ""
29489
29490
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:175
29491
msgid ""
29492
"The first field, :guilabel:`Field1`, defines a discount. Set it to 0.20 for "
29493
"a discount of 20% from the base price. If your price is based on standard "
29494
"cost, you can set -0.15 to get a 15% price uplift compared with the standard "
29495
"costs."
29496
msgstr ""
29497
29498
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:166
29499
msgid ""
29500
":guilabel:`Field2` sets a fixed supplement to the price, expressed in the "
29501
"currency of the pricelist. This amount is just added (or subtracted, if "
29502
"negative) to the amount calculated with the :guilabel:`Field1` discount."
29503
msgstr ""
29504
29505
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:170
29506
msgid ""
29507
"Then you can specify a rounding method. The rounding calculation is carried "
29508
"out to the nearest number. For example if you set 0.05 in this example, a "
29509
"price of 45.66 will be rounded to 45.65, and 14,567 rounded to 100 will give "
29510
"a price of 14,600."
29511
msgstr ""
29512
29513
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:187
29514
msgid "Swiss special situation"
29515
msgstr ""
29516
29517
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:189
29518
msgid ""
29519
"In Switzerland, the smallest monetary unit is 5 cents. There aren't any 1 or "
29520
"2 cent coins. So you set Open ERP's rounding to 0.05 to round everything in "
29521
"a Swiss franc pricelist."
29522
msgstr ""
29523
29524
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:193
29525
msgid ""
29526
"The supplement from :guilabel:`Field2` is applied before the rounding "
29527
"calculation, which enables some interesting effects. For example if you want "
29528
"all your prices to end in 9.99, set your rounding to 10 and your supplement "
29529
"to -0.01 in :guilabel:`Field2`."
29530
msgstr ""
29531
29532
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:184
29533
msgid ""
29534
"Minimum and Maximum margins enable you to guarantee a given margin over the "
29535
"base price. A margin of 10 USD enables you to stop the discount from "
29536
"returning less than that margin. If you put 0 into this field, no effect is "
29537
"taken into account."
29538
msgstr ""
29539
29540
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:201
29541
msgid ""
29542
"Once the pricelist is defined you can assign it to a partner. To do this, "
29543
"find a Partner and select its :guilabel:`Properties` tab. You can then "
29544
"change the :guilabel:`Purchase Pricelist` and the :guilabel:`Sale Pricelist` "
29545
"that's loaded by default for the partner."
29546
msgstr ""
29547
29548
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:206
29549
msgid "Case of using pricelists"
29550
msgstr ""
29551
29552
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:220
29553
msgid ""
29554
"Take the case of an IT systems trading company, for which the following "
29555
"product categories have been configured:"
29556
msgstr ""
29557
29558
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:223
29559
msgid "All products"
29560
msgstr ""
29561
29562
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:225
29563
msgid "Accessories"
29564
msgstr ""
29565
29566
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:227
29567
msgid "Printers"
29568
msgstr ""
29569
29570
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:229
29571
msgid "Scanners"
29572
msgstr ""
29573
29574
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:231
29575
msgid "Keyboards and Mice"
29576
msgstr ""
29577
29578
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:233
29579
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:239
29580
msgid "Computers"
29581
msgstr ""
29582
29583
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:235
29584
msgid "Portables"
29585
msgstr ""
29586
29587
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:237
29588
msgid "Large-screen portables"
29589
msgstr ""
29590
29591
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:241
29592
msgid "Office Computers"
29593
msgstr ""
29594
29595
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:243
29596
msgid "Professional Computers"
29597
msgstr ""
29598
29599
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:245
29600
msgid ""
29601
"In addition, the products presented in the table below are defined in the "
29602
"currency of the installed chart of accounts."
29603
msgstr ""
29604
29605
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:248
29606
msgid "TABLE"
29607
msgstr ""
29608
29609
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29610
msgid "List Price"
29611
msgstr ""
29612
29613
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:299
29614
msgid "Standard Price"
29615
msgstr ""
29616
29617
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29618
msgid "Default supplier price"
29619
msgstr ""
29620
29621
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29622
msgid "Acclo Portable"
29623
msgstr ""
29624
29625
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29626
msgid "1,200"
29627
msgstr ""
29628
29629
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29630
msgid "887"
29631
msgstr ""
29632
29633
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29634
msgid "893"
29635
msgstr ""
29636
29637
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29638
msgid "Toshibishi Portable"
29639
msgstr ""
29640
29641
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29642
msgid "1,340"
29643
msgstr ""
29644
29645
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29646
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29647
msgid "920"
29648
msgstr ""
29649
29650
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29651
msgid "Berrel Keyboard"
29652
msgstr ""
29653
29654
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29655
msgid "100"
29656
msgstr ""
29657
29658
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29659
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29660
msgid "50"
29661
msgstr ""
29662
29663
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29664
msgid "Office Computer"
29665
msgstr ""
29666
29667
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29668
msgid "1,400"
29669
msgstr ""
29670
29671
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29672
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:1
29673
msgid "1,000"
29674
msgstr ""
29675
29676
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:251
29677
msgid "Default pricelists"
29678
msgstr ""
29679
29680
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:0
29681
msgid "*Default pricelist after installing OpenERP*"
29682
msgstr ""
29683
29684
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:259
29685
msgid ""
29686
"When you install the software two pricelists are created by default: one for "
29687
"sales and one for purchases. These each contain only one pricelist version "
29688
"and only one line in that version."
29689
msgstr ""
29690
29691
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:262
29692
msgid ""
29693
"The price for sales defined in the Default Public Pricelist is set by "
29694
"default to the Public Price of the product in the product file, which is the "
29695
"Sale Price in the Product file."
29696
msgstr ""
29697
29698
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:265
29699
msgid ""
29700
"The price for purchases defined in the Default Purchase Pricelist is set by "
29701
"default in the same way to the Standard Cost of the product in the product "
29702
"file."
29703
msgstr ""
29704
29705
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:272
29706
msgid "Example of a trading company"
29707
msgstr ""
29708
29709
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:274
29710
msgid ""
29711
"Take the case of a trading company, where the sale price for resellers can "
29712
"be defined like this:"
29713
msgstr ""
29714
29715
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:288
29716
msgid ""
29717
"For portable computers, the sale price is calculated from the list price of "
29718
"the supplier Acclo, with a supplement of 23% on the cost of purchase."
29719
msgstr ""
29720
29721
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:279
29722
msgid ""
29723
"For all other products the sale price is given by the standard cost in the "
29724
"product file, on which 31% is added. The price must end in ``.99`` ."
29725
msgstr ""
29726
29727
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:282
29728
msgid ""
29729
"The sale price of Berrel keyboards is fixed at 60 for a minimum quantity of "
29730
"5 keyboards purchased. Otherwise it uses the rule above."
29731
msgstr ""
29732
29733
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:285
29734
msgid ""
29735
"Assume that the Acclo pricelist is defined in Open ERP. The pricelist for "
29736
"resellers and the pricelist version then contains three lines:"
29737
msgstr ""
29738
29739
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:300
29740
msgid "\\ ``Acclo``\\ line:"
29741
msgstr ""
29742
29743
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:302
29744
msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category` : \\ ``Portables``\\ ,"
29745
msgstr ""
29746
29747
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:304
29748
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:359
29749
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:371
29750
msgid ":guilabel:`Based on` : \\ ``Other pricelist``\\ ,"
29751
msgstr ""
29752
29753
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:306
29754
msgid ":guilabel:`Pricelist if other` : \\ ``Acclo pricelist``\\ ,"
29755
msgstr ""
29756
29757
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:296
29758
msgid ":guilabel:`Field1` : \\ ``-0.23``\\ ,"
29759
msgstr ""
29760
29761
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:310
29762
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:365
29763
msgid ":guilabel:`Priority` : \\ ``1``\\ ."
29764
msgstr ""
29765
29766
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:312
29767
msgid "\\ ``Berrel Keyboard``\\ line:"
29768
msgstr ""
29769
29770
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:314
29771
msgid ":guilabel:`Product Template` : \\ ``Berrel Keyboard``\\ ,"
29772
msgstr ""
29773
29774
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:316
29775
msgid ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` : \\ ``5``\\ ,"
29776
msgstr ""
29777
29778
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:318
29779
msgid ":guilabel:`Field1` : \\ ``1.0``\\ ,"
29780
msgstr ""
29781
29782
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:320
29783
msgid ":guilabel:`Field2` : \\ ``60``\\ ,"
29784
msgstr ""
29785
29786
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:322
29787
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:375
29788
msgid ":guilabel:`Priority` : \\ ``2``\\ ."
29789
msgstr ""
29790
29791
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:324
29792
msgid "\\ ``Other products``\\ line:"
29793
msgstr ""
29794
29795
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:326
29796
msgid ":guilabel:`Based on:` \\ ``Standard Price``\\ ,"
29797
msgstr ""
29798
29799
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:316
29800
msgid ":guilabel:`Field1` : \\ ``-0.31``\\ ,"
29801
msgstr ""
29802
29803
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:330
29804
msgid ":guilabel:`Field2` : \\ ``-0.01``\\ ,"
29805
msgstr ""
29806
29807
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:332
29808
msgid ":guilabel:`Rounding` : \\ ``1.0``\\ ."
29809
msgstr ""
29810
29811
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:334
29812
msgid ":guilabel:`Priority` : \\ ``3``\\ ."
29813
msgstr ""
29814
29815
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:324
29816
msgid ""
29817
"It's important that the priority of the second rule is set below the "
29818
"priority of the third in this example. If it were the other way round the "
29819
"third rule would always be applied because a quantity of 5 is always greater "
29820
"than a quantity of 1 for all products."
29821
msgstr ""
29822
29823
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:340
29824
msgid ""
29825
"Also note that to fix a price of 60 for the 5 Berrel Keyboards, the formula "
29826
"\\ ``Price = Base Price x (1 + 1.0) + 60``\\ has been used."
29827
msgstr ""
29828
29829
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:332
29830
msgid "Establishing customer contract conditions"
29831
msgstr ""
29832
29833
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:346
29834
msgid ""
29835
"The trading company can now set specific conditions to a customer, such as "
29836
"the company TinAtwo, who might have signed a valid contract with the "
29837
"following conditions:"
29838
msgstr ""
29839
29840
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:349
29841
msgid ""
29842
"For Toshibishi portables, TinAtwo benefits from a discount of 5% of resale "
29843
"price."
29844
msgstr ""
29845
29846
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:351
29847
msgid "For all other products, the resale conditions are unchanged."
29848
msgstr ""
29849
29850
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:341
29851
msgid ""
29852
"The list price for TinAtwo, called ``TinAtwo contract`` , contains two rules:"
29853
msgstr ""
29854
29855
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:355
29856
msgid "\\ ``Toshibishi portable``\\ :"
29857
msgstr ""
29858
29859
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:357
29860
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` : \\ ``Toshibishi Portable``\\ ,"
29861
msgstr ""
29862
29863
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:361
29864
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:373
29865
msgid ":guilabel:`Pricelist if other` : \\ ``Reseller pricelist``\\ ,"
29866
msgstr ""
29867
29868
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:363
29869
msgid ":guilabel:`Field1` : \\ ``0.05``\\ ,"
29870
msgstr ""
29871
29872
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:367
29873
msgid "\\ ``Other Products``\\ :"
29874
msgstr ""
29875
29876
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:369
29877
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` :"
29878
msgstr ""
29879
29880
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:365
29881
msgid ""
29882
"Once this list has been entered you should look for the partner form for "
29883
"TinAtwo again. Click the :guilabel:`Properties` tab to set the "
29884
":guilabel:`Sale List Price` field to *TinAtwo Contract*. If the contract is "
29885
"only valid for one year, don't forget to set the :guilabel:`Start Date` and "
29886
":guilabel:`End Date` fields in the :guilabel:`Price List Version`."
29887
msgstr ""
29888
29889
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:370
29890
msgid ""
29891
"Then when salespeople prepare an estimate for TinAtwo the prices proposed "
29892
"will automatically be calculated from the contract conditions."
29893
msgstr ""
29894
29895
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:374
29896
msgid "Different bases for price calculation"
29897
msgstr ""
29898
29899
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:376
29900
msgid ""
29901
"OpenERP's flexibility enables you to make prices that depend not only on "
29902
"prices on the product form, but in addition to the two predefined ones – "
29903
"Cost Price and Public Price."
29904
msgstr ""
29905
29906
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:379
29907
msgid ""
29908
"To do this use the menu :menuselection:`Products --> Configuration --> "
29909
"Prices Computation --> Price Types`. Create a new entry for the new price "
29910
"type. Enter the field name, the field on the product form that this type of "
29911
"price corresponds to and the currency that will be expressed in this field. "
29912
"The operation works just as well on new fields added to the product form to "
29913
"meet specific developments."
29914
msgstr ""
29915
29916
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:384
29917
msgid ""
29918
"Once this operation has been carried out you can make pricelists depend on "
29919
"this new price type."
29920
msgstr ""
29921
29922
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:386
29923
msgid ""
29924
"Then, adding the weight and/or volume field, the price of a product by piece "
29925
"can vary by its weight and/or volume. This is different from defining a "
29926
"price by weight – in that case the default unit of measure is weight and not "
29927
"piece."
29928
msgstr ""
29929
29930
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:391
29931
msgid "Pricelists and managing currencies"
29932
msgstr ""
29933
29934
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:388
29935
msgid ""
29936
"If your trading company wants to start a product catalog in a new currency "
29937
"you can handle this several ways:"
29938
msgstr ""
29939
29940
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:391
29941
msgid ""
29942
"Enter the prices in a new independent pricelist and maintain the lists in "
29943
"the two currencies separately,"
29944
msgstr ""
29945
29946
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:399
29947
msgid ""
29948
"Create a field in the product form for this new currency and make the new "
29949
"pricelist depend on this field: prices are then maintained separately but in "
29950
"the product file,"
29951
msgstr ""
29952
29953
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:397
29954
msgid ""
29955
"Create a new pricelist for the second currency and make it depend on another "
29956
"pricelist or on the product price: the conversion between the currencies "
29957
"will then be done automatically at the prevailing currency conversion rate."
29958
msgstr ""
29959
29960
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:89
29961
msgid "edi"
29962
msgstr ""
29963
29964
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:90
29965
msgid "pricelists"
29966
msgstr ""
29967
29968
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:90
29969
msgid "version"
29970
msgstr ""
29971
29972
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:117
29973
msgid "price"
29974
msgstr ""
29975
29976
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:259
29977
msgid "default pricelist"
29978
msgstr ""
29979
29980
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_pricing.rst:280
29981
msgid "trading company"
29982
msgstr ""
29983
29984
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:3
29985
msgid "Sales Quotations"
29986
msgstr ""
29987
29988
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:5
29989
msgid ""
29990
"In OpenERP a quotation and an order are handled by the same underlying "
29991
"object, but in different states. You can consider an order to be a quotation "
29992
"that has evolved because it has been confirmed by the customer. Or, "
29993
"conversely, that a quotation is an order that hasn't yet been validated or "
29994
"cancelled. All of the orders and quotations in the system can be reached "
29995
"using the menu :menuselection:`Sales Management --> Orders`."
29996
msgstr ""
29997
29998
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:12
29999
msgid "Entering Quotation details"
30000
msgstr ""
30001
30002
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:14
30003
msgid ""
30004
"To enter details of a new quotations you can use the menu "
30005
":menuselection:`Sales Management --> Orders --> New Quotation`. OpenERP then "
30006
"opens a new window so that you can enter data into new blank quotation form."
30007
msgstr ""
30008
30009
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:0
30010
msgid "*Data entry for a new quotation*"
30011
msgstr ""
30012
30013
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:24
30014
msgid "Some information is automatically completed by the system:"
30015
msgstr ""
30016
30017
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:20
30018
msgid "an internal reference for the quotation or order,"
30019
msgstr ""
30020
30021
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:28
30022
msgid "the sale point that the order will be delivered from,"
30023
msgstr ""
30024
30025
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:30
30026
msgid "the order date."
30027
msgstr ""
30028
30029
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:32
30030
msgid ""
30031
"You can modify any of that information before validating the quotation. The "
30032
"customer reference is shown in the header of the order. This optional field "
30033
"if for the customer's own reference number – if the customer doesn't supply "
30034
"one then just leave it empty."
30035
msgstr ""
30036
30037
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:36
30038
msgid ""
30039
"You then enter all the data about the order in the :guilabel:`Sale Order` "
30040
"tab. Start by entering the customer name, selecting the correct customer "
30041
"from the list of customers in the system. You can create a new customer on "
30042
"the fly at this stage if necessary – press :kbd:`<F1>` in the empty "
30043
":guilabel:`Customer` field to do that."
30044
msgstr ""
30045
30046
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:41
30047
msgid ""
30048
"Once the customer name has been selected, different fields of the order "
30049
"become completed automatically, based on the configuration of the partner "
30050
"form for that customer:"
30051
msgstr ""
30052
30053
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:44
30054
msgid ""
30055
":guilabel:`Order Address` : person handling the order at the customer. By "
30056
"default, OpenERP proposes the Contact Address at the selected partner."
30057
msgstr ""
30058
30059
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:47
30060
msgid ""
30061
":guilabel:`Delivery Address` : address used on the delivery order. By "
30062
"default, OpenERP proposes the Delivery address from the partner form. If "
30063
"nothing is defined in that slot, it uses the default address instead."
30064
msgstr ""
30065
30066
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:51
30067
msgid ""
30068
":guilabel:`Invoice Address` : address used to send the invoice to the "
30069
"customer. By default, Open ERP proposes the address labelled "
30070
":guilabel:`Invoice` from the partner form. If nothing is defined there, it "
30071
"uses the default address instead."
30072
msgstr ""
30073
30074
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:55
30075
msgid ""
30076
":guilabel:`Price List` : will determine both the currency of the quotation "
30077
"and the price that will be used for each product."
30078
msgstr ""
30079
30080
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:58
30081
msgid ""
30082
":guilabel:`Payment Conditions` : shows the payment method that the customer "
30083
"will follow, for example ``50% on order, 50% on delivery`` ."
30084
msgstr ""
30085
30086
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:61
30087
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method` : for example ``Post – Express Mail`` ."
30088
msgstr ""
30089
30090
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:51
30091
msgid "You can modify any of these fields on the order as you go."
30092
msgstr ""
30093
30094
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:53
30095
msgid ""
30096
"You can also set an analytic account for your order. This account will be "
30097
"used during invoicing to generate accounting entries corresponding to the "
30098
"invoice automatically. This is extremely useful for assigning revenues to "
30099
"the project or case specified by this order."
30100
msgstr ""
30101
30102
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:71
30103
msgid ""
30104
"If you're managing by task, the analytic account to be selected is the one "
30105
"that corresponds to the project for the order. The sale carried out by the "
30106
"order can be allocated to the project so that profitability calculations can "
30107
"be made."
30108
msgstr ""
30109
30110
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:76
30111
msgid ""
30112
"Once the information has been entered, you can enter data for the order "
30113
"lines. To do that, create a new order line as shown in the figure :ref:`fig-"
30114
"slinf`:"
30115
msgstr ""
30116
30117
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:0
30118
msgid "*Entering a new customer order line*"
30119
msgstr ""
30120
30121
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:87
30122
msgid ""
30123
"First of all select the product that is to be sold to the customer. OpenERP "
30124
"shows some useful information in the list of products to help you during "
30125
"your sale:"
30126
msgstr ""
30127
30128
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:90
30129
msgid ""
30130
":guilabel:`Real stock` : physically present in your warehouses. This value "
30131
"depends on the sale point selected in the order header. Different sale "
30132
"points can be linked to different warehouses, giving different stock levels, "
30133
"or can use the same warehouse."
30134
msgstr ""
30135
30136
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:94
30137
msgid ""
30138
":guilabel:`Virtual stock` : shows a salesperson the quantity that can be "
30139
"sold, taking into account both stock reserved for other orders and amounts "
30140
"that could arrive in the short term."
30141
msgstr ""
30142
30143
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:97
30144
msgid ""
30145
":guilabel:`Customer Price` : (May not be shown, depending on the installed "
30146
"modules). depends on the conditions attached to the customer, calculated on "
30147
"the list price. This is the price that's proposed by default in the customer "
30148
"quotation, unless it's been modified by the salesperson."
30149
msgstr ""
30150
30151
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:101
30152
msgid ""
30153
":guilabel:`List Price` : the base sale price for the given product. It "
30154
"provides a base for the salesperson to be able to judge whether to offer a "
30155
"discount to the customer, and how much any discount should be."
30156
msgstr ""
30157
30158
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:105
30159
msgid ""
30160
":guilabel:`Cost Price` : shows the cost price of the product. If the "
30161
"salesperson sells at less than this amount, then the company loses money."
30162
msgstr ""
30163
30164
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:0
30165
msgid "*Selecting a product in a Sales Order*"
30166
msgstr ""
30167
30168
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:114
30169
msgid ""
30170
"When the product that's to be sold to the customer has been selected, "
30171
"OpenERP automatically completes all the other required fields: price, unit "
30172
"of measure, description, discount, lead times, applicable taxes, default "
30173
"packaging and the product description. All of this information comes from "
30174
"the product form."
30175
msgstr ""
30176
30177
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:100
30178
msgid "Visible Discount"
30179
msgstr ""
30180
30181
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:124
30182
msgid ""
30183
"If a discounted price is taken from a price list then by default that figure "
30184
"is shown as the sale price to the customer. He'll see a discount of 0% along "
30185
"with unit price that is different from the list price. If you install the "
30186
"module :mod:`product_visible_discount` from addons-extra you can configure "
30187
"whether you want to make the discount explicitly visible on an order form as "
30188
"a percentage difference from the list price, or just show a reduced unit "
30189
"price as it does by default."
30190
msgstr ""
30191
30192
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:132
30193
msgid ""
30194
"In the form, the selected product is presented in the language of the user "
30195
"so that he can see what he's selling. The description of the product sold "
30196
"can also be expressed in the customer's language. The translation to the "
30197
"customer's language is used on the quotation or order when it's printed."
30198
msgstr ""
30199
30200
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:0
30201
msgid ""
30202
"*Sale of a product in a partner language that differs from the user language*"
30203
msgstr ""
30204
30205
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:110
30206
msgid "One-off Sales"
30207
msgstr ""
30208
30209
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:144
30210
msgid ""
30211
"If a product's only sold to a customer once, you don't have to enter data "
30212
"into a complete new product form just for that sale. You can manually "
30213
"complete all the information in the order without putting it into a product: "
30214
"description, price, quantity, lead time, taxes. In this case OpenERP won't "
30215
"generate a delivery note because the product isn't held in stock."
30216
msgstr ""
30217
30218
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:150
30219
msgid ""
30220
"When all of the products are entered, you can print the quotation and send "
30221
"it to the customer. To do this, click on the report :guilabel:`Quotation / "
30222
"Order` in the :guilabel:`REPORTS` links to the right. OpenERP opens the "
30223
"quotation in PDF to enable to you to see it before printing."
30224
msgstr ""
30225
30226
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:0
30227
msgid "*Printing a customer quotation*"
30228
msgstr ""
30229
30230
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:160
30231
msgid ""
30232
"You can then confirm the quotation to move it on to an order if the order is "
30233
"confirmed by the customer, or just cancel the window without confirming the "
30234
"order to leave it in quotation state. To find all of the current quotations, "
30235
"you can use the menu :menuselection:`Sales Management --> Orders --> My "
30236
"Orders --> My Quotations`."
30237
msgstr ""
30238
30239
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:165
30240
msgid ""
30241
"To follow the process for your order, you can click on the process view from "
30242
"the order form. Open ERP shows you an interactive process view of that "
30243
"order. For more information about its use, look at :ref:`ch-process`."
30244
msgstr ""
30245
30246
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:0
30247
msgid "*Process view from following a customer order*"
30248
msgstr ""
30249
30250
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_quotations.rst:97
30251
msgid "product_visible_discount"
30252
msgstr ""
30253
30254
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:3
30255
msgid "Rebates at the end of a campaign"
30256
msgstr ""
30257
30258
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:5
30259
msgid ""
30260
"If you want to provide discounts on an order, use the pricelist system in "
30261
"OpenERP. But it's better to work with end-of-campaign rebates or year-end "
30262
"rebates. In this case the customer pays a certain price for the whole of the "
30263
"campaign or the year and a rebate is returned to him at the end of the "
30264
"campaign that depends on the sales he's made throughout the year."
30265
msgstr ""
30266
30267
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:11
30268
msgid "Example: Using returns for the end of a campaign"
30269
msgstr ""
30270
30271
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:13
30272
msgid ""
30273
"Take the case of a contract negotiations with a wholesaler. To get the best "
30274
"selling price, the wholesaler will ask you for a good deal and will sign up "
30275
"to a certain volume of orders over the year."
30276
msgstr ""
30277
30278
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:17
30279
msgid ""
30280
"You can then propose a price based on the volume that the wholesaler agrees "
30281
"to sell. But then you don't have any control over his orders. If at the end "
30282
"of the year the wholesaler hasn't taken the agreed volumes then you can't do "
30283
"anything. At most you can review his terms for the following year."
30284
msgstr ""
30285
30286
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:21
30287
msgid ""
30288
"Rebates at the end of a campaign can help you avoid this sort of problem. "
30289
"You can propose a contract where the price is dependent on the usual "
30290
"wholesaler's terms. You can propose a rebate grid which will be assigned at "
30291
"the end of the year as a function of the actual sales made."
30292
msgstr ""
30293
30294
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:28
30295
msgid ""
30296
"Install the :mod:`discount_campaign` module (in ``addons-extra`` at the time "
30297
"of writing) to generate rebates at the end of the campaign. Once the modules "
30298
"have been installed you can configure your campaign using the menu "
30299
":menuselection:`Sales Management --> Configuration --> Discount campaign`."
30300
msgstr ""
30301
30302
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:33
30303
msgid "Year-end rebate"
30304
msgstr ""
30305
30306
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:35
30307
msgid ""
30308
"Most companies use the term *year-end rebate*, where rebates are applied at "
30309
"the end of the year. But if you're using rebates at the end of a campaign, "
30310
"this would only actually be the case if the campaign lasts exactly one year."
30311
msgstr ""
30312
30313
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:0
30314
msgid "*Configuring a year-end rebate*"
30315
msgstr ""
30316
30317
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:45
30318
msgid ""
30319
"A campaign must have a name, a start date, and an end date. After entering "
30320
"this information, you should describe the lines of the campaign. Each line "
30321
"can be applied to a product or a category of products. Then set the quantity "
30322
"of products sold from which the discount is applied, and the amount of the "
30323
"rebate as a percentage of the actual sales volume."
30324
msgstr ""
30325
30326
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:50
30327
msgid ""
30328
"When you've defined the campaign you can active it by clicking the "
30329
":guilabel:`Open` button. The figure :ref:`fig-discamp` shows a campaign with "
30330
"a rebate on computers which is between 10% and 20% depending on the sales "
30331
"volume."
30332
msgstr ""
30333
30334
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:0
30335
msgid "*Configuring a discount campaign for computers*"
30336
msgstr ""
30337
30338
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:62
30339
msgid ""
30340
"Once the campaign has been defined you can assign a given campaign to "
30341
"various partners. To do that set a :guilabel:`Discount Campaign` in the "
30342
"second tab :guilabel:`Sales and Purchases` of the partner form."
30343
msgstr ""
30344
30345
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:65
30346
msgid ""
30347
"Finally at the end of the campaign you should close it and OpenERP will "
30348
"automatically generate invoices or credit notes for your partner associated "
30349
"with this campaign. OpenERP opens credit notes in the ``Draft`` state that "
30350
"you can modify before validating them. To calculate the amount on the credit "
30351
"note, OpenERP uses all of the invoices sent out during the period of the "
30352
"campaign as its basis."
30353
msgstr ""
30354
30355
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:71
30356
msgid ""
30357
"You can also reach all of the draft credit notes using the menu "
30358
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Invoices --> Customer Refunds`."
30359
msgstr ""
30360
30361
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/6_16_Sales_rebates.rst:19
30362
msgid "discount_campaign"
30363
msgstr ""
30364
30365
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/index.rst:9
30366
msgid "Management of Sales"
30367
msgstr ""
30368
30369
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/index.rst:11
30370
msgid ""
30371
"*This chapter describes OpenERP's sales management, following the complete "
30372
"sales order process from quotation to customer order, including the "
30373
"management of deliveries and of invoicing. It doesn't look at customer "
30374
"relations and pre-sales, which are handled by the CRM (Customer Relationship "
30375
"Management) modules described in an earlier part of the book.*"
30376
msgstr ""
30377
30378
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/index.rst:16
30379
msgid ""
30380
"*It also describes the management of carriers, margin control and reporting, "
30381
"and price management and the handling of various types of sales discount "
30382
"campaign.*"
30383
msgstr ""
30384
30385
#: ../../source/book/6/6_16_Sales/index.rst:19
30386
msgid ""
30387
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes "
30388
"demonstration data, with :mod:`sale` and its dependencies installed and no "
30389
"particular chart of accounts configured."
30390
msgstr ""
30391
30392
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:4
30393
msgid "Analyis of purchases"
30394
msgstr ""
30395
30396
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:7
30397
msgid "Elementary statistics"
30398
msgstr ""
30399
30400
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:13
30401
msgid ""
30402
"To get statistics about your purchases you can install the modules "
30403
":mod:`report_purchase` and :mod:`product_margin`."
30404
msgstr ""
30405
30406
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:16
30407
msgid ""
30408
"The first, :mod:`report_purchase`, will add two new reports in your purchase "
30409
"menu, analysis of purchases by month and by product, and analysing product "
30410
"by month and by product category. To use these reports use the menu "
30411
":menuselection:`Purchase Management --> Reporting --> This month --> "
30412
"Purchases by product`."
30413
msgstr ""
30414
30415
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:0
30416
msgid "*Analysis of purchases over the month by product*"
30417
msgstr ""
30418
30419
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:20
30420
msgid ""
30421
"This analysis is carried out on supplier orders and not on invoices or the "
30422
"quantities actually received. To get an analysis by product, use the module "
30423
":mod:`product_margin`. The function of this module is described in detail in "
30424
"the chapter :ref:`ch-sales`."
30425
msgstr ""
30426
30427
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:31
30428
msgid ""
30429
"To analyze the received quantities, you can use the statistical modules in "
30430
"Stock Management."
30431
msgstr ""
30432
30433
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:9
30434
msgid "report_purchase"
30435
msgstr ""
30436
30437
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analytic.rst:5
30438
msgid ""
30439
"To manage purchases by project you should use the analytic accounts. You can "
30440
"set an analytic account on each line of a supplier order. The analytic costs "
30441
"linked to this purchase will be managed by OpenERP from the goods receipt "
30442
"and confirmation of the supplier invoice."
30443
msgstr ""
30444
30445
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analytic.rst:13
30446
msgid ""
30447
"The :mod:`hr_timesheet_invoice` module lets you reinvoice the analytic costs "
30448
"automatically using parameters in the analytic accounts such as sale "
30449
"pricelist, associated partner company, and maximum amount."
30450
msgstr ""
30451
30452
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analytic.rst:16
30453
msgid ""
30454
"So you can put an invoice order with a defined invoice workflow in place "
30455
"based on the analytic accounts. If you're working ``Make to Order``, the "
30456
"workflow will be:"
30457
msgstr ""
30458
30459
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:44
30460
msgid "Customer Order,"
30461
msgstr ""
30462
30463
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analytic.rst:21
30464
msgid "Procurement order on Supplier,"
30465
msgstr ""
30466
30467
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:48
30468
msgid "Receive invoice and goods from the supplier,"
30469
msgstr ""
30470
30471
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:50
30472
msgid "Delivery and invoicing to the customer."
30473
msgstr ""
30474
30475
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analytic.rst:27
30476
msgid "When re-invoicing based on costs you'd get the following workflow:"
30477
msgstr ""
30478
30479
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:54
30480
msgid "Enter the customer contract conditions from the analytic accounts,"
30481
msgstr ""
30482
30483
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:56
30484
msgid ""
30485
"Purchase raw materials and write the services performed into the timesheets,"
30486
msgstr ""
30487
30488
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:58
30489
msgid "Receive the supplier invoice and the products,"
30490
msgstr ""
30491
30492
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:60
30493
msgid "Invoice these costs to the customer."
30494
msgstr ""
30495
30496
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analytic.rst:40
30497
msgid "Analytic multiplans"
30498
msgstr ""
30499
30500
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analytic.rst:42
30501
msgid ""
30502
"If you want several analysis plans you should install the module "
30503
":mod:`purchase_analytic_plans`. These let you split a line on a supplier "
30504
"purchase order into several accounts and analytic plans. Look back at "
30505
":ref:`ch-accts` for more information on the use of analytic accounts."
30506
msgstr ""
30507
30508
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_analysis.rst:62
30509
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:93
30510
msgid "purchase_analytic_plans"
30511
msgstr ""
30512
30513
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:3
30514
msgid "Supplier relationship management"
30515
msgstr ""
30516
30517
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:9
30518
msgid ""
30519
"To manage supplier relations, you should install the "
30520
":mod:`crm_configuration` module. You will then be able to manage supplier "
30521
"complaints and integrate them with your emails and document management."
30522
msgstr ""
30523
30524
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:12
30525
msgid ""
30526
"Once you've installed the :mod:`crm` module, check the checkbox by the "
30527
":guilabel:`Complaints` option during configuration. OpenERP will then create "
30528
"a menu in your working database for managing supplier complaints."
30529
msgstr ""
30530
30531
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:0
30532
msgid "*Selection of the management of complaints in the CRM installation*"
30533
msgstr ""
30534
30535
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:21
30536
msgid ""
30537
"Once the module is installed you can use the menu :menuselection:`CRM & SRM -"
30538
"-> After Sales Service --> Complaints --> New Supplier Complaint`."
30539
msgstr ""
30540
30541
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:0
30542
msgid "*Data entry screen for a supplier complaint*"
30543
msgstr ""
30544
30545
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:30
30546
msgid "The CRM module has many reports predefined. You can analyse:"
30547
msgstr ""
30548
30549
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:32
30550
msgid "the number and the severity of the complaints by supplier or user,"
30551
msgstr ""
30552
30553
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:34
30554
msgid "the response time of your suppliers to your requests,"
30555
msgstr ""
30556
30557
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_srm.rst:36
30558
msgid "the supplier problems by type."
30559
msgstr ""
30560
30561
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:3
30562
msgid "All the elements of a complete workflow"
30563
msgstr ""
30564
30565
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:5
30566
msgid ""
30567
"The supplier order is the document that lets you manage price negotiations, "
30568
"control supplier invoices, handle goods receipts and synchronize all of "
30569
"these documents."
30570
msgstr ""
30571
30572
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:8
30573
msgid "Start by looking at the following order workflow:"
30574
msgstr ""
30575
30576
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:9
30577
msgid "Price request to the supplier,"
30578
msgstr ""
30579
30580
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:11
30581
msgid "Confirmation of purchase,"
30582
msgstr ""
30583
30584
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:13
30585
msgid "Receipt and control of products,"
30586
msgstr ""
30587
30588
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:15
30589
msgid "Control of invoicing."
30590
msgstr ""
30591
30592
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:19
30593
msgid "Setting up your database"
30594
msgstr ""
30595
30596
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:21
30597
msgid ""
30598
"To set a system up for these examples, create a new database with "
30599
"demonstration data in it, and select the :guilabel:`Minimal Profile` when "
30600
"you log in as the *admin* user. You can enter your own company details when "
30601
"asked, or just select the default of :guilabel:`Tiny SPRL` if you want."
30602
msgstr ""
30603
30604
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:28
30605
msgid ""
30606
"Then install the :mod:`purchase` module, which installs several other "
30607
"modules as dependencies. Continue the remainder of this chapter logged in as "
30608
"the admin user."
30609
msgstr ""
30610
30611
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:32
30612
msgid "Price request from the supplier"
30613
msgstr ""
30614
30615
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:34
30616
msgid ""
30617
"To enter data for a new supplier price request, use the menu "
30618
":menuselection:`Purchase Management --> New Purchase Order`. OpenERP opens a "
30619
"blank purchase form that you use for requesting prices from a supplier. This "
30620
"is shown in the figure :ref:`fig-pfrm`. If the price request came from an "
30621
"automatic procurement created by OpenERP you'll find a reference to the "
30622
"document that generated the request in the :guilabel:`Origin` field."
30623
msgstr ""
30624
30625
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
30626
msgid "*Data entry for a supplier order*"
30627
msgstr ""
30628
30629
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:45
30630
msgid "Managing Alerts"
30631
msgstr ""
30632
30633
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:53
30634
msgid ""
30635
"If you install the :mod:`warning` module you will be able to define alerts "
30636
"that appear when the purchaser enters a price request or order. You can set "
30637
"alerts on the product and on the supplier."
30638
msgstr ""
30639
30640
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:56
30641
msgid ""
30642
"The internal reference, the date, and the warehouse that the products should "
30643
"be delivered to are completed automatically by OpenERP but you can change "
30644
"these values if you need. Select a supplier. Once a supplier has been "
30645
"selected, OpenERP automatically completes the contact address for the "
30646
"supplier. The pricelist is also completed when you select the supplier. This "
30647
"should bring in all of the conditions that you've negotiated with the "
30648
"supplier for a given period."
30649
msgstr ""
30650
30651
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:51
30652
msgid "Supplier Selection"
30653
msgstr ""
30654
30655
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:64
30656
msgid ""
30657
"Searching for a supplier is limited to all of the partners in the system "
30658
"that have the :guilabel:`Supplier` checkbox checked. If you don't find your "
30659
"supplier it might be worth checking the whole list of all partners to make "
30660
"sure that the supplier hasn't been partially entered into the system."
30661
msgstr ""
30662
30663
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:69
30664
msgid ""
30665
"Once the main body of the purchase order has been completed you can enter "
30666
"the product lines."
30667
msgstr ""
30668
30669
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
30670
msgid "*Order line on a supplier order*"
30671
msgstr ""
30672
30673
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:77
30674
msgid ""
30675
"When you've completed the product, OpenERP automatically completes the other "
30676
"fields on the form:"
30677
msgstr ""
30678
30679
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:79
30680
msgid ""
30681
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`, taken from the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
30682
"on the product form,"
30683
msgstr ""
30684
30685
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:67
30686
msgid ""
30687
"The :guilabel:`Description` of the product in the supplier's language,"
30688
msgstr ""
30689
30690
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:83
30691
msgid ""
30692
":guilabel:`Scheduled date`, calculated from the order date and the lead time"
30693
msgstr ""
30694
30695
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:85
30696
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit price`, provided by the supplier pricelist,"
30697
msgstr ""
30698
30699
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:88
30700
msgid ""
30701
":guilabel:`Taxes`, taken from the information on the product form and "
30702
"partner form,"
30703
msgstr ""
30704
30705
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:88
30706
msgid ""
30707
"depending on the rules seen in :ref:`Financial Analysis <ch-financial>`."
30708
msgstr ""
30709
30710
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:90
30711
msgid "Product wording and code"
30712
msgstr ""
30713
30714
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:92
30715
msgid ""
30716
"When you enter supplier names on the product form, you can set a name and a "
30717
"product code for each individual supplier. If you do that, OpenERP will then "
30718
"use those details in place of your own internal product names for that "
30719
"selected supplier."
30720
msgstr ""
30721
30722
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:97
30723
msgid ""
30724
"If you work with management by case you can also set the analytic account "
30725
"that should be used to report all the purchase costs. The costs will then be "
30726
"reported at the receipt of the supplier invoice."
30727
msgstr ""
30728
30729
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:104
30730
msgid "Management by case"
30731
msgstr ""
30732
30733
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:106
30734
msgid ""
30735
"Analytic accounts can be very useful for all companies that manage costs by "
30736
"case, by site, by project or by folder. To work with several analytic axes "
30737
"you should install the module :mod:`purchase_analytic_plans`."
30738
msgstr ""
30739
30740
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:114
30741
msgid ""
30742
"For that the analytic account is automatically selected as a function of the "
30743
"partner, the date, the products or the user, you can install the module "
30744
":mod:`account_analytic_default` (which is installed automatically as a "
30745
"dependency of :mod:`purchase_analytic_plans`, since the latter depends on "
30746
"it)."
30747
msgstr ""
30748
30749
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:118
30750
msgid ""
30751
"In the second tab of the product line you can enter a note that will be "
30752
"attached when the order confirmation or price quotation is printed. This "
30753
"note can be predefined on the product form to automatically appear on each "
30754
"order for that product. For example you can put “Don't forget to send by "
30755
"express delivery as specified in our contract reference 1234.”"
30756
msgstr ""
30757
30758
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:110
30759
msgid ""
30760
"Once the document has been completed, you can print it as a price estimate "
30761
"to send to the supplier. You can set a note for the attention of the "
30762
"supplier in the form's third tab."
30763
msgstr ""
30764
30765
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
30766
msgid "*Printing the supplier price quotation*"
30767
msgstr ""
30768
30769
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:132
30770
msgid ""
30771
"Then leave the document in the ``Draft`` state. When you receive a response "
30772
"from the supplier, use the menu :menuselection:`Purchase Management --> "
30773
"Purchase Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. Select the order and complete "
30774
"its details."
30775
msgstr ""
30776
30777
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:136
30778
msgid ""
30779
"When you want to approve the order, use the button :guilabel:`Confirm "
30780
"Purchase Order`. The price request then passes into the ``Confirmed`` state. "
30781
"No further changes are possible. To approve it for purchase click the button "
30782
":guilabel:`Approved by Supplier`."
30783
msgstr ""
30784
30785
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:141
30786
msgid "Approval Receipt"
30787
msgstr ""
30788
30789
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:143
30790
msgid ""
30791
"You can confirm the order but not approve it straightaway. Do this when you "
30792
"want to approve the order after you've received an order acknowledgement "
30793
"from the supplier. This gives you an intermediate state for all orders "
30794
"waiting validation from the supplier using the menu :menuselection:`Purchase "
30795
"Management --> Purchase Orders --> Purchase Orders Awaiting Approval`."
30796
msgstr ""
30797
30798
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
30799
msgid "*Supplier order process*"
30800
msgstr ""
30801
30802
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:158
30803
msgid "Supplier Approval"
30804
msgstr ""
30805
30806
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:160
30807
msgid ""
30808
"If you want to automate the data entry stage at goods receipt, install the "
30809
"module :mod:`purchase_approve`. This will automatically approve all the "
30810
"orders that have been confirmed."
30811
msgstr ""
30812
30813
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:164
30814
msgid "Goods receipt"
30815
msgstr ""
30816
30817
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:166
30818
msgid ""
30819
"Once the order has been approved, OpenERP automatically prepares the goods "
30820
"receipt order in the draft state for you. To get a list of the products "
30821
"you're waiting for from your suppliers, use the menu :menuselection:`Stock "
30822
"Management --> Incoming Products --> Packings to process`."
30823
msgstr ""
30824
30825
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:140
30826
msgid "Purchasing Services"
30827
msgstr ""
30828
30829
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:172
30830
msgid ""
30831
"If you buy services from your supplier, OpenERP doesn't generate a goods "
30832
"receipt note. There's no service receipt equivalent to a goods receipt."
30833
msgstr ""
30834
30835
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:175
30836
msgid ""
30837
"Select the document that corresponds to the item that you're receiving. "
30838
"Usually the goods receipt note is found by making a search on the order "
30839
"reference or the supplier name. You can then confirm the receipt of the "
30840
"products."
30841
msgstr ""
30842
30843
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:179
30844
msgid ""
30845
"As you saw in :ref:`ch-stocks`, if you receive only part of the order, "
30846
"OpenERP manages the remainder of that order. A second receipt note is then "
30847
"automatically created for the goods not received. You can cancel it if you "
30848
"think that you will never receive the remaining products."
30849
msgstr ""
30850
30851
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:154
30852
msgid ""
30853
"After receiving the goods, OpenERP will show you which orders are open and "
30854
"the state of their receipt and invoicing if you return to the list of orders."
30855
msgstr ""
30856
30857
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
30858
msgid "*List of open orders, and their receipt and invoice status*"
30859
msgstr ""
30860
30861
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:194
30862
msgid "Control of invoicing"
30863
msgstr ""
30864
30865
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:166
30866
msgid ""
30867
"To control supplier invoicing, OpenERP provides three systems as standard, "
30868
"which can differ order by order:"
30869
msgstr ""
30870
30871
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:199
30872
msgid "Invoicing based on quantities ordered,"
30873
msgstr ""
30874
30875
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:201
30876
msgid "Invoicing based on quantities received,"
30877
msgstr ""
30878
30879
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:203
30880
msgid "Manual Invoicing."
30881
msgstr ""
30882
30883
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:175
30884
msgid ""
30885
"The mode of invoicing control is set in the second tab of the purchase order "
30886
"in the field :guilabel:`Invoicing Control`."
30887
msgstr ""
30888
30889
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
30890
msgid "*Supplier order, invoice control*"
30891
msgstr ""
30892
30893
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:214
30894
msgid "Default value"
30895
msgstr ""
30896
30897
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:216
30898
msgid ""
30899
"A company generally uses a single invoicing control method for all of its "
30900
"invoices. So you're advised to go and set a default value in the "
30901
":guilabel:`Invoicing Control` field after installation."
30902
msgstr ""
30903
30904
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:221
30905
msgid "Control based on orders"
30906
msgstr ""
30907
30908
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:223
30909
msgid ""
30910
"If you selected your invoicing control based on orders, OpenERP will "
30911
"automatically generate a supplier invoice in the draft state when the order "
30912
"is confirmed. You can obtain a list of invoices waiting using the menu "
30913
":menuselection:`Financial Management --> Invoices --> Supplier Invoices --> "
30914
"Draft Supplier Invoices`."
30915
msgstr ""
30916
30917
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:228
30918
msgid ""
30919
"When you receive a paper invoice from your supplier, all you need to do is "
30920
"validate the invoice pre- generated by the system. Don't forget to check the "
30921
"price and the quantities. When the invoice is confirmed the accounting "
30922
"entries represent the cost of purchase and are automatically entered into "
30923
"the system."
30924
msgstr ""
30925
30926
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:233
30927
msgid ""
30928
"The supplier order is then automatically set as ``Paid`` when you pay the "
30929
"supplier invoice."
30930
msgstr ""
30931
30932
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:236
30933
msgid ""
30934
"This method of controlling invoices is often used in service companies, "
30935
"because the invoiced amounts correspond to the ordered amounts. In logistics "
30936
"by contrast you most often work with invoicing controlled by goods receipt."
30937
msgstr ""
30938
30939
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:241
30940
msgid "Control based on goods receipt"
30941
msgstr ""
30942
30943
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:212
30944
msgid ""
30945
"To control your supplier invoices based on goods receipt, set the field "
30946
":guilabel:`Invoicing Control` on the second tab of the order to "
30947
":guilabel:`From Picking`."
30948
msgstr ""
30949
30950
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:246
30951
msgid ""
30952
"In this case no invoice, draft state or any other, is generated by the "
30953
"order. On the goods receipt note, the field :guilabel:`Invoicing Control` is "
30954
"set to :guilabel:`To be Invoiced`."
30955
msgstr ""
30956
30957
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:249
30958
msgid ""
30959
"The storesperson can then receive different orders. If he wants to generate "
30960
"the draft invoice for a goods receipt, he can click the action "
30961
":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. OpenERP asks you then for the journal for this "
30962
"invoice. It then opens that or the generated invoices (in the case of "
30963
"creating invoices for several receipts at one time) which enables you to "
30964
"modify it before confirming it."
30965
msgstr ""
30966
30967
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:254
30968
msgid ""
30969
"This approach is useful when you receive the invoice at the same time as the "
30970
"item from the supplier. Usually invoices are sent by post some days later. "
30971
"In this case, the storesperson leaves the item unchanged without generating "
30972
"an invoice. Then once per day or once per week the accountant will create "
30973
"the draft invoices based on all the receipts for the day. To do that he uses "
30974
"the menu :menuselection:`Stock Management --> Incoming Products --> Generate "
30975
"Draft Invoices on Receptions`. He clicks on the action to generate all draft "
30976
"invoices from the list of receipts that haven't yet been invoiced."
30977
msgstr ""
30978
30979
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:234
30980
msgid ""
30981
"At that point, the accountant can decide if he wants to generate an invoice "
30982
"per item or group all items for the same partner into the same invoice."
30983
msgstr ""
30984
30985
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:268
30986
msgid ""
30987
"Invoices are then handled just like those controlled from ``On Order`` . "
30988
"Once the invoice arrives at the accounting service he just compares it with "
30989
"the invoices waiting to control what the supplier invoices you."
30990
msgstr ""
30991
30992
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:244
30993
msgid "Delivery Charges"
30994
msgstr ""
30995
30996
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:277
30997
msgid ""
30998
"To manage delivery charges, install the module :mod:`purchase_delivery` "
30999
"(which was in ``addons-extra`` at the time of writing). This will "
31000
"automatically add delivery changes to the creation of the draft invoice as a "
31001
"function of the products delivered or ordered."
31002
msgstr ""
31003
31004
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:253
31005
msgid "Tenders"
31006
msgstr ""
31007
31008
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:291
31009
msgid ""
31010
"To manage tenders, you should use the module :mod:`purchase_tender` (which "
31011
"was in ``addons-extra`` at the time of writing). This lets you create "
31012
"several supplier price reqests for a single supply requirement. Once the "
31013
"module is installed, OpenERP adds a new :menuselection:`Purchase Tenders` "
31014
"menu in :menuselection:`Purchase management`. You can then define the new "
31015
"tenders."
31016
msgstr ""
31017
31018
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
31019
msgid "*Defining a tender*"
31020
msgstr ""
31021
31022
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:302
31023
msgid ""
31024
"To enter data for a new tender, use the menu :menuselection:`Purchase "
31025
"Management --> Purchase Tenders --> New Purchase Tenders`. OpenERP then "
31026
"opens a new blank tender form. The reference number is set by default and "
31027
"you can enter information about your tender in the other fields."
31028
msgstr ""
31029
31030
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:306
31031
msgid ""
31032
"If you want to enter a supplier's response to your tender request, add a new "
31033
"draft purchase order into the list on the :guilabel:`Quotation` tab of your "
31034
"tender document. If you want to revise a supplier price in response to "
31035
"negotiations, edit any appropriate Purchase Order that you've left in the "
31036
"draft state and link that to the tender."
31037
msgstr ""
31038
31039
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:312
31040
msgid ""
31041
"In the general list of purchase orders, OpenERP shows, in the new second "
31042
"column :guilabel:`Purchase Tender`, if the order has a tender reference."
31043
msgstr ""
31044
31045
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:315
31046
msgid ""
31047
"When one of the orders about a tender is confirmed, all of the other orders "
31048
"are automatically cancelled by OpenERP. That enables you to accept just one "
31049
"order for a particular tender."
31050
msgstr ""
31051
31052
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:319
31053
msgid "Price revisions"
31054
msgstr ""
31055
31056
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:281
31057
msgid ""
31058
"OpenERP supports several methods of calculating and automatically updating "
31059
"product costs:"
31060
msgstr ""
31061
31062
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:323
31063
msgid "Standard price: manually fixed, and"
31064
msgstr ""
31065
31066
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:325
31067
msgid "Standard price: revalued automatically and periodically,"
31068
msgstr ""
31069
31070
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:327
31071
msgid "Weighted average: updated at each receipt to the warehouse."
31072
msgstr ""
31073
31074
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:287
31075
msgid ""
31076
"This cost is used to value your stock and represents your product costs. "
31077
"Included in that cost is everything directly related to the received cost. "
31078
"You could include such elements as:"
31079
msgstr ""
31080
31081
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:290
31082
msgid "supplier price,"
31083
msgstr ""
31084
31085
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:292
31086
msgid "delivery charges,"
31087
msgstr ""
31088
31089
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:294
31090
msgid "manufacturing costs,"
31091
msgstr ""
31092
31093
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:296
31094
msgid "storage charges."
31095
msgstr ""
31096
31097
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:343
31098
msgid ""
31099
"The mode of price management for the product is shown in the third tab "
31100
":guilabel:`Prices & Suppliers` on the product form. On each individual "
31101
"product you can select if you want to work in ``Standard Price`` or on "
31102
"weighted ``Average Price``."
31103
msgstr ""
31104
31105
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:348
31106
msgid ""
31107
"If you work in the ``Simplified View`` mode you won't see the field that "
31108
"lets you manage the price calculation mode for a product. In that case the "
31109
"default value is standard price."
31110
msgstr ""
31111
31112
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:304
31113
msgid ""
31114
"The ``Standard Price`` setting means that the product cost is fixed manually "
31115
"for each product in the field :guilabel:`Cost Price`. This is usually "
31116
"revalued once a year based on the average of purchase costs or manufacturing "
31117
"costs."
31118
msgstr ""
31119
31120
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:355
31121
msgid ""
31122
"You usually use standard costs to manage products where the price hardly "
31123
"changes over the course of the year. For example the standard cost could be "
31124
"used to manage books, or the cost of bread."
31125
msgstr ""
31126
31127
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:311
31128
msgid ""
31129
"Those costs that can be fixed for the whole year bring certain advantages:"
31130
msgstr ""
31131
31132
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:313
31133
msgid ""
31134
"you can base the sale price on the product cost and then work with margins "
31135
"rather than a fixed price per product,"
31136
msgstr ""
31137
31138
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:363
31139
msgid ""
31140
"accounting is simplified because there's a direct relationship between the "
31141
"value of stock and the number of items received."
31142
msgstr ""
31143
31144
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:369
31145
msgid ""
31146
"To get and automated periodic revaluation of the standard price you can use "
31147
"the module :mod:`product_extended` (from ``addons-extra`` at the time of "
31148
"writing). This adds an action on the product form enabling you to set a date "
31149
"on all the selected products. OpenERP then recalculates the price of the "
31150
"products as a function of the cost of raw materials and the manufacturing "
31151
"operations given in the routing."
31152
msgstr ""
31153
31154
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:376
31155
msgid "Weighted average"
31156
msgstr ""
31157
31158
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:378
31159
msgid ""
31160
"Working with Standard Prices does not lend itself well to the management of "
31161
"the cost price of products when the prices change a lot with the state of "
31162
"the market. This is case for many commodities and energy."
31163
msgstr ""
31164
31165
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:382
31166
msgid ""
31167
"In this case you'd want OpenERP to automatically set the price in response "
31168
"to each goods receipt movement into the warehouse. The deliveries (exit from "
31169
"stock) have no impact on the product price."
31170
msgstr ""
31171
31172
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:385
31173
msgid "Calculating the price"
31174
msgstr ""
31175
31176
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:387
31177
msgid ""
31178
"At each goods receipt the product price is recalculated using the following "
31179
"accounting formula: NP = (OP * QS + PP * QR) / (QS + QR), where the "
31180
"following notation is used:"
31181
msgstr ""
31182
31183
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:342
31184
msgid "NP: New Price,"
31185
msgstr ""
31186
31187
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:344
31188
msgid "OP: Old Price,"
31189
msgstr ""
31190
31191
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:394
31192
msgid "QS: Quantity actually in stock,"
31193
msgstr ""
31194
31195
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:348
31196
msgid "PP: Price Paid for the quantity received,"
31197
msgstr ""
31198
31199
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:398
31200
msgid "QR: Quantity received."
31201
msgstr ""
31202
31203
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:400
31204
msgid ""
31205
"If the products are managed as a weighted average, OpenERP will open a "
31206
"window that lets you specify the price of the product received at each goods "
31207
"receipt. The purchase price is by default set from the purchase order, but "
31208
"you can change the price to add the cost of delivery to the various received "
31209
"products, for example."
31210
msgstr ""
31211
31212
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:0
31213
msgid "*Goods receipt of products managed in weighted average*"
31214
msgstr ""
31215
31216
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:358
31217
msgid ""
31218
"Once the receipt has been confirmed, the price is automatically recalculated "
31219
"and entered on the product form."
31220
msgstr ""
31221
31222
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:84
31223
msgid "purchase_analytic_analysis"
31224
msgstr ""
31225
31226
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:93
31227
msgid "account_analytic_default"
31228
msgstr ""
31229
31230
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:155
31231
msgid "purchase_approve"
31232
msgstr ""
31233
31234
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:272
31235
msgid "purchase_delivery"
31236
msgstr ""
31237
31238
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:248
31239
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:248
31240
msgid "tender"
31241
msgstr ""
31242
31243
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/6_17_Purchases_workflow.rst:255
31244
msgid "purchase_tender"
31245
msgstr ""
31246
31247
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/index.rst:9
31248
msgid "Purchasing Management"
31249
msgstr ""
31250
31251
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/index.rst:11
31252
msgid ""
31253
"*In the preceding chapters you saw how to use customer invoices and delivery "
31254
"notes in OpenERP. This chapter is about the management of purchases, the "
31255
"process ahead of these two operations. You'll now see how OpenERP handles "
31256
"and simplifies this and the control of purchases from suppliers.*"
31257
msgstr ""
31258
31259
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/index.rst:16
31260
msgid ""
31261
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes "
31262
"demonstration data, with :mod:`sale` and its dependencies installed (which "
31263
"indirectly depends on, and installs, the :mod:`purchase` module) and no "
31264
"particular chart of accounts configured."
31265
msgstr ""
31266
31267
#: ../../source/book/6/6_17_Purchases/index.rst:2
31268
msgid "Purchasing"
31269
msgstr ""
31270
31271
#: ../../source/book/6/index.rst:6
31272
msgid "Sales and Purchasing"
31273
msgstr ""
31274
31275
#: ../../source/book/6/index.rst:8
31276
msgid ""
31277
"These two chapters are about selling and purchasing products and services."
31278
msgstr ""
31279
31280
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:5
31281
msgid "The integration of processes into the management system"
31282
msgstr ""
31283
31284
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:7
31285
msgid ""
31286
"Processes are at the heart of a company: they form a structure for all "
31287
"activities that enable the company to function effectively. A company's "
31288
"human dimension is often disconnected from its processes at the moment, "
31289
"preventing individual employees' aspirations from being directed towards a "
31290
"collective objective."
31291
msgstr ""
31292
31293
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:13
31294
msgid ""
31295
"From a mapping process, integrating management and the changing needs of "
31296
"each employee becomes very useful for the fulfillment of each. Based on "
31297
"that, each employee becomes aware of his own personal contribution to the "
31298
"company's value chain. This representation also helps an employee's own "
31299
"personal management because it shows his place and his role in the overall "
31300
"process, very often over several departments."
31301
msgstr ""
31302
31303
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:20
31304
msgid ""
31305
"The system of 'Corporate Intelligence' will also be highly useful to system "
31306
"implementers who, after studying the requirements, have to formalize a "
31307
"company's processes to put them into operation in OpenERP."
31308
msgstr ""
31309
31310
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:25
31311
msgid "Examples of process"
31312
msgstr ""
31313
31314
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:27
31315
msgid ""
31316
"To understand the aims of the system of Corporate Intelligence (process) "
31317
"better, you'll now see an overview of the functions available to you in a "
31318
"the study of two processes:"
31319
msgstr ""
31320
31321
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:31
31322
msgid "A customer order quotation,"
31323
msgstr ""
31324
31325
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:33
31326
msgid "The engagement of a new employee."
31327
msgstr ""
31328
31329
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:39
31330
msgid "Following a customer sales order"
31331
msgstr ""
31332
31333
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:41
31334
msgid ""
31335
"The example :ref:`fig-procquot` shows the process for handling a customer "
31336
"sales order. Use the menu :menuselection:`Sales Management --> Sales Orders` "
31337
"to list all orders, then choose Order SO001 – you can either check the "
31338
"checkbox to its left, or you can open the order itself by clicking the order "
31339
"date to the left of its name in the list."
31340
msgstr ""
31341
31342
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:47
31343
msgid ""
31344
"To view the process for that specific order, click the :guilabel:`Process` "
31345
"button at the top right of the list or form. The process for this order is "
31346
"shown in the window, and the current state of this document can be seen by "
31347
"looking for the node whose left edge is colored maroon rather than grey."
31348
msgstr ""
31349
31350
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:0
31351
msgid "*Example of a process handling a customer order quotation*"
31352
msgstr ""
31353
31354
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:60
31355
msgid ""
31356
"This order is in the Quotation state. The whole of some nodes is greyed out "
31357
"because the selected document will never enter into that state, such as "
31358
"invoicing based on deliveries (the order is in an invoicing mode that's "
31359
"based on orders, not deliveries)."
31360
msgstr ""
31361
31362
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:65
31363
msgid ""
31364
"The process is completely dynamic and based on that specific sale order "
31365
"document. You can click each of the process nodes (:guilabel:`Quotation`, "
31366
":guilabel:`Sale Order`, :guilabel:`Procurement`, :guilabel:`Draft Invoice`, "
31367
":guilabel:`Outgoing Products`) using one of the links or icons on it:"
31368
msgstr ""
31369
31370
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:70
31371
msgid ""
31372
"Obtaining the documentation and the corresponding process in the quality "
31373
"manual, using the :guilabel:`Help` (or :guilabel:`Information`) icon,"
31374
msgstr ""
31375
31376
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:74
31377
msgid ""
31378
"Opening the corresponding OpenERP document, using the :guilabel:`Open` icon,"
31379
msgstr ""
31380
31381
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:76
31382
msgid "Printing the document, using the :guilabel:`Print` icon,"
31383
msgstr ""
31384
31385
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:78
31386
msgid ""
31387
"Printing the technical workflow by using the Gears (or :guilabel:`Print "
31388
"Workflow`) icon."
31389
msgstr ""
31390
31391
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:72
31392
msgid ""
31393
"Obtaining the documents that an employee needs to carry out the process by "
31394
"clicking the green arrow icon,"
31395
msgstr ""
31396
31397
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:76
31398
msgid ""
31399
"Seeing the menu that OpenERP uses to get the document by hovering over the "
31400
"green arrow icon."
31401
msgstr ""
31402
31403
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:85
31404
msgid ""
31405
"Returning to the process diagram, note that you can also get more "
31406
"information about the transitions between nodes by hovering the mouse cursor "
31407
"over a transition:"
31408
msgstr ""
31409
31410
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:89
31411
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:121
31412
msgid "A description of the transition,"
31413
msgstr ""
31414
31415
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:91
31416
msgid "A list of the roles that can carry out the transition,"
31417
msgstr ""
31418
31419
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:93
31420
msgid "The actions available to you from the state."
31421
msgstr ""
31422
31423
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:0
31424
msgid "*Detail of a transition in the process*"
31425
msgstr ""
31426
31427
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:101
31428
msgid ""
31429
"Confirm quotation SO001 by clicking on the icon of a person beside the "
31430
"maroon-colored transition that takes the document from quotation to order. "
31431
"Then click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. The process automatically moves "
31432
"on to the next state and updates its references to some new delivery "
31433
"reservations that you've just created (see the third tab :guilabel:`History` "
31434
"for a reference to the Packing List PACK13)."
31435
msgstr ""
31436
31437
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:108
31438
msgid ""
31439
"This dynamic response is extremely useful for learning about the software. "
31440
"It gives you a high-level view of the different actions carried out and "
31441
"their results."
31442
msgstr ""
31443
31444
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:0
31445
msgid "*The process after confirming a process into an order*"
31446
msgstr ""
31447
31448
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:118
31449
msgid "During order processing, the salesperson can quickly:"
31450
msgstr ""
31451
31452
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:120
31453
msgid "Print the corresponding delivery note,"
31454
msgstr ""
31455
31456
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:122
31457
msgid "Zoom into the invoice to see payment details,"
31458
msgstr ""
31459
31460
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:124
31461
msgid ""
31462
"Get examples of the necessary documents (such as quotation types, export "
31463
"documents, and fax to confirm the order with the customer)."
31464
msgstr ""
31465
31466
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:127
31467
msgid "Create a draft invoice by starting the next step on your own."
31468
msgstr ""
31469
31470
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:129
31471
msgid ""
31472
"It should be clear that this system of user processes gives you great "
31473
"visibility of the company's overall functions. Each process individually "
31474
"reflects the specific situation of the company and its documents."
31475
msgstr ""
31476
31477
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:137
31478
msgid "New employee induction"
31479
msgstr ""
31480
31481
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:139
31482
msgid ""
31483
"Open the employee form for Fabien Pinckaers from the menu "
31484
":menuselection:`Human Resources --> Employees --> All Employees`. Click the "
31485
":guilabel:`Process` button to open the detailed process of engagement."
31486
msgstr ""
31487
31488
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:0
31489
msgid "*Example of a process engaging a new employee*"
31490
msgstr ""
31491
31492
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:150
31493
msgid ""
31494
"You can immediately see things that might interest the HR manager. On a "
31495
"single screen she has all of the documents about the selected employee. She "
31496
"can then zoom into each document to look at employee holidays, associated "
31497
"documents, or the user account in the system."
31498
msgstr ""
31499
31500
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:155
31501
msgid ""
31502
"It's also a great help for day-to-day management. When a new employee is "
31503
"engaged, an HR manager - or anyone else with a suitable role - can complete "
31504
"each node in the corresponding process, such as:"
31505
msgstr ""
31506
31507
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:159
31508
msgid "Entering his address,"
31509
msgstr ""
31510
31511
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:161
31512
msgid "Creating his user account in the system,"
31513
msgstr ""
31514
31515
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:163
31516
msgid ""
31517
"Sending any mandatory employment documents to the relevant government "
31518
"departments,"
31519
msgstr ""
31520
31521
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:165
31522
msgid "Declaring the required insurance documents,"
31523
msgstr ""
31524
31525
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:167
31526
msgid "Setting meal preferences, perhaps,"
31527
msgstr ""
31528
31529
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:169
31530
msgid "Entering statutory public holidays into the system."
31531
msgstr ""
31532
31533
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:171
31534
msgid ""
31535
"You can click on each node to open the corresponding form in OpenERP. Some "
31536
"actions aren't owned by OpenERP, such as contacts with government offices "
31537
"and insurance companies. In this case click on the document icon to get the "
31538
"documents to be completed and posted or faxed to the institutions:"
31539
msgstr ""
31540
31541
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:176
31542
msgid "Fax for insurance declarations,"
31543
msgstr ""
31544
31545
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:178
31546
msgid "Statutary forms for government departments."
31547
msgstr ""
31548
31549
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:0
31550
msgid ""
31551
"*Example of a process required for the declarations for a new employee*"
31552
msgstr ""
31553
31554
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:186
31555
msgid ""
31556
"The system of *Corporate Intelligence* gives you a complete overview of all "
31557
"the company's processes. So if you click on the node to the left it will "
31558
"start the recruitment process of selecting and interviewing new employees if "
31559
"the necessary modules have been installed."
31560
msgstr ""
31561
31562
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:1
31563
msgid "process integration"
31564
msgstr ""
31565
31566
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:35
31567
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:75
31568
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:2
31569
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:103
31570
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:1
31571
msgid "process"
31572
msgstr ""
31573
31574
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:35
31575
msgid "customer order"
31576
msgstr ""
31577
31578
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_integ.rst:75
31579
msgid "new employee"
31580
msgstr ""
31581
31582
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:7
31583
msgid "Workflows and User Processes"
31584
msgstr ""
31585
31586
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:10
31587
msgid ""
31588
"Workflows are used to define the behaviour of a given document. They are "
31589
"used by developers and system implementers to determine which object should "
31590
"execute which actions and at which moments. These are principally technical "
31591
"processes defined in a vertical way on the lifecycle of a complete object "
31592
"(represented by a document). Changing a workflow will have a direct impact "
31593
"on the behaviour of the software in response to user actions. You handle all "
31594
"possible exceptions there so that the software is robust."
31595
msgstr ""
31596
31597
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31598
msgid "*Example of a workflow handling a customer order*"
31599
msgstr ""
31600
31601
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:24
31602
msgid ""
31603
"Unlike workflows, user processes represent workflows across all of a company "
31604
"and its documents. They are used by end users to locate an action for more "
31605
"complete handling. A change of user process won't have any effect on the "
31606
"software but will show the user another way of working on a given problem."
31607
msgstr ""
31608
31609
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31610
msgid "*Example of a process handling a customer order*"
31611
msgstr ""
31612
31613
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:35
31614
msgid ""
31615
"Processes are used by end users to help them understand the problems which "
31616
"haven't been handled in OpenERP. You can find actions that have no influence "
31617
"on the software, such as “Telephone customer to thank him”, and “Send a fax "
31618
"to reassure him”. As well as providing user help, processes provide "
31619
"functions such as:"
31620
msgstr ""
31621
31622
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:41
31623
msgid "integration with OpenERP help and the company's quality manual,"
31624
msgstr ""
31625
31626
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:43
31627
msgid "showing the user menu for finding a specific document."
31628
msgstr ""
31629
31630
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31631
msgid "*Relationship between workflow and user process*"
31632
msgstr ""
31633
31634
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:51
31635
msgid ""
31636
"User processes are thus connected to technical workflows. If you modify the "
31637
"software's behaviour with a workflow, the changes will be directly visible "
31638
"in the user processes that are based on the modified document. So if you add "
31639
"new required roles for certain transitions on a workflow they will "
31640
"automatically be shown in the process corresponding to the modified document."
31641
msgstr ""
31642
31643
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:57
31644
msgid ""
31645
"To get maximum benefit from the power of user processes and the workflow "
31646
"engine, OpenERP provides an integrated workflow editor and user process "
31647
"editor. This enable you to modify them through the client interface."
31648
msgstr ""
31649
31650
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:61
31651
msgid ""
31652
"You'll only work with the process editor in this chapter. If you want to "
31653
"test the workflow editor click on the link to the bottom left of a document "
31654
"and select the menu :menuselection:`Customize --> Manage Workflows`. OpenERP "
31655
"opens a graphical editor to modify the workflow for the selected document "
31656
"type."
31657
msgstr ""
31658
31659
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31660
msgid "*Workflow editor modifying the behaviour of invoices*"
31661
msgstr ""
31662
31663
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:72
31664
msgid ""
31665
"The workflow editor is only available in OpenERP's web client at the time of "
31666
"writing. If you have the GTK client you can use the menus in "
31667
":menuselection:`Administration --> Low Level Objects --> Workflow Items`. "
31668
"These are text-based not graphical."
31669
msgstr ""
31670
31671
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:78
31672
msgid "Using processes effectively"
31673
msgstr ""
31674
31675
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:80
31676
msgid ""
31677
"Regardless of which OpenERP screen you're in you can call up a process on "
31678
"the current document by clicking the :guilabel:`Process` icon. Depending on "
31679
"the document you can have several processes defined using it, OpenERP then "
31680
"asks you to choose which one of them you want."
31681
msgstr ""
31682
31683
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:85
31684
msgid ""
31685
"For example if you are in a meeting form, OpenERP will ask you to choose "
31686
"from the processes it knows about that involve such forms:"
31687
msgstr ""
31688
31689
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:74
31690
msgid "processes for selecting and inducting new employees,"
31691
msgstr ""
31692
31693
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:76
31694
msgid "tracing customer orders in pre-sales,"
31695
msgstr ""
31696
31697
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:78
31698
msgid "processes for visiting customers and handling expenses."
31699
msgstr ""
31700
31701
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31702
msgid "*Button for entering a user process from a form*"
31703
msgstr ""
31704
31705
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:100
31706
msgid ""
31707
"The element colored red shows the active process for the selected document. "
31708
"Elements in grey are the states that the selected document won't go through "
31709
"because of its configuration. You can use the different icons to open the "
31710
"document, print it, or get its documentation."
31711
msgstr ""
31712
31713
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:105
31714
msgid ""
31715
"Some states have an image inside of arrows formed into a circle. These show "
31716
"that the state refers to another process. To go to this other process you "
31717
"can click on the title of the state. For example you can click on the "
31718
"invoice in the customer order management workflow to see in detail how that "
31719
"invoice is handled."
31720
msgstr ""
31721
31722
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31723
msgid "*A state that refers to another workflow*"
31724
msgstr ""
31725
31726
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:117
31727
msgid ""
31728
"Finally, you can place your mouse for a second over a transition (hover over "
31729
"a transition) to get a help balloon appearing about this transition. OpenERP "
31730
"then shows you:"
31731
msgstr ""
31732
31733
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:123
31734
msgid "The actions you can take at this step,"
31735
msgstr ""
31736
31737
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:125
31738
msgid "The roles you need to make anything happen from this step."
31739
msgstr ""
31740
31741
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31742
msgid "*Detail of a transition in a workflow*"
31743
msgstr ""
31744
31745
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:133
31746
msgid ""
31747
"If you click on the transition, OpenERP opens a dialog box with buttons that "
31748
"enable you to change the document state. These are the same buttons that you "
31749
"see on the active document form. They enable you to confirm an order "
31750
"directly from the process and then see the consequences in real time at a "
31751
"macro level."
31752
msgstr ""
31753
31754
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:142
31755
msgid "Defining your own user processes"
31756
msgstr ""
31757
31758
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:144
31759
msgid ""
31760
"Use the menus under :menuselection:`Administration --> Customization --> "
31761
"Enterprise Processes` to define new processes or modify existing processes. "
31762
"When entering a process, OpenERP shows you the list of states available for "
31763
"that process."
31764
msgstr ""
31765
31766
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31767
msgid "*Form for defining a process*"
31768
msgstr ""
31769
31770
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:154
31771
msgid ""
31772
"You can add a new state or modify an existing state. A state can be "
31773
"associated with an object (whose instances are represented by documents). If "
31774
"that is the case, choose it in the case object. You can set an expression "
31775
"that shows if the object can be found in that state or not. Expressions are "
31776
"in Python format. For example for the quotation state choose the object "
31777
"``sale.order`` and set the following expression ``object.state == 'draft'`` ."
31778
msgstr ""
31779
31780
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:161
31781
msgid ""
31782
"You can also link to a menu so that users can learn which menu to use to "
31783
"access objects in a state. You can set the conditions in which this object "
31784
"is in a greyed-out state in the second tab :guilabel:`Conditions`. These "
31785
"expressions, too, are encoded in Python format."
31786
msgstr ""
31787
31788
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:166
31789
msgid ""
31790
"Once the node has been defined you should set the transitions leaving this "
31791
"object. For each transition you can:"
31792
msgstr ""
31793
31794
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:138
31795
msgid "Give the leaving and destination states,"
31796
msgstr ""
31797
31798
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:133
31799
msgid ""
31800
"Set up a list of buttons that start various transitions in the process,"
31801
msgstr ""
31802
31803
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:173
31804
msgid "Map between workflow transitions and the document that's selected,"
31805
msgstr ""
31806
31807
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:137
31808
msgid "Put an explanatory notice in different languages."
31809
msgstr ""
31810
31811
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/7_18_Process_workflow.rst:0
31812
msgid "*Screen for defining a process transition*"
31813
msgstr ""
31814
31815
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:11
31816
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:3
31817
msgid "Process"
31818
msgstr ""
31819
31820
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:13
31821
msgid ""
31822
"*If you have reached this far in the book, your mind may well be reeling "
31823
"with the number of new documents (based on business objects) and processes "
31824
"that you need to encounter to model and manage your business.*"
31825
msgstr ""
31826
31827
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:17
31828
msgid ""
31829
"*OpenERP's process module, which is installed automatically when a process-"
31830
"aware module is installed, shows you cross-functional processes and "
31831
"technical workflows for those nodes in the process that have them. This "
31832
"visualization is invaluable for documentation - but it also goes a step "
31833
"further. You can modify processes and workflows and even generate entirely "
31834
"new processes and workflows for your various document types.*"
31835
msgstr ""
31836
31837
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:23
31838
msgid ""
31839
"*If your starting point is a specific document, such as an invoice or order, "
31840
"then you will also be shown the exact position of that document on its "
31841
"process and workflow diagrams.*"
31842
msgstr ""
31843
31844
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:34
31845
msgid ""
31846
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes "
31847
"demonstration data, with :mod:`sale` and its dependencies installed and no "
31848
"particular chart of accounts configured. :mod:`process` is one of those "
31849
"dependencies. Also install some of the :mod:`hr` modules for the second "
31850
"example in this chapter, such as :mod:`hr_attendance`, :mod:`hr_contract`, "
31851
":mod:`hr_holidays`, and :mod:`hr_holidays_request`."
31852
msgstr ""
31853
31854
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:53
31855
msgid ""
31856
"The organization and quality of a company is typically related to its "
31857
"maturity. A mature company is one where processes are well established, and "
31858
"where staff don't waste much time searching for documents or trying to find "
31859
"out how to do their different tasks."
31860
msgstr ""
31861
31862
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:59
31863
msgid ""
31864
"From this need for effective organization and explicit quality improvement, "
31865
"have appeared numerous tools:"
31866
msgstr ""
31867
31868
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:62
31869
msgid "The ISO9001 quality standard,"
31870
msgstr ""
31871
31872
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:64
31873
msgid "Business Process Management (BPM) tools,"
31874
msgstr ""
31875
31876
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:66
31877
msgid "Use Case workflows, and formalized standards such as UML,"
31878
msgstr ""
31879
31880
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:68
31881
msgid "The company Quality Manual."
31882
msgstr ""
31883
31884
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:69
31885
msgid ""
31886
"The problem is that these tools are usually quite separate from your "
31887
"management system and often reserved for the use of just a few specific "
31888
"people in your company. They're treated separately rather than put at the "
31889
"heart of your management system. When you ask company staff about ISO9001 "
31890
"they usually see it as a constraint rather than a helpful daily management "
31891
"tool."
31892
msgstr ""
31893
31894
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:75
31895
msgid ""
31896
"To help the company meet its quality requirements and to form these "
31897
"processes into assistance integrated with everyday work, OpenERP supplies a "
31898
"'Corporate Intelligence ( r )' tool that enables you to put company "
31899
"processes at the heart of your management system."
31900
msgstr ""
31901
31902
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:81
31903
msgid "The system enables:"
31904
msgstr ""
31905
31906
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:82
31907
msgid ""
31908
"new employees to learn how to use the software by graphically and "
31909
"dynamically discovering how each document and action works,"
31910
msgstr ""
31911
31912
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:85
31913
msgid ""
31914
"easy access to the all the links to a document and everything that's "
31915
"attached to it,"
31916
msgstr ""
31917
31918
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:87
31919
msgid ""
31920
"people to see both a high-level map and the detail of all a company's "
31921
"processes,"
31922
msgstr ""
31923
31924
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:90
31925
msgid ""
31926
"access to a graphical model and integrated quality manual for rapid access "
31927
"that depends on the work context,"
31928
msgstr ""
31929
31930
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:93
31931
msgid ""
31932
"use of a knowledge base and capitalization of that knowledge for all of the "
31933
"company's actions in the form of interactive processes,"
31934
msgstr ""
31935
31936
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:96
31937
msgid ""
31938
"an employee to become more aware of his role in the whole environment."
31939
msgstr ""
31940
31941
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
31942
msgid "hr_attendance"
31943
msgstr ""
31944
31945
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
31946
msgid "hr_holidays"
31947
msgstr ""
31948
31949
#: ../../source/book/7/7_18_Process/index.rst:27
31950
msgid "hr_holidays_request"
31951
msgstr ""
31952
31953
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:3
31954
msgid "The OpenERP solution"
31955
msgstr ""
31956
31957
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:5
31958
msgid ""
31959
"OpenERP's management of documents is unique and totally innovative in its "
31960
"integrated approach. Its complete integration with the company's management "
31961
"system solves most of the problems that are encountered when you use "
31962
"independent document management systems:"
31963
msgstr ""
31964
31965
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:9
31966
msgid ""
31967
"Login and the management of access rights is integrated with that of OpenERP "
31968
"for controlling access to different document types,"
31969
msgstr ""
31970
31971
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:12
31972
msgid ""
31973
"Ultra-rapid access to documents, which are directly accessible through your "
31974
"email client or through the company management software,"
31975
msgstr ""
31976
31977
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:15
31978
msgid ""
31979
"Automatic assignment of meta-information comes directly from information "
31980
"contained in your Open ERP login registration,"
31981
msgstr ""
31982
31983
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:18
31984
msgid ""
31985
"Document workflow which automatically follow OpenERP's documentation process "
31986
"provide complete synchronization between the systems,"
31987
msgstr ""
31988
31989
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:21
31990
msgid ""
31991
"Document classification is determined by OpenERP itself so that the "
31992
"structure that is created is always synchronized between the systems,"
31993
msgstr ""
31994
31995
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:24
31996
msgid ""
31997
"Automatic indexation and classification of all documents produced by OpenERP "
31998
"for maximum efficiency."
31999
msgstr ""
32000
32001
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:28
32002
msgid "Getting Started"
32003
msgstr ""
32004
32005
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:30
32006
msgid ""
32007
"This section is about how to get started with the document management system "
32008
"from its installation to advanced use with FTP access."
32009
msgstr ""
32010
32011
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:40
32012
msgid ""
32013
"To install OpenERP's document management system you just need is to install "
32014
"the :mod:`document` and :mod:`board_document` modules through "
32015
":menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> Modules --> "
32016
"Uninstalled modules`. After installing the module the system automatically "
32017
"proposes that you configure the document management system."
32018
msgstr ""
32019
32020
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:0
32021
msgid "*Screen for configuring document management*"
32022
msgstr ""
32023
32024
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:51
32025
msgid ""
32026
"Once the module has been installed you'll see a new entry in the main menu "
32027
"called :menuselection:`Document Management`."
32028
msgstr ""
32029
32030
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:0
32031
msgid "*The document management menu*"
32032
msgstr ""
32033
32034
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:495
32035
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:36
32036
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:7
32037
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:2
32038
msgid "document"
32039
msgstr ""
32040
32041
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_OpenERP.rst:36
32042
msgid "board_document"
32043
msgstr ""
32044
32045
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:5
32046
msgid "Internal and external access using FTP"
32047
msgstr ""
32048
32049
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:11
32050
msgid ""
32051
"The first configuration step is to create a directory structure that will be "
32052
"used to classify your document set. You can use the structure automatically "
32053
"proposed by OpenERP from the menu :menuselection:`Document Management --> "
32054
"Directory Structure`."
32055
msgstr ""
32056
32057
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:0
32058
msgid ""
32059
"*Structure of directories when the document module has been installed*"
32060
msgstr ""
32061
32062
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:21
32063
msgid ""
32064
"In addition to the usual access to documents through OpenERP, you will be "
32065
"able to connect to them directly through the file system using the FTP "
32066
"protocol. To connect to the FTP server, use the following address:"
32067
msgstr ""
32068
32069
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:26
32070
msgid "Parameter"
32071
msgstr ""
32072
32073
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:28
32074
msgid "Server"
32075
msgstr ""
32076
32077
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:28
32078
msgid "Your OpenERP server, for example 127.0.0.1"
32079
msgstr ""
32080
32081
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:29
32082
msgid "Port"
32083
msgstr ""
32084
32085
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:29
32086
msgid "8021"
32087
msgstr ""
32088
32089
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:30
32090
msgid "Path"
32091
msgstr ""
32092
32093
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:30
32094
msgid "The '/' character, for the root"
32095
msgstr ""
32096
32097
#: ../../source/book/3/3_9/accounts_place.rst:141
32098
msgid "User"
32099
msgstr ""
32100
32101
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:31
32102
msgid "Your user account in OpenERP"
32103
msgstr ""
32104
32105
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:32
32106
msgid "Password"
32107
msgstr ""
32108
32109
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:32
32110
msgid "Your OpenERP password"
32111
msgstr ""
32112
32113
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:35
32114
msgid "FTP server"
32115
msgstr ""
32116
32117
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:37
32118
msgid ""
32119
"These comments about an FTP server may appear a bit technical, but it's just "
32120
"a general standard for getting hold of files without worrying too much about "
32121
"the platform standards (Windows, Mac, Linux, or other Unix-like system). So "
32122
"FTP is just a way of getting access to files without needing to use an "
32123
"OpenERP client. There could have been other ways, but FTP proved itself to "
32124
"the developers to be the one that performed best at lowest cost. The next "
32125
"release of OpenERP uses SFTP."
32126
msgstr ""
32127
32128
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:44
32129
msgid ""
32130
"Once you're connected using FTP you get to the root of a directory for the "
32131
"document management system. Once you enter that directory you find a "
32132
"structure that matches the structure defined in OpenERP."
32133
msgstr ""
32134
32135
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:0
32136
msgid "*Root of the database directory seen through FTP*"
32137
msgstr ""
32138
32139
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:0
32140
msgid "*Structure of the directories in the document management system*"
32141
msgstr ""
32142
32143
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_openerp.rst:495
32144
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:2
32145
msgid "FTP"
32146
msgstr ""
32147
32148
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_access.rst:7
32149
msgid "directory"
32150
msgstr ""
32151
32152
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_attachment.rst:5
32153
msgid "Managing Attachments"
32154
msgstr ""
32155
32156
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_attachment.rst:7
32157
msgid ""
32158
"As you see, you can connect any directory in the document management system "
32159
"to an Open ERP resource. The system then manages its creation and keeps the "
32160
"directory synchronized with the reports generated by OpenERP from its own "
32161
"data. You don't have to create or rename these directories because OpenERP "
32162
"does all this automatically as it resychronizes with its own database."
32163
msgstr ""
32164
32165
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_attachment.rst:12
32166
msgid ""
32167
"You can then copy the files in the directories that correspond to any of the "
32168
"resources. The files are automatically attached to OpenERP's documents "
32169
"through attachment management. Conversely, if you attach a document to one "
32170
"of OpenERP's resources then that document will automatically become visible "
32171
"over FTP in the document management system."
32172
msgstr ""
32173
32174
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_attachment.rst:17
32175
msgid "File storage"
32176
msgstr ""
32177
32178
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_attachment.rst:19
32179
msgid ""
32180
"If you don't install the document management system then the files that are "
32181
"attached to an Open ERP resource are stored directly in the database. Once "
32182
"the document management system has been installed, the contents of the files "
32183
"are no longer stored in the database but are stored instead on the Open ERP "
32184
"server filesystem in a directory named 'filestore'."
32185
msgstr ""
32186
32187
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_attachment.rst:25
32188
msgid ""
32189
"You can then read and add attachments to OpenERP resources quite "
32190
"independently of the OpenERP interface or the FTP server using simple drag "
32191
"and drop."
32192
msgstr ""
32193
32194
#: ../../source/book/2/3_CRM_Contacts/tracking.rst:42
32195
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_attachment.rst:2
32196
msgid "attachments"
32197
msgstr ""
32198
32199
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:3
32200
msgid "Classic document management solutions"
32201
msgstr ""
32202
32203
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:5
32204
msgid ""
32205
"Faced with the need to organize documents, companies have looked at a number "
32206
"of document management solutions that are promoted today, from simple email "
32207
"archiving to complete electronic management systems dedicated to arbitrary "
32208
"documents."
32209
msgstr ""
32210
32211
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:9
32212
msgid ""
32213
"Unfortunately these solutions haven't always been very useful because "
32214
"they're too little integrated in companies' management systems. Most "
32215
"solutions that we've come across are underused by the employees – often used "
32216
"by some of them but not by all."
32217
msgstr ""
32218
32219
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:13
32220
msgid ""
32221
"The primary reason for this is that a document management system that's not "
32222
"integrated imposes extra work on an employee. For example a salesperson "
32223
"should ideally save each customer confirmation in the document management "
32224
"system. Only that means quite a heavy additional workload just for an order "
32225
"confirmation:"
32226
msgstr ""
32227
32228
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:18
32229
msgid "Receive and read the email from the customer,"
32230
msgstr ""
32231
32232
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:20
32233
msgid "Save the email and its attachments on the desktop,"
32234
msgstr ""
32235
32236
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:22
32237
msgid "Connect to the ERP and confirm the order,"
32238
msgstr ""
32239
32240
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:24
32241
msgid "Connect to the document management system,"
32242
msgstr ""
32243
32244
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:26
32245
msgid "Look for the best place to store the document,"
32246
msgstr ""
32247
32248
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:28
32249
msgid ""
32250
"Create a directory for the customer and the order if it doesn't yet exist,"
32251
msgstr ""
32252
32253
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:30
32254
msgid ""
32255
"Copy the files from the desktop to the right place in the document "
32256
"management system."
32257
msgstr ""
32258
32259
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:32
32260
msgid ""
32261
"This is obviously a lot of operations just to handle a simple order "
32262
"confirmation. You can understand why many companies hardly use their "
32263
"document management system even if they've gone to the cost and effort of "
32264
"purchasing and installing one."
32265
msgstr ""
32266
32267
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:36
32268
msgid "Free document management systems"
32269
msgstr ""
32270
32271
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:38
32272
msgid ""
32273
"A number of free document management applications exist. The most well known "
32274
"are:"
32275
msgstr ""
32276
32277
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:40
32278
msgid "Alfresco: http://www.alfresco.com"
32279
msgstr ""
32280
32281
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:42
32282
msgid "Quotero: http://www.quotero.com"
32283
msgstr ""
32284
32285
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:44
32286
msgid ""
32287
"It's very difficult to keep the information in the company's management "
32288
"system synchronized with that in the document management system. For example "
32289
"when a customer changes his address, users will modify the details in the "
32290
"management software but usually not in the document management system."
32291
msgstr ""
32292
32293
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:49
32294
msgid ""
32295
"Furthermore, since users should create the same storage structure in both "
32296
"systems, you quickly find after only a few months that the information in "
32297
"the document management system is quite disconnected from that in the "
32298
"company's management system if the two are separate. For example, how do you "
32299
"know where to store your least-frequently used documents such as (perhaps) "
32300
"employee car-leasing documents?"
32301
msgstr ""
32302
32303
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:50
32304
msgid ""
32305
"Also, document management systems are typically very complex because they "
32306
"must manage user access rights in just the same way as those that are "
32307
"available in the company management system. This means that you have to "
32308
"enter the same sort of data about access rights twice for the system "
32309
"administrators."
32310
msgstr ""
32311
32312
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_classic.rst:63
32313
msgid ""
32314
"You'll see that the total integration of OpenERP's document management "
32315
"system with the main company management system, and plugins to Outlook and "
32316
"Thunderbird email clients, offers an elegant solution that addresses these "
32317
"problems."
32318
msgstr ""
32319
32320
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:3
32321
msgid "The importance of good document management"
32322
msgstr ""
32323
32324
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:5
32325
msgid ""
32326
"Globalization means that workplaces are ever more geographically dispersed. "
32327
"This means that documents are also used more than ever by people in several "
32328
"countries and continents for communicating and collaborating."
32329
msgstr ""
32330
32331
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:9
32332
msgid ""
32333
"You'll see communication problems even between employees in the same office "
32334
"because they don't have easy access to the documents that they need. You "
32335
"find some documents kept by someone in the accounts office, shared "
32336
"directories that serve everybody, some documents in paper form, others in "
32337
"electronic form – quite a free-for-all."
32338
msgstr ""
32339
32340
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:14
32341
msgid ""
32342
"An explosion in the number of documents that a company needs doesn't help. "
32343
"If their storage and indexation are badly organized, these documents become "
32344
"useless because they're almost impossible to find."
32345
msgstr ""
32346
32347
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:18
32348
msgid ""
32349
"The results of poor document management can lead to a significant loss of "
32350
"time. Ask yourself how often you find yourself looking for:"
32351
msgstr ""
32352
32353
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:21
32354
msgid "A supplier catalogue that's been sent to a purchasing manager,"
32355
msgstr ""
32356
32357
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:23
32358
msgid "A customer contract signed several months ago,"
32359
msgstr ""
32360
32361
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:25
32362
msgid "The final set of Terms and Conditions offered to a specific customer,"
32363
msgstr ""
32364
32365
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:27
32366
msgid "The documents required for employing a new member of staff,"
32367
msgstr ""
32368
32369
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:29
32370
msgid ""
32371
"An order confirmation sent by a customer to one of your salespeople or, "
32372
"perhaps even more common when the relevant salesperson has gone on vacation, "
32373
"if you ever received such an order confirmation,"
32374
msgstr ""
32375
32376
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:32
32377
msgid "A procedure from your quality manual if there's been a process fault,"
32378
msgstr ""
32379
32380
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:34
32381
msgid "An email which was sent to one of your colleagues,"
32382
msgstr ""
32383
32384
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:36
32385
msgid ""
32386
"A document that you need to be a template for a specific type of contract,"
32387
msgstr ""
32388
32389
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:38
32390
msgid ""
32391
"A complete history of communications between yourselves and a supplier about "
32392
"a given contract."
32393
msgstr ""
32394
32395
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:40
32396
msgid ""
32397
"Even worse than the loss of time, perhaps, the lack of good document "
32398
"management is bad for the quality of your organization and the service "
32399
"provided by your company. In such a company it's likely that:"
32400
msgstr ""
32401
32402
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:44
32403
msgid "sets of documents don't follow a standard layout,"
32404
msgstr ""
32405
32406
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:46
32407
msgid ""
32408
"all the salespeople prepare quotations in their own way and gradually change "
32409
"the way they do it for themselves but not for the group,"
32410
msgstr ""
32411
32412
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:49
32413
msgid ""
32414
"a correction to a type of contract stays with a small group of people and "
32415
"doesn't percolate back into the rest of the company to benefit other users,"
32416
msgstr ""
32417
32418
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:52
32419
msgid "version management is chaotic or even non-existent."
32420
msgstr ""
32421
32422
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:54
32423
msgid ""
32424
"So a good integrated document management system can be a powerful tool to "
32425
"help in day-to-day company management. With it you could also easily:"
32426
msgstr ""
32427
32428
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:57
32429
msgid ""
32430
"Continue the work started by a colleague if she's gone on vacation, and "
32431
"respond to her customers if needed,"
32432
msgstr ""
32433
32434
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:60
32435
msgid ""
32436
"Get hold of examples of all document types with just a few clicks, so that "
32437
"you can follow company standards in such areas as order confirmation, price "
32438
"requests, meeting minutes, customer deliverables, contract examples, and "
32439
"models for faxes and letters,"
32440
msgstr ""
32441
32442
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:64
32443
msgid ""
32444
"Retrieve procedures and other associated documents if you don't know how to "
32445
"do a certain task – such as things you should do when hiring a new employee, "
32446
"organizing a conference, or how to structure meeting minutes,"
32447
msgstr ""
32448
32449
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:68
32450
msgid ""
32451
"Very easily reuse work done by a colleague to meet similar needs and build "
32452
"on all the individual work done in your own company,"
32453
msgstr ""
32454
32455
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:71
32456
msgid ""
32457
"Find all the orders for a customer or from a supplier in just a few seconds "
32458
"to answer questions or two continue a discussion when the initial contact "
32459
"point in your company is not available,"
32460
msgstr ""
32461
32462
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:74
32463
msgid ""
32464
"Build on your working methods and enable your colleagues to benefit from "
32465
"each improvement in a document type or a procedure."
32466
msgstr ""
32467
32468
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_importance.rst:77
32469
msgid ""
32470
"From these examples you can see the importance of a good document management "
32471
"system, and what it might contribute to the improvement of productivity and "
32472
"the quality of the output from each employee."
32473
msgstr ""
32474
32475
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:3
32476
msgid "Mapping between OpenERP resources and directories"
32477
msgstr ""
32478
32479
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:5
32480
msgid ""
32481
"Each directory can either have the type ``Static`` or be linked to another "
32482
"resource. A static directory, as with Operating Systems, is the classic "
32483
"directory that can contain a set of files. The directories linked to systems "
32484
"resources automatically possess sub-directories for each of resource types "
32485
"defined in the parent directory."
32486
msgstr ""
32487
32488
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:10
32489
msgid "Directories in English"
32490
msgstr ""
32491
32492
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:12
32493
msgid ""
32494
"To keep them synchronized to the working language, directory names are not "
32495
"translatable. But OpenERP's demonstration data automatically creates "
32496
"directories in English. You can rename them through the menu "
32497
":menuselection:`Document Management --> Configuration --> Directories`."
32498
msgstr ""
32499
32500
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:17
32501
msgid ""
32502
"For example you can look at the directory shown in :menuselection:`Main "
32503
"Repository --> Sales Orders --> All Sales Orders`. You'll see the directory "
32504
"for all the orders present in OpenERP that was created automatically by the "
32505
"system."
32506
msgstr ""
32507
32508
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:0
32509
msgid "*Orders in OpenERP*"
32510
msgstr ""
32511
32512
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:0
32513
msgid ""
32514
"*Directories representing all the orders in the document management system*"
32515
msgstr ""
32516
32517
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:33
32518
msgid ""
32519
"Directories can follow a tree like the tree of resources in OpenERP. For "
32520
"example if you go to the directory :menuselection:`Main Repository --> "
32521
"Projects` you'll see the structure of the analytic accounts."
32522
msgstr ""
32523
32524
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:37
32525
msgid ""
32526
"To define a directory containing a specific type of resource you have to "
32527
"define parameters when you define the directory itself:"
32528
msgstr ""
32529
32530
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:40
32531
msgid ":guilabel:`Type` : Other Resources"
32532
msgstr ""
32533
32534
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:42
32535
msgid ":guilabel:`Child Models` : Choose one of the system objects"
32536
msgstr ""
32537
32538
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:44
32539
msgid ""
32540
":guilabel:`Domain` : an event filtered so that it sees only a subset of the "
32541
"resources"
32542
msgstr ""
32543
32544
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:46
32545
msgid ":guilabel:`Tree structure` : to show the resources hierarchically"
32546
msgstr ""
32547
32548
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:0
32549
msgid "*Configuration of the directory containing quotations (draft orders)*"
32550
msgstr ""
32551
32552
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:54
32553
msgid ""
32554
"This is a very flexible approach because any modification of the resource in "
32555
"OpenERP is automatically reflected in the document management system. So "
32556
"when the quotation gets confirmed in OpenERP the directory no longer appears "
32557
"as a quotation through FTP access."
32558
msgstr ""
32559
32560
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:58
32561
msgid ""
32562
"Here are some examples of directories linked to OpenERP resources that could "
32563
"be helpful when configured in the document management system:"
32564
msgstr ""
32565
32566
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:61
32567
msgid "Quotations and Order: storing documents that relate to orders,"
32568
msgstr ""
32569
32570
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:63
32571
msgid "Products: for storing products' technical datasheets,"
32572
msgstr ""
32573
32574
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:65
32575
msgid ""
32576
"Users: to automatically define a directory owned by each user of the system,"
32577
msgstr ""
32578
32579
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:67
32580
msgid ""
32581
"Employees: to store documents about employees, such as their CVs, your "
32582
"interview notes, contract details, and their annual assessments,"
32583
msgstr ""
32584
32585
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:70
32586
msgid ""
32587
"Support Requests: storing items about requests or about technical support "
32588
"responses,"
32589
msgstr ""
32590
32591
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_mapping.rst:72
32592
msgid ""
32593
"Analytic accounts or project: to store project management and tracking "
32594
"documents."
32595
msgstr ""
32596
32597
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:8
32598
msgid "You've seen several methods of accessing documents quickly:"
32599
msgstr ""
32600
32601
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:20
32602
msgid "From attachments to an OpenERP resource,"
32603
msgstr ""
32604
32605
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:22
32606
msgid "Through FTP access to OpenERP,"
32607
msgstr ""
32608
32609
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:14
32610
msgid ""
32611
"Using the menu :menuselection:`Document Management --> Structure of "
32612
"Directories`."
32613
msgstr ""
32614
32615
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:16
32616
msgid ""
32617
"But if you don't know where a specific document can be found, OpenERP also "
32618
"has a search tool integrated into its document management. To search for a "
32619
"file use the menu :menuselection:`Document Management --> Search for a "
32620
"file`. You get to a document search screen that lets you search amongst all "
32621
"the attachments and all the documents in the FTP server."
32622
msgstr ""
32623
32624
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:31
32625
msgid "You can search for a file using various different criteria:"
32626
msgstr ""
32627
32628
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:37
32629
msgid "The filename,"
32630
msgstr ""
32631
32632
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:39
32633
msgid "The owner of a file,"
32634
msgstr ""
32635
32636
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:27
32637
msgid "The title of the resource that the file is attached to,"
32638
msgstr ""
32639
32640
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:29
32641
msgid "The partner that the document is about,"
32642
msgstr ""
32643
32644
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:31
32645
msgid "The directory that it's found in,"
32646
msgstr ""
32647
32648
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:33
32649
msgid "Its creation and modification dates."
32650
msgstr ""
32651
32652
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:35
32653
msgid ""
32654
"Notice here an important advantage for an integrated document management "
32655
"system. Information such as which partner is associated with a document is "
32656
"automatically detected by OpenERP when the document has been stored in a "
32657
"directory. This information is never input by the user – it's detected "
32658
"automatically using the information about the resource when it's being saved "
32659
"as a file."
32660
msgstr ""
32661
32662
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:40
32663
msgid ""
32664
"But your search isn't limited to these few fields. You can also search on "
32665
"the content in the files. Each file is automatically indexed by the system "
32666
"to give you a search engine rather like Google's on the whole set of company "
32667
"documents."
32668
msgstr ""
32669
32670
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:44
32671
msgid "Supported file formats"
32672
msgstr ""
32673
32674
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:56
32675
msgid ""
32676
"The OpenERP document management system can index the following file formats:"
32677
msgstr ""
32678
32679
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:58
32680
msgid "**TXT** : text files,"
32681
msgstr ""
32682
32683
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:60
32684
msgid "**PDF** : PDF files,"
32685
msgstr ""
32686
32687
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:52
32688
msgid "**SXW** : Open Office V1 files,"
32689
msgstr ""
32690
32691
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:54
32692
msgid "**ODT** : Open Office V2 files,"
32693
msgstr ""
32694
32695
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:66
32696
msgid "**DOC** : Microsoft Word files."
32697
msgstr ""
32698
32699
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:58
32700
msgid ""
32701
"The other file formats are properly handled in the document management "
32702
"system but their content is not indexed automatically."
32703
msgstr ""
32704
32705
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:71
32706
msgid ""
32707
"This functionality is very significant. All you need to do is search for a "
32708
"partner name or an order number to automatically get all the documents that "
32709
"are referenced there. And you can use a fragment of text to find the "
32710
"document you need from within that subset."
32711
msgstr ""
32712
32713
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:66
32714
msgid "Integration with emails"
32715
msgstr ""
32716
32717
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:79
32718
msgid "Using Outlook and Thunderbird"
32719
msgstr ""
32720
32721
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:0
32722
msgid ""
32723
"*Sending an attachment that's in the document management system from Outlook*"
32724
msgstr ""
32725
32726
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:78
32727
msgid "Working with users' changes"
32728
msgstr ""
32729
32730
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:80
32731
msgid ""
32732
"To make the document management system's use as unobtrusive as possible the "
32733
"system's users should easily be able to store all the documents that they "
32734
"produce or receive from their customers and suppliers. So OpenERP supplies "
32735
"dashboards to help system users approve their acceptance of such documents."
32736
msgstr ""
32737
32738
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:85
32739
msgid ""
32740
"So you'll find two dashboards in the menu :menuselection:`Dashboards --> "
32741
"Document Management`. One dashboard is for the document management system "
32742
"manager and one dashboard is for tracking use by different users."
32743
msgstr ""
32744
32745
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:89
32746
msgid ""
32747
"The first lets you track the change of documents by month, by customer and "
32748
"by type of resource. You could also quickly assess the use that's made of "
32749
"the system by the various users."
32750
msgstr ""
32751
32752
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:0
32753
msgid "*Dashboard for the document management system manager*"
32754
msgstr ""
32755
32756
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:116
32757
msgid ""
32758
"The second dashboard shows you how different employees use the system. You "
32759
"can see the number of files sent by each user and who uses the document "
32760
"management system the least. That tells you something about your user "
32761
"training and whether you need to do something about changing work methods."
32762
msgstr ""
32763
32764
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:0
32765
msgid "*Dashboard for the document management system analyzed by user*"
32766
msgstr ""
32767
32768
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:96
32769
msgid "Version Management"
32770
msgstr ""
32771
32772
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:112
32773
msgid ""
32774
"There's usually a need to keep track of all the important documents that you "
32775
"have printed. For example, when you send an invoice to a customer it's a "
32776
"good idea to store a copy of that invoice internally in paper or electronic "
32777
"form. Then you can reprint it exactly in the same format as when you sent "
32778
"it, even if the company's details have changed in the meantime."
32779
msgstr ""
32780
32781
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:117
32782
msgid ""
32783
"To do this, OpenERP can automatically store as attachments the different "
32784
"reports printed by users. By default, only invoices are saved as "
32785
"attachments, and they're saved when they are printed. That's because they "
32786
"are commonly legally required."
32787
msgstr ""
32788
32789
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:121
32790
msgid ""
32791
"But you can configure the system so that it doesn't matter which type of "
32792
"report is printed - they can all be stored automatically. To activate that "
32793
"functionality on another type of report, modify this in the menu "
32794
":menuselection:`Administration --> Configuration --> Low Level --> Actions --"
32795
"> XML Reports`."
32796
msgstr ""
32797
32798
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:0
32799
msgid "*Modifying the definition of a report*"
32800
msgstr ""
32801
32802
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:132
32803
msgid ""
32804
"Select the report that you want to change and complete the field "
32805
":guilabel:`Prefix for saving as an attachment`. Once you've done that each "
32806
"document print action will automatically be saved as an attachment to the "
32807
"document."
32808
msgstr ""
32809
32810
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:137
32811
msgid "Documents used for company processes"
32812
msgstr ""
32813
32814
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:139
32815
msgid ""
32816
"Finally, the document management system is also completely linked to the "
32817
"main system that manages company processes. Then on each node of your "
32818
"management process you could store a procedure. Once the user sees a process "
32819
"view of the relevant document he would be able to click on the directory to "
32820
"get all the documents that might be useful for this phase of the process."
32821
msgstr ""
32822
32823
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:144
32824
msgid ""
32825
"So you could also efficiently store the documents required for each phase of "
32826
"a process."
32827
msgstr ""
32828
32829
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_searching.rst:0
32830
msgid "*Example of a document linked to process management*"
32831
msgstr ""
32832
32833
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:3
32834
msgid "Standardizing Structures"
32835
msgstr ""
32836
32837
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:5
32838
msgid ""
32839
"You now have a configuration that enables you to automatically get a "
32840
"directory structure linke to OpenERP for each resource, such as for projects "
32841
"and orders. The ideal situation would now be to automatically structure the "
32842
"documents about projects, say. For example, you could classify them "
32843
"depending on their type:"
32844
msgstr ""
32845
32846
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:10
32847
msgid "Quotations,"
32848
msgstr ""
32849
32850
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:12
32851
msgid "Meeting Minutes,"
32852
msgstr ""
32853
32854
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:14
32855
msgid "Delivery Documents,"
32856
msgstr ""
32857
32858
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:16
32859
msgid "Documentation."
32860
msgstr ""
32861
32862
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:18
32863
msgid ""
32864
"OpenERP provides you with a system that lets you create a structure type for "
32865
"each type of a given document. It then provides that classification for all "
32866
"documents in the directories structured in that type."
32867
msgstr ""
32868
32869
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:22
32870
msgid ""
32871
"So create the structure above for your project management system. To do "
32872
"that, create the four directories above and give them the following data:"
32873
msgstr ""
32874
32875
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:25
32876
msgid "**Type** : Static Directory,"
32877
msgstr ""
32878
32879
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:27
32880
msgid "**Linked Model** : Analytic Account."
32881
msgstr ""
32882
32883
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:29
32884
msgid ""
32885
"Then in each project (represented by analytic accounts) you'll get this "
32886
"substructure for organizating your documents efficiently."
32887
msgstr ""
32888
32889
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:0
32890
msgid "*Substructure common to all projects*"
32891
msgstr ""
32892
32893
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:38
32894
msgid "Mapping"
32895
msgstr ""
32896
32897
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:40
32898
msgid ""
32899
"In practice, OpenERP doesn't create directories or files for every resource. "
32900
"It actually manages this by mapping between OpenERP resources and the FTP "
32901
"interface"
32902
msgstr ""
32903
32904
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:43
32905
msgid ""
32906
"This approach gives a lot of flexibility because there's no synchronizing to "
32907
"do, nor any redundancy. Changes in either the document management system or "
32908
"in OpenERP will automatically be reflected over in the other side."
32909
msgstr ""
32910
32911
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:47
32912
msgid ""
32913
"And system resources are obviously not used up by storing things twice."
32914
msgstr ""
32915
32916
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_structures.rst:49
32917
msgid ""
32918
"Once a new project has been defined in OpenERP, the system automatically "
32919
"creates a directory corresponding to the project in the right place in the "
32920
"document management system, and creates a structure type there for "
32921
"classifying documents."
32922
msgstr ""
32923
32924
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:6
32925
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:18
32926
msgid "Virtual Files"
32927
msgstr ""
32928
32929
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:8
32930
msgid ""
32931
"The most well-organized companies keep track of all the documents they've "
32932
"sent to customers in their document management system. It's very useful to "
32933
"be able to retrieve every document about a customer or a project. But the "
32934
"work of storing these documents can itself often take up quite a bit of time "
32935
"for staff. Each report must be saved in the document management system as "
32936
"well as simply being sent by email to the customer."
32937
msgstr ""
32938
32939
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:14
32940
msgid ""
32941
"That's not the case in OpenERP. To automatically make OpenERP reports "
32942
"available in the FTP server, OpenERP automatically uses *virtual files*. You "
32943
"can put virtual files into directories that have the special type of *linked "
32944
"resource* and link the virtual files to OpenERP's reports."
32945
msgstr ""
32946
32947
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:20
32948
msgid ""
32949
"Virtual files don't actually exist in OpenERP but are made visible with a "
32950
"size of 0 in the FTP server. Once these files have been read by the client "
32951
"software, OpenERP prints the document related to this file and returns a PDF "
32952
"document linked to the resource."
32953
msgstr ""
32954
32955
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:26
32956
msgid ""
32957
"When you copy or open a virtual file you print the selected resource. You "
32958
"don't then have to go and print a document through OpenERP – you just open "
32959
"the file containing that document in the document management system. The PDF "
32960
"file is then created in real time by OpenERP by reading the relevant data."
32961
msgstr ""
32962
32963
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:31
32964
msgid ""
32965
"The screen :ref:`fig-docvirt` shows the parameters of the virtual files in "
32966
"Orders. You define the virtual files using the name ORDERNUM_print.pdf, "
32967
"where ORDERNUM represents the reference to the order. To do this you must "
32968
"complete the section :guilabel:`Descriptive Contents` of the file for a "
32969
"directory. You can then find a virtual file for each report associated with "
32970
"an order."
32971
msgstr ""
32972
32973
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:0
32974
msgid "*Virtual files for Sales Orders in OpenERP*"
32975
msgstr ""
32976
32977
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:44
32978
msgid ""
32979
"To see the effect of this configuration, connect to the FTP server and go "
32980
"into a directory for an order such as :menuselection:`Main Repository --> "
32981
"Sales Orders --> All Sales Orders --> SO003`. You can then just double-click "
32982
"the file :guilabel:`SO003_print.pdf` to get a printout of Order SO003. You "
32983
"can attach it to an email or put it on your desktop."
32984
msgstr ""
32985
32986
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:0
32987
msgid "*Virtual files for Sales Orders through FTP*"
32988
msgstr ""
32989
32990
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:55
32991
msgid ""
32992
"This system of virtual files is very useful in a lot of situations. For "
32993
"example if you must quickly re-send a quotation to a customer you don't have "
32994
"to open OpenERP, you can just attach the relevant virtual file to your email."
32995
msgstr ""
32996
32997
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:59
32998
msgid ""
32999
"Importantly, once files have been read or copied they become real files, "
33000
"taking up real space, rather than just virtual. This means that you can keep "
33001
"a legal record of all documents that have been created and sent to customers "
33002
"and suppliers."
33003
msgstr ""
33004
33005
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/7_19_Documents_virtualFiles.rst:2
33006
msgid "file"
33007
msgstr ""
33008
33009
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/index.rst:7
33010
msgid "Integrated Document Management"
33011
msgstr ""
33012
33013
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/index.rst:9
33014
msgid ""
33015
"*Information management has become a major strategic factor in companies' "
33016
"development. It's important to get the right information circulated to the "
33017
"right people as efficiently as possible yet still keep it secure. "
33018
"Documentation management provides a way for companies to organize their "
33019
"information, in all its forms, in one place.*"
33020
msgstr ""
33021
33022
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/index.rst:15
33023
msgid ""
33024
"The objectives of document management include easier archiving, access, and "
33025
"reference, intelligent classification, and distribution of documents and the "
33026
"information they contain. It concerns sets of all sorts of company documents "
33027
"such as work procedures, meeting reports, documents received from customers "
33028
"and suppliers, documents sent to customers, faxes, sales presentations, and "
33029
"product datasheets."
33030
msgstr ""
33031
33032
#: ../../source/book/7/7_19_Documents/index.rst:21
33033
msgid ""
33034
"For this chapter you should start with a fresh database that includes demo "
33035
"data, with :mod:`sale`, :mod:`document` and their dependencies installed and "
33036
"no particular chart of accounts configured."
33037
msgstr ""
33038
33039
#: ../../source/book/7/index.rst:6
33040
msgid "Process and Document Management"
33041
msgstr ""
33042
33043
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:6
33044
msgid "User Login"
33045
msgstr ""
33046
33047
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:8
33048
msgid "Managing Passwords"
33049
msgstr ""
33050
33051
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:10
33052
msgid ""
33053
"If you let users change their passwords for themselves you'll have no direct "
33054
"control over the password they choose. You should have a written policy "
33055
"about password strength to try to maintain a level of security in your "
33056
"system."
33057
msgstr ""
33058
33059
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:18
33060
msgid "Managing users through LDAP"
33061
msgstr ""
33062
33063
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:20
33064
msgid ""
33065
"With the :mod:`users_ldap` module, user accounts can be managed through an "
33066
"LDAP directory that can be made common to various different company "
33067
"resources."
33068
msgstr ""
33069
33070
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:23
33071
msgid ""
33072
"Connection parameters for the LDAP directory are then registered with the "
33073
"company definition. You can provide a user profile template there from which "
33074
"new users are automatically created during their first connection to "
33075
"Open ERP."
33076
msgstr ""
33077
33078
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:32
33079
msgid ""
33080
"The LDAP protocol (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) enables you to "
33081
"manage common directories for various different resources through your "
33082
"standard TCP/IP network."
33083
msgstr ""
33084
33085
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:35
33086
msgid ""
33087
"This enables users in the company to have the same username and password to "
33088
"access all their applications (such as email and intranet)."
33089
msgstr ""
33090
33091
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:39
33092
msgid "Managing access rights"
33093
msgstr ""
33094
33095
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:41
33096
msgid ""
33097
"One of the most important areas in configuring Open ERP is how to manage "
33098
"access rights to the information in it."
33099
msgstr ""
33100
33101
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:44
33102
msgid ""
33103
"You're planning to put everything significant to your business into the "
33104
"system, but most of your staff need see only part of it, and may need to "
33105
"change even less of it. Who should have rights to what, and how do you "
33106
"manage that?"
33107
msgstr ""
33108
33109
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:48
33110
msgid ""
33111
"OpenERP's approach to rights management is highly flexible. Each user can "
33112
"belong to one or more groups, and the group(s) you belong to determine(s):"
33113
msgstr ""
33114
33115
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:51
33116
msgid "the visibility of each menu item and"
33117
msgstr ""
33118
33119
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:53
33120
msgid "the accessibility of each table in the database."
33121
msgstr ""
33122
33123
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:55
33124
msgid ""
33125
"For example, the group \\ ``Stock``\\ may only be given access to some of "
33126
"the menus in :menuselection:`Stock Management`, and may have no access to "
33127
"any of the accounting information. Each system user who works in Stores is "
33128
"given membership of the ``Stock`` group. If some users also work elsewhere, "
33129
"they'd also be given membership of other groups."
33130
msgstr ""
33131
33132
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:60
33133
msgid ""
33134
"Open ERP users can also belong to various roles. Just as group gives a user "
33135
"access rights, each role determines the user's duties. This is managed at "
33136
"the level of workflows, which form the company's business processes."
33137
msgstr ""
33138
33139
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_connect_openerp.rst:177
33140
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:64
33141
msgid "Groups and Users"
33142
msgstr ""
33143
33144
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:70
33145
msgid ""
33146
"To configure access rights you'd start by defining the groups. It's "
33147
"important for the groups to be representative of your company's job "
33148
"functions rather than of its individual employees."
33149
msgstr ""
33150
33151
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:73
33152
msgid ""
33153
"So if your finance director is also your sales director, you should create "
33154
"both a Finance Director group and a Sales Director group, even though "
33155
"they're both the same person, and would both be assigned to this user in "
33156
"practice. This gives you flexibility for the future."
33157
msgstr ""
33158
33159
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:77
33160
msgid ""
33161
"You should also create groups within a departmental areas that have "
33162
"different levels of access rights. For example, if you create a \\ ``Sales "
33163
"Director``\\ group and a \\ ``Sales``\\ group avoid assigning exactly the "
33164
"same rights to each group. The first could see all the of reports, while the "
33165
"second could be restricted to seeing quotations. You could either make the \\"
33166
" ``Sales Director``\\ a member of both groups, and give the Sales Director "
33167
"group a limited set of extra rights, or give the \\ ``Sales Director``\\ "
33168
"group all the rights it needs for a Sales Director to belong only to this "
33169
"one group. You should choose the scheme that gives you most flexibility and "
33170
"then stick with it to maintain consistency."
33171
msgstr ""
33172
33173
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:89
33174
msgid "Flexibility in managing access"
33175
msgstr ""
33176
33177
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:87
33178
msgid ""
33179
"To give yourself flexibility, you can ensure that a trusted staff member "
33180
"(perhaps a director or someone in accounts, or even the system "
33181
"administrator) is given wide rights to use the system, and is authorized by "
33182
"the management to carry out specific tasks for people."
33183
msgstr ""
33184
33185
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:100
33186
msgid "Access rights for menus"
33187
msgstr ""
33188
33189
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:102
33190
msgid ""
33191
"To get a feel for rights management in OpenERP you'll create a new \\ "
33192
"``Stock1``\\ group, with access to the *Stock Management* menu items. "
33193
"You'll then create a stores person user who's a member of the \\ ``Stock1``\\"
33194
" group."
33195
msgstr ""
33196
33197
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:106
33198
msgid ""
33199
"To create a new group, use the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> Users "
33200
"--> Groups`. Enter the group name Stock1."
33201
msgstr ""
33202
33203
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:105
33204
msgid ""
33205
"Then to create a new user linked to this, use :menuselection:`Administration "
33206
"--> Users --> Users` to enter the following:"
33207
msgstr ""
33208
33209
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:112
33210
msgid ":guilabel:`Name` : \\ ``Stores Person``\\ ,"
33211
msgstr ""
33212
33213
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:114
33214
msgid ":guilabel:`Username` : \\ ``stores``\\ ,"
33215
msgstr ""
33216
33217
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:116
33218
msgid ":guilabel:`Password` : \\ ``stores``\\ ,"
33219
msgstr ""
33220
33221
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:118
33222
msgid ":guilabel:`Company` : \\ ``<your company>``\\ ,"
33223
msgstr ""
33224
33225
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:120
33226
msgid ":guilabel:`Action` : \\ ``Menu``\\ ,"
33227
msgstr ""
33228
33229
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:122
33230
msgid ":guilabel:`Menu Action` : \\ ``Menu``\\ ."
33231
msgstr ""
33232
33233
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:124
33234
msgid ""
33235
"In the second tab of the user form, :guilabel:`Security` , add the \\ "
33236
"``Stock1``\\ group that you just created."
33237
msgstr ""
33238
33239
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:0
33240
msgid "*Groups that have access to the Stock Management menu*"
33241
msgstr ""
33242
33243
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:133
33244
msgid ""
33245
"Save the user, then go into the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> "
33246
"Security --> Grant Access to Menus` to get a list of menus. Filter this list "
33247
"using the search field :guilabel:`Menu` to get the :menuselection:`Stock "
33248
"Management` menu item. In the form describing the menu, add \\ ``Stock1``\\ "
33249
"into the :guilabel:`Groups` field. While you're at it, also add the \\ "
33250
"``admin``\\ group there. From now on, only members of the \\ ``Stock1``\\ "
33251
" group and the \\ ``admin``\\ group will be able to see this menu item in "
33252
"their main menu list."
33253
msgstr ""
33254
33255
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:140
33256
msgid "Menu hierarchy"
33257
msgstr ""
33258
33259
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:142
33260
msgid ""
33261
"Since menus are hierarchical there is no need to hide access to lower menus: "
33262
"once you've configured :menuselection:`Stock Management` this way, all lower-"
33263
"level menus become invisible to members of other groups."
33264
msgstr ""
33265
33266
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:137
33267
msgid "Security"
33268
msgstr ""
33269
33270
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:148
33271
msgid ""
33272
"This method of managing access to menus doesn't guarantee that users are "
33273
"prevented from reaching hidden business objects in the system in other ways. "
33274
"For example, hiding the Invoices menu won't prevent people reaching invoices "
33275
"through purchase and sales orders, or by guessing the URL."
33276
msgstr ""
33277
33278
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:153
33279
msgid ""
33280
"For effective security management you must use the methods for managing "
33281
"access rights to objects presented in the following section."
33282
msgstr ""
33283
33284
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:156
33285
msgid "Initial access configuration"
33286
msgstr ""
33287
33288
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:158
33289
msgid ""
33290
"In the initial configuration, Open ERP's admin user, a member of the admin "
33291
"group, is given access to the Configuration menu in each section of the main "
33292
"menu. This is a general convention. For example, :menuselection:`Partners --"
33293
"> Configuration` is visible in the administrator's menu amongst the other "
33294
"Partner menu items, but only those other menu entries are visible to other "
33295
"users. Similarly, the main menu entry :menuselection:`Administration` is, by "
33296
"convention, visible only to users who are members of the admin group."
33297
msgstr ""
33298
33299
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:162
33300
msgid "Access Rights to Objects"
33301
msgstr ""
33302
33303
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:173
33304
msgid ""
33305
"The menu access rights determine who can access which menu, but doesn't "
33306
"define what you can do once you're in the menu."
33307
msgstr ""
33308
33309
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:167
33310
msgid ""
33311
"Access controls on the objects give you the possibility of defining what "
33312
"your users have the right to do with your data when they get access to it. "
33313
"Access control of objects is structured the same way as access to menus."
33314
msgstr ""
33315
33316
#: ../../source/book/2/9_Marketing/index.rst:8
33317
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:171
33318
msgid "Object"
33319
msgstr ""
33320
33321
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:182
33322
msgid ""
33323
"An object represents a document in the system. Objects are linked to "
33324
"database tables and also have additional concepts, such as the functions of "
33325
"fields, inheritance from other objects, and class methods that give them "
33326
"behavior."
33327
msgstr ""
33328
33329
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:178
33330
msgid ""
33331
"If no group is assigned to an object, all users can access it without any "
33332
"restriction of any sort. Conversely, when an access control is defined for "
33333
"an object, a user must be a member of a group owning appropriate access "
33334
"rights to have any sort of access to that object."
33335
msgstr ""
33336
33337
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:191
33338
msgid ""
33339
"You must always ensure that you don't lock the \\ ``admin``\\ group out of "
33340
"any objects that control administration and configuration options, such as "
33341
"the \\ ``ir.model.access``\\ model."
33342
msgstr ""
33343
33344
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:185
33345
msgid "You can manage four access modes on objects independently:"
33346
msgstr ""
33347
33348
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:187
33349
msgid ""
33350
":guilabel:`Read access` : members of the group can read the data in the "
33351
"object,"
33352
msgstr ""
33353
33354
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:189
33355
msgid ""
33356
":guilabel:`Create access` : members of the group can create a new record in "
33357
"the object,"
33358
msgstr ""
33359
33360
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:191
33361
msgid ""
33362
":guilabel:`Write access` : members of the group can modify the contents of "
33363
"records in the object,"
33364
msgstr ""
33365
33366
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:193
33367
msgid ""
33368
":guilabel:`Delete access` : members of the group can delete records from the "
33369
"object."
33370
msgstr ""
33371
33372
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:0
33373
msgid "*Access control to invoices for the Finance/Admin group*"
33374
msgstr ""
33375
33376
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:210
33377
msgid ""
33378
"To configure access rights on a Open ERP objects, use the menu "
33379
":menuselection:`Administration --> Security --> Access Controls --> Access "
33380
"Controls List` and click :guilabel:`New` or choose one there and click "
33381
":guilabel:`Edit`. You give a :guilabel:`Name` to the access control, select "
33382
"a :guilabel:`Group`, and the object (:guilabel:`Model`), then check the "
33383
"checkbox corresponding to each of the four :guilabel:`Access` modes."
33384
msgstr ""
33385
33386
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:216
33387
msgid ""
33388
"If you don't specify any group in the access rules, the rule is applied to "
33389
"all groups. So to remove access to an object for all users you could create "
33390
"a rule:"
33391
msgstr ""
33392
33393
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:210
33394
msgid "which is defined for a specific object,"
33395
msgstr ""
33396
33397
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:212
33398
msgid "which is linked to no group,"
33399
msgstr ""
33400
33401
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:214
33402
msgid "for which none of the four access options is checked."
33403
msgstr ""
33404
33405
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:216
33406
msgid ""
33407
"You can then create additional rules on the same object to give specific "
33408
"rights to certain groups."
33409
msgstr ""
33410
33411
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:222
33412
msgid "Record Rules For Objects"
33413
msgstr ""
33414
33415
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:233
33416
msgid ""
33417
"Record rules determine who can access the objects depending on the rules set "
33418
"for the particular object. A record rule has some tests to be performed on "
33419
"objects."
33420
msgstr ""
33421
33422
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:235
33423
msgid ""
33424
"You can manage four access modes on objects independently depending on the "
33425
"test:"
33426
msgstr ""
33427
33428
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:228
33429
msgid ":guilabel:`Read access` : can read the data in the object,"
33430
msgstr ""
33431
33432
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:230
33433
msgid ":guilabel:`Create access` : can create a new record in the object,"
33434
msgstr ""
33435
33436
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:232
33437
msgid ""
33438
":guilabel:`Write access` : can modify the contents of records in the object,"
33439
msgstr ""
33440
33441
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:234
33442
msgid ":guilabel:`Delete access` : can delete records from the object."
33443
msgstr ""
33444
33445
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:245
33446
msgid ""
33447
"To configure rule on object, use the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> "
33448
"Security --> Record Rules`. The fields in the ``ir.rule`` object describe:"
33449
msgstr ""
33450
33451
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:239
33452
msgid ":guilabel:`Object` : Object on which to have the rule"
33453
msgstr ""
33454
33455
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:241
33456
msgid ":guilabel:`Name` : Name of the rule"
33457
msgstr ""
33458
33459
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:252
33460
msgid ""
33461
":guilabel:`Global` : If global is checked then that rule would be applied "
33462
"for all the groups and if it is unchecked then that rule would be applied "
33463
"only for the groups selected for it"
33464
msgstr ""
33465
33466
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:254
33467
msgid ":guilabel:`Test` : A list of all the tests for the object"
33468
msgstr ""
33469
33470
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:256
33471
msgid ""
33472
"If there are mulitple tests on same object then all of them are joined using "
33473
"``AND`` operator and depending on the result the rule would be satisfied"
33474
msgstr ""
33475
33476
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:258
33477
msgid ""
33478
"If there are multiple rules on same object then all of them are joined using "
33479
"``OR`` operator"
33480
msgstr ""
33481
33482
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:251
33483
msgid ""
33484
":guilabel:`Access Modes` : Read, Write, Create, Delete as described earlier"
33485
msgstr ""
33486
33487
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:253
33488
msgid ""
33489
"If only one access mode is checked, then only that mode would be applied"
33490
msgstr ""
33491
33492
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:264
33493
msgid "If all of them are checked then all the access modes would be applied"
33494
msgstr ""
33495
33496
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:266
33497
msgid ""
33498
"But at least one access mode has to be checked, all of them can not be "
33499
"unchecked. If all of them are unchecked it would raise exception."
33500
msgstr ""
33501
33502
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:272
33503
msgid ""
33504
"*For eg :* If we have a rule defined on ``res.partner`` object which tests "
33505
"if the user is the dedicated salesman of the partner ``[('user_id', '=', "
33506
"User)]``. We check only the create and write access mode and keep other "
33507
"access modes unchecked."
33508
msgstr ""
33509
33510
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:274
33511
msgid ""
33512
"So this means that a user in the group for which the rule is applied can "
33513
"only create/write records where he himself serves as the dedicated salesman "
33514
"and can not create/write records where he is not the dedicated salesman. As "
33515
"other access modes are unchecked the user can read/delete the records of "
33516
"partners where he is not the dedicated salesman."
33517
msgstr ""
33518
33519
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:276
33520
msgid ""
33521
"Currently record rules are enforced for all operations (read, create, write, "
33522
"delete). But the above described feature is new for version 5.2."
33523
msgstr ""
33524
33525
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:282
33526
msgid "Modification history"
33527
msgstr ""
33528
33529
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:0
33530
msgid "*Partner Record history*"
33531
msgstr ""
33532
33533
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:290
33534
msgid ""
33535
"Each record in a OpenERP database carries a note of its history. You can "
33536
"find out who it was created by and when that occurred, and who last modified "
33537
"it and when that occurred. Click the :guilabel:`View Log` icon at the top "
33538
"right of any form in the web client (but only when it's read- only, not when "
33539
"it's editable) to display a dialog box showing this information, as shown in "
33540
"the figure :ref:`fig-sflow`. It can help you identify who to contact if "
33541
"there are any problems with the data in the records."
33542
msgstr ""
33543
33544
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:290
33545
msgid "Audit Trail"
33546
msgstr ""
33547
33548
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:302
33549
msgid ""
33550
"OpenERP has an Audit Trail module :mod:`audittrail` which can be used to "
33551
"track any or all of the changes to one or more objects. It should be used "
33552
"with care, because it can generate huge amounts of data in the live "
33553
"database, but can be an invaluable tool."
33554
msgstr ""
33555
33556
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:1
33557
msgid "access rights"
33558
msgstr ""
33559
33560
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:158
33561
msgid "objects"
33562
msgstr ""
33563
33564
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:218
33565
msgid "record"
33566
msgstr ""
33567
33568
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:267
33569
msgid "modification history"
33570
msgstr ""
33571
33572
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_accessRights.rst:287
33573
msgid "audittrail"
33574
msgstr ""
33575
33576
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:6
33577
msgid "Importing and exporting data"
33578
msgstr ""
33579
33580
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:8
33581
msgid ""
33582
"Every form in Open ERP has a standard mechanism for importing data from a "
33583
"CSV file through the client user interface. That's the same format as used "
33584
"in the language translations."
33585
msgstr ""
33586
33587
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:11
33588
msgid "Forms and Lists"
33589
msgstr ""
33590
33591
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:13
33592
msgid ""
33593
"You have access to the Import and Export functions in the web client on a "
33594
"single form view in read- only mode – you can't reach Import or Export in "
33595
"any other view or when the form is editable. If you're using the GTK client "
33596
"you can find the functions from the top menu :menuselection:`Form --> "
33597
"Import...` and :menuselection:`Form --> Export...`."
33598
msgstr ""
33599
33600
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:18
33601
msgid ""
33602
"The CSV file format is a text format compatible with most spreadsheet "
33603
"programs (such as OpenOffice Calc and Microsoft Excel) and is easily "
33604
"editable as a worksheet. The first line contains the name of the field in "
33605
"the form. All the subsequent lines are data, aligned in their respective "
33606
"columns."
33607
msgstr ""
33608
33609
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:26
33610
msgid "Exporting OpenERP data to CSV"
33611
msgstr ""
33612
33613
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:26
33614
msgid ""
33615
"Start exploring OpenERP's use of the CSV format by exporting a modestly "
33616
"complex set of data, the partners and partner addresses in the demonstration "
33617
"data."
33618
msgstr ""
33619
33620
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:31
33621
msgid ""
33622
"Go to :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners` for the list of partners and "
33623
"then scroll to the bottom of the list to click the :guilabel:`Export` link. "
33624
"This pops up the :guilabel:`Export Data` dialog box. Select the following "
33625
"fields:"
33626
msgstr ""
33627
33628
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:32
33629
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`,"
33630
msgstr ""
33631
33632
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:34
33633
msgid ":guilabel:`Contact Name` under the :guilabel:`Contacts` menu,"
33634
msgstr ""
33635
33636
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:36
33637
msgid ":guilabel:`City` under the :guilabel:`Contacts` menu."
33638
msgstr ""
33639
33640
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:41
33641
msgid ""
33642
"You can either select and add them one at a time, or :kbd:`Ctrl-click` them "
33643
"and add the multiple selection - the order in which you select them is the "
33644
"order in which they'll be displayed."
33645
msgstr ""
33646
33647
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:45
33648
msgid ""
33649
"Then click :guilabel:`Export` and save the resulting :file:`data.csv` file "
33650
"somewhere accessible - perhaps your Desktop. You can open that file in a "
33651
"spreadsheet program or a text editor."
33652
msgstr ""
33653
33654
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:48
33655
msgid ""
33656
"You'll see that you have a list of partners, with the name and city of each "
33657
"partner's contacts alongside. In the couple of cases where there is more "
33658
"than one address, the partner name is left out. So it is important to note "
33659
"that the order of entries is critical - do not sort that list!"
33660
msgstr ""
33661
33662
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:55
33663
msgid ""
33664
"There is a limit to the number of items you can export in the clients - it's "
33665
"the number you can actually see and that is limited to a maximum of 100 in "
33666
"the web client, but is arbitrary in the GTK client."
33667
msgstr ""
33668
33669
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:59
33670
msgid ""
33671
"So if you want to export everything, use the GTK client. Set the export "
33672
"limit to an arbitrarily large figure (using the :guilabel:`+` button to "
33673
"expose the :guilabel:`Parameters` and :guilabel:`Limit` fields), then click "
33674
":menuselection:`Form --> Export data...`, set up the fields to export, and "
33675
"then prepare to wait."
33676
msgstr ""
33677
33678
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:69
33679
msgid "Importing CSV data to OpenERP"
33680
msgstr ""
33681
33682
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:71
33683
msgid ""
33684
"Use this export file as a template for an import file by deleting all of the "
33685
"data and using new data (here you'll just import new data alongside the "
33686
"demonstration data, but the principle is the same for a blank database)."
33687
msgstr ""
33688
33689
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:73
33690
msgid ""
33691
"For example, to import partners with several contacts for which you specify "
33692
"a name and a city, you would create the following CSV file from the export "
33693
"file:"
33694
msgstr ""
33695
33696
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33697
msgid "Contacts/Contact Name"
33698
msgstr ""
33699
33700
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33701
msgid "Contacts/City"
33702
msgstr ""
33703
33704
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33705
msgid "Whole Globe Technologies"
33706
msgstr ""
33707
33708
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33709
msgid "Graham Global"
33710
msgstr ""
33711
33712
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33713
msgid "Athens"
33714
msgstr ""
33715
33716
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33717
msgid "Wanda World"
33718
msgstr ""
33719
33720
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33721
msgid "Rome"
33722
msgstr ""
33723
33724
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33725
msgid "Emerson Earth"
33726
msgstr ""
33727
33728
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33729
msgid "New York"
33730
msgstr ""
33731
33732
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
33733
msgid "Miles A Minute"
33734
msgstr ""
33735
33736
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:87
33737
msgid ""
33738
"From the list of partners, click the :guilabel:`Import` button and then in "
33739
"the :guilabel:`Import Data` window click :guilabel:`Open` to search for and "
33740
"import the new :file:`data.csv` file. The web client automatically matches "
33741
"column names but the GTK client requires that you click the :guilabel:`Auto "
33742
"detect` button."
33743
msgstr ""
33744
33745
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:92
33746
msgid ""
33747
"You'll get a dialog box showing that you have imported 2 objects, and you "
33748
"can see the new partners and partner addresses when you refresh the list on "
33749
"screen."
33750
msgstr ""
33751
33752
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:99
33753
msgid "The CSV format for complex database structures"
33754
msgstr ""
33755
33756
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:101
33757
msgid ""
33758
"When you import data you have to overcome the problem of representing a "
33759
"database structure in \\ ``.csv``\\ flat files. To do this, two solutions "
33760
"are possible in Open ERP:"
33761
msgstr ""
33762
33763
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:104
33764
msgid ""
33765
"importing a CSV file that's been structured in a particular way to enable "
33766
"you to load several different database tables from a single file (such as "
33767
"partners and partner contacts in one CSV file, as you have just done above),"
33768
msgstr ""
33769
33770
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:110
33771
msgid ""
33772
"importing several CSV files, each corresponding to a specific database "
33773
"table, that have explicit links between the tables."
33774
msgstr ""
33775
33776
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:111
33777
msgid "Server-side importing"
33778
msgstr ""
33779
33780
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:113
33781
msgid ""
33782
"You can also import CSV data in through the server interface. The file "
33783
"format is the same, but column headings differ slightly. When importing "
33784
"through the user interface it checks that the column heading names match the "
33785
"names seen in the forms on the user interface itself. In contrast, when "
33786
"importing through the server the column heading names must match the "
33787
"internal names of the fields."
33788
msgstr ""
33789
33790
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:119
33791
msgid ""
33792
"Start by building the header of the CSV file. Open the import tool on the "
33793
"object that you're interested in and select the fields that you want to "
33794
"import into your Open ERP database. You must include every field that's "
33795
"colored in blue because those fields are required (unless you know that they "
33796
"get filled by default with an appropriate value), and also any other field "
33797
"that's important to you."
33798
msgstr ""
33799
33800
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:0
33801
msgid "*Selecting fields to import using a CSV file*"
33802
msgstr ""
33803
33804
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:130
33805
msgid ""
33806
"Use the field names as the column names in the first line of your CSV file, "
33807
"adding one field per column. If your CSV file has these names in the first "
33808
"line then when you import your CSV file, Open ERP will automatically match "
33809
"the column name to the field name of the table. When you've created your CSV "
33810
"file you'll do that by clicking the :guilabel:`Nothing` button to clear the "
33811
":guilabel:`Fields to Import`, then select your CSV file by browsing for a "
33812
":guilabel:`File to import`, and then clicking the :guilabel:`Auto Detect` "
33813
"button."
33814
msgstr ""
33815
33816
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:137
33817
msgid ""
33818
"To import CSV data that matches your database structure, you should "
33819
"distinguish between the following types of field in the Open ERP interface: "
33820
"*many-to-many* fields (between multiple sources and destinations), *many-"
33821
"to-one* fields (from multiple sources to a single destination), and *one-"
33822
"to- many* fields (from a single origin to multiple destinations)."
33823
msgstr ""
33824
33825
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:142
33826
msgid "Foreground table"
33827
msgstr ""
33828
33829
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:144
33830
msgid ""
33831
"Each of these types is described in relation to a foreground table – the "
33832
"table whose entry form you're viewing and whose entries would be updated by "
33833
"a simple CSV file."
33834
msgstr ""
33835
33836
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:149
33837
msgid ""
33838
"Just because one of these relation fields appears on the foreground table, "
33839
"does not mean that there is an inverse field on the related table – but "
33840
"there may be."
33841
msgstr ""
33842
33843
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:150
33844
msgid ""
33845
"So there is *no* one-to-many field in the User form to reflect the many-to-"
33846
"one :guilabel:`user_id` Salesman field in the Partner form, but there *is* a "
33847
"many-to-one :guilabel:`partner_id` Partner field in the Partner contact form "
33848
"to reflect the one-to-many :guilabel:`child_ids` Partner contacts field in "
33849
"the Partner form."
33850
msgstr ""
33851
33852
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:157
33853
msgid "Have a look at the screenshots below to see the differences."
33854
msgstr ""
33855
33856
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:0
33857
msgid "*A many-to-one field: a salesperson linked to a partner*"
33858
msgstr ""
33859
33860
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:0
33861
msgid "*A many-to-many field: partner categories*"
33862
msgstr ""
33863
33864
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:0
33865
msgid "*A one-to-many field: partner contacts*"
33866
msgstr ""
33867
33868
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:177
33869
msgid ""
33870
"All of the other fields are coded in the CSV file as just one text string in "
33871
"each column."
33872
msgstr ""
33873
33874
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:181
33875
msgid "Many-to-one fields"
33876
msgstr ""
33877
33878
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:183
33879
msgid ""
33880
"Many-to-one fields represent a relationship between the foreground table and "
33881
"another table in the database where the foreground table has a single entry "
33882
"for the other table. Open ERP tries to link the new record in the foreground "
33883
"table with the field in the other table by matching the field values."
33884
msgstr ""
33885
33886
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:187
33887
msgid "Field identifiers"
33888
msgstr ""
33889
33890
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:189
33891
msgid ""
33892
"If you're working on the server side you can use identifiers rather than the "
33893
"names of resources to link tables. To do this you import the first file (for "
33894
"example, Products) with a column named :guilabel:`id` in your CSV file that "
33895
"contains a unique identifier for each product. This could be an incrementing "
33896
"number."
33897
msgstr ""
33898
33899
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:194
33900
msgid ""
33901
"When you import other files which link to the first table, you can use the "
33902
"identifier in preference to the names (so, for example, when you're saving "
33903
"inventory you can use \\ ``product:id``\\ instead of the product name). You "
33904
"then don't need any complex conversion to create links between the two "
33905
"tables."
33906
msgstr ""
33907
33908
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:199
33909
msgid ""
33910
"This considerably simplifies the importation of another database into "
33911
"Open ERP. You just create a linking ``id`` column for each table that you're "
33912
"importing that contains the identifier used in the first table."
33913
msgstr ""
33914
33915
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:204
33916
msgid "Many-to-many fields"
33917
msgstr ""
33918
33919
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:208
33920
msgid ""
33921
"Many-to-many fields are handled just like many-to-one fields in trying to "
33922
"recreate the relationship between tables: either by searching for names or "
33923
"by using identifiers."
33924
msgstr ""
33925
33926
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:211
33927
msgid ""
33928
"There are several possible values in a single many-to-many field. Therefore "
33929
"a partner can be given several associated categories. You must separate the "
33930
"different values with a comma."
33931
msgstr ""
33932
33933
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:213
33934
msgid "One-to-many fields"
33935
msgstr ""
33936
33937
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:215
33938
msgid ""
33939
"One-to-many fields are a bit different. Take as an example the "
33940
":guilabel:`Partner Contacts` field in the Partner form, which contains all "
33941
"of the linked contacts."
33942
msgstr ""
33943
33944
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:218
33945
msgid ""
33946
"To import such a field you don't have to link to an existing entry in "
33947
"another table, but can instead create and link to several partner contacts "
33948
"using the same file. You can then specify several values for different "
33949
"fields linked to that object by the one-to-many field. Each field must be "
33950
"put in a column of the table, and the title of that column must be expressed "
33951
"in the form \\ ``field_one-to- many/field_linked-object``\\ . The partner "
33952
"data you imported earlier took that form."
33953
msgstr ""
33954
33955
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:224
33956
msgid "Symmetry in relation fields"
33957
msgstr ""
33958
33959
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:226
33960
msgid ""
33961
"Depending on the structure of your data it can be easier to use the one-to-"
33962
"many form or the many- to-one form in relating two tables, so long as the "
33963
"relevant fields exist on both ends of the relationship."
33964
msgstr ""
33965
33966
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:231
33967
msgid "For example, you can:"
33968
msgstr ""
33969
33970
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:231
33971
msgid ""
33972
"import one partner with different contact in a single file (one-to-many),"
33973
msgstr ""
33974
33975
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:233
33976
msgid ""
33977
"import the partners first, and then contacts with the field linking to the "
33978
"partner in a many-to- one form)."
33979
msgstr ""
33980
33981
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:240
33982
msgid "Another example of a CSV import file"
33983
msgstr ""
33984
33985
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:242
33986
msgid ""
33987
"To illustrate data importing, you can see another example below. First "
33988
"import partner categories, and then import some partners and their contacts "
33989
"along with links to the categories just created. Although you can create new "
33990
"contacts at the same time as creating partners (because you can do this for "
33991
"*one-to-many* relations), you can't create new categories this way (because "
33992
"they use *many-to-many* relations). You must create new categories in a "
33993
"separate step."
33994
msgstr ""
33995
33996
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:249
33997
msgid "Partner categories"
33998
msgstr ""
33999
34000
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:251
34001
msgid "Start by creating partner categories in a CSV file:"
34002
msgstr ""
34003
34004
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:253
34005
msgid "Create the following table in your spreadsheet program:"
34006
msgstr ""
34007
34008
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34009
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34010
msgid "Column A"
34011
msgstr ""
34012
34013
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34014
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34015
msgid "Column B"
34016
msgstr ""
34017
34018
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34019
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34020
msgid "Line 1"
34021
msgstr ""
34022
34023
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34024
msgid "Category Name"
34025
msgstr ""
34026
34027
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34028
msgid "Parent Category"
34029
msgstr ""
34030
34031
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34032
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34033
msgid "Line 2"
34034
msgstr ""
34035
34036
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34037
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34038
msgid "Line 3"
34039
msgstr ""
34040
34041
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34042
msgid "Gold"
34043
msgstr ""
34044
34045
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34046
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34047
msgid "Line 4"
34048
msgstr ""
34049
34050
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34051
msgid "Silver"
34052
msgstr ""
34053
34054
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34055
msgid "Line 5"
34056
msgstr ""
34057
34058
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34059
msgid "Bronze"
34060
msgstr ""
34061
34062
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:265
34063
msgid ""
34064
"On the first line, :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Parent Category` "
34065
"are the column titles that correspond to field names in the "
34066
":guilabel:`Partner category` form."
34067
msgstr ""
34068
34069
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:268
34070
msgid ""
34071
":guilabel:`Column A` is for the different partner categories and "
34072
":guilabel:`Column B` indicates if that category has a parent category. If "
34073
":guilabel:`Column B` is blank then the category sits at the top level."
34074
msgstr ""
34075
34076
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:272
34077
msgid ""
34078
"Save spreadsheet file in CSV format – separated by commas – and name the "
34079
"file \\ ``categories.csv``\\."
34080
msgstr ""
34081
34082
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:275
34083
msgid ""
34084
"In Open ERP, select :menuselection:`Partners --> Configuration --> "
34085
"Categories --> Edit Categories`."
34086
msgstr ""
34087
34088
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:278
34089
msgid ""
34090
"Click :guilabel:`Import` (to the bottom left of the list) to bring up the "
34091
":guilabel:`Import Data` dialog box, in which you'll find the ist of fields "
34092
"that can be imported."
34093
msgstr ""
34094
34095
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:281
34096
msgid ""
34097
"Click :guilabel:`Browse...` on the :guilabel:`File to import` field and "
34098
"select the CSV file you just created, \\ ``categories.csv``\\ Then click "
34099
":guilabel:`Auto Detect` to atch the column names in the CSV file with the "
34100
"field names available in:guilabel:`Partner Categories`."
34101
msgstr ""
34102
34103
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:285
34104
msgid ""
34105
"Click :guilabel:`Import` at the bottom-right of the dialog box to load your "
34106
"data. You should get the message \\ ``4 objects imported``\\ in a new "
34107
"dialog box. Close both this and the :guilabel:`Import Data` dialog box to "
34108
"return to the original page."
34109
msgstr ""
34110
34111
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:289
34112
msgid ""
34113
"Click :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners by category` to view the tree of "
34114
"categories, including the new \\ ``Quality``\\ branch that you loaded."
34115
msgstr ""
34116
34117
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:293
34118
msgid "New partners"
34119
msgstr ""
34120
34121
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:295
34122
msgid ""
34123
"Here's how to create new partners with more than one contact, as you did "
34124
"before, and how to link them to these new categories:"
34125
msgstr ""
34126
34127
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:299
34128
msgid "Enter the table below into your spreadsheet program."
34129
msgstr ""
34130
34131
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34132
msgid "Column C"
34133
msgstr ""
34134
34135
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34136
msgid "Column D"
34137
msgstr ""
34138
34139
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34140
msgid "Dedicated Salesman"
34141
msgstr ""
34142
34143
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34144
msgid "Black Advertising"
34145
msgstr ""
34146
34147
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34148
msgid "Silver,Gold"
34149
msgstr ""
34150
34151
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34152
msgid "George Black"
34153
msgstr ""
34154
34155
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34156
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34157
msgid "Administrator"
34158
msgstr ""
34159
34160
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34161
msgid "Jean Green"
34162
msgstr ""
34163
34164
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34165
msgid "Fabien Pinckaers"
34166
msgstr ""
34167
34168
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:310
34169
msgid ""
34170
"The second line corresponds to the creation of a new partner, with two "
34171
"existing categories, that has two contacts and is linked to a salesman."
34172
msgstr ""
34173
34174
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:313
34175
msgid "Save the file using the name \\ ``partners.csv``\\"
34176
msgstr ""
34177
34178
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:313
34179
msgid ""
34180
"In OpenERP, select :menuselection:`Partners --> Partners` then import the "
34181
"file that you've just saved. You'll get a message confirming that you've "
34182
"imported and saved the data."
34183
msgstr ""
34184
34185
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:316
34186
msgid ""
34187
"Verify that you've imported the data. A new partner should have appeared "
34188
"(``NoirAdvertising``), with a salesman (``Administrator``), two contacts "
34189
"(``George Black`` and ``Jean Green``) and two categories (``Silver`` and "
34190
"``Gold``)."
34191
msgstr ""
34192
34193
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:324
34194
msgid "Exporting data in other forms"
34195
msgstr ""
34196
34197
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:326
34198
msgid ""
34199
"Open ERP's generic export mechanism lets you easily export any of your data "
34200
"to any location on your system. You're not restricted to what you can "
34201
"export, although you can restrict who can export that data using the rights "
34202
"management facilities discussed above."
34203
msgstr ""
34204
34205
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:330
34206
msgid ""
34207
"You can use this to export your data into spreadsheets or into other systems "
34208
"such as specialist accounts packages. The export format is usually in the "
34209
"CSV format but you can also connect directly to Microsoft Excel using "
34210
"Microsoft's COM mechanism."
34211
msgstr ""
34212
34213
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:334
34214
msgid "Access to the database"
34215
msgstr ""
34216
34217
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:336
34218
msgid ""
34219
"Developers can also use other techniques to automatically access the "
34220
"Open ERP database. The two most useful are:"
34221
msgstr ""
34222
34223
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:138
34224
msgid "using the XML-RPC web service,"
34225
msgstr ""
34226
34227
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:140
34228
msgid "accessing the PostgreSQL database directly."
34229
msgstr ""
34230
34231
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:142
34232
msgid "Module Recorder"
34233
msgstr ""
34234
34235
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:345
34236
msgid ""
34237
"If you want to enter data into Open ERP manually, you should use the Module "
34238
"Recorder, described in the first section of this chapter."
34239
msgstr ""
34240
34241
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:348
34242
msgid ""
34243
"By doing that you'll generate a module that can easily be reused in "
34244
"different databases. Then if there are problems with a database you'll be "
34245
"able to reinstall the data module you generated with all of the entries and "
34246
"modifications you made for this system."
34247
msgstr ""
34248
34249
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34250
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:1
34251
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:20
34252
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:63
34253
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:92
34254
msgid "data"
34255
msgstr ""
34256
34257
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:20
34258
msgid "CSV export"
34259
msgstr ""
34260
34261
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:63
34262
msgid "CSV import"
34263
msgstr ""
34264
34265
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:92
34266
msgid "CSV structured"
34267
msgstr ""
34268
34269
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:179
34270
msgid "relation"
34271
msgstr ""
34272
34273
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:237
34274
msgid "import example"
34275
msgstr ""
34276
34277
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_import_export.rst:322
34278
msgid "data, export in other forms"
34279
msgstr ""
34280
34281
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:6
34282
msgid "Configuring the menu"
34283
msgstr ""
34284
34285
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:8
34286
msgid ""
34287
"Open ERP's menu organization isn't subject to any restriction, so you can "
34288
"modify the whole structure, the terminology and all access rights to it to "
34289
"meet your specific needs in the best possible way. However, before you do "
34290
"all that and just as you would for any other customizable software, you "
34291
"should balance both the benefits you see in such changes and the costs, such "
34292
"as the need to train users, to maintain new documentation and to continue "
34293
"the alterations through subsequent versions of the software."
34294
msgstr ""
34295
34296
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:15
34297
msgid ""
34298
"This section describes how to proceed to change the structure of the menu "
34299
"and the welcome page, to configure the terminology of the menus and forms in "
34300
"the user interface and for managing users' access rights to the menus and "
34301
"the various underlying business objects."
34302
msgstr ""
34303
34304
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:23
34305
msgid "Changing the menu"
34306
msgstr ""
34307
34308
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:25
34309
msgid ""
34310
"As administrator, and using the web client, select a menu item (but don't "
34311
"click it). Click on the line containing :menuselection:`Administration --> "
34312
"Translations --> Import/Export --> Export a Translation File` (but not on "
34313
"the string \\ ``Export a Translation File``\\ itself) and click the "
34314
":guilabel:`Switch` button to bring up the menu item as an editable form (you "
34315
"can do the same using the GTK client – there you select the line and click "
34316
"the :guilabel:`View` button instead)."
34317
msgstr ""
34318
34319
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:33
34320
msgid ""
34321
"You could now edit this form (**but don't do that, read the next paragraph "
34322
"first!**) – change its :guilabel:`Parent Menu`, which moves the entry to a "
34323
"different part of the menu system; edit its :guilabel:`Menu` name to change "
34324
"how it appears in the menu tree, or give it a new :guilabel:`Icon`. Or you "
34325
"could give it a new :guilabel:`Action` entirely (but this would lose the "
34326
"point of this particular exercise)."
34327
msgstr ""
34328
34329
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:39
34330
msgid ""
34331
"Instead of editing this form, which is the original menu entry, duplicate "
34332
"it. With the web client you must first make the form read-only by clicking "
34333
"the :guilabel:`Cancel` button, then you click the :guilabel:`Duplicate` "
34334
"button that appears (in the GTK client, click :menuselection:`Form --> "
34335
"Duplicate` from the top menu). The form that remains is now the duplicate "
34336
"entry, not the original."
34337
msgstr ""
34338
34339
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:45
34340
msgid ""
34341
"To move this duplicate entry, change the :guilabel:`Parent Menu` field by "
34342
"deleting what's there and replacing it with another menu that everyone can "
34343
"see, such as :guilabel:`Tools` or :guilabel:`Human Resources`, and make sure "
34344
"that the entry moves to the end of the menu list by replacing the "
34345
":guilabel:`Sequence` with \\ ``99``\\ . You can experiment with icons if "
34346
"you like. Save the form and then click :guilabel:`Main Menu` to see the "
34347
"results."
34348
msgstr ""
34349
34350
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:51
34351
msgid "Duplicating the menu"
34352
msgstr ""
34353
34354
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:53
34355
msgid ""
34356
"If you're planning to modify a menu you should duplicate it first. In this "
34357
"way you'll always keep a link to the original menu that works if you need it "
34358
"to."
34359
msgstr ""
34360
34361
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:60
34362
msgid "Personalizing the welcome page for each user"
34363
msgstr ""
34364
34365
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:62
34366
msgid ""
34367
"When you sign into Open ERP for the first time, a welcome page appears. In a "
34368
"minimal system, such as that created in the original \\ ``openerp_ch02``\\ "
34369
"database before it was expanded in :ref:`ch-guided`, and in the \\ "
34370
"``openerp_ch03``\\ database, you only get the main menu – the same as you "
34371
"get by default when you click the :menuselection:`Main Menu` button. As you "
34372
"add functionality to your database you get more choices for the welcome "
34373
"page, with different dashboards automatically assigned to various company "
34374
"roles as they're created in the demonstration data."
34375
msgstr ""
34376
34377
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:62
34378
msgid ""
34379
"The administrator can change both the welcome page and the main menu page "
34380
"individually for each user of the system, and can adapt OpenERP to each role "
34381
"in the company to best fit the needs of everyone."
34382
msgstr ""
34383
34384
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:65
34385
msgid ""
34386
"To make modifications for a particular user, edit the user configuration "
34387
"again in :menuselection:`Administration --> Users --> Users`. Open the form "
34388
"for a particular user, and select different menu entries for the two fields "
34389
":guilabel:`Home Action` and :guilabel:`Menu Action`."
34390
msgstr ""
34391
34392
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:0
34393
msgid "*Selecting a new welcome page*"
34394
msgstr ""
34395
34396
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:82
34397
msgid ""
34398
"The :guilabel:`Home Action` is the menu item that is automatically opened "
34399
"when you first sign on, and is also reached when you click the "
34400
":guilabel:`Home` link in the top right toolbar of the web client. There you "
34401
"can choose any page that you'd reach through any menu – one of the "
34402
"dashboards could be most useful. The :guilabel:`Menu Action` is the one you "
34403
"reach through the :guilabel:`Main Menu` button in the web client (the "
34404
":guilabel:`Menu` button in the GTK client). You can choose the main menu and "
34405
"the dashboards there."
34406
msgstr ""
34407
34408
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:89
34409
msgid "Actions on the administrator's menu"
34410
msgstr ""
34411
34412
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:91
34413
msgid ""
34414
"It's very easy to change the welcome page and the menu of the different "
34415
"users. However, you shouldn't change the main administrator's menu because "
34416
"you could make certain menus completely inaccessible by mistake."
34417
msgstr ""
34418
34419
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:99
34420
msgid "Assigning default values to fields"
34421
msgstr ""
34422
34423
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:101
34424
msgid ""
34425
"You can quite easily configure the system to put default values in various "
34426
"fields as you open new forms. This enables you to pre-complete the fields "
34427
"with default data to simplify your users' work in entering new documents."
34428
msgstr ""
34429
34430
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:105
34431
msgid ""
34432
"If you're using the web client hold :kbd:`Ctrl` down and Right-Click at the "
34433
"same time (that's a mouse right-click while the mouse pointer is in the "
34434
"field and the Control key is held down on the keyboard)."
34435
msgstr ""
34436
34437
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:108
34438
msgid ""
34439
"If you're using the GTK client, you just need to right-click the mouse while "
34440
"the pointer is in the field."
34441
msgstr ""
34442
34443
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:111
34444
msgid ""
34445
"An administrator has the choice of making the default work just for that "
34446
"user, or for all users of the database."
34447
msgstr ""
34448
34449
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:0
34450
msgid "*Inserting a new default value*"
34451
msgstr ""
34452
34453
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:77
34454
msgid ""
34455
"To check this new configuration, open a new partner form: the field "
34456
":guilabel:`Country` should now contain the entry \\ ``New Zealand``\\ ."
34457
msgstr ""
34458
34459
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:122
34460
msgid ""
34461
"This is a very powerful feature! An administrator can use this functionality "
34462
"to redefine the behavior of your whole system. You can test that in database "
34463
"\\ ``openerp_ch13``\\ by opening up a new :guilabel:`Purchase Order` form, "
34464
"clicking the second tab :guilabel:`Purchase Shippings`, selecting \\ ``From "
34465
"Picking``\\ in the :guilabel:`Invoicing Control` field and then making "
34466
"that the default."
34467
msgstr ""
34468
34469
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:128
34470
msgid ""
34471
"From that moment on, you'd automatically create draft purchase invoices only "
34472
"when goods are received, so you could very easily restrict your accountants "
34473
"from paying any invoices that turn up until you were sure you had received "
34474
"the goods. It wouldn't stop anyone from selecting another method of invoice "
34475
"control, but they'd start with the default definition."
34476
msgstr ""
34477
34478
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:134
34479
msgid "Changing the terminology"
34480
msgstr ""
34481
34482
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:136
34483
msgid ""
34484
"You can use Open ERP's language translation functionality to substitute its "
34485
"standard terminology with terminology that fits your company better. It's "
34486
"quite straightforward to adapt the software with different terms specific to "
34487
"your industry. Moreover, this can strengthen acceptance of your new Open ERP "
34488
"system, because everybody will be able to retain their usual vocabulary."
34489
msgstr ""
34490
34491
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:91
34492
msgid "You can do this one of two ways:"
34493
msgstr ""
34494
34495
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:93
34496
msgid ""
34497
"translate them in a CSV file, which gives you a global overview of all of "
34498
"the system terms so that you can search and replace specific occurrences "
34499
"everywhere,"
34500
msgstr ""
34501
34502
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:146
34503
msgid ""
34504
"translate the phrases directly in the client, which means that you can "
34505
"change them in their context, and that can be helpful to you while you're "
34506
"translating."
34507
msgstr ""
34508
34509
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:149
34510
msgid ""
34511
"The same approach is used to translate terms that haven't been created yet. "
34512
"This can be useful, for example, with modules that haven't yet been "
34513
"translated into English or any other language that you want."
34514
msgstr ""
34515
34516
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:157
34517
msgid "Translation through a CSV file"
34518
msgstr ""
34519
34520
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:159
34521
msgid ""
34522
"To translate or modify all of the system's phrases you first have to export "
34523
"a translation file in CSV form. And to do that, you have to install a "
34524
"language into OpenERP. To load a translation that already exists in OpenERP "
34525
"use :menuselection:`Administration --> Translations --> Load an Official "
34526
"Translation` choose a language and then click :guilabel:`Start Installation`."
34527
msgstr ""
34528
34529
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:165
34530
msgid ""
34531
"Then export it using :menuselection:`Administration --> Translations --> "
34532
"Import/Export --> Export a Translation file. Select the language, then the "
34533
":guilabel:`CSV File` format, then one or more (or all) modules. Click "
34534
":guilabel:`Get File` to start the download process, then click the small "
34535
":guilabel:`Save` icon to save the file somewhere. A French translation would "
34536
"be named :file:`fr_FR.csv` by default, but you can name it whatever you like."
34537
msgstr ""
34538
34539
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:172
34540
msgid "UTF-8 format"
34541
msgstr ""
34542
34543
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:174
34544
msgid ""
34545
"The CSV file is encoded in the UTF-8 format. Make sure that you retain this "
34546
"format when you open the file in a spreadsheet program because if you "
34547
"**don't** retain it you risk seeing strange character strings in place of "
34548
"accented characters."
34549
msgstr ""
34550
34551
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:0
34552
msgid "*CSV translation file with a translation in view*"
34553
msgstr ""
34554
34555
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:134
34556
msgid ""
34557
"The file contains six columns: :guilabel:`module` , :guilabel:`type` , "
34558
":guilabel:`name`, :guilabel:`res_id`, :guilabel:`src`, and "
34559
":guilabel:`value`. You have to ensure that the first line, which specifies "
34560
"these column names, remains untouched."
34561
msgstr ""
34562
34563
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:190
34564
msgid ""
34565
"The :guilabel:`src` field contains the base text in English, and the "
34566
":guilabel:`value` field contains a translation into another conventional "
34567
"language or into a specialist technical phrase. If there's nothing at all in "
34568
"the :guilabel:`value` field then the English translation will automatically "
34569
"be used on the the form you see."
34570
msgstr ""
34571
34572
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:195
34573
msgid "Where should you modify the text?"
34574
msgstr ""
34575
34576
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:197
34577
msgid ""
34578
"Most of the time, you will find the text that you want to modify in several "
34579
"lines of the CSV file. Which line should you modify? Refer to the two "
34580
"columns :guilabel:`type` (in column B) and :guilabel:`name` (in column C). "
34581
"Some lines have the name :guilabel:`ir.ui.menu` in the :guilabel:`name` "
34582
"column which shows that this is a menu entry. Others have "
34583
":guilabel:`selection` in the :guilabel:`type` column, which indicates that "
34584
"you'd see this entry in a drop-down menu."
34585
msgstr ""
34586
34587
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:205
34588
msgid ""
34589
"You should then load the new file into your Open ERP system using the menu "
34590
":menuselection:`Administration --> Translations --> Import/Export --> Import "
34591
"a Translation file`. You've then got two ways forward:"
34592
msgstr ""
34593
34594
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:203
34595
msgid ""
34596
"you can overwrite the previous translation by using the same name as before "
34597
"(so you could have a special 'standard French' translation by reusing the "
34598
":guilabel:`Name` \\ ``Français``\\ and :guilabel:`Code` \\ ``fr_FR``\\ ),"
34599
msgstr ""
34600
34601
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:207
34602
msgid ""
34603
"you could create a new translation file which users can select in their "
34604
":guilabel:`Preferences`."
34605
msgstr ""
34606
34607
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:215
34608
msgid ""
34609
"If you're not connected to the translated language, click "
34610
":guilabel:`Preferences`, select the language in :guilabel:`Language` and "
34611
"finally click :guilabel:`OK` to load the new language with its new "
34612
"terminology."
34613
msgstr ""
34614
34615
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:219
34616
msgid "Partial translations"
34617
msgstr ""
34618
34619
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:221
34620
msgid ""
34621
"You can load a selection of the lines in a translation file by deleting most "
34622
"of the lines in the file and then loading back only the changed ones. "
34623
"Open ERP then changes only the uploaded lines and leaves the original ones "
34624
"alone."
34625
msgstr ""
34626
34627
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:226
34628
msgid "Changes through the client interface"
34629
msgstr ""
34630
34631
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:228
34632
msgid ""
34633
"You can also change labels and other screen items on screen in the web "
34634
"client. To do that, open the form that you want to translate, then click the "
34635
":guilabel:`Translate this resource.` icon to its top right. You then have "
34636
"the choice of translating:"
34637
msgstr ""
34638
34639
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:227
34640
msgid "the data in the system (contained in the :guilabel:`Fields`),"
34641
msgstr ""
34642
34643
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:229
34644
msgid "the field titles (the :guilabel:`Labels`),"
34645
msgstr ""
34646
34647
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:231
34648
msgid ""
34649
"all of the :guilabel:`Action` buttons to the right of the form (the "
34650
":guilabel:`Relates` option),"
34651
msgstr ""
34652
34653
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:233
34654
msgid "the terms used in the form :guilabel:`View`."
34655
msgstr ""
34656
34657
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:235
34658
msgid "You can modify any of these."
34659
msgstr ""
34660
34661
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:237
34662
msgid ""
34663
"The procedure is slightly different using the GTK client. In this you just "
34664
"right-click on a label or button with the mouse. You can choose to translate "
34665
"the item itself or the whole view."
34666
msgstr ""
34667
34668
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:246
34669
msgid ""
34670
"This method is simple and quick when you only have a few entries to modify, "
34671
"but it can become tiresome and you can lose a lot of time if you've got to "
34672
"change some terms across the whole system."
34673
msgstr ""
34674
34675
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:243
34676
msgid ""
34677
"In that case it would be better to use the translation method that employs a "
34678
"CSV file."
34679
msgstr ""
34680
34681
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:251
34682
msgid "Tacking account of translations"
34683
msgstr ""
34684
34685
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:253
34686
msgid ""
34687
"In the GTK client the modified terms aren't updated immediately. To see the "
34688
"effects of the modifications you must close the current window and then "
34689
"reopen the form."
34690
msgstr ""
34691
34692
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:19
34693
msgid "duplicating"
34694
msgstr ""
34695
34696
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:52
34697
msgid "welcome page"
34698
msgstr ""
34699
34700
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:56
34701
msgid "default value"
34702
msgstr ""
34703
34704
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_menu.rst:103
34705
msgid "translation"
34706
msgstr ""
34707
34708
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:5
34709
msgid "Creating a Configuration Module"
34710
msgstr ""
34711
34712
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:7
34713
msgid ""
34714
"It's very helpful to be able to backup your specific configuration settings "
34715
"in an OpenERP module dedicated just to that. That enables you to:"
34716
msgstr ""
34717
34718
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:10
34719
msgid ""
34720
"automatically duplicate the configuration settings by installing the module "
34721
"in another database,"
34722
msgstr ""
34723
34724
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:12
34725
msgid ""
34726
"reinstall a clean database with your own configuration in case you have "
34727
"problems with the initial configuration,"
34728
msgstr ""
34729
34730
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:15
34731
msgid ""
34732
"publish your specific configuration to benefit other companies in the same "
34733
"industrial sector,"
34734
msgstr ""
34735
34736
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:17
34737
msgid ""
34738
"simplify migrations, if you have modified some elements of the basic "
34739
"configuration, there's a risk in returning them to their original state "
34740
"after the migration, unless you've saved the modifications in a module."
34741
msgstr ""
34742
34743
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:24
34744
msgid ""
34745
"Start by installing the module :mod:`base_module_record` in the usual way. "
34746
"Then start recording your actions using the menu "
34747
":menuselection:`Administration --> Customization --> Module Creation --> "
34748
"Module Recorder --> Start Recording`. Manually make all your configuration "
34749
"changes through the user interface as you would normally (such as menu "
34750
"management, dashboard assignments, screen configuration, new reports, and "
34751
"access rights management – details of some of these possibilities are "
34752
"described later in this chapter). To stop module recording use the menu "
34753
":menuselection:`Administration --> Customization --> Module Creation --> "
34754
"Module Recorder --> Stop Recording`."
34755
msgstr ""
34756
34757
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:31
34758
msgid ""
34759
"Once you've done all this, go to the menu :menuselection:`Administration --> "
34760
"Customization --> Module Creation --> Module Recorder --> Save Recorded "
34761
"Module`."
34762
msgstr ""
34763
34764
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:36
34765
msgid "Contributing to the development of Open ERP"
34766
msgstr ""
34767
34768
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:38
34769
msgid ""
34770
"Once your personal configuration has been saved into a module, install the "
34771
"module :mod:`base_module_publish`. It adds a button \"Publish module\" on "
34772
"each module, so that you simply have to call this button when you want to "
34773
"release a new version of your module."
34774
msgstr ""
34775
34776
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:42
34777
msgid ""
34778
"Use this function to publish your module on the official Open ERP site. It "
34779
"could then be reused by other companies that have the same needs as yours. "
34780
"You could then yourselves benefit from improvements made by these same "
34781
"companies in future."
34782
msgstr ""
34783
34784
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:46
34785
msgid ""
34786
"Don't forget to create a user account beforehand on http://openerp.com."
34787
msgstr ""
34788
34789
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:48
34790
msgid ""
34791
"Open ERP then creates a ZIP file for you containing all of the modifications "
34792
"you made while you were carrying out your configuration work. You could "
34793
"reinstall this module on other databases and/or publish it online to help "
34794
"other companies. This could turn out to be useful if you want to install a "
34795
"test server for your company's users and give them the same configuration as "
34796
"the production server."
34797
msgstr ""
34798
34799
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:53
34800
msgid ""
34801
"To install a new module saved in ZIP file form, use the menu "
34802
":menuselection:`Administration --> Modules Management --> Import module`."
34803
msgstr ""
34804
34805
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:19
34806
msgid "base_module_record"
34807
msgstr ""
34808
34809
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_module.rst:33
34810
msgid "base_module_publish"
34811
msgstr ""
34812
34813
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:6
34814
msgid "Configuring reports"
34815
msgstr ""
34816
34817
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:8
34818
msgid "Open ERP has two distinct report types:"
34819
msgstr ""
34820
34821
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:10
34822
msgid ""
34823
"Statistical reports: these are calculated data, often represented in the "
34824
"form of lists or graphs. These reports are dynamic and you can navigate "
34825
"through the data that comprise the figures through the client interface."
34826
msgstr ""
34827
34828
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:14
34829
msgid ""
34830
"Report documents: they're used to print system documents. The result is "
34831
"usually a PDF generated by a selection made on the screen. Furthermore, "
34832
"Open ERP enables you to open these reports in OpenOffice.org to edit in any "
34833
"changes you want before sending them to your customer."
34834
msgstr ""
34835
34836
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:18
34837
msgid ""
34838
"Because of the power of the Open ERP engine, these two types of report can "
34839
"be created or modified without needing any development and this can be done "
34840
"directly in the client interface of Open ERP or from OpenOffice.org."
34841
msgstr ""
34842
34843
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:23
34844
msgid "Managing statistical reports"
34845
msgstr ""
34846
34847
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:25
34848
msgid ""
34849
"Many reports are configured in advance in Open ERP. You can find them in the "
34850
":menuselection:`Reporting` submenus under each main menu entry."
34851
msgstr ""
34852
34853
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:28
34854
msgid ""
34855
"You can also install more new reports using various different modules whose "
34856
"name usually starts with ``report_`` ."
34857
msgstr ""
34858
34859
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:32
34860
msgid "Modeling a new report"
34861
msgstr ""
34862
34863
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:37
34864
msgid ""
34865
"Open ERP gives you the possibility of developing your own analyses to meet "
34866
"your specific needs. To define a new analysis of the system's data you "
34867
"should install the module :mod:`base_report_creator` . This enables you to "
34868
"create complex queries on the database, in a simple and visual way."
34869
msgstr ""
34870
34871
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:41
34872
msgid ""
34873
"Once the module is installed, create a new report using the menu "
34874
":menuselection:`Dashboards --> Configuration --> Custom Reports`."
34875
msgstr ""
34876
34877
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:44
34878
msgid ""
34879
"Give a :guilabel:`Report Name` to your new report and select the objects "
34880
"that you're going to analyze. For example, select the three following "
34881
"objects: :guilabel:`Partner`, :guilabel:`Sale Order`, :guilabel:`Sale Order "
34882
"line`."
34883
msgstr ""
34884
34885
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:48
34886
msgid ""
34887
"Then turn to the second tab :guilabel:`View parameters` to select the views "
34888
"that you want in your report. Select \\ ``Tree``\\ in the :guilabel:`First "
34889
"View` and \\ ``Graph``\\ in the :guilabel:`Second View`. You can choose "
34890
"the type of graph displayed using the :guilabel:`Graph View` fields. You "
34891
"could also select \\ ``Calendar``\\ as a view if you were going to add the "
34892
":guilabel:`Date` field in your report."
34893
msgstr ""
34894
34895
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:54
34896
msgid "The MS Excel plug-in"
34897
msgstr ""
34898
34899
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:56
34900
msgid ""
34901
"The Microsoft Excel plug-in enables you to connect to Open ERP and "
34902
"automatically extract the selected data. You can then apply formulas and "
34903
"graphs to make your own dashboards of measures directly in Excel. The .xls "
34904
"file can be saved and, when it is reopened, it reconnects to Open ERP to "
34905
"refresh the different lists and graphs with live data."
34906
msgstr ""
34907
34908
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:0
34909
msgid ""
34910
"*Fields selected for the analysis of sales by customer and by product "
34911
"(plugin_excel.png)*"
34912
msgstr ""
34913
34914
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:68
34915
msgid ""
34916
"In the third tab :guilabel:`Fields to Display` you can add filters on all "
34917
"the fields of the selected objects (:guilabel:`Filters on Fields`). To do "
34918
"that, use the button :guilabel:`Add Filter` at the top of the form. For the "
34919
"moment, don't add a filter."
34920
msgstr ""
34921
34922
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:72
34923
msgid ""
34924
"In the fourth tab you must indicate which of the fields in the list you want "
34925
"to be shown in your report (:guilabel:`Fields to Display`). Complete the "
34926
"screen along the lines of the figure below."
34927
msgstr ""
34928
34929
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:60
34930
msgid ""
34931
"The :guilabel:`Sequence` field gives the order of the fields displayed."
34932
msgstr ""
34933
34934
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:77
34935
msgid ""
34936
":guilabel:`Field` the second column enables you to select a field from any "
34937
"of the three objects you selected in the first tab."
34938
msgstr ""
34939
34940
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:80
34941
msgid ""
34942
":guilabel:`Grouping Method` the third column lets you to determine the "
34943
"grouping operation that is to be applied to this field:"
34944
msgstr ""
34945
34946
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:84
34947
msgid ""
34948
":guilabel:`Grouped` : Enables you to group document entries with the same "
34949
"value in this"
34950
msgstr ""
34951
34952
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:84
34953
msgid "field."
34954
msgstr ""
34955
34956
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:70
34957
msgid ":guilabel:`Sum` : Gives the sum of values in this field."
34958
msgstr ""
34959
34960
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:72
34961
msgid ""
34962
":guilabel:`Minimum` : Gives the minimum of all the values that appear in "
34963
"this field."
34964
msgstr ""
34965
34966
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:74
34967
msgid ""
34968
":guilabel:`Maximum` : Gives the maximum of all the values that appear in "
34969
"this field."
34970
msgstr ""
34971
34972
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:76
34973
msgid ""
34974
":guilabel:`Average` : Gives the arithmetic average of all the values in this "
34975
"field."
34976
msgstr ""
34977
34978
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:78
34979
msgid ":guilabel:`Count` : Gives the count of all the values in this field."
34980
msgstr ""
34981
34982
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:96
34983
msgid ""
34984
":guilabel:`Graph Mode` the fourth column, determines if the field will "
34985
"appear in the graph view and, if so, on which axis (X or Y)."
34986
msgstr ""
34987
34988
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:99
34989
msgid ""
34990
":guilabel:`Calendar Mode` the fifth column, enables you to specify if the "
34991
"field can be the basis of a calendar view."
34992
msgstr ""
34993
34994
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:102
34995
msgid ""
34996
"You can now :guilabel:`Save` the report you defined. Click on the "
34997
":guilabel:`Open Report` button to the right of the form to get the requested "
34998
"analysis."
34999
msgstr ""
35000
35001
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:0
35002
msgid "*Analyzing sales by partner and by product in list view*"
35003
msgstr ""
35004
35005
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:0
35006
msgid "*Analyzing sales by partner and by product in graph view*"
35007
msgstr ""
35008
35009
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:123
35010
msgid "Configuring the dashboards"
35011
msgstr ""
35012
35013
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:125
35014
msgid ""
35015
"A dashboard is a selection of reports previously defined in Open ERP. You "
35016
"can choose from hundreds of predefined reports and, for each report, "
35017
"indicate its position on the dashboard."
35018
msgstr ""
35019
35020
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:116
35021
msgid ""
35022
"Just like fields on reports, the :guilabel:`Sequence` field determines the "
35023
"order in which views appear in the dashboard."
35024
msgstr ""
35025
35026
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:0
35027
msgid "*Definition of a new dashboard*"
35028
msgstr ""
35029
35030
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:137
35031
msgid ""
35032
"Once the dashboard has been defined through the menu "
35033
":menuselection:`Dashboards --> Configuration --> Dashboard definition` you "
35034
"can use the :guilabel:`Create Menu` button to create a menu entry for your "
35035
"dashboard anywhere in the menu system."
35036
msgstr ""
35037
35038
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:143
35039
msgid "Managing document templates with OpenOffice.org"
35040
msgstr ""
35041
35042
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:148
35043
msgid ""
35044
"To configure your printable documents in Open ERP, use the module "
35045
":mod:`base_report_designer`."
35046
msgstr ""
35047
35048
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:150
35049
msgid "The OpenOffice.org Writer plug-in"
35050
msgstr ""
35051
35052
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:152
35053
msgid ""
35054
"You can create your own reports in just a few minutes using the "
35055
"OpenOffice.org Writer plug-in. This tool can give your team a big "
35056
"productivity improvement. Using it, you can create templates for all of your "
35057
"company's documents, reducing the work of creating and laying out data and "
35058
"customer documents. The plug-in can be downloaded from "
35059
"http://www.openerp.com/buy.html?page=shop.browse&category_id=7"
35060
msgstr ""
35061
35062
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:158
35063
msgid ""
35064
"The system is both simple and powerful, because it gives you the benefits of "
35065
"all of the layout facilities offered by OpenOffice.org Writer as well as all "
35066
"of the data and calculation provided by Open ERP. You could create or modify "
35067
"reports directly from OpenOffice.org and then use them in Open ERP."
35068
msgstr ""
35069
35070
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:56
35071
msgid "Independence from OpenOffice.org"
35072
msgstr ""
35073
35074
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:58
35075
msgid ""
35076
"OpenOffice.org is only used to generate new document templates. The system "
35077
"administrator is the only person who has to install it."
35078
msgstr ""
35079
35080
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:168
35081
msgid ""
35082
"Once the document templates have been defined the users don't need it to "
35083
"carry out their normal work. They can use either Microsoft Office or "
35084
"OpenOffice.org as they choose."
35085
msgstr ""
35086
35087
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:172
35088
msgid ""
35089
"The OpenOffice.org plug-in enables you to search for fields in Open ERP and "
35090
"integrate them into your document templates. You can use data loops in "
35091
"tables or sections, enabling you to attach several lines to an order, for "
35092
"example."
35093
msgstr ""
35094
35095
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:176
35096
msgid ""
35097
"Once the new report has been defined it appears directly in the Open ERP "
35098
"client for the system users."
35099
msgstr ""
35100
35101
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:72
35102
msgid "There are two modes of using reports:"
35103
msgstr ""
35104
35105
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:74
35106
msgid ""
35107
"make the report produce a PDF document with data in it reflecting the "
35108
"selected record (for example, an invoice)."
35109
msgstr ""
35110
35111
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:77
35112
msgid ""
35113
"make the report open a document for modification in OpenOffice.org, with "
35114
"data in it reflecting the selected record. This enables you to modify the "
35115
"document in OpenOffice.org before sending it to the customer (such as with a "
35116
"Quotation)."
35117
msgstr ""
35118
35119
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:188
35120
msgid ""
35121
"The personalized reports are stored in the Open ERP database and are "
35122
"accessible to everyone who has rights to use your database without any need "
35123
"for the installation of OpenOffice.org on their own computers. The document "
35124
"modifications are applied to a single database."
35125
msgstr ""
35126
35127
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:193
35128
msgid "Installing the OpenOffice.org module"
35129
msgstr ""
35130
35131
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:88
35132
msgid "You should install two components before using the report editor:"
35133
msgstr ""
35134
35135
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:197
35136
msgid ""
35137
"the module :mod:`base_report_designer` – first in your Open ERP installation "
35138
"if it's not already there, and then in the Open ERP database, you want to "
35139
"use it in."
35140
msgstr ""
35141
35142
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:93
35143
msgid ""
35144
"the OpenOffice.org Report Designer in the OpenOffice.org installation on "
35145
"your system administrator's computer."
35146
msgstr ""
35147
35148
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:203
35149
msgid ""
35150
"You start by installing the module :mod:`base_report_designer` just like all "
35151
"the other Open ERP modules."
35152
msgstr ""
35153
35154
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:206
35155
msgid ""
35156
"To install the OpenOffice.org extension, look for the file \\ "
35157
"``openerpreport.zip``\\ supplied with the *Report Designer* "
35158
"distribution. Check that OpenOffice.org is properly installed on your "
35159
"computer and that you have administration rights for installation."
35160
msgstr ""
35161
35162
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:0
35163
msgid "*Menu OpenERP Report in OpenOffice.org Writer*"
35164
msgstr ""
35165
35166
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:216
35167
msgid ""
35168
"Start OpenOffice.org Writer, select :menuselection:`Tools --> Package "
35169
"Management...` to open the Package Management dialog box and then search "
35170
"for the \\ ``openerpreport.zip``\\ file to install it. Then close the "
35171
"application and restart Writer: a new menu appears in the top menu bar – "
35172
":guilabel:`Tiny Report` or :guilabel:`OpenERP Report`."
35173
msgstr ""
35174
35175
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:225
35176
msgid "Connecting OpenOffice.org to Open ERP"
35177
msgstr ""
35178
35179
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:227
35180
msgid ""
35181
"Select :menuselection:`OpenERP Report --> Server parameters` in the top menu "
35182
"of OpenOffice.org Writer. You can then enter your connection parameters to "
35183
"the Open ERP server. You must select a database \\ ``demo_min``\\ in which "
35184
"you've already installed the module :mod:`sale`. A message appears if you've "
35185
"made a successful connection."
35186
msgstr ""
35187
35188
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:236
35189
msgid "Modifying a report"
35190
msgstr ""
35191
35192
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:131
35193
msgid "The report editor lets you:"
35194
msgstr ""
35195
35196
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:240
35197
msgid ""
35198
"modify existing reports which will then replace the originals in your "
35199
"Open ERP database,"
35200
msgstr ""
35201
35202
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:135
35203
msgid "create new reports for the selected object."
35204
msgstr ""
35205
35206
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:244
35207
msgid ""
35208
"To modify an existing report, select :menuselection:`OpenERP Report --> "
35209
"Modify Existing Report`. Choose the report:menuselection:`Request for "
35210
"Quotation` in the :guilabel:`Modify Existing Report` dialog box and then "
35211
"click :guilabel:`Save to Temp Directory`."
35212
msgstr ""
35213
35214
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:0
35215
msgid "*Modifying a document template*"
35216
msgstr ""
35217
35218
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:147
35219
msgid ""
35220
"OpenOffice.org then opens the report in edit mode for you. You can modify it "
35221
"using the standard word processing functions of OpenOffice.org Writer."
35222
msgstr ""
35223
35224
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:257
35225
msgid ""
35226
"The document is modified in its English version. It will be translated as "
35227
"usual by Open ERP's translation system when you use it through the client "
35228
"interface, if you've configured your own setup to translate to another "
35229
"language for you. So you only need to modify the template once, even if your "
35230
"system uses other languages – but you'll need to add translations as "
35231
"described earlier in this chapter if you add fields or change the content of "
35232
"the existing ones."
35233
msgstr ""
35234
35235
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:263
35236
msgid "Older reports"
35237
msgstr ""
35238
35239
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:265
35240
msgid ""
35241
"The older reports may not all have been converted into the new form "
35242
"supported by Open ERP. Data expressions in the old format are shown within "
35243
"double brackets and not in OpenOffice.org fields."
35244
msgstr ""
35245
35246
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:269
35247
msgid ""
35248
"You can transform an old report format to the new format from the "
35249
"OpenOffice.org menu :menuselection:`OpenERP Report --> Convert "
35250
"Bracket–Fields`."
35251
msgstr ""
35252
35253
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:272
35254
msgid "From the OpenERP toolbar in OpenOffice.org it's possible to:"
35255
msgstr ""
35256
35257
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:274
35258
msgid ""
35259
"connect to the Open ERP server: by supplying the connection parameters."
35260
msgstr ""
35261
35262
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:276
35263
msgid ""
35264
"add a loop: select a related field amongst the available fields from the "
35265
"proposed object, for example \\ ``Order lines``\\ . When it's printed this "
35266
"loop will be run for each line of the order. The loop can be put into a "
35267
"table (the lines will then be repeated) or into an OpenOffice.org section."
35268
msgstr ""
35269
35270
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:281
35271
msgid ""
35272
"add a field: you can then go through the whole Open ERP database from the "
35273
"selected object and then a particular field."
35274
msgstr ""
35275
35276
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:177
35277
msgid ""
35278
"add an expression: enter an expression in the Python language to calculate "
35279
"values from any fields in the selected object."
35280
msgstr ""
35281
35282
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:180
35283
msgid "Python Expressions"
35284
msgstr ""
35285
35286
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:289
35287
msgid ""
35288
"Using the Expression button you can enter expressions in the Python "
35289
"language. These expressions can use all of the object's fields for their "
35290
"calculations."
35291
msgstr ""
35292
35293
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:185
35294
msgid ""
35295
"For example if you make a report on an order you can use the following "
35296
"expression:"
35297
msgstr ""
35298
35299
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:187
35300
msgid "'%.2f' % (amount_total * 0.9,)"
35301
msgstr ""
35302
35303
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:296
35304
msgid ""
35305
"In this example, amount_total is a field from the order object. The result "
35306
"will be 90% of the total of the order, formatted to two decimal places."
35307
msgstr ""
35308
35309
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:304
35310
msgid ""
35311
"You can check the result in Open ERP using the menu :menuselection:`Sales "
35312
"Management --> Sales Orders --> All Orders`."
35313
msgstr ""
35314
35315
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:312
35316
msgid "Creating a new report"
35317
msgstr ""
35318
35319
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:318
35320
msgid ""
35321
"The general template is made up of loops (such as the list of selected "
35322
"orders) and fields from the object, which can also be looped. Format them to "
35323
"your requirements then save the template."
35324
msgstr ""
35325
35326
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:214
35327
msgid ""
35328
"The existing report templates make up a rich source of examples. You can "
35329
"start by adding the loops and several fields to create a minimal template."
35330
msgstr ""
35331
35332
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:324
35333
msgid ""
35334
"When the report has been created, send it to the server by clicking "
35335
":menuselection:`OpenERP Report --> Send to server`, which brings up the "
35336
":guilabel:`Send to server` dialog box. Enter the :guilabel:`Technical Name` "
35337
"of \\ ``sale.order``\\ , to make it appear beside the other sales order "
35338
"reports. Rename the template as \\ ``Sale Order New``\\ in "
35339
":guilabel:`Report Name`, check the checkbox :guilabel:`Corporate Header` and "
35340
"finally click :guilabel:`Send Report to Server`."
35341
msgstr ""
35342
35343
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:330
35344
msgid ""
35345
"To send it to the server, you can specify if you prefer Open ERP to produce "
35346
"a PDF when the user prints the document, or if Open ERP should open the "
35347
"document for editing in OpenOffice.org Writer before printing. To do that "
35348
"choose \\ ``PDF``\\ or \\ ``SXW``\\ (a format of OpenOffice.org "
35349
"documents) in the field :guilabel:`Select Report Type`."
35350
msgstr ""
35351
35352
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:339
35353
msgid "Creating common headers for reports"
35354
msgstr ""
35355
35356
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:341
35357
msgid ""
35358
"When saving new reports and reports that you've modified, you're given the "
35359
"option to select a header. This header is a template that creates a standard "
35360
"page header and footer containing data that's defined in each database."
35361
msgstr ""
35362
35363
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:345
35364
msgid ""
35365
"The header is available to all users of the Open ERP server. Its template "
35366
"can be found on the file system of the server in the directory \\ "
35367
"``addons/custom``\\ and is common to all the users of the server. Although "
35368
"reports attach information about the company that's printing them you can "
35369
"replace various names in the template with values from the database, but the "
35370
"layout of the page will stay common to all databases on the server."
35371
msgstr ""
35372
35373
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:351
35374
msgid ""
35375
"If your company has its own server, or a hosted server, you can customize "
35376
"this template. To add the company's logo you must login to the Open ERP "
35377
"server as a user who's allowed to edit server files. Then go to the \\ "
35378
"``addons/custom``\\ directory, copy your logo across (in a standard "
35379
"graphical file format), then edit the file \\ ``corporate_rml_header.rml``\\ "
35380
" in a text editor. Text in the form \\ ``<image file=\"corporate_logo.png\" "
35381
"x=\"1cm\" y=\"27.4cm\" width=\"6cm\"/>``\\ should be put after the line \\ "
35382
"``<!--logo-->``\\ to pick up and display your logo on each page that uses "
35383
"the corporate header.For any kind of troubleshooting problems kindly mai us "
35384
"at cde@tinyerp.com."
35385
msgstr ""
35386
35387
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:1
35388
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:1
35389
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:114
35390
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:125
35391
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:200
35392
msgid "report"
35393
msgstr ""
35394
35395
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:28
35396
msgid "base_report_creator"
35397
msgstr ""
35398
35399
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:114
35400
msgid "OpenOffice.org"
35401
msgstr ""
35402
35403
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:125
35404
msgid "modify"
35405
msgstr ""
35406
35407
#: ../../source/book/1/1_2_Guided_Tour/1_2_Guided_Tour_newfeatures.rst:5
35408
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:200
35409
msgid "new"
35410
msgstr ""
35411
35412
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:228
35413
msgid "single"
35414
msgstr ""
35415
35416
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_reports.rst:228
35417
msgid "report; common headers"
35418
msgstr ""
35419
35420
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:6
35421
msgid "Configuring workflows and processes"
35422
msgstr ""
35423
35424
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:8
35425
msgid ""
35426
"Workflows represent the company's different document flows. They're "
35427
"completely configurable and define the path that any individual Open ERP "
35428
"object (such as an order) must follow depending on the conditions (for "
35429
"example an order over a certain value must be approved by a sales director, "
35430
"otherwise by any sales person, before the delivery can be triggered)."
35431
msgstr ""
35432
35433
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:13
35434
msgid ""
35435
"The figure :ref:`fig-sflow` shows the standard workflow for an order. You "
35436
"can show it from the GTK client starting with :menuselection:`Sales "
35437
"Management --> Sales Order --> All Sales Order`. Select an order, then go to "
35438
"the top menu :menuselection:`Plugins --> Execute a plugin --> Print "
35439
"Workflow` to show the menu below."
35440
msgstr ""
35441
35442
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:18
35443
msgid ""
35444
"In the web client you can reach a workflow from the associated cross-company "
35445
"process (the process itself is reached by going to the sales document and "
35446
"then clicking the :guilabel:`Process` button above it), Chapter :ref:`ch-"
35447
"process` provides all of the information needed to create and modify "
35448
"technical workflows and cross-company processes."
35449
msgstr ""
35450
35451
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:0
35452
msgid "*Workflow for order SO005*"
35453
msgstr ""
35454
35455
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:36
35456
msgid "Assigning roles"
35457
msgstr ""
35458
35459
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:38
35460
msgid ""
35461
"Users can be linked to several roles specifying their duties in certain "
35462
"phases of different workflows accompanying the various documents. For "
35463
"example, if a user has taken the role of services manager he takes on the "
35464
"task of approving holiday requests from his staff. So his role will be "
35465
"integrated in the holiday request workflow."
35466
msgstr ""
35467
35468
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:43
35469
msgid ""
35470
"Role definition is done in :menuselection:`Administration --> Users --> "
35471
"Roles Structure --> Roles`, the same way you define groups, except that "
35472
"roles can be hierarchical: a parent role has the same influence as all of "
35473
"its child roles (for example, the sales director would be able to do all of "
35474
"the things that have been defined for a sales person, as well as anything "
35475
"defined specifically for the sales director group, if the sales director has "
35476
"been made a parent of the sales group)."
35477
msgstr ""
35478
35479
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/8_20_Config_workflow.rst:49
35480
msgid ""
35481
"Once the roles have been defined, you can add them into the workflow "
35482
"transitions using the :guilabel:`Role` field. This means that users who have "
35483
"the required role can make the transitions in the workflow, which enable "
35484
"them to pass from one activity to another (for example confirming an order "
35485
"or an invoice)."
35486
msgstr ""
35487
35488
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:10
35489
msgid "Configuration & Administration"
35490
msgstr ""
35491
35492
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:12
35493
msgid ""
35494
"*This chapter is for the administrators of an Open ERP system. You'll learn "
35495
"to configure Open ERP to match it to your company's needs and those of each "
35496
"individual user of the system.*"
35497
msgstr ""
35498
35499
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:16
35500
msgid ""
35501
"Open ERP gives you great flexibility in configuring and using it, letting "
35502
"you modify its appearance, the general way it functions and the different "
35503
"analysis tools chosen to match your company's needs most closely. These "
35504
"configuration changes are carried out through the user interface."
35505
msgstr ""
35506
35507
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:21
35508
msgid ""
35509
"Users can each arrange their own welcome page and their own menu, and you "
35510
"can also personalize Open ERP by assigning each user their own dashboard on "
35511
"their welcome page to provide them with the most up to date information. "
35512
"Then they can immediately see the information most relevant to them each "
35513
"time they sign in."
35514
msgstr ""
35515
35516
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:26
35517
msgid ""
35518
"And Open ERP's main menu can be entirely reorganized. The management of "
35519
"access rights lets you assign certain functions to specific system users. "
35520
"You can also assign roles, which define the part that each system user plays "
35521
"in the workflows that move system documents from state to state (such as the "
35522
"ability to approve employee expense requests)."
35523
msgstr ""
35524
35525
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:42
35526
msgid "Configuration, Parameterization, Personalization, Customization"
35527
msgstr ""
35528
35529
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:41
35530
msgid ""
35531
"The word *personalization* is sometimes used in this book where you might "
35532
"expect to find *configuration* or *customization*."
35533
msgstr ""
35534
35535
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:44
35536
msgid ""
35537
"*Customization* generally refers to something that requires a bit of "
35538
"technical effort (such as creating specialized code modules) and creates a "
35539
"non-standard system."
35540
msgstr ""
35541
35542
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:50
35543
msgid ""
35544
"*Configuration* is less radical – it's the general process of setting all "
35545
"the parameters of the software to fit the needs of your system (often called "
35546
"*parameterization* or *setup*). Configuration is also, by convention, the "
35547
"name of the sub-menu below each of OpenERP's top-level menus that is "
35548
"accessible only to the administrative user for that section."
35549
msgstr ""
35550
35551
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:52
35552
msgid ""
35553
"*Personalization* is just that subset of configuration options that shapes "
35554
"the system to the particular operational and/or stylistic wishes of a person "
35555
"or company."
35556
msgstr ""
35557
35558
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:58
35559
msgid ""
35560
"Using the *OpenOffice.org Report Designer* module you can change any part of "
35561
"any of the reports produced by the system. The system administrator can "
35562
"configure each report to modify its layout and style, or even the data "
35563
"that's provided there."
35564
msgstr ""
35565
35566
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:62
35567
msgid "The OpenOffice.org Report Editor"
35568
msgstr ""
35569
35570
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:64
35571
msgid ""
35572
"The OpenOffice.org plug-in enables you not only to configure the reports of "
35573
"the basic products in Open ERP but also to create entirely new report "
35574
"templates. When the user uses Open ERP's client interface, OpenOffice can "
35575
"create a report template that has access to all the data available to any "
35576
"OpenERP document type."
35577
msgstr ""
35578
35579
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:66
35580
msgid ""
35581
"You can easily create fax documents, quotations, or any other commercial "
35582
"document. This functionality enables you to considerably extend the "
35583
"productivity of your salespeople who have to send many proposals to "
35584
"customers."
35585
msgstr ""
35586
35587
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:73
35588
msgid ""
35589
"Finally, you'll see how to import your data into Open ERP automatically, to "
35590
"migrate all of your data in one single go."
35591
msgstr ""
35592
35593
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:2
35594
#: ../../source/book/multi/Logistic/config/config.rst:2
35595
msgid "Configuration"
35596
msgstr ""
35597
35598
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:2
35599
msgid "Administration"
35600
msgstr ""
35601
35602
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:34
35603
msgid "parameterization"
35604
msgstr ""
35605
35606
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
35607
msgid "personalization"
35608
msgstr ""
35609
35610
#: ../../source/book/8/8_20_Config/index.rst:31
35611
msgid "customization"
35612
msgstr ""
35613
35614
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:6
35615
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:19
35616
msgid "Deployment"
35617
msgstr ""
35618
35619
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:8
35620
msgid ""
35621
"As you've seen the complete architecture of Open ERP includes the following "
35622
"elements:"
35623
msgstr ""
35624
35625
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:10
35626
msgid "a database server,"
35627
msgstr ""
35628
35629
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:12
35630
msgid "an Open ERP application server,"
35631
msgstr ""
35632
35633
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:14
35634
msgid "an OpenERP client-web server,"
35635
msgstr ""
35636
35637
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:16
35638
msgid ""
35639
"several clients that access the Open ERP server: they can either be web "
35640
"clients if the client-web server is installed, or GTK clients."
35641
msgstr ""
35642
35643
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:24
35644
msgid ""
35645
"Deployment is the process of putting a Open ERP database into a production-"
35646
"ready state, where it can be used by everyone in your business for their "
35647
"daily work. You'd usually configure Open ERP and load data into it on one "
35648
"development system, train staff on that or another training system and "
35649
"deploy it onto a production system that has better protection against "
35650
"failure, better security and more performance."
35651
msgstr ""
35652
35653
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:29
35654
msgid "Deployment Options"
35655
msgstr ""
35656
35657
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:34
35658
msgid ""
35659
"To deploy Open ERP in your company, several options are available to you:"
35660
msgstr ""
35661
35662
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:36
35663
msgid ""
35664
"an SaaS (Software as a Service) or on Demand offer which includes the "
35665
"equipment, the hosting, the maintenance and the support on a system "
35666
"configured to your needs in advance,"
35667
msgstr ""
35668
35669
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:39
35670
msgid ""
35671
"an internal installation, that you manage yourselves or have managed by an "
35672
"IT services company such as an Open ERP partner,"
35673
msgstr ""
35674
35675
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:42
35676
msgid ""
35677
"hosting by a server supplier on which Open ERP is installed, which enables "
35678
"you to proceed to add adaptations on your server."
35679
msgstr ""
35680
35681
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:42
35682
msgid "The first two approaches are the most commonly used."
35683
msgstr ""
35684
35685
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:53
35686
msgid "The SaaS (Software as a Service) offer"
35687
msgstr ""
35688
35689
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:55
35690
msgid ""
35691
"SaaS is a complete package hosted at a supplier, that includes the following "
35692
"services: server hardware, hosting of the generic solution, installation and "
35693
"initial configuration, redundancy of the architecture, backups, system "
35694
"maintenance and support. It's also known as :guilabel:`On-Demand`."
35695
msgstr ""
35696
35697
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:59
35698
msgid ""
35699
"It's provided in the form of a monthly subscription with a fixed price per "
35700
"user. You can find the detail of Tiny's SaaS packages at "
35701
"http://ondemand.openerp.com/."
35702
msgstr ""
35703
35704
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:62
35705
msgid ""
35706
"SaaS packages don't permit you to develop specific modules to your needs. On "
35707
"the contrary, they offer a service at a set price based on standard software "
35708
"modules that contain few migration risks. SaaS suppliers are limited "
35709
"generally to the modules certified and validated by the original author and "
35710
"project manager, Tiny."
35711
msgstr ""
35712
35713
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:67
35714
msgid "Here are the main advantages of an Open ERP SaaS solution:"
35715
msgstr ""
35716
35717
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:66
35718
msgid ""
35719
"an unbeatable return on investment (cost of implementation: 0, cost of "
35720
"licenses: 0),"
35721
msgstr ""
35722
35723
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:68
35724
msgid ""
35725
"costs that are controlled and without surprises (the offer includes "
35726
"maintenance, frequent migrations and support),"
35727
msgstr ""
35728
35729
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:71
35730
msgid "a turnkey solution, installed in less than twenty-four hours,"
35731
msgstr ""
35732
35733
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:73
35734
msgid "packages adapted and preconfigured for different sectors of activity,"
35735
msgstr ""
35736
35737
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:75
35738
msgid ""
35739
"a very robust architecture guaranteed to have constant and permanent access, "
35740
"reachable from anywhere."
35741
msgstr ""
35742
35743
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:78
35744
msgid ""
35745
"So this server is recommended for small companies with fewer than about "
35746
"fifteen employees."
35747
msgstr ""
35748
35749
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:87
35750
msgid "Hosting by a supplier"
35751
msgstr ""
35752
35753
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:89
35754
msgid ""
35755
"At first sight a hosted Open ERP system appears similar to SaaS: it provides "
35756
"Open ERP from a remote installation through a web browser. But in general "
35757
"the similarities stop there."
35758
msgstr ""
35759
35760
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:92
35761
msgid ""
35762
"To compare it with an SaaS package you should check if the hosting offer "
35763
"properly includes the following elements:"
35764
msgstr ""
35765
35766
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:92
35767
msgid "server hardware,"
35768
msgstr ""
35769
35770
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:94
35771
msgid "hosting,"
35772
msgstr ""
35773
35774
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:96
35775
msgid "maintenance,"
35776
msgstr ""
35777
35778
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:98
35779
msgid "future migrations,"
35780
msgstr ""
35781
35782
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:100
35783
msgid "backups,"
35784
msgstr ""
35785
35786
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:102
35787
msgid "server redundancy,"
35788
msgstr ""
35789
35790
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:104
35791
msgid "telephone and email support,"
35792
msgstr ""
35793
35794
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:106
35795
msgid "frequent updates to the modules."
35796
msgstr ""
35797
35798
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:108
35799
msgid "Also get yourself up to speed on the following points:"
35800
msgstr ""
35801
35802
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:113
35803
msgid "the version of Open ERP proposed,"
35804
msgstr ""
35805
35806
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:112
35807
msgid "the costs of implementation (configuration, data loading, training),"
35808
msgstr ""
35809
35810
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:117
35811
msgid "the cost of configuration (if it's proposed),"
35812
msgstr ""
35813
35814
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:116
35815
msgid "the technology and the procedure used for securing your database,"
35816
msgstr ""
35817
35818
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:118
35819
msgid "the technology and the procedure for preventing system faults,"
35820
msgstr ""
35821
35822
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:120
35823
msgid "the technology and the procedure for restoring a faulty system,"
35824
msgstr ""
35825
35826
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:122
35827
msgid ""
35828
"limitations on the number of users, the number of simultaneous users, and "
35829
"the size of the database,"
35830
msgstr ""
35831
35832
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:125
35833
msgid "the level of support and its costs,"
35834
msgstr ""
35835
35836
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:130
35837
msgid "the procedure used to update Open ERP (to fault-fixed versions)"
35838
msgstr ""
35839
35840
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:132
35841
msgid ""
35842
"the procedure adopted for Open ERP upgrades (to versions that have both "
35843
"fault fixes and new functionality)."
35844
msgstr ""
35845
35846
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:135
35847
msgid ""
35848
"Calling such suppliers can be a good solution if you are willing to entrust "
35849
"all the technical specifications for the functioning of Open ERP to them, "
35850
"especially if you need to use customized or extension modules that aren't in "
35851
"the stable version released by Tiny."
35852
msgstr ""
35853
35854
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:140
35855
msgid "Internal Installation"
35856
msgstr ""
35857
35858
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:145
35859
msgid ""
35860
"Large and medium-large companies typically install Open ERP using their own "
35861
"internal company resources. They usually prefer to have their own IT service "
35862
"in charge of maintenance."
35863
msgstr ""
35864
35865
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:148
35866
msgid ""
35867
"Such companies can do the implementation work themselves internally, or turn "
35868
"to an Open ERP partner who will do the ERP implementation work or assist "
35869
"them with it. Generally companies prefer to adopt an intermediate solution "
35870
"which consists of:"
35871
msgstr ""
35872
35873
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:152
35874
msgid ""
35875
"Turn the initial implementation over to a partner to limit the risks and "
35876
"delays of integration. That enables them to be managed by experts and to "
35877
"obtain a high quality configuration."
35878
msgstr ""
35879
35880
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:155
35881
msgid ""
35882
"Take charge of the simple needs for themselves once the software has been "
35883
"implemented. It's quite a lot more convenient for them to be able to modify "
35884
"the database tables, forms, templates and workflows internally than "
35885
"routinely depend on a supplier."
35886
msgstr ""
35887
35888
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:159
35889
msgid ""
35890
"An internal installation will probably prove more costly than an SaaS "
35891
"package or hosted service. Even if you put yourself in charge of it all, "
35892
"you'll take quite a bit of time learning how to manage the implementation "
35893
"unless the team already has experience of Open ERP. This represents a "
35894
"significant risk."
35895
msgstr ""
35896
35897
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:164
35898
msgid ""
35899
"However, an internal implementation can be particularly interesting where:"
35900
msgstr ""
35901
35902
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:163
35903
msgid "you want to keep your data within your company,"
35904
msgstr ""
35905
35906
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:165
35907
msgid "you think you want to modify your software,"
35908
msgstr ""
35909
35910
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:167
35911
msgid "you want a specific package of modules,"
35912
msgstr ""
35913
35914
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:172
35915
msgid "you'd like a very fast response time,"
35916
msgstr ""
35917
35918
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:171
35919
msgid ""
35920
"you want the software to be available even if your Internet connection goes "
35921
"down."
35922
msgstr ""
35923
35924
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:173
35925
msgid ""
35926
"These factors, and access to the resources needed to handle an "
35927
"implementation and the subsequent maintenance, are the reasons that large "
35928
"and medium-large companies usually do it for themselves, at least partly."
35929
msgstr ""
35930
35931
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:178
35932
msgid "Deployment Procedure"
35933
msgstr ""
35934
35935
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:183
35936
msgid ""
35937
"The deployment of a version of Open ERP is quite simple when your server has "
35938
"been configured in your production environment. The security of the data "
35939
"will then be a key element."
35940
msgstr ""
35941
35942
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:186
35943
msgid ""
35944
"When you've installed the server you should create at least two databases:"
35945
msgstr ""
35946
35947
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:185
35948
msgid ""
35949
"a test or development database, in which the users can test the system and "
35950
"familiarize themselves with it,"
35951
msgstr ""
35952
35953
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:191
35954
msgid ""
35955
"a production database which will be the one used by the company in daily use."
35956
msgstr ""
35957
35958
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:193
35959
msgid "Version numbering"
35960
msgstr ""
35961
35962
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:195
35963
msgid ""
35964
"Open ERP uses a version numbering model that comprises 3 numbers A.B.C (for "
35965
"example 4.2.2 or 5.0.0) where changes in the number A signify a major "
35966
"functional change, changes to number B signify an update that includes a "
35967
"batch of fault fixes and some new functionality, and the number C generally "
35968
"refers to some limited updates or fixes to the existing functionality."
35969
msgstr ""
35970
35971
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:200
35972
msgid ""
35973
"The number B is special: if it's an odd number, (for example 4.3.2 or 5.1.0) "
35974
"it's for a development version which isn't designed for a production "
35975
"environment. The even numbers are for stable versions."
35976
msgstr ""
35977
35978
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:204
35979
msgid ""
35980
"If you have prepared a data module for Open ERP (that is a module that "
35981
"consists just of data, not altered functionality), you should test it in "
35982
"your development version and check that it doesn't require any more manual "
35983
"adjustments. If the import runs correctly, it shows that you're ready to "
35984
"load your data in the production database."
35985
msgstr ""
35986
35987
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:209
35988
msgid ""
35989
"You can use the Open ERP database backup procedure at different stages of "
35990
"configuration (see :ref:`ch-inst`). Then if you've made a false step that "
35991
"you can't recover from you can always return to a prior state."
35992
msgstr ""
35993
35994
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:213
35995
msgid ""
35996
"Since your data describes much of your company's value, take particular care "
35997
"both when you need to transfer it (in backups and across your network) and "
35998
"when you're managing the super-administrator password. Make sure that the "
35999
"connection between a PC client and the two servers is correctly secured. You "
36000
"can configure Open ERP to use the HTTPS protocol, which provides security "
36001
"for data transfer"
36002
msgstr ""
36003
36004
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:219
36005
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:216
36006
msgid "HTTPS"
36007
msgstr ""
36008
36009
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:221
36010
msgid ""
36011
"The HTTPS protocol (Secured Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) is the standard "
36012
"HTTP protocol secured by using the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) or TLS "
36013
"(Transport Layer Security) security protocols. It allows a user to verify "
36014
"her identify to the site to which she wants access, using a certificate of "
36015
"authentication. It also guarantees the integrity and confidentiality of the "
36016
"data sent between the user and the server. It can, optionally, provide "
36017
"highly secure client authentication by using a numbered certificate."
36018
msgstr ""
36019
36020
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:229
36021
msgid "The default HTTPS port is 443."
36022
msgstr ""
36023
36024
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:234
36025
msgid ""
36026
"You could also use the PostgreSQL database directly to backup and restore "
36027
"data on the server, depending on access rights and the availability of "
36028
"passwords for the serve."
36029
msgstr ""
36030
36031
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:2
36032
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:16
36033
msgid "deployment"
36034
msgstr ""
36035
36036
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:44
36037
msgid "Software as a Service"
36038
msgstr ""
36039
36040
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:44
36041
msgid "On-Demand"
36042
msgstr ""
36043
36044
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:80
36045
msgid "hosting"
36046
msgstr ""
36047
36048
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_deployment.rst:136
36049
msgid "internal installation"
36050
msgstr ""
36051
36052
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:6
36053
msgid "Requirements Analysis and Planning"
36054
msgstr ""
36055
36056
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:8
36057
msgid ""
36058
"Requirements analysis and planning are the keys to the success of an "
36059
"implementation. At this stage you should set up a management team to define "
36060
"the costs and benefits of the project, select a project team, and set out "
36061
"the detailed stages that will have to be carried out."
36062
msgstr ""
36063
36064
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:12
36065
msgid ""
36066
"Open ERP is so easy to start using that it's not always obvious, "
36067
"particularly to IT staff, that a clear requirements plan is necessary for "
36068
"implementing the system successfully. The difficulty isn't particularly in "
36069
"installing the software nor in configuring it, but rather more about:"
36070
msgstr ""
36071
36072
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:16
36073
msgid "knowing what to configure,"
36074
msgstr ""
36075
36076
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:18
36077
msgid ""
36078
"deciding if you should adapt the software or perhaps change your method of "
36079
"working, for some of your specialized processes,"
36080
msgstr ""
36081
36082
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:21
36083
msgid "forming teams that can specify and work on some of the changes,"
36084
msgstr ""
36085
36086
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:23
36087
msgid "ensuring that your users are committed to the change."
36088
msgstr ""
36089
36090
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:25
36091
msgid ""
36092
"ERP system implementation is a project carried out using information "
36093
"technology but it's a business project rather than an IT project in itself. "
36094
"The challenge of this type of project is in changing the behaviour of those "
36095
"involved at all levels of the enterprise."
36096
msgstr ""
36097
36098
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:29
36099
msgid ""
36100
"People in the IT department will certainly be an integral part of the "
36101
"project but they should be managed by someone in a senior position who both "
36102
"understands the business impact across the organization and has experience "
36103
"of technical projects. Ideally the project manager should know the company "
36104
"well, both its specific quirks and its different standard cross-company "
36105
"processes."
36106
msgstr ""
36107
36108
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:34
36109
msgid ""
36110
"If the enterprise doesn't have its own IT group, you're probably better off "
36111
"opting for an SaaS offer. This means that you subcontract all the difficult "
36112
"technology, from the installation of the server to its maintenance, all the "
36113
"while being assured of the installation of a robust architecture with its "
36114
"redundancy, backed-up servers, and separation of authentication and data."
36115
msgstr ""
36116
36117
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:40
36118
msgid "Planning methods"
36119
msgstr ""
36120
36121
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:42
36122
msgid ""
36123
"Planning methods vary in their degree of complexity, formality and level of "
36124
"automation. It's not the intention of this chapter to steer you towards one "
36125
"method or the other."
36126
msgstr ""
36127
36128
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:45
36129
msgid ""
36130
"Open ERP's menus are organized to lead you through an implementation in a "
36131
"sensible order, so that information that has to be entered first is "
36132
"encountered first in the menu system. Forms are also organized so that if "
36133
"you enter data in the natural order you'll get later fields completed "
36134
"automatically by the earlier ones where possible. And demonstration data "
36135
"illustrates how Open ERP's functional areas are linked from one to the other"
36136
msgstr ""
36137
36138
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:51
36139
msgid ""
36140
"The menus themselves hint at several helpful implementation suggestions, for "
36141
"example the submenus of :menuselection:`Administration --> Configuration` "
36142
"are useful for the configuration of the software. New functions such as the "
36143
"Module Recorder enable you to significantly accelerate the configuration of "
36144
"data."
36145
msgstr ""
36146
36147
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_planning.rst:1
36148
msgid "requirements analysis"
36149
msgstr ""
36150
36151
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:7
36152
msgid "Support and maintenance"
36153
msgstr ""
36154
36155
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:9
36156
msgid ""
36157
"It's when you actually use your ERP that you will obtain value from your "
36158
"investment. For that reason maintenance and support are critical for your "
36159
"long term success."
36160
msgstr ""
36161
36162
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:12
36163
msgid ""
36164
"Support aims to ensure that end users get the maximum productivity from "
36165
"their use of Open ERP by responding to their questions on the use of the "
36166
"system. Support can be technical or functional."
36167
msgstr ""
36168
36169
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:15
36170
msgid ""
36171
"Maintenance aims to ensure that the system itself continues to function as "
36172
"required. It includes system upgrades, which give you access to the latest "
36173
"functionality available."
36174
msgstr ""
36175
36176
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:18
36177
msgid ""
36178
"Some partners offer preventative maintenance. This makes sure that all the "
36179
"specific developments for your system are revised and tested for each new "
36180
"version so that they remain compatible with the base Open ERP."
36181
msgstr ""
36182
36183
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:22
36184
msgid ""
36185
"Tiny themselves have changed their support strategy from time to time. At "
36186
"the time of writing they propose a maintenance contract supplied either "
36187
"direct to the end user or through partners that guarantees a quick fix to "
36188
"any faults discovered in the covered code. Although you can expect these "
36189
"fixes to become available to all users of the code in time, maintenance "
36190
"guarantees quick attention. And you're likely to get quicker migration "
36191
"support to new upgrades."
36192
msgstr ""
36193
36194
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:28
36195
msgid ""
36196
"If you haven't anticipated your needs with a preventive maintenance "
36197
"contract, the costs of migration after a few years can become significant. "
36198
"If special modules that you developed have been allowed to become too old "
36199
"you may eventually need a new development to your specifications."
36200
msgstr ""
36201
36202
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:37
36203
msgid "Updates and Upgrades"
36204
msgstr ""
36205
36206
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:39
36207
msgid "There are four sources of code change for Open ERP:"
36208
msgstr ""
36209
36210
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:41
36211
msgid ""
36212
"patches supplied by Tiny to correct faults: after validation these patches "
36213
"shouldn't cause any secondary effects,"
36214
msgstr ""
36215
36216
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:44
36217
msgid ""
36218
"minor updates, which gather the fault corrections together in one package, "
36219
"and are generally announced with a modification of the version number, such "
36220
"as from 5.0.0 to 5.0.1,"
36221
msgstr ""
36222
36223
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:47
36224
msgid ""
36225
"upgrades, which bundle both the fault corrections and the improvements to "
36226
"the functionality in a major release such as from 5.0.3 to 5.2.0."
36227
msgstr ""
36228
36229
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:50
36230
msgid "new functions generally released in the form of new modules."
36231
msgstr ""
36232
36233
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:52
36234
msgid ""
36235
"You should establish a procedure with your supplier to define how to respond "
36236
"to changes in the Open ERP code."
36237
msgstr ""
36238
36239
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:55
36240
msgid ""
36241
"For simple updates your maintenance team will evaluate the patches to "
36242
"determine if they are beneficial to the use of your Open ERP. These patches "
36243
"should be tested on an offline instance of Open ERP before being installed "
36244
"in your live production version."
36245
msgstr ""
36246
36247
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:59
36248
msgid ""
36249
"The maintenance team would also take charge of regular updates to the "
36250
"software."
36251
msgstr ""
36252
36253
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:61
36254
msgid ""
36255
"Patches and updates can only be installed if you have the necessary access "
36256
"to the Open ERP server. You must first install the patch or update and then "
36257
"restart the server using the command line: \\ ``–update=all``\\ ."
36258
msgstr ""
36259
36260
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:65
36261
msgid ""
36262
"Once Tiny has released a new upgraded version your response should be a "
36263
"cautious one. If you're perfectly satisfied with the existing system it "
36264
"would be best to not touch the new version. If you want to have access to "
36265
"the new functionality supplied by an upgraded version, you have a delicate "
36266
"operation to carry out. Most upgrades require your data to be migrated "
36267
"because the databases before and after the upgrade can be a little different."
36268
msgstr ""
36269
36270
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:75
36271
msgid "Version Migration"
36272
msgstr ""
36273
36274
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:77
36275
msgid ""
36276
"Open ERP has a system to manage migrations semi-automatically. To update "
36277
"specific modules, or the whole database, you only need to start the server "
36278
"with the argument:–\\ ``update=NAME_OF_MODULE``\\ or \\ ``–update=all``\\ "
36279
"(that's minor module changes)."
36280
msgstr ""
36281
36282
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:81
36283
msgid ""
36284
"New stable versions of Open ERP sometimes require operations that aren't "
36285
"provided in the automated migration. Tiny, the creator and maintainer of "
36286
"Open ERP, has a policy of supporting migration from all official stable "
36287
"releases to the latest. Scripts are provided for each new release of a "
36288
"stable version. These carry out the upgrade from the previous major version "
36289
"to the new major version."
36290
msgstr ""
36291
36292
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:86
36293
msgid ""
36294
"Managers responsible for the migration between two versions of Open ERP will "
36295
"find the documentation and the necessary scripts in the directory \\ "
36296
"``doc/migrate``\\ of the Open ERP server."
36297
msgstr ""
36298
36299
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:90
36300
msgid ""
36301
"The changes between version 4 and 5 made the migration process more "
36302
"difficult than in the past so there was a greater delay in the provision of "
36303
"migration assistance and more manual work than usual."
36304
msgstr ""
36305
36306
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:94
36307
msgid "The procedure for migrating runs like this:"
36308
msgstr ""
36309
36310
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:96
36311
msgid "Make a backup of the database from the old version of Open ERP"
36312
msgstr ""
36313
36314
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:98
36315
msgid "Stop the server running the old version"
36316
msgstr ""
36317
36318
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:100
36319
msgid ""
36320
"Start the script called \\ ``pre.py``\\ for the versions you're moving "
36321
"between."
36322
msgstr ""
36323
36324
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:102
36325
msgid ""
36326
"Start the new version of the server using the option –\\ ``update=all``\\"
36327
msgstr ""
36328
36329
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:104
36330
msgid "Stop the server running the new version."
36331
msgstr ""
36332
36333
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:106
36334
msgid ""
36335
"Start the script called post.py for the versions you're moving between."
36336
msgstr ""
36337
36338
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:108
36339
msgid "Start the new version of the server and test it."
36340
msgstr ""
36341
36342
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:110
36343
msgid ""
36344
"A migration is never an easy process. It may be that your system doesn't "
36345
"function as it did before or that something requires new developments in the "
36346
"functionality of the modules that have already been installed. So you should "
36347
"only move to a new version if you have a real need and should engage a "
36348
"competent partner to help if the version that you use differs greatly from "
36349
"the basic version of Open ERP."
36350
msgstr ""
36351
36352
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:116
36353
msgid ""
36354
"Similarly you should take care that this migration does not incorrectly "
36355
"change any setting that has already been made. The main menu structure might "
36356
"have been modified in place without proper recording of the changes. So you "
36357
"could find that you're making the wrong assumptions about that structure "
36358
"when later loading data in that was recorded with the Module Recorder."
36359
msgstr ""
36360
36361
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:2
36362
msgid "maintenance"
36363
msgstr ""
36364
36365
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:2
36366
msgid "support"
36367
msgstr ""
36368
36369
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:32
36370
msgid "update"
36371
msgstr ""
36372
36373
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:32
36374
msgid "upgrade"
36375
msgstr ""
36376
36377
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_support.rst:71
36378
msgid "migration"
36379
msgstr ""
36380
36381
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:6
36382
msgid "User training"
36383
msgstr ""
36384
36385
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:8
36386
msgid ""
36387
"Two types of training are provided by the Tiny company and its partners:"
36388
msgstr ""
36389
36390
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:10
36391
msgid ""
36392
"Technical training in Open ERP: the objective of this intensive training is "
36393
"to enable you to develop your own modules by modifying and adapting the "
36394
"existing ones. It covers the creation of new objects, menus, reports and "
36395
"workflows, and also of interfaces with external software. It lasts for five "
36396
"days and is designed for IT people"
36397
msgstr ""
36398
36399
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:15
36400
msgid ""
36401
"User training: this enables you to be productive as rapidly as possible in "
36402
"the use of Open ERP. All of the modules there are detailed with concrete "
36403
"examples and different exercises. For the sake of realism the training uses "
36404
"data for a fictitious company. This training also lasts for five days. It is "
36405
"designed for those responsible for an ERP project, who will then be capable "
36406
"of training employees internally."
36407
msgstr ""
36408
36409
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:21
36410
msgid ""
36411
"Tiny's training calendar is available on the official Open ERP site by "
36412
"clicking the menu :menuselection:`Services --> Training`. The training is "
36413
"delivered in either French or English depending on the course."
36414
msgstr ""
36415
36416
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:25
36417
msgid ""
36418
"Both Tiny, the creators of Open ERP, and the Open ERP partners can also "
36419
"provide customized training. This, although more expensive, is focused on "
36420
"your own needs."
36421
msgstr ""
36422
36423
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:28
36424
msgid ""
36425
"Your training needs depend on the type of deployment you've chosen. If you "
36426
"have opted for an SaaS development, technical training isn't very useful."
36427
msgstr ""
36428
36429
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:31
36430
msgid ""
36431
"In summary, you should arrange both user training and self-paced training "
36432
"(perhaps based on this book series) if you can. Technical training is "
36433
"strongly advised if you see yourselves developing your own modules. Although "
36434
"it's not obligatory it gives you quite a time advantage in any serious "
36435
"Open ERP engagement."
36436
msgstr ""
36437
36438
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/8_21_Implem_training.rst:2
36439
msgid "training"
36440
msgstr ""
36441
36442
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:10
36443
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
36444
msgstr ""
36445
36446
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:12
36447
msgid ""
36448
"*You may have mastered the technical aspects of administering and using your "
36449
"enterprise management system, but you still have a great deal of work to do "
36450
"integrating OpenERP into your company. This work is more business-related "
36451
"and social in nature than technical.*"
36452
msgstr ""
36453
36454
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:17
36455
msgid ""
36456
"*The Open ERP implementation process encompasses several different phases: "
36457
"evaluation, planning, configuration, data migration, deployment, and user "
36458
"training, and affects both support and maintenance.*"
36459
msgstr ""
36460
36461
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:21
36462
msgid ""
36463
"The management of ERP projects, and IT project management in general, are "
36464
"the subject of very many other books that you might want to investigate for "
36465
"yourself. The elements of the methodology presented here aren't intended to "
36466
"be an exhaustive review, just a brief overview of the different phases "
36467
"necessary to implement Open ERP in your company"
36468
msgstr ""
36469
36470
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:26
36471
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:2
36472
msgid "Implementation"
36473
msgstr ""
36474
36475
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:28
36476
msgid ""
36477
"Implementation encompasses the whole process of integrating and deploying "
36478
"Open ERP, including evaluating it, establishing specifications, planning the "
36479
"deployment, the configuration of the software, loading data, installation "
36480
"and training the users. It doesn't generally extend to software "
36481
"customization, nor support and maintenance."
36482
msgstr ""
36483
36484
#: ../../source/book/8/8_21_Implem/index.rst:2
36485
msgid "Methodology"
36486
msgstr ""
36487
36488
#: ../../source/book/8/index.rst:6
36489
msgid "System Administration and Implementation"
36490
msgstr ""
36491
36492
#: ../../source/book/8/index.rst:8
36493
msgid ""
36494
"After you've tested and evaluated Open ERP, you'll need to configure it to "
36495
"match the software to your company's needs. Its flexibility enables you to "
36496
"configure the different modules, adapting them to your industry or sector of "
36497
"activity."
36498
msgstr ""
36499
36500
#: ../../source/book/8/index.rst:11
36501
msgid ""
36502
"Designed for ERP project managers, this section deals with the "
36503
"administration and configuration of the system, giving you powerful tools "
36504
"for integrating the software in a company and driving and tracking the "
36505
"project, taking account of different problems, a range of supplier types, "
36506
"implementation risks, and the options available to you."
36507
msgstr ""
36508
36509
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:3
36510
msgid "Google Blogger"
36511
msgstr ""
36512
36513
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:5
36514
msgid "Name of the module: ``google_blogger``"
36515
msgstr ""
36516
36517
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:8
36518
msgid ""
36519
"This module integrate Google Blogger and OpenERP Task Management, which "
36520
"exports task to blogger and one can get comments on his/her activity on "
36521
"mentioned tasks in blogger."
36522
msgstr ""
36523
36524
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:10
36525
msgid ""
36526
"A very useful feature of blogger, that is open discussion will be enhanced "
36527
"the development efforts."
36528
msgstr ""
36529
36530
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:12
36531
msgid ""
36532
"This feature helps in managing large projects with many tasks and many users "
36533
"working on different task (simultaneously), with this functionality all "
36534
"users can share their progress for the task with others and give their "
36535
"comments for the same."
36536
msgstr ""
36537
36538
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:14
36539
msgid "Check below screenshots which send OpenERP tasks to blogger."
36540
msgstr ""
36541
36542
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:16
36543
msgid "**Blogger**"
36544
msgstr ""
36545
36546
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_blogger.rst:21
36547
msgid "**Openerp Tasks**"
36548
msgstr ""
36549
36550
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_calendar.rst:3
36551
msgid "Google Calendar"
36552
msgstr ""
36553
36554
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_calendar.rst:5
36555
msgid "Name of the module: ``google_calendar``"
36556
msgstr ""
36557
36558
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_calendar.rst:8
36559
msgid ""
36560
"This module synchronize Google-Calender repeating and non repeating events "
36561
"with OpenERP events. So, now get updates of calender schedules from google "
36562
"calendar in OpenERP and vice-versa. Users can change event schedule form any "
36563
"where, with its google calendar which updates Events in OpenERP."
36564
msgstr ""
36565
36566
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_calendar.rst:10
36567
msgid ""
36568
"You can find menu here: Event Organization/ Google Import Export/ "
36569
"Synchronize Events"
36570
msgstr ""
36571
36572
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_calendar.rst:12
36573
msgid "**Google Calendar Event**"
36574
msgstr ""
36575
36576
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_calendar.rst:17
36577
msgid "**OpenERP Event**"
36578
msgstr ""
36579
36580
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:3
36581
msgid "Google Earth"
36582
msgstr ""
36583
36584
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:5
36585
msgid "Name of module: ``google_earth``"
36586
msgstr ""
36587
36588
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:8
36589
msgid "**Features:**"
36590
msgstr ""
36591
36592
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:10
36593
msgid ""
36594
"See partners information on google map(name, code, address,...) with icon on "
36595
"map"
36596
msgstr ""
36597
36598
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:12
36599
msgid ""
36600
"And Turnover of country by partners, country appears in light red color => "
36601
"low turnover and with dark red color => high turnover."
36602
msgstr ""
36603
36604
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:14
36605
msgid ""
36606
"Delivery routes from Warehouse location to Customer location by cities with "
36607
"10 different colors (by number of delivery to that city from warehouse)."
36608
msgstr ""
36609
36610
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:16
36611
msgid ""
36612
"It can create network link kml file for dynamic updates of data on google "
36613
"earth."
36614
msgstr ""
36615
36616
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:18
36617
msgid ""
36618
"It can directly open google map in your browser with different information."
36619
msgstr ""
36620
36621
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:20
36622
msgid ""
36623
"It generates KML file so you can save it on your computer and upload it on "
36624
"google map/ google earth."
36625
msgstr ""
36626
36627
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:22
36628
msgid "**Menus**"
36629
msgstr ""
36630
36631
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:28
36632
msgid "You can find 5 wizards on Partners/ Google Map/Earth."
36633
msgstr ""
36634
36635
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:30
36636
msgid "**KML File:**"
36637
msgstr ""
36638
36639
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:32
36640
msgid ""
36641
"If you want to use google_earth module you have to know about what is kml "
36642
"file and how to use it on google/map."
36643
msgstr ""
36644
36645
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:34
36646
msgid "KML"
36647
msgstr ""
36648
36649
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:36
36650
msgid ""
36651
"KML is a file format used to display geographic data in an Earth browser "
36652
"such as Google Earth, Google Maps, and Google Maps for mobile. KML uses a "
36653
"tag-based structure with nested elements and attributes and is based on the "
36654
"XML standard. All tags are case-sensitive and must be appear exactly as they "
36655
"are listed in the KML Reference. The Reference indicates which tags are "
36656
"optional. Within a given element, tags must appear in the order shown in the "
36657
"Reference."
36658
msgstr ""
36659
36660
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:38
36661
msgid "For more information:"
36662
msgstr ""
36663
36664
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:40
36665
msgid "http://code.google.com/apis/kml/documentation/kml_tut.html"
36666
msgstr ""
36667
36668
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:42
36669
msgid "http://code.google.com/apis/kml/documentation/topicsinkml.html"
36670
msgstr ""
36671
36672
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:44
36673
msgid "http://code.google.com/apis/kml/documentation/kmlreference.html"
36674
msgstr ""
36675
36676
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:47
36677
msgid "**Now How to upload kml file on Google Map:**"
36678
msgstr ""
36679
36680
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:49
36681
msgid "Step1: go to create map link"
36682
msgstr ""
36683
36684
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:51
36685
msgid "Step2: import"
36686
msgstr ""
36687
36688
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:53
36689
msgid "Step3: upload kml"
36690
msgstr ""
36691
36692
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:56
36693
msgid "**Differnce between Google Map and Google Earth:**"
36694
msgstr ""
36695
36696
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:58
36697
msgid ""
36698
"Google Maps is available through the window of your browser, Google Earth is "
36699
"a downloadable application which can be installed on your computer in order "
36700
"to view the satellite imagery straight from your desktop. However, the super "
36701
"giant Google updates the two products every once in a while so they have "
36702
"almost the same functions"
36703
msgstr ""
36704
36705
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:61
36706
msgid "After uploading KML files to google map look below:"
36707
msgstr ""
36708
36709
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:63
36710
msgid "KML for ``Partner-Country``"
36711
msgstr ""
36712
36713
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:69
36714
msgid ""
36715
"This is the screen shot which shows the partner's country, turnover of "
36716
"partners reside in that country. Here we can see country wise partners and "
36717
"country wise turnover. By clicking on selected country we can get Number of "
36718
"partners, Number of invoices made and Turnover of the country."
36719
msgstr ""
36720
36721
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:71
36722
msgid "High Turnover => Dark red & Low Turnover => Light red"
36723
msgstr ""
36724
36725
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:73
36726
msgid "KML for ``Delivery Route``"
36727
msgstr ""
36728
36729
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:79
36730
msgid ""
36731
"This is the screen shot for finding the delievery routes from warehouse "
36732
"location to customer location. Here we can see there are different routes in "
36733
"different colours. By clicking on particular route we get the information "
36734
"about Customer Location, Warehouse Location, Number of Products sent and "
36735
"Number of delieveries made."
36736
msgstr ""
36737
36738
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:81
36739
msgid "KML for ``Partners``"
36740
msgstr ""
36741
36742
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:87
36743
msgid ""
36744
"This is the screen shot showing all partners from different countries. This "
36745
"will make a point on particular partner address on map. By clicking on any "
36746
"point we can get the information about the partner, e.g. Name of partner, "
36747
"Code, Type(customer/supplier), Address, Turnover of Partner, Number of "
36748
"customer invoice, Number of supplier invoice, Total receivable, etc..."
36749
msgstr ""
36750
36751
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:90
36752
msgid "Wizard for KML for ``Network link``"
36753
msgstr ""
36754
36755
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:96
36756
msgid "Network link kml:"
36757
msgstr ""
36758
36759
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:98
36760
msgid ""
36761
"A special kind of kml file which has networklink tag inside it which "
36762
"contains link of your kml file."
36763
msgstr ""
36764
36765
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:100
36766
msgid ""
36767
"This wizard will create network link in kml for different objects and save "
36768
"it to your computer and then you have to upload network link kml to google "
36769
"earth/map. It can update data periodically by looking networklink kml files "
36770
"parameters(refreshtime,interval....).For e.g if you have inserted new "
36771
"partner then google earth can able to fetch that new partner from webservice "
36772
"of etiny."
36773
msgstr ""
36774
36775
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:102
36776
msgid ""
36777
"If you ticked partner and country, wizard will create two link tag with "
36778
"url/path of two kml file.now whenever you will upload this kml file it will "
36779
"show both partner and country information on earth and update that "
36780
"information by given interval time (using url/path )."
36781
msgstr ""
36782
36783
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:105
36784
msgid "**The wizard of network link shown above:**"
36785
msgstr ""
36786
36787
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:107
36788
msgid ""
36789
"First, ``path`` shows a url (HTTP address) means your web-client path with "
36790
"port number where your etiny services running."
36791
msgstr ""
36792
36793
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:109
36794
msgid ""
36795
"``RefreshMode`` specifies a time-based refresh mode, which can be one of the "
36796
"following:"
36797
msgstr ""
36798
36799
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:111
36800
msgid ""
36801
"onChange - refresh when the file is loaded and whenever the Link parameters "
36802
"change (default)."
36803
msgstr ""
36804
36805
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:113
36806
msgid ""
36807
"onInterval - refresh every n seconds (specified in <refreshInterval>)."
36808
msgstr ""
36809
36810
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:115
36811
msgid "onExpire - refresh the file when the expiration time is reached."
36812
msgstr ""
36813
36814
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:117
36815
msgid "``RefreshInterval`` indicates to refresh the file every n seconds."
36816
msgstr ""
36817
36818
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:119
36819
msgid ""
36820
"``ViewRefreshMode`` specifies how the link is refreshed when the \"camera\" "
36821
"changes."
36822
msgstr ""
36823
36824
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:121
36825
msgid ""
36826
"never(default) - Ignore changes in the view. Also ignore <viewFormat> "
36827
"parameters, if any."
36828
msgstr ""
36829
36830
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:123
36831
msgid ""
36832
"onStop - Refresh the file n seconds after movement stops, where n is "
36833
"specified in <viewRefreshTime>."
36834
msgstr ""
36835
36836
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:125
36837
msgid ""
36838
"onRequest - Refresh the file only when the user explicitly requests it. (For "
36839
"example, in Google Earth, the user right-clicks and selects Refresh in the "
36840
"Context menu.)"
36841
msgstr ""
36842
36843
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:127
36844
msgid "onRegion - Refresh the file when the Region becomes active."
36845
msgstr ""
36846
36847
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:129
36848
msgid ""
36849
"``View Refresh Time`` specifies the number of seconds to wait before "
36850
"refreshing the view, after camera movement stops."
36851
msgstr ""
36852
36853
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:132
36854
msgid "Wizard for Open *Google Map*"
36855
msgstr ""
36856
36857
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:138
36858
msgid "This wizard will directly open google map in browser."
36859
msgstr ""
36860
36861
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:140
36862
msgid ""
36863
"For e.g. If you want to open that map for partner-country, then it will "
36864
"directly open google map for partner with coutries in browser."
36865
msgstr ""
36866
36867
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:142
36868
msgid ""
36869
"In above figure, You can see Path field. In that, "
36870
"http://maps.google.com/maps?q=, will be common and later is shown your web-"
36871
"client path with port. Another field is Map For which is selection for "
36872
"Partner, Partner-Country and Delivery-Route. Whatever option you select from "
36873
"Map For field, it will directly open map for that option and with that "
36874
"url(Path)."
36875
msgstr ""
36876
36877
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_earth.rst:144
36878
msgid ""
36879
"Url looks like "
36880
"``http://maps.google.com/maps?q=http://yourserver.com:port/kml?model=res.part"
36881
"ner`` when you open the browser."
36882
msgstr ""
36883
36884
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:3
36885
msgid "Google Translate"
36886
msgstr ""
36887
36888
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:5
36889
msgid "Name of the module: ``google_translate``"
36890
msgstr ""
36891
36892
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:8
36893
msgid ""
36894
"This module translate OpenERP terms/fields/objects etc. in any language with "
36895
"the integration of Google Translate."
36896
msgstr ""
36897
36898
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:10
36899
msgid ""
36900
"You can find menu here: Administration/Translation/Application terms/need "
36901
"review terms"
36902
msgstr ""
36903
36904
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:12
36905
msgid ""
36906
"Check below screenshots which translate string \"how are you\" in chinese "
36907
"language."
36908
msgstr ""
36909
36910
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:14
36911
msgid ""
36912
"Note: If the Need Review field is True then it will translate the source "
36913
"value to destination by given language."
36914
msgstr ""
36915
36916
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:16
36917
msgid "**Before Translation**"
36918
msgstr ""
36919
36920
#: ../../source/book/9/22_Google/22_Google_translate.rst:22
36921
msgid "**After Translation**"
36922
msgstr ""
36923
36924
#: ../../source/book/9/index.rst:6
36925
msgid "Google Modules"
36926
msgstr ""
36927
36928
#: ../../source/book/9/index.rst:5
36929
msgid ""
36930
"We have integrate some google applications with OpenERP, which allow user to "
36931
"view its OpenERP data on Google.So kindly look inside all module descrption."
36932
msgstr ""
36933
36934
#: ../../source/book/9/index.rst:10
36935
msgid ""
36936
"Path to get Modules: lp:~openerp-commiter/openobject-addons/trunk-extra-"
36937
"addons"
36938
msgstr ""
36939
36940
#: ../../source/book/index.rst:10
36941
#: ../../source/book/index.rst:2
36942
msgid "OpenERP Book"
36943
msgstr ""
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1